LIBRARY 

OF  THE 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


GIFT  OF 

GEORGE  MOREY  RICHARDSON. 


Received,  August, 
Accession  No.7Ahh..O       Class  No. 


f 

1  .'•-•-•  <  =?\     r.-  >          \ 

i  ,VK.  U  •  J    i 


»vS-  ^  | 

.^   3fyif  ; 

,  - 

*Srt^         -^^— -- 


yziat-s^L      - 

-    ^r 


tTBRA*?* 

OF  THF 

UNIVERSITY 


LATIN   LESSONS 

DESIGNED  TO  PREPARE  FOR  THE 

INTELLIGENT   READING    OF 

CLASSICAL  LATIN  PROSE 


BY 


HENRY  PREBLE 

FORMERLY   ASSISTANT    PROFESSOR   OF    LATIN   AND   GREEK 
IN    HARVARD   UNIVERSITY 


AND 

LAWRENCE  C.  HULL 

LATIN   MASTER   IN   THE   LAWRENCEVILLE   SCHOOL 


BOSTON,  NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 
HOUGHTON,  MIFFLIN   AND   COMPANY 


1893 


Copyright,  1893, 
BY  HENRY  PREBLE  AND  LAWRENCE  C.  HULL. 

Afl  rights  reserved. 

73  4  60 


The  Riverside  Press,  Cambridge,  Jlfass.,  U.S.A. 
Electrotyped  and  Printed  by  H.  O.  Houghton  &  Company. 


OF  THE       '  X 

UNIVERSITY 


PREFACE. 


IN  preparing  these  Lessons,  we  have  had  in  mind  pri- 
marily the  new  edition  of  Andrews  and  Stoddard's  Latin 
Grammar ;  but  full  references  have  also  been  made  to 
the  grammars  of  Allen  and  Greenough,  of  Gildersleeve, 
and  of  Harkness.  Instead,  however,  of  basing  the  lessons 
upon  references  to  a  grammar,  as  is  often  done,  we  have 
preferred  to  incorporate  in  the  lessons  themselves  all  that 
has  seemed  absolutely  essential  to  the  pupil's  progress. 
We  have  then  attached  to  the  individual  lessons  such 
grammatical  references  as  will  be  useful  to  those  who  de- 
sire fuller  information,  or  who  feel  moved  to  branch  out 
now  and  then  and  study  a  subject  a  little  for  themselves, 
as  even  young  boys  and  girls  of  intelligence  often  do, 
when  directed  to  a  source  of  information  without  being 
ordered  to  make  use  of  it. 

The  subjects  of  the  various  lessons  are  treated  in  such 
a  way  as  to  encourage  the  learner  to  observe  the  facts  of 
the  language  for  himself  and  to  gather  principles  from 
them.  But  there  are  two  especial  dangers  in  applying 
the  inductive  method  to  a  language  like  Latin ;  and  these 
we  have  tried  to  avoid.  One  is  the  tendency  to  foster  a 
habit  of  drawing  inferences  from  insufficient  data;  the 
other  is  the  temptation  to  put  things  inductively  in  form 
but  not  in  substance,  thus  leading  the  pupil  to  suppose 


IV  PREFACE. 

that  he  is  himself  making  an  observation  or  an  inference 
which  is  really  made  for  him.  When  it  has  seemed  wise 
to  tell  the  pupil  not  only  to  observe  but  what  to  observe, 
we  have  endeavored  to  intersperse  such  directions  with 
questions  which  shall  enable  him  to  see  how  far  he  is 
really  observing  for  himself,  and  how  far  he  is  only  ac- 
cepting something  told  him. 

The  inductive  treatment  of  the  early  rules  of  syntax  is 
frequently  unprofitable,  because  the  examples  needed  to 
illustrate  them  are  unmeaning  to  the  learner  until  trans- 
lated into  connected  English.  The  use  of  English  sen- 
tences thus  as  the  starting-point  for  the  observation  of 
the  facts  of  Latin  tends  to  retard  the  acquisition  of  the 
power  to  think  in  the  foreign  tongue,  that  is,  to  let  its 
words  and  phrases  convey  their  meaning  directly  to  the 
mind  without  the  intervention  of  the  words  of  the  ver- 
nacular, a  power  essential  to  any  real  mastery  of  the  for- 
eign language.  We  have  therefore  given  many  of  the 
early  rules  of  syntax  in  the  old  dogmatic  way. 

Word-formation  receives  in  these  lessons  more  atten- 
tion than  is  usual,  because  we  believe  that  a  pupil's  pro- 
gress becomes  more  interesting  and  therefore  easier  and 
quicker  if  he  learns  to  gather  the  meanings  of  new  words 
from  their  growth  and  their  affinities  to  words  already 
known  to  him,  instead  of  loading  his  memory  with  mean- 
ings individually  exhumed  from  a  vocabulary.  The  treat- 
ment of  word-formation  has,  however,  been  so  arranged 
that  most  of  it  can  be  omitted,  if  desired,  without  inter- 
rupting the  general  course  of  the  lessons. 

We  have  tried  to  state  everything  simply  and  plainly, 
but  we  have  not  used  baby-talk.  The  habit  of  addressing 
boys  and  girls  of  twelve  or  fourteen  in  language  with 


PKEFACE.  V 

regard  to  Latin  which  nobody  would  think  of  using  with 
regard  to  subjects  of  interest  to  them  seems  to  us  well 
calculated  to  prevent  the  study  of  Latin  from  taking  its 
proper  place  among  those  subjects  of  interest. 

A  method  of  treatment  different  from  the  traditional  one 
may  cause  some  of  the  lessons  to  appear  too  long.  We 
have  tried  to  arrange  such  lessons  so  that  the  teacher  can 
divide  them  or  omit  parts  of  them  temporarily  without 
serious  detriment,  but  we  do  not  fear  that  any  lesson  will 
prove  too  hard  for  a  fairly  intelligent  pupil  who  is  willing 
to  work  in  a  straightforward,  manly  fashion. 

If  the  material  supplied  for  practice  in  reading  and 
writing  Latin  seems  a  trifle  meagre  at  times,  it  is  because 
the  weariness  that  comes  from  overmuch  dwelling  upon 
themes  where  variety  is  necessarily  limited  seems  to  us 
a  stumbling-block  to  progress,  and  we  have  more  faith 
in  a  smaller  amount  of  work  thoroughly  done.  The  pupil 
is,  therefore,  promoted  as  soon  as  possible  from  the  dull 
manipulation  of  detached  sentences  to  the  more  attractive 
study  of  short  connected  passages.  Among  the  later 
lessons  of  Part  I.,  two  or  three  have  been  introduced  con- 
sisting wholly  of  extracts  from  Livy,  to  break  the  routine 
of  the  regular  work,  and  also  to  enable  the  pupil  who  has 
really  assimilated  what  he  has  learned  to  see  how  readily 
he  can  manage  a  bit  of  classical  Latin  prose.  Part  II. 
consists  of  a  series  of  short  selections  from  various  Latin 
authors,  accompanied  by  exercises  for  further  practice  in 
writing  Latin. 

We  desire  to  express  our  sincere  thanks  to  Professor 
Albert  H.  Pattengill,  of  the  University  of  Michigan,  for 
his  generous  permission  to  use  his  Rules  for  the  Pronun- 
ciation of  Greek  and  Latin  Proper  Names  brought  into 


VI  PREFACE. 

English,  as  also  to  Professor  James  G.  Croswell  and  Miss 
Kate  B.  Runkle,  of  the  Brearley  School,  New  York,  to 
Mr.  W.  P.  Preble,  of  Staten  Island,  and  to  Mr.  W.  P. 
Henderson,  of  the  Leal  School,  Plainfield,  N.  J.,  for 
valuable  suggestions  and  other  kind  assistance  in  the 
preparation  of  the  book. 

HENRY  PREBLE. 

LAWRENCE  C.  HULL. 
April  23,  1S93. 


CONTENTS. 


PART  I. 

Lesson  Page 

I.  The  Alphabet.  —  Sounds  of  the  Letters 1 

II.  Syllables  and  Accents 4 

III.  Quantity.  —  Stems  and  Endings 6 

IV.  General  Rules  for  Gender.  —  The  First  Declension     .     .      9 
V.  The  Second  Declension 12 

VI.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions.  —  Two 

Nouns  or  an  Adjective  and  Noun  used  together      .     .     15 
VII.  Present,  Future,  and  Perfect  Indicative  of  Verbs  of  the 

First  Conjugation.  —  Accusative  as  Object     ....     19 

VIII.  Third  Declension 23 

IX.  Third  Declension  (concluded). — Use  of  three  or  more 

words  together 26 

X.  Present,  Future,  and  Perfect  Indicative  in  the  Four  Con- 
jugations. —  Some  simple  Datives  and  Ablatives     .     .     30 
XI.  Adjectives  of  the  T^iird  Declension.  —  Prepositions   .     .     34 
XII.  Fourth  and  Fifth  Declensions.  —  Various  Meanings  of 

the  Prepositions 38 

XIII.  Verbs   in  -10  of  the  Third  Conjugation.  —  Imperfect,* 

Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative.  —  Personal 
and  Possessive  Pronouns. 41 

XIV.  Demonstrative  Pronouns.  / —  Esse.  —  Appositives   and 

Predicate  Nouns 45 

XV.  Relative  and  Interrogative  Pronouns.  —  Agreement  of 
the   Relative.  —  Two  Accusatives.  —  Questions    and 

Answers 49 

XVI.  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative   Passive.  — 
Ablative  of  Agent.  —  Study  of  a  more  Complicated 

Sentence 54 

XVII.  Subjunctive  Active.  —  Indirect  Questions.  —  Synonyms    58 


Vlll  CONTENTS. 

XVIII.  Intensive  Pronouns.  —  Imperatives.  —  Present  and 
Imperfect  Subjunctive  Passive.  —  Hortatory 

Subjunctive 62 

XIX.  Perfect  Passive  Participle.  —  Compound  Tenses  of 
the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Passive.  —  Sub- 
junctive of  Purpose 66 

XX.  Ablatives  of  Specification  and  of  Source.  —  Sub- 
stantive Clauses  of  Purpose 70 

XXI.  The  Present  Participle.  —  The  Ablative  Absolute  .       73 
XXII.  Future  Participle,  Gerund,  Gerundive,  and  Supine       76 

XXIII.  The  Infinitives 79 

XXIV.  Irregular  Verbs.  —  Use  of  Two  Datives  ....      83 
XXV.  Deponent  Verbs.  —  Impersonal  Verbs.  —  The  Da- 
tive with  certain  Verbs  with  which  one  might 
expect  an  Accusative 87 

XXVI.  The  Verb  reviewed.  —  Accusative  and  Ablative  of 

Time.  —  The  Locative.  —  The  Relations  of  Place      90 
XXVII.  Formation  of  Adverbs  from  Adjectives.  —  Com- 
parison. —  The  Ablative  with  Comparatives  .     .       96 
XXVIII.  Numerals.  — Alter,  alius,  etc.  —  Partitive  Geni- 
tive       101 

XXIX.  Numerals  (continued).  —  Dative  and  Genitive  of 
Possessor. — Genitive  and  Ablative  of  Charac- 
teristic. —  Indefinite  Pronouns 106 

XXX.  Numerals   (concluded).  —  Ways  of    Expressing 

Measure   .  / 109 

XXXI.  Reading  Sel/ctions  and  Exercise 112 

XXXII.  Compound  Verbs.  —  Ablative  of  Separation.  —  Da- 
tive with  Compounds  of  ab,  de,  ex,  etc.  .     .     .     114 
XXXIII.  Denominative  Verbs.  —  Subjunctive  of  Result .     .     118 
XXXTV.  Substantive   Clauses  of  Result.  —  Clauses  with 

Verbs  of  Fearing.  —  Price  or  Value      ....     121 
XXXV.  Adjectives  formed  from  certain   Prepositions.  — 

Genitive  and  Dative  with  Adjectives     ....     125 
XXXVI.  Genitive  with  Verbs.  —  Compounds  of  DIS-  and 

IN-.  —  Subjunctive  of  Wish 128 

XXXVII.  The  Ablative  with  Special  Verbs  and  Expressions. 

—  Exceptions  to  certain  Common  Rules    .     .     .     132 
XXXVm.  Ways     of     saying     "May,"     "Can,"     "Must," 

"  Ought,"  in  Latin.  —  Dative  of  Agent      .     .     .     135 
XXXIX.  Conditional  Sentences 139 


CONTENTS.  ix 

XL.  Review  of  the  Genitive  Case 141 

XLI.  Review  of  the  Dative  Case 143 

XLII.  Review  of  the  Ablative  Case 144 

XLIII.  Concessive  Sentences 146 

XLIV.  Indirect  Discourse 148 

XLV.  Causal  Clauses  introduced  by  quod,  quia,  or  quo- 

niam.  —  Correlatives 153 

XL VI.  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose.  —  Clauses  with  quo, 

quominus,  or  quin 157 

XL VII.  Clauses  with  the  Particles  of  Time,  antequam, 
priusquam,    postquam,    ubi,    dum,    etc.— 

Clauses  of  Proviso  with  dum,  modo,  dummodo  160 
*XLVIII.  Roots  and  Common   Suffixes. — Words  in  -NUS, 

-NA,  -NUM 164 

XLIX.  Relative  Clauses  other  than  those  of  Purpose    .     .  168 

*L.  Words  in  -cus,  -CA,  -CUM,  -AX,  -ITJS,  -IA,  -IUM  .    .  171 

LI.  Cum  introducing  Temporal  Clauses 174 

*LII.  Diminutives 177  • 

LIII.  Causal  and  Concessive  Clauses  with  cum      .     .     .  181 
*LIV.  Words  in  -LIS  and  -RIS  ;  -BULUM,  -CULUM,  -BRUM, 

-CRUM,     -TRUM  ;      -MEN,      -MENTUM,      -MONIUM, 
-MONIA 185 

LV.  The  Period 189 

*LVI.  Abstract  Nouns.  —  Nouns  in  -TOR 192 

*LVII.  English  words  borrowed  from  Latin,  and  English 

words  kindred  with  Latin  words 196 

Recapitulation  of  Rules  for  Review 200 

PART  II. 

READING   SELECTIONS. 

LVIIL  The  Heavens  declare  the  Glory  of  God.  Cic., 
N.  D.,  ii.,  37,  95.  —  Some  Anecdotes  in  Natural 
History.  Cic.,  N.  D.,  ii.,  49,  125.  —  Alexander's 

Noble  Horse.     Aldus  Gellius,  v.,  2 211 

LIX.  Description  of   Britain  and  the  Britons.      Caes., 

B.  G.,  v.,  12-14 213 

*  Lessons  marked  with  an  *  relate  to  the  growth  of  words.     They  can 
be  omitted  without  destroying  the  continuity  of  the  rest  of  the  book. 


X  CONTENTS. 

LX.  Customs  of  the  Suevi.     Caes.,  B.  G.,  iv.,  1     ....     215 
LXI.  King  Tarquin  and  the  Sibylline  Books.   Aulus  Gellius, 
i.,  19.  — Avoid  Antiquated  Language.   Aulus  Gellius , 

i.,  10 217 

LXII.  Horatius  at  the  Bridge.     Livy,  ii.,  10 219 

LXIII.  The  Deed  of  Mucius  Scaevola.     Livy,  ii.,  1 2,  2  .     .     .    222 
LXIV.  The  Founding  of  Rome.     Livy,  i.,  6,  3.  —  Outline  for 

Essay  on  Rome  under  the  Kings 225 

LXV.  Some  Anecdotes  of  Hannibal.     Livy,  xxxv.,  19  ;  xxxv., 
14,  5  ;  Aldus  Gellius,  v.,  5.  —  Outline  for  Essay  on 

Hannibal 228 

LXVI.  The  Haunted  House  at  Athens.     Plin.  Ep.,  vii.,  27, 

6-n 231 

LXVII.  Pliny's  Letter  to  Tacitus.     Plin.  Ep.,  iv.,  13  ....    233 

Rules  for  the  English  Pronunciation  of  Greek  and  Latin  Proper 

Names 236 

Latin-English  Vocabulary 241 

English-Latin  Vocabulary    . 381 


LATIN  LESSONS. 


PART  I. 

LESSON   I. 

THE  ALPHABET. 

1.  The  Latin   alphabet  is  the  same   as  the  English 
alphabet  without  the  characters  J  (j)  and  W  (w). 

NOTE.  The  letters  Y  (y)  and  Z  (z)  are  used  only  in  foreign  (chiefly 
Greek)  words.  K  (k)  is  found  only  at  the  beginning  of  a  very  few  words, 
and  there  only  before  the  letter  A  (a). 

Division  of  the  Alphabet. 

2.  The  Latin  alphabet  is  divided  into :  — 

a.  Vowels  (that  is,  letters  which  have  a  full  and  dis- 
tinct sound,  so  that  they  can  be  clearly  uttered  by  them- 
selves). 

6.  Consonants*  (that  is,  letters  which  can  be  clearly 
sounded  only  in  connection  with  a  vowel). 

3.  The  Latin  vowels  are  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  y.     The  conso- 
nants are  b,  c,  d,  f,  g,  i,  k,  1,  m,  n,  p,  q,  r,  s,  t,  v,  x,  z. 

You  will  see  that  one  letter  is  used  both  as  vowel  and 
as  consonant ;  which  letter  is  it  ? 

NOTE.  H  (h)  is  often  called  a  consonant ;  properly  speaking,  however, 
it  is  not  a  letter,  but  only  a  sign  that  the  vowel  after  it  is  pronounced  with 
a  certain  roughness,  such  as  distinguishes  the  pronunciation  of  "  hand  "  and 
"  overheat "  from  that  of  "  and  "  and  "  overeat." 

*  The  word  "  consonant "  is  derived  from  Latin  con,  "  with,"  and  sonare, 
"to  sound." 


2  LATIN   LESSONS. 

4.  The  consonants  are  divided  into  :  — 

a.  Semivowels.  —  f,  i,  s,  v,  1,  m,  n,  r. 

b.  Mutes.  —  c,  k,  q,  g,  p,  b,  t,  d. 

c.  Double  consonants.  —  x,  z. 

NOTE.    The  semivowels  1,  m,  n,  r,  are  also  called  LIQUIDS,  and  of  these 
m  and  n  have  the  further  name  NASALS. 

Sounds  of  the  Letters. 

5.  The  vowels  have  each  two  grades  of  sounds,  a  long 
and  a  short ;  but  the  short  vowel  differs  from  the  corre- 
sponding long  one  only  in  quantity,  not  in  quality.    They 
are  pronounced  as  follows :  — 

a,  long,  as  'm  father;  short,  the  same  sound  less  prolonged, 

e,    "      Kkeeyinthey;  "      "      "        "  "  " 

i,     "      asm  machine ;    "      "      "        "  "  " 

o,    "      "   "  note;           "      "      "        "  "  " 

u,    "      like  oo  in  food;    "       "      "        "  "  « 

y,  like  French  u  or  German  ii,  long  or  short  as  the  case 
may  be. 

NOTE.    It  should  be  impressed  upon  the  pupil  that  the  vowel  sounds  in 
the  English  words  can,  hot,  tub,  sir,  and  raw  are  never  met  with  in  Latin. 

6.  When  two  vowels  come  together  in  one  syllable,  the 
combination  is  called  a  diphthong.    The  following  combi- 
nations are  regularly  used  as  diphthongs  in  Latin :  —  * 

COMMON. 

ae,  pronounced  like  y  wfly. 
au,          "  "    ow  in  how. 

oe,          "  "    oi  in  coin. 

BABE. 

ei,  "  as  in  eight. 

eu,          "  nearly  as  in.  feud. 

ui,  "          like  wee  in  sweet. 

*  But  u  between  q  or  g  and  a  vowel  unites  with  the  consonants,  jis  in 
English,  and  does  not  form  a  diphthong.    Thus  qui,  sanguis,  but  cui. 


THE   ALPHABET.  8 

7.  The  consonants  have  each  only  one  grade  of  sound, 
which  is  as  a  rule  the  same  as  that  of  the  corresponding 
English  letter.     But  — 

c  and  g  are  always  hard,  as  in  can  and  get. 

ch  has  the  sound  of  c,  but  rougher. 

i  has  the  sound  of  y  in  year. 

s  is  always  hard,  as  in  sin. 

b  before  s  in  the  same  syllable,  as  in  urbs,  plebs,  is  pro- 
nounced like  p,  that  s  may  have  its  proper  sound  and  not  slip 
into  that  of  z. 

t  has  always  the  sound  of  t  in  tent. 

th  has  the  sound  of  t,  but  slightly  rougher. 

V  has  the  sound  of  w  in  want. 

Exercise. 

NOTE.  In  this  book  long  vowels  are  marked  thus  ("),  short  vowels  are 
unmarked. 

8.  Pronounce  the  following  words :  — 
me 

81 

que 

non 

sed 

ut 

quin 

hoc 

cur 

nam 

NOTE.  The  pupil  should  be  required  to  pronounce  the  words  in  the  first 
column  repeatedly,  so  that  the  quantity  of  their  vowels  may  unconsciously 
become  fixed  in  his  mind.  He  will  appreciate  the  value  of  this  acquisition 
when  he  sees  how  often  these  words  are  met  with  in  the  Latin  writers. 

Grammatical  References 

(To  supplement  the  foregoing) 

A.  &  S.  3-18 ;  A.  &  G.  1-6,  16  ;  G.  1-7 ;  H.  2-5,  15-17. 


rosa 

bom 

tempore 

magnus 

donant 

amplius 

causae 

piscis 

dederat 

ipsis 

iUe 

obsidem 

facto 

reges 

proelio 

omnes 

reges 

venerit 

domum 

quoque 

impetum 

poenas 

quoque 

eadem 

aula 

istic 

humiles 

aeger 

donee 

fuerant 

LATIN   LESSONS. 


LESSON   II. 

SYLLABLES   AND   ACCENTS. 

9.  Every  Latin  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  has 
separate  vowels  or  diphthongs.      One   syllable   in   each 
word  is  pronounced  with  somewhat  more  force  (Accent) 
than  the  others,  as  in  English. 

10.  Observe  how  each  of  the  following  words  is  ac- 
cented :  — 


I.     qua/-rum 
ce'-na 
<5m-nes 
su-os 
a'-cer 


II. 


re-ge'bat 

dis-sua/des 

co-hae-rent 

per-gaii-det 

a-ma-ve'-runt 

pro-fec-ti-o'-nem 

ho-no-ra/stis 

con-su-e'-sco 


o-nu-stae 

fru-m£n-tum 

a-man-tes 

com-pl^-xus 

in-ter-riim-punt 

a-du-les-c^n-tes 

ad-fi-ci-e-ban-tur 

in-tro-mit-tunt 


flu'-men 

sa^-pe 

p<5n-tus 

i;-gnes 

a^-grum 

ma'-tris 


do'-nis 

aii-ro 

a-pud 


m^-niis 
md-nent 


HE.     pr<5-xi-mus 
pa-tri-bus 
fi'-ni-um 
cdra-modus 
a^-qui-tas 
in-no-cens 
im-p<5-Ti-um 
con-fu'-ge-rint 
a-mi-ci-ti-a 
con-iii-ra-ti-o  '-ni-bus 
ho-no-ri-fi-cen-tis-si-me 

in-te-grum 

me-di-o-cris 

im-pe-trant 

il-l^-ce-brae 

miil-ti-plex 


11.  All  Latin  words  of  two  syllables  are  accented  like 


SYLLABLES   AND   ACCENTS.  5 

those  in  Group  I.  above.  What  rule,  then,  can  be  laid 
down  about  the  accent  of  such  words  ?  In  Group  II.  you 
will  see  that  all  the  words  are  accented  on  the  last  sylla- 
•ble  but  one  (called  the  penultimate  or  penult) ,  and  that 
this  syllable  either  contains  a  long  vowel  or  a  diphthong,  as 
in  the  words  above  the  dotted  line,  or  has  its  short  vowel 
followed  by  a  double  consonant  or  by  two  consonants,  as 
in  the  words  below  the  dotted  line.  Such  syllables  are 
called  long  syllables  ;  —  long  by  nature,  if  they  contain  a 
long  vowel  or  a  diphthong,  long  by  position  otherwise. 
In  Group  III.  you  will  see  that  all  the  words  are  accented 
on  the  syllable  before  the  penult  (called  the  antepenult- 
imate or  antepenult),  and  that  the  penult  always  has  a 
short  vowel  followed  either  by  another  vowel  or  a  single 
consonant,  as  in  the  words  above  the  dotted  line  (short 
syllables),  or  by  two  consonants,  of  which  the  first  is  a 
mute,  while  the  second  is  1  or  r,  as  in  the  words  below 
the  dotted  line  (common  syllables).  What  simple  rule 
can  be  framed  for  the  accentuation  of  the  words  in 
Groups  II.  and  III.  ?  You  will  find  that  this  rule  applies 
to  all  or  nearly  all  Latin  words  of  more  than  two  sylla- 
bles. 

Division  into  Syllables. 

12.  By  examining  the  above  groups  of  words  with  ref- 
erence to  division  into  syllables,  you  will  see  that  this 
division  is  made  upon  the  principle  that  every  syllable  in 
a  word  (except,  of  course,  the  last)  should  end  in  a  vowel, 
when  that  can  be  accomplished  without  bringing  together 
at  the  beginning  of  the  next  syllable  a  combination  of 
consonants  too  hard  to  pronounce.  The  following  simple 
rules  may  be  given  for  dividing  Latin  words  into  sylla- 
bles :  — 

i.  Single  consonants,  double  consonants,  or  combinations 


6  LATIN   LESSONS. 

of  consonants  which  can  begin  a  word  are  to  be  joined 
to  the  second  of  the  two  vowels  between  which  they  stand. 
This  includes  the  combinations  gn,  ps,  pt,  thus :  —  re-ge- 
bat ;  pro-xi-mus  ;  o-nu-stae ;  ca-stris  ;  i-gnern  ;  de-scrip-si.* 

ii.  Other  combinations  of  consonants  are  to  be  separa- 
ted, the  first  letter  being  joined  to  the  preceding  vowel,  and 
the  other  letter  or  letters  to  the  following  vowel.  Thus  :  — 
in-ter-rum-punt ;  con-frin-gant ;  per-strin-xit. 

iii.  Compound  words  must  show  their  component  parts. 
Thus  :  —  ab-est ;  sic-ut. 

13.  Divide  the  following  words  into  syllables  and  mark 
their  accents :  — 

pedum  militi  consternata 

posse  perfects  patiantur 

dies  populus  largitione 

noctu  legatum  matrimonmm 

signum  monebant  reminisceretur 

malae  bonorum  possessionibus 

grandis  caritas  maledicentiores 

Grammatical  References. 
A.  &  S.  19-36 ;  A.  &  G.  14, 18, 19 ;  G.  8,  11,  14 ;  H.  8, 16, 18. 


LESSON   III. 
QUANTITY;   STEMS   AND  ENDINGS. 

Quantity. 

XOTE.  The  quantity  of  Latin  vowels  is  best  learned  by  observing  and 
remembering  how  they  are  marked  in  lesson  books  and  dictionaries,  but  a 
few  simple  rules  will  be  found  useful. 

14.  A  vowel  before  another  vowel  or  before  a  diph- 
thong or  before  h  is  short,  as,  eadem,  varius,  aureae,  nihil. 


QUANTITY;   STEMS   AND   ENDINGS.  7 

15.  A  vowel  before  nt  or  nd  is  short,  as,  amantem, 
docentes,  intendant. 

16.  A  vowel  before  nf,  ns,  gm,  gn,  or  the  consonant  i, 
is  long,  as,  confert,  instat,  f  ragmentum,  ignis,  eitis,  huius. 

17.  Final  a,  e,  y  are  short,  final  i,  o,  u  are  long,  as, 
stella,  omne,  Capy,  bom,  amo,  cornu. 

18.  Final  is,  us,  ys  are  short,  final  as,  es,  os,  are  long, 
as,  omnis,  manus,  Capys  ;  causas,  mones,  bonos. 

19.  Final  syllables  ending  in  any  consonant  other  than 
s  or  c  have  their  vowels  short,  as,  nihil,  regain,  nomen, 
volup,  amor,  noscit. 

NOTE.  The  above  rules  are  merely  statements  of  what  is  true  in  most 
instances,  made  for  the  learner's  convenience.  He  must  not  be  disturbed 
at  finding  exceptions  to  them  as  he  progresses,  nor  conclude,  therefore, 
that  the  rules  are  of  no  use,  but  rather  allow  the  rules  and  the  exceptions 
to  help  fix  each  other  in  his  mind  by  their  differences. 

Exercise. 

20.  Mark  the  unmarked  vowels  in  the  following  words, 
using  a  macron  (")  for  long,  a  breve  (w)  for  short,  vow- 
els:— 


ripa 

meae 

consul 

pSrentes 

cum 

laudes 

cuius 

signa 

leo 

quoad 

docebam 

audienti 

constans 

constantis 

bSnus 

vias 

profundi 

segmentum 

infimus 

aerario 

Stems  and  Endings. 

21.  Examine  the  following  groups  of  forms :  — 

sol,  the  sun.  reg-is,  of  a  king, 

sol-is,  of  the  sun.  reg-um,  of  kings, 

sol-i,  for  the  sun.  reg-I,  to  a  king, 

sol-e,  in  the  sun.  reg-e,  from  a  king, 

sol-es,  suns,  reg-ibus,  for  kings. 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


aqua,  water, 
aqua,  by  water, 
aqua-rum,  of  waters, 
aqua-s,  waters. 

servo-s,  a  slave, 
servo,  to  a  slave 
servo-rum,  of  slaves. 
serv5-s,  slaves. 

lauda-re,  to  praise. 

lauda-t,  he  praises. 

lauda-bant,  they  were  prais- 
ing. 

lauda-bimini,  you  will  be 
praised. 

audi-re,  to  hear, 
audi-etis,  you  shall  hear, 
audi-tur,  it  is  heard, 
audi-mus,  we  hear. 


die-s,  a  day. 
die,  by  day. 
die-rum,  of  days, 
die-bus,  by  days. 

fructu-s,  product, 
fructu-i,  for  product, 
fructu-um,  of  products, 
fructu,  from  product. 

doce-re,  to  teach, 
doce-bam,  I  was  teaching, 
doce-am,  let  me  teach. 

doce-tur,  he  is  taught. 

dio-6,  I  say. 
die-ant,  let  them  say. 
dlc-atur,  let  it  be  said, 
die-emus,  we  shall  say. 


22.  You  will  see  that  these  word-forms  almost  always 
have  two  parts,  though  a  few  of  them  lack  the  second 
part ;  you  will  also  see  that  the  first  part  in  all  the  forms 
of  each  word  is  the  same,  except  as  to  the  quantity  of  its 
vowel.    This  part  of  the  word  is  called  the  STEM,  the  other 
part  is  called  the  ENDING.     The  stem  expresses  the  mean- 
ing of  a  word  in  a  general  way  only,  the  endings  express 
some  particular  turn  or  application  of  the  meaning,  as 
can  be  seen  by  the  above  examples. 

Exercise. 

23.  Separate  the  following  forms  into  stems  and  end- 
ings :  — 

Militi,   milites,   mllitum ;    amare,   amabam,   amatis ;    leonis, 
leone,   leonibus ;    corpori,  corpora,   corporum ;  pugna,  pugnas, 


GENDER;  FIRST  DECLENSION.  9 

pugnarum ;  moneris,  monetur,  monebamus ;  parvos,  parvo, 
parvorum ;  regam,  rego,  regemur ;  cornus,  cornua,  cornuum ; 
finire,  finiebas,  fimtur,  flniamini ;  pacem,  pacis,  paci ;  aciem, 
acies,  acie ;  duel,  ducat,  ducemus,  ducuntur. 


LESSON   IV. 

GENERAL  RULES  FOR  GENDER.  — THE  FIRST 
DECLENSION. 

NOTE.  Pupils  who  do  not  know  the  parts  of  speech  and  the  meanings  of 
the  terms  gender,  number,  and  case  should  learn  them  before  going  further. 
(A.  &  S.  73-79,  85-88 ;  A.  &  G.  20,  25-28,  31 ;  G.  15-18,  21-23 ;  H.  38-41, 
44,  45.) 

Genders. 

24.  In  English  we  call  nouns  denoting  male  beings 
MASCULINE,  nouns  denoting  female  beings  FEMININE,  and 
all  other  nouns,  NEUTER.    In  Latin,  gender  is  less  simple, 
partly  because  the  Romans  personified  many  things  with- 
out sex  and  partly  because  certain  genders  came  to  be 
associated  with  various  endings.     The  genders  associated 
with  particular  endings  are  best   studied   in  connection 
with  the  different  declensions.     For  the  gender  of  person- 
ified things  the  following  rule  is  convenient :  — 

i.  Masculine  are  nations,  rivers,  winds,  and  months. 
ii.  Feminine  are  countries,  towns,  islands,  plants,  and 
trees. 

25.  Latin  nouns  are  divided  into  five  declensions,  ac- 
cording to  the  letters  in  which  their  stems  end. 

The  First  Declension. 

26.  The  First  Declension  comprises  all  nouns  whose 
stems  end  in  a. 

Learn  the  following  paradigms  of  declension  :  — 


10 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


ripa,  f.,  river-bank,  stella,  f.,  a  star,    via,  f.,  way,  path. 
Stem    ripa-  stella-  via- 


Nom.    ripa,  bank. 
Gen.     ripae,  bank's,  of 

a  bank. 
Dat.     ripae,  to  or  for  a 

bank. 

Ace.      ripam,  bank. 
Voc.      ripa,  thou  bank. 
Abl.      ripa,  on  a  bank. 


Singular. 

stella,  a  star, 
stellae,  star's,  of 

a  star, 
stellae,  to  or  for 

a  star. 

stellam,  a  star, 
stella,  thou  star, 
stella,    with  or 

from. a  star. 

Plural. 


via,  way. 

viae,  of  the  way. 

viae,  to  or  for  a 

way. 

viam,  way. 
via,  thou  way. 
via,  by  the  way. 


N.  &V.  ripae,  banks,  or      stellae,  stars,  etc.  viae,  ways,  etc. 

ye  banks. 
Gen.     riparum,  of  the      stellarum  viarum 

banks. 
D.  &  A.  ripis,  to  or  for  the  stellis  viis 

banks,  or  on  the 

banks. 
Ace.      ripas,  banks.  Stellas  vias 

27.  You  will  see  that  in  some  of  the  cases  of  the  above 
words,  the  stem  vowel  is  no  longer  visible.  It  has  become 
absorbed  in  the  ending.  Which  cases  are  these  ?  In  cer- 
tain other  cases  the  vowel  has  not  disappeared,  but  has 
become  fused  with  the  ending  into  the  diphthong  ae. 
Which  cases  are  these  ?  In  three  cases  there  is  no  end- 
ing, and  in  two  of  these  the  stem  vowel  has  become  short. 
Which  are  these  ?  Note  carefully  what  cases  have  similar 
forms.  What  exceptions  to  your  rules  for  the  quantity 
of  final  syllables  do  you  observe  in  these  nouns  of  the 
first  declension  ? 


FIRST  DECLENSION.  11 

28.  You  will  further  see  that  in  the  above  nouns  the 
same  case  is  not  always  translated  in  the  same  way.    This 
does  not,  of  course,  indicate  that  a  case  of  one  noun  means 
one  thing  and  the  same  case  of  another  noun  a  different 
thing,  but  that  we  often  express  by  different  prepositions, 
in  English,  ideas  for  which  the  same  case-form  was  used 
in  Latin.     When  a  case-form  thus  stands  by  itself,  it  may 
therefore  be  translated  by  various  expressions  ;  but  when 
words  are  used  together  in  sentences,  the  surroundings 
show  which  idea  the  case  represents  on  the  particular  occa- 
sion, just  as  in  English  you  can  tell  by  the  surrounding 
words  whether  "  hand  "  is  a  noun  or  a  verb,  as  in  "  give  me 
your  hand  "  and  "  please  hand  me  that  book."    So,  too,  the 
context  shows  whether  a  Latin  noun  like  pugna  means  "  the 
battle,"  "  a  battle,"  or  simply  "battle,"  the  Romans  not 
needing  special  words  to  correspond  to  the  English  articles. 

29.  Vocabulary. 

causa,  -ae,  f.,  cause,  reason,  hora,  -ae,  f.,  hour. 

copia,  -ae,  f.,  plenty  (pi.  lingua,  -ae,  f.,  tongue. 

forces). 

cura,  -ae,  f.,  care.  praeda,  -ae,  f.,  booty. 

fuga,  -ae,  f.,  flight.  pugna,  -ae,  f.,  battle. 

gloria,  -ae,  f.,  glory.  scrlba,  -ae,  m.,  scribe,  clerk. 

What  appears  to  be  the  regular  gender  of  nouns  of  the 
first  declension  ?  All  nouns  of  this  declension  are  of  this 
gender  except  a  few,  like  scrlba,  which  denote  male 
beings. 

Exercise. 

30.  Give  an  English  equivalent  for  each  of  the  follow- 
ing Latin  forms  :  — 

1.  Causas.  2.  Pugnis.  3.  Horam.  4.  Fuga.  5.  Scriba- 
rum.  6.  Praedae.  7.  Cura.  8.  Copiis.  9.  Copiam.  10.  Lin- 
guae. 11.  Gloria.  12.  Linguarum.  13.  Scribls.  14.  Fugae. 


OF  THK 

UNIVERSITY 


12  LATIN  LESSONS. 

15.  Curae.     16.   Copias.     17.  Causls.     18.  Praedaram.     19. 
Horis.     20.  Gloriam. 

31.  Give  a  Latin  equivalent  for  each  of  the  following 
English  expressions :  — 

1.  For  a  battle.  2.  By  glory.  3.  Thou  scribe.  4.  In  flight. 
5.  With  booty.  6.  To  a  star.  7.  By  the  forces.  8.  In  plenty. 
9.  With  the  tongue.  10.  On  the  way.  11.  Of  cares.  12.  With 
reasons.  13.  To  the  clerks.  14.  Ye  battles.  15.  Of  hours. 

16.  For  a  way.     17.  To  the  banks.     18.  A  tongue.     19.  The 
hours.     20.  For  booty.     21.  By  the  path. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  54,  55,  73-79,  85-88,  91 ;  A.  &  G.  20,  21,  25-28, 
31,  35  ;  G.  15-18,  21-24,  27,  28 ;  H.  38-41,  44-46,  48. 

LESSON   V. 

SECOND  DECLENSION. 

32.  The  Second  Declension  includes  all  nouns  whose 
stems  end  in  o.     Learn  the  following  paradigms :  — 

servos,  m.,  a     avos,  m.,  ovom,  n., 

slave.  grandfather.  egg. 

Stem  servo-  avo-  ovo- 

Singular. 

Norn.  servos  avos  ovom 

Gen.  servi  avi  ovi 

Dat.  &  Abl.    serv5  av5  ovo 

Ace.  servom  avom  ovom 

Voc.  serve  ave  ovom 

Plural. 

Norn.  &  Voc.  servi  avi  ova 

Gen.  servorum          avorum  5vorum 

Dat.  &  Abl.    servis  avis  ovis 

Ace.  servos  avos  ova 


SECOND   DECLENSION. 


13 


equus,  m 

.,  a      dominus,  m., 

bellum,  n., 

horse. 

master. 

war. 

Stem 

equo- 

domino- 

bello- 

Singular. 

Nom. 

equus 

dominus 

bellum 

Gen. 

equi 

domini 

beUl 

Dat.  &  Abl. 

equ5 

domino 

beUo 

Ace. 

equum 

dominum 

bellum 

Voc. 

eque 

domine 

bellum 

Plural. 

Nom.  &  Voc. 

equi 

domini 

bella 

Gen. 

equorum 

domin5rum 

bellorum 

Dat.  &  Abl. 

equis 

dominis 

beUis 

Ace. 

equos 

dominos 

bella 

films,  m., 

son.    ager,  m.,  field. 

puer,  m.,  boy. 

Stem 

filio- 

agro- 

puero- 

Singular. 

Nom. 

filius 

ager 

puer 

Gen. 

fill 

agri 

pueri 

Dat.  &  Abl. 

filio 

agro 

puer5 

Ace. 

filium 

agrum 

puerum 

Voc. 

fill 

ager 

puer 

Plural. 

Nom.  &  Voc. 

filii 

agri 

pueri 

Gen. 

filiorum 

agrorum 

puerorum 

Dat.  &  Abl. 

filiis 

agris 

puerls 

Ace. 

fili5s 

agros 

puer5s 

33.  What  is  the  only  difference  in  declension  between 
the  first  three  nouns  above  and  the  second  three  nouns  ? 
All  nouns  of  the  second  declension  were  originally  de- 
clined like  the  first  three  above,  but  in  classical  times  the 
o  of  the  stem  was  retained  before  s  and  m  in  those  nouns 


14  LATIN   LESSONS. 

only,  which,  like  the  three  given,  had  the  letter  v  before 
the  stem  vowel  o.  What  are  the  only  differences  in  de- 
clension between  films  and  the  nouns  given  before  it  ? 
What  is  the  only  difference  between  puer  and  ager  ? 
Nearly  all  second  declension  nouns  in  er  are  declined  like 
ager.  What  are  the  only  differences  in  declension  be- 
tween the  nouns  in  er  and  the  others  ?  What  cases  have 
similar  forms  in  the  second  declension  ?  What  cases  have 
the  same  endings  in  both  the  first  and  the  second  declen- 
sions ?  What  exceptions  to  your  rules  for  the  quantity  of 
final  syllables  do  you  find  in  some  of  these  second  declen- 
sion nouns  ? 

NOTE  1.  The  voc.  sing,  of  nouns  in  OS  and  us  is  the  only  instance  in 
any  of  the  five  declensions  of  a  vocative  unlike  its  nominative. 

NOTE  2.  Nouns  in  ius  and  ium  do  not  change  their  accent  in  the  geni- 
tive and  vocative  when  they  contract  ii  and  ie  to  i.  Thus  from  Mercu- 
rius  we  have  Mercuri,  not  Mercuri ;  from  initium,  imti,.  not  initi. 
What  rule  for  accent  is  thus  violated  ? 

Exercise. 

34.  Decline  the  following  nouns  :  — 

annus,  -I,  m.,  year.  oppidum,  -I,  n.,  town, 

frumentum,  -I,  n.,  grain.  otium.  -I,  n.,  rest,  leisure, 

gladius,  -i,  m.,  sword.  negotium,  -I,  n.,  business, 

affair. 

lacrima,  -ae,  f.,  tear.  populus,  -i,  m.,  a  people, 

liber,  -brl,  m.,  book.  praemium,  -I,  n.,  reward, 

murus,  -I,  m.,  wall.  socer,  -eri,  m.,  father-in-law. 

35.  WThat  seems  to  be  the  regular  gender  of  nouns  of 
the  second  declension  ending  in  m  ?     What  that  of  the 
other  nouns  ?     The  only  exceptions  are  a  few  feminines  in 
os  or  us  (chiefly  names  of  towns  or  trees),  and  three 
neuters  in  us. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  95,  96,  97,  (1)  &  (2) ;  A.  &  G.  38,  39,  41,  42 ;  G. 
29-32  ;  H.  51,  53. 


UNIVERSITY 


ADJECTIVES   OF   FIRST   AND   SECOND   DECL1 


LESSON    VI. 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLEN- 
SIONS. —  TWO  NOUNS  OR  AN  ADJECTIVE  AND 
NOUN  USED  TOGETHER. 

36.    Learn  the  declension  of  the  following  words  :  — 


Stem 


Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

Abl. 


novos,  in. 
novo- 


nova,  f. 
nova- 

Singular. 


novom,  n.,  new. 
novo- 


novos 

nova 

novom 

novi 

novae 

novi 

novo 
novBin 

novae 
novam 

novo 
novom 

nove 

nova 

novom 

novo 

nova 

novo 

Plural. 


Nom.  &  Voc.  novi 
Gen.  nov5rum 

Dat.  &  Abl.     novis 
Ace.  novos 


Stei 


Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

Abl. 


bonus,  m. 
bono- 


bonus 

bom 

bono 

bonum 

bone 

bon5 


novae 

nova 

novarum 

nov5rum 

novis 

novis 

novas 

nova 

bona,  f. 

bonum,  n.,  good 

bona- 

bono- 

Singular. 

bona 

bonum 

bonae 

bom 

bonae 

bon5 

bonam 

bonum 

bona 

bonum 

bona 

bond 

16 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


Plural. 


Norn.  &  Voc. 

bom 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bon5rum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dat.  &  Abl. 

boms 

bonls 

boms 

Ace. 

bonds 

bonas 

bona 

regius,  m. 

regia,  f  . 

regium,  n.,  royal. 

Stem 

regio- 

regia- 

regio- 

Singidar. 

Nom. 

regius 

regia 

regium 

Gen. 

regii 

regiae 

regii 

Dat. 

regi5 

regiae 

regi5 

Ace. 

regium 

regiam 

regium 

Voc. 

regie 

regia 

regium 

Abl. 

regia 

regia 

regio 

Plural. 

Nom.  &  Voc. 

regii 

regiae 

regia 

Gen. 

regiorum 

regiarum 

regiorum 

Dat.  &  Abl. 

regils 

regus 

regiis 

Ace. 

regies 

regias 

regia 

creber,  m. 

crebra,  f  . 

crebrum,  n.,  frequent. 

Stem 

crebro- 

crebra- 

crebro- 

Singular. 

Nom.  &  Voc. 

creber 

crebra 

crebrum 

Gen. 

crebri 

crebrae 

crebri 

Dat. 

crebra 

crebrae 

crebro 

Ace. 

crebrum 

crebram 

crebrum 

Abl. 

crebro 

crebra 

crebra 

TWO  NOUNS   OR  NOUN  AND   ADJECTIVE. 


17 


Nom.  &  Voc.  crebri 
Gen.  crebrorum 

Dat.  &  Abl.     crebris 
Ace.  crebros 


Stem 


liber,  m. 
libero- 


Phiral. 

crebrae  crebra 
crebrarum  crebrorum 

crebris  crebrls 

crebras  crebra 

libera,  f.  liberum,  n.,  free, 

libera-  Hbero- 


Nom.  &  Voc.  liber 
Gen.  liberi 

Dat.  libero 

Ace.  liberum 

Abl.  libero 


Nom.  &  Voc.  liberi 
Gen.  liberorum 

Dat.  &  Abl.    liberis 
Ace.  liberos 


Singular. 

libera 

llberae 

liberae 


liberum 

liberi 

libero 


llberam  liberum 

libera  libero 

Plural.  £ 

liberae  libera 

liberarum  liberorum 

liberis  liberis 

liberas  libera 


37.  Which  is  the  only  one  of  these  adjectives  of  which 
the  declension  differs  at  all  from  that  of  nouns  of  the  same 
endings  ?     Point  out  the  differences. 

NOTE.     Many  more  adjectives  in  er  are  declined  like  creber  than  like 
liber. 

Use  of  Two  Nouns  or  a  Noun  and  Adjective 
together. 

38.  We  mean  different  things  in  English,  according 
as  we  say  "  the  boy's  book,"  or  "  the  boy's  book,"  that  is, 
according  as  we  make  the  word  BOY'S  or  the  word  BOOK 
more  emphatic  (utter  it  more  forcibly).     So  if  we  say 
"  a  long  road,"  we  mean  one  thing ;  if  we  say  "  a  long 
road"  we  mean  another.     In  Latin,  these  differences  are 


18  LATIN   LESSONS. 

expressed   by  the  order  in  which  the  words  are  placed. 
Thus:- 

pueri  liber  =  the  boy's  book  (not  the  girl's  or  the  marts). 
liber  puerl  =  the  boy's  book  (not  his  hat  or  his  head). 
longa  via  n=  a  long  road  (not  a  short  one), 
via  longa  =  a  long  road  (not  a  long  river  or  bridge). 

gladius  novos  =  a  new  sword  (not ).* 

bono  servo  =  for  a  good  slave  (not ). 

lacrimls  creliris  =  with  frequent  tears  (not ). 

oppidi  mtirus  =  the  wall  of  the  town  (not  of ). 

pugnae  hora  =  at  the  hour  of  battle  (not  of  — ). 

fuga  copiarum  =  the  flight  of  the  forces  (not  then-  — ). 

anm  frumentum  =  a  year's  grain  (not ). 

liber  populus  =  a,  free  people  (not ). 

39.  After  studying  the  above  expressions,  which  word 
should  you  put   fgst  when  you  were  going  to  use   two 
Latin   nouns    or  a  Latin  noun  and  adjective   together? 
Which  case  should  you  use  to  indicate  what  is  meant  in 
English  by  the  possessive  case  or  the  word  "  of  "  ?    What 
gender,  number,  and  case  should  you  choose  for  an  adjec- 
tive which  you  were  going  to  use   with  a  noun  in  any 
given  gender,  number,  and  case  ? 

40.  Vocabulary. 

aeger.  -gra,  -grum,  sick.  malus,  -a,  -um,  bad. 

altus,  -a,  -urn,  high  or  deep,  multus.  -a,  -um,  much,  many. 

gratus,  -a,  -um,  pleasant  or  parvos,  -a,  -om,  small. 

grateful, 

gratia,   -ae,   f.,    favor    (pi.  porta,  -ae,  f.,  gate. 

thanks). 

iaculum,  -I,  n.,  javelin.  saucius,  -a,  -urn,  wounded, 

latus,  -a,  -urn,  broad.  socius,  -I,  in.,  ally, 

longus,  -a,  -um,  long.  tectum,  -I.  n.,  roof,  house, 

magnus.  -a,  -um,  great,  large,  verbum,  -I,  n.,  word. 

*  Let  the  pupil  fill  out  the  parentheses. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION;  DIRECT  OBJECT.  19 

Exercise. 

41.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  To  a  good  master.  2.  With  a  new  sword.  3.  From  the 
walls  of  the  town.  4.  For  the  wounded  allies.  5.  The  boy's 
javelin.  6.  In  a  broad  path.  7.  Of  the  sick  slave.  8.  By  the 
glory  of  battle.  9.  With  frequent  battles.  10.  To  a  kingly 
master.  11.  For  a  free  people.  12.  With  a  new  roof. 

Grammatical  References. 
A.  &  S.  143,  144 ;  A.  &  G.  81,  82 ;  G.  32-34 ;  H.  148-150. 

LESSON  VII. 

PRESENT,  FUTURE,  AND  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  OF 
VERBS  OF  THE  FIRST  CONJUGATION.  —  ACCUSA- 
TIVE AS  OBJECT. 

NOTE.  Pupils  who  do  not  know  the  meanings  of  the  terms  voice,  mood, 
tense,  number,  and  person,  should  learn  them  before  going  further :  A.  &  S. 
192,  193,  197, 199-201 ;  A.  &  G.  108,  111,  112,  115 ;  G.  109 ;  H.  194-199. 

42.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

amare,  to  love,   laudare,  to  praise,   piignare,  to  fight. 
Stem   ama-  lauda-  pugna- 

Present   Indicative. 

Singular. 

1st  Per.     amo,  I  love,  or  am      laudo  pugno 

loving. 
2d     "       amas,  you  love,  or      laudas  pugnas 

are  loving. 
3d     "       amat,  he,  she,  it,      laudat  pugnat 

loves,  or  is  loving. 


20  LATIN   LESSONS. 

Plural. 

1st  Per.     amamus,  we  love,       laudamus      pugnamus 

or  are  loving. 
2d     "        amatis,  you  love,  or    laudatis         pugnatis 

are  loving. 
3d     "       amant,  they  love,  or    laudant          pugnant 

are  loving. 

Future  Indicative. 
Singular. 

1st  Per.     amabo,  I  shall  love,     laudabo          pugnab5 
2d     »*       amabis,    you    will     laudabis        pugnabis 

love. 
3d  "  amabit,  he,  she,  it  laudabit  pugnabit 

will  love. 

Plural. 

1st  Per.     amabimus,  we  shall  laudabimus  pugnabimus 

love. 
2d  "  amabitis,  you  will  laudabitis  pugnabitis 

love. 
3d  "  amabunt,  they  will  laudabunt  pugnabunt 

love. 

Perfect  Indicative. 
Singular. 

1st  Per.     amavi,  I  loved,  or      laudavi          pugnavi 

have  loved. 
2d     "        amavistl.  you  loved,   laudavisti     pugnavistl 

or  have  loved. 
3d     "        amavit,   he,   she,  it  laudavit        pugnavit 

loved,  or  has  loved. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION;  DIRECT  OBJECT.  21 

Plural. 

1st  Per.    amavimus,  we  loved,  laudavimus  pugnavimus 

or  have  loved. 
2d    "       amavistis,  you          laudavistis  pugnavistis 

loved,  or  have  loved. 
3d    "        amaverunt,    they     laudaverunt  pugnaverunt 

loved,  or  have  loved. 

43.  These  verbs  and  all  verbs  conjugated  like  them 
are  called  verbs  of  the  First  Conjugation.     You  see  that 
their  stems  end  in  a-,  like  those  of  nouns  of  the  first  de- 
clension.    By  what   letter  can   you   recognize  the   third 
person  in  a  verb-form  like  the  above?      How  can  you 
tell  at  once  whether  it  is  singular  or  plural  ?     By  what 
letters  can  you  recognize  such  a  first  person  plural  as  the 
above  ?     By  what  letter  can  jfou  distinguish  any  of  these 
forms  that  belong  to  the  future  ?     To  the  perfect  ? 

44.  Study  the  following  sentences  carefully :  — 

servi  pugnant,  the  slaves  are  fighting  (not  the  soldiers,  for 
instance). 

pugnant  servi,  the  slaves  are  fighting  (not  running,  for  in- 
stance). 

murus  stabit,  the  wall  will  stand  (even  though  the  roof  may 
fall). 

stabit  murus,  the  wall  will  stand  (whatever  else  we  may  say 
of  it). 

clamavit  puer,  the  boy  cried  out. 

puella  clamavit,  the  girl  cried  out. 

amamus  gloriam,  we  love  glory. 

patriam  amamus,  we  love  our  country. 
i  fugabunt  servos,  they  will  rout  the  slaves. 

oppidum  vastabitis,  you  will  lay  waste  the  town. 

portavimus  libros,  we  carried  books. 

gladios  portabimus,  we  shall  carry  swords. 

vocab5  pueros,  I  will  call  the  boys. 

laudas  puellas,  you  praise  the  girls. 


22  LATIN   LESSONS. 

45.  After  studying  the  above,  what  case  should  you 
choose  for  the  subject  of  a  sentence  ?     What  case  for  the 
direct  object  of  a  verb?     Does  the  rule  you  made  for 
the  arrangement  of  two  nouns  used  together,  or  of  a  noun 
and  adjective,  appear  to  apply  where  a  verb  and  a  noun 
are  used  together  ? 

XOTE.  The  teacher  should  explain  to  his  pupils  the  twofold  nature  of 
emphasis,  —  how  when  we  emphasize  a  word  we  may  be  positively  con- 
trasting the  idea  which  it  expresses  with  some  other  idea  expressed  by  the 
same  part  of  speech,  or  only  negatively  contrasting  the  idea  with  all  other 
ideas  expressed  by  the  same  part  of  speech.  For  instance,  when  we  say 
"  a  brave  man,"  we  may  mean  to  contrast  the  quality  "brave  "  with  the 
quality  ';  cowardly,"  or  we  may  mean  simply  to  call  off  the  attention  from 
all  other  qualities  and  concentrate  it  upon  the  idea  "  brave."  In  spoken 
language  the  inflection  of  the  voice  shows  which  kind  of  contrast  is  meant ; 
in  writing  we  have  to  depend  upon  the  context. 

Exercise. 

46.  Translate   into   English,  marking    the    emphatic 
words :  — 

1.  Causa  bona.  2.  Bonae  causae.  3.  Mtilti  annl.*  4.  Lin- 
gua-rum multarum.  5.  Avi  gladius.f  6.  Laudo  scribas.  7. 
Portabunt  frumentum.  8.  Belli  initio.  9.  Vocat  dominus. 
10.  Pugnabunt  copiae.  11.  Libros  amat.  12.  Sauciorum  $ 
cura. 

47.  Translate  into  Latin  j  — 

1.  Of  many  books.  2.  For  the  master  of  the  slaves.  3.  He 
loves  the  people.  4.  They  love  rewards.  5.  We  have  routed 
the  forces.  6.  The  country  calls.  7.  With  many  tears.  8. 
The  house  will  stand.  9.  We  shall  carry  the  booty.  10.  The 
glory  oifree  men. 

*  No.  2  may  be  translated  either  as  singular  or  as  plural ;  why  may  not 
also  No.  3  ? 

t  Let  the  teacher  explain  to  his  pupils  that  it  is  not  necessary  or  right 
to  translate  a  phrase  like  avi  gladius  by  the  vapid  expression,  "  the 
sword  of  a  grandfather  ;  r'  the  picturesque  "grandfather's  sword"  renders 
the  Latin  much  more  truly. 

J  What  is  naturally  understood  when  an  adjective  is  used  alone  like 
this  ?  Is  this  adjective  masculiue  or  neuter,  and  why  ? 


THIKD  DECLENSION. 


23 


LESSON   VIII. 

THIRD  DECLENSION. 

48.  The  Third  Declension  includes  all  the  nouns  whose 
stems  end  in  i-,  or  in  any  consonant  (and  also  two  nouns 
with  stems  in  u-  treated  like  consonant  stems). 

49.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

sitis,  f.,  turris.  f.,  hostis,  c.,* 

thirst.  tower.  enemy. 

Stem  siti-  turn-  hosti- 


Nom.  &  Voc.  sitis 
Gen.  sitis 

Dat.  siti 

Ace.  sitim 

Abl.  siti 


Nona.  &  Voc. 

Gen. 

Dat.  &  Abl. 

Ace. 


Singular. 

turris 
turris 
turri 

turrim  (-em) 
turri  (-e) 

Plural. 

turres 
turrium 
turribus 
turris  (-es) 


hostis 

hostis 

hosti 

hostem 

hoste 


hostes 
hostium 
hostibus 
hostes  (-is) 


mare,  n.,  sea.     mibes,  f.,  cloud,  aetas,  f.,f  age. 
Stem  mari-  nub(i)-  aetat(i)- 


Nom.  &  Voc.  mare 
Gen.  maris 

Dat.  mari 

Ace.  mare 

Abl.  mari 


Singular. 

nubes 

nubis 

nubi 

nubem 

nube 


aetas 

aetatis 

aetati 

aetatem 

aetate 


*  Common  gender,  i.  e.,  sometimes  masculine,  sometimes  feminine. 
t  See  A.  &  S.  69  (2)  ;  A.  &  G.  44;  G.  51 ;  H.  36,  2. 


24 


LATIN  LESSONS. 


Nom.  &  Voc.  maria 
Gen.  marium 

Dat.  &  Abl.    maribus 
Ace.  maria 


Plural 

nubes  aetates 

nubium  aetatium 

(-urn) 

nubibus  aetatibus 

nubes  (-is)        aetates  (-is) 


Stem 


rex,  m.,  king,     lapis,  m.,  stone,  sus.  c.,  swine, 
reg-  lapid-  su- 


Singular. 
Nom.  &  Voc.  rex  (reg  +  s)*  lapis   (la-          sus 


Gen. 

regis 

lapidis 

suis 

Dat. 

regi 

lapidi 

su! 

Ace. 

regem 

lapidem 

suem 

Abl. 

rege 

lapide 

sue 

Plural. 

N.A. 

&  V.     reges 

lapides 

sues 

Gen. 

regum 

lapidum 

suum 

Dat.  <! 

k  Abl.    regibus 

lapidibus 

subus(suibus) 

consul,  m., 

agger,  m., 

caput,  n., 

consul.  J 

mound. 

head. 

Stem 

consul- 

agger- 

capit- 

Singular. 

Nom. 

&  Voc.  consul 

agger 

caput 

Gen. 

consulis 

aggeris 

capitis 

Dat. 

consul! 

agger! 

capiti 

Ace. 

consulem 

aggerem 

caput 

Abl. 

consule 

aggere 

capite 

*  See  A.  &  S.  3,  e  ;  A.  &  G.  3,  a ;  G.  6,  3  ;  H.  3,  note  2. 

t  See  A.  &  S.  69  (2) ;  A.  &  G.  44;  G.  51 ;  H.  36,  2. 

J  This  is  the  name  by  which  the  highest  officer  of  the  Roman  Republic 
was  called,  corresponding  roughly  to  our  president,  except  that  Rome  had 
two  consuls,  and  the  office,  like  the  nation,  was  more  military  than  with  us. 


THIRD   DECLENSION  25 

Plural. 

N.  Ac.  &  V.   cSnsules  aggeres  capita 

Gen.  consulum         aggerum  capitum 

Dat.  &  Abl.     consulibus       aggeribus         capitibus 

NOTE.  At  first  thought,  it  seems  as  if  the  i-stems,  like  the  a-stems 
and  o-stems,  would  more  properly  be  reckoned  as  a  special  declension,  but 
a  careful  study  of  such  words  as  are  declined  above  shows  that  the  endings 
for  the  i-stems  tended  to  give  way  before  the  endings  for  consonant  stems, 
and  to  do  so  in  such  varied  degrees  in  different  nouns  that  the  two  kinds  of 
stems  cannot  be  profitably  separated  in  declension.  Most  nouns  with 
i-stems  are  declined  like  hostis,  nubes,  or  aetas  (according  to  the  let- 
ter before  the  final  B  of  their  nominatives) ;  a  few  are  declined  like  turris, 
and  a  very  few  like  sitis. 

50.  Vocabulary. 

\/amnis,  st.  amni-,  m.,  river.  mors,  st.  mort(i)-,  f.,  death, 

civis,  st.  civi-,  c.,  citizen  mulier,   st.   mulier-,  f.,  wo- 
dvitas,  st.  civitat (i) -,  f .,  state.       man. 

culpa,  -ae,  f.,  fault.  navis,  st.  navi-,  f.,  ship, 

ignis,  st.  Igni-,  m.,  fire.  parare,  to  prepare, 

iuvare,  to  help.  pax,  st.  pac-,  f.,  peace, 

laetus,  -a,  -um,  glad.  pes,  st.  ped-,  m.,  foot, 

lux,  st.  luc-,  f.,  light.  p5ns,  st.  pont(i)-,  m.,  bridge. 

m5ns,  st.  mont(i)-,  m.,  moun-  rogare,  to  ask,  ask  for. 

tain.  vox,  st.  voc-,  f.,  voice, 

et,  and.  non,  not.     sed,  but. 

Exercise. 

51.  Translate    into   English,   marking    the    emphatic 
words  :  — 

1.  Solis  luce.  2.  Laeta  voce.  3.  Filium  iuvat.  4.  Gives 
clamant.  5.  Bellum  longum  et  pugnae  multae.  6.  Alto  muro 
sed  multis  portis.  7.  Gladium  rogavit,  non  librum.  8.  Gladium^ 
et  equum  rogabo.  9.  Mortis  hora.  10.  Frumentum  parave- 
runt  sed  rogant  naves.  11.  Non  ignis  luce  sed  solis.  12.  Non 
puellae  sed  mulieris  vox. 


26  LATIN   LESSONS. 

52.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

1.  They  love  the  state.  2.  I  am  fond  *  of  horses.  3.  They 
will  ask  for  peace.  4.  "We  shall  help  the  forces  and  lay  waste 
the  fields.  5.  A  wide  river,  but  a  good  bridge.  6.  They  are 
preparing  war,  but  they  love  peace  and  rest.  7.  We  have  not 
routed  the  enemy.  8.  With  the  head  and  foot  of  a  boy.  9. 
Not  by  the  fault  of  the  woman,  but  by  the  flight  of  the  slave. 


LESSON   IX. 

THIRD  DECLENSION  (Concluded).  — USE  OP  THREE  OR 
MORE  WORDS  TOGETHER. 


53.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 


Stem 


N.  &  V. 

Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


plebs,t  f.,  the     miles,  m., 
common  people,      soldier. 
pleb-  mllit- 


plebs 

plebis 

plebi 

plebem 

plebe 


N.  Ac.  &  V. 

Gen. 

D.  &  Ab. 


Singular. 

miles 

militis 

mTliti 

mllitem 

milite 

Plural. 

mUites 

mflituni 

mllitibus 


pater,  m., 

father, 
patr- 


pater 

patris 

patri 

patrem 

patre 


patres 

patrum 

patribus 


*  When  you  come  to  a  word  for  which,  as  with  this,  you  have  not  yet 
been  given  a  Latin  equivalent,  think  of  an  English  word  of  similar  mean- 
ing for  which  you  already  know  the  Latin.  In  this  way  you  acquire  the 
valuable  habit  of  remembering  the  ideas  for  which  Latin  words  stand 
rather  than  the  English  words  used  to  translate  them. 

t  For  the  pronunciation  of  plebs,  see  §  7. 


THIRD  DECLENSION. 

Stem 

leo,  m.,  lion, 
leon- 

virg5,   f., 
maiden, 
virgin- 

nomen,  n., 
name, 
nomin- 

Singular. 

N.  &V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

leo 
leonis 
leoni 
Ie5nem 
leone 

virgo 
virginis 
virgin! 
virginem 
virgine 

nomen 
nominis 
n5mim 
n5men 
nomine 

Plural. 

N.  Ac.  &V. 
Gen. 
D.  &  Ab. 

leones 
leonum 
leonibus 

virgines 
virginum 
virginibus 

nomina 
nominum 
nominibus 

27 


honos  )  m.,        corpus,  n.,  opus,  n.,  work, 
honor )    honor,     body. 

Stem             honor-  (ear-        corpor-(ear-  oper-  (ear- 
lier honos-)       Her  corpos-)  Her  opos-) 

Singular. 


honSs  ) 

N.  &V. 

honor  > 

corpus 

opus 

Gen. 

honoris 

corporis 

operis 

Dat. 

honor! 

corpor! 

oper! 

Ace. 

honorem 

corpus 

opus 

Abl. 

honSre 

corpore 

opere 

N.  Ac.  &  V.  honoris 
Gen.  honorum 

D.  &  Ab.      honoribus 


Plural. 

corpora 

corporum 

corporibus 


opera 

operum 

operibus 


NOTE.  The  third  declension  looks  more  complicated  than  it  is  because 
of  the  variety  of  forms  produced  in  the  nominative  singular  by  adding  s 
to  different  stems  or  by  modifying  the  stem  vowel,  and  because  of  the  dif- 


28  LATIN   LESSONS. 

fereiit  aspects  given  to  the  nouns  by  the  final  letters  of  their  stems.  The 
best  way  to  master  the  declension  for  practical  purposes  is  to  study  atten- 
tively a  series  of  nouns  like  those  given,  without  trying  to  load  the  mind 
with  rules  for  forming  nominatives  from  stems  or  the  reverse.  Those, 
however,  who  desire  rules  will  find  them  in  A.  &  S.  100-108  ;  A.  &  G.  44- 
45,  48,  51,  53,  55  ;  G.  36-02 ;  H.  56-05. 

Use  of  Three  or  More  Words  together. 

54.  All  Latin  sentences  are  arranged  on  the  principle 
you  have  studied  in  the  use  of  two  words  grammatically 
related  to  each  other,  namely,  that  the  more  emphatic 
comes  before  the  less  emphatic.     Study  the  following  ap- 
plications of  the  principle  :  — 

55.  Verberat  crudeliter  servos,  he  is  BEATING  the  slaves 
cruelly. 

Crudeliter  servos  verberat,  he  is  CRUELLY  beating  the 
slaves. 

Caesar  Gallos  vicit,  CESAB  conquered  the  Gauls. 

Gallos  vicit  Caesar,  Caesar  conquered  the  GAULS. 

Pulchrum  librum  habeo,  I  have  a  HAXDSOME  book. 

Librum  habeo  pulchrum,  I  have  a  handsome  BOOK. 

Agros  hostium  vastant,  they  lay  waste  the  FIELDS  of 
the  enemy. 

Hostium  agros  vastant,  they  lay  waste  the  fields  of  the 
EXEMY. 

Vastant  hostium  agros,  they  LAY  WASTE  the  fields  of 
the  enemy. 

NOTE  1.  It  seems  a  little  forced  to  mark  two  emphases  in  such  short 
English  sentences  as  the  above,  partly  because  we  are  not  in  the  habit  of 
talking  with  so  varied  an  emphasis,  and  partly  because  our  means  of 
expressing  emphasis  are  more  crude  and  clumsy  than  the  Latin.  This  is 
an  excellent  reason  for  learning  to  grasp  a  Latin  sentence  so  thoroughly 
that  without  being  translated  it  will  convey  its  whole  meaning  to  us  as  it 
did  to  the  Roman. 

NOTE  2.  In  writing  or  speaking  Latin  sentences,  we  have  to  consider 
the  words  separately  (until  we  learn  to  think  in  Latin),  and  we  often  find 
it  a  help  to  group  together  in  phrases  the  words  most  closely  related  to 
each  other  grammatically.  Thus  wre  should  put  agros  and  hostium 


THIRD   DECLENSION.  29 

together  and  say  agros  hostium  or  hostiuin  agros  according  as  we 
meant "  the  enemy 's  fields  "or  "  the  enemy's  fields,"  and  then  put  vastant 
before  these  words  or  after  them  according  as  we  wished  to  emphasize  the 
act  of  laying  waste  or  the  things  laid  waste.*  The  Romans,  of  course,  did 
not  have  to  go  through  this  process,  but  uttered  their  words  naturally  in  the 
order  that  expressed  what  they  wanted  to  say,  just  as  when  we  speak  we 
put  the  proper  stress  of  voice  upon  the  emphatic  words  without  thinking 
about  it. 

56.  Vocabulary. 

cams,  st.  can(i)-,  c.,  dog.  mater,  st.  matr-,  f.,  mother, 

dux,  st.  due-,  m.,  leader,  gen-  pars,  st.  part(i)-,  f .,  part. 

eral.  sedes,  sed(i)-,  f.,  seat,  abode, 

eques,  st.  equit-,m.,  horseman,  urbs,  st.  urb(i)-,  f.,  city. 

v  fortiter,  bravely.  vir,  virl,  m.,  a  man.| 

homo,  st.  homin-,  m.,  a  man-t  virtus,  st.  virtut-,f .,  manliness, 
laete,  gladly.  bravery,  virtue. 

Exercise. 

57.  Translate  into  English :  — 

1.  Canes  et  equos  puer  amat.  2.  Regis  milites  hostem  fuga- 
verunt.  3.  Laudabit  dux  virtutem  equitum.  4.  Parvom  filium 
portat  mater.  5.  Novas  sedes  homines  parant.  6.  Mulieres 
pacem  rogant  sed  viri  pugnabunt.  7.  Fortiter  pugnant  copiae 
sed  hostes  non  f  ugant.  8.  Magnum  opus  dux  paravit.  9.  Laete 
puella  patrem  et  matrem  vocat.J  10.  Nomen  militis  rex  roga- 
vit. 

58.  Translate  into  Latin  : . — 

1.  The  king  praises  the  bravery  of  the  SOLDIERS.  2.  The 
GOOD  boy  is  gladly  helping  his  mother.  3.  The  enemy  have 

*  Those  are  the  simple  conversational  ways  of  arranging  the  words ;  if 
vastant  be  placed  between  the  other  words,  there  is  a  slight  change  of 
emphasis  and  a  marked  effect  of  more  elevated  style  like  that  of  a  poem 
or  an  oration. 

t  Homo  means  a  man  as  distinguished  from  a  beast  or  an  angel ;  vir, 
as  distinguished  from  a  woman  or  child. 

t  Whose  father  and  mother  are  naturally  meant  ? 


OF  THB 

UNIVERSITY 

Or     ~ — -  ... 


30 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


laid  waste  a  PART  of  the  city.  4.  They  have  not  put  to  flight 
the  general  and  the  horsemen.  5.  You  love  the  sea  but  not  the 
clouds.  6.  The  COMMON  PEOPLE  ask  for  rest,  but  the  LEADERS 
are  preparing  war. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  58-72,  99-123  ;  A.  &  G.  8-11,  44-67  ;  G.  36-67  ; 
H.  19-36,  55-115. 

LESSON   X. 


PRESENT,  FUTURE  AND  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  IN 
THE  FOUR  CONJUGATIONS.— SOME  SIMPLE  DA- 
TIVES AND  ABLATIVES. 

59.  Compare  the  following  paradigms :  — 


Present  Infinitive. 
Singular. 

flere, 
to  weep. 


am  are, 
to  love, 
stem        ama- 


IstPers.   amo 
2d      "      amas 
3d      "      amat 


IstPers.  amamus 
2d      "      amatis 

3d      "      amant 


IstPers.  amabo 
2d  "  amabis 
3d  "  amabit 


fl5- 


habere.  regere, 

to  have.  to  rule, 

habe-  reg- 


Present  Indicative. 
Singular. 


fleo 
fles 
flet 


flemus 

fletis 

flent 


habeo 
habes 
habet 

PlUrdl. 

habemus 

habetis 

habent 


rego 
regis 

regit 


Future  Indicative. 
Singular. 

flebo  habebo          regam 

flebls  habebis         reges 

flebit  habebit         reget 


audire, 
to  hear. 
au^L- 


audio 
audis 
audit 


regimus        audimus 
regitis  auditis 

regunt          audiunt 


audiam 

audies 

audiet 


THE   FOUR  CONJUGATIONS. 


31 


1st  Pers.  amabimus    flebimus 
2d      "      amabitis       flebitis 
3d      "      amabunt.      flebunt 


Plural. 

habebimus  regemus  audiimus 

Jiabebitis      regetis  audietis 

habebunt     regent  audient 


1st  Pers.  amavi 
2d      "      amavisti 
3d      "      amavit 


Perfect  Indicative. 

Singular. 


flevi 

flevistl 

flevit 


habui  rexl 

habuisti        rexisti 
habuit  rexit 


audivi 

audivistl 

audivit 


1st  Pers.   amavimus    flevimus 
2d      "      amavistis     flevistis 
3d      "      amaverunt  fleverunt 


Plural. 

habuimus  reximus  audlvimus 

habuistis  rexistis  audivistis 

habuerunt  rexerunt  audiverunt 


60.  Consider  first  the  present  infinitive  and  the  present 
indicative  in  the  above  verbs.  By  dropping  the  endings 
you  get  ama-,  fle-,  habe-,  audi-,  as  the  stems  of  amare, 
flere,  habere,  and  audire,  respectively.  In  regere,  there 
is  an  apparent  peculiarity.  The  vowel  before  the  endings 
varies,  and  cannot  therefore  be  considered  part  of  the 
stem.  Reg-  is  the  stem,  and  the  variable  vowel  is  called 
the  thematic  vowel.  Latin  verbs  .are  divided  into  four 
conjugations,  thus :  — 

1st  Conjugation  —  all  verbs  with  stems  in  a. 
2d  "  «  "  «  "  "  e. 

3d  "  "  "  "  consonant  stems  (also  a  few 

with  stems  in  u,  like  tri- 

buere). 


4th 


"    stems  in  I. 


NOTE.  The  third  conjugation  is  the  oldest,  and  the  others  are  later 
derivations.  They,  too,  once  had  the  thematic  vowel,  but  it  has  become 
absorbed  in  the  long  stem  vowel,  except  sometimes  in  the  third  person 
plural  of  the  present  indicative ;  cf .  audiunt. 


32  LATIN   LESSONS. 

61.  Upon  turning  to  the  future  indicative  you  see  that 
the  verbs  of  the  first  and  second  conjugations  have  one 
set  of  endings  and  those  of  the  third  and  fourth  another 
set.     In  the  perfect  you  see  that  the  first  letter  of  the 
ending  differs  somewhat  in  the  different  verbs,  being  v  in 
amare,  flere,  and  audire,  s  in  regere  (rex  =  reg-{-  s),  and 
u  in  habere.    You  see  also  that  habere  is  without  the  stem 
vowel  e  in*  the  perfect.     For  convenience,  therefore,  the 
letters  v,  s,  and  u,  are  united  with  the  verb  stems,  and 
the  combinations  amav-,  flev-,  habu-,  rex-,  audiv-,  are 
called  the  perfect  stems  of  their  respective  verbs. 

NOTE.  Most  of  the  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  have  perfects  after 
the  pattern  of  habui,  very  few  after  that  of  flevi.  Habui  is  really  made 
by  adding  VI  to  the  stem,  hab-,  of  a  third  conjugation  form  from  which 
habere  was  derived,  the  v  after  the  consonant  becoming  u,  i.  e.  hab  -{-  vi 
=  habui. 

Some  Simple  Datives  and  Ablatives. 

62.  Examine  the  following  sentences :  — 

Sorori  longam  epistulam  scrips!,  I  have  written  a  long 
letter  to  my  sister. 

Legit  fratri  puella,  the  girl  is  reading  to  her  brother. 

Servos  homin!  librum  tradet,  the  slave  will  hand  the  man 
*  the  book. 

Novam  regionem  urbi  addidit,.  he  added  a  new  quarter 
to  the  city. 

CertaminI  horam  statues,  you  will  appoint  an  hour  for  the 
contest. 

Filio  equum  emi,  I  bought  the  horse  for  my  son. 

Regi  navem  paravimus,  we  have  made  ready  a  boat  for 
the  king. 

Lapide  mllitem  cecldit,  he  slew  the  soldier  with  a  stone. 
v]  Metu  urbem  relinquunt,  they  abandon  their  city  through 
fear. 

Frumenti  inopia  pacem  petunt,  they  beg  for  peace  on 
account  of  lack  of  grain. 


THE   FOUE   CONJUGATIONS.  33 

Dolore  oppressa  est,  she  was  overwhelmed  with  grief. 
Lacrimis  id  impetrant,  they  get  it  by  their  tears. 

63.  After   studying  the   above   sentences,  what   case 
should  you   choose   for  a   noun  denoting  the  person  or 
thing  you  wished  to  speak  of  doing  something  to  or  for  ? 
What  case  for  a  noun  denoting  the  means  of  doing  some- 
thing or  the  reason  for  doing  it  ? 

64.  Vocabulary. 

amicus,  I-,  m.,  friend.  pedes,  st.   pedit-,  m.,  foot- 
amor,  st.  amor-,  m.,  love.  soldier, 
carus,  -a,  -urn,  dear.  regio,  st.  region-,  f .,  quarter, 
cedere,  cessi,  to  yield.  region, 
certamen,  st.  certamin-,  n.,  scribere,  scrips!,  to  write, 
contest.  soror,  st.  soror-,  f.,  sister, 
claudere,  clausi,  to  shut.  tenere,  tenui,  to  hold, 
ducere,  duxi,  to  lead,  draw,  terrere,  terrui,  to  frighten, 
mittere,  misl,  to  send.  timere,   timul,   to  fear,  be 
munire  munlvl,  to  fortify.  afraid. 

Exercise. 

65.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Regi  oppidum  niummus.  2.  Amico  caro  multas  epis- 
tulas  scribam.  3.  Civem  pedes  gladio  cecidit.  4.  Magna 
pugna  hostium  copias  fugavimus.  5.  Non  terrebitis  consulis 
milites.  6.  Libero  populo  equites  et  pedites  paravistis.  7. 
Magnas  naves  et  equos  bonos  habemus.  8.  Fortiter  pugnant 
elves  sed  militibus  cedent.  9.  Equitum  virtute  consul  hostes 
vicit.  10.  Gloriae  amore  helium  rogaverunt. 

66.  Translate  into  Latin :  *  — 

1.  They  are  shutting  the  gates  from   fear  of  a   BATTLE. 

*  It  is  good  practice  for  the  pupil  to  exercise  his  own  ingenuity  in  regard 
to  those  relations  of  emphasis  which  cannot  be  marked  here  without  awk- 
wardness. 


34  LATIN   LESSONS. 

2.  We  have  prepared  a  new  quarter  of  the  city  for  the  FOOT- 
SOLDIERS.  3.  The  boy  is  holding  the  horse  by  his  HEAD.  4.  I 
shall  send  mother's  letter  to  my  SISTER.  5.  The  general  has 
MAXY  friends  and  will  not  yield  to  the  KING.  6.  The  SOLDIER 
killed  the  slave  with  his  javelin.  7.  With  MANY  WORDS  I 
praised  the  bravery  of  the  citizens. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  374,  381,  404,  407 ;  A.  &  G.  224-226,  235,  245, 
248  c. ;  G.  343-345,  403,  406,  407  ;  H.  384,  416,  420. 


LESSON    XI. 

ADJECTIVES   OF  THE   THIRD   DECLENSION. 
PREPOSITIONS. 

67.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

acer,  sharp.  Stem  acri- 

Singular. 

M.  F.  N. 

N.  &  V.  acer  acris  acre 

Gen.  acris  acris  acris 

D.  &  Abl.  acri  acri  acri 

Ace.  acrem  acrem  acre 

Plural. 

N.  &  V.  acres  acres  acria 

Gen.  acrium  acrium  acrium 

D.  &  Abl.  acribus  acribus  acribus 

Ace.  acris  (-es)  acris  (es)  acria 


ADJECTIVES   OF   THE   THIRD   DECLENSION. 


35 


mitis,  mild. 

Stem  miti- 

Singular. 

Plural. 

M.  &  F.                   N. 

M.  &  F.                     N. 

N.  &  V. 

mitis          mite 

mites             mitia 

Gen. 

mitis          mitis 

mitium          mitium 

D.  &  A. 

miti            miti 

mitibus          mitibus 

Ace. 

mitem        mite 

mitis  (-es)      mitia 

Stem 


felix,  happy, 
felic- 


vetus,  old. 

veter-  (earlier  vetos-) 


Singular. 


M.  &  F. 

N. 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

N.  &V. 

felix 

felix 

vetus 

vetus 

Gen. 

felicis 

felicis 

veteris 

veteris 

Dat. 

felici 

felici 

veteri 

veteri 

Ace. 

felicem 

felix 

veterem 

vetus 

Abl. 

felici  (-e) 

felici  (-e) 

vetere  (-i) 

vetere  (-i) 

Plural. 

N.  &  V.  f  elices         f  elicia 

Gen.  felicium      felicium 

D.  &  A.  felicibus     felicibus 

Ace.  f  elices  (-is)  f  elicia 


veteres          vetera 
veterum        veterum 
veteribus      veteribus 
veteres  (-is)  vetera 


68.  You  will  see  that  the  declension  of  these  adjectives 
differs  chiefly  in  that  some  have  three  forms  in  the  nom- 
inative singular,  some  two  forms,  and  some  only  one  form. 
By  comparing  these  adjectives  with  the  nouns  of  the  third 
declension  which  you  have  studied,  you  will  see  that  the 
adjectives  have  a  preference  for  i-stem  forms,  while  the 
nouns  tend  to  consonant-stem  forms. 

NOTE.  Only  a  very  few  adjectives  are  declined  like  acer ;  these  are 
given  in  A.  &  S.  151 ;  A.  &  G.  84  a ;  H.  153,  note  1.  Even  fewer  are 
declined  like  vetus. 


36  LATIN   LESSONS. 

Prepositions. 

69.  Prepositions  originally  expressed  relations  of  place, 
and  came  later  to  express  other  relations.     Compare  "  in 
a  boat  "  with  "  in  danger  ;  "  "  on  a  mountain  "  with  "  on 
fire ;  "  "  at  Washington  "  with  "  at  dinner ; "  "  toward  the 
sea"  with  "toward  evening." 

70.  The  accusative  is  used  with  — 

in,  into,  towards,  against,  for. 

sub,  to  the  foot  of,  (up  to  and)  under,  just  before  or  after. 

subter  (rare),  beneath  (implying  motion). 

super,  over,  above. 

71.  The  ablative  is  used  with  — 

in,  in,  on,  in  the  case  of. 

sub,  under,  during. 

subter  (rare),  beneath  (implying  rest). 

super,  about,  in  regard  to. 

72.  The  following  prepositions  are  used  only  with  the 
ablative :  — 

a  or  ab,  from.  prae,  before,  ahead  of. 

cum,  with.  pr5,  before,  in  front  of. 

de,  from,  down  from.  sine,  without, 
e  or  ex,  out  of,  from. 

Also  the  three  rare  prepositions   absque.  without,  coram. 
before,  in  the  presence  of,  tenus,  as  far  as. 

73.  Other  prepositions  are  used  only  with  the  accusa- 
tive.    The  common  ones  are  the  following :  — 

ad,  to,  towards.  citra,  this  side  of. 

adversus,  against.  contra,  opposite  to. 

ante,  before.  extra,  outside  of. 

apud,  in  presence  of,  near.  infra,  below. 

circum,  around.  inter,  among. 


PREPOSITIONS. 

intra,  within.  propter,  near,  on  account  of. 

ob,  against,  on  account  of.  secundum,  after. 

per,  through.  supra,  above. 

post,  behind,  after.  trans,  across. 

praeter,  along  by.  ultra,  beyond. 

prope,  near. 

74.  Vocabulary. 

aestas,  st.  aestat(i)-,  f.,  sum-  dolor,    st.    dolor-,    m.,    pain, 

mer.  grief, 

x   alacer,  -cris,  -ere,  lively.          finis,  st.  fini-,  m.,  end. 
audax,  st.  audac-,  bold.  fortis,  -e,  brave, 

brevis,  -e,  short.  hiemps,*  st.  hiem-,  f.,  winter, 

cadere,  cecidi,  to  fall.  ^instruere,  instruxi,  to  draw 

caedere,  cecidi,  to  strike,  kill.       up. 
ycaedes,  st.  caed(i)-,  f.,  blood-  iubere,  iussi,  to  order. 

shed.  labor,  st.  labor-,  m.,  toil. 

\J  clades,  st.  clad(i)-,  f.,  disaster,  oninis,  -e,  all. 

Exercise. 

75.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Equites  et  pedites  in  urbem  mittet.  2.  Brevem  epistulam 
ab  amlco  habes.  3.  Super  avo  multa  rogavit  rex.  4.  Ante 
aestatem  non  pugnabunt  elves.  5.  Ad  magnam  pugnam  co- 
pias  mstruximus.  6.  Consulis  milites  cum  magna  virtute  pug- 
naverunt.  7.  Adversus  oppidum  pedites  ducet.  8.  In  flumine 
magnam  navem  habemus  et  in  nave  fortes  viros. 

76.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  The  king  will  prepare  his  forces  for  BATTLE.  2.  I  have 
prepared  the  book  WITH  MUCH  LABOR.  3.  The  people  fear  the 
END  of  the  year.  4.  We  led  ALL  the  forces  out  of  the  town. 
5.  The  little  boy  is  falling  from  his  HORSE.  6.  They  beat  the 

*  For  the  p  in  the  nominative,  see  A.  &  S.  70;  A.  &  G.  11  c.  &  Note; 
H.  34,  1  Note. 


38  LATIN  LESSONS. 

slave  with  their  JAVELINS.     7.  We  shall  lay  waste  the  TOWN 
by  fire,  but  shall  not  kill  the  citizens. 

Grammatical  References. 
A.  &  S.  148-155  ;  A.  &  G.  84-87  ;  G.  81-85  ;  H.  152-158. 


LESSON   XII. 

FOURTH  AND    FIFTH    DECLENSIONS.  —  VARIOUS 
MEANINGS   OF  THE    PREPOSITIONS. 

77.  The  Fourth  Declension  includes  all  nouns  whose 
stems  end  in  u,  except  sus,  swine,  and  grus,  crane,  which 
belong  to  the  third  declension. 

78.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

artus,  m.,  joint,  currus,  m.,         cornu,  n.,  horn. 

limb.  chariot. 

Stem  artu-  curru-  cornu- 

Singular. 

N.  &  V.  artus  currus  cornu 

Gen.  artus  currus  cornus 

Dat.  artui  currul  cornu 

Ace.  artum  currum  cornu 

Abl.  artu  curru  cornu 

Plural. 

N.  A.  &  V.  artus  currus  cornua 

Gen.  artuum  curruum  cornuum 

D.  &  A.         artubus  (arti-  curribus  cornibus 
bus*) 

*  Very  few  nouns  retain  the  old  form  in  -ubus,  and  all  but  one  of  these 
have  also  the  form  in  -ibus. 


FOURTH   AND   FIFTH   DECLENSIONS.  39 

domus,  f.,  house.  Stem  domu-  and  domo- 


N.  &  V. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Abl. 


Singular. 
domus 

domus  (domi) 
domui,  domo 
domum 
domo  (domu) 


Plural. 
domus 

domuum,  domorum 
domibus 
domos,  domus 
domibus 


79.  The  Fifth  Declension  includes  all  nouns  whose 
stems  end  in  e.     Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 


Stem 


res,  f.,  thing, 
re- 


dies,  m.,  day. 
die- 


Singular. 
N.  &  V.        res 
Gen.  rel 

Dat.  rei 

Ace.  rem 

Abl.  re 


Plural.  Singular.  Plural. 

res  dies  dies 

rerum         die!  dierum 

rebus  die!  diebus 

res  diem  dies 

rebus          die  diebus 


NOTE.  Res  and  dies  are  the  only  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  that  are 
declined  in  full.  Most  nouns  of  this  declension  have  no  plural,  but  a  few 
are  used  in  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  plural. 

80.  Study  the  following  expressions  till  you  see  how 
the  meanings  assigned  to  the  prepositions  grew  out  of 
their  meanings  as  given  in  the  last  lesson  :  — 

Ad  senectutem,  till  old  age  ;  ad  noctem,  towards  night ; 
ad  vltam  beatam,  for  a  happy  life ;  ad  magnum  bellum, 
for  a  great  war;  ad  regis  voluntatem,  according  to  the 
king's  wish ;  adversus  leges,  contrary  to  the  laws ;  ante 
omnia,  above  all  things  ;  contra  opmi5nem,  contrary  to  ex- 
pectation ;  extra  numerum,  beyond  the  number ;  per  hie- 
mem,  throughout  the  winter ;  per  mare,  over  the  sea ;  per 
hostes,  by  means  of  the  enemy ;  per  honorem  ducis,  by  the 


40  LATIN  LESSONS. 

honor  of  a  leader ;  praeter  aetatem,  beyond  one's  years  ;  se- 
cundum  naturam,  according  to  nature ;  ultra  modum,  be- 
yond bounds ;  a  rege,  by  the  king  ;  de  morte  mllitis,  about 
the  soldier's  deatli ;  e  sententia,  in  accordance  with  one's  opin- 
ion or  wishes  ;  e  re  publica,  in  the  interest  of  the  state  ;  prae 
metu,  out  of  fear ;  prae  magnitudine,  in  comparison  with 
the  size ;  pro  patria,  in  behalf  of  the  country  ;  pro  dignitate, 
in  accordance  with  one's  dignity. 

81.  Vocabulary. 

aeies,  -el,  f.,  battle  line.  lex,  st.  leg-,  f.,  a  law. 

agmen,  st.   agmin-,   n.,  an     manus,  -us,  f.,  hand, 

army  in  line  of  march.  metus,  -us,  m.,  fear, 

fides,  -el,  f.,  faithfulness.  portus,  -us,  m.,  a  harbor, 

fllia,*  -ae,  f.,  daughter.  senectus,    st.   senectut-,   f., 

fluctus,  -us,  m.,  a  wave.  old  age. 
foedus,  st.  foeder-,  n.,  treaty,     spes,  -el,  f .,  hope, 

genii,  -us,  n.,  knee.  veru,   -us,    n.,    a   spit    (hence 

lacus,  -us,  m.,  a  lake.  spear). 

82.  What  seems  to  be  the  prevailing  gender  of  fourth 
declension  nouns  in  -us  ?     What  of  those  in  -u  ?     What 
of  the  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  ?     Observe  that  nouns 
of  the  fifth  declension  with  a  consonant  before  the  stein 
vowel  e  shorten  this  vowel  in  the  genitive  and  dative  sin- 
gular.    What  exceptions  to  the  rules  of  quantity  do  you 
find  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  declensions  ?     What  letter  do 
the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  plural  of  neu- 
ter nouns  end  in  for  all  the  declensions  ? 

Exercise. 

83.  Translate  into  English :  — 

1.  Pro  patria  fortiter  pugnaverunt.  2.  Audaci  hosti  sine 
pugna  non  cedent.  3.  In  aciem  omnes  milites  duxit.  4.  Parat 

*  This  noun  and  a  few  others  in  the  first  declension  have  the  dative 
and  ablative  plural  in  -abus  (fHiabus)  to  distinguish  them  from  corre- 
sponding masculines  of  the  second  declension. 


VERBS.  41 

ad  bellum  currus.  5.  E  maim  regis  habeo  gladium.  6.  Non 
ad  mortem  sed  in  gloriae  spem  duco  mllites.  7.  Filiis  verua, 
libros  novos  filiabus  emimus.  8.  Per  fluctus  maris  homines  et 
equos  et  currus  duxerunt.  9.  Sociorum  dux  agmen  praeter 
fluminis  ripam  ducit. 

84.    Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  They  ARE  STRIKING  the  boy  with  their  hands.  2.  We 
shall  carry  all  the  SWORDS  out  of  the  ship.  3.  The  KING 
praises  the  horsemen  for  their  bravery.  4.  NOT  from  fear  of 
the  laws,  but  in  consequence  of  the  treaty.  5.  All  love  a  LONG 
LIFE,  but  not  old  age.  6.  He  will  lead  his  forces  ACROSS  THE 
RIVER  AND  ALONG  THE  MOUNTAIN.  7.  We  are  preparing  stones 
for  a  NEW  wall ;  the  OLD  ONE  will  not  stand  through  the  winter. 

NOTE.  It  is  suggested  that  the  pupil  be  given  oral  practice  upon  short 
sentences  made  after  the  pattern  of  those  in  the  exercises,  both  translating 
from  the  Latin  and  forming  sentences  in  Latin.  This  practice  should 
gradually  increase  in  extent  and  variety. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  126-133,  428-431,  558-561 ;  A.  &  G.  68-74, 152, 
153,  260,  261 ;  G.  67-70,  413-419 ;  H.  116-124,  432-437. 


LESSON    XIII. 

VERBS  IN  -IO  OP  THE  THIRD  CONJUGATION.  —  IM- 
PERFECT, PLUPERFECT,  AND  FUTURE  PERFECT  IN- 
DICATIVE. —  PERSONAL  AND  POSSESSIVE  PRO- 
NOUNS. 

85.    Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 
capere,  to  take. 


Perfect. 
cepi 
cepisti 
cepit 


Indicative. 

Present. 

Future. 

1st  Per. 
2d     " 
3d     " 

capio 
capis 
capit 

capiam 
capies 
capiet 

42  LATIN   LESSONS. 


Plural. 

1st  Per. 
2d     " 
3d     " 

capimus 
capitis 
capiunt 

capiemus 
capietis 
capient 

cepimus 
cepistis 
ceperunt 

86.  You  see  that  capere  differs  from  regere  in  two 
ways.     In  the  present  and  future  it  has  an  i  between  the 
stem  and  the  endings  when  these  endings  begin  with  a 
vowel,  so  that  its  forms  look  like  those  of  audire,  and  the 
perfect  stem  is  not  formed  by  adding  s,  but  by  changing 
the  stem  vowel  a  to  e.     Several  common  verbs  of   the 
third  conjugation  have  one  or  both  of  these  peculiarities. 

NOTE.  The  perfect  stem  in  the  third  conjugation  is  formed  in  several 
different  ways,  which  are  best  learned  by  observation  of  the  particular 
verbs  met  with.  The  commonest  ways  are :  by  adding  s,  as  carpere, 
carpsi,  pluck ;  by  lengthening  the  stem  vowel  (a  becoming  e),  as,  le- 
gere,  legi,  read,  Capere,  cepi,  take ;  by  both  adding  s  and  lengthen- 
ing the  vowel,  as,  regere,  rexi,  rule ;  by  doubling  the  first  syllable,  gen- 
erally with  slight  change  of  the  vowels  (reduplication),  as,  cadere, 
cecidi,  fall ;  poscere,  poposci,  demand ;  by  adding  u  (that  is,  v,  as  in 
habui),  as,  colere,  colui,  till ;  by  leaving  the  stem  unchanged,  as, 
metuere,  metui,  fear,  solvere,  solvl,  loose. 

Imperfect,    Pluperfect,    and    Future   Perfect 
Indicative. 

87.  Learn  the  following  paradigms :  — 

Imperfect  Indicative. 

Singular. 

I  was  loving,  having,  etc. 

1  P.  amabam  habebam          regebam       capiebam      audiebaru 

2  "  amabas  habebas  regebas         capiebas         audiebas 

3  **  amabat  habebat  regebat         capiebat        audiebat 

Plural. 

1  P.  amabamus       habebamus     regebamus  capiebamus  audiebamus 

2  "  amabatis          habebatis         regebatis      capiebatis      audiebatis 

3  "  amabant          habebant         regebant      capiebant      audiebant 


VERBS. 


43 


1  P.  amaveram 

2  "  amaveras 

3  "  amaverat 


Pluperfect  Indicative. 

Singular. 
I  had  loved,  had,  etc. 


habueram 

habueras 

habuerat 


rexeram 
rexeras 

rexerat 

Plural. 


ceperam 
ceperas 

ceperat 


audiveram 

audiveras 

audiverat 


1  P.  amaveramus   habueramus   rexeramus  ceperamus    audiveramus 

2  "  amaveratis      habueratis       rexeratis      ceperatis       audiveratis 

3  "  amaverant       habuerant       rexerant       ceperant       audiverant 


Future  Perfect  Indicative. 
Singular. 

I  shall  have  loved,  had,  etc. 

1  P.  amavero          habuero  rexero          cepero 

2  "  amaveris         habueris          rexeris          ceperis 

3  "  amaverit         habuerit          rexerit          ceperit 

Plural. 


audivero 
audiveris 
audiverit 


1  P.  amaverimus   habuerimus    rexerimus    ceperimus     audiverimus 

2  u  amaveritis       habueritis       rexeritis      ceperitis        audiveritis 

3  "  amaverint       habuerint        rexerint       ceperint        audiverint 

88.  Judging  by  the  above  examples,  what  combination 
of  letters  will  enable  you  to  recognize  a  verb  form  as  be- 
longing to  the  Imperfect  Indicative  ?  What  do  you  notice 
as  to  the  quantity  of  the  vowel  before  this  combination  ? 
By  what  combination  can  you  recognize  a  Pluperfect  In- 
dicative ?  By  what  a  Future  Perfect  in  any  person  but 
the  first  singular  ?  What  do  you  notice  as  to  the  quantity 
of  the  vowel  before  these  two  combinations  ?  What  form 
iii  the  Perfect  is  very  similar  to  these  Pluperfect  and  Fu- 
ture Perfect  forms,  and  what  are  its  two  differences? 
What  stem  is  used  in  forming  the  Pluperfect  and  Future 
Perfect? 


44  LATIN  LESSONS. 

89.  The  tenses  are  used  in  Latin  as  the  corresponding 
tenses  are  used  in  English,  with  two  exceptions  :  — 

(1)  The  Romans  used  their  tenses  very  exactly,  not 
substituting  a  simple  future  for  a  future  perfect,  nor  a 
present  for  a  future,  as  we  often  do. 

(2)  The  division  between  the  imperfect  and  perfect  is 
somewhat  different  in  the  two  languages  ;  the  Latin  per- 
fect corresponding  to  both  "  I  wrote  "  and  "  I  have  writ- 
ten," in  English,  and  the  Latin  imperfect  being  confined 
to  "  I  was  writing,"  "  I  used  to  write,"  or  "  I  wrote," 
meaning  "  I  occupied  some  time  with  the  writing." 

Personal  and  Possessive  Pronouns. 

90.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

ego,  I.  tu,thou,you.     sul,  of  himself  ,  herself  , 

itself,  themselves. 

Sing.   Plu.    Sing.   Plu.      Sing,  and  Plur. 
Nom.  ego  nos      tu    vos 


Gen.  mei    nostrum     tui  sul 

nostri  vestri 

Dat.  mini  nobis  tibi  vobis  sibi 

Ace.  me     nos  te  v5s  se 

Voc.  tu  vos 

Abl.  me      nobis  te  v5bis  se 

NOTE.  Sui  is  called  the  Reflexive  Pronoun  because  it  points  back  to 
some  person  or  thing,  regularly  to  the  subject  of  its  sentence.  Hence  it 
has  no  occasion  for  a  nominative  case. 

91.  From  the  personal  pronouns  are  formed  the  pos- 
sessives,  meus,  -a,  -um,  my  ;  tuus,  -a,  -urn,  thy  or  your  ; 
suus,  -a,  -um,  his,  hers,  its,  or  theirs  ;  noster,  nostra, 
nostrum,  our  ;  vester,  vestra,  vestrum,  your.  They  are 
declined  like  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declen- 
sions, except  that  the  vocative  singular  masculine  of  meus 
is  generally  mi,  occasionally  meus,  like  the  nominative. 


DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS.  45 

Exercise. 

92.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Frater  meus  epistulam  a  patre  tuo  habet.  2.  In  Iong5 
hello  nostri  milites  fortiter  pugnaverant.  3.  Miserit  amicus 
navem  suam  ad  portum.  4.  Civium  culpa  hostes  urbem  cepe- 
runt.  5.  Novos  libros  tibi  et  sorori  tuae  emimus.  6.  Non  ad 
me  sed  ad  vos  dux  equitem  misit.  7.  Scribebam  ego  epistulam, 
sed  fratres  legebant. 

93.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  I  will  send  the  foot-soldiers  to  your  general.  2.  My  father 
was  drawing  up  his  forces  in  line  of  battle.  3.  The  enemy  will 
not  put  our  cavalry  to  flight.  4.  I  had  heard  much  *  about  the 
bravery  of  your  soldiers.  5.  The  citizens  had  fortified  their 
town,  and  were  fighting  bravely.  6.  The  allies  will  have  sent 
us  all  the  grain  of  the  year. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  178,  179,  186 ;  A.  &  G.  98 ;  G.  98-100  •,  H.  184, 
185.  M- 

LESSON   XIV. 

DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS.  —  ESSE,  TO  BE.  —  AF- 
POSITIVES  AND   PREDICATE  NOUNS. 

94.  Learn  the  following  paradigms :  — 

is,  ea,  id,  he,  she,  it,  that.  hie,  haec,  hoc,  this. 

Singular. 


m. 

ft 

n. 

m. 

f. 

n. 

Norn. 

is 

ea 

id 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

huius 

huius 

huius 

Dat. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

huic 

huic 

huic 

Ace. 

eum 

earn 

id 

hu,nc 

hanc 

hoc 

Abl. 

65 

ea 

eo 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 

*  A  Roman  would  have  used  the  accusative  plural  here.     What  would 
the  gender  have  heen  ? 


46 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


Nom.  ii  (el) 

Gen.  edrum 

Dat.  &  Abl.  iis  (els) 
Ace.  eos 


earum 
iis  (eis) 


Plural. 


edrum 

iis  (eis) 
ea 


hi 

horum 

his 

hos 


hae  haec 

harum  horum 

his  his 

has  haec 


iste,  iata,  istud,  this,  that. 
Singular. 


ille,  iUa,  illud,  that. 


m. 

f. 

n- 

m. 

/. 

n. 

Nom. 

iste 

ista 

istud 

ille 

ma 

iUud 

Gen. 

istius 

istius 

istius 

illius 

illius 

illius 

Dat. 

ista 

isti 

isti 

illi 

illi 

illi 

Ace. 

istum 

istam 

istud 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

Abl. 

ista 

ista 

isto 

illo 

ilia 

ma 

Plural. 

Nom.  isti  istae  ista  illi  illae  ilia 

Gen.  istorum  istarum  istorum  illorum  illarum  illorum 

Dat.  &  Abl.  istis  istis  istis  illis  illis  illis 

Ace.  istas  istas  ista  ilias  illas  ilia 

95.  Is,  ea,  id,  is  the  least  forcible  of  these  pronouns, 
and  therefore  regularly  supplies  the  place  of  a  personal 
pronoun  in  the  third  person  when  the  reflexive  se  cannot 
be  used.     Hie,  like  the  English  "  this,"  refers  regularly 
to  that  which  is  thought  of  as  nearest  to  the  speaker  or 
present ;   ille,  like  "  that,"  commonly  refers   to  what  is 
thought  of  as  furthest  away ;  iste  refers  to  what  is  too  far 
for  hie  and  too  near  for  ille,  especially  to  that  which  is 
nearest  the  person  spoken  to.     These  three  pronouns  are 
often  used  in  Latin,  like  is  (but  with  more  emphasis), 
where  in  English  we  prefer  the  simple  personal  pronouns 
"he,"  "she,"  "it,"  "they." 

96.  As  illustrations  of  the  use  of  the  demonstratives 
study  the  following  sentences  :  — 

Haec  urbs  Roma  est,  illud  autem  oppidum  Tiburtem 
vocant,  this  city  is  Rome,  but  that  town  they  call  Tibur. 
Ubi  est  ista  villa?  where  is- that  villa  (you  speak  of)? 


INDICATIVE   OF   ESSE.  47 

Non  antiquS  1115  more  sed  hoc  nostro  eruditus  est,  he 
has  been  trained,  not  in  that  old-fashioned  style,  but  in  this  of 
ours. 

Servos  meus  aufugit  ;  is  est  in  provincia  tua,  a  slave 
of  mine  has  run  away  ;  he  is  in  your  domain. 

Hostis  pacem  a  consule  petivit,  hie  autern  pugnare 
voluit,  the  enemy  asked  the  consul  for  peace,  but  he  wanted 
to  fight. 

A  Iegat5  cohortes  in  castra  ducti  sunt  ;  ilium  praetor 
ad  Caesarem  misit  sed  milites  secum  *  eduxit,  the  co- 
horts were  brought  into  the  camp  by  their  lieutenant  ;  the  prae- 
tor sent  him  to  Caesar,  but  took  the  soldiers  out  with  him. 

Melior  est  certa  pax  quam  sperata  victoria,  haec  in 
tua,  ilia  in  de5rum  manu  est,  certain  peace  is  better  than 
victory  hoped  for  ;  the  peace  (or  the  former)  is  in  your  own 
hands,  the  victory  (or  the  latter)  in  the  hands  of  the  gods. 

Indicative  of  Esse,  to  be. 

97.  Nearly  all  Latin  verbs  are  conjugated  like  those 
which  you  have  learned  as  models  of  the  four  conjuga- 
tions, but  about  a  dozen  verbs   (with  their  compounds) 
present    certain   peculiarities,  and   are    therefore   called 
irregular  verbs.     One  of  the  most  important  of  these  is 
esse,  to  be. 

98.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

Indicative. 

PRESENT.  IMPERF.   FUTURE.    PERF.     PLUPERF.   FUTURE  PERF. 

Singular. 


I  am, 

was, 

shall  be, 

have  been, 

had  been, 

shall  have 

1st  Per. 

sum 

eram 

ero 

ful 

fueram 

fuero 

2d    " 

es 

eras 

eris 

fuisti 

fueras 

fueris 

3d    " 

est 

erat 

erit 

fuit 

fuerat 

fuerit 

*  Cum,  when  used  with  a  personal,  reflexive,  relative,  or  interrogative 
pronoun,  is  regularly  thus  appended  to  it,  as,  mecum,  with  me  ;  quo- 
cuni,  with  whom. 


48  LATIN   LESSONS. 

Plural 

1st  Per.    sumus  eramus      erimus      fuimus      fueramus      fuerinms 
2d    "        estis      eratis         eritis         fuistis        fueratis         fueritis 
3d    "       sunt      erant         erunt        fuerunt    fuerant         fueriut 

Appositives  and  Predicate  Nouns. 

99.  Study  the  following  expressions  :  — 

Fortis  nnles,  a  brave  soldier. 

Mons  altus,  a  high  mountain. 

Bonorum  librorum,  of  good  books. 

Fortis  est  miles,  the  soldier  is  brave. 

M5ns  altus  est,  the  mountain  is  high. 

Bonos  hos  libros  puto,  I  think  these  books  good. 

When  the  adjective  is  applied  directly  to  its  noun,  as 
in  the  first  three  examples  above,  it  is  called  an  attribu- 
tive adjective;  when  it  is  connected  with  its  noun  by 
esse  or  another  verb,  as  in  the  last  three  examples,  it  is 
called  &  predicate  adjective. 

100.  Study  also  the  following  expressions  :  — 

Cicero  consul  hoc  fecit,  Cicero  the  consul  did  this. 

Cicer5  consul  factus  est,  Cicero  was  made  consul. 

Ciceronem  consulem  esse  dlxit,  he  said  Cicero  was  con- 
sul. 

Ciceronem  consulem  fecerunt,  they  made  Cicero  [to  be] 
consul. 

You  will  see  that  in  these  sentences  the  words  Cicero 
and  c5nsul  mean  the  same  person  and  are  in  the  same 
case.  When,  as  in  the  first  example,  two  such  words  are 
used  directly  together,  the  construction  is  called  apposi- 
tion ;  when,  as  in  the  second  and  third  examples,  the 
nouns  are  connected  by  esse  or  a  similar  verb,  the  con- 
nected noun  is  called  a  predicate  noun  ;  when,  us  in  the 
fourth  example,  the  connection  by  esse  is  only  implied, 
the  construction  is  called  predicate  apposition. 


RELATIVE  AND   INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUNS. 


49 


Exercise. 

101.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Altus  erat  mons,  sed  bonam  et  latam  viam  habebamus. 
2.  Ciceronem  patrem  patriae  appellabant.  3.  Hoc  nomine  ilium 
magnum  virum  laudabant  elves.  4.  Acer  fuit  pugua,  sed  magna 
est  eius  gloria.  5.  In  his  oppidis  sunt  multi  milites  et  duces 
bom.  6.  Hunc  virum  consulem  creavimus.  7.  Omnes  elves 
ex  eo  oppido  fugaverant  regis  copiae. 

102.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  This  book  is  yours,  but  that  one  is  mine.  2.  We  had  taken 
this  town  by  force.  3.  This  house  is  not  new,  but  we  think  it 
good.  4.  Our  general  will  send  the  horsemen  against  those 
forces.  5.  We  were  fighting  for  our  country,  but  these  slaves 
were  fighting  for  plunder.  6.  Those  soldiers  were  carrying 
their  wounded  friends  with  their  own  hands. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  180,  181,  324,  325,  327-330,  332-339 ;  A.  &  G. 
100-102, 176, 183-187 ;  G.  102,  202,  285-288,  318-324 ;  H. 
186,  362-364,  438,  439. 


LESSON   XV. 

RELATIVE     AND      INTERROGATIVE      PRONOUNS.  - 
AGREEMENT   OP   THE   RELATIVE.  —  TWO  ACCUSA- 
TIVES.—QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS. 


103.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

Singular. 


RELATIVE. 


INTERROGATIVE. 


m. 

f. 

n. 

m. 

f. 

n. 

Nom. 

qui 

quae 

quod 

quis  (qui) 

quae 

quid  (quod) 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

Dat. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

cui 

cui 

cui 

Ace. 

quern 

quam 

quod 

quern 

quam 

quid  (quod) 

Abl. 

quo 

qua 

quo 

quo 

qua 

quo 

50  LATIN  LESSONS. 


Plural, 
m.  f.  n. 

Nom.  qul  quae  quae 

Gen.  quorum  quarum  quorum 

Dat.  &  Abl.  quibus  quibus  quibus 

Ace.  quos  quas  quae 

What  are  the  only  differences  in  declension  between 
the  relative  and  the  interrogative  pronouns  ? 

NOTE.  The  forms  qui  and  quod  in  the  nominative  singular  and  the 
accusative  neuter  singular  of  the  interrogative  describe  a  person  or  thing 
more  definitely  than  quis  and  quid,  like  the  English  "  What  sort  of  a," 
and  are  chiefly  used  as  adjectives  (that  is,  agreeing  with  a  noun) ;  the 
forms  quis  and  quid  are  more  commonly  used  as  substantives  (that  is, 
instead  of  a  noun).  Thus :  — 

Quis  vocat,  who  is  calling  ? 
Qul  vocat,  what  sort  of  a  person  is  calling  ? 
Qui  homo  est,  what  sort  of  man  is  it  ? 
Quis  homo  est,  what  man  is  it  ? 


Agreement  of  the  Relative. 

104.  A  relative  pronoun  agrees  in  gender  and  number 
with  the  word  to  which  it  refers  (called  the  antecedent)  ; 
its  case  depends  upon  the  construction  of  the  clause  in 
which  it  stands.  Thus  :  — 

Puer  qul  in  ripa  fluminis  legit  frater  est  meus,  the  boy 
who  is  reading  on  the  river's  bank  is  my  brother. 

Pueri  quern  legentem  vides  frater  sum,  I  am  the 
brother  of  the  boy  whom  you  see  reading. 

Filio,  quern  maxime  amabat,  omnia  sua  tradidit,  he 
left  all  his  goods  to  his  son,  whom  he  loved  most  deeply. 

Omnes  quSrum  nomina  cognoverat  ad  se  venire 
iussit,  he  bade  all  whose  names  he  had  found  out  to  come  to 
him. 


TWO   ACCUSATIVES.  51 

Paucas  invenio  regmas  quae  magnum  nomen  tra- 
diderunt,  I  find  but  few  queens  who  have  left  behind  a  famous 
name. 

Num  hoc  est  oppidum  de  qu5  tarn  multa  scripsisti, 
is  this  the  town  of  which  you  have  written  so  much  ? 

Two  Accusatives. 

105.  Some   verbs  take  two  objects  in  the  accusative. 
They  are  chiefly  :  — 

a.  Rogare,  to  ask,  docere,  to  teach,  celare,  to  hide,  and 
sometimes  other  verbs  of  similar  meanings. 

b.  Certain   verbs   compounded  with   trans  or   circum,  as 
traducere,  circumducere,  traicere. 

Thus  :  — 

Rogavl  ilium  sententiam,  I  have  asked  him  his 
opinion. 

Dionysius  pueros  Graecam  linguam  docebat,  Diony- 
sius  was  teaching  boys  Greek. 

Neque  hoc  patrem  celabit,  nor  will  he  hide  this  from  his 
father. 

Omnes  copias  pontem  traducit,  he  is  leading  all  his 
forces  across  the  bridge. 

What  is  the  only  one  of  these  verbs  whose  construction 
differs  essentially  from  that  of  the  corresponding  English 
verb?  How  do  the  above  examples  of  two  accusatives 
differ  from  those  in  the  last  lesson,  page  48  ? 

Questions  and  Answers. 

106.  Simple  direct  questions  are  introduced  in  Latin 
by  n5nne  if  the  answer  "  yes  "  is  expected,  by  num  if  the 
answer  "  no  "  is  expected.     If  nothing  is  to  be  implied  as 
to  the  answer,  the  questioD  is  asked  with  the  particle  ne, 


52  LATIN   LESSONS. 

which  is  usually  appended  to  the  first  word  of  the  ques- 
tion.*    Thus :  — 

Nonne  veniet  frater  hodie,  your  brother  will  come  to-day, 
will  he  not  ?  (or)  will  not  your  brother  come  to-day  ? 

Num  veniet  frater  hodie.  your  brother  will  not  come 
to-day,  will  he  ? 

Venietne  frater  hodie,  is  your  brother  coming  to-day  ? 

107.  The  common  way  of  answering  a  question  in  Latin 
is  to  repeat  the  word  or  words  which  contain  the  gist  of 
the  question,  preceding  them  by  non  if  the  answer  is 
negative.    Thus :  — 

Venietne  frater  hodie  ?     Veniet. 

Num  veniet  frater  hodie  ?    Non  veniet. 

108.  Double  questions  are  commonly  asked  by  utrum 
.  .  .  an.     Thus:  — 

Utrum  pugnabunt  an  cedent,  will  they  fight  or  surrender  ? 

109.  Vocabulary. 

Belgae,  -arum,  m.,  Belgians.  hodie,  to-day. 

Caesar,  st.  Caesar-,  m.,  Caesar.  iam,f  now,  already. 

Cimbri,  -drum,  m.,  Cimbrians.  mox,  soon. 

eras,  to-morrow.  nunc,t  now,  at  present. 

f  acere,  f  acio,  f  eel,  to  do,  make,  rapere,  rapio,  rapui,  to  seize. 

facilis,  -e,  easy.  Rhenus,  -I,  m.,  the  Rhine. 

difficilis,  -e,  hard.  Rhodanus,  -1,  m.,  the  Rhone. 

fugere,  fugio,  fugi,  to  flee.  satis,  enough. 

Gallia,  -ae,  f.,  Gaul.  utilis,  -e,  useful. 

gerere,  gessi,  to  do,  cany  on.  inutilis,  -e,  useless,  harmful. 

*  Words  thus  attached  to  other  words  are  called  ENCLITICS.  The  word 
to  which  an  enclitic  is  attached  transfers  its  accent  to  the  syllable  before 
the  enclitic,  whether  that  syllable  is  long  or  short  We  say,  therefore, 
multa'ne  as  well  as  pleru'mque  or  aqua'ne. 

t  lam  means  "  now,"  as  a  point  in  the  series,  past,  present,  future ;  it 
may  often  be  translated  by  "  already  "  or  "by  this  time."  Nunc  means 
"now,"  as  the  present  moment  in  itself  considered  or  distinguished  from 
some  other  definite  time ;  "  now,"  not  "  then  "  or  "  yesterday  "  or  "  next 
week." 


QUESTIONS   AND  ANSWERS.  53 

110.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1 .  Habetne  urbs  portum  bonum  et  altum  ?  Habet.  2. 
Nonne  Belgae  magnum  bellum  in  Gallia  gerebant  ?  Non  ma- 
gnum sed  longum  bellum.  3.  Num  equites  Cimbrorum  fortes 
Caesaris  milites  terrebunt  ?  Non  terrebunt.  4.  Fugiuntne 
nostrae  copiae  ?  Non  fugiunt ;  hostes  fugaverunt.  5.  Nonne 
difficilis  et  inutilis  est  hie  labor  ?  Difficilis  est  sed  non  inutilis. 
6.  Navemne  novam  faciemus  ?  Faciemus.  7.  Num  eras  istos 
libros  mittes  ?  Cras  non  ero  in  urbe,  sed  mox  mittam  illos. 
8.  Utrum  libeii  elves  an  servi  erimus  ?  * 

111.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  Has  Caesar  sent  many  soldiers  into  Gaul  ?  Yes.  2.  Was 
not  the  king  praising  the  courage  of  the  Belgians  ?  No,  of  the 
Cimbrians.  3.  Shall  we  not  send  the  slaves  across  the  Rhone  ? 
4.  Shall  you  be  in  the  city  to-day  or  to-morrow  ?  5.  Whom  did 
the  citizens  call  the  father  of  his  country  ?  6.  I  will  send  you 
all  the  books  that  I  have  now.  7.  Has  the  man  made  a  boat 
for  us  ? 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  183,  184,  574-576,  580,  582 ;  A.  &  G.  103,  104, 
210-212 ;  G.  103,  104,  456-458,  460,  473 ;  H.  187,  188, 
351-353. 

•  *  Short  questions  and  answers  like  the  above,  especially  when  used 
orally,  furnish  a  particularly  good  opportunity  for  trying-  to  grasp  the 
meaning-  of  the  Latin  without  the  conscious  intervention  of  English  words. 
The  teacher  should  guide  his  pupils  as  early  as  possible  into  this  ability 
to  think  in  Latin.  We  are  strongly  convinced  that  with  intelligent  pupils 
that  is  practicable  much  earlier  than  is  generally  believed. 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


LESSON  XVI. 


PRESENT,  IMPERFECT,  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE 
PASSIVE. -ABLATIVE  OF  AGENT.  — STUDY  OF  A 
MORE  COMPLICATED  SENTENCE. 

112.  Learn  the  following  paradigms :  — 


amari 


INFINITIVE. 
doceri  *  regi 


cap! 


audiri 


Present  Indicative  Passive. 
Singular. 

I  am  being  loved,  taught,  etc. 

1st  Per.    amor  doceor          regor  capior  audior 

2d      "      amaris  doceris          regeris          caperis          audiris 

3d     "      aniatur         docetur         regitur          capitur          auditur 


1st  Per.    amain  ur 
2d       "       tyma.miTn 

3d     "      amantur 


docemur 
docemini 
docentur 


Plural. 

regimur 
regiinini 
reguntur 


capimur       audimur 

capimini       audimini 
capiuntur     audiuntur 


Imperfect  Indicative  Passive. 

Singular. 
I  was  being  loved,  taught,  etc. 

1st  Per.    amabar         docebar        regebar        capiebar       audiebar 
2d     "      amabaris      docebaris     regebaris      capiebaris    audiebaris 
3d     "      amabatur     docebatur     regebatur     capiebatur    audiebatur 

Plural. 

1st  Per.  amabamur  docebamur  regebamur  capiebamur  audiebamur 
2d  "  amabaminl  docebamini  regebamini  capiebamini  audiebamini 
3d  "  amabantur  docebantur  regebantur  capiebantur  audiebantur 


*  Passive  of  docere,  to  teach. 


PASSIVE   VOICE. 


'55 


Future  Indicative  Passive. 

Singular. 
I  shall  be  loved,  taught,  etc. 


1st  Per. 
2d      " 

3d      " 


amabor 
amaberis 

amabitur 


docebor 

doceberis 

docebitur 


regar 

regeris 

regetur 

Plural. 


capiar 

capieris 
capietur 


audiar 

audieris 

audietur 


1st  Per.  amabimur  docebimur  regemur  capiemur  audiemur 
2d  "  amabimini  docebimini  regemini  capiemini  audieminl 
3d  "  amabuntur  docebuntur  regentur  capientur  audientur 

113.  Compare  the  above  passive  forms  with  the  active 
forms  already  learned,  and  you  will  find  various  points  of 
resemblance  or  of  difference  which  will  help  towards  fix- 
ing both   sets  of  forms  in  the  memory.     For  instance, 
what  letter  seems  to  distinguish  nearly  all  of  these  passive 
forms  from  the  active  ones,  and  in  what  part  of  the  word 
do  you  find  it  ?     In  what  person  and  number  is  this  letter 
in  a  slightly  different  position  ?     What  is  the  only  person 
and  number  in  which  this  letter  is  not  found  at  all  ?  What 
letter  makes  the  only  difference  between  the  third  person 
singular  and  the  third  person  plural  in  all  the  tenses  of 
both  voices  of  all  the  conjugations,  with  the  exception  of 
the  present  tense  in  the  third  and  fourth  conjugations? 
What  slight  further  difference  is  seen  in  those  conjuga- 
tions ? 

114.  You  have  learned  (62,  63)  that  the  Ablative  is 
used  to  denote  the  MEANS  by  which  anything  is  done ; 
the  same  case  is  used  to  denote  the  AGENT  or  person  by 
whom  anything  is  done.     Kemember  the  following  differ- 
ences between  these  uses. 

(1.)  The  Ablative  of  Means  denotes  a  thing,  while  the 
Ablative  of  Agent  denotes  a  person. 

(2.)  The  Ablative  of  Means  is  used  without  a  preposi- 


56     '  LATIN   LESSONS. 

tion,  while  the  Ablative  of  Agent  requires  the  preposition 
a  or  ab.  Thus,  lapide  occlsus  est,  he  was  killed  with  a 
stone  ;  ab  servo  occlsus  est,  he  was  killed  by  a  slave. 

Study  of  a  more  complicated  Sentence. 

115.  You  have  studied  thus  far  sentences  so  short  and 
simple  that  you  could  include  in  one  glance  either  the 
whole  of  them  or  the  first  of  their  two  parts  connected  by 
et  or  sed.  You  are  now  ready  to  study  more  complicated 
sentences  intelligently.  Examine  the  following  :  — 

Sociorum  rex  fratrem  qui  cum  multis  militibus  in 
oppidum  advenerat  igne  agrSs  hostium  vastare  iussit. 

Look  first  at  the  first  word  and  note  that  it  is  genitive 
plural.  You  know  at  once,  or  should  know  without  hav- 
ing to  stop  to  think,  that  it  means  "  of  the  allies."  The 
next  word,  rex,  is  the  nominative  or  vocative  singular  of 
the  Latin  word  for  "  king."  We  cannot  be  absolutely  sure 
which  case  it  is,  but  it  seems  more  natural  to  take  it  as 
nominative  with  sociorum  depending  upon  it.  We  have 
thus  the  idea  "  the  king  of  the  allies"  Such  a  combina- 
tion of  words  having  a  distinct  grammatical  relation  to 
each  other  is  called  a  PHRASE,  and  in  getting  at  the  mean- 
ing of  a  Latin  sentence  it  is  very  important  to  notice,  as 
you  proceed,  how  the  words  are  grouped  in  phrases.  The 
next  word  in  our  sentence  is  fratrem,  the  accusative  sin- 
gular of  the  word  for  "  brother."  Then  comes  qui,  the 
relative  pronoun.  It  has  the  same  gender  and  number 
as  fratrem  and  rex,  and  probably  refers  to  the  nearer  of 
the  two  words,  fratrem. 

The  next  word  is  the  preposition  cum,  "  with."  Then 
we  have  the  dative  or  ablative  of  the  word  for  "many" 
followed  by  the  same  case  of  the  word  for  "soldiers." 
We  feel  sure  that  these  words  are  ablatives  used  with 
cum,  and  may  gather  up  our  idea  into  "  the  king  of  the 


STUDY   OF   A   LONG   SENTENCE.  57 

allies,  his  brother  who  with  many  soldiers."  The  next 
word  is  the  preposition  in,  followed  by  oppidum,  the 
nominative,  accusative,  or  vocative  singular  of  the  word 
for  "  town."  We  decide  at  once  that  oppidum  is  accu- 
sative with  in,  so  that  the  phrase  means  "  into  the  town." 
Then  we  have  a  new  word.  We  recognize  it  as  the  third 
person  singular  pluperfect  indicative  active  of  some  verb, 
and  go  on  to  the  next  word,  the  ablative  of  the  word 
for  "  fire."  Then  comes  the  accusative  plural  of  the  word 
for  "  field,"  followed  by  the  genitive  plural  of  the  word  for 
"  enemy."  We  gather  up  our  idea  again  into  English 
words  thus,  "  the  king  of  the  allies,  his  brother  who  with 

many  soldiers  into  the  town  ( )  by  fire  the  fields  of 

the  enemy."  The  next  word  is  the  infinitive  vastare,  "  to 
lay  waste,"  and  the  last  word  is  the  third  person  singular 
perfect  indicative  active  of  the  verb  meaning  "  to  order." 
This  furnishes  us  with  the  verb  we  have  been  waiting  for 
to  go  with  rex,  while  fratrem  fits  in  so  well  with  vastare 
iussit  that  we  give  up  any  notion  that  it  might  belong 
with  advenerat,  and  go  back  to  consider  what  this  un- 
known word  must  mean. 

The  word  looks  as  if  it  might  have  some  connection 
with  two  words  we  know  already,  venire,  "  to  come,"  and 
ad,  "  to."  Besides  this,  the  only  kind  of  verb  idea  that 
will  make  sense  here  is  the  idea  of  coming  or  arriving. 
Trying  this,  we  have  the  meaning  of  our  sentence :  "  The 
king  of  the  allies,  his  brother,  who,  with  many  soldiers, 
into  the  town  had  arrived,  with  FIRE  the  fields  of  the 
enemy  to  lay  waste  ordered."  Yet  the  sentence  is  not 
English,  partly  because  the  order  of  the  words  is  hopeless 
and  partly  because  the  intonation  required  by  the  empha- 
sis marked  is  awkward  and  unnatural.  Both  of  these 
difficulties  can  easily  be  overcome  by  slight  changes  in 
the  choice  and  arrangement  of  our  English  words,  now 


58  LATIN  LESSONS. 

that  we  have  discovered  what  the  Latin  means :  thus,  — 
"  The  king  of  the  allies  ordered  his  brother,  who  had  ar- 
rived in  the  town  with  a  large  number  of  soldiers,  to 
lay  waste  the  enemy's  fields  with  fire." 

NOTE.  By  thus  analyzing  a  number  of  sentences,  always  taking  the 
Latin  words  in  the  order  in  which  they  stand  and  observing  their  construc- 
tions and  their  grouping  in  phrases,  the  pupil  will  find  himself  acquiring 
a  mastery  of  the  Latin  which  will  surprise  him.  The  process  is  a  little 
slow  and  tedious  at  first,  but  becomes  rapidly  easier  and  more  and  more 
unconscious.  It  is,  indeed,  as  nearly  as  may  be,  an  application  to  a  for- 
eign tongue  of  the  process  through  which  our  minds  unconsciously  go  in 
grasping  a  thought  expressed  to  us  in  our  native  language. 

116.  Translate  the  following  sentences  :  — 

1.  Puerum  qui  in  fluminis  ripa  librum  legebat  frumentum  ad 
milites  portare  iusseramus.  2.  Mulier  quae  ex  porta  oppidi 
venit  praemium  filio  rogabit.  3.  Consul  oinnes  copias  quas  in 
urbe  habebat  cum  fratre  ad  regem  misit.  4.  Dux  militum,  quod 
equites  non  habuit,  in  aciem  omnes  pedites  duxit ;  sed  non  f  uga- 
bunt  hostium  copias.  5.  Ab  omnibus  civibus  quorum  vitae 
hac  pugna  servantur  ducum  et  militum  virtus  multum  *  lauda- 
bitur. 


LESSON    XVII. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  ACTIVE.  —  INDIRECT  QUESTIONS.— 
SYNONYMS. 

117.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

Present  Subjunctive. 

Singular. 

1st  Per.    amern        doceam       regain          capiam        audiam        aim 
2d      "      ames          doceas          regas  capias          audias          sis 

3d     "      amet          doceat         regat  capiat          audiat         sit 

*  For  such  a  use  of  a  neuter  accusative,  see  A.  &  S.  397 ;  A.  &  G.  240 
a;  G.  331,3;  H.  378,  2. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   ACTIVE. 


59 


Plural. 


amemus        doceamus     regamus        capiamus      audiamus    simus 
ametis  doeeatis        regatis  capiatis         audiatis        sitis 

ament  doceant        regant  capiant          audiant        sint 


Imperfect  Subjunctive. 

Singular. 


amarem        docerem 
amares          doceres 
amaret          doceret 


regerem 

regeres 

regeret 


caperem 

caperes 

caperet 


essem 


audirem 

audires 

audiret          esset 


Plural. 


amaremus    doceremus  regeremus    caperemus   audiremus    essemus 
amaretis       doceretis      regeretis       caperetis      audlretis       essetis 
amarent       docerent       regerent       caperent       audirent       essent 

Perfect  Subjunctive. 

Singular. 


amaverim        docuerim 
amaveris          docueris 
amaverit          docuerit 


rexerim 

rexeris 

rexerit 

Plural. 


amaverimus    docuerimus     rexerimus 
amaveritis       docueritis        rexeritis 
amaverint        docuerint        rexerint 


audlverim  fuerim 
audiveris  fueris 
audiverit  fuerit 


audiverimus   ftierimus 
audiveritis       fueritis 
audlverint       fuerint 


Pluperfect  Subjunctive. 


amavissem      docuissem       rexissem 
amavisses        docuisses         rexisses 

amavisset        docuisset         rexisset 

Plural. 


audivisscm      fuissem 
audivisses        fuisses 
audivisset        fuisset 


amavissemus  docuissemus   rexissemus      audivissemus  fuissemus 
amavissetis      docuissetis       rexissetis         audlvissetis     fuissetis 
amavissent      docuissent       rexlssent          audivissent     fuissent 

118.  Judging  by  the  above  examples,  how  can  you  gen- 
erally recognize  a  present  subjunctive  ?     If  you  take  away 


60  LATIN   LESSONS. 

the  last  letter  in  the  singular  or  last  letters  in  the  plural 
of  any  imperfect  subjunctive  form,  what  verb  form  do  you 
have  left  ?  What  tense  of  the  indicative  does  the  perfect 
subjunctive  very  closely  resemble  ?  What  is  the  only  differ- 
ence ?  By  what  letters  can  you  recognize  a  pluperfect 
subjunctive  ? 

Indirect  Questions. 

119.  When  a  question,  instead  of  being  put  directly,  is 
made  to  depend  upon  some  verb  or  expression  of  asking, 
the  question  is  called  INDIRECT.     The  mood  for  all  indi- 
rect questions  in  Latin  is  the  Subjunctive.     Thus  : — 

Direct :  Legistine  librum,  have  you  read  the  book  ? 
Indirect :  Rogo  utrum  legeris  librum,  I  ask  whether  you 
have  read  the  book  ? 

NOTE.  In  indirect  questions  num  does  not  imply  a  negative  answer. 
Whether  ne  or  num  is  to  be  used  depends  upon  whether  an  enclitic  is,  in 
the  given  case,  more  graceful  than  the  unattached  particle.  Other  inter- 
rogative particles  are  used  just  as  in  direct  questions. 

120.  Try   to   understand   and   fix   in   your   mind  the 
different  points  of  view  from  which  the  following  words 
come  each  to  mean  "  ask." 

Orare,  oravl.  to  speak,  plead,  beg,  ask. 

Petere,  petivi,  to  aim  at,  strive  for,  ask. 

Poscere,  poposci,  to  demand,  ask., 

Quaerere,  quaesrvi,  to  look  for,  search,  inquire,  ask. 

Rogare,  rogavi,  to  question,  request,  ask. 

Words  which  like  these,  or  like  homo  and  vir,  express 
the  same  kind  of  idea  from  different  points  of  view  are 

Called  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS  Or  SYNONYMS. 


OF 

UNIVERSITY 


INDIRECT   QUESTIONS.  ^^C/UJFfc! 


121.  Vocabulary, 

adventus,  -us,  m.,  arrival.  manere,  mansi,  to  stay. 

arma,  -orum,*  n.,  arms.  movere,  movi,  to  move, 

castra,  -orum,  n.,  a  camp.  numerus,  -I,  m.,  number, 

clupeus,  -i,f  m.,  shield.  periculum,  -1,  n.,  danger, 

equitatus,  -us,$  m.,  cavalry,  ponere,  posui,  to  put. 

exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army.  salus,  st.  salut-,  f.,  safety, 

legatus,  -1,§  m.,  lieutenant,  scutum,!  -I,  n.,  shield. 

ambassador.  telum,  -I,*  n.,  weapon, 

llbertas,  st.  Hbertat(i-),  f.,  venire,  vem,  to  come. 

freedom.  victoria,  -ae,  f.,  victory. 


Exercise. 
122.     Translate  into  English  :  - 

1.  Dux  rogavit  utrum  omnes  milites  arma  telaque  ||  haberent. 

2.  Rogo  de  adventu  regis  et  de   bello  quod  in   Gallia  geritur. 

3.  Quaerebat   quis   in   illam   pugnam   exercitum   duxisset.     4. 
PetTverunt   quas   leges   pacis   Caesar   posceret.      5.  Num   fru- 
mentum  a  Belgis  in  castra  mittebatur  ?     6.  Rogat  consul  num 
hostis  magnum  equitum  numerum  habeat  et  castra  moverit.     7. 
Ab  homine  qui  in  ripa  stabat  rogavi  cui  hanc  navem  facerent. 

*  Arma  are  arms  for  protection  or  for  short-range  fighting1,  like  shields 
and  swords ;  tela,  arms  for  long-range  fighting,  like  spears. 

t  Clupeus  is  a  large  circular  shield  made  of  bronze,  or  of  leather  covered 
with  metal  plates  ;  scutum,  an  oblong  shield  made  of  wood  covered  with 
cloth  and  hide,  and  curved  into  the  shape  of  a  piece  of  bark  from  a  large 
tree. 

J  Equitatus  is  the  cavalry  collectively,  a  body  of  cavalry  ;  equites, 
cavalry  as  composed  of  individual  horsemen. 

§  In  military  matters  legatus  means  "  lieutenant;  "  in  political  affairs, 
"  ambassador." 

II  The  enclitic  particle  que  means  "and."  It  implies  a  closer  connec- 
tion than  et,  and  is  always  appended  to  the  second  of  two  words  (or  the 
first  word  of  the  second  of  two  phrases  or  clauses)  connected  by  it. 


62  LATIN  LESSONS. 

123.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

1.  I  asked  the  boy  what  book  he  was  reading.  2.  The  little 
girl  asked  whether  her  brother  had  come.  3.  The  consul  asked 
whether  the  army  was  routing  the  enemy  or  being  put  to  flight 
by  them.  4.  Have  we  not  taken  all  of  the  enemy's  towns  ? 
Not  all,  but  a  large  part  of  them.  5.  Your  mother  asks  whether 
you  already  have  the  books  for  your  father.  6.  Shall  we  ask 
the  slave  who  sent  him  with  the  letter  ? 


LESSON    XVIII. 

INTENSIVE  PRONOUNS.  —  IMPERATIVES.  —  PRESENT 
AND  IMPERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE  PASSIVE.  —  HOR- 
TATORY SUBJUNCTIVE. 

124.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  self.  idem,  eadem,  idem,  the  same. 

Singular. 

m.  f.  n.  m.  f.  n. 

Norn,      ipse  ipsa  ipsum  Idem  eadem  idem 

Gen.        ipsius  ipsius  ipsius  eiusdem  eiusdem  eiusdem 

Dat.        ipsi  ipsi  ipsi  eidem  eidem  eidem 

Ace.        ipsum  ipsam  ipsum  eundem  eandem  idem 

Abl.        ipso  ipsa  ipso  eodem  eadem  eodem 

Plural. 

Norn.       ipsi  ipsae  ipsa  Idem*        eaedem      eadem 

Gen.        ipsorum  ipsarum  ipsorum  corundum  earundem  eorundem 

D.  &A.  ipsis  ipsis  ipsis  Isdem*       isdem*       isdem* 

Ace.        ipsos  ipsas  ipsa  eosdem      easdem      eadem 

What  is  the  only  difference  in  declension  between  ipse 
and  iste  or  ille  ?  What  slight  differences  are  there  be- 
tween idem  and  is  ? 

*  Ildem  and  eidem  in  the  nominative,  and  iisdem  and  eisdem  in 
the  dative  and  ablative,  are  also  found. 


IMPERATIVE   AND   SUBJUNCTIVE. 


63 


Present  Imperative. 
125.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 


2d  P.  S.    ama 
2d  P.  PI.  amate 


doce 
docete 


ACTIVE. 

rege 
regite 


cape 
capite 


audi 
audite 


este 


PASSIVE. 


2d  P.  S.    amare 
2d  P.  PI.  amaminl 


docere 
doceminl 


regere 
regimim 


capere 
capimini 


audire 

audimini 


Future  Imperative. 


am§>t6 


QJ    PC 

3d  PS* 

2d  P.  PI.  amatate 

3d  "    "    amanta 


doce"ta 


ACTIVE. 

regitd         capita 


audito       esto 


docetdte    regitote     capitote    auditote    estate 
docenta     regunta     capiunta  audiunto  sunta 


2P.S. 


amator 


3  P.  P.    amantor 


PASSIVE. 

docetor          regitor 
docentor        reguntor 


capitor  auditor 

capiuntor      audiuntor 


Present  Subjunctive  Passive. 


IP.  S. 

amer 

docear 

regar 

capiar 

audiar 

2    " 

ameris 

docearis 

regaris 

capiaris 

audiaris 

3     " 

ametur 

doceatur 

regatur 

capiatur 

audiatur 

IP.  P. 

amemur 

doceamur 

regamur 

capiamur 

audiamur 

2     " 

amemini 

doceamini 

regaminl 

capiamini 

audiamim 

3     4t 

amentur 

doceantur 

regantur 

capiantur 

audiantur 

IP.  S. 

2  '4 

3  " 
IP.  P. 

2  4t 

3  " 


Imperfect  Subjunctive  Passive. 


amarer  docerer  regerer 

amareris  docereris  regereris 

amaretur  doceretur  regeretur 

amaremur  doceremur  regeremur 


amaremini  doceremini 
amarentur  docerentur 


regeremini 
regerentur 


caperer 

capereris 

capere  tur 

caperemur 

caperemini 

caperentur 


audirer 

audireris 

au  dire  tur 

audiremur 

audireminl 

audirentur 


64  LATIN   LESSONS. 

126.  The  present  imperative  is  used,  like  the  English 
imperative,  to  express  a  command,  exhortation,  entreaty, 
concession,  or  challenge.    The  second  person  of  the  future 
imperative  is  used  to  express  the  same  things  more  mildly ; 
the  third  person  of   the  future  is  confined  to  laws  and 
wills,  and  is  given  here  for  completeness  only. 

127.  The  subjunctive  is  often  used  to  supply  the  place 
of  a  first  and  a  third  person  imperative,  that  is,  to  express 
a   command,   exhortation,    entreaty,  concession,    or  chal- 
lenge (Hortatory  Subjunctive).     So  in  English  we  can 
use  "  let "  for  any  of  these  ideas,  and  the  inflection  of  the 
voice  or  (in  writing)  the  context  shows  which  is  intended. 
Compare  "  let  the  horsemen  charge,"   "  let   us   hasten," 
"  let  me  go,"  "  let  him  take  it,"  "  let  them  come." 

128.  Vocabulary. 

aequus,  -a,  -urn,  even,  equal,  laus,  st.  laud-,  f.,  praise. 

fair.  locus,  -1,*  m.,  place, 

diligenter,  carefully.  monere.  -ul,  to  warn,  advise, 

agere,  egl,  to  drive,  do.  properare,  -avi,  to  hasten, 

fodere,  f  odio,  fodi,  to  dig.  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  beau- 
fossa,  -ae,  f.,  ditch.  tiful. 

genus,   st.    gener-,  n.,  birth,  relinquere,  rellqui,  to  leave. 

race.  silva,  -ae,  f.,  wood,  forest, 

iter,  st.  itiner-,  n.,  road,  jour-  vallum,  -I,  n.,  rampart. 

ney.  videre,  vidi,  to  see. 

hue,  hither.  vmum,  -1,  n.,  wine. 

129.  Study  the  ways  in  which  each  of  the  following 
words  came  to  mean  "  think." 

Putare,  to  count,  reckon,  suppose,  think. 
Reri,  to  calculate,  judge,  think. 
Censere,  to  weigh,  balance,  think. 

*  The  plural  is  loca,  locorum,  not  loci,  unless  it  means  passages  in 
books,  or  topics  of  discussion. 


IMPERATIVE   AND   SUBJUNCTIVE.  65 

Existimare,  to  judge  the  value  of,  think. 
Sentire,  to  observe,  perceive,  think. 
Arbitrari,  to  see  or  hear,  judge,  think. 
Cogitare,  to  drive  about  the  mind,  think. 
Credere,  to  loan,  trust  to,  believe,  think. 
Oplnari,  to  guess,  conjecture,  think. 
Meditari,  to  practise,  meditate  on,  think. 

Exercise. 

130.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Fratrem  roga  utrum  epistulam  viderit.  2.  Omnes  equites 
ob  virtutem  magnam  laudentur.  3.  Numerus  militum  quos  in 
castris  habebamus  non  magnus  erat.  4.  Vallo  fossaque  castra 
a  civibus  muniantur.  5.  Relinque  libros  et  vem  cum  pueris  in 
silvam.  6.  Omnia  parentur  quae  ad  pugnam  utilia  sunt.  7.  Ro- 
gavit  dux  num  iam  fossam  fodissent  aciemque  Instruxissent.  8. 
Non  credit  Her  longum  esse  sed  difficile  putat. 

131.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  Let  the  enemy  come  ;  we  have  brave  soldiers,  and  do  not 
fear  him.  2.  Ask  your  mother  whether  your  sister  has  come 
from  the  city.  3.  The  citizens  love  peace,  but  they  will  fight 
bravely  for  their  country.  4.  Caesar  asked  whether  the  Gauls 
had  sent  ambassadors.  5.  The  leader  of  the  enemy  demanded 
the  swords  and  shields  of  all  the  soldiers.  6.  Who  is  the  man 
that  made  this  boat  ?  7.  We  do  not  think  the  boys  are  in  the 
wood  ;  what  do  you  think  ? 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  182,  472,  527-529 ;  A.  &  G.  101,  266,  269 ;  G.  101, 
259-269  ;  H.  186,  v.  &  vi.  483,  484,  487. 


66 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


LESSON    XIX. 

PERFECT  PASSIVE  PARTICIPLE.  --  COMPOUND 
TENSES  OF  THE  INDICATIVE  AND  SUBJUNCTIVE 
PASSIVE.  —  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  PURPOSE. 

132.    Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 
Perfect  Passive  Participle. 

amatus,  -a,  -urn,  loved.  habitus,  -a,  -um,  had. 


Singular. 


m. 

Nora.        amatus 
Gen.         amati 
Dat.          amato 


amata 
amatae 

amatae 


n.  m. 

amatum  habitus 

amati  habiti 

amato  habito 


/.  n. 

habita  habitum 

habitae  habiti 

habitae  habito 


Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 


amatum     amatam     amatum    habitum     habitam    habitum 


amate 


amata        amatum    habite        habita        habitum 


amato        amata        amato        habito         habita 


habito 


N.  &V.  amati 
Gen.          amato- 
rum 
D.  &  A.   amatis 


Plural. 

amatae  amata  habiti 

amata-  amato-  habito- 

rum  rum  rum 

amatis  amatis  habitis 


habitae      habita 
habita-       habito- 

rum 
habitis 


rum 
habitis 


Ace. 


amatos       amatas      amata        habitos      habitas      habita 


133.  Decline  in  the  same  way :  doctus,  -a,  -um,  taught ; 
deletus,  -a,  -um,  destroyed  ;  rectus,  -a,  -um,  ruled ;  ca- 
ptus,  -a,  -um,  taken ;  auditus,  -a,  -um,  heard. 

134.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 


Indicative  Passive. 

PERFECT.  PLUPERFECT. 

Singular.  Singular. 


FUTURE    PERFECT. 

Singular. 


1  P.  amatus,  -a,  -um,  sum    doctus,  -a,  -um,  eram    captus,  -a,  -um,  erd 

2  "         "         "    "     es  "        "      "    eras  "        "        "    eris 

3  "         4t         "    "     est  "        "      "    erat  "        "       "    erit 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF   PURPOSE.  67 

Plural.  Plural.  Plural. 

1  P.  aniatl,  -ae,  -a,  sumus    docti,  -ae,  -a,  eramus     capti,  -ae,  -a,  erimus 

2  "        "•       "    "  estis  "        "    "  eratis  "         "    "   eritis 

3  "       "         "    "  aunt  "        "    "  erant  "         "    "  erunt 

Subjunctive  Passive. 

PERFECT.  PLUPERFECT. 

Singular.  Singular. 

1  P.  habitus,  -a,  -um,  sim  auditus,  -a,  -um,  essem 


2  "  sis 

3  "                      "         "      "     sit  "      "     esset 

Plural.  Plural. 

1  P.                habit!,  -ae,  -a,  simus  audit!,  -ae,  -a,  essemus 

2  "                     "         "    "   sltis  "         "      "  essetis 

3  "                      "         *    "   sint  "          " 


NOTE.  The  neuter  form  of  the  participle  is  hardly  used  except  in  the 
third  person,  because  things  without  life  are  very  rarely  regarded  as 
speaking  or  as  spoken  to. 

Subjunctive  of  Purpose. 

135.  The  Subjunctive  is  often  used  to  indicate  the 
purpose  of  an  action.  Study  the  following  sentences  :  — 

lam  missi  sunt  milites  ut  oppidum  capiant,  soldiers 
have  already  been  sent  to  take  the  town. 

Nox  venit  ut  quietem  habeamus,  night  comes  that  we 
may  have  rest. 

Omnes  c5piae  ut  regem  suum  salutent  ante  portam 
Instruentur,  all  the  soldiers  will  be  drawn  up  before  the 
gate  to  salute  their  king. 

Currebamus  ut  ignem  videremus,  we  were  running  in 
order  to  see  the  fire. 

Portam  claude  ne  equus  intret,  shut  the  gate  lest  the 
horse  come  in. 

Tergum  verto  ne  saucios  videam,  I  turn  my  back  in 
order  not  to  see  the  wounded. 

Naves  mittit  ne  timeant  elves,  he  sends  the  ships  that 
the  citizens  may  not  fear. 


68  LATIN   LESSONS. 

Venerant  legati  ut  pacem  poscer^nt,  the  ambassadors 
had  come  to  demand  peace. 

Servom  misi  ut  equum  emat,  I  have  sent  the  slave  to 
buy  a  horse  (that  he  may  buy). 

Servom  misi  ut  equum  erneret,  I  sent  the  slave  to  buy 
a  horse  (that  he  might  buy). 

136.  By  studying  the  above  sentences,  you  will  see 
that  you  use  the  present  subjunctive  to  denote  the  pur- 
pose of  a  present  action  or  a  future  action,  the  imperfect 
subjunctive  to  denote  the  purpose  of  a  past  action.*     You 
will  also  see  that  ut  is  used  for  a  positive,  ne  for  a  nega- 
tive purpose.     What  seenis  to  be  the  natural  way  to  ex- 
press most  of  these  purposes  in  English  ? 

• 
List  of  Verbs. 

137.  The  following  list  shows  the  neuter  singular  nom- 
inative of  the  perfect  passive  participle  of  all  the  verbs 
thus  far  studied. 

agere,  -o,  egl,  actum  esse,  sum,  fui, 

amare.  -o,  -avl,  -atum  facere,  -15,  feel,  factum 

audire,  -io,  -ivi,  -Itum  flere,  -eo,  -evi,  -etum 

cadere,  -6,  cecidi,  casum  fodere,  -io,  fodl,  fossum 

caedere,  -o,  cecidi,  caesum  fugare,  -6,  -avl,  -atum 

capere,  -io,  cepi,  captum  fugere,  -io,  fugi,  

cedere,  -o,  cessi,  cessum  gerere.  -o.  gessi,  gestum 

clamare,  -o,  -avi,  -atum  habere.  -eo,  habui,  habitum 

claudere,   -o,   clausl,  clau-  Instruere,  -5,  instruxi,  in- 

sum  structum 

docere,  -eo.  docui,  doctum  iubere,  -eo,  iussi,  iussum 

ducere,  -6,  duxi.  ductum  iuvare,  -o,  iuvi,  iutum 

*  Hence,  to  indicate  the  purpose  of  an  action  expressed  by  the  perfect, 
the  present  subjunctive  is  used  if  one  wishes  to  direct  attention  to  the  com- 
pletion of  the  action  as  a  thing  of  the  present,  the  imperfect  is  used  if  one 
is  thinking  rather  of  the  action  itself  as  a  thing  of  the  past.  Cf .  the  last 
two  examples. 


PRINCIPAL    PARTS.  69 

laudare,  -5,  -avi,  -atum  quaerere,   -o,   quaesivi, 

legere,  -o,  legi,  lectum  quaesitum 

manere,   -eo,  mansi,  man-  rapere,  -io,  rapui,  raptum 

sum  regere,  -6,  rexi,  rectum 

mittere,  -6,  misi,  missum  relinquere,  -6,  reliqui,  relic- 
movere,  -eo,  movi,  motum  turn 

munire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itum  rogare,  -o,  -avi,  -atum 

orare,  -o,  -avi,  -atum  scribere,    -5,    scripsi,    scri- 
parare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum  ptum 

parere,  -eo,  parui,  paritum  tenere,  -eo,  tenui,  tentum 

petere,  -o,  petivi,  petitum  terrere,  -eo,  terrui,  territum 

ponere,  -o,  posui,  positum  timere,  -eo,  timui, 

portare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum  vastare,  -o,  -avi,  -atum 

poscere,  -o,  -poposci,  -  venire,  -io,  veni,  ventum 

properare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum  verberare,  -o,  -avi,  -atum 

pugnare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum  videre,  -eo,  vidi,  visum 

putare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum  vocare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum 

NOTE.  The  four  parts  given  in  this  list  —  Present  Infinitive  Active, 
First  Person  Singular  Present  Indicative  Active,  First  Person  Singular 
Perfect  Indicative  Active,  Perfect  Participle  —  are  called  the  Principal 
Parts  of  the  verb,  because  from  them  the  entire  conjugation  can  be  formed. 

Exercise. 

138.  Translate  into  English :  — 

1.  Venimus  ut  pacem  vos  non  bellum  habeatis.  2.  Trans 
flumen  missi  sunt  mllites  ut  castra  fossa  valloque  muniant. 

3.  Rogabat  meus  amicus  utrum  libri  ill!  ad  te  missi  essent. 

4.  luva  sororera  ne  ab  equo  cadat.     5.  lam  vocaveram  servom, 
ut  epistulas  caperet.     6.  Quae  erat  puella  ista  quae  ante  portam 
flebat?      7.    Quaesivit    rex    quid   hodie    de   exercitu    auditum 
esset. 

139.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  All  the  boys  are  hastening  to  the  harbor  to  see  the  new 
ship.  2.  The  consul  moved  his  camp  across  the  stream  in  order 
not  to  fight  against  the  enemy's  large  forces.  3.  Let  us  ask 


70  LATIN  LESSONS. 

whether  this  road  leads  to  the  river  or  to  the  town.  4.  Many 
swords  and  shields  have  been  taken  out  of  the  city,  but  these 
have  been  left.  5.  He  called  the  soldiers  to  him  to  praise  them 
for  their  bravery.  6.  Let  all  the  women  and  the  girls  be  sent 
within  the  walls,  and  let  the  gate  be  closed.  7.  Let  us  hasten, 
lest  the  town  be  taken  before  our  arrival. 


LESSON   XX. 

ABLATIVES  OP   SPECIFICATION  AND  OP  SOURCE.— 
SUBSTANTIVE   CLAUSES    OF   PURPOSE. 

Ablative  of  Specification. 

140.  Study  the  following  expressions :  — 

Legibus  peritus,  skilled  in  the  laws. 

Ingenio  et  iustitia  praestans,  eminent  for  ability  and 
justice. 

Virtute  miles,  sapiens  prudentia,  a  soldier  in  bravery, 
in  wisdom  a  sage. 

Hi  omnes  lingua,  Institutis,  legibus  inter  se  diffe- 
runt,  these  all  differ  from  one  another  in  language,  customs,  and 
laws. 

Latere  et  pede  volneratus,  wounded  in  the  side  and  foot. 

The  ablative  thus  used  to  show  in  what  respect  a  thing 
is  true  is  called  the  Ablative  of  Specification. 

Ablative  of  Source. 

141.  The  ablatives  loco,  genere,  and  familia  are  used 
to  denote  the  rank  or  station  of  one's  birth  ;  the  ablative 
is  also  used,  chiefly  with  a  participle,  to  denote  parentage 
on  the  father's. side.     To  designate  the  mother  ex  is  used, 
and  to  designate  ancestors,  ab.     Thus :  — 

Sumnio  loco  genitus,  born  in  the  highest  station. 
Eodem  patre  natus,  a  son  of  the  same  father. 


SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES  OF  PURPOSE.  71 

Tantalo  prognatus,  son  of  Tantalus. 
Ex  regis  filia  natus,  born  of  the  king's  daughter. 
Belgae   orti   sunt  a  Germanls,  the   Belgians  were   de- 
scended from  the  Germans. 

Substantive  Clauses  of  Purpose. 

142.  Besides  expressing  a  distinct  purpose,  the  subjunc- 
tive may  be  used  depending  upon  many  verbs  whose  ac- 
tion  involves  a  more  or  less  latent  notion   of   purpose. 
Such  are  especially  verbs  meaning  to  WISH,  DETERMINE, 

STRIVE,    ASK,    ALLOW,    ADVISE,    PERSUADE,    WARN,   COM- 
MAND, COMPEL,  and  the  like.     Thus  :  — 

Rogat  mater  ut  secum  eas,  mother  asks  you  to  go  with 
her. 

Suadeo  te  ne  librum  ilium  legas,  I  advise  you  not  to 
read  that  book. 

Caesar  legato  imperavit  ut  oppidum  caperet,  Caesar 
ordered  his  lieutenant  to  take  the  town. 

Omnes  ut  sub  iugum  irent  coegit,  he  compelled  them 
all  to  go  under  the  yoke. 

NOTE  1.  When,  however,  the  subject  of  the  subordinate  verb  is  the 
same  as  that  of  the  main  verb,  some  of  the  above  verbs  govern  the  simple 
complementary  infinitive  (see  164).  E.  g.  Ire  volo,  I  wish  to  go. 

NOTE  2.  The  two  common  verbs  to  command,  iubere  and  imperare, 
have  different  uses :  iubere  is  regularly  used  with  an  infinitive  with  its 
subject  in  the  accusative  ;  but  imperare  regularly  governs  the  dative, 
while  the  command  is  expressed  in  the  form  of  a  substantive  clause  of  pur- 
pose. E.  g.  "He  orders  the  soldiers  to  take  the  town"  may  be  translated 
either :  mflites  oppidum  occupare  iubet  or  militibus  impei  at 
ut  oppidum  occupent. 

143.  Vocabulary. 

captives,  -1,  m.,  prisoner.          custpdire,  -io,  -Ivi,  -itum,  to 
crudelis,  -e,  cruel.  guard,  watch, 

cupere,   -io,   -Ivi,  -Itum,  to   discere,  -5,  didici,  to  learn, 
wish,  desire.  dolus,  -i,  m.,  trick,  deceit. 


72  LATIN   LESSONS. 

emere,  -6,  emi,  emptum,  to  luna,  -ae,  f.,  moon. 

buy.  mora,  -ae,  f.,  delay, 

facinus,   st.   facinor-,   n.,  nauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor. 

deed.*  quies,  st.  quiet-,  f.,  rest, 

imperare,  -o,  -avi,  -atum,  to  tergum,  -1,  n.,  back. 

command.  vertere  (vortere),  -5,  verti, 

inops,  st.  inop-,  poor,  needy.  versum,  to  turn, 

intrare,  -o,  -avi,  -a/bum,  to  volnus,  st.  volner-.  n.,  wound. 

enter. 

Exercise. 

144.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Mater  multum  fleverat ;  et  iam  orabat  ne  secum  ad  mor- 
tem Mil  ducerentur.  2.  Forti  patre  natus  et  virtute  et  pruden- 
tia  ipse  praestans  erat.  3.  Sine  volnere  pax  et  quies  vobis 
paratae  sunt ;  itaque  imperemus  ut  dels  gratiae  agantur.  4. 
Captivi  cupiunt  solem  videre  ;  sed  dux  imperabit  ut  diligenter 
custodiantur.  5.  Te  non  suademus  ut  in  hoc  loco  maneas.  6. 
Sine  mora  discamus  num  amlci  suSdeant  ut  in  illo  loco  puer 
relinquatur.  7.  Hie  locus  inops  est  aqua  bona  et  bono  vino ; 
moneamus  amicos  ne  Ifuc  veniant.  8.  Te  non  suadebimus  ut 
hos  omnes  libros  legas.  9.  Vos  omnes  ut  mecum  veniatis  co- 
gam,  ne  in  aquam  cadatis. 

145.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

1.  Let  us  thank  the  gods ;  for  they  have  compelled  our  ene- 
mies to  yield  to  us.  2.  The  citizens  closed  the  gates  and  de- 
manded that  the  general  should  send  an  envoy  to  them.  3.  The 
boy's  father  was  writing  a  letter  to  him,  and  was  asking  him 
not  to  be  alarmed  by  the  arrival  of  the  cavalry.  4.  We  do  not 
demand  that  you  give  your  weapons  up  to  us ;  but  we  do  ask 
you  to  come  to  us.  5.  They  advised  us  not  to  draw  up  our  line 
of  battle  on  this  hill.  6.  Let  us  ask  the  gods  to  aid  us  in  this 
battle.  7.  Have  you  heard  whether  your  brother  was  ordered 
to  come  or  not  ?  8.  O  Caesar,  we  beg  you  not  to  order  this  man 

*  Especially  an  evil  deed,  misdeed. 


THE  PEESENT  PARTICIPLE,  73 

to  be  slain.  He  is  the  son  of  our  ally,  and  is  skilled  in  the 
arts  of  both  war  and  peace.  9.  Father  has  advised  us  not  to 
stay  with  these  boys.  10.  We  shall  not  compel  you  to  be  good. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  405,  412,  484-491 ;  A.  &  S.  244,  253,  331 ;  G.  395, 
398,  546;  H.  413,  415,  424,  499. 


LESSON   XXI. 

THE  PRESENT    PARTICIPLE.  —  THE    ABLATIVE    AB- 
SOLUTE. 

146.   Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 
Present  Participle. 

amans,  loving.    Stem  amant-       dooens,  teaching.    Stem  docent- 
Singular. 


m.Srf. 

n. 

m.Sff. 

n. 

N.  &V. 

amans 

amans 

docens 

docens 

Gen. 

amantis 

amantis 

docentis 

docentis 

Dat. 

amanti 

amanti 

decent! 

decent! 

Ace. 

amantem 

amans 

docentem 

docens 

Abl. 

amante  (-1) 

amante  (-1) 

docente  (-1) 

docente  (-1) 

regens,  ruling.  Stem  regent-     capiens,  taking.  Stem  capient- 

Plural. 

m.  Sff.  n.  m.  fyf.  n. 

N.  &  V.    regentes          regentia  capientes  oapientia 

Gen.          regentium       regentium  capientium  oapientium 

D.  &  A.     regentibus       regentibus  capientibus  capientibus 

Ace.  regentes  (-Is)  regentia  capientes  (-Is)  capientia 

audiens,  hearing.    Stem  audient-    praesens,  present.   Stem  praesent- 

Singular. 

m.  Sff.  n.  m.  Sff.  n. 

N.  &  V.     audiens  audiens  praesens  praesens 

Gen.  audientis         audientis  praesentis  praesentis 

Dat.  audientl  audienti  praesenti  praesent! 

Ace.  audientem       audiens  praesentem  praesens 

Abl.  audiente  (-1)    audiente  (-1)  praesente  (-1)  praesente  (-1) 


74  LATIN  LESSONS. 

You  will  see  that  the  present  participle  is  declined  like 
an  adjective  of  the  third  declension  with  a  stem  ending 
in  ant-  or  ent-,  while  the  perfect  participle  is  declined 
like  an  adjective  of  the  first  and  second  declension  with  a 
stem  ending  in  to-  or  sometimes  so-. 

Ablative  Absolute. 

147.  Study  the  following  sentences  :  — 

Romulo  regnante  hoc  bellum  gestum  est,  this  war 
was  waged  while  Romulus  was  reigning,  or,  in  the  reign  of 
Romulus. 

Hoc  audito  tremebat,  when  he  heard  this,  or,  having  heard 
this  (literally,  this  having  been  heard),  he  began  to  tremble. 

Creatis  consulibus  in  Galliam  reversus  est,  (when) 
the  consuls  (had  been)  elected,  he  returned  to  Gaul. 

Me  praesente  hoc  dlxisti,  you  said  this  in  my  presence. 

C5nsili5  eius-cognito,  legati  castra  reliquerant,  hav- 
ing found  out  his  purpose,  the  ambassadors  had  left  the  camp. 

Hannibale  absente,  when  Hannibal  was  absent,  or,  during 
the  absence  of  Hannibal. 

Mario  console,  while  Marius  was  consul,  or,  in  the  consul- 
ship of  Marius. 

1116  aegr5  milites  timebant,  the  soldiers  were  afraid  be- 
cause he  was  sick. 

148.  The  ablative  of  a  noun  or  pronoun  thus  used  with 
a  participle  or  an  adjective,  or  with  another  noun  or  pro- 
noun, independently  of  the  rest  of  the  sentence,  is  called 
the  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE.     You  will  see  that  such  an  ab- 
lative indicates  the  reason  of  an  action,  or  some  special 
circumstance  connected  with  the  action  and  serving  to  fix 
its  time.     By  studying  the  examples  given  you  will  see 
that  the  natural  way  to  translate  an  ablative  absolute  into 
English  is  by  an  active  participle  with  a  direct  object,  or 
by  a  subordinate  clause  of  time,  cause,  condition,  or  con- 
cession. 


THE   PKESENT   PARTICIPLE.  75 

149.  Exercise. 
Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Caesare  absente  milites  oppidum  intraverunt  et  dolo  elves 
occiderunt.  2.  Nautis  aegris  hostes  poposcerunt  ut  navis  sibi 
traderetur.  3.  Haec  facinora  nos  cogent  ut  eos  relinquamus 
acieque  mstructa  agros  vastemus.  4.  Consiliis  eorum  cognitis 
Caesar  castra  movit,  et  magno  itinere  facto  eos  fugavit.  5.  Agro 
empto  in  hoc  loco  manebit.  6.  Proelio  facto  hostes  terga  verte- 
runt.  7.  Didicistme  utrum  frater  tuus  te  iuvare  cupiat  ?  8.  His 
locis  vastatis  milites  in  castra  ducuntur.  9.  Multis  hostibus 
caesis,  vastatisque  agris  in  ripa  fluminis  lati  castra  posuerunt. 
10.  Luna  iam  orta  quietem  capiamus.  11.  Gravi  volnere  re- 
cepto  miles  fortis  cecidit.  12.  Castrls  vallo  fossaque  mumtis 
Caesar  militibus  quietem  capere  iussit.  13.  Patre  aegro  te 
oramus  ne  nos  relinquas.  14.  Clausis  portis  omnes  mulieres 
et  pueros  caedent.  15.  Non  audivimus  num  imperator  castiis 
motis  ad  hostes  properet.  16.  Mario  consule  Galli  magno 
proelio  victi  sunt. 

150.  Translate  into  English :  — 

1.  Having  heard  these  things  he  ordered  the  envoy  to  remain 
with  him.  2.  The  soldiers  will  not  fear  if  Caesar  is  present. 
3.  Though  he  slay  me  yet  will  I  do  this.  4.  We  do  not  wish 
that  you  should  do  this  in  our  presence.  5.  After  these  things 
had  been  done  he  ordered  the  prisoners  to  be  carefully  guarded. 
6.  Now  that  you  have  bought  the  horse,  what  are  you  going  to 
do  ?  7.  By  this  trick  he  entered  the  gate,  and  having  captured 
the  town  released  the  prisoners.  8.  A  cruel  war  was  waged 
against  the  Gauls  in  the  consulship  of  Caesar.  9.  I  order  you 
to  do  this  and  return  to  me.  10.  Having  learned  the  design  of 
the  enemy,  let  us  inquire  whether  this  road  will  lead  us  to  their 
camp. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  422  ;  A.  &  G.  255  ;  G.  408,  409 ;  H.  431. 


76  LATIN   LESSONS. 


LESSON   XXII. 

FUTURE  PARTICIPLE,   GERUND,  GERUNDIVE,   AND 
SUPINE. 

151.  Decline  the  following  words  like  adjectives  of  the 
first  and  second  declensions  :  — 

amaturus,  -a,  -urn,  about  to  love, 
docturus,  -a,  -urn,  about  to  teach, 
deleturus,  -a,  -urn,  about  to  destroy, 
moniturus.  -a,  -urn,  about  to  warn, 
recturus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  rule, 
capturus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  take, 
cessurus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  yield, 
auditurus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  hear, 
mansurus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  stay, 
futurus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  be. 

152.  The  above  are  examples  of    Future  Participles. 
By  comparing  them  with  the  Perfect  Participles  already 
studied,  you  will  see  that  either  set  of  participles  can  be 
formed  from  the  other  by  a  very  simple  change.     What 
is  it? 

153.  The  Gerundive  is  also  an  adjective  of  the  first  and 
second  declensions.     Decline  the  following  :  — 

amandus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  loved, 
docendus,  -a.  -um,  to  be  taught, 
regendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  ruled, 
capiendus.  -a.  -um,  to  be  taken, 
audiendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  heard. 

154.  The  Gerund  is  the  neuter  singular  of  the  Gerun- 
dive used  as  a  noun,  but  only  in  the  oblique  cases  (geni- 
tive, dative,  accusative,  ablative).     It  is  active  rather  than 
passive  in  meaning.     Thus  :  — 


GERUND,   GERUNDIVE,   AND   SUPINE.  77 

Gen.  amandl,  of  loving. 
Dat.  docendo,  for  teaching. 
Ace.  regendum,  ruling. 
Abl.  audiendo,  by  hearing. 

155.  The  Supine  is  a  noun  of  the  fourth  declension, 
used  only  in  the  accusative  and  ablative  singular.  Thus  :  — 

Ace.  amatum    doctum    monitum     rectum     auditum 
Abl.  amatu       doctu       moaitu        rectu        auditu 

156.  You  will  see  that  the  Gerundive  can  be  made  from 
the  Present  Participle  by  changing  the  final  s  to  dus, 
while  the  Supine  can  be  formed  from  the  Perfect  Partici- 
ple by  simply  changing  the  stem  vowel  from  o  to  u. 

Uses  of  the  Supine,  the  Gerund  and  the  Gerundive. 

157.  The  Supine  is  found  in  but  few  verbs.     Its  Ac- 
cusative is  chiefly  used  to  express  Purpose  with  a  verb  of 
motion,  its  Ablative  as  an  Ablative  of  Specification  with 
a  few  adjectives  (facilis,  difficilis,  turpis,  utilis,  inutilis, 
and  one  or  two  others).     Thus  :  — 

Veni5  rogatum,  I  come  to  ask  (for  the  purpose  of  asking). 
Facile  visu,  easy  to  see  ;  turpe  factu,  base  to  do. 

158.  The  commonest  use  of  the  Gerund  and  Gerundive 
is  with  prepositions  ;  but  the  Ablative  is  also  often  found 
as  an  Ablative  of  Means,  and  the  Genitive  is  not  rare. 

Thus  :  — 

Gerund. 

Ad  urbem  capiendum,  for  the  purpose  of  taking  the  city. 
De  librum  scrlbendo,  about  writing  a  book. 
Currendo  exercere,  to  exercise  by  running. 
Amor  pugnandl,  love  of  fighting. 

Gerundive. 

Ad  urbem  capiendam,  for  the  purpose  of  taking  the  city. 
De  libro  scribendS,  about  writing  a  book. 
Consilium  belli  gerendl,  the  design  of  waging  war. 


OF  THR 

UNIVERSITY 


78  LATIN   LESSONS. 

NOTE.  The  gerund  and  gerundive  of  transitive  verbs  are  used  inter- 
changeably, as  in  the  first  two  examples  in  each  of  the  above  groups.  The 
only  difference  is  that  grammatically  in  one  construction  the  gerund  is 
governed  by  some  word  (ad  or  de  above)  and  also  has  an  object  accusative 
of  its  own ;  in  the  other  this  object  is  governed  by  the  ad  or  de  and  the 
gerundive  agrees  with  it  as  an  adjective.  Thus  the  literal  meaning  of  ad 
urbem  capiendum  is i;  for  taking  the  city/'  of  ad  urbem  capiendam, 
"for  the  city  to  be  taken."  Only  the  gerund  construction  is  possible  if 
the  verb  is  intransitive. 

159.  Vocabulary. 

ancora,  -ae,  f.,  anchor.  exponere,  -5,  -posui,  -posi- 
celeriter,  quickly.  turn,    to   put  forth,   disem- 

cognoscere,   -o,    cognovi,  bark. 

cognitum,  to  find  out.  Haedui,  -orum,  m.,  the  Hae- 
collis,  st.  colli-,  m.,  hill.  duans. 

committere,  -6,  -misi,  -mis-  mentio,     st.    mention-,    f., 

sum,  to  send  together,  begin         mention. 

(battle).  nuntiare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
coniunx,  st.  coniug-,  c.,  hus-  tell. 

band  or  wife.  obsidere,  -e5,  -sedi,  -ses- 
consistere,  -o,  constiti,  to  sum,  to  besiege,  blockade. 

stand  or  be  somewhere.  occupare,  -o.  -avi.  -atum,  to 
custodia,  -ae,  f..  watch,  guard.  seize. 

disp5nere,  -o.  -posui.  -posi-  stultus,  -a,  -urn,  foolish, 
turn,  to  station,  arrange. 

160.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Oppidum  capturus  ad  te  epistulam  scrips!.  2.  Petamus 
ne  imperator  milites  ad  urbem  delendam  mittat.  3.  Ad  ho- 
stium  consilia  cognoscenda  frater  meus  legatum  mittet.  4.  Acie 
in  colle  instructa  equites  agros  vastatum  venerunt.  5.  Moni- 
tum  venimus  te,  non  verberatum.  6.  Hoc  est  facile  dictii,  sed 
factu  diflficile.  7.  A  te  quaerebant  quid  esset  utile  factu.  8. 
Ad  multam  noctem  naves  in  ancoris  constiterunt,  sed  ante  lu- 
cem  copiis  expositis  imperator  proelium  coinmisit.  9.  Me  prae- 
sente  hums  rei  mentio  non  est  facta.  10.  Legati  de  oppido 
obsidendo  nuntiatum  celeriter  venerunt.  11.  Animos  regendo 
nos  regemus. 


THE   INFINITIVES. 


79 


161.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  The  troops  were  roused  with  a  great  desire  to  capture  the 
town.  2.  Having  stationed  the  guards,  the  general  quickly 
disembarked  the  sailors.  3.  About  to  yield,  we  give  up  all 
our  weapons.  4.  Has  your  brother  made  mention  of  'writing 
a  book  about  praising  virtue  ?  5.  Wise  boys  train  their  bodies 
by  running.  6.  He  was  moved  by  a  great  desire  to  learn  the 
names  of  all  the  flowers  that  he  had  seen.  7.  The  love  of  tak- 
ing and  keeping  often  *  makes  men  miserable.  8.  Is  not  the 
hill  easy  to  see  ?  9.  We  have  .come  to  ask  you  not  to  lay  siege 
to  our  city. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  542-555  ;  A.  &  G.  113,  114, 289-303  ;  G.  278,  279, 
426-439,  527  E.'l,  536,  537,  667-673 ;  H.  200,  535  i.  4,  541- 
550. 

LESSON   XXIII. 


THE  INFINITIVES. 

162.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 
Present  Infinitive. 


ACTIVE. 
amare          docere  regere          capere 

PASSIVE. 
amari  doceri  regi  capi 

Perfect  Infinitive. 


amavisse     docuisse 


amatus,  -a,  -urn,  esse 
rectus,  -a,  -um,  esse 
audltus,  -a,  -um,  esse 


ACTIVE, 
rexisse         cepisse 


audlre 


audiri 


audivisse     fuisse 


PASSIVE. 

doctus,  -a,  -um,  esse 
captus,  -a,  -um,  esse 

=  saepe. 


80  LATIN   LESSONS. 


Future  Infinitive. 
ACTIVE. 

amaturus,  -a,  -um,  esse  docturus,  -a,  -um,  ease 

recturus,  -a,  -um,  esse  capturus,  -a,  -um,  esse 

auditurus,  -a,  -um,  esse  fore  or  futurus,  -a,  -um,  esse 

PASSIVE. 

amatum  iri  doctum  iri  rectum  Iri 

cap  turn  iri  audit  urn  in 

NOTE.     The  Future  Infinitive  Passive  is  made  up  of  the  Supine  with 
the  Present  Infinitive  Passive  of  ire,  to  g-o,  used  impersonally. 


Some  Simple  Uses  of  the  Infinitive. 

163.  The  Infinitive  may,  as  in  English,  be  used  as  the 
subject  of  a  verb,  especially  of  esse  and  impersonal  verbs. 
Thus :  — 

Humanum  est  errare,  to  err  is  human. 
N5bls  pacem  facere  non  licet,  we  are  not  allowed  to 
make  peace  (literally,  to  make  peace  is  not  allowed  us). 

164.  The  Infinitive  may  also  be  used,  as  in  English,  to 
complete  the  meaning  of  many  verbs,  such  as  those  mean- 
ing to  seem,  to  wish,  to  be  able  (Complementary  Infinitive). 
Thus:  — 

In  vadis  esse  videtur  navis,  the  ship  seems  to  be  aground 
(on  the  shoals). 

Non  possumus  hodie  venire,  we  cannot  come  to-day. 
Rex  pacem  facere  voluit,  the  king  wanted  to  make  peace. 

165.  The  Infinitive  with  a  subject  in  the  accusative 
case  is  used  as  the  object  of  verbs  of  saying,  thinking, 
feeling,  hoping,  and  the  like  (verba  sentiendi  et  de- 
clarandi).     Thus  :  - 

DIcit  hostes  adesse,  he  says  the  enemy  are  at  hand. 


THE   INFINITIVES.  81 

Prater  tuus  dixit  te  hie  non  esse,  your  brother  said  you 
were  not  here. 

Caesar  milites  lam  venisse  audlverat,  Caesar  had  heard 
that  the  soldiers  had  already  come. 

Putasne  ventures  esse,*  do  you  think  they  will  come  ? 

Num  dixi  me  id  facturum  esse,  did  I  say  I  would  do 
so? 

Gaudeo  te  salvom  venisse,  I  am  glad  you  have  come  safe 
and  sound. 

Sperabamus  nullum  bellum  fore,  we  hoped  there  would 
be  no  war. 

166.  With  verbs  of  determining,  trying,  or  wishing, 
instead  of  the  Subjunctive  (see  142)  the  Infinitive  is  often 
used.  It  has  a  subject  expressed  (as  in  165)  if  this  is 
different  from  the  subject  of  the  verb  on  which  the  infini- 
tive depends  ;  otherwise  it  is  generally  used  without  a 
subject  (as  in  164).  Thus  :  — 

Statuit  senatus  hoc  ne  Caesarl  quidem  licere,  the 
Senate  determined  that  this  was  not  allowable  even  for  Caesar. 
(165.) 

Hoc  velim  intellegl,  I  should  like  to  have  this  under- 
stood. 

Conabor  libros  illos  ad  te  mittere,  I  will  try  to  send  you 
those  books. 

Statuit  igitur  bellum  facere,  he  determined  therefore  to 
make  war.  (164.) 

Volebamus  oppidum  intrare,  we  wanted  to  enter  the 
town. 

NOTE.  It  will  be  seen  that  in  the  uses  under  163,  164,  and  166,  the 
tense  of  the  Infinitive  is  apt  to  be  present ;  while  in  the  uses  under  165, 
the  tense  varies  as  that  of  a  finite  verb  does  when  used  to  express  the  same 
sort  of  idea. 

*  The  subject  of  the  infinitive  may,  of  course,  be  thus  implied  in  the 
form  of  the  verb  as  with  the  tenses  of  the  finite  verb. 


82  LATIN   LESSONS. 

167.  Vocabulary. 

aes,  st.  aer-,  n.,  copper,  money,  occasus,  -us,  m.,  setting, 

antiquus.  -a,  -um,  old.*  recens,    st.    recent-,   recent, 

argentum,  -1,  n.,  silver.  fresh,  new.* 

aurum,  -I,  n.,  gold.  senex,   st.   sen-,  old,*  an  old 

cernere,  -o,  crevl,  cretus,  to  man. 

see.  tegere,   -o,   texl,   tectus,  to 

discernere,  -o,  -crevl,  -ere-  cover. 

tus,  to  distinguish.  tenebrae,    -arum,    f.,    dark- 
It  alia,  -ae,  f.,  Italy.  ness, 
iuvenis,  st.  iuveni-,  young,*  tener,  -era,  -erum,  soft,  ten- 

a  youth.  der. 

latere.  -eo.  -ui,  to  lie  hid.  turn,  then, 

nuntius,  -I,   m.,    messenger,  ubi,  where. 

message. 

Exercise. 

168.  Translate  into  English  :  - 

1.  Cupimus  tibi  gratias  agere.  2.  Stultum  est  in  illo  loco 
castra  ponere.  3.  Tibi  ista  facere  non  licet.  4.  Vestri  patres 
cupiunt  ut  Latine  celeriter  legere  discatis.  5.  Num  cernit 
iuvenis  solis  occasu  haec  omnia  in  tenebris  latere  ?  6.  Gaudea- 
mus  urbem  veterem  ab  hostibus  non  esse  deletam.  7.  Caesar 
nobis  dixit  exercitum  trans  flumen  se  traduxisse.  8.  Argentum 
vetus  ab  recent!  in  tenebris  discernere  non  poterimus.  9. 
Statuimus  igitur  pacem  a  te  petere.  10.  Putasne  hodie 
venturas  esse  ?  Non  puto ;  eras  autem  esse  venturas  spero. 
11.  Putasne  latere  tua  consilia  ? 

*  Antiquus  means  "  old  "  as  opposed  tonovos, ;t  new,"  in  the  sense  of 
"  not  having  existed  before  "  (cf.  "  novelty  ") ;  vetus  is  "  old  "  as  opposed  to 
recens,  "new,"  in  the  sense  of  "not  having  existed  long,"  "fresh," 
"  recent,"  while  senex  is  "  old  in  years  "  as  opposed  to  iuvenis,  "  young." 
Thus :  —  novam  turrim  pro  antiqua  ilia  e  ligno  recent!  sed 
veteribus  lapidibus  senex  et  iuvenis  faciebant,  the  old  man  and 
the  young  one  were  making  a  new  tower  instead  of  that  old  one,  using 
new  wood  bnt  the  old  stones. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  83 

169.  Translate  into  Latin  : — 

1.  What  did  the  old  men  say  that  they  wished   me  to  do  ? 

2.  We  were  not  able  to  capture  the  city  and  to  plunder  the  gold 
and  the  silver ;  but  we  did  compel  part  of  the   citizens  to  flee. 

3.  Do  you  see  where  the  young  men  are  ?     No,  they  are  lying 
hid,  protected  by  the  darkness.     4.  There  were  many  beautiful 
temples  in  ancient  Italy,  built  of  stone  and  adorned  with  silver 
and  gold.     5.  We  are  all  glad  that  we  can  see  the  land.     6. 
Do  you  not  wish  that  you  had  come  with  us  then  ?     7.  I  have 
decided  not  to  ask  that  I  may  be  sent  to-day.     8.  The  sailors 
could  not  distinguish  day  and  night  in  the  darkness.     9.  The 
messengers  announced  that  the  captive  maidens  had  been  com- 
pelled to  carry  heavy  stones  in  their  tender  hands.     10.  Let  us 
all  hope  that  we  may  be  able  to  be  with  our  friends  at  that 
time. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  530-532 ;  A.  &  G.  270-272  ;  G.  423,  424, 527,  532, 
533 ;  H.  532-538. 


LESSON    XXIV. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS.— USE   OF  TWO   DATIVES. 
170.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

posse  (L  e.  potis-(- esse),  nSlle  (L  e.   ne-f-velle),    be 

can,  be  able.  unwilling, 

ferre,  bring,  carry,  endure.  malle  (i.  e.  magist  +  velle), 
Ire,  go.  prefer. 

fieri,1*  become,  be  made.  dare,  give, 
velle,  be  willing,  wish. 

*  Thus  serving  as  the  passive  of  facere. 
t  More. 


84 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


Sing.  Plur. 

possum  possumus 

potes  potestis 

potest  possunt 


Present  Indicative. 

Sing.        Plur.          Sing.  Plur.  Sing.  Plur. 

fero      ferimus         eo  Imus         fio  fimus 

fers       fertis  is  itis  fis  fltis 

fert       ferunt  it  eunt         fit  fiunt 


Sing.      Plur.  Sing.  Plur.  Sing.        Plur.        Sing.    Plur. 

volo  volumus  nolo  nolumus  malo      malumus    do    damus 

vis  voltis  non  vis  non  voltis  mavis    ma  voltis      das  datis 

volt  volunt  non  volt  nolunt  mavolt  malunt        dat  dant 


Present  Subjunctive. 

Sing.          Plur.  Sing.        Plur.          Sing.     Plur.  Sing.     Plur. 

possim    possiinus       feram    feramus       earn    eamus  fiam    fiamus 

possis      possitis          feras      feratis          eas      eatis  fias      fiatis 

possit      possint          ferat      ferant  eat      eant  fiat      fiant 


Sing.        Plur.  Sing.  Plur. 

velim  velimus  nolim  nolimus 

veils  velitis  noils  nolitis 

velit  velint  nolit  nolint 


Sing.          Plur.  Sing.  Plur. 

malim  mallmus  dem  demus 

malls  malitis  des  detis 

malit  malint  det  dent 


Present  Passive. 


INDICATIVE. 

Sing.  Plur. 

feror  ferimur 

ferris  ferimini 

fertur  feruntur 


Sing. 

daris 
datur 


Sing. 
Plur. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Sing.  Plur. 

ferar  feramur 

feraris  feramini 

feratur  ferantur 


Plur. 
damur 
damini 

dantur 


Sing. 

deris 
detur 


Present  Imperative. 


fer* 
ferte 


i 
ite 


fi 
fite 


noli 
nollte 


Plur. 
demur 
deminl 
dentur 


date 


*  Ducere,  lead ;  dicere,  say ;  and  facere,  do,  make,  have  similar 
abbreviated  forms  in  the  singular  of  their  imperatives,  —  thus,  due,  die, 
fac. 


USE   OF   TWO    DATIVES.  85 

Present  Participle. 

potens*          dans        ferens        iens  (gen.  euntis)        volens        nolens 

171.  Fill  out  the  tenses  whose  first  person  singular  is 
here  given :  — 

Imperfect  Indicative.  —  Poteram,  volebam,  nolebam,  malebam, 
dabam,  ferebam,  fiebam,  Ibam. 

Perfect  Indicative.  —  Potui,  volui,  nolui,  malui,  dedl,  tuli, 
ivi,  factus  sum. 

Future  Indicative.  —  Potero,  volam,  nolam,  malam,  dabo, 
feram,  Ibo,  flam. 

172.  You  have  learned  (118)  that  the  Present  Infinitive 
can  be  turned  into  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive  by  adding 
m  ;  form  and  conjugate  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive  of  the 
above  verbs. 

NOTE.  The  other  forms  from  the  above  verbs,  when  used  at  all,  are 
perfectly  regular.  For  detailed  information  about  them  see  the  gramma- 
tical references  at  the  end  of  this  lesson. 


Use  of  Two  Datives. 

173.  Study  the  following  sentences  :  — 

1.  Non  solum  nobis  dlvites  esse  volumus  sed  etiam 
Hberls  nostrls,  not  for  ourselves  only  do  we  wish  to  be  rich, 
but  for  our  children  also. 

2.  N5n  scholae  sed  vitae  discitis,  you  are  learning  not 
for  school  but  for  life. 

3.  Virtus  neque  datur  dono  neque  accipitur,  virtue  is 
neither  given  nor  received  as  a  gift. 

4.  Istud  tibi  hon5ri  habetur,  that  is  accounted  an  honor 
to  you. 

*  Used  only  as  an  adjective  meaning  "  powerful." 


86  LATIN   LESSONS. 

5.  Bono  nunti5  n5n  modo  exercitui  sed  duel  erat,  it 
was  good  news  not  only  for  the  army  but  for  the  general. 

6.  Et  mini  et  fratri  voluptati  erit,  it  will  be  a  pleasure 
both  to  my  brother  and  to  me. 

7.  Ilia  pugna  cum  Romams  turn  socils  magnae  erat 
cladi,  that  battle  was  a  great  disaster  for  both  the  Romans  and 
their  allies. 

8.  Hoc  erit  mini  curae,  I  shall  take  care  of  this  matter. 

174.  You  will  see  that  the  datives  denoting  persons  in 
these  examples,  and  also  the  datives  in  the  second  exam- 
ple, are  just  like  the  datives  studied  in  62  ;  the  other  da- 
tives express  an  idea  somewhat  similar  to  that  expressed 
by  the  datives  of  the  second  example,  but  which  we  indi- 
cate by  a  different  form  of  words  in  English,  as  shown  by 
the  translation.     You  can  further  learn  from  the  above 
examples  the  commonest  ways  of  expressing  "  both  .  .  . 
and,"  "  not  only  .  .  .  but  also,"  in  Latin. 

Exercise. 

175.  Translate  into  English :  — 

1.  Facile  est  visu  nobis  vitam  esse  donum  del.  2.  Quid  tibi 
vis  ?  Num  tuum  tecum  aurum  es  in  castra  laturus  ?  3.  Dlxi 
non  solum  mihi  sed  etiam  omnibus  eius  amlcis  haec  esse  dolori. 
4.  Puero  aes  dedi  dono,  sed  id  ferre  non  potuit.  5.  Legati 
dixerunt  secum  pacem  et  bellum  ferre.  6.  Esse  quam  videri 
bona  mavolt.  7.  Puto  me  iam  satis  dixisse  ut  quae  velim  facile 
cernas.  8.  Arma  nostra  et  tela  nobis  sunt  salutl.  9.  Quis  dl- 
cere  potest  in  quam  partem  flumen  fluat  ?  *  10.  Celeriter  eant 
pueri  librosque  secum  ferant. 

176.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

1.  Not  only  the  general  but  also  the  soldiers  know  that  these 
things  will  be  good  news  for  the  Roman  people.     2.  It  will  be 
a  great  pleasure  to  both  the  king  and  his  son  to  hear  that  you 
*  What  nmst  this  word  mean  ? 


DEPONENT  VERBS.  87 

are  safe.  3.  Caesar  said  that  he  would  take  care  of  these  things. 
4.  When  this  had  been  done  they  all  exclaimed  that  they  pre- 
ferred to  go  with  us.  5.  Let  there  be  light.  6.  Not  only  the 
old  men  but  also  the  women  and  the  children  had  been  led 
within  the  city.  7.  Tell  your  brothers  and  sisters  that  we  can- 
not go  to  see  them  to-day.  8.  We  have  not  wished  to  do  this  ; 
but  the  senate  has  already  decreed  that  we  shall  all  go  from  the 
city  tomorrow.  9.  It  is  not  easy  to  see  where  the  old  city 
stood.  10.  Who  said  that  we  are  learping  not  for  school  but 
for  life  ? 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  239-248,  381,  385,  386 ;  A.  &  G.  137-142,  233, 
235  ;  G.  184-189,  343,  344,  350  ;  H.  289-295,  384,  390. 


LESSON    XXV. 

DEPONENT  VERBS.  —  IMPERSONAL  VERBS.  —  THE 
DATIVE  WITH  CERTAIN  VERBS  WITH  WHICH 
ONE  MIGHT  EXPECT  AN  ACCUSATIVE. 

177.  Some  Latin  verbs  have  the  forms  of  the  Passive 
Voice,  but  the  meaning  of  the  Active  Voice.     Thus,  mi- 
rari,  to  wonder  at,  sequi,  to  follow.     Such  verbs  are  called 

DEPONENTS.* 

178.  The   following   four   verbs    are   called    SEMI-DE- 
PONENTS, for  an  obvious  reason  :  — 


audeS 

audere 

ausus  sum 

to  dare. 

fldo 

fidere 

fisus  sum 

to  trust. 

gaudeo 

gaudere 

gavisus  sum 

to  be  glad. 

sole5 

solere 

solitus  sum 

to  be  wont. 

NOTE.  Deponent  verbs  have  all  the  forms  of  the  Passive  Voice,  except- 
ing the  Future  Infinitive ;  though  only  transitive  deponents  have  the  Ge- 
rundive. They  also  have  in  the  Active  Voice  both  Participles,  the  Gerund, 

*  From  deponere,  to  lay  aside,  because  they  have  laid  aside  the  ac- 
tive forms  and  the  passive  meanings. 


88  LATIN  LESSONS. 

the  Supine,  and  the  Future  Infinitive.  Deponents  are  the  only  verbs  that 
have  a  Perfect  Participle  with  an  active  meaning.  This  Perfect  Participle 
is  often  hardly  distinguishable  in  meaning  from  the  Present  Participle  ;  as, 
veritus,  fearing,  moratus,  delaying. 

Impersonal  Verbs. 

179.  A  verb  used  in  the  third  person  singular  without 
a  personal  subject  is  called  an  impersonal  verb.     Some 
impersonal  verbs  contain  their  subject  in  themselves  ;  as, 
pluit,  "  it  rains  " ;  advesperascit,  "  evening  approaches  "  ; 
others  have  a  clause  as  subject,  as,  bellum  indici  placebat, 
it  was  voted  that  war  be  declared  (that  war  be  declared 
was  pleasing)  ;  restat  ut  multa  dlscamus,  we  have  yet 
much  to  learn  (that  we  learn  many  things  remains). 

The  Dative  with  certain  Verbs. 

180.  Various  verbs  are  used  with  a  Dative  of  Indirect 
Object  in  Latin  when  the  corresponding  English  verb 
might  lead  one  to  expect  an  accusative.     Such  are  espe- 
cially words  meaning  to  favor,  benefit,  injure,  please,  dis- 
please, spare,  pardon,  persuade,  command,  obey,  threaten. 

181.  Latin  verbs  which  govern  the  Dative  can  be  used 
in  the  passive  only  impersonally.     Thus  :  — 

Mini  persuasum  est,  I  am  persuaded. 

1111  Ignotum  est,  he  was  pardoned. 

Invidetur  semper  divitibus,  the  rich  are  always  envied. 

182.  Vocabulary. 

comes,  st.  comit-,  c.,  compan-  ignoscere,  -5.  ignovi,  Igno- 

ion.  turn,  to  pardon. 

conari,  -or,  -atus,  to  try,  at-  latus,  st.  later-,  n.,  side,  flank, 

tempt.  minarl.  -or.  -atus,  to  threat- 

experiri,  -ior,  -pertus,  to  try,  en. 

find  out.  moenia,  -ium,  n.,  walls  (of  a 

fateri,  -eor.  fassus,  to  confess,  city). 


DEPONENT   VERBS.  89 

mori,  -ior,  mortuus,  to  die.  proficisci,    -or,    profectus, 

mundus,  -I,  m.,  the  universe.  to  start,  set  out. 

nasci,  -or,  natus,  to  be  born,  prora,  -ae,  f.,  prow, 

ortus,  -us,  m.,  a  rising.  queri,  -or,  questus,  to  com. 

parere,   -eo,   -ui,    -itum,    to  plain. 

obey.  tueri,  -eor,  tuitus,  to  watch, 

pati,  -ior,  passus,  to  suffer.  guard, 

placere,   -e5,   -ui,  -itum,  to  vereri,  -eor,  veritus,  to  fear, 

please.  revere. 

Exercise. 

183.  Translate  into  English :  — 

1.  Hostes  nobis  mortem  minantur,  sed  non  timemus.  2.  Ex- 
periamur  quas  in  partes  pueri  fugerint  ut  nuntiemus  iis  esse 
ignotum.  3.  Mihi  persuadetur  hoc  certamen  futurum  esse  acre. 
4.  Mllites  queruntur  sibi  non  esse  ignotum.  5.  Solis  ortu  ex 
urbe  profectus,  occasu  solis  ad  amicos  pervenit.  6.  Die  mini 
si  tibi  placet,  quae  passus  sis.  7.  Vir  sapiens  deum  veretur  sed 
homines  non  timet.  8.  Coegit  ut  facinora  fateretur.  9.  Mo- 
rituri  petimus  ut  nobis  Tgnoscas.  10.  Restat  ut  proelium  com- 
mittamus. 

184.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  The  senate  voted  that  the  consuls  should  lead  a  large  army 
out  of  the  gates  and  defend  the  hill.  2.  Tell  me,  if  you  please, 
where  you  have  been  and  whom  you  have  seen.  3.  We  have 
all  been  born  in  a  beautiful  country ;  let  us  therefore  obey  the 
laws.  4.  When  this  had  been  announced,  he  set  out  at  sunrise 
with  his  companions.  5.  It  is  good  to  suffer  and  die  for  one's 
friends.  6.  Try  to  find  out  what  the  boys  are  complaining  of. 
7.  The  general  compelled  the  troops  to  confess  that  they  had  not 
obeyed  him.  8.  They  could  not  be  persuaded  to  remain  and 
not  bear  aid  to  their  friends.  9.  We  shall  try  to  set  out  at  sun- 
rise. 

Grammatical  References, 

A.  &  S.  195,  196,  250,  376,  387 ;  A.  &  G.  Ill  b,  135,  145, 
146,  227,  230 ;  G.  141-148,  199,  208,  345  ;  H.  231,  232,  298, 
301,  385. 


90  LATIN   LESSONS. 


LESSON    XXVI. 

THE  VERB  REVIEWED.  —  ACCUSATIVE  AND  ABLA- 
TIVE OF  TIME.  — THE  LOCATIVE.  —  THE  RELATIONS 
OF  FLACE. 

The  Latin  Verb. 

Principal  Parts. 

185.  Every   regular   Latin   verb   has   four   Principal 
Parts :  — 

1.  The  Present  Infinitive  Active. 

1.  The  First  Singular  Present  Indicative  Active. 

3.  The  First  Singular  Perfect  Indicative  Active. 

4.  The  Perfect  Passive  Participle. 

Verb  Stems. 

186.  Every  regular  Latin  verb  has  three  stems :  — 

1.  The  Present  Stem  (found  in  the  Present  Infinitive 
Active  by  dropping  re  in  the  First,  Second,  and  Fourth 
Conjugations,  ere  in  the  Third)  is  used  to  form  the  tenses 
of  incomplete  action  (present,  imperfect,  future),  active 
and  passive,  together  with  the  present  participle  and  the 
gerund  and  gerundive. 

2.  The  Perfect  Stem  (found  in  the  First  Singular  Per- 
fect Indicative  Active  by  dropping  the  personal  ending  I) 
is  used  to  form  the  tenses  of  completed  action  (perfect, 
pluperfect,  future  perfect)  in  the  active  voice. 

3.  The  Participial  Stem  (found  in  the  Perfect  Passive 
Participle  by  changing  us  to  o)  is  used  to  form  the  perfect 
and  future  participles  and  the  supine,  and  the  tenses  of 
completed  action  in  the  passive  voice. 


THE   VERB    REVIEWED.  91 

Personal  Endings. 

187.  The  subject  of  a  Latin  verb  is  often  contained  in 
its  personal  ending,  which  is  only  a  remnant  of  a  pronoun 
stem.     The  personal  endings  used  in  the  conjugation  of  a 
verb  are  as  follows  :  — 

188.  ACTIVE  VOICE. 
INDICATIVE  AND  IMPERATIVE. 

SUBJUNCTIVE.  Present.  Future. 

Sing.         Plu.  Sing.     Phi.     Sing.        Plu. 

1  Per.         -m  *        -mus 

2  "  -s  -tis  -te        -to        -tote 

3  "  -t  -nt  -to        -nto 

189.  The  Perfect  Indicative  Active  has  the  following 

set  of  endings : 

Singular.  Plural. 

1st  Person.  -I  -imus 

2d        "  -isti  -istis 

3d        "  -it  -erunt 

PASSIVE  VOICE. 

INDICATIVE   AND  IMPERATIVE. 

SUBJUNCTIVE.  Present.               Future. 

Sing.          Plu.  Sing.      Plu.      Sing.      Plu. 
1st  Per.     -r  f          -mur 

2d     "       -ris          -mini  -re        -mini      -tor      

3d     "       -tur         -ntur  -tor    -ntor 

190.  The  tenses  of  completed  action  in  the  passive 
voice  are  all  compound  forms,  composed  of  the  perfect 

*  But  -6  in  the  present  and  future  perfect  indicative,  and  in  the  future 
indicative  of  the  1st  and  2d  conjugations ;  -I  in  the  perfect  indicative. 

t  -or  in  the  present  indicative,  and  in  the  future  indicative  of  the  1st  and 
2d  conjugations.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  stem  vowel  disappears  in  the 
first  singular  present  indicative  of  both  voices  in  the  first  conjugation,  and 
that  the  thematic  vowel  appears  between  the  stem  and  the  endings  in  the 
present  indicative  and  imperative  of  the  third  conjugation  in  both  voices. 


92  LATIN   LESSONS. 

passive  participle  of  the  verb  in  question  and  the  proper 
forms  of  the  verb  sum. 

Tense  Signs. 

191.  It  is  possible  to  recognize  nearly  every  tense  of  a 
Latin  verb  in  the  indicative  and  the  subjunctive  by  the 
letters  that  intervene  between  the  stem  and  the  personal 
endings.     These  letters  may  be  called  tense-signs,  and  are 
shown  in  the  following  scheme  :  — 

192.  ACTIVE  VOICE. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present.    

Imperfect,    ba. 

Future.    1st  and  2d  Conjugations  bi  (but  b  in  1st  Sing.,  bu  in  3d  Plu.) 
3d  and  4th  Conjugations  e  (but  a  in  1st  Sing.) 

Perfect.     

Pluperfect,    era. 

Future  Perfect,    eri  (but  er  in  1st  Sing.). 

SUBJUNCTIVE . 

Present.    1st  Conjugation  e  *.     Other  Conjugations  a. 
Imperfect,    re. 
Perfect,    eri. 
Pluperfect,    isse. 

193.  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

The  tenses  of  incomplete  action  have  the  same  tense 
signs  in  the  passive  as  in  the  active,  save  that  in  the 
second  singular  future  indicative  passive  the  tense  sign 
of  the  first  and  second  conjugations  is  be. 

The  composition  of  the  tenses  of  completed  action  has 
been  explained. 

194.  The  Infinitive. 

ACTIVE   VOICE. 

Present.     Present  stem  -|-  re  in  1st,  2d,  and  4th  conjugations, 
-f-  ere  in  3d^ 

*  Substituted  for  the  stem  vowel. 


THE   VERB   REVIEWED. 

Perfect.     Perfect  stem  -|-  isse. 

Future.     Future  active  participle  and  esse. 

PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Present.     Present  stem  -|-  ri  in  1st,  2d,  and  4th  conjugations. 

-j-  I  in  the  3d. 

Perfect.     Perfect  passive  participle,  and  esse. 
Future.     Supine  in  um  and  irl,  or  perfect  passive  participle 
and  fore. 

195.  Participles. 

ACTIVE. 
Present.     Pres.  stem  -|-  ns  in  1st  and  2d  Conjugations. 

-|-  ens  in  3d  and  4th. 
Future.     Participial  stem,  substituting  -urus,  -a,  -um,  for  o. 

PASSIVE. 

Perfect.     Participial  stem,  substituting  -us,  -a,  -um,  for  o. 

GERUND. 

Present  stem  -|-  ndl,  -o,  -um,  in  1st  and  2d  Conjugations. 
-j-  endi,  -5,  -um,  in  3d  and  4th. 

GERUNDIVE. 

Present  stem  +  ndus,  -a,  -um,  in  1st  and  2d  Conjugations. 
-f-  endus,  -a,  -um,  in  3d  and  4th. 

SUPINE. 
Participial  stem,  substituting  -um,  -u,  for  o. 

Accusative  and  Ablative  of  Time. 

196.  Time  how  long  (duration  of  time)  is  expressed  by 
the  accusative,  time  at  which  or  within  which  (a  point  of 
time)  by  the  ablative.     Thus  :  — 

Multos  annos  bellum  gerebant,   they  carried  on  war 
many  years. 


94  LATIN  LESSONS. 

1116  anno  Cicero  consul  erat,  Cicero  was  consul  that 
year. 

Bodem  tempore  venimus,  we  came  at  the  same  time. 


The  Locative. 

197.  In  very  old  Latin  there  was  a  special  case-form 
to  indicate  the  place  where.    This  was  called  the  LOCATIVE 
case.     It  coalesced  in  most  of  its  forms  with  the  ablative, 
but  was  retained  in  the  names  of  towns  and  small  islands 
and  in  a  few  other  nouns  through  all  periods  of  the  lan- 
guage.    Study  the  following  expressions  : 

Roma,  Rome  Romae,  at  Rome. 

Corinthus,  Corinth  Corinthi,  at  Corinth. 

Karthago,  Carthage       •}  ^arthagi ni'  I  at  Carthage. 
(  Karthagme, ) 

Athenae,  Athens  Athenis,  at  Athens. 

Vei,  Veii  Veis,  at  Veii. 

Sardes,  Sardis  Sardibus,  at  Sardis. 

humus,  ground  huml,  on  the  ground, 

domus,  house  domi,  at  home, 

rus,  country  rtire,  in  the  country, 
domi  bellique,  domi  militiaeque,  at  home  and  in  the  field. 

198.  What  other  case  does  the  locative  resemble  in  the 
singular  of  the  first  and  second  declensions  ?     What  in 
the  singular  of  the  third  declension  ?     What  case  in  the 
plural  of  all  three  declensions  ? 

199.  With   names   of   towns  (and  small  islands)  the 
place  at  which  is  expressed  by  the  LOCATIVE,  the  place 
to  which  by  the  ACCUSATIVE,  the  place  from  which  by 
the  ABLATIVE,  without  any  preposition.     Thus  :  — 

Lacedaemone  her!  prefect!,  hodie  Corinthi  manemus, 
eras  ibimus  Athenas,  having  started  from  Sparta  yesterday, 
we  stay  at  Corinth  to-day,  and  shall  go  to  Athens  to-morrow. 


THE  LOCATIVE.  95 

200.  Vocabulary. 

arx,  st.  arc-,  f.,  citadel.  par  cere,  -6,  peperci,  parci- 

auf ugere,  -io,  -fugi,  to  escape.       turn,  to  spare, 
clarus,  -a,  -um,  bright,  famous,  recipere,  -io,  -cepi,  -ceptus, 
condere,    -didl,   -ditus,    to        to  receive. 

found.  sanus,  -a,  -um,  sound,  healthy, 

evertere,  -6,  -verti,  -versus,   sequi,  -or,  secutus,  to  follow. 

to  overthrow.  socer,  -erl,  m.,  father-in-law, 

fulmen,  st.  fulmin-,  n.,  light-    sonus,  -I,  m.,  a  sound. 

ning.  tempus,  st.  temper-,  n.,  time, 

gener,  -erl,  m.,  son-in-law.         transf  erre,  -f  ero,  -tull,  -latus, 
hasta,  -ae,  f.,  spear.  to  move,  transfer, 

matrimonium,  -I,  n.,  marriage,  valde,  very  much,  greatly. 

Exercise. 

201.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Quo  anno  post  urbem  conditam  Marius  creatus  est  consul  ? 

2.  Illo  tempore  multi  fulmen  viderunt  sonumque  audiverunt. 

3.  Rure  in  urbem  eamus  et  quae  gerantur  discamus.     4.  Sua 
non   solum   recipere   sed   etiam    secum  domum  ferre  volt.     5. 
Amicis  ad  se  receptis  domi  multos  dies  mansit.     6.  In  matri- 
monium  earn   duxit   et   nunc   cum  socero   manet  Athenis.     7. 
Caesar,  non  Cicero,  natus  est  Romae.     8.  Ex  urbe  aufugiemus 
nostraque  omnia  rus  transferemus.     9.  Valde  cupimus  te  videre 
Corinth!  ut  Athenas  nobiscum  eas.     10.  Peto  ut  mihi  parcas  et 
domi  me  relinquas. 

202.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  I  cannot  understand  why,  having  been  born  in  the  city,  you 
prefer  to  remain  in  the  country.  2.  We  shall  set  out  from  home 
to-morrow.  3.  You  do  not  think  that  he  will  stay  here  many 
years,  do  you?  5.  Let  the  envoy  ask  the  Cimbrians  not  to 
destroy  the  city  this  year.  6.  After  Rome  had  been  founded 
Romulus  waged  war  for  many  years.  7.  He  was  very  anxious 


96 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


to  marry  the  king's  daughter,  to  become  king  himself,  and  to  die 
famous.     8.  Did  you  stay  many  months  at  Rome  ? 

Grammatical  References. 

See  178  and  also  A.  &  S.  208,  225,  423-427  ;  A.  &  G.  256- 
259 ;  G.  11, 112,  116,  148,  337,  338,  392,  393,  410-412 ;  H. 
201-220,  241-248,  379,  380,  425-430. 


LESSON   XXVII. 

FORMATION  OF  ADVERBS  FROM  ADJECTIVES.— 
COMPARISON.  — THE  ABLATIVE  'WITH  COMPARA- 
TIVES. 

203.  Study  the  following  pairs  of  adjectives  and  ad- 
verbs :  — 


darns,  bright 
audax,  bold 
laetus,  glad 
felix,  happy 
pulcher,  beautiful 
f  ortis,  brave 
liber,  free 
velox,  swift 
saevos,  savage 
acer,  sharp 
aequus,  equal 
crudelis,  cruel 
tardus,  slow 
turpis,  base 
pravos,  wicked 
gravis,  heavy 
acerbus,  bitter 
levis,  light 
aptus,  fit 
lenis,  gentle 


clare,  brightly. 

audacter,  audaciter,  boldly. 

laete,  gladly. 

f ellciter,  happily. 

pulchre,  beautifully. 

fortiter,  bravely. 

libere,  freely. 

velociter,  swiftly. 

saeve,  savagely. 

acriter,  sharply. 

aeque,  equally. 

crudeliter,  cruelly. 

tarde,  slowly. 

turpiter,  basely. 

prave,  wickedly. 

graviter,  heavily. 

acerbe,  bitterly. 

leviter,  lightly. 

apte,  fitly. 

leniter,  gently. 


COMPAKISON    OF    ADJECTIVES    AND   ADVERBS. 


97 


How  are  adverbs  formed  from  adjectives  of  the  first 
and  second  declensions,  so  far  as  can  be  judged  from  the 
above  list?  How  from  adjectives  of  the  third  declen- 
sion? 

Comparison  of  Adjectives  and  Adverbs. 

204.  Examine  the  following  words :  — 

POSITIVE.  COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

clarus,  bright  clarior,  brighter       clarissimus, 

brightest, 
antlquus,  old  antiquior,  older       antiquissimus, 

oldest. 

carus,  dear  carior,  dearer  carissimus,  highest, 

altus,  high  altior,  higher  altissimus,  dearest, 

mitis,  mild  mitior,  milder  mitissimus, 

mildest, 
f ortis,  brave  fortior,  braver          fortissimus, 

bravest, 
lenis,  gentle  lenior,  gentler          lenissimus, 

gentlest, 
audax,  bold  audacior,  bolder      audacissimus, 

boldest, 
clare,  brightly  clarius,  more  clarissime,  most 

brightly  brightly, 

fortiter,  bravely        fortius,  more  fortissimo,  most 

bravely  bravely. 

audacter,  boldly       audacius,  more       audacissime,   most 
boldly  boldly. 

How,  then,  may  the  comparative  of  an  adjective  be 
formed  from  the  stem  of  the  positive  when  that  stem 
ends  in  a  vowel  ?  How  may  the  superlative  be  formed  ? 
What  very  slight  difference  is  involved  when  the  stem 
ends  in  a  consonant?  How  are  the  comparative  and 
superlative  of  adverbs  formed  ? 


98 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


205.  Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 
clarior,  brighter.    Stem  clariSr- 


Singular. 

M.  &  F.  N. 

N.&V.  clarior          clarius 
Gen.       clarioris       clarioris 
Dat.        clarion         clarion" 


Plural. 

M.  &  F.  N. 

clariores         clariora 
clariorum      clariorum 
clarioribus    clarioribus 


Ace.        clariorem     clarius          clariores  (-Is)  clariora 
Abl.        clariore  (-1)  clariore  (-1)  clarioribus    clarioribus 

You  will  see  that  this  comparative  shows  less  tendency 
to  i-stem  forms  than  other  adjectives  of  the  third  declen- 
sion. 

206.  Study  the  following  words  :  — 

POSITIVE.  COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

miser,  wretched  miserior  miserrimus 

pulcher,  beautiful  pulchrior  pulcherrimus 

acer,  sharp  acrior  acerrimus 

celer,  quick  celerior  celerrimus 

misere,  wretchedly  miserius  miserrime 

pulchre,  beautifully  pulchrius  pulcherrime 

acriter,  sharply  acrius  acerrime 

celeriter,  quickly  celerius  celerrime 

How,  then,  does  the  superlative  seem  to  be  formed  from 
adjectives  in  -er  ? 

207.  Learn  the  following  :  — 

POSITIVE.  COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

f acilis,  easy  facilior  facillimus 

humilis,  low  humilior  humillimus 

similis,  like  similior  simillimus 

bonus,  good  melior  optinaus 

malus,  bad  peior  pessimus 


COMPARISON  OF   ADJECTIVES   AND   ADVERBS.         99 

magnus,  great  maior  maximus 

parvos,  small  minor  minimus 

multus,  much  plus  *  plurimus 

bene,  well  melius  optime 

male,  ill  peius  pessime 

parve,  slightly  minus  minime 

208.    Examine  the  following  expressions  :  — 
.j     Altior  es  quam  frater,  )  you  are  taller  than  your 
Altior  es  fratre,  j      brother. 

9    Dicis  te  altiorem  esse  quam  f ratrem,  >  you  sa-Y  y™  are 
A  Dicis  te  altiorem  esse  fratre,  f   taller  than  your 

f    brother. 

3.  Luna  terrae  propior  est  sole,  the  moon  is  nearer  the 

earth  than  the  sun  is. 

4.  Luna  terrae  propior  est  quam  s5li,  the  moon  is  nearer 

to  the  earth  than  to  the  sun. 

5.  Tuus  liber  pulchrior  est  quam  fratris,  your  book  is 

prettier  than  your  brother's. 

6.  Haec  via  brevis  sed  periculosior  est,  this  way  is  short 

but  rather  dangerous. 

7.  Altissimus  ex  tribus  es,  you  are  the  tallest  of  the  three. 

8.  Altissimus  ille  est  mons,  that  mountain  is  a  very  high 

one. 

9.  Fortissime  pugnabant,  they  were  fighting  most  bravely. 

You  may  infer  from  these  examples  that  when  two 
things  are  compared,  if  the  first  is  nominative  or  accusa- 
tive, the  second  may  be  put  in  the  same  case  with  quam, 
"  than,"  or  in  the  ablative  without  quam ;  otherwise 
quam  must  be  used,  and  both  words  are  in  the  same 
case.  You  will  see  that  no  word  is  needed  in  Latin  to 
correspond  to  the  English  "  that  of  "  with  a  genitive  as 
the  second  term  of  a  comparison,  as  in  the  fifth  example. 
Notice  also  the  translation  of  the  comparative  and  superla- 

*  The  neuter  is  the  only  gender  used  in  the  singular  of  this  compara- 
tive. 


100  LATIN  LESSONS. 

tive  in  the  sixth  example  and  in  the  last  two  examples  ; 
the  comparative  and  superlative  are  often  so  used. 

Exercise. 

209.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Proelio    acrius    commisso    clariores   fiunt  son!  annorum. 

2.  Nunc  quidem  felicior  sum  fratre,  tecum  autem  felicissimus 
ero.     3.  Potesne  mihi  dicere  quis   "matre  pulchra   Mia   pul- 
chrior"    scripserit?     Non.     Legendo   disces.     4.    Pedites  qui- 
dem *   fortissime    pugnant,    equites    autem  f    tardius  e    castris 
educuntur.     5.  Scltisne  omnem  collem  humillimum  esse  montem  ? 

6.  Rem  bene  gerendo  divitior  Crasso  factus  es.     7.  Tui  liberi 
leniores  sunt  quam  regis.     8.  Quis  mihi  nomen  veterrimae  in 
terra  urbis  dicere  potest  ?     9.  Non  solum  maximos  et  optimos 
sed  etiam  minimos  et  pessimos  eras  mecum  rus  ituros  spero. 
10.  Nonne  hie  liber  difficilior  ?    Est  quidem,  sed  non  difficilli- 
mus. 

210.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  Who  in  Rome  was  more  illustrious  than  Caesar  ?  2.  The 
king's  son-in-law  has  conducted  this  affair  most  wretchedly. 

3.  The  slaves  were  beaten  cruelly,  and  most   of   them  were 
killed.     4.  The  sun  is  brighter  by  day  than  the  moon  by  night. 
5.  Having  gained  this  very  high    mountain,  the  soldiers  will 
easily  be  persuaded  to  fight  more  bravely.     6.  We  think  that 
this  is  the  best  thing  to  do,  and  we  shall  try  to  do  it  well. 

7.  He  seems  to  be  more  like  his  father  than  his  mother.    8.  The 
wounded  soldiers  fell  fighting  very  bravely.     9.  We  cannot  say 
that  this  city  is  older  than  the  hills. 

*  Quidem  is  often  used  thus  to  emphasize  a  word  in  Latin  where  it  is 
best  translated  by  putting  special  stress  of  voice  upon  the  equivalent  of 
the  word  before  it.  The  translation  "indeed"  is  objectionable,  partly 
because  quidem  is  used  much  of  tener  in  Latin  than  anybody  but  the  over- 
enthusiastic  employs  "  indeed  "  in  English,  and  partly  because  this  latter 
word  is  so  frequently  used  in  translation  to  cover  ignorance  of  what  the 
Latin  thought  really  is. 

t  Autem  is  a  mild  word  for  "  but,"  often  indicating  a  transition  such 
as  we  express  by  "  however."  Sometimes  the  transition  is  so  slight  that 
"  and  "  best  renders  the  autem.  It  never  stands  first  in  its  clause. 


NUMERALS.  101 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  163-176,  292,  293,  416 ;  A.  &  G.  89-93, 148,  247 ; 
G.  86-91,  399  ;  H.  160-170,  304,  306,  417. 

LESSON   XXVIII. 

NUMERALS.  —  ALTER,   ALIUS,    ETC.  —  PARTITIVE 
GENITIVE. 

211.  Numbers    which     answer    the    question    "  how 
many?"  are  called  cardinal  numbers,  as  five,  sixty.    The 
first  ten  cardinal  numbers  in  Latin  are :  — 

unus,  one.  sex,  six. 

duo,  two.  septem,  seven, 

tres,  three.  oct5,  eight, 

quattuor,  four.  novem,  nine, 

qumque,  five.  decem,  ten. 

212.  Unus,  duo,  and  tres  are  declined  as  follows ;  tne 
others  are  indeclinable  :  — 

unus,  one. 
Stem  uno-  una-  uno- 

Singular.  Plural. 

m.                 f.                  n.                  m.  f.  n. 

Nom.  unus  una  unum  uni  unae  una 

Gen.  unius  unius  unius  unorum    unarum  unorum 

Dat.  uni  uni  uni  unis  unis  unis 

Ace.  unum  unam  unum  unos  unas  una 

Voc.  une  una  unum  uni  unae  una 

Abl.  uno  una  uno  unis  unis  unis 

duo,  two.  tres,  three. 

tri- 

m.  fyf.  n. 

tres  tria 

trium  trium 
tribus  tribus 
tres  trja 


Stem 

duo- 

dua- 

duo- 

m. 

/. 

n. 

N.&V. 

duo 

duae 

duo 

Gen. 

duorum 

duarum 

duorum 

D.  &  Ab. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

Ace. 

duos  (duo) 

duas 

duo 

OFTHR 

UNIVERSITY 


102 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


NOTE.  The  plural  of  unus  is  used  with  nouns  which  have  no  singular 
or  have  a  different  sense  in  the  singular,  as,  unae  nuptiae,  one  wedding  j 
una  castra,  one  camp  ;  or  with  the  meaning  "  alone,"  as,  uni  Galli 
venerunt,  the  Gauls  alone  came. 

213.  Numbers  which  answer  the  question,  "  Of  what 
rank  or  place  in  a  series  ?  "  are  called  ordinal  numbers, 
as  second,  twenty-first.  The  first  ten  ordinal  numbers  in 
Latin  are :  — 


primus,  -a,  -urn,  first, 
secundus,  -a,  -tun,  second, 
tertius,  -a,  -um,  third. 
quartus.  -a,  -um,  fourth, 
quintus,  -a,  -um,  fifth. 


sextus,  -a,  -um,  sixth. 
Septimus,  -a,  -um,  seventh, 
octavos,  -a,  -om,  eighth, 
norms,  -a,  -um,  ninth, 
decimus,  -a,  -um,  tenth. 


214.    Learn  the  following  paradigms  :  — 

alius,  another.  totus,  whole. 


m. 

f. 

n. 

m. 

f. 

n. 

Stem 

alio- 

alia- 

alio- 

toto- 

tota- 

toto- 

Singular. 

Norn. 

alius 

alia 

aliud 

totus 

tota 

totum 

Gen. 

alius 

alius 

alius 

totius 

totius 

totius 

Dat. 

alii 

alii 

ali! 

tots 

toti 

toti 

Ace. 

alium 

ali  am 

aliud 

totum 

totam 

totum 

Abl. 

alio 

alia 

alio 

toto 

tota 

toto 

alter,  the  other.  neuter,  neither. 

m.  f.  n.  m.  f.  n. 

Stem     altero-       altera-       altero-  neutro-  neutra-         neutro- 

Singular. 

Nom.     alter          altera        alterum  neuter  neutra          neutrum 

Gen.       alterius     alterius     alterius  neutrius  neutrius       neutrius 

Dat.      alteri         alteri         alter!  neutri  neutri 

Ace.       alterum     alteram     alterum  neutrum  neutram 

Abl.       altero        altera        altero  neutro 


neutri 
neutrum 
neutra          neutro 


215.  You  will  see  that  these  words,  like  the  numeral 
unus,  are  declined  like  regular  adjectives  of  the  first  and 
second  declensions,  except  that  in  the  genitive  and  dative 
singular  (alius  also  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  sin- 


OF  THB 

IVERSITY 


PARTITIVE    GENITIVE. 

gular  neuter)  they  have  forms  like  the  pronouns  iste  and 
ille.  The  plural  is  perfectly  regular.  Like  neuter  is 
declined  uter,  utra,  utrum,  which  ?  (of  two),  and  like  totus 
are  declined  ullus,  any ;  nullus,  none ;  solus,  alone. 
Arrange  the  words  alphabetically,  and  learn  the  list. 

NOTE.     The  genitive  alms  is  rare,  alterius  taking  its  place,  or  (in  a 
possessive  sense)  the  adjective  alienus,  "  belonging  to  another." 

216.  Learn    and    remember    the    following    distinc- 
tions :  — 

Alter,  the  other  (of  two)  ;  alius,  another  (of  several). 
Uter,  which  ?  (of  two)  ;  quis,  which?  (of  several). 
Neuter,  neither  (of  two)  ;  nullus,  none  (of  several). 
Alter  .  .  .  alter,  the  one  ...  the  other  ;  alius  .  .  .  alius, 

one  .  .  .  another. 
Alteri  .  .  .  alterl,  the  one  party  ...  the  other  party ;  alii 

.  .  .  alii,  some  .  .  .  others. 

Partitive  Genitive. 

217.  Study  the  following  expressions :  — 

Magnus  militum  numerus,  a  great  nnmber  of  soldiers. 
Duo  mllia  equitum  caesa  sunt,  two  thousand  horsemen 

were  slain. 

Satis  habet  eloquentiae,  he  has  enough  eloquence. 
Ubi  terrarum  sumus,  where  in  the  world  are  we  ? 
Fortissimus  Romanorum,  the  bravest  of  the  Romans. 
Tantum  gl5riae  habebitis,  so  much  glory  will  ye  have. 
Plus  honSris  habet  haec  res  quam  Iab5ris,  this  thing 

has  more  honor  than  toil  in  it. 

The  genitive  thus  used  to  denote  that  of  which  a  part 
only  is  taken  is  called  the  PARTITIVE  GENITIVE.  It  is 
often  used  where  in  English  an  adjective  is  made  to  agree 
directly  with  a  noun,  as  in  the  second,  third,  and  last  ex- 
amples above. 


104  LATIN   LESSONS. 

Reading  Selection.* 

218.  Translate  into  English,  studying  each  sentence  in 
the  order  of  its  words,  as  directed  in  115  :  — 

Antiquissimis  temporibus  Saturnus *  in  I  taliam  venisse 2  dici- 
tur.  Ibi  haud  procul  a  laniculo  8  arcem  condidit  eamque  Satur- 
niam  appellavit.  Hie  Italos  primus4  agri  culturam  docuit. 
Postea5  Latmus  in  illis  regionibus  imperavit.  Sub  hoc  rege 
Troia  6  in  Asia  e  versa  est.7 

Hinc  Aeneas,8  Anchisae 8  filius,  cum  multis  Troianis,  quibus 

*  From  this  point  on,  the  special  vocabularies  will  be  omitted,  and 
the  pupil  will  find  the  meanings  of  new  words  in  the  general  vocabulary 
at  the  end  of  the  book.  The  intelligent  use  of  a  general  vocabulary,  as  an 
introduction  to  learning  how  to  manage  a  large  lexicon,  cannot  be  acquired 
too  early. 

1  Saturnus,  according  to  Roman  tradition,  came  to  Italy  when  its  orig- 
inal inhabitants  were  still  in  an  uncivilized  condition,  and  became  their 
king.     He  civilized  them,  and  had  so  prosperous  a  reign  that  the  period 
was  ever  after  known  as  the    "  Golden  Age."       Saturnus    himself  was 
deified,  and,  when  the  Romans  adopted  the  Greek  gods,  was  identified  (or 
more  properly  confused)  with  Kpovos.     The  name  Saturnus  is  derived 
from  serere,  to  sow,  plant  (participle  satus). 

2  See  A.  &  S.  534  ;  A.  &  G.  330  a,  1  ;  G.  528  ;  H.  534,  1. 

3  See  map,  p.  105,  3  D. 

4  See  A.  &  S.  557,  1 ;  A.  &  G.  191 ;  G.  324,  R.  7;  H.  442. 

5  Before  looking  up  in  the  vocabulary  a  word  which  you  have  never 
seen  before,  always  try  to  infer  its  meaning  from  some  knowledge  which 
you  already  possess.     Thus,  knowing  post  and  ea,  you  should  be  able 
to  translate  this  adverb  postea. 

6  According  to  the  legend,  the  Trojan  prince  Paris  was  made  referee  in 
a  contest  among  the  goddesses  Juno,  Minerva,  and  Venus  as  to  which  was 
the  most  beautiful.     He  decided  in  favor  of  Venus,  who,  to  reward  him, 
promised  him  the  most  beautiful  woman  in  the  world  as  his  wife.     This 
was  Helen,  the  wife  of  Menelaus,  of  Sparta  in  Greece.     Paris  carried  off 
Helen  to  Troy,  and  the  Greeks  rallied  round  Menelaus,  sailed  to  Asia,  and 
laid  siege  to  Troy,  which  they  captured  and  destroyed  after  a  ten  years' 
war.     tineas,  the  son  of  Anchises  and  Venus,  was  the  most  prominent  of 
the  Trojans  who  escaped  death  at  the  hands  of  the  Greeks.     For  the  sit- 
uation of  Troy,  see  map,  p.  181,  7  C. 

7  When  thus  unemphatic,  est  loses  its  e  in  pronunciation  after  a  word 
ending  in  a  vowel  or  in  m.     Hence  we  say  eversa'st. 

8  For  the  declension  of  these  Greek  names  taken  into  Latin,  see  A.  & 


IN    THE    TIME    OF    THE 

REPUBLIC 


OF  THB 

UNIVERSITY 


PARTITIVE   GENITIVE.  105 

ferrum  Graecorum  pepercerat,  aufugit  et  in  Italiam  pervenit. 
Ibi  Latmus  rex  ei  bemgne  recepto  filiam  Laviniam  in  matri- 
monium  dedit.  Aeneas  urbem  condidit,  quam  in  honorem 
coniugis  Lavmium  appellavit. 

Post  Aeneae  mortem  Ascanius,  Aeneae  filius,1  regnum  acce- 
pit.  Hie  sedem  regni  in  alium  locum  transtulit  urbemque  con- 
didit in  monte  Albano  2  eamque  Albam  Longam  nuncupavit. 
Eum  secutus  est  Silvius,  qui  post  Aeneae  mortem  a  Lavinia 
genitus  est.  Eius  poster!  omnes  usque  ad  Romam  conditam 
Albae  regnaverunt.  Unus  horum  regum,  Romulus  Silvius,  se 
love  3  maiorem  esse  dicebat  et  cum  tonaret  4  militibus  impera- 
vit  ut  clupeos  hastis  percuterent,  dicebatque  hunc  sonum  multo  6 
clariorem  esse  quam  tonitrum.6  Fulmine  ictus  et  in  Albanum 
lacum  7  praecipitatus  8  est. 

NOTE.  Let  the  pupil  observe  how  distinctly  the  emphasis  of  the  words 
in  the  above  extract  is  marked  by  their  arrangement.  It  is  suggested  that 
he  change  the  order  of  the  words  in  some  of  the  sentences,  and  notice  how 
the  ideas  are  thus  presented  from  slightly  different  points  of  view.  Let 
him  also  study  and  imitate  the  clearness  with  which  the  connection  of  the 
thought  is  brought  out  by  often  putting  as  the  emphatic  first  word  of  a 
sentence  some  word  which  refers  directly  to  one  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
sentence  before. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  144-147,  184,  185 ;  A.  &  G.  83,  105  ;  G.  35,  105 ; 
H.  151,  189-191. 

S.  94 ;  A.  &  G.  37  ;  G.  72 ;  H.  50.  For  the  quantity  of  e  in  Aeneae,  see 
A.  &  S.  38  c  ;  A.  &  G.  347,  a  4;  G.  703,  7 ;  H.  577,  5. 

1  It  may  seem  as  if  it  would  be  more  natural  to  make  filius  rather 
than  Aeneae  emphatic  here,  but  the  writer  wishes  to  hint  that  Ascanius 
was  the  son  of  Aeneas  only,  not  of  Aeneas  and  Lavinia,  that  is,  the  son  of 
Aeneas  and  his  first  wife  (Creusa),  who  had  died  at  Troy. 

2  A  rocky  mountain  not  far  from  Rome  and  towards  the  southeast. 

3  From  luppiter. 

4  Cum  is  a  particle  of  time  here,  meaning  "  when,"  —  cum  tonaret, 
when  it  was  thundering,  i.  e.,  during  a  thunder  storm. 

5  See  A.  &  S.  415,  557,  c  ;  A.  &  G.  250 ;  G.  400  ;  H.  423. 
0  What  must  this  word  mean  ? 

7  This  was  a  little  southeast  of  Rome,  and  west  of  Mount  Albanus. 

8  This  word  is  derived  indirectly  from  caput,  head ;  what  does  it  mean  ? 


106 


LATIN  LESSONS. 


LESSON    XXIX. 

NUMERALS  (continued).  —  DATIVE  AND  GENITIVE 
OP  POSSESSOR.  —  GENITIVE  AND  ABLATIVE  OF 
CHARACTERISTIC.  —  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS. 

219.    Learn  the  following  numbers  :  — 


undecim.  eleven; 
duodecim.  twelve ; 
tredecim.  thirteen ; 

quattuordecim,  fourteen 
quindecim.  fifteen ; 
sedecim,  sixteen ; 
septendecim,  seventeen ; 

duodeviginti,  eighteen ; 
undeviginti,  nineteen ; 

viginti.  twenty ; 


undecimus,  -a,  -um,  eleventh, 
duodecimus,  -a,  -um,  twelfth, 
tertius  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  -a, 

-um,  thirteenth, 
quartus  (-a,  -um)  decimus. 

-a,  -um,  fourteenth, 
quintus  (-a,  -um)  decimus, 

-a.  -um,  fifteenth, 
sextus  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  -a, 

-um,  sixteenth, 
septimus  (-a,  -um)  decimus. 

-a,  -um,  seventeenth, 
duodevicesimus,  eighteenth, 
undevicesimus,     -a.      -um. 

nineteenth. 

vicesimus,    -a,    -um,     twen- 
tieth. 

vicesimus  primus. )  twenty- 
unus  et  vicesimus,  j  first. 


viginti  unus,      )  twenty- 
unus  et  viginti,  j"    one ; 

220.  Either  the  dative  or  the  genitive  may  be  used 
with  esse  to  denote  the  POSSESSOR  of  a  thing,  the  thing 
possessed  being  the  subject  of  the  verb.     This  dative  is 
called  the  DATIVE  OF  POSSESSOR  ;  the  genitive  is  a  variety 
of  the  PREDICATE  GENITIVE.     Thus  :  — 

Est  liber  puero,  the  boy  has  a  book. 
Fratris  est  equus,  the  horse  is  brother's. 

221.  The  ablative  is  used  to  denote  a  PHYSICAL  quality ; 


INDEFINITE  PEONOUNS.  107 

as,  mulier  statura  humili,  a  woman  of  short  stature.  For 
other  qualities  either  the  genitive  or  the  ablative  may  be 
used  ;  as,  magna  virtute  miles,  or,  magnae  virtutis 
miles,  a  soldier  of  great  bravery. 

NOTE.     In  this  use  both  the   genitive  and  the  ablative  always  have  an 
adjective  agreeing  with  them,  as  in  the  examples. 

222.  The  genitive  is  often  used  with  esse  to  denote 
the  person  or  thing  whose  DUTY,  CHAEACTERISTIC  or  BUSI- 
NESS anything  is  ;  as,  virtus  boni  est  militis,  courage  is 
the   mark   of   a  good   soldier ;   temeritas  est  florentis 
aetatis,  recklessness  belongs  to  the  bloom  of  life. 

Indefinite  Pronouns. 

223.  Learn  the  following  paradigms :  — 

Aliquis,  some  one,  anyone. 

Singular. 

M.  F.  N. 

Norn.       aliquis  (aliqui)  aliqua  aliquid  (aliquod) 

Gen.        alicuius  alicuius  alicuius 

Dat.         alicui  alicui  alicui 

Ace.         aliquem  aliquam  aliquid  (aliquod) 

Abl.         aliquo  aliqua  aliquo 


Plural. 

Norn.       aliqui 

aliquae 

aliqua 

Gen.        aliquorum. 

aliquarum 

aliquorum 

D.  &  A.   aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Ace.         aliqu5s 

aliquas 

aliqua 

224.  The  other  indefinite  pronouns  are  quflibet, 
quivis,  quidam,  declined  like  qui ;  quis,  quispiam  and 
quisquam,  declined  like  the  interrogative  quis,  but  quis- 
piam has  in  the  plural  only  the  feminine  nominative 
quaepiam,  and  quisquam  has  no  feminine  and  no  plural. 


108  LATIN  LESSONS. 

225.  The  order  of  the  indefinite  pronouns  from  greatest 
to  least  indefiniteness  is  as  follows  :  — 
Quisquam,  any  one  whatever. 
Qullibet, 


Quis,  any. 

Aliquis,  some  one  or  other. 
Quispiam,  some  one. 
Quldam,  some  particular  one. 

Exercise. 

226.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

Silvius  Procas,  rex  Albanorum,1  duos  filios  reliquit,  Numitorem 
et  Amulium.  Horum  minor  natu,  Amulius,  fratri  optionem 
dedit,  utrum  regnum  habere  vellet  an  bona  quae  pater  reliquisset. 
Numitor  paterna  2  bona  praetulit  ;  Amulius  regnum  obtinuit. 

Amulius,  ut  regnum  firmissime  possideret,  Numitoris  8  filium 
per  insidias  interemit  et  filiam  fratris,  Rheam  Silviam,  Vestalem 
virginem  fecit.  Nam  his  Vestae  4  sacerdotibus  non  licet  viro  5 
nubere.  Sed  haec  a  Marte  geminos  filios  Romulum  et  Remum 
peperit.6  Hoc  cum  Amulius  comperisset  matrem  in  vincula 
coniecit,  pueros  autem  in  Tiberim  7  abici  iussit. 

1  Do  not  yield  to  the  temptation  to  make  Albanorum  rather  than  rex 
emphatic  here.     The  tendency  to  say  "  the  king  of  the  Albans  "  comes  from 
regarding  the  passage  as  the  beginning  of  a  story,  when  it  is  in  reality  a 
continuation  of  what  has  already  been  said  about  the  Albans,  and  the  writer 
wishes  to  mark  Silvius  Procas  distinctly  as  their  king. 

2  Notice  how  delicately  Numitor'  s  feeling  for  his  father  is  brought  out 
by  making  paterna  emphatic. 

3  Why  is  Numitoris  fHium  written  rather  than  fflium  Numitoris  ? 

4  Vesta  was  the  goddess  of  the  hearth,  the  centre  of  the  family  life. 
Her  ever-burning  fire  was  supposed  to  have  been  brought  from  Troy  by 
Aeneas,  and  was  tended  by  her  priestesses  in  her  temple  in  the  Forum. 
See  map,  p.  105,  6  C. 

5  The  idea  of  marrying  is  of  course  emphatic  here,  but  the  important 
part  of  that  idea  is  contained  in  viro,  not  in  nubere  ;  hence  the  order  of 
the  words. 

6  From  parere. 

7  For  this  accusative  form  see  A.  &  S.  113,  a  ;  A.  &  G.  56,  a,  I  ;  G.  60, 
2  a  ;  H.  62,  ii.  2  (1). 


NUMERALS.  109 

227.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  A  certain  king  had  two  sons,  the  one  of  whom  was  good,  the 
other  very  bad.  Tell  me  which  of  the  two  sons  preferred  his 
father's  goods.  Can  you  ?  2.  The  younger  of  these  two  sons 
was  worse  than  the  elder,  was  he  not  ?  3.  Aeneas,  tjie  son  of 
Anchises,  founded  a  city  which  he  called  Lavinium.  4.  I  will 
give  you  your  choice  :  whether  you  prefer  to  remain  in  the  country 
or  to  go  home.  5.  I  have  an  aged  father  at  home.  6.  The 
soldiers  crossed  a  river  of  very  great  depth.  7.  The  messenger 
reported  that  the  lovely  girl  had  died  in  her  eighteenth  year. 

8.  It  is  a  mark  of  a  brave  man  to  die  willingly  for  his  country. 

9.  When  the  king  had  learned  where  the  boys  were,  he  ordered 
them  to  be  killed. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  156-162,  356,  357,  384,  411 ;  A.  &  G.  94,  214  c, 
215,  231,  251 ;  G.  92-94,  349,  364,  365,  402 ;  H.  111-179, 
387,  396  v.,  401-402,  419,  ii. 


LESSON  XXX. 

NUMERALS  (concluded).  —  WAYS   OF  EXPRESSING 
MEASURE. 

228.  Learn  the  following  numbers :  — 

triginta,  thirty ;  tricesimus, -a,  -urn, )  ^.^^ 

trlgesmms,  -a,  -um, ) 

quadraginta,  forty ;  quadragesimus,  fortieth, 

qumquaginta,  fifty ;  qumquagesimus,  fiftieth, 

sexaginta,  sixty  ;  sexagesimus,  sixtieth, 

septuaginta,  seventy  ;  septuagesimus,  seventieth, 

octoginta,  eighty  ;  oct5gesimus,  eightieth, 

nonaginta,  ninety ;  nonagesimus,  ninetieth, 

centum,  a  hundred  ;  centesimus,  hundredth, 

ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  two  hundred;  ducentesimus,  two  hundredth, 
trecenti,  -ae,  -a,  three  hun-    trecentesimus,     three    hun- 
dred ;  dredth. 


110 


LATIN  LESSONS. 


quadringenti,  four  hundred ; 
quingenti,  five  hundred ; 
sescenti.  six  hundred ; 
septingenti,  seven  hundred ; 
octingenti,  eight  hundred ; 
nongenti,  nine  hundred ; 

mille,  a  thousand ; 

duo  milia,  two  thousand  ; 

centum   mflia,   a   hundred 

thousand ; 
decies  centena(or  centum) 

milia,  a  million  ; 


quadringentesimus,  four 
hundredth. 

quingentesimus,  five  hun- 
dredth. 

sescentesimus,  six  hun- 
dredth. 

septingentesimus,  seven  hun- 
dredth. 

octingentesimus,  eight  hun- 
dredth. 

nongentesimus,  nine  hun- 
dredth. 

millesimus,  thousandth. 

bis  millesimus,  two  thous- 
andth. 

centies  millesimus,  hundred 
thousandth. 

decies  centies  millesimus. 
millionth. 


229.  How  do  the  ordinal  numbers  for  twentieth,  thir- 
tieth, one  hundredth,  two  hundredth,   etc.,  seem  to  be 
formed  from  the  corresponding  cardinals  ?     How  can  you 
distinguish  three  hundred,  four  hundred,  etc.,  from  thirty, 
forty,  etc.  ? 

Measure. 

230.  Measure  may  be  regarded :  (1)  simply  as  so  much 
extent.  (2)  as  the  difference  between  two  amounts,  or  (3) 
as  a  quality  of  something.     It  may  accordingly  be  ex- 
pressed in  Latin  by  (1)  the  ACCUSATIVE  (compare  196), 
(2)  the  ABLATIVE,  and  (3)  the  GENITIVE.     Thus :  — 

(1.)  Tria  passuum  milia  ab  ipsa  urbe  castra  posuit, 

he  pitched  his  camp  three  miles  from  the  city  itself. 
Fossa  quindecim  pedes  lata,  a  ditch  fifteen  feet  broad. 

(2.)  Hibernia  dimidio  minor  quam  Britannia  est,  Ireland 
is  smaller  by  half  than  Britain. 


MEASUEE.  Ill 

Multo  ante  lucis  adventum,  long  before  the  coming  of 

day. 
Quo  difficilius,  h5c  praeclarius,  the  more  difficult,  the 

more  glorious. 
Milibus  passuum  sex  a  Caesaris  castris  consedit,  he 

encamped  six  miles  from  Caesar's  camp. 
(3.)  Vallum   pedum    duodecim,    a    rampart  twelve    feet 

(high). 
Iter  unius  diei,  a  one  day's  journey. 

Exercise. 

231.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

Forte  Tiberis  aqua  ultra  ripam  se  effuderat,  et  cum  pueri  in 
vado  essent  positl,  aqua  refluens  eos  in  sicco  reliquit.  Ad  eorum 
vagitum  lupa  adcurrit  eosque  uberibus  suis  aluit.  Quod  videns 
Faustulus  quidam,  pastor  illius  regionis,  pueros  sustulit *  et 
uxori  Accae  Larentiae  nutriendos 2  dedit.  Sic  Romulus  et 
Remus  pueri tiam  inter  pastores  transegerunt.  Cum  adolevissent 
et  forte  comperissent  quis  ipsorum  avos,  quae  mater  fuisset, 
Amulium  interfecerunt  et  Numitori  avo  regnum  restituerunt. 
Turn  urbem  condiderunt  in  monte  Aventmo,8  quam  Romulus  a 
suo  nomine  Romam  vocavit.  Haec  cum  moenibus4  circum- 
daretur,  Remus  occisus  est,  dum  fratrem  inrldens  moenia 
transiliebat. 

232.  Translate  into  Latin :  - 

1.  The  river  had  already  overflowed  its  banks  and  *  had  left 
the  twins  on  dry  ground.  Seeing  this,t  a  certain  shepherd, 

1  From  tollere. 

2  Nutriendos  is  gerundive,  agreeing  with  pueros  and  expressing  pur- 
pose, =  to  be  brought  up.    See  A.  &  S.  552  (2);  A.  &  G.  294  d;  G. 
431;  H.  544,  note  2. 

3  For  the  situation  of  this  hill  see  map,  p.  105,  6  E. 

4  For  the  two  constructions  possible  with  circumdare,  see  A.  &  S. 
379 ;  A.  &  G.  225  d ;  G.  348  ;  H.  384,  ii.  2. 

*  Do  not  use  a  compound  sentence. 

t  Translate  by  a  word  that  shall  link  this  sentence  closely  to  what  pre- 
cedes. 


112  LATIN   LESSONS. 

Faustulus  by  name,  carried  them  two  miles  and  delivered  them 
to  his  wife  to  be  taken  care  of.  This  happened  not  long  be- 
fore sunset.  2.  We  spend  our  boyhood  amid  many  pleasures. 
None  of  us  is  compelled  to  surround  himself  with  a  wall  ten 
feet  high  ;  for  long  ago  men  learned  that  good  citizens  are  the 
best  and  most  useful  bulwark  of  a  state.  3.  When  he  had 
^grown  up  he  learned  by  chance  which  of  the  two  men  had  tried 
to  kill  his  mother.  4.  Having  founded  a  city  on  a  mountain 
of  great  height  and  beauty,  he  called  it  Rome.  5.  They  came 
to  us  a  little  before  daybreak  and  gave  us  two  lovely  books 
to  read ;  one  was  written  by  a  Greek,  the  other  by  a  Roman. 
6.  We  live  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  eighteen  hundred  and 
ninety-two ;  in  what  year  since  the  discovery  of  America  by 
Columbus  ? 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  156-162,  356,  358  (5)  a,  415,  423 ;  A.  &  G.  94, 
215  b,  255,  257 ;  G.  92-94,  335,  2,  364,  400 ;  H.  171-179, 
379,  396  v.,  423. 

LESSON    XXXI. 
READING  SELECTIONS   AND   EXERCISE. 

233.  Translate  into  English  :  - 

Romulus  ut  civium  numerum  augeret,  asylum  patefecit,  ad 
quod  multi  ex  civitatibus  suis  pulsi l  adcurrerunt.  Sed  novae 
urbis  civibus  coniuges  deerant.  Festum  itaque  Neptum  et  ludos 
Tnstituit.  Ad  hos  cum  multi  ex  finitimis  populis  cum  mulieri- 
bus  et  liberis  venissent,  Roman!  inter  ipsos  ludos  spectantes  vir- 
gines  rapuerunt. 

Populi  ill!  quorum  virgines  raptae  erant  bellum  adversus 
raptores  susceperunt.  Cum  Romae  2  adpropinquarent  forte  in 

1  From  pellere. 

2  We  should  perhaps  expect  an  accusative  of  motion  here  instead  of  this 
dative,  but  the  author  in  using  adpropinquarent  (ad  -}-  propinquus) 
was  thinking  more  of  the  nearness  implied  in  propinquus  than  of  the 
motion  implied  in  ad. 


READING   SELECTIONS   AND   EXERCISE.  113 

Tarpeiam  virginem  inciderunt,  quae  in  arce  sacra  procurabat. 
Hanc  rogabant  ut  viam  in  arcem  monstraret  eique  permiserunt 
ut  munus  sibi  posceret.  Ilia  petiit  ut  sibi  darent  quod  in  sinis- 
tris  manibus  gererent,  anulos  aureos  et  armillas  significans.  At 
hostes  in  arcem  ab  ea  perducti  scutis  Tarpeiain  obruerunt ;  nam 
et1  ea  in  sinistrls  manibus  gerebant. 

234.  Translate  also  the  following  account  of  the  be- 
trayal of  the  citadel :  — 

Spurius  Tarpeius  Romanae  praeerat  arc!.2  Huius  filiam  vir- 
ginem auro  conrumpit  Tatius,3  ut  armatos  in  arcem  accipiat  — 
aquam  forte  ea  turn  saciis  extra  moenia  petitum  ierat ;  —  accept! 
obrutam  armis  necavere,  seu  ut  vi  capta  potius  arx  videretur, 
seu  prodendi  exempli  causa,  ne  quid  usquam  fidum  proditori 
esset.4  Additur  6  f abula,  quod  volgo  Sabini 6  aureas  armillas 
magni  ponderis  bracchio  laevo  gernmatosque  magna  specie  anu- 
los habuerint,  pepigisse 7  earn  quod  in  sinistns  manibus  haberent ; 
eo  scuta  ill!  pro  aureis  donis  congesta.  Sunt  qui  earn,  ex  pacto 
tradendi  quod  in  sinistrls  manibus  esset,  derecto  arma  petisse 
dicant;  et,  fraude  visam  agere,  sua  ipsam  peremptam8  mer- 
cede.  —  Livy,  I.,  xi.,  6. 

1  For  et,  meaning  "  also,"  see  A.  &  S.  573  a. 

2  Arci,  which  properly  applies  to  only  one  of  the  two  hillocks  which 
form  the  top  of  the  Capitoline  Hill,  is  here  applied  to  the  whole  hill. 
The  tradition  followed  in  these  extracts  is  at  fault  as  to  the  position  of  the 
citadel ;  for  this  hill  was  not  yet  a  part  of  Rome. 

3  Titus  Tatius  was  the  king  of  the  Sabines,  who  were  marching  upon 
Rome  to  avenge  the  loss  of  their  daughters  and  wives. 

4  Ne  quid  .  .  .  esset  =  that  in  other  cases  a  traitor  should  find  no- 
thing secure  (i.  e.,  that  no  pledges  to  a  traitor  were  to  be  kept). 

5  Note  the  emphasis.     Additur  f  abula,  etc.,  does  not  mean  "  the  ficti- 
tious statement  that  she  .  .  .  is  added,"  but  "the  story  that  she  ...  is  an 
addition." 

6  Bound  the  country  of  the  Sabines.    See  Frontispiece,  7  E. 

7  From  pangere,  to  stipulate. 

8  What  verb  form  is  to  be  supplied  with  this  participle  ? 


TJNIVERSIT 


114  LATIN  LESSONS. 


LESSON   XXXII. 

COMPOUND  VERBS.  — ABLATIVE  OF  SEPARATION  — 
DATIVE  WITH  COMPOUNDS  OF  ab,  de,  ex,  etc. 

235.  Learn  the  following  words  :  — 

ducere,  to  lead,  draw.  mittere,  to  send,  let  go. 

abducere,   to  lead  or  carry  amittere,  to  send  away,  lose, 

away, 

adducere,  to  lead  to,  induce.*  admittere,  to  send  to,  let  in, 

commit  (a  wrong), 

circumducere,  to  lead  around,  circummittere,   to  send 

around, 

conducere,  to  bring  together,  committere,  to  send  together, 

hire.  entrust  to,  enter  upon,  com- 
mit, 

deducere,  to  bring  away,  es-  demittere,    to    send    or    let 

cort  from  home,t  launch.  down,  lower, 
diducere,  to  lead  apart,  dis-  dlmittere,  to  send  apart,  dis- 
tribute, band, 
educere,  to  lead  out.  emittere,   to  send    out,    put 

forth, 

inducere,  to  bring  into  or  in,  inmittere,   to  send  into,  let 

mislead.  loose, 

introducere,  to  bring  in,  in-  intromittere,  to  send  or  let 

troduce.  in. 

obducere,  to  lead  before,  cov-  omittere,  to  send  off,  give  up, 

er,  obscure.  cease, 

perducere,  to  lead  through,  permittere,  to  let  go  through, 

prolong,  persuade.  allow, 

praeducere,  to  draw  or  make  praemittere,  to  send  before. 

in  front. 

*  Generally  in  a  good  sense,  while  inducere  is  often  used  in  the  sense 
of  "mislead." 

t  A  mark  of  respect  shown  to  prominent  or  elderly  Romans  by  their 
retainers  or  friends. 


COMPOUND  VERBS.  115 

praeterducere,  to  lead  past,  praetermittere,  to  let  go  by, 

(A  very  rare  word.)  pass  over, 

producere,  to  lead  forth,  pro-  promittere,    to    send    forth, 

duce,  prolong.  promise, 

reducere,  to  lead  back,  escort  remittere,  to  send  back,  give 

home.  up. 

subducere,  to  draw  from  un-  submittere,   to   send   or    let 

der,  haul  up,  calculate.  down,  to  send  from  below, 

to  despatch. 

transducere,  )  to  lead  across,  transmittere,  to  send  across, 

traducere,       )      bring  over.  hand  over,  go  abroad. 

236.  You  will  see  that  all  of  the  above  verbs,  except 
two  from  ducere  and  two  from  mittere,  are  compounded 
of  the  simple  verb  and  one  of  the  prepositions  with  which 
you  are  acquainted.     Diducere  and  dlmittere  are  com- 
pounded with  the  inseparable  preposition  dis,  dl,  so  called 
because  it  is  not  used  as  a  word  by  itself.     IntrSducere 
and  intromittere  are  compounded  with  the  adverb  intro, 
a  case-form  from  the  same  worcl  as  intra. 

NOTE.  Almost  all  the  compound  verbs  are  formed  like  these  two  sets 
of  verbs ;  therefore  it  is  evident  that  the  learning  of  compound  verbs  be- 
comes much  easier  when  one  has  a  clear  understanding  of  the  meanings 
of  the  prepositions.  Let  the  pupil  observe  how  the  meaning  of  some  of 
the  above  verbs  is  very  closely  connected  with  the  meanings  of  the  simple 
verb  and  the  preposition  of  which  they  are  compounded,  while  that  of 
others  has  wandered  away  towards  kindred  ideas  or  become  confined  to 
special  applications  of  the  original  idea  ;  and  let  him  try  to  trace  each  of 
'the  meanings  given  above  from  the  original  meanings  of  the  simple  verbs 
and  prepositions. 

237.  The  ablative  is  used  to  express  SEPARATION  and 

PRIVATION,   WANT    OF    A   THING    Or    FREEDOM    FROM    IT. 

Thus :  — 

1.  Hie  vir  pecunia  eget,  this  man  needs  money. 

2.  Ille  orator  non  inops  est  verbis,  that  speaker  is  not 
poor  in  words. 


116  LATIN   LESSONS. 

3.  Hoc  me  libera  metu,  free  me  from  this  fear. 

4.  Possessionibus   suls  pellebant,  they  were  trying  to 
drive  him  from  his  possessions. 

5.  Tails  philosophia  iudicio   nos   spoliat,   sensibus 
orbat,  such  a  philosophy  robs  us  of  our  judgment,  deprives  us 
of  our  senses. 

6.  Ne  a  sociis  nos  secernamus,  let  us  not  separate  our- 
selves from  our  allies. 

7.  Moenia  urbis  defensoribus  vacua  erant,  the  walls 
of  the  city  were  quite  without  defenders. 

8.  At>  incendio  arcem  liberavit,  he  freed  the  citadel  from 
fire. 

9.  Illuin   e  periculo   eripuit,  he  snatched  him  from  the 
danger. 

NOTE.  A  preposition  is  used  with  this  ablative,  if  motion  is  implied, 
and  sometimes  to  give  a  vivid  effect,  as  if  motion  were  involved  in  the 
action.  Compare  the  sixth  and  the  last  two  examples. 

238.  Many  compounds  of  ab,  de,  or  ex,  and  the  verb 
adimere,  take  the  dative,  ^rather  than  the  ablative  when 
the  action  applies  to  a  person,  occasionally  also  when  it 
applies  to  a  thing.     Thus  :  — 

Bona  mihi  extorsistl.  you  have  wrung  my  goods  from  me. 

Mulieri  anulurn  detraxit,  he  took  the  ring  from  the 
woman. 

Hoe  ill!  abstulistl,  this  you  have  taken  from  him. 

Alter!  vitam,  Hbertatem  alter!  ademerunt,  they  de- 
prived one  of  life,  the  other  of  liberty. 

Turn  oppugnatione  destitit  Caesar,  then  Caesar  left  off 
the  siege. 

Pugna  igitur  abstinebimus,  we  shall  therefore  refrain 
%from  battle. 

Exercise. 

239.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

Turn  Romulus  cum  hoste,  qui  montem  Tarpeium  l  tenebat, 
1  This  name  was  given  to  the  Capitoline  hill,  according  to  some  authori- 


COMPOUND   VERBS.  117 

pugnam  conseruit  in  eo  loco  ubi  nunc  forum  Romanum l  est. 
In  media2  caede  raptae  processerunt  et  hinc  patres  hinc  coniuges 
et  soceros  complectebantur  et  rogabant  ut  caedis  fmem  face- 
rent.  Utrique  his  precibus  commoti  sunt.  Romulus  foedus  Icit 
et  Sabmos  in  urbem  recepit. 

Post  Romuli  mortem  unius  anm  interregnum  fuit.  Quo 
elapso,  Numa  Pompilius,  Curibus 8  urbe  in  agro  Sabinorum  na- 
tus,  rex  creatus  est.  Hie  vir  bellum  quidem  nullum  gessit  nee 
minus  tamen  civitati  profuit.  Nam  et  leges  dedit  et  sacra  plu- 
rima  mstituit,  ut  populi  barbari  et  bellic5si  mores  molliret. 
Omnia  autem  quae  faciebat  se  nymphae  Egeriae,  coniugis  suae, 
iussu  facere  dicebat.  Morbo  decessit  quadragesimo  tertio  im- 
peri  anno. 

240.  Exercise. 

Write  ten  sentences  involving  the  use  of  compounds 
of  ducere,  and  ten  with  compounds  of  mitt  ere.  Illus- 
trate also,  in  a  few  of  these  sentences,  the  Ablative  and 
the  Dative  of  Separation.  Avoid  ringing  changes  upon 
one  set  of  words,  and  let  the  sentences  be  long  enough  to 
reveal  careful  study  and  a  command  of  vocabularies  and 
of  the  rules  of  syntax. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  380,  413,  414 ;  A.  &  G.  229,  243  ;  G.  346,  388,  389 ; 
H.  386,  2,  413,  414. 

ties,  after  the  treacherous  deed  of  Tarpeia.  Others  say  the  hill  was  so 
called  before,  and  the  name  given  by  the  historians  to  the  maiden  was  bor- 
rowed from  it. 

1  See  map,  p.  105,  6  C. 

2  Medius  is  often  thus  used  for  "  the  midst "  or  "  middle  "  of  a  thing. 
So  summus  may  mean  "the  top,"  primus  "the  first  part,"  and  so  on. 
See  A.  &  S.  442 ;  A.  &  G.  193 ;  G.  287  R  ;  H.  440,  2,  notes  1  and  2, 

3  See  Frontispiece,  7  E. 


118  LATIN   LESSONS. 


LESSON   XXXIII. 

DENOMINATIVE    VERBS.  —  SUBJUNCTIVE    OF 
RESULT. 

241.  We  have  seen  (p.  31)  that  the  third  is  the  old- 
est of  the  Latin  conjugations.     Most  of  its  simple  verbs 
were  inherited  from  the  parent  language  when  Latin  be- 
came a  separate  tongue.     A  few  verbs  of  the  other  con- 
jugations were  also  inherited.     Then  the  Romans  made 
other  verbs  like  these,  forming  them  especially  from  the 
stems  of  nouns  and  adjectives.     Such  verbs  are   called 
denominative  verbs,  from  de  and  nomen,  name,  noun ; 
the  word  including  adjectives  as  well  as  what  are  now 
called  nouns. 

242.  Denominative  verbs  in  the  First  Conjugation  were 
at  first  formed  from  a-stems,  and  in  the  Fourth  Conjuga- 
tion from  i-stems.     Then,  through  the   adjective  stems 
the  formation  of  Denominatives  of  the  First  Conjugation 
spread  to  the  o-stems  among  nouns.     Thus :  — 

From  culpa,  fault,  comes  culpare,  to  blame. 

"     cura,  care,  "  curare,  to  care  for. 

fuga,  flight,  "  fugare,  to  put  to  flight, 

firmus,  strong,  "  firmare,  to  strengthen, 

probus,  good,  "  probare,  to  mark  as  good, 

laetus,  glad,  "  laetari,  to  be  glad, 

liber,  free,  "  llberare,  to  free, 

donum,  gift,  "  donare,  to  present, 

numerus,  number,  "  numerare,  to  count, 

regnnm,  kingdom,  "  regnare,  to  reign, 

finis,  end,  "  fmlre,  to  end. 

sitis,  thirst,  "  sitlre,  to  be  thirsty, 

lenis,  gentle,  "  lenire,  to  soothe, 

vestis,  garment,  "  vestire,  to  clothe, 

pars,  part,  "  partiri,  to  divide. 


DENOMINATIVE  VERBS.  119 

243.  Having  verbs  like  the  above,  the  Komans  made 
others  like  them  from  stems  to  which  the  a  or  the  I  did 
not  belong,  just  as  in  English,  after  the  pattern  of  portable 
and  habitable,  in  which  the  -a  before  -ble  is  a  part  of  the 
stem,  we  make  bearable,  serviceable,  and  the  like  from 
words  without  this  a.     This  process  is  called  formation  by 

ANALOGY.      Thus  I  — 

laudare,  to  praise,  from  laus  (laudis),  praise, 

necare,  to  kill,  "  nex  (necis),  death, 

orare,  to  beg,  "  os  (oris),  mouth, 

sperjxe,  to  hope,  "  spes  (spel),  hope, 

fluctuari,  to  vacillate,  "  fluctus  (fluctus),  wave, 

servire,  to  be  a  slave,  "  servos  (servi),  slave, 

custodire,  to  guard,  "  custos  (custodis),  guard, 

largiri,  to  bribe,  "  largus,  -a,  -um,  bountiful. 

244.  By  far  the  greater  number  of  denominatives  be- 
long to  the  first  conjugation.     Most  of  the  verbs  of  the 
second  and  fourth  conjugations  are  also  denominatives, 
but  these  conjugations  contain  much  fewer  verbs  than  the 
others.    The  formation  of  the  denominatives  of  the  second 
conjugation  is  not  easy  to  trace,  but  we  may  compare  — 

albere,  to  be  white,  with  albus,  -a,  -um,  white, 

clarere,  to  be  bright,  "  clarus,  -a,  -um,  bright, 

dolere,  to  feel  pain,  "  dolor  (doloris),  pain, 

lucere,  to  shine,  "  lux  (lucis),  light. 

245.  In  the  third  conjugation  the  only  denominatives  are 
minuere,  to  lessen,  from  minor,  minus,  less, 

and  a  few  formed  from  nouns  of  the  fourth  declension, 
as:  — 

metuere,  to  fear,  from  metus,  fear. 

statuere,  to  fix,  "    status,  position. 

tribuere,  to  divide,  to  assign  to,      "    tribus,  tribe. 

NOTE  1.  Denominatives  of  the  third  conjugation,  and  most  of  those  of 
the  first  conjugation,  have  transitive  meanings ;  those  of  the  second  con- 
jugation generally  have  intransitive  meanings,  as  above. 


120  LATIN   LESSONS. 

NOTE  2.  The  denominatives  of  the  third  conjugation  are  conjugated 
like  metuere,  metuo,  metui,  metutus. 

246.  From  what  nouns  or  adjectives  do  the  following 
verbs  come,  and  what,  therefore,  are  their  meanings  ? 

aequare  honorare  saevire 

armare  levare  salutare 

bellare  morarl  sanare 

coinitari  nuntiare  tardare 

gloriarl  praedari  volnerare 

Subjunctive  of  Result. 

247.  The  Subjunctive  is  often  used  with  ut,  that,  ut 
non,  that  not,  to  indicate  a  result.     The  clause  on  which 
such  a  subjunctive  depends  commonly  contains  some  word 
like   ita,    sic,   tarn,   so,   tantus,   so   great,   tails,    such. 
Thus:  — 

Volneribus  tarn  confectus  est  ut  stare  non  posset, 
he  was  so  used  up  with  wounds  that  he  could  not  stand. 

Ita  milites  disposuit  ut  facile  vicerint,  he  arranged  the 
soldiers  so  that  they  easily  conquered. 

Tanta  est  navis  ut  nullum  metum  habeamus,  the 
boat  is  so  large  that  we  have  no  fear. 

Exercise. 

248.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

Numae  successit  Tullus  Hostilius  cuiua  avos  se  in  bello  ad- 
versus  Sabinos  fortem  et  strenuum  virum  praestiterat.  Rex 
creatus  bellum  Albanis  indixit  idque  trigeminorum  Horatiorum 
et  Curiatiorum  certanaine  finlvit.  Albam  propter  perfidiam 
Metti  Fuffeti l  diruit.  Cum  tiiginta  duobus  annis  2  regnasset, 
fulmine  ictus  cum  domo  sua  arsit.8 

1  For  a  brief  account  of  these  legends,  see  Smith's  Smaller  History  of 
Rome,  pages  13  and  14. 

2  This  ablative  of  time  where  we  expect  the  accusative   (see  A.  &  S. 
424  a;  A.  &  G.256  b;  G.  392  R.  2  ;  H.  379, 1)  is  not  to  be  recommended 
for  imitation. 

3  From  ardere. 


SUBSTANTIVE   CLAUSES   OF   RESULT.  121 

Post  hunc  Ancus  Marcius,  Numae  ex  filia  nepos,  suscepit  im- 
perium.  Hie  vir,  aequitate  et  religione  avo  similis,  Latinos 
bello  domuit,  urbem  ampliavit  et  nova  el  moenia  circumdedit. 
Carcerem  primus  aedificavit.  Ad  Tiberis  ostia  urbem  condidit 
Ostiamque  vocavit.  Vicesimo  quarto  anno  imperi  morbo 
obiit. 

249.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  This  consul  showed  himself  so  brave  in  many  battles  that 
all  his  countrymen  praised  him.  2.  The  Albans  treated  our 
ambassadors  so  unworthily  that  our  king  declared  war  against 
them.  Let  us,  however,  keep  in  mind  that  their  fathers  were 
our  allies.  We  shall,  therefore,  fight  for  our  honor  and  for  the 
safety  of  ambassadors,  but  not  in  order  to  destroy  the  enemy 
utterly.  3.  That  king  has  reigned  so  long  and  so  wisely  that 
the  citizens  regard  him  as  a  father.  4.  I  have  been  sent  to  you 
by  the  great  leader  Caesar.  He  wishes  to  have  peace  with  your 
nation,  and  says  that  he  will  not  be  the  first  to  engage  in  war. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  287,  483 ;  A.  &  G.  166,  319  ;  G.  553-556,  788  B ; 
H.  335,  500  II. 

LESSON   XXXIV. 

SUBSTANTIVE   CLAUSES   OF  RESULT.  —  CLAUSES 
WITH  VERBS  OF  FEARING.  — PRICE  OR  VALUE. 

250.  You  met   on  p.  71   certain  subjunctive   clauses 
developed  from  clauses  of  purpose;  from  clauses  of  re- 
sult were  developed  subjunctive  clauses  used  with  imper- 
sonal verbs  meaning  "to  be,"  "to  happen,"  and  the  like. 
Thus:  — 

Quando  fuit  ut  quod  licet  non  liceret,  when  was  it  true 
that  the  lawful  was  not  lawful  ? 

Accidit  ut  null!  milites  in  urbe  sint,  it  happens  that 
there  are  no  soldiers  in  the  city. 


122  LATIN  LESSONS. 

251.  A   subjunctive   clause   depending  upon   certain 
verbs  has  the  nature  of  a  result  or  of  a  purpose  according 
as  the   speaker  has  in  mind  something  already  accom- 
plished or  in   process   of   accomplishment,  or  something 
merely   intended.     Such   are  chiefly  verbs  meaning  "to 
cause,"  "accomplish,"  "obtain,"  and  impersonal  expres- 
sions like  restat,  it  remains,  proximum  est,  the  next  thing 
is.     Thus :  — 

Perfice  ut  ne  minus  res  publica  tibi  quam  tu  rel 
publicae  debeas,  bring  it  about  that  the  state  shall  not  owe 
you  less  than  you  owe  the  state. 

Perf  eci  ut  non  minus  mini  debeant,  I  have  brought  it 
about  that  they  owe  me  no  less. 

Eff  ecit  ut  in  Hispaniam  mitteretur,  he  brought  it  about 
that  he  should  be  sent  into  Spain. 

Restat  ut  de  genere  belli  dicendum  videatur,  it  seems 
necessary  to  speak,  in  conclusion,  about  the  character  of  the 
war. 

NOTE.  It  is  sometimes  difficult  or  impossible  to  tell  whether  a  purpose 
or  a  result  is  meant  if  the  subjunctive  clause  is  positive.  In  a  negative 
subjunctive  clause,  ne,  or  ut  ne,  shows  that  a  purpose,  ut  non,  that  a 
result,  is  intended. 

Clauses  of  Fearing. 

252.  A  substantive  clause  with  its  verb  in  the  subjunc- 
tive is  often  used  as  the  object  of  a  word  or  expression 
denoting  fear.     If  the  subjunctive  clause  is  introduced  by 
ne  it  indicates  a  fear  that  something  may  or  will  happen 
or  has  happened,  if  by  ne  non  (more  rarely  ut)  it  indi- 
cates a  fear  that  something  may  not  or  will  not  happen 
or  has  not  happened.     Thus  :  — 

Timebant  ne  socii  tardiores  venirent,  they  were  afraid 
the  allies  would  come  too  late. 

Metuo  ne  ilium  non  viderit,  I  fear  he  has  not  seen  him. 


PKICE  OR  VALUE.  123 

Timebant  ut  frumentum  commode  portari  posset, 
they  were  afraid  grain  could  not  conveniently  be  brought. 

Vereor  ne  laborem  tuum  augeam,  I  am  afraid  that  I 
shall  increase  your  trouble. 

Perlculum  erat  ne  non  in  portum  navis  venire  pos- 
set, there  was  danger  that  the  ship  could  not  come  into  port. 

NOTE.  To  express  a  fear  to  do  something1,  the  infinitive  is  used  as  in 
English  (see  163).  Thus  :  — 

Verebantur  illo  tempore  iter  facere,  they  were  afraid  to  make 
the  journey  at  that  time. 

Price  or  Value. 

253.  The  PRICE  or  VALUE  of  a  thing  is  commonly  re- 
garded as  the  means  by  which  it  can  be  acquired,  and  so 
is  expressed    by  the  ablative.     An  INDEFINITE  VALUE 
is,   however,  sometimes  expressed  by  the  genitive  as  a 
QUALITY  of  the  thing.     Thus  :  — 

Ti*ecentis  talentis  se  hostibus  vendidit,  he  sold  him- 
self to  the  enemy  for  three  hundred  talents. 

Hunc  librum  septem  fere  denariis  emere  possis, 
you  can  buy  this  book  for  about  seven  denarii. 

Lev!  moments  rem  aestumo,  I  regard  the  matter  as  of 
but  slight  importance. 

Emimus  domum  illam  tanti  quanti  volebamus,  we 
have  bought  that  house  for  the  price  we  wished. 

Exercise. 

254.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

Deinde  regnum  Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus  accepit,  Demarati 
filias,  qui  tyrannos  patriae  Corinth!  fugiens  in  Etruriam  venerat. 
Ipse  Tarquinius,  qui  nomen  ab  urbe  Tarquiniis 1  accepit,  ali- 
quando  Romam  profectus  erat.  Advenienti  aquila  pileum 
abstulit 2  et  postquam  alte  evolaverat  reposuit.  Hinc  Tanaquil 

1  See  Frontispiece,  6  E.  2  From  auferre. 


124  LATIN   LESSONS. 

couiunx,  mulier  auguriorum  perita,  regnum  el  portend!  intel- 
lexit 

Post  hunc  Servius  Tullius  suscepit  imperium,  genitus  ex 
nobili  femina,  captiva  tamen  et  famula.  Cum  in  dom6  Tar- 
quini  PrlscI  educaretur,  flamma  in  eius  capite  visa  est.  Hoc 
prodigio  Tanaquil  el  summam  dignitatem  portend!  iiitellexit  et 
coniugi  persuasit  ut  eum  sicuti  liberos  suos *  educaret.  Cum 
adolevisset,  rex  e!  ftliam  in  matrimonium  dedit.  Cum  Priscus 
Tarquinius  occisus  2  esset,  Tanaquil  de  superiore  parte  domus 
populum  adlocuta  est,3  dicens  regem  grave  quidem  sed  non 
letale  volnus  accepisse ;  eum  petere  ut  populus,  dum  convaluis- 
set,  Servio  Tullio  oboediret.  Sic  Servius  regnare  coepit,  sed 
bene  imperium  administravit.  Montes  tres  *  urbi  adiunxit. 
Primus  omnium  6  censum  ordinavit.  Sub  eo  Roma  habuit  capi- 
tum  octoginta  tria  milia  civium6  Romanorum  cum  his,  qui  in 
agris  7  erant. 

255.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  It  remains  for  us  to  write  about  L.  Tarquinius  Priscus,  the 
Roman  king  who  came  to  Rome  from  Tarquinii.  2.  Has  an 
eagle  ever  taken  off  your  cap  as  you  were  running  ?  3.  We  shall 
not  buy  this  horse  at  a  large  price,  for  we  already  own  two  bet- 
ter ones.  4.  Bring  it  about  that  you  shall  be  a  man  of  the 

1  If  it  seems  to  you  that  suos  ought  to  be  emphatic  here  so  as  to  dis- 
tinguish Tarquin's  children  from  Servius,  you  have  only  to  reflect  that 
liberos  means  more  than  "  children,"  and  that  the  real  point  is  between 
Servius  as  a  slave  and  Tarquin's  children,  as/re«born  children. 

2  Non  a  Servio  occisus  est  Tarquinius,  sed  ab  Ancl  f  iliis  quibus  ipse  Tar- 
quinius regnum  eripuerat. 

8  From  adloqui. 

4  That  is,  the  Quirinal,  Viminal,  and  Esquiline,  so  that  with  the  four 
earlier  ones,  Capitoline,  Palatine,  Caelian,  and  Aventine,  Rome  was  now 
the  City  of  Seven  Hills. 

5  Omnium  is  a  modifier  of  censum,  not  of  primus. 

6  Unlike  the  modern  census,  which  includes  men,  women,  and  children, 
the  census  taken  by  Servius  counted  only  the  men  who  could  vote.     Capi- 
tum  modifies  milia  and  civium  modifies  capitum. 

7  That  is,  the  people  who,  though  Roman  citizens,  had  their  houses  out- 
side the  city  walls. 


ADJECTIVES   FROM   CERTAIN   PREPOSITIONS.  125 

highest  courage  and  dignity.  5.  I  fear  that  our  friends  will 
not  come  to-day ;  that  our  enemies  will  come ;  that  your  brothers 
have  not  come ;  that  their  books  have  been  lost ;  that  you  will 
not  persuade  your  mother  to  come.  6.  We  are  the  first  to  ask 
you  whether  you  wish  to  go.  7.  I  fear  that  you  did  not  buy 
that  book  for  twenty-five  denarii.  8.  He  was  afraid  to  speak  to 
her  lest  he  should  cause  her  to  weep.  9.  The  next  thing  is  for 
us  to  go  home. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  371,  372,  408,  492,  493  (1),  494-498  ;  A.  &  G.  252, 
331  f .,  332  ;  G.  378-380, 404,  552,  557-559 ;  H.  404,  405, 422, 
498  III.,  501. 

LESSON    XXXV. 

ADJECTIVES  FORMED  FROM  CERTAIN  PREPOSI- 
TIONS. —  GENITIVE  AND  DATIVE  WITH  ADJEC- 
TIVES. 

256.  Six  adjectives,   used   only   in    the  comparative 
and  superlative  degrees,  are  formed  from  prepositions. 
Thus :  — 

From  citra,  on  this  side  of,  citerior,  hither,  citimus. 

"     de,  down  from,  deterior,  worse,  deterrimus. 

"     intra,  within,  interior,  inner,  intimus. 

"     prae,  pro,  before,  prior,  former,  primus. 

"     prope,  near,  propior,  nearer,  proximus. 

"     ultra,  beyond,  ulterior,  farther,  ultimus. 

257.  Four  other  adjectives,  also  formed  from  preposi- 
tions, are  used  in  the  positive,  but  are  not  classical  in  the 
nominative  singular  masculine.     Thus :  — 

From  extra,  outside  of    rexterus~|      exterior,  outer  {  ex*rgmus 

Lexter     J  (  extimus 


infra,  below 

1     J.AJ.  A  VJL  LAO     I 

inferior,  lower 

\  imus 

"     post,  behind 

[posterus] 

posterior,  hinder 

(  postremus 

"     supra,  above 

[superus] 

superior,  upper 

(  supremus 
(  summus 

126  LATIN  LESSONS. 

Proximus,  ultimus,  extremus,  postremus  and  supre- 
mus,  all  sometimes  mean  "  last,"  each  from  its  special  point  of 
view. 

Genitive  with  Adjectives. 

258.  Adjectives  denoting  DESIRE,  KNOWLEDGE,  MEM- 
ORY,   PARTICIPATION,    POWER,   FULLNESS,   LIKENESS,    and 

their  opposites,  are  often  used  with  the  genitive.  Thus :  - 

laudis  avidus,  eager  for  praise, 
iuris  peritus,  skilled  in  law. 
virtutis  memor,  mindful  of  valor, 
navium  inops,  poor  in  ships, 
timoris  plenus,  full  of  fear, 
avi  similis,  like  his  grandfather, 
gloriae  expers,  without  glory, 
rectl  conscius,  conscious  of  right.   • 

Dative  with  Adjectives. 

259.  Adjectives  meaning  USEFUL,  PLEASANT,  FRIEND- 
LY, FIT,  LIKE,  INCLINED,  EASY,  CLEAR,   EQUAL,   and  their 

opposites,  also   those  meaning  NEAR,  and  derivatives  in 
-bills,  are  often  used  with  a  dative.     Thus  :  — 

agrls  utilis,  beneficial  to  the  fields. 

amicis  gratus,  pleasing  to  his  friends. 

navibus  aptus,  fit  for  vessels. 

flumini  similis,  like  a  river. 

promptus  sedition!,  ready  for  insurrection. 

omnibus  facile,  easy  for  all. 

ignavls  terribilis,  dreadful  to  the  cowardly. 

hostibus  par,  a  match  for  the  enemy. 

ver5  fmitimum,  very  near  the  truth. 

NOTE  1.  Similis  and  dissimilis  always  take  the  dative  of  things  in 
Cicero,  but  generally  the  genitive  of  persons. 

NOTE  2.  Many  of  these  adjectives  frequently  take  a  preposition  with 
its  case  instead  of  the  genitive  or  dative,  thus  expressing  the  relation  more 
emphatically  or  more  delicately. 


Forum  Komanum,  A.  D.  1889 


(&H 


:>^^f^ff^s?r 


,  ~*4s,rwv-**>' 


Colosseum  (Amphitheatrum  Flavium),  A.  D.  1889 
[Built  by  the  emperors  Vespasian  and  Titus,  and  opened  A.  D.  80] 


ADJECTIVES  FROM  CERTAIN  PREPOSITIONS.          127 

Exercise. 

260.  Translate  into  English :  — 

Hie  rex  interfectus  est  scelere  flliae  Tulliae  et  Tarquini  Su- 
perbi,  fill  eius  regis  cui  Servius  successerat.  Nam  ab  ipso  Tar- 
quinio  de  gradibus  curiae l  deiectus,  cum  domum  f ugeret,  inter- 
fectus est.  Tullia  in  forum  properavit  et  prima  coniugem  regem 
salutavit.  Cum  domum  rediret,  aurigam  super  patris  corpus  in 
via  iacens  carpentum  agere  iussit. 

Tarquinius  Superbus  cognomen  moribus  meruit.  Bello  tamen 
strenuus,  plures  fmitimorum  populorum  vicit.  Templum  lovis 
in  Capitolio  aedificavit.  Postea,  dum  Ardeam 2  oppugnabat, 
urbem  Lati,  imperium  perdidit.  Nam  cum  filius  eius  Lucretiae, 
nobilissimae  feminae,  coniugi  Tarquim  Collatim,  vim  fecisset, 
haec  se  ipsam  occidit  in  conspectu  mariti,  patris  et  aimcorum, 
postquam  eos  obtestata  fuerat,  ut  hanc  iniuriam  ulciscerentur. 

261.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  Tullia  was  not  like  her  father  in  character ;  for  when  he 
had  been  killed  she  ordered  her  charioteer  to  drive  the  chariot 
over  the  body  as  it  lay  in  the  street,  and  she  was  first  to  salute 
her  wicked  husband  as  king.  2.  Caesar  waged  successful  wars 
in  farther  Gaul,  and  conquered  many  fierce  tribes.  3.  The 
moon  is  nearer  to  the  earth  than  the  sun.  4.  You  have  a 
leader  mindful  of  you,  forgetful  of  himself.  5.  We  set  out  at 
daybreak  the  next  day,  and  at  sunset  arrived  at  Geneva,  the 
farthest  town  of  the  nearer  province,  and  the  nearest  in  the 
territory  of  the  Allobroges.  6.  We  are  all  eager  for  praise. 
7.  The  mind  that  is  conscious  to  itself  of  right  does  not  fear 
death ;  for  this,  which  has  been  prepared  for  all,  is  dreadful  only 
to  the  cowardly.  8.  This  is  doubtless  easy  for  you ;  but  it  will 
be  very  difficult  for  a  man  who  is  not  skilled  in  war.  9.  The 
daughter  is  more  like  her  mother  than  her  father. 

1  The  Curia  Hostilia  in  the  Forum  was  the  place  of  assembly  of  the 
Senate.     See  map,  p.  105,  6  C. 

2  See  Frontispiece,  7  F. 


128  LATIN  LESSONS. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  170,  359-362,  388-390  ;  A.  &  G.  91,  218,  234 ;  G. 
89,  R.  1  and  2,  356,  373,  374;  H.  163  3,  166,  391,  399,  400. 


LESSON    XXXVI. 

GENITIVE  WITH  VERBS.  —  COMPOUNDS   OF  DIS- 
AND  IN-.  —  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  WISH. 

262.  Certain  verbs  take  the  genitive,  namely  :  — 

I.  The  impersonals  miseret,  pity;    paenitet,  repent; 
piget,   be   disgusted ;   pudet,   be   ashamed ;   taedet,   be 
weary. 

II.  Verbs  of  PITYING,  REMEMBERING  or  FORGETTING, 

REMINDING    Or   WARNING,    ACCUSING,    CONVICTING    or    AC- 
QUITTING. 

III.  Interest    and    refert,    be    of    interest,   concern. 
Thus :  — 

Mea  mater,  tui  me  miseret,  mei  piget.  mother,  I  pity 
you,  and  am  disgusted  with  myself. 

Hodiernorum  morum  nos  taedet,  we  are  weary  of  the 
customs  of  to-day. 

Vos  autem  ineptiarum  paeniteat,  but  do  ye  repent  of 
your  follies. 

Miseremim  sociorum,  take  pity  on  your  allies. 

Pristinae  virtutis  reminisci  iubet,  he  bids  them  remem- 
ber their  old-time  valor. 

Harum  iniuriarum  lubenter  obliviscor,  these  wrongs 
I  gladly  forget. 

Admonebat  alium  egestatis,  alium  cupiditatis  suae, 
he  would  remind  one  of  his  want  of  money,  another  of  his  pet 
passion. 

Miltiades  accusatus  est  pr5ditionis,  Miltiades  was 
accused  of  treachery. 

Indices  eum  iniuriae  absolverunt,  the  jury  acquitted 
him  of  wrong. 


COMPOUNDS   OF  DIS-  AND  IN-. 

Omnium  civium  interest,  it  concerns  all  the  citizens. 
Regis  multum  refert,  it  is  of  much  interest  to  the  king. 

263.  With  interest  and  refert,  when  the  person  con- 
cerned is  denoted  by  a  personal  pronoun,  not  the  genitive 
is  used  but  the  ablative  feminine  singular  of  the  corre- 
sponding POSSESSIVE.     Thus  :  — 

Tua  et  mea  maxime  interest  te  valere,  it  very  greatly 
concerns  both  you  and  me  that  you  should  be  well. 

Sua  magni  referre  dlcit,  he  says  it  is  of  great  concern 
to  himself. 

NOTE.  The  degree  of  interest  is  expressed  by  an  adverb,  or,  when  no  am- 
biguity can  be  caused,  by  a  genitive,  as  in  the  last  example.  4Vith  the 
other  impersonals  above,  the  person  who  experiences  the  feeling  is  expressed 
by  the  accusative,  as  in  the  examples,  not  as  in  English  by  the  subject  of 
the  verb. 

Compounds  of  dis-  and  in-. 

264.  Examine  the  following  words  :  — 


suadere,  to  advise ; 
simulare,  to  feign ; 

f  acilis,  easy ; 
similis,  like  ; 
memor,  mindful ; 
gratus,  pleasing ; 
iustus,  just ; 
aequus,  equal,  fair ; 
dignus,  worthy ; 
utilis,  useful ; 
visus,  seen ; 
f  actus,  done ; 
peritus,  experienced ; 
sons,  guilty ; 
f ateri,  to  confess  ; 


dissuadere,  to  advise  against, 
dissimulate,  to  pretend  that  a  thing  is 

not  so,  to  hide, 
difficilis.*  hard, 
dissimilis,  unlike, 
inmemor,  unmindful, 
ingratus,  unpleasing. 
iniustus,  unjust, 
imquus,*  unequal,  unfair, 
indignus,  unworthy, 
inutilis,  useless,  harmful, 
invisus,  unseen, 
infectus,*  undone^ 
inperltus,  inexperienced. 
Ins5ns,  innocent. 
Infitiari,*  to  deny. 


*  For  the  change  of  vowel,  see  A.  &  S.  59,  60 ;  A.  &  G.  10  a ;  H.  22,  23. 


130  LATIN   LESSOXS. 

You  see  from  these  words  that  the  prefixes  dis-  and  in- 
have  a  negativing  effect  in  Latin  as  in  English.  Indeed 
these  English  prefixes  are  inherited  from  the  Latin.  The 
more  common  English  prefix  un-  is  not  of  Latin  origin. 

NOTE  1.  Dis-  is  the  inseparable  preposition  already  met  (235),  meaning 
"  apart,"  "  away."  Hence  dissuadere  means  "  to  advise  away  from/' 
t.  e.,  "  against."  In-  must  not  be  confounded  with  the  preposition  in  ;  and 
words  like  Infectus,  undone  (in-  negative  -f-  factus),  must  be  dis- 
tinguished from  words  like  Inf ectus,  stained  (p.  p.  of  inficere,  to  put 
into,  stain).  Cf.  invisus,  unseen,  with  invisus,  hated,  from  invidere. 
Such  pairs  of  words  are  rare,  however. 

NOTE  2.  The  accent  of  a  compound  or  derivative  word  of  more  than 
two  syllables,  like  inmemor  or  ingratus,  will  often  fix  in  the  mind  the 
quantity  of  the  first  vowel  of  the  primitive  (memor,  gratus),  because 
accent  is  easier  to  remember  than  vowel  quantity. 

Subjunctive  of  Desire. 

265.  The  subjunctive  is  used  to  express  a  wish,  the 
imperfect  and  pluperfect  indicating  the  non-fulfillment  of 
the  wish  in  present  or  past  time  respectively.  Thus  :  — 

Noster  exercitus  vincat,  oh,  that  our  army  may  conquer ! 

Palsus  utinam  vates  sim,  oh,  that  I  may  prove  a  false 
prophet ! 

Serus  in  caelum  redeas,  mayst  thou  return  late  to  heaven 
(i.  e.,  have  a  long  life). 

Utinam  f ortis  ille  dux  viveret,  would  that  that  brave 
general  were  living ! 

Ut  frater  meus  hie  fuisset,  would  that  my  brother  had 
been  here ! 

Utinam  tranquillum  esset  mare,  oh,  that  the  sea  were 
calm  ! 

Utinam  ne  hue  venissemus,  oh,  that  we  had  not  come 
here! 

Ne  ego  vivam  usque  ad  talem  aetatem,  may  I  not  live 
to  such  an  age  ! 

NOTE.  The  negative  for  wishes  is  ne.  as  in  the  examples.  The  addi- 
tion of  ut  or  utinam  gives  especial  earnestness  to  the  wish,  and  is  par- 
ticularly common  with  unfulfilled  wishes. 


GENITIVE   WITH   VERBS.  131 

Exercise. 

266.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

Hanc  ob  causam  L.  Brutus,  Collatinus  alilque  nonnulli  in 
exitium  regis  coniurarunt  1  populoque  persuaserunt  ut  ei  portas 
urbis  clauderet.  Exercitus  quoque,  qui  civitatem  Ardeam  cum 
rege  oppugnabat,  eum  reliquit.  Fugit  itaque  cum  uxore  et 
liberis  suis.  Ita  Romae  regnatum  est  per  septem  reges  annos 
ducentos  quadraginta  tres. 

Hinc  consules  coepere  2  pro  uno  rege  duo  creari,  ut  si  unus 
malus  esset  alter  eum  coerceret.  Anuuum  3  iis  imperium  tribu- 
tum  est  ne  per  diuturnitatem  potestatis  insolentiores  redderen- 
tur.  Fuerunt  igitur  anno  primo  expulsis  regibus  consules  L.4 
lunius  Brutus,  acerrimus  libertatis  vindex,  et  Tarquinius  Colla- 
tinus, maritus  Lucretiae.  Sed  Collatmo  paulo  post  dignitas  sub- 
lata  5  est.  Placuerat  enim  ne  quis  6  ex  Tarquiniorum  f  amilia 
Romae  maneret.  Ergo  cum  omni  patrimonio  suo  ex  urbe  mi- 
gravit  et  in  eius  locum  Valerius  Publicola  consul  factus  est. 

267.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1  .  Are  you  not  disgusted  with  the  doings  of  the  allies  ?    Yes, 

1  Contracted  from  what  longer  form  ? 

2  Third  person  plural  =  coeperunt.    See  A.  &  S.  213  (2)  ;  A.  &  G. 
116,  a  ;  G.  151,  2  ;  H.  247,  2. 

3  Notice  the  emphasis. 

4  Only  the  first  name  (praenomen)    can  be  thus  abbreviated,   not  the 
middle  name  as  with  us. 

The  regular  Roman  praenomina  with  their  abbreviations  are  as  fol- 
lows :  —  , 

A.  =  Aulus.  L.  =  Lucius.  Q.  =  Quintus. 

App.  =  Appius.  M.  =  Marcus.  Ser.  =  Servius. 

C.  =  Gaius.  M'.  =  Manius.  Sex.  =  Sextus. 
Cn.  =  Gnaeus.  Mam.  =  Mamercus.  Sp.  =  Spurius. 

D.  =  Decimus.  N.  =  Numerius.  T.  =  Titus. 

K.  =  Kaeso.  P.  =  Publius.  Ti.  or  Tib.  =  Tiberius. 

See  A.  &  S.  666  ;  A.  &  G.  80;  H.  649. 

5  From  tollere. 

6  If  this  were  a  clause  of  result,  ut  nemo  would  be  used  instead  of  nS 
quis. 


UNIVERSITY 

,r   /^i.  , 


182  LATIN  LESSONS. 

it  was  indeed  for  their  interest  to  do  what  the  leader  advised, 
and  they  afterwards  repented  of  their  folly.  2.  The  Romans 
never  forgot  this  disaster,  and  avenged  it  by  many  great  vic- 
tories. Still  they  were  themselves  so  foolish  that  we  cannot  pity 
them  much.  3.  The  consul  was  disgusted  with  both  the  sol- 
diers and  their  leaders.  He  accused  the  one  of  cowardice,  the 
other  of  rashness  and  ignorance.  4.  May  you  never  repent  of 
this  decision !  5.  Do  you  remember  the  horse  that  I  had  at 
Rome  ?  I  wish  I  had  not  afterwards  sold  him ! 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  363-370,  473  ;  A.  &  G.  219-222,  267  ;  G.  253-255, 
375-377,  381,  382;  H.  406-410,  483,  484. 


LESSON   XXXVII. 

THE  ABLATIVE  WITH  SPECIAL  VERBS  AND  EX- 
PRESSIONS. —  EXCEPTIONS  TO  CERTAIN  COMMON 
RULES. 

268.  Certain  verbs  and  expressions  take  the  ablative, 
namely :  — 

I.  Uti,  to  use,  frui,  to  enjoy,  fungi,  to  perform,  potiri, 
to  gain  possession  of,  vesci,  to  eat,  and  their  compounds. 

II.  Niti,  and  inmti,  to  lean  upon,  fidere  and  confidere, 
to  trust. 

III.  Dignus,  worthy,  indignus,  unworthy,  contentus, 
satisfied,  fretus,  relying  upon. 

IV.  Opus  and  usus,  need. 
Thus :  — 

Multi  deorum  beneficio  perverse  utuntur,  many  people 
use  the  blessings  of  the  gods  wrongly. 

Faucis  fruitur  voluptatibus,  he  enjoys  but  few  plea- 
sures. 

Conamur  officio  nostr5  fungi,  we  try  to  do  our  duty. 


EXCEPTIONS  TO   CERTAIN   COMMON   RULES.         133 

lam  oppido  potiti  sunt  hostes,  the  enemy  have  already 
got  possession  of  the  town. 

Aura  vescuntur,  they  feed  on  air. 

Bacul5  senex  mtebatur,  the  old  gentleman  was  leaning 
on  a  staff. 

Natura  tantum  loci  ne  fldamus,  let  us  not  trust  to  our 
natural  position  only. 

Laude  dignus,  worthy  of  praise. 

Suis  contentus,  satisfied  with  his  own. 

Ingenio  fretus,  relying  upon  ingenuity. 

Auctoritate  tua  mihi  opus  *  est,  I  need  your  influence. 

Illis  navibus  consul!  usus  *  non  erat,  the  consul  had  no 
need  of  those  ships. 

Exceptions  to  Certain  Common  Rules. 

269.  Point  out  the  common  rule  of  syntax  to  which 
each  of  the  following  examples  furnishes  an  exception  :  — 

Socii  nos  armis  virlsque  IUVANT,  the  allies  help  us  with 
arms  and  men. 

Hie  pulvis  oculos  meos  LAEDIT,  this  dust  hurts  my 
eyes. 

Num  initium  RECORDARIS  belli,  you  don't  remember  the 
beginning  of  the  war,  do  you  ? 

Condicionem  vestram  MISERAMUR,  we  pity  your  situa- 
tion. 

Legiones  in  castris  manere  IUSSIT,  he  bade  the  legions 
stay  in  camp. 

Hoc  facere  nos  VETUTT  pater,  father  forbade  us  to  do 
this. 

Exercise. 

270.  Translate  into  English :  — 

Commovit  bellum  urbi  rex  Tarquinius.    In  prima  pugna  Brutus 

*  With  these  words  the  person  who  feels  the  need  is  expressed  by  a  dative, 
as  in  the  examples. 


134  LATIN  LESSONS. 

consul  et  Arruns,  Tarquim  filius,  sese 1  invicem  occiderunt. 
Roman!  tamen  ex  ea  pugna  victores  recesserunt.  Brutum 
Romanae  matronae  quasi  communem  patrem  per  annum  luxe- 
runt.  Valerius  Publicola  Sp.  Lucretium,  Lucre tiae  patrem, 
conlegam  sibi  fecit;  qui2  cum  morbo  exstinctus  esset,  Hora- 
tium  Pulvilluin  sibi  conlegam  sumpsit.  Ita  primus  annus 8 
quinque  consules  habuit. 

Secundo  quoque  anno  iterum  Tarquinius  bellum  Romanis 
intulit,  Porsena,  rege  Etruscorum,4  auxilium  el  ferente.  In 
illo  bello  Horatius  Codes  5  solus  pontem  ligneum  defendit  et 
hostes  cohibuit  donee  pons  a  tergo  ruptus  esset.  Turn  se  cum 
armis  in  Tiberim  coniecit  et  ad  suos  transnavit. 

Dum  Porsena  urbem  obsidebat  Q.6  Mucius  Scaevola,  iu- 
venis  f ortis 7  animi,  in  castra  hostis  se  contulit  eo  consilio,  ut 
regem  occideret.  At  ibi  scribam  regis  pro  ipso  rege  interfecit. 
Turn  a  regiis  satellitibus  comprehensus  et  ad  regem  deductus, 
cum  Porsena  eum  ignibus  adlatis  terreret,  dextram  arae  accensae 
inposuit  donee  flammis  consumpta  esset.  Hoc  facinus  rex 
miratus  iuvenem  dimisit  incolumem.  Turn  hie  quasi  beneficium 
referens  ait  trecentos  alios  iuvenes  in  eum  coniurasse.8  Hac 
re  territus  Porsena  pacem  cum  Romanis  fecit ;  Tarquinius  autem 
Tusculum  9  se  contulit  ibique  privatus  cum  uxore  consenuit.10 

271.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  Not  only  Pyrrlius  but  also  the  Carthaginians  used  elephants 
in  their  wars.  2.  We  enjoy  so  many  pleasures  here  that  we  do 

1  Sese  thus  used  with  invicem  has  the  force  of  "  each  other."    See 
also  A.  &  S.  449 ;  A.  &  G.  99  rf,  196/;  G.  212,  306 ;  H.  448  note,  459,  I. 

2  Observe  that  qui  is  subject  of  the  clause  introduced  by  cum,  while 
the  main  clause  has  a  different  subject.     Such  constructions  forcibly  show 
the  hideousness  of  translating  by  "  who,  when  he,"  etc. 

8  That  is,  509  B.  c. 

4  Bound  Etruria.     See  Frontispiece,  5  D. 

5  Read  Macaulay's  poem  in  las- Lays  of  Ancient  Rome. 

6  This praenomen  is  a  mistake ;  it  should  be  C.  =  Gains. 

7  How  can  you  tell  the  case  of  this  adjective  ?    See  221,  note. 

8  Contracted  for  what  ? 

9  See  Frontispiece,  7  F. 

10  From  consenescere. 


"MAY,"   "CAN,"    "MUST,"    "OUGHT."  135 

not  need  books  nor  even  friends.  3.  The  king's  soldiers  fought 
most  bravely  for  many  hours,  but  were  not  able  to  get  possession 
of  our  camp.  4.  These  men  are  worthy  of  great  praise,  for  they 
have  defended  themselves  against  much  larger  forces,  relying 
only  on  their  own  skill  and  bravery.  5.  On  that  little  island  we 
found  three  sailors  and  two  women.  We  pitied  them  very 
greatly,  for  they  were  living  upon  roots.  6.  Hannibal  performed 
all  the  duties  of  a  good  commander,  but  he  could  not  subdue 
fortune.  7.  Oh  that  the  consul  had  ordered  his  lieutenants  to 
help  the  allies  sooner ! 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  365  a,  376  a,  417-420,  489  (4)  ;  A.  &  G.  219  2  J, 
221  a,  227  a,  243  e,  245  a  1,  249,  254,  331  a ;  G.  345,  R.  1, 
373,  R.  1,  375, 2, 390,  398,  R.  2,  403,  R.  3,  405, 532,  546,  R.  1 ; 
H.  385  n.  1,  407  n.  1,  414  IV.,  421  I.  &  II.,  425  II.,  (1)  note, 
535  IV. 

LESSON   XXXVIII. 

WAYS  OF  SAYING  "MAY,"  "CAN,"  "MUST,"  "OUGHT," 
IN  LATIN.  — DATIVE  OF  AGENT. 

272.  The  English  words  "may,"  "can,"  "might/' 
"could,"  denote  sometimes  a  physical  possibility,  some- 
times a  moral  possibility  or  permission.  In  Latin  the 
physical  possibility  is  expressed  by  posse,  the  moral  possi- 
bility or  permission  by  the  impersonal  licet.  Thus  :  — 

Facile  potes  hunc  laborem  ferre,  you  can  easily  bear 
this  hardship. 

Nautarum  clam5res  audire  poteramus,  we  could  hear 
the  shouts  of  the  sailors. 

H5c  falsum  esse  potest,  this  may  be  untrue. 

Licet  tibi  in  oppidum  Ire,  you  may  go  to  town. 

Epistulas  scrlbere  licebat,  you  might  or  could  write 
letters, 


136  LATIN   LESSONS. 

273.  Sometimes  to  express  a  possibility  mildly  the  sub- 
junctive is  used  (POTENTIAL  SUBJUNCTIVE).     Thus :  — 

Dicat  quispiam  hoc  non  verum  esse,  some  one  may  say 
that  this  is  not  true. 

Ardere  naves  credas,  you  might  or  would  think  the  ships 
were  on  fire. 

274.  So  "must"  and  "ought"  denote  sometimes  a 
matter  of  duty  (moral  obligation),  sometimes  a  thing  un- 
avoidable (physical  necessity).     In  Latin  the  moral  obli- 
gation  is   expressed  by   debere,   or   by   the   impersonal 
oportet,  or  mildly  (as  a  matter  of  propriety)  by  decet ; 
the  physical  necessity  is  expressed  by  necesse  est,  or  by 
non  posse  quin.     Thus  :  — 

Dare  aliquid  huic  misero  seni  debemus,  it  is  our  duty 
(we  ought)  to  give  something  to  this  poor  old  man. 

Dare  aliquid  huic  misero  seni  decet,  we  ought  (i.  e.  it 
is  proper)  to  give  something  to  this  poor  old  man. 

Capere  oppidum  oportet,  we  must  take  the  town  (i.  e. 
it  is  our  duty  to  take  it). 

Capere  oppidum  necesse  est,  we  must  take  the  town 
(I.  e.  we  shall  suffer  or  be  killed  if  we  do  not  take  it). 

Servom  te  esse  oportet  malum,  you  must  he  a  bad 
slave. 

Non  possum  quin  hoc  tibi  dicam,  I  must  tell  you  this 
(i.  e.  I  cannot  help  telling). 

H5c  non  potest  quin  verum  sit,  this  must  be  true  (i.  e. 
cannot  but  be  true). 

275.  Another  way  of  expressing  "  must  "  or  "  ought  " 
is   by  the   gerundive   with    esse    (SECOND   or    PASSIVE 

PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION  *).      Thus  :  — 

Ulud  faciendum  est,  that  must  be  done. 

Pugnandum  est  pro  patria,  we  must  fight  for  our  country. 

*  For  the  First  or  Active  Periphrastic  Conjugation  (future  participle 
with  esse)  see  A.  &  S.  229  (1) ;  A.  &  G.  129 ;  G.  149 ;  H.  233. 


DATIVE   OF   AGENT.  137 

Praeppnenda  est  divitils  gl5ria,  glory  is  to  be  preferred 
to  riches. 

276.  With  the  passive  periphrastic  conjugation   the 
agent  is  expressed  regularly  by  the  dative  (DATIVE  OF 
AGENT).     Thus:  — 

Hie  liber  tibi  legendus  est,  you  must  read  this  book. 

Contra  maiores  hostium  copias  Caesari  pugnandum 
erat,  Caesar  had  to  fight  against  larger  numbers  of  the  enemy. 

Tres  epistulae  mihi  scrlbendae  erunt,  I  shall  have  to 
write  three  letters. 

How  is  the  agent  otherwise  usually  expressed  in  Latin  ? 

277.  Instead  of   saying    "may  have  been,"    "could 
have  said,"  "ought  to  have  done,"  the  Romans  put  the 
verb  for  "  may,"  "  can,"    "  ought,"    in  the  appropriate 
past  tense,  and  used  the  PRESENT  infinitive  depending  upon 
it.     Thus :  — 

Potuerunt  turn  Romae  esse,  they  may  have  been  at 
Rome  then. 

Licuit  abire,  you  might  have  gone  away. 

Hoc  facere  non  debueras,  you  ought  not  to  have  done 
this. 

Exercise. 

278.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

Anno  trecentesimo  nonagesimo  quarto  l  post  urbem  conditam 
Galli  iterum  ad  urbem  accesserant  et  quarto  miliario  trans  Ani- 
enem 2  fluvium  consederant.  Contra  eos  missus  est  T.  Quinc- 
tius.  Ibi  Gallus  quidam  eximia  corporis  magnitudine  fortissi- 
mum  Romanorum  ad  certamen  singulare  provocavit.  T.  Man- 

1  Rome  was  founded,  according1  to  tradition,  in  753  B.  c.,  and  the  21st 
of  April  is  still  celebrated  as  the  birthday  of  the  city.     This  year  would 
then  be  754  (1  being  added  because  the  two  systems  of  reckoning  start  at 
different  points  and  move  towards  each  other)  —  394  =  360  B.  C. ;  but  there 
is  an  error  of  one  year  as  given  in  the  selection,  so  that  the  real  date  is  361 
B.  c. 

2  Nom.  Anio.    For  situation,  see  Frontispiece,  7  F. 


138  LATIN  LESSONS. 

lius,  nobilissimus  iuvenis,  provocationem  accepit,  Gallum  occldit 
eumque  torque  aureo  spoliavit  quo  ornatus  erat.  Hinc  et  ipse 
et  poster!  ems  Torquati  appellatl  sunt.  Galli  fugam  capessive- 
runt. 

Novo  bello  cum  Gallls  exorto,  anno  urbis  quadringentesimo 
sexto,1  iterum  Gallus  processit,  robore  atque  armis  Insignis,  et 
provocavit  unum  ex  Romanis  ut  secum  armis  decerneret.  Turn 
se  M.  Valerius,  tribunus  militum,  obtulit  et,  cum  processisset 
armatus,  corvos  el  supra  dextrum  bracchium  sedit.  Mox,  com- 
missa  pugna,  hie  corvos  alls  et  unguibus  Galli  oculos  verbera- 
vit.  Ita  factum  est  ut  Gallus  nullo  negotio  a  Valerio  interfice- 
retur,2  qui  hinc  Corvini  8  nomen  accepit. 

279.  Translate  into  Latin  :  - 

Having  summoned  the  ambassadors  to  him,  Caesar  bade  their 
leader  speak.  "No  one  will  deny,"  said  the  ambassador,* 
"  that  it  is  proper  to  take  vengeance  for  injuries  which  savage 
enemies  have  inflicted  upon  one's  country.  We  cannot  disre- 
gard the  safety  of  our  allies.  The  Haeduans  might  have  lived 
in  peace  in  their  own  land,  but  they  had  decided  that  they  must 
have  larger  territory.  To  obtain  this  it  was  necessary  to  take 
away  the  fields  of  the  small  and  unwarlike  nation  who  lived 
next  to  them.  These  people  are  our  allies  and  have  begged  us 
to  aid  them.  We  can  march  by  a  long  road  over  the  moun- 
tains, to  be  sure,  but  we  ought  to  arrive  in  their  country  as  quickly 
as  possible. f  We  must,  therefore,  cross  your  province,  and  we 
ask  you  to  allow  us  to  do  so  in  peace  and  quiet.  Otherwise  we 
shall  have  to  show  you  that  our  soldiers  are  as  strong  and  brave 
as  the  Romans.  But  surely  so  great  a  people  ought  to  be  glad 
to  help  those  who  suffer  wrong  without  any  fault  of  their  own." 

1  That  is,  349  B.  c. 

2  What  would  be  thought  of  the  honor  of  such  a  victory  nowadays  ? 

3  This  is  not  quite  accurate.     See  Corvos  in  the  Vocabulary. 

*  Use  inquit  ille.  Inquam,  inquit,  are  used  for  "  Said  I,"  "  Said 
he,"  thus  introducing  a  direct  quotation,  and  placed,  like  the  correspond- 
ing words  in  English,  after  one  or  two  words  of  the  quotation  itself. 

t  As  quickly  as  possible  =  quam  celerrime.  Cf .  A.  &  S.  164  c  ; 
A.  &G.  936;  G.317;  H.  444,  3. 


CONDITIONAL   SENTENCES.  139 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  216,  229  (2),  250  a,  383,  474 ;  A.  &  G.  129, 137  b, 
145,  146  o,  232,  311 ;  G.  115,  150,  250,  252,  352,  353  ;  H.  234, 
290  II.,  298,  299,  388,  485,  486. 


LESSON  XXXIX. 
CONDITIONAL    SENTENCES. 

280.  Examine  the  following  sentences :  — 

1.  If  your  brother  says  this,  it  is  true. 

2.  If  it  rains,  we  shall  not  come. 

3.  If  he  was  in  town,  he  got  your  letter. 

4.  If  I  should  explain  this,  those  people  would  not  under- 
stand. 

5.  If  he  were  here,  he  would  prevent  that, 

6.  If  I  had  received  your  letter,  I  should  have  come. 

281.  You  will  see  that  in  each  of  the  first  three  sen- 
tences some  statement  is  made,  the  truth  of  which  depends 
upon  something  else  being  true,  —  in  present,  future,  or 
past  time,  as  the  case  may  be.*     In  such  conditional  sen- 
tences the  indicative  is  used  in  Latin  as  in  English,  and 
the  tenses  are  present  for  sentences  like  the  first,  future 
for  sentences  like  the  second,  and  past  for  sentences  like 
the  third.     Thus  :  — 

1.  SI  frater  tuus  hoc  dicit,  verum  est. 

2.  SI  pluet,  non  veniemus. 

3.  SI  in  urbe  erat,  Htteras  tuas  recepit. 

282.  You  will  also  see  that  the  fourth  sentence  differs 
from  the  first  three  only  in  being  a  milder  form  of  state- 
ment.     Such  conditions  are  recognizable  in  English  by 
the  words  "  would  "  and  "  should,"  instead  of  "  will "  and 

*  The  time  referred  to  in  the  first  clause  of  the  second  sentence  is  future, 
though  we  use  the  present  tense  in  English. 


140  LATIN   LESSONS. 

"  shall."    In  Latin  the  present  (or  perfect  *)  subjunctive 
is  used.     Thus  :  — 

4.  SI  exponam  h5c,  isti  n5n  intellegant. 

283.  These  four  sentences  are  further  alike  in  that  no- 
thing is  implied  in  any  of  them  as  to  whether  the  "  if  " 
clause  is  true  or  not ;  only  if  it  is  true,  the  other  clause  is 
also  true.     In  the  fifth  and  sixth  sentences,  on  the  other 
hand,  there  is  an  implication  in  regard  to  the  "  if  "  clause, 
namely,  that  it  is  not  true.     Such  conditional  sentences 
are  called  UNFULFILLED  CONDITIONS  or  CONDITIONS  CON- 
TRAKY  TO  FACT,  and  the  imperfect  and  pluperfect  sub- 
junctive are  used  for  them  in  Latin,  just  as  for  unfulfilled 
wishes,  the  imperfect  referring  to  present  time  and  the 
pluperfect  to  past  time.     Thus  :  — 

5.  SI  hie  esset,  illud  prohiberet. 

6.  SI  recepissem  Utteras  tuas,  venissem.* 

Exercise. 

284.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Si  dominus  tuus  domi  est,  die  ill!  me  venisse.  2.  Si  valde 
clams  sol  erit,  oculls  meis  nocebit ;  tarn  aeger  f  ui.  3.  Si  plue- 
bat  her!  non  poterant  Brundisio  proficisci.  4.  Si  urbs  capiatur 
aequam  pacem  elves  impetrare  non  possint.  5.  Si  consul  in 
castris  esset,  milites  celeriter  in  aciem  ducerentur.  6.  Si  alba 
fuisset  navis,  non  tarn  facile  visa  esset.  7.  Si  de  hostium  ad- 
ventu  audivisseuius,  auxilium  sane  socils  quam  celerrime  tulisse- 
mus.  8.  Si,  domine,  adfuisses,  frater  meus  non  mortuus  esset. 
9.  Servi  mei  si  me  isto  pacto  metuerent,  ut  te  metuunt  omnes  elves 
tui,  domum  meam  relinquendam  putarem.  10.  Si  te  parentes 
tiraerent  atque  odissent  tui  neque  eos  ulla  ratione  placare  possis, 
tu  (opinor)  ab  eorum  oculls  aliquo  concederes.  11.  Si  hoc  opti- 
mum factu  iudicarem,  iimus  horae  gladiator!  isti  ad  vivendum 

*  The  perfect  as  a  tense  of  completed  action  is  a  trifle  more  substantial 
than  the  present,  but  the  difference  is  hardly  appreciable. 


REVIEW   OF  THE   GENITIVE   CASE.  141 

non  dedissem.     12.  Si  salvi  esse  velint,  Sulla  sit  ab  mferis  ex- 
citandus. 

285.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  If  they  see  the  fire  of  the  enemy's  camp  from  that  hill, 
they  will  send  us  a  messenger  at  once.  2.  If  we  had  made  an 
alliance  with  Caesar,  we  should  not  have  lost  these  brave  men. 
3.  If  that  book  is  long,  this  one  is  much  longer.  4.  If  you 
should  start  for  Rome  within  a  few  days,  you  would  find  my  brother 
and  his  friend  there.  5.  If  the  sea  were  calm,  we  should  start 
without  delay.  6.  Why  did  you  send  the  boy  to  town,  if  you 
can  buy  books  here  for  a  smaller  price  ?  Most  books  can  be 
bought  here,  but  this  one  is  very  hard  to  find.  7.  If  I  had  not 
seen  them  yesterday,  I  should  have  feared  some  disaster.  8.  If 
you  really  wish  to  see  us,  you  must  come  quickly.  9.  If  we  had 
soldiers  of  greater  bravery,  we  should  not  fear  that  any  enemy 
could  capture  our  city.  10.  If  this  which  you  have  told  us  is 
true,  our  friends  may  have  arrived  to-day.  11.  If  you  cannot 
read  this  book  alone,  you  ought  to  go  home.  12.  I  can  not  help 
believing  that  you  would  have  gone  with  us  if  your  father  had 
urged  you. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  476,  477  ;  A.  &  G.  304-311 ;  G.  590-603 ;  H. 
506-512. 

LESSON   XL. 
REVIEW  OP  THE  GENITIVE  CASE. 

286.  Study  the  Genitive  Case,  A.  &  S.  350-372 ;  A.  & 
G.  213-223 ;  G.   357-382 ;  H.  393-410 ;  and  review  in 
this  book  the  following  paragraphs:  39,  216,  219-221, 
252,  257,  261,  262. 

Exercise. 

287.  Translate  into  English :  — 

Postea  Roman!  bellum  gesserunt  cum  Samnitibus,1  ad  quod 
1  See  Frontispiece,  9  F. 


142  LATIN   LESSONS. 

L.  Paplrius  Cursor  cum  honore  dictatoris  profectus  est.  Qui 
cum  negoti  cuiusdam  causa  Romam  isset,1  praecepit  Q.  Fabio 
Rulliano,  magistro  equitum,  quern  apud  exercitum  reliquit,  ne 
pugnam  cum  hoste  committeret.  Sed  ille  occasionem  nactus2 
felicissime  dimicavit  et  Samnites  delevit.  Ob  hanc  rem  a 
dictatore  8  capitis  4  damnatus  est.  At  ille  in  urbem  conf  ugit  et 
ingenti  f avore  inllitum  et  populi  liberatus  est ;  in  Papirium 
autem  tanta  exorta  est  seditio  ut  paene  ipse  interficeretur. 

Duobus  annis  post 6  T.  Veturius  et  Spurius  Postumius  consules 
bellum  adversum  Samnites  gerebant.  Hi  a  Pontio  Thelesmo, 
duce  hostium,  in  msidias  induct!  sunt.  Nam  ad  Furculas  Cau- 
dinas 6  Romanos  pellexit  in  angustias  unde  sese  expedire  non 
poterant  Ibi  Pontius  patrem  suum  Herennium  rogavit  quid 
faciendum  putaret.  Hie  respondit  aut  omnes  occidendos  esse 
ut  Romanorum  vires  frangerentur  aut  omnes  dimlttendos  ut 
beneficio  obligarentur.  Pontius  utrumque  consilium  inprobavit 
omnesque  sub  iugum  mlsit.  Samnites  denique  post  bellum 
undequinquaginta  annorum  superati  sunt. 

288.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

1.  It  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to  all  good  citizens  that  you 
should  know  what  the  consul's  plan  is.  2.  He  is  a  man  of  such 
sagacity  that  he  will  not  advise  his  children  to  do  this.  3. 
Caesar  says  that  Gaul  is  divided  into  three  parts,  of  which  the 
Belgians  inhabit  one.  4.  We  cannot  condemn  you  for  this 
crime,  but  we  do  accuse  you  of  treason.  5.  The  soldiers  were 
placing  rocks  of  great  weight  on  the  wall.  6.  Let  us  remember 
the  old-time  valor  of  our  ancestors  and  fight  bravely  against  the 
enemies  of  our  country.  7.  Have  not  the  faces  and  the  ex- 
pressions of  these  men  moved  you  at  all  ?  8.  Which  of  us  do 

1  Contracted  for  Ivisset. 

2  From  nancisci. 

3  Observe   the   emphasis   upon   dictatore,    preparing  the   reader  ac- 
quainted with  Roman  customs  for  something  like  what  is  told  in  the  next 
sentence. 

*  See  A.&&  367a;  A.&G.220a;  G.  377,  R.  I ;  H.  410,  HI.  n.  2. 

5  That  is,  321  B.  c. 

6  See  Frontispiece,  9  F. 


REVIEW   OF  THE   DATIVE   CASE. 

you  think  does  not  know  where  you  were  last  night  ?  9.  It 
greatly  concerns  us  all  to  know  that  the  city  has  sufficient  pro- 
tection. 

LESSON    XLI. 
REVIEW  OF  THE  DATIVE  CASE. 

289.  Study  the  Dative  Case,  A.  &  S.  373-391 ;  A.  & 
G.  224-236  ;  G.  343-356  ;  H.  382-392  ;  and  review  the 
following  paragraphs  of   this   book:    62,   63,  172,  173, 
179, 180,  219,  234,  258,  275. 

Exercise. 

290.  Translate  into  English :  — 

Devictis  Sammtibus,  Tarentinis1  helium  indictum  est  quia 
legatis  Romanorum  iniuriam  f  ecissent.  Hi  Pyrrhum,  Epirl 2  re- 
gem,  contra  Romanes  auxilium  poposcerunt.  Is  mox  in  Italiam 
venit,  tumque  primum  Roman!  cum  transmarine  hoste  pugnave- 
runt.  Missus  est  contra  eum  consul  P.  Valerius  Laevinus.  Hie, 
cum  exploratores  Pyrrhi  cepisset,  iussit  eos  per  castra  duel 
tumque  dimitti,  ut  renuntiarent  Pyrrho  quaecunque  a  Romanls 
agerentur. 

Pugna  commissa,  Pyrrhus  anxilio  elephantorum  vicit.  Nox 
proelio  finem  dedit.  Laevinus  tamen  per  noctern  fugit.  Pyr- 
rhus Romanos  mille  octingentos  cepit  eosque  summo  honore 
tractavit.  Cum  eos  qui  in  proelio  interfecti  fuerant  omnes 
adversis  volneribus  et  true!  voltu  etiam  mortuos  iacere  videret, 
tulisse  ad  caelum  manus  dicitur  cum  hac  voce  :  Ego  cum  talibus 
viris  brevi  tempore  orbem  terrarum  8  subigerem.4 

1  For  the  situation  of  Tarentum  see  Frontispiece,  11  G. 

2  Epirus   was   a   country  on  the  western  coast  of   Greece.     See  map, 
p.  180,  2  C. 

3  Can  you  see  why  the  Romans  used  the  expression  orbis  terrae  or 
orbis  terrarum  to  mean  "  the  earth  "  ? 

4  Subigerem  is  equivalent  to  "I  would"  or  "could  subdue."     See 
A.  &  S.  474 ;  A.  &  G.  311  a;  G.  250-252 ;  H.  485,  486. 


144  LATIN   LESSONS. 

291.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

1.  The  soldiers  were  not  persuaded  to  advance  upon  the 
enemy  until  Caesar  had  urged  them  to  remember  that  they  were 
fighting  for  their  lives.  2.  As  I  was  entering  the  city  an  eagle 
carried  off  my  cap.  3.  I  have  not  made  war  upon  you,  but  you 
upon  me.  4.  For  whom  is  that  slave  carrying  that  very  heavy 
load  ?  5.  We  must  fight  for  our  homes  and  our  friends.  6. 
Caesar  told  the  envoys  that  he  would  look  out  for  these  things. 
7.  Nothing  could  be  more  acceptable  to  a  good  man.  8.  Caesar 
employed  the  Gauls  to  find  out  what  was  going  on  and  to  report 
to  him.  9.  He  has  placed  his  lieutenant  in  charge  of  the  town. 
10.  All  things  were  wanting  to  us  which  were  of  use  for  repair- 
ing the  ships. 

LESSON   XLII. 
REVIEW  OP  THE  ABLATIVE  CASE. 

292.  Study  the  Ablative  Case,  A.  &  S.  403-431 ;  A.  & 
G.  242-263  ;  G.  383-419  ;  H.  411-437  ;  and  review  the 
following  paragraphs  of   this  book:    62,   63,  114,    139, 
140,  146,  147,  156,  157,  195,  .198,  207,  220,  229,  236, 

252,  267. 

Exercise. 

293.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

Anno  quadringentesimo  nonagesimo 1  post  urbem  conditam 
Romanorum  exercitus  primum  in  Siciliam 2  traiecerunt  re- 
gemque  Syracusarum 8  Hieronem  Poenosque,  qui  multas  civi- 
tates  in  ea  Insula  occupaverant,  superaverunt.  Qulnto  anno  4 
hums  belli,  quod  contra  Poenos 5  gerebatur,  primum  Roman!,  C. 
Duilio  et  Cn.  Cornelio  Asina  consulibus,  in  marl  dimicaverunt. 

1  There  is  an  error  in  this  date ;    it  should  be  quadringentesimo 
nonagesimo  quarto,  that  is,  260  B.  c. 

2  See  Frontispiece,  K. 

3  See  Frontispiece,  9  K. 

4  What  year  therefore  B.  C.  ? 

6  This  is  the  so-called  First  Punic  War,  lasting  from  264  to  241  B.  c. 


REVIEW   OF  THE   ABLATIVE   CASE.  145 

Dullius  Karthaginienses  vicit,triginta  naves  occupavit,quattuorde- 
cim  mersit,  septem  milia  hostium  cepit,  tria  milia  occidit.  Nulla 
victoria  Romanis  gratior  fuit.  Duilio  concessum  est  ut,  cum  a 
cena  rediret,  pueri  funalia  gestantes  et  tlbicen  eum  comita- 
rentur.1 

Faucis  annis  interiectis,  bellum  in  Africam  translatum  est. 
Hamilcar,  Karthaginiensium  dux,  pugna  navali  superatur ; 2 
nam  perditis  sexaginta  quattuor  navibus  se  recepit ;  Roman! 
viginti  duas  amiserunt.  Cum  in  Africam  venissent,  Poenos  in 
pluribus  proeliis  vlcerunt,  magnam  vim  hominum  ceperunt, 
septuaginta  quattuor  civitates  in  fidem  acceperunt.  Tumvicti 
Karthaginienses  pacem  a  Romanis  petierunt.  Quam  cum  M. 
Atllius  Regulus,  Romanorum  dux,  dare  nollet  nisi  durissimls 
condicionibus,  Karthaginienses  auxilium  petierunt  a  Lacedae- 
moniis.  Hi  Xanthippum  miserunt,  qui  Romanum  exercitum 
magno  proelio  vicit.  Regulus  ipse  captus  et  in  vincula  coniectus 
est. 

294.'  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  Having  bought  a  house  in  Rome  at  a  large  price,  he  hopes 
that  at  some  time  during  the  winter  you  will  come  from  the 
country  with  your  friends  and  make  use  of  his  hospitality. 
2.  He  is  a  friend  in  name ;  but  we  all  know  that  he  is  not  well 
disposed  toward  you.  3.  Be  brave,  and  prove  yourselves  worthy 
of  your  fathers.  4.  Rome  was  not  built  in  a  day  ;  and  a  great 
act  has  rarely  been  accomplished  by  a  man  of  feeble  temper. 
5.  Hannibal  was' a  general  of  extraordinary  courage  and  sagacity. 
He  conquered  the  Romans  in  several  battles,  but  he  was  finally 
compelled  by  Scipio  to  retire  from  Italy.  6.  I  promise  this  to 
you,  relying  not  upon  my  own  wisdom,  but  upon  the  assistance 
of  the  gods,  under  whose  leadership  I  have  begun  this  work. 
7.  A  little  after  midnight  there  was  a  great  outcry  in  the  camp, 
and,  having  summoned  his  lieutenants,  Caesar  spoke  as  follows. 

1  This  was  of  course  a  very  high  mark  of  admiration  and  gratitude  from 
a  people  who  clung  so  tenaciously  as  the  Romans  of  that  time  to  the  most 
rigid  republican  simplicity. 

2  This  was  in  B.  c.  256.     The  number  of  ships  lost  by  the  Romans  is 
probably  wrongly  given  here.     Mommsen  gives  it  as  twenty-four. 


146  LATIN  LESSONS. 

LESSON   XLIII. 

CONCESSIVE   SENTENCES. 

295.  Clauses  with  the  compounds  of  si,  as  etsi,  tamet- 
si,  and  etiam  si,  although,  even  if  (sometimes  also  with 
si  itself),  indicate  a  concession,  and  take  the  same  moods 
and  tenses  as  the  conditional  si.     The  clause  that  follows 
usually  contains  the  adverb  tamen.     Thus :  — 

Etsi  difficile  hoc  est,  tamen  fieri  potest,  although  this 
is  hard,  yet  it  can  be  done. 

Etiam  si  Romae  erat,  illam  non  vidimus,  even  though 
she  was  at  Rome,  we  did  not  see  her. 

Tametsi  Caesar  venisset,  superati  tamen  essemus, 
even  if  Caesar  had  come,  yet  we  should  have  been  conquered. 

Etsi  pluat  eras,  earn  tamen,  although  it  should  rain  to- 
morrow, I  should  nevertheless  go. 

296.  We  have  found  a  concession  sometimes  expressed 
by  a  simple  (hortatory)  subjunctive  (p.  64,  127).     A  con- 
cessive clause  of  the  same  origin  is  often  introduced  by 
quamvis,  although.     Other  concessive  clauses  are  intro- 
duced by  licet,  ut,  or  cum,  the  verb  being  in  the  subjunc- 
tive, and  by  quamquam  with  the  verb  in  the  indicative. 
Thus :  - 

Quamvis  sis  molestus,  dolor,  numquam  te  esse  con- 
fitebor  malum,  though  you  be  tormenting,  pain,  I  will  never 
admit  that  you  are  a  real  evil. 

Licet  omnes  me  relinquant,  non  desperabo,  though  all 
abandon  me,  I  shall  not  despair. 

Licet  fortuna  iis  non  faverit,  virtutis  memores  fue- 
rint,  though  fortune  should  not  have  favored  them,  they  will 
have  been  mindful  of  their  valor. 

Ut  neminem  alium  rogasses  scire  potuisti,  though  you 
had  asked  no  one  else,  you  might  have  known. 


CONCESSIVE   SENTENCES.  147 

Socrates,  cum  facile  posset  educi  e  custodia,  noluit, 
though  Socrates  might  easily  have  been  rescued  from  prison,  he 
would  not. 

Roman!,  quamquam  itinere  fessi  erant,  tamen  forti- 
ter  pugnarunt,  although  the  Romans  were  weary  from  the 
march,  they  yet  fought  bravely. 

Quamquam  utrlque  libri  utiles  sunt,  hie  tamen  iu- 
cundior  est,  although  both  books  are  valuable,  this  one  is  the 
pleasanter  reading. 

Exercise. 

297.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  Quod  crebro  videinus  non  miramur,  etiam  si  cur  fiat  nesci- 
mus.  2.  Ista  veritas,  etiam  si  iiicunda  non  est,  utilissima  tamen 
est.  3.  Catilinae  crudelis  animus  perniciem  civitatis  molieba- 
tur,  tametsi  praesidia  a  consule  parabantur.  4.  Quamquam 
omnis  virtus  nos  ad  se  adlicit,  tamen  iustitia  et  liberalitas  id 
maxime  efficit.  5.  Non  possunt  tibi  auxilium  ferre,  quamvis 
premaris  periculis.  6.  Caesar  etsi  nondum  hostium  consilium 
cognoverat,  tamen  e  certis  causis  fore  id  quod  accidit  suspica- 
batur.  7.  Licet  totus  senatus  fremat,  dicam  tamen  quod  de 
hac  re  sentio. 

298.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  The  delay  will  not  be  great,  even  if  you  are  in  a  hurry. 
2.  Although  we  had  a  great  thirst,  we  could  not  drink  that 
water.  3.  Even  though  they  do  not  come  tomorrow,  I  shall 
have  no  fear.  4.  Although  the  enemy's  forces  were  much 
larger,  the  Roman  general,  relying  upon  the  bravery  of  his  sol- 
diers, led  out  his  men  and  drew  them  up  in  line  of  battle. 
5.  Having  heard  this  message,  Caesar  ordered  the  cavalry  to 
cross  the  river,  although  the  sun  had  already  set.  6.  Even  if 
you  had  been  here,  you  could  not  have  prevented  this  disaster. 
7.  This  island  is  so  beautiful  that  we  should  hardly  be  happier 
even  if  we  were  at  Naples. 


148  LATIN   LESSONS. 

Exercise. 

299.  Translate  into  English :  — 

THE    CHARACTER   OF  ALCIBIADES. 

Alcibiades,  Cliniae  filius,  Athemensis.1  In  hoc  natura  quid 
efficere  possit  videtur  experta.  Constat  enim  inter  omnes,  qiri 
de  eo  memoriae  prodiderunt,  nihil  illo  fuisse  excellentius  vel  in 
vitils  vel  in  virtutibus.  Natus  in  amplissima  civitate  summo 
genere,  omnium  aetatis  suae  multo  f  ormosissimus,  dives  ;  ad  omnes 
res  aptus  consilique  plenus  (namque  imperator  f  uit  summus  et  rnari 
et  terra)  ;  disertus,  ut  in  prlnns  dicendo  valeret,  quod  tanta  erat 
commendatio  oris  atque  orationis,  ut  nemo  el  posset  resistere ; 
cum  tempus  posceret,  laboriosus,  patiens;  hberalis,  splendidus 
non  minus  in  vita  quam  victu  ;  adfabilis,  blandus,  temporibus 
callidissime  serviens  :  idem,  siniulac  se  remlserat  neque  causa 
suberat  quare  animi  laborem  perferret,  luxuriosus,  dissolutus, 
libidinosus,  intemperans  reperiebatur,  ut  omnes  admirarentur  in 
uno  homine  tantam  esse  dissunilitudinem  tamque  diversam  na- 
turam.  —  Corn.  Nep.  Aid.  1. 

LESSON   XLIV. 

INDIRECT  DISCOURSE. 

300.  When  a  person's  words  (or  thoughts)  are  stated 
not  in  their  original  form,  but  in  dependence  upon  some 
expression  of  saying  (or  thinking)   the  construction  is 

called  INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  Or  INDIRECT  QUOTATION  (ORA- 

TIO  OBLIQUA). 

301.  In  turning  direct  into  indirect  discourse  in  Eng- 
lish we  have  to  change  the  persons  of  most  of  the  pronouns 
and  verbs,  and,  if  the  verb  of  saying  is  past,  the  tenses 
also.     Thus :  — 

1  Sc.  fuit.  Forms  of  the  verb  esse  are  often  omitted  if  they  can 
easily  be  understood.  In  the  next  sentence  esse  must  be  supplied  with 
experta  ;  and  other  instances  occur  in  this  selection. 


INDIRECT   DISCOURSE.  149 

DIRECT. 

/  will  come  to-morrow  if  it  does  not  rain.  You  may  expect 
me  by  the  five-o'clock  train,  but  please  do  not  take  the  trouble 
to  meet  me. 

INDIRECT. 

HE  SAID  that  he  would  come  to-morrow  if  it  did  not  rain. 
They  might  expect  him  by  the  five-o'clock  train,  but  would 
please  not  take  the  trouble  to  meet  him. 

302.  In  turning  direct  into  indirect  discourse  in  Latin 
the  same  natural  changes  of  person  and  tense  take  place 
as  in  English.     The  moods  are  regulated  in  the  following 
way :  — 

303.  The  main  verb  is  put  in  the  INFINITIVE,  unless  it 
asks  a  question  or  represents  an  imperative  or  hortatory 
subjunctive.     Thus :  — 

DIRECT. 

I  will  come  to-morrow,  eras  veniam. 

The  town  has  been  taken,  oppidum  captum  est. 

Father  is  reading,  legit  pater. 

INDIRECT. 

You  say  you  will  come  to-morrow,  dicis  te  eras  ventu- 
rum  esse. 

We  said  the  town  had  been  taken,  dlxinrus  oppidum  ca- 
ptum esse. 

He  said  father  was  reading,  dlxit  legere  patrem. 

304.  A  main  verb  asking  a  question  *  or  representing 
an  imperative,  or  hortatory  subjunctive  is  put  in  the  SUB- 
JUNCTIVE.    Thus :  — 

DIRECT. 

Can  you  come  to-morrow,  potesne  eras  venire  ? 
Close  the  gates  at  once,  statim  claude  portas. 
Let  him  come  on  when  he  pleases,  cum  velit,  congrediatur. 
*  Cf.  §  119  on  Indirect  Questions. 


150  LATIN   LESSONS. 

INDIRECT. 

I  ask  whether  you  can  coine  to-morrow,  rog5  utrum  pos- 
sis  eras  venire. 

He  said  they  were  to  close  the  gates  at  once,  dixit  statim 
clauderent  portas. 

They  said  he  might  come  on  whenever  he  pleased,  dixe- 
runt  cum  vellet  congrederetur. 

NOTE.  When  a  question  is  asked  simply  for  effect,  and  needs  no  answer, 
its  verb  is  sometimes  put  in  the  infinitive  instead  of  the  subjunctive.  Thus  : 
Legatl  orant  ne  se  deserat.  Quo  enini  se  repulses  ab  Romania 
itruros  esse.  the  ambassadors  beg  him  not  to  abandon  them.  For  where 
shall  they  go  if  repulsed  by  the  Romans  ?  —  In  such  cases  the  verb  of  asking 
is  regularly  omitted.  See  A.  &  S.  515,  Example  2  ;  A.  &  G.  338 ;  G.  654, 
R.  1 ;  H.  523,  ii.  2. 

305.  All  subordinate  verbs  are  put  in  the  subjunctive. 
Thus:  — 

DIRECT. 

They  will  hardly  arrive  before  night  even  if  they  started  at 
dawn,  because  the  bridge  which  used  to  span  the  river  near  the 
old  temple  has  recently  been  destroyed,  while  the  other  road  is 
so  bad  that  they  cannot  go  fast  there. 

Btiam  si  prlma  luce  prefect!  sunt  vix  ante  noctem 
advenient,  quod  pons  ille  qui  ad  antiquum  templum 
flumen  iungebat  nuper  est  deletus,  altera  autem  via 
tarn  mala  est  ut  ea  celeriter  procedere  non  possint. 

INDIRECT. 

He  said  they  would  hardly  arrive  before  night  even  if  they 
started  at  dawn,  because  the  bridge  which  used  to  span  the 
river  near  the  old  temple  had  recently  been  destroyed,  while 
the  other  road  was  so  bad  that  they  could  not  go  fast  there. 

Dixit  etiam  si  prlma  luce  prefect!  essent  vix  ante 
noctem  adventuros  esse,  quod  pons  ille  qui  ad  anti- 
quum templum  flumen  iungeret  nuper  esset  deletus, 
altera  autem  via  tarn  mala  esset  ut  ea  celeriter  pro- 
cedere non  possent. 


INDIRECT  DISCOURSE.  151 

NOTE.  A  subordinate  clause  with  its  verb  in  the  indicative  is  sometimes 
inserted  in  an  indirect  quotation.  Such  clauses  are  not  really  a  part  of  the 
indirect  discourse,  but  are  like  parentheses,  explaining  some  word  in  a  sen- 
tence, and  true  independently  of  it.  Thus  : — 

Quis  potest  esse  tarn  praeceps  qui  neget  haec  omnia  QUAK 
VIDEMUS  deorum  potestate  administrari,  who  can  be  so  rash  as  to 
deny  that  all  these  things  which  we  see  (that  is,  the  world  about  us)  are 
regulated  by  the  power  of  gods  ? 

<  306.  The  verb  of  the  main  clause  of  a  condition  con- 
*  trary  to  fact  in  past  time,  when  put  into  the  infinitive  of 
indirect  discourse  suffers  a  further  slight  change  in  order 
to  keep  such  conditions  distinct  from  simple  past  condi- 
tions. This  change  is  merely  the  substitution  of  the  fu- 
ture participle  with  f uisse  for  the  perfect  infinitive  of  the 
verb  in  question.  Thus  :  — 

CONTRARY  TO  FACT. 

He  said  that  if  Caesar  had  arrived  before  night  they  would 
have  routed  the  foe,  dixit  si  Caesar  ante  noctem  adve- 
nisset  hostem  fugaturos  fuisse. 

SIMPLE  CONDITION. 

He  said  that  if  Caesar  arrived  before  night  they  routed  the 
enemy,  dixit  si  Caesar  ante  noctem  advenisset  hostem 
eos  fugavisse.  „ 

NOTE  1.  If  the  main  verb  of  the  past  condition  contrary  to  fact  is  pas- 
sive, a  resort  is  had  to  the  circumlocution  futurum  fuisse  ut  with  the 
imperfect  subjunctive,  as :  He  said  that  if  Caesar  had  been  there  the 
.  camp  would  have  been  saved,  dixit  si  Caesar  adfuisset,  futurum 
fuisse  ut  castra  servarentur.  The  same  form  is  sometimes  used  in 
the  active. 

NOTE  2.  Present  conditions  contrary  to  fact  tend  to  assume  the  forms 
which  properly  belong  only  to  past  conditions,  because  the  whole  situation 
naturally  appears  as  past  to  the  person  quoting.  Occasionally,  however, 
the  simple  future  infinitive  is  used  in  the  main  clause.  Thus  :  — 

Clamitabat  illos  si  Caesar  adesset  non  in  castra  nostra 
ventures  esse,  he  kept  crying  out  that  if  Caesar  were  there  they 
would  n't  be  coming  into  our  camp. 


152  LATIN  LESSONS. 

307.  Study  the  above  rules  of  indirect  discourse  as 
applied  in  the  following  selections  :  — 

A.   DIRECT. 

a.  Magnam  tu,  Caesar,  iniuriam  f  acis,  qui  tuo  adventu  vectl- 
galia  mihi  deteriora  facis.  Haeduis  obsides  non  reddam, 
neque  iis  neque  eorum  sociis  iniuria  bellum  inlaturus  sum,  si 
in  eo  manebunt  quod  convenerunt  stipendiumque  quotannls 
pendent;  si  hoc  non  fecerint,  longe  iis  fraternum  nomen 
popull  Roinanl  aberit. 

You  do  a  great  wrong,  Caesar,  who  by  your  arrival  dimmish 
my  revenues.  I  am  not  going  to  return  the  hostages  to  the 
Haeduans,  nor  am  I  going  to  make  war  wrongfully  upon  them 
or  their  allies  (as  I  should  be  doing  in  case  I  attacked  them)  if 
they  abide  by  what  they  have  agreed  to  and  pay  their  tribute 
yearly ;  if  they  do  not  do  this,  the  name  of  brothers  given  them 
by  the  Roman  people  will  be  far  from  doing  them  any  good. 

B.     INDIRECT. 

a.  [Dixit]  magnam  Caesarem  inmriam  f  acere,  qui  suo  ad- 
ventu vectigalia  sibi  deteriora  faceret.     Haeduis  se  obsides 
redditurum  non  esse,  neque  iis  neque  eorum  sociis  iniuria 
bellum  inlaturum,  si  in  eo  manerent  quod  convenissent 
stipendiumque  quotanms  penderent ;  si  illud  non  f ecissent, 
longe  iis  fraternum  nomen  populi  Romanl  af uturum. 

b.  Helvetiorum  legatl  dixerunt  sibi  esse  hi  animo  sine  ullo 
maleficio  iter  per  provinciam  facere  propterea  quod  aliud  iter 
haberent  nullum. 

c.  His  rebus  cognitis,  Caesar  Gallorum  animos  verbls  con- 
firmavit  pollicitusque  est  sibi  earn  rem  curae  futuram  ;  magnam 
se  habere  spem  et  beneficio  suo  et  auctoritate  adductum  Ario- 
vistum  finem  iniurils  facturum. 

d.  El  legation!  Ariovistus  respondit,  si  quid  ipsi  a  Caesare 
opus  esset,  sese  ad  eum  venturum  fuisse :  si  quid  ille  a  se  velit,1 

1  The  tense  which  a  verb  would  have  in  the  direct  discourse  is  thus 
sometimes  retained  after  a  past  verb  of  saying,  and  has  the  effect  of  mak- 
ing the  situation  more  real  by  seeming  to  bring  it  into  the  present.  See  A. 
&  S.  516 a;  A.  &  G.  336  a;  G.  657;  H.  525,  1. 


CAUSAL  CLAUSES.  153 

ilium  ad  se  venire  oportere :  praeterea  se  neque  sine  exercitu  in 
eas  partes  Galliae  venire  audere  quas  Caesar  possideret  neque 
exercitum  sine  magno  commeatu  atque  molimento  in  unum 
locum  contrahere  posse  :  sibi  autem  mirum  videri  quid  in  sua 
Gallia  quam  bello  vicisset  aut  Caesari  aut  omnino  populo  Ro- 
mano negoti  esset. 

Exercise. 

308.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  The  messenger  said  that  all  the  troops  had  fought  most 
bravely,  and  many  thousands  of  the  enemy  had  been  slain.  2. 
Did  you  say  this  was  the  boy  whom  your  brother  sent  to  you 
with  the  letter  and  books  ?  3.  They  told  me  that  there  were 
two  roads  that  we  could  take.  By  one  of  them  we  could 
avoid  the  hill,  but  it  was  so  much  longer  that  we  should  not 
reach  the  town  before  night ;  if  we  wished  to  arrive  as  soon  as 
possible  we  ought  to  take  the  shorter  road.  4.  Caesar  replied 
that  if  they  had  surrendered  before  the  battle  was  begun  he 
would  have  spared  their  city,  but  now  they  must  accept  the 
terms  of  peace  which  it  pleased  the  Romans  to  give  them. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  514-517  ;  A.  &  G.  335-339  ;  G.  651-664  ;  H.  522- 
527,  530,  531. 

LESSON   XLV. 

CAUSAL   CLAUSES    INTRODUCED   BY   QUOD,    QUIA, 
OR  QUONIAM.  —  CORRELATIVES. 

309.  Clauses  indicating  a  cause  or  reason  are  frequent- 
ly introduced  by  quod,  less  often  by  quia  or  quoniam. 
When  such  clauses  have  the  indicative  they  state  some 
fact  which  the  speaker  gives  as  the  ground  of  the  thing 
said  in  the  main  clause  ;  when  they  have  the  subjunctive 
they  indicate  a  motive  in  the  mind  of  some  one  other 


UNIVERSITY 


154 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


than  the  speaker*  (generally  the  subject  of  the  main 
clause)  which  led  him  to  do  what  is  stated  in  the  main 
clause.  Such  subjunctive  clauses  of  cause  are  thus  a  sort 
of  indirect  discourse. 

310.  The  difference  between  the  indicative  and  the  sub- 
junctive in  causal  clauses  with  quod,  quia,  or  quoniam, 
is  best  seen  by  comparing  examples  like  the  following  :  — 


Hoc  dlcit,  quod  verum 
est,  he  says  this  because  it 
is  true. 

Laudat  Africanum  Panae- 
tius,  quod  fuit  absti- 
nens,  Panaetius  praises 
Africanus  because  he  exer- 
cised self-control. 

Quod  spiratis,  quod  vo- 
cem  mittitis,  quod  for- 
mas  hominum  habetis, 
indignantur,  they  are 
angry  because  you  breathe 
and  speak  and  have  the 
shapes  of  men. 

Vos,  Quirites,  quoniam 
iam  nox  est,  in  vestra 
.tecta  discedite,  do  you, 
fellow  citizens,  since  night 
is  now  come,  depart  to  your 
houses. 

H5c  tibi  suadeS,  quia  ho- 
nestum  est,  I  give  you 
this  advice  because  the 
thing  is  the  right  thing  to 
do. 


Hoc  dlcit,  quod  verum  sit, 
he  says  this  because  (he 
thinks)  it  is  true. 

Laudat  Africanum  Panae- 
tius, quod  fuerit  absti- 
nens,  Panaetius  praises  Afri- 
canus for  having  displayed 
self-control. 

An  paenitet  vos  quod  sal- 
vom  exercitum  traduxe- 
rim,  are  ye  sorry  because  (ye 
feel  that)  I  have  brought  the 
army  over  in  safety  ? 


Bene  maiores  accubitio- 
nem  epularem  amico- 
rum,  quia  vrtae  coniunc- 
tionem  haberet,  convi- 
vium  nominaverunt,  our 
ancestors  did  well  to  give  to 
the  reclining  of  friends  to- 
gether at  a  banquet  the  name 
"  convivium,"  a  living  to- 
gether, from  its  involving  a 
community  of  life. 


*  Except  in  the  uncommon  case  of  his  giving  some  past  motive  of  his 
own  where  the  facts  of  the  situation  were  not  clear  to  him. 


\  3  F<  A  ^7^ 

OF  THB 

UNIVERSITY 


CORRELATIVES. 
311.  Study  and  compare  the  following 

Correlatives. 

Relative.  Demonstrative.          Interrogative. 


Indefinite. 


uter,  which  (of      uterque,  each  (of    uter,  which  (of 

two).  two).  two)  ? 

qui,  who.  is  (hie,  ille,  etc.),  quis,  who?  aliquis,  some  one. 

he,  this,  that. 

quantus,  as  great  tantus,  so  great,     quantus,  how       aliquantus,  of 
as.  great  ?  some  extent, 

qualis,  of  which     tails,  such.  quails,  of  what 

sort.  sort  ? 

quot,  as  many  as.  tot,  so  many.  quot,  how  aliquot,  several. 

many? 
ubi,  where,  when,   ibi,  there,  then.      ubi,  where,  alicubi,  some- 

when  ?  where, 

quo,  whither.          eo  (hue,  illuc),      quo,  whither  ?        aliquo,  to  some 

thither.  place, 

qua,  where.  ea,  there.  qua,  where  ?  aliqua,  at  some 

place, 
unde,  whence.        inde,  thence.  unde,  whence  ?     alicunde,  from 

some  place. 

cum,  when.  turn,  then.  quando,  when  ?     aliquando,  at 

nunc,  now.  some  time, 

quam,  as  (much),  tarn,  so  (much).      quam,  how 

(much)  ? 
ut,  as.  ita,  sic,  so,  thus,     ut,  how  ? 

You  will  see  that  interrogative  words  generally  have,  as 
in  English,  the  same  form  as  their  corresponding  rela- 
tives. Remember,  however,  that  English  "  as "  is  used 
as  the  correlative  of  several  different  interrogatives  and 
demonstratives,  and  be  careful  to  translate  it  by  quantus 
when  it  means  "  (as  great)  as,"  by  qualis  when  it  means 
"  (such)  as,"  etc.  "  The  same  as  "  is  idem  .  .  .  qui  in 
Latin. 

Exercise. 

312.  Translate  into  English :  — 

Tandem,   C.   Lutatio  Catulo,  A.  Postumio   consulibus,1  anno 


1  That  is,  241  B.  C. 


156  LATIN   LESSONS. 

belli  Punic!  vicesimo  tertio  magnum  proelium  navale  commis- 
sum  est  contra  Lilybaeum,1  promunturium  Siciliae.  In  eo  |>roe- 
lio  septuaginta  tres  Karthaginiensium  naves  captae,2  centum 
vigint!  qumque  demersae,2  triginta  duo  milia  hostium  capta,2 
tredecim  milia  occisa 2  sunt.  Statim  Karthaginienses  pacem 
petierunt  iisque  pax  tributa  est.  Captivi  Romanorum  qui  tene- 
bantur  a  Karthaginiensibus  redditi  sunt.  Poem  Sicilia,  Sar- 
dinia 3  et  ceteris  msulis  quae  inter  Ttaliam  Africamque  iacent 
decesserunt  omnemque  Hispaniam  quae  citra  Iberum 4  est  Ro- 
mams  permlserunt. 

Post 6  Punicum  bellum  renovatum  est  per  Hannibalem,  Kar- 
thaginiensium ducem,  quern  pater  Hamilcar  novem  annos  6  na- 
tum  arls  admoverat  ut  odium  perenne  in  Romanes  iuraret.  Hie 
annum  agens  vicesimum  aetatis  Saguntum,7  Hispaniae  civita- 
tem,  Romanis  amicam,  oppugnare  adgressus  est.  Huic  Ro- 
man! per  legates  denuntiaverunt  ut  bello  abstineret.  Qui  cum 
legates  admittere  nollet,  Roman!  Karthaginem  m!serunt  ut  man- 
daretur  Hannibal!  ne  bellum  contra  socios  populi  Roman!  gere- 
ret.  Dura  responsa  a  Karthaginiensibus  reddita ;  Saguntims 
interea  fame  victis,  Roman!  Karthaginiensibus  bellum  indixe- 
runt. 

1  Lilybaeum  is  the  most  western  promontory  of  Sicily,  and  had  a  town 
of  the  same  name  upon  it.     See  Frontispiece.  7  K. 

2  In  classical  Latin  a  series  of  words  or  statements  coordinately  con- 
nected (like  men,  uvomen,  and  children)  either  has  a  conjunction  between 
each  two  members  of  the  series,  or,  as  in  the  present  instance,  omits  the 
conjunction  altogether.     Occasionally,  however,  the  last  two  members  are 
connected  by  que,  the  others  having  no  connective.     Thus :  a  et  b  et  C ; 
a,  b,  c  ;  or,  a,  b,  cque. 

8  See  Frontispiece,  3  G. 

4  This  is  the  river  Ebro,  which  flows  into  the  Mediterranean  at  about 
the  41st  parallel  of  latitude,  in  the  northeast  part  of  Spain,  that  is,  about  a 
hundred  and  eighty  miles  southwest  of  the  coast  of  France  (Gallia). 

6  Some  time  after,  namely,  219  B.  c. 

6  When  was  Hannibal  born  if  this  account  is  correct  ? 

7  Saguntum  was  an  important  commercial  town  on  a  little  river  about 
sixty-five  miles  south  of  the  mouth  of  the  Ebro  and  about  three  miles 
from  the  coast.     It  was  said  to  have  been  founded  by  Greeks  from  the 
island  of  Zacynthus. 


RELATIVE  CLAUSES  OF  PURPOSE.        157 

313.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  We  did  not  see  many  things  in  Rome  last  year  because 
my  brother  was  ill.  2.  The  Haeduans  immediately  sent  am- 
bassadors to  beg  for  peace,  because  their  own  land  had  been  in- 
vaded by  enemies.  3.  He  is  unwilling  to  sell  this  house,  be- 
cause the  price  you  offer  is  (he  thinks)  very  low.  4.  When 
asked  which  of  the  two  books  he  wanted,  he  said  "  Neither,"  be- 
cause one  he  could  not  read  and  the  other  he  already  owned. 
5.  Such  a  journey  as  we  made  yesterday  is  very  burdensome, 
but  it  could  be  endured  because  there  was  good  food  and  rest 
at  the  end  of  it.  6.  We  believe  that  the  horses  of  the  Germans 
were  not  so  large  as  the  Gallic  horses,  because  Caesar  says  so. 
7.  He  sent  the  letter  to  Athens  because  you  were  still  there. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  187,  519  ;  A.  &  G.  106,  107,  321 ;  G.  106,  107,  539- 
542  ;  H.  191,  516. 

LESSON   XLVI. 

RELATIVE  CLAUSES  OP  PURPOSE.  — CLAUSES  WITH 
QUO,  QUOMINUS,  OR  QUIN. 

314.  Examine  the  following  sentences  :  — 

I. 

Legates  qui  pacem  peterent  ad  Romanes  miserunt, 
they  sent  ambassadors  to  the  Romans  to  ask  for  peace. 

Nullum  nuntium  habe5  cui  hanc  epistulam  commit- 
tam,  I  have  no  messenger  to  whom  to  trust  this  letter. 

Gladium  rapuit  quo  Gallum  occideret,  he  seized  a 
sword  to  kill  the  Gaul  with. 

Post  hums  mortem  nemo  erat  unde  discerem,  after 
his  death  there  was  no  one  for  me  to  learn  from. 

Locum  ubi  stetis  reperire  non  poteritis,  you  will  not 
be  able  to  find  a  place  to  stand  in. 

II. 

Posters  die  castra  movit  quo  socios  propius  esset, 
the  next  day  he  moved  his  camp  in  order  to  be  nearer  the  allies. 


158  LATIN  LESSONS. 

Inritant  ad  pugnandum  quo  fiant  acriores,  they  goad 
them  on  to  battle  to  make  them  the  fiercer. 

III. 

Nemo  fuit  mllitum  quin  volneraretur,  there  was  no 
one  of  the  soldiers  but  was  wounded. 

Aegre  sunt  retenti  milites  quin  oppidum  inrumpe- 
rent,  the  soldiers  were  with  difficulty  restrained  from  bursting 
into  the  town. 

Non  videbatur  esse  dubium  quin  Caesar  venturus 
esset,  there  seemed  to  be  no  doubt  that  Caesar  would  come. 

Non  recusabo  quominus  omnes  mea  legant,  I  shall 
not  object  to  everybody's  reading  what  I  have  written. 

Epaminondas  non  recusavit  quominus  legis  poe- 
nam  subiret,  Epaminondas  did  not  refuse  to  suffer  the  pen- 
alty of  the  law. 

Multis  de  causis,  quominus  dimicare  vellet,  move- 
batur,  for  many  reasons  he  was  inclined  not  to  fight. 

315.  You  will  see  that  the  first  group   of  sentences 
above  contains  clauses  of  purpose  introduced  by  the  rela- 
tive pronoun  qui  in  different  cases  or  by  a  relative  adverb 
(unde,  ubi).     The  second  group  contains  two  sentences 
in  which  the  pronoun  quo  has   become  a  conjunction. 
In  such  purpose  clauses  there  is  regularly  a  comparative, 
as  in  the  examples ;  and  in  translating  into  Latin  quo  is 
to  be  used  rather  than  ut  to  express  purpose  when  the 
clause  contains  a  comparative.     The  third  group  contains 
substantive  clauses  of  purpose  introduced  by  quin  (i.  e. 
qui  +  ne)  or  quSminus  (i.  e.  quo  -|-  minus).     You  will 
see   that  these  clauses  nearly  all  depend  upon  negative 
main  verbs.     The  use  of  quominus  is  confined  to  clauses 
dependent  upon  words  of  opposing  or  hindering,  as  in  the 
examples. 

Exercise. 

316.  Translate  into  English  :  — 


RELATIVE  CLAUSES  OF  PURPOSE.        159 

Hannibal,  fratre  Hasdrubale  in  Hispania  relicto,  Pyrenaeum  l 
et  Alpes  1  transiit.2  Traditur  in  Italiam  octoginta  milia  pedi- 
tum  et  viginti  milia  equitum,  septem  et  triginta  elephantos 
abduxisse.  Interea  multi  Ligures  et  Galli  Hannibal!  se  con- 
iunxerunt.  Primus  ei  occurrit  P.  Cornelius  Scipio,  qui,  proelio 
ad  Ticinum3  commisso.  superatus  est  et  volnere  accepto  in  castra 
rediit.  Turn  Sempronius  Gracchus 4  conflixit  ad  Trebiam  3  amnem. 
Is  quoque  vincitur,  multi  populi  se  Hannibali  dediderunt.  Inde 
in  Tusciam  progressus  Flaminium  5  consulem  ad  Trasumennum 
lacum 6  superat ;  ipse  Flaminius  interemptus.  Romanorum  vi- 
ginti quinque  milia  caesa  sunt. 

Quingentesimo  et  quadragesimo  anno 7  post  urbem  conditam 
L.  Aemilius  Paullus  et  P.  Terentius  Varro  contra  Hannibalem 
mittuntur.  Quamquam  intellectum  erat  Hannibalem  non  aliter 
vinci  posse  quam  mora,  Varro  tamen  morae  impatiens  apud 
vicum  qui  Cannae 8  appellatur  in  Apulia 9  piignavit ;  ambo 
consules  victi,  Paullus  interemptus  est.  In  ea  pugna  consulares 
aut  praetorii  viginti,  senatores  triginta  capti  aut  occisi ;  militum 
quadraginta  milia,  equitum  tria  milia  et  qumgenti  perierunt. 
In  his  tantis  malls  nemo  tamen  pacis  mentionem  f acere  dignatus 
est.  Servi,  quod  numquam  ante  factum,  manumissi  et  milites 
f  actT  sunt. 

317.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

1.  The  next  day  two  cohorts  were  sent  to  guard  the  river. 
Thus  we  prevented  the  enemy  from  crossing,  and  also  caused 
them  to  believe  that  our  army  was  a  large  one.  2.  About  sun- 
set they  arrived  at  a  place  where  they  could  encamp  and  sleep 

1  The  Pyrenees  are  the  mountain  chain  between  Spain  and  France  (Hi- 
spania and  Gallia) ;  the  Alps  are  the  chain  between  France  and  Italy. 

2  B.  C.  218. 

3  See  Frontispiece,  4  B. 

4  Gracchus  and  Scipio  were  the  two  consuls  for  the  year  B.  c.  218. 

5  B.  C.  217. 

6  See  Frontispiece,  6  D. 

7  This  date  is  six  years  too  late  ;  it  should  be  B.  c.  216. 

8  See  Frontispiece,  10  F. 

9  Bound  Apulia.     See  Frontispiece,  10  F. 


OF  THB 

TNIVERSITY 


160  LATIN   LESSONS. 

without  fear.  There  they  found  wood  with  which  to  make  a 
fire,  and  water  to  quench  their  thirst.  3.  Two  consuls  were 
then  appointed  instead  of  one  king,  that  the  liberty  of  the  people 
might  be  better  preserved.  4.  Let  us  promise  these  soldiers  a 
large  reward  if  they  win  the  battle,  that  they  may  fight  the  more 
bravely.  5.  The  prisoner  said  that  if  they  should  take  a  two 
days'  journey  up  *  the  river  they  would  find  a  place  where  the 
horses  and  luggage  might  be  taken  across  without  difficulty. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  482  (2),  484,  493  (2),  499  ;  A.  &  G.  317,  2,  &  6, 
331,  2,  332  g  ;  G.  545,  1  &  2,  547,  549-^551,  556  ;  H.  497, 499, 
3,  504,  505. 

LESSON    XLVII. 

CLAUSES  WITH  THE  PARTICLES  OP  TIME,  ANTE- 
QUAM,  PRIUSQUAM,  POSTQUAM,  UBI,  DUM,  ETC. 
—  CLAUSES  OF  PROVISO  WITH  DUM,  MODO,  DUM- 
MODO. 

318.  When  temporal  clauses  have  the  indicative  they 
serve  to  date  the  occurrence  mentioned  in  the  main  clause ; 
when  they  have  the  subjunctive  they  call  attention  to  some- 
thing in  the  character  of  the  situation  which  explains  the 
main  clause  more  fully  (frequently  indicating  the  purpose 
or  the  cause  of  its  action).  With  antequam  and  prius- 
quam,  "before,"  and  with  dum  when  it  means  "until," 
both  kinds  of  clauses  are  used.  Thus :  — 

Inde  ante  profectus  es  Inde  ante  profectus  es 
quam  te  venisse  c5-  quam  te  venisse  cogno- 
gnovi,  you  went  away  from  vissem,  you  went  away  from 
there  before  I  learned  you  there  before  I  had  a  chance 
had  come.  to  learn  that  you  had  come. 

*  Up  the  river  is  adverse  flumine,  down  the  river,  secundo  flu- 
mine.  What  use  of  the  ablative  is  this  ? 


CERTAIN   TEMPORAL   CLAUSES.  161 

Scribam  antequam  veni-  Scribam  antequam  veniant, 

ent,    I   will   write   before  I  will  write  to  forewarn  you 

they  come.  of  their  coming. 

Neque  prius  fugere    de-  Neque  prius  f ugere  destite- 

stiterunt  quam  ad  Rhe-  runt  quam   ad  Rhenum 

num.   pervenerunt,  nor  pervenissent,  nor  did  they 

did   they  stop   fleeing  be-  stop  fleeing  before  the  Rhine 

fore     they     reached     the  barred  their  flight. 
Rhine. 

Priusquam  rogatur,  re-  Priusquam  rogetur,  respon- 
spondet,  he  answers  be-  det,  he  answers  without  wait- 
fore  he  is  asked.  ing  to  be  asked. 

Mane  dum    librum  per-  Mane    dum    librum  perle- 

lego,  wait  till  I  finish  the  gam,  wait  for  me  to  finish 

book.  the  book. 

319.  Postquam,  after,  ubi,  after,  when,  as  soon  as, 
simul  atque  (or  ac),  as  soon  as,  dum,  while  or  so  long 
as,  arid  the  less  common  particles  ut,  after,  when,  donee 
and  quoad,  while,  until,  are  used  in  classical  Latin  almost 
exclusively  to  date  occurrences,  and  so  take  the  indicative. 
Thus :  — 

Postquam  castra  capta  sunt,  in  urbem  impetum 
facere  coeperunt,  after  the  camp  was  taken,  they  began  to 
make  an  attack  upon  the  city. 

Postquam  mllites  in  acie  instruct!  sunt  e  praetorio 
venimus,  after  the  soldiers  were  drawn  up  in  line  we  came 
from  the  general's  tent. 

Ubi  de  tuo  adventu  certior  factus  sum,  hue  matura- 
bam,  as  soon  as  (after)  I  was  informed  of  your  arrival,  I  began 
to  hasten  hither. 

Simul  atque  occasio  ill!  visa  est,  consulem  deseruit, 
as  soon  as  he  thought  the  occasion  favorable,  he  abandoned  his 
consul. 

Dum  scribo  tibi,  iam  acta  est  res,  while  I  write  you 
the  matter  is  already  settled. 


162  LATIN   LESSONS. 

Dum  haec  Romae  geruntur,  Capua  capta  est,  while 
this  was  going  on  at  Rome  Capua  was  taken. 

NOTE  1.  The  two  parts  of  antequam,  priusquam,  and  postquam 
are  frequently  separated  by  one  or  more  words,  as  in  some  of  the  above  ex- 
amples. When  thus  separated,  ante  or  prius  appears  in  the  main  clause 
and  quam  introduces  the  subordinate  clause. 

NOTE  2.  Postquam,  ubi,  and  simul  atque  commonly  take  the 
perfect  tense,  and  dum  with  the  indicative  almost  always  takes  the  present, 
even  when  some  other  tense  would  mark  the  time  more  exactly. 

Clauses  of  Proviso. 

320.  From  its  temporal  meaning  dum  passes  into  the 
meanings  "if  only,"  "provided  that."     The  words  modo 
and  dummodo  are  used  in  the  same  sense,  and  the  verb  is 
always  subjunctive.     Thus :  — 

Oderint.  dum  metuant,  let  them  hate,  provided  they  fear. 

Manent  ingenia  senibus,  modo  permaneat  studium 
et  industria,  the  mental  faculties  of  the  old  do  not  become 
impaired,  provided  their  interest  and  energy  hold  out. 

SI  cui  videor  segnior  fuisse  dum  ne  tibi  videar  non 
laboro,  if  I  do  seem  to  anybody  to  have  been  rather  sluggish, 
I  do  not  care  provided  I  do  not  seem  so  to  you. 

Omnia  nihili  aestimavi,  dummodo  praeceptis  patris 
parerem,  I  counted  all  else  as  naught,  if  only  I  obeyed  my 
father's  instructions. 

NOTE.  The  negative  for  clauses  of  proviso  is  ne,  as  in  the  third  ex- 
ample. 

Exercise. 

321.  Translate  into  English :  — 

THE   DYING   SPEECH    OF   CYRUS   THE  ELDER. 

Apud   Xenophontem l    moriens    Cyrus  2   maior   haec   dicit : 

1  Xenophon  was  a  celebrated  Athenian  writer  and  general,  who  lived 
from  about  445  B.  c.  to  about  355  B.  c. 

2  Cyrus  the  Elder  was  the  founder  of  the  Persian  monarchy,  over  which 
he  reigned  B.  c.  559-529.     The  more  common  account  is  that  he  was  killed 
in  battle. 


VOF  THB 
163 


TH 

(CJNIVE 
16 


"  Nolite l  arbitral-!,  o  me!  carissimi  Mil,  me,  cum  a  vobis  discessero, 
nusquam  aut  nullum  fore  ;  nee  enim  dum  eram  vobiscum  animum 
meum  videbatis,  sed  eum  esse  in  hoc  corpore  ex  iis  rebus  quas 
gerebam  intellegebatis.  Eundem  2  igitur  esse  creditote,  etiam  si 
nullum  videbitis.  Nee  vero  clarorum  virorum  post  mortem 
honores  permanerent,  si  nihil  eorum  ipsorum  animi  efficerent, 
quo  diutius  memoriam  sul  teneremus.  Mihi  quidem  persuader! 
numquam  potuit  animos  dum  in  corporibus  essent  mortalibus 
vivere,  cum  excessissent  ex  iis  emorl.  .  .  .  Atque  etiam,  cum 
hominis  natura  morte  dissolvitur,  ceterarum  rerum  perspicuum 
est  quo  quaeque  discedat ;  abeunt  enim  illuc  omnia  unde  orta 
sunt ;  animus  autem  solus  nee  cum  adest  nee  cum  discedit  ad- 
paret.  lam  vero  videtis  nihil  esse  morti  tarn  simile  quam 
somnum.  Atqui  dormientium  animi  maxime  declarant  divmita- 
tem  suam ;  inulta  enim,  cum  remiss!  et  liber!  sunt,  futura  pro- 
spiciunt ;  ex  quo  intellegitur  quales  futur!  sint,  cum  se  plane 
corporis  vincul!s  relaxaverint.  Qua  re,  si  haee  ita  sunt,  sic  me 
colitote,"  inquit,  "  ut  deum  ;  sin  una  est  interiturus  animus  cum 
corpore,  vos  tamen,  deos  verentes,  qu!  hanc  omnem  pulchritudi- 
nem  3  tuentur  et  regunt,  memoriam  nostr!  pie  inviolateque  ser- 
vabitis."  —  Cic.  Sen.  xxii.  79. 

322.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

1.  After  Caesar  arrived  at  the  camp,  the  Gauls  kept  them- 
selves within  their  own  fortifications  and  sent  out  no  *  more 
soldiers  to  lay  waste  the  fields  of  our  allies.  2.  As  soon  as  he 
was  told  that  his  wound  was  mortal,  he  called  his  lieutenants 
together  and  ordered  them  to  swear  that  they  would  obey  the 
new  leader  with  the  same  faithfulness  which  they  had  shown 
him.  3.  While  the  battle  was  going  on  sharply  on  this  side  of 

1  This  use  of  noli  or  nolite  with  the  infinitive  is  the  regular  Latin 
way  of  expressing  our  "do  not,"  etc.     See  A.  &  S.  529  (1)  c;  A.  &  G. 
269  a2;  G.  264  II ;  H.  489,  D. 

2  Notice  the  gender  of  this  word,  and  thus  guard  against  taking  it  for  a 
neuter  referring  to  the  statement  just  made. 

3  I.  e.  the  beautiful  world  about  us. 
*  And  ...  no  =  neque  .  .  . 


164  LATIN   LESSONS. 

the  town,  five  ships  set  out  from  the  harbor  to  carry  the  news  to 
the  king.  All  felt  that  the  town  could  be  saved,  if  only  the  aid 
which  the  king  had  promised  arrived  before  night.  4.  In  this 
battle  the  leader  was  slain,  but  did  not  die  before  the  announce- 
ment had  been  made  that  the  enemy  had  been  conquered.  5. 
After  I  received  your  letter  I  only  waited  till  a  boat  arrived  to 
bring  me  here. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  502-508 ;  A.  &  G.  314,  324,  327,  328  ;  G.  561-579 ; 
H.  513, 1.  518-520. 

LESSON   XLVIIL* 

ROOTS  AND  COMMON  SUFFIXES.  —  WORDS  IN  -NUS, 

-NA,  -NUM. 

323.  Stems  usually  consist  of  two  parts.  The  first  part 
is  called  the  ROOT,  the  second  part  the  SUFFIX.  Some- 
times a  root  serves  also  as  the  stein  of  a  word,  taking  no 
suffix.  Words  formed  from  the  same  root  are  called 
KINDRED  words  ;  if  they  are  formed  directly  from  a  root 
they  are*called  PRIMITIVE  words  or  PRIMITIVES  ;  if  from  a 
stem  by  the  addition  of  a  further  suffix  they  are  called 

DERIVATIVE  WORDS  Or  DERIVATIVES.      Thus  :  — 

BOOT.      SUFFIX.       PRIMrnVE  STEM.       SUFFIX.  DERIVATIVE 

WORDS.  WORDS. 

bell-  -|-  o-   bellum,  war      bello-   -f-  a-     bellare,  to  make 

war. 

bella-     +  tor-  bellator,  war- 
rior. 

bello-    -f-  co-  bellicus,f  be- 
longing to  war. 

*  This  lesson  and  the  others  marked  with  an  *  are  designed  for  those 
who  have  time  and  inclination  to  make  a  beginning  in  that  branch  of  Latin 
study  which  teaches  how  the  words  of  the  language  grew.  The  lessons  so 
marked  can  be  omitted  without  destroying  the  continuity  of  the  rest  of  the 
book. 

t  For  the  change  of  o  to  i  see  A.  &  S.  59 ;  A.  &  G.  10  a  ;  H.  22. 


WORDS  IN  -NUS,   -NA,   -NUM. 


165 


ar- 


5r- 


vo-  arvom, 


+  a- 


ploughed  field 
arare, 

to  plough 
6s,  mouth 


( reg- 
(reg- 


regere,  to  rule     _ 
rex,  king 
-|-  no-  regnum,  king- 
dom 


bello-    -f  na-  Bellona,  the 
war  goddess. 

ara-       +  tro-  aratrum, 
plough. 

ara-       -{-to-   aratus, 

ploughed. 

or-         -|-  a-     orare,  to  beg, 
ask. 

ora-        -|-  tor-  orator,  speaker. 

orator-  -f-  io-    oratorius,  be- 
longing to 
oratory. 

-f-  io-    regius,t  royal. 


324.  Among  the  most  common  suffixes  used  singly  or 
in  combinations  to  form  nouns  or  adjectives,  are  the  fol- 
lowing :  — 

I.  a-,  ca-,  ia-,  na-,  la-,  ra-,  ta-,  sa- ; 

II.  o-,  co-,  io-,  no-,  Io-,  ro-,  to-,  so- ; 

III.  i-,  li-,  ri-,  5r-,  or-,  er-,  on-,  min-,  ent-,  tor-,  s5r- ; 

IV.  u-,  tu-,  su-. 

325.  Examine  the  following  words  :  — 

Stem. 

paternus,  belonging  to  a  father. 
Romanus,  Roman, 
f  aginus,  beechen. 
collmus,  hilly, 
marinus,  of  the  sea. 
Bellona,  goddess  of  war. 


pater,  father         patr- 
Roma,  Rome        Roma- 
fagus,  beech-tree  f ago- 
collis,  hill  colli- 

mare,  sea  rnari- 

bellum,  war          bello- 


*  Many  roots  thus  have  two  forms,  differing  generally  in  the  quantity  of 
the  vowel. 

t  There  is,  of  course,  nothing  in  the  appearance  of  this  word  to  make  us 
call  it  a  derivative  rather  than  a  primitive,  but  we  are  led  to  do  so  by 
noting  its  meaning  and  comparing  it  with  other  words. 


166  LATIN   LESSONS. 

tribus,  tribe          tribu-      tribunus,  tribune, 
lacus,  lake  lacu-        lacuna,  pool, 

piscis,  fish  pisci-       piscina,  fish-pond. 

326.  You  will  see  that  when  the  suffix  is  added  to  the 
above  stems  all  of  them  except  Roma-  undergo  a  slight 
change.     In  most  of  them  the  stem  vowel  is  lengthened, 
but  in  fago-,  the  o  is  weakened  to  i,  and  the  consonant 
stem  patr-  develops  an  e  just  as  is  done  in  the  noun  pater, 
because  it  is  almost,  if  not  quite,  impossible  to  pronounce 
such  combinations  of  sounds  as  patr-  and  patrnus.   Other 
stems  like  the  above  suffer  the  same  changes  when  suffixes 
are  added,  the  o-stems  regularly  changing  the  vowel  to  i, 
as  in  faginus.  or  to  u,  rather  than  lengthening  it,  as  in 
Bellona. 

327.  From    what    stems    are    the    following    words 
formed  ? 

insulanus,  an  islander.  annSna,  a  year's  produce. 

Sullanus,  belonging  to  Sulla,     fraternus,  brotherly, 
caninus,  of  a  dog.  Portunus,  god  of  harbors. 

328.  Notice   also   the   following    common    primitives 
formed  with  the  suffixes  no-,  na- : — 

Agnus,  lamb  ;  cena,  dinner ;  donum,  gift ;  gena,  cheek ; 
Ian  a.  wool ;  luna,  moon ;  magnus,  great ;  pinus,  f.,  pine- 
tree  ;  plenus,  full ;  pugna,  battle  ;  rana,  frog  ;  sanus,  sound, 
sane  ;  signum,  sign  ;  somnus,  sleep  ;  vlnum,  wine. 

329.  Having  words  like  the  above  the  Romans  formed 
others  like  them  by  analogy  (that  is,  like  be arable  after 
the  fashion  of  portable.     See  243,  p.  119).     Thus  :  — 

montanus,  -a,  -um,  mountainous,  from  mons. 
Gracchanus,  -a,  -um,  of  Gracchus,  from  Gracchus, 
terrenus,  -a,  -um,  earthy,  from  terra, 
vlclnus,  -a,  -um,  neighboring,  from  vicus. 
membrana,  -ae,  membrane,  from  membrum. 
habena,  -ae,  rein,  from  root  of  habere. 


WORDS   IN  -NUS,  -NA,   -NUM.  167 

regina,  -ae,  queen,  from  rex. 
sallnum,  -I,  salt-cellar,  from  sal. 

NOTE.  Thus  -anus,  -enus,  -Inus,  -ana,  -ena,  -ma,  -anum,  -gnum, 
-muni,  came  to  be  regarded  as  ready-made  endings. 

Exercise. 
330.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

A.     THE   DEATH    OF   EPAMINONDAS. 

Epaminondas l  extreme  tempore  imperator  apud  Mantineam  2 
cum  acie  instructa  audacius  Instaret  hostes,  cognitus  a  Lacedae- 
moniis,  quod  in  unius  pernicie  eius  patriae  sitam 3  putabant 
salutem,  universi  in  unum  impetum  fecerunt  neque  prius  absces- 
serunt,  quam  magna  caede  edita  multisque  occisis  fortissime 
ipsum  Epammondam  pugnantem,  sparo  eminus  percussum,  con- 
cidere  viderunt.  Huius  casu  aliquantum  retardati  sunt  Boeotii,4 
neque  tamen  prius  pugna  excesserunt,  quam  repugnantes  pro- 
fligarunt.  At  Epammondas,  cum  animadverteret  mortiferum  se 
volnus  accepisse  simulque,  si  ferrum,  quod  ex  hastlli  in  corpore 
remanserat,  extraxisset,  animam  statim  emissurum,  usque  eo 
retinuit,  quoad  renuntiatum  est  vicisse  Boeotios.  Id  postquam 
audivit,  "  Satis,"  inquit,  "  vixi ;  5  invictus  enim  morior."  Turn 
ferro  extracto  confestim  exanimatus  est.  —  Corn.  N&p.  Epam.  9. 

B.     THE   INCORRUPTIBILITY    OF   EPAMINONDAS. 

Tentata  Epaminondae  est  abstinentia  a  Diomedonte  Cyziceno.0 
Namque  is  rogatu  Artaxerxis 7  regis  Epammondam  pecunia 

1  Epaminondas  was  the  greatest  of  Theban  generals.    He  won  the  battle 
of  Leuctra  in  B.  c.  371,  and  the  battle  of  Mantinea  in  B.  C.  362,  but  fell  in 
this  latter  battle. 

2  The  battle  was  fought  in  362  B.  c. ;  for  the  situation  of  this  town  see 
map,  p.  180,  4  E. 

3  Fromsinere. 

4  Bound  Boeotia.     See  map,  p.  180,  4  D. 

5  From  vivere,  to  live. 

6  See  map,  p.  180,  9  B. 

7  This  was  Artaxerxes  Mnemon,  king  of  Persia  from  405  to  359  B.  c.     It 
was  against  him  that  his  younger  brother  Cyrus  revolted  in  the  famous 
expedition  which  forms  the  subject  of  Xenophon's  Anabasis. 


168  LATIN   LESSONS. 

corrumpendum  susceperat.  Hie  magno  cum  pondere  aim  Thebas 
venit  et  Micythum  adulescentulum,  quern  turn  Epammondas 
plurimum  diligebat,  qulnque  talentis  ad  suam  perduxit  volun- 
tatem.  Mlcythus  Epaminondam  convenit  et  causam  adventus  Di- 
omedontis  ostendit.  At  ille  Diomedonti  coram,1 "  Nihil,"  inquit, 
"  opus  pecunia  est :  nam  si  rex  ea  volt,  quae  Thebams  sunt  utilia, 
gratiis  facere  sum  paratus,  sin  autem  contraria,  non  habet  ami 
atque  argent!  satis.  Namque  orbis  terrarum  divitias  accipere 
nolo  pro  patriae  caritate.  Tu  quod  me  incognitum  tentasti  tui- 
que  similem  existimasti,  non  miror  tibique  Ignosco  ;  sed  egredere 
propere,  ne  alios  corrumpas,  cum 2  me  non  potueris.  Et  tu, 
Micythe,  argentum  huic  redde,  aut,  nisi  id  confestim  facis,  ego 
te  tradam  magistratui."  Hunc  Diomedon  cum  rogaret,  ut  tuto 
exire  suaque,  quae  attulerat,  liceret  efferre,  "  Istud  quidem,"  in- 
quit,  "  faciam,  neque  tua  causa,  sed  mea,  ne,  si  tibi  sit  pecunia 
adempta,  aliquis  dicat  id  ad  me  ereptum  pervenisse,  quod  dela- 
tum  accipere  noluissem."  A  quo  cum  quaeslsset,  quo  se  deduci 
vellet,  et  ille  Athenas  dixisset,  praesidium  dedit,  ut  tuto  per- 
veniret.  Neque  vero  id  satis  habuit,  sed  etiam,  ut  inviolatus  in 
navem  escenderet,  per  Chabriam  Atheniensem  effecit. 

Cor.  Nep.  Epam.  4. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  57,  251-255,  263-265 ;  A.  &  G.  22,  23,  160,  161, 
164  c;  G.  780-784,  785,  12,  786,  11 ;  H.  314-320,  330,  331. 

LESSON  XLIX. 

RELATIVE  CLAUSES   OTHER  THAN  THOSE  OF  PUR- 
POSE. 

331.  The  difference  between  the  subjunctive  in  relative 
clauses  (other  than  those  of  purpose),  and  the  indicative 
in  relative  clauses,  is  best  learned  through  the  study  of 
parallel  examples  like  the  following  :  — 

1  That  is,  "in  the  presence  of  Micythus." 

2  Cum  =  "since,"  or,  more  strictly,  "now  that." 


RELATIVE   CLAUSES. 


169 


1.  Puer  qui  hunc  librum 
legebat  obdormivit, 
the  (particular)  boy  who 
was  reading  this  book  fell 


2.  N5n  is  es  qui  hoc  fecit, 
you  are  not  the  person  who 
did  this. 

3.  Felices  sunt  ii,  qui  pro 
patria  moriuntur,  happy 
are   they,  who    (for  they) 
die  for  their  country. 

4.  Qui  diligenter  laborat, 
haec  omnia  facile  in- 
telleget,  he  (the  one)  who 
really  works  industriously 
will  easily   understand  all 
these  things. 


Puer  qui  hunc  librum  le- 
geret  obdormivit,  the  boy 
(any  boy)  who  read  this  book 
fell  asleep. 

Non  is  es  qui  hoc  fecerit, 
you  are  not  the  (kind  of)  per- 
son to  have  done  this. 

Felices  sunt  ii  qui  pro  pa- 
tria moriantur,  happy  are 
those  who  die  for  their  coun- 
try. 

Qui  diligenter  laboret,  haec 
omnia  facile  intelleget, 
he  who  works  industriously 
will  easily  understand  all 
these  things  (that  is,  if  any  one 
does  so  work,  he  will,  etc.) 


You  will  see  that  the  parallel  sentences  in  these  two 
columns  differ  from  each  other  only  in  the  mood  of  the 
verb  of  their  relative  clauses.  In  the  first  column  the 
mood  is  indicative  and  each  relative  clause  states  some 
fact  about  the  antecedent.  The  antecedent  is  always  a 
particular  person  (or  persons),  that  is,  he  is  always 
thought  of  as  an  individual,  even  when,  as  in  the  last 
example,  he  stands  as  the  type  of  a  class.  Now  turn  to 
the  subjunctive  column.  Here  you  observe  that  the  rela- 
tive clause  does  not  state  a  fact  at  all  and  does  not  speak 
of  an  individual  person,  but  indicates  something  in  the 
character  or  circumstances  of  a  class  of  persons  or  things, 
the  possession  of  which  by  the  antecedent  makes  him  one 
of  that  class  and  therefore  makes  the  statement  of  the 
main  clause  true  of  him.  Such  relative  clauses  are  called 
clauses  of  CHARACTERISTIC.  You  will  see  that  they  are 
sometimes  equivalent  to  a  clause  of  result,  as  in  the  second 


THIVERSITY 


170  LATIN   LESSONS. 

example ;  a  conditional  clause,  as  in  the  last  example ; 
or  a  causal  clause,  as  in  the  third  example.  So  the  in- 
dicative relative  clause  may  be  equivalent  to  a  conditional 
clause  or  a  causal  clause,  as  in  the  fifth  and  third  examples, 
but  there  the  fact  stated  by  the  relative  clause  is  the 
thing  prominently  marked,  and  the  condition  or  cause  is  a 
secondary  matter,  while  in  the  subjunctive  clause  there  is 
no  fact  stated,  and  the  conditional  or  causal  nature  of  the 
clause  is  therefore  more  prominent. 

Exercise. 

332.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

1.  O  fortunate  adulescens,  qui  tuae  virtutis  Homerum  praeco- 
nem  inveneris.  Haec  verba  olim  ad  Achillas  tumulum  edidit 
ille  magnus  Alexander.  2.  Catonem  vero  quis  nostrorum 
oratorum,  qui  quidem  nunc  sunt,  legit  ?  Cuius  sunt  ilia  verba  ? 
Cicero  quidem  in  libro  suo  qui  Brutus  inscribitur  se  ipsum  hoc 
dicentem  facit.  Hoc  quoque  in  alio  loco  eiusdem  libri  scribit : 
Omnium  quidem  oratorum,  quos  quidem  ego  cognoverim, 
acutissimum  iudico  Quintum  Sertorium.  3.  Quaecumque  causa 
vos  hue  attulisset,  laetarer.  4.  Maximum  ornamentum  amici- 
tiae  tollit  qui  ex  ea  tollit  verecundiam.  5.  Numquam  igitur  satis 
laudari  digne  poterit  philosophia,  cui  qui  pareat,  omne  tempus 
aetatis  sine  molestia  possit  degere.  Ita  scribit  idem  Cicero  in 
principle  libri  de  senectute  quern  ad  amicum  Atticum  misit.  6. 
Curat  Chrysogonus,  ut  Rosci  bona  veneant1  statim,  qui  non 
norat  2  hominem  aut  rem. 

333.  Translate  into  Latin :  - 

Of  all  the  virtues  which  mankind  holds  dear,  there  were  two 
that  the  Romans  especially  praised  and  honored.  One  was  the 
bravery  which  leads  the  soldier  unflinchingly  into  the  very  jaws 
of  death  for  his  country  or  his  general,  the  other  was  the  incor- 

1  From  venire,  not  venire. 

2  Shorter  form  for  noverat  from  noscere. 


WORDS   IN   -CUS,   -IUS,    OR   -AX.  171 

ruptible  honesty  which  is  illustrated  by  the  deeds  of  Curius 
Dentatus  whom  the  Samnites  tried  to  bribe,  and  of  many  others 
among  the  citizens  of  the  Eternal  City.  Epaminondas  among 
the  Greeks  is  an  example  of  this  same  virtue,  who  declared  that 
if  the  Persian  king  wanted  what  was  of  injury  to  his  countrymen 
not  all  the  gold  and  silver  in  the  world  was  enough  to  persuade 
him  to  do  it. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  500,  501 ;  A.  &  G.  320  ;  G.  626-640  ;  H.  503,  507. 
2,  515  III,  and  note  4,  517. 

LESSON   L.* 
WORDS  IN  -CUS,  -CA,  -CUM,  -AX,  -IUS,  -IA,  -IUM. 

334.  Examine  the  following  words  :  — 

civi-cus,  -a,  -urn,  of  a  citizen,  from  civis. 
belli-cus,  -a,  -um,  warlike,  "    bellum. 

Afri-cus,  -a,  -um,  African,  "    Af er. 

venati-cus,  -a,  -um,  of  hunting,  "    venatus  (-us). 
patri-cus,  -a,  -um,  of  a  father,    "    pater. 

335.  These  adjectives  are  formed  from  various  kinds 
of  stems,  though  they  all  have  i  before  the  suffix.    In  words 
like  civicus  this  i  belongs  to  the  stem  of  the  primitive ; 
in  words  like  bellicus  and  Africus  it  is  weakened  from 
the  short  stem  vowel  o ;  in  words  like  venaticus  from  the 
short  stem  vowel  u.    In  patricus  the  i  is  inserted  to  make 
the  pronunciation  easy. 

NOTE.  A  few  adjectives  in  -cus  are  found  with  long  vowels  before  the 
c,  as  meracus,  unmixed,  from  merus,  -a,  -um  ;  pudlcus,  modest,  with 
the  same  root  as  pudor,  shame,  and  pudere,  to  be  ashamed  ;  caducus, 
ready  to  fall,  with  the  same  root  as  cadere,  to  fall.  It  is,  however,  im- 
possible to  trace  the  intervening  steps  in  these  words. 

336.  Most  adjectives  in  -cus  from  a-stems  passed  over 

*  See  Lesson  xlviii. 


172  LATIN   LESSONS. 

into  the  third  declension,  as  pugnax  [pugna-  +  c(o)], 
and  the  ending  -ax  was  thence  used  to  form  various  adjec- 
tives denoting  a  (mostly  aggressive)  tendency.  Thus  :  — 

pugnax  (gen.  pugnacis),  inclined  to  fight,  from  pugna. 
fugax,  inclined  to  flee  "      f uga. 

audax,  daring  from  root  of  audere. 

tenax,  tenacious  "       "    "  tenere. 

ferax,  fertile  "        "    "  ferre. 

verax,  truthful  "       "    "  verus. 

337.  Examine  also  the  following  words  :  — 

reg-ius,  -a,  -urn,  royal  from  rex. 

uxor-ius,  -a,  -um,  devoted  to  one's  wife         "  uxor. 

patr-ius,  -a,  -um,  of  a  father  "  pater, 

orator-ius,  -a,  -um,  oratorical  "  orator. 

Ephes-ius,  -a,  -um,  Ephesian  "  Ephesus. 

patric-ius,  -a,  -um,  patrician  "  patricus. 

audaoia,  f.,  boldness  "  audax. 

custod-ia,  f.,  custody,  a  guard  "  custos. 

vict5r-ia,  f.,  victory  "  victor, 

sapient-ia,  f.,  wisdom  "  sapiens, 

milit-ia,  f.,  military  service  "  miles. 

grat-ia,  f.,  influence  "  gratus. 

mendac-ium,  n.,  lie  "  mendax. 

sacerdot-ium,  n.,  priesthood  "  sacerdos. 

hospit-ium,  n.,  guest-friendship  "  hospes. 

praet5r-ium,  n.,  general's  tent  "  praetor. 

338.  After   the   analogy  of  words    like    militia  and 
hospitium  were  formed  words  like  the  following  :  — 

amici-tia,  f.,  friendship,  from  amicus. 
avari-tia,  f.,  greed  "     avarus. 

tristi-tia,  f.,  sadness          "     tristis. 
servi-tium,  n.,  slavery      "     servos. 


WOKDS   IN   -CUS,   -IUS,    OR  -AX.  173 

339.  Among  primitive  words  formed  with  the  suffixes 
-io,  -ia,  are  serius,  -a,  -um,  earnest ;    genius,  guardian 
spirit ;  radius,  rod  ;  avia,  grandmother  ;    gloria,  glory  ; 
gaudium,  joy ;   folium,  leaf ;  odium,  hate ;    studium, 
zeal. 

Exercise. 

340.  Translate  into  English  :  - 

HANNIBAL'S  HATRED  OF  THE  ROMANS. 

Hannibal  velut  hereditate  relictum  odium  paternum  erga 
Romanes  sic  conservavit,  ut  prius  animam  quam  id  deposuerit, 
qui  quidem,  cum  patria  pulsus  esset  et  alien  arum  opum  indigeret, 
numquam  destiterit  animo  bellare  cum  Romanis.  Nam  ut  omit- 
tam  Philippum,1  quern  absens  hostem  reddidit  Romanis,  omnium 
iis  temporibus  potentissimus  rex  Antiochus 2  fuit.  Hunc  tanta 
cupiditate  incendit  bellandi,  ut  usque  a  rubro  marl  arma  conatus 
sit  Inferre  Italiae.  Ad  quern  cuin  legati  venissent  Roman!,  qui 
de  eius  voluntate  explorarent  darentque  operam  consiliis  clande- 
stinis  ut  Hannibalem  8  in  suspicionem  regi  adducerent,  tamquam 
ab  ipsis  corruptus  alia  atque4  antea  sentiret,  neque  id  frustra 
fecissent  idque  Hannibal  comperisset  seque  ab  interioribus  consi- 
liis segregari  vidisset,  tempore  dato  adiit  ad  regem,  eique  cum 
multa  de  fide  sua  et  odio  in  Romanos  commemorasset,  hoc  ad- 
iunxit :  "  Pater  meus,"  inquit,  "  Hamilcar  puerulo  me,  utpote 
non  amplius  novem  annos  nato,  in  Hispaniam  imperator  profici- 
scens  Karthagine  lovi  optimo  maximo  hostias  immolavit.  Quae  5 

1  This  Philip  was  king  of  Macedonia  at  the  time  of  the  Second  Punic 
War. 

2  Antiochus  suraamed  the  Great,  king  of  Syria  223-187  B.  c. 

3  Hannibal  had  gone  into  exile   and  was  stirring  up  Antiochus  against 
the  Romans  (195  B.  c.). 

4  Atque  is  thus  often  used  with  words  implying  a  comparison  where  we 
say  "than." 

5  The  relative  is  often  thus  used  to  connect  an  independent  sentence  with 
the  preceding.     It  is  then  equivalent  to  et  is,  nani  is,  or  the  like ;  that 
is,  to  a  conjunction  with  a  demonstrative  or  a  personal  pronoun. 


174  LATIN  LESSONS. 

divina  res  dum  conficiebatur,  quaesivit  a  me  vellemne  secum  in 
castra  proficiscl.  Id  cum  libenter  accepissem  atqufi  ab  eo  petere 
coepissem  ne  dubitaret  ducere,  turn  ille  :  '  Faciam,'  inquit, '  si  mihi 
fidem  quam  postulo  dederis.'  Simul  me  ad  aram  adduxit,  apud 
quam  sacrificare  mstituerat,  eamque  ceteris  remotis  tenentera 
iurare  iussit  numquam  me  in  amicitia  cum  Romanis  fore.  Id 
ego  iusiurandum  patii  datum  usque  ad  hanc  aetatem  ita  con- 
servavi,  ut  nemini  dubium  esse  debeat,  quin  reliquo  tempore 
eadem  mente  sim  futurus.  Quare  si  quid  amice  de  Romanis 
cogitabis,  non  imprudenter  feceris,  sj  me  celaris  ; l  cum  quidem 
bellum  parabis,  te  ipsum  frustraberis,  si  non  me  in  eo  prmcipem 
posueris."  —  Corn.  Nep.  Han.  1,  3,  and  2. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  266-269,  273  ;  A.  &  G.  163  e,  164  e,  g,  h,  i,  1-5,  9 ; 
G.  785,  3,  7,  13  b,  15  b,  786,  3,  7,  12  c,  13  d;  H.  324,  325, 
327,  329-331. 

LESSON   LI. 
CUM    INTRODUCING   TEMPORAL    CLAUSES. 

341.  Clauses  introduced  by  the  relative  adverb  cum, 
when,  take  the  indicative  or  the  subjunctive  mood  under 
the  same  circumstances  as  do  the  relative  clauses  studied 
in  Lesson  xlix,  L  e.  the  subjunctive  with  cum  is  a  sub- 
junctive of  characteristic.  Examine  the  following  sen- 
tences :  — 

Cum  calamitas  venit,  ho-  Cum  ita  lenis  sit  aura  cae- 

mines  stultitiam  suam  lumque  serenum,  libris- 

cognoscunt,  when  the  dis-  ne  te  dedere  potes  ?  can 

aster  comes,  men  recognize  you  give  yourself  up  to  your 

their  folly.  books  (at  a  time)  when  the 

Cum  trans  fljimen  cSnse-  breeze  is  thus  gentle  and  the 

rebatur  piigna,  in  urbe  sky  clear  ? 

1  Contracted  from  what  ? 


JNIVERSm 


CUM  INTRODUCING  TEMPORAL   CLAUSES. 


de  pace  agebant,  when 
the  battle  was  going  on 
across  the  river,  they  were 
talking  about  peace  in  town. 

Cum  hanc  epistulam  re- 
cipies,  iam  Romae  ero, 
when  you  receive  this  let- 
ter, I  shall  be  already  in 
Rome. 

Cum  domum  veni,  illud 
mihi  prima  erat  cura, 
when  I  came  home,  that  was 
my  very  first  care. 

Cum  iam  abierat  nauta, 
errorem  percepimus, 
when  the  sailor  had  gone 
away  we  perceived  our  mis- 
take. 

Cum  fratrem  videro  et 
quid  ille  censeat  audl- 
vero,  ad  te  veniam,  when 
I  shall  have  seen  my  bro- 
ther and  learned  what  he 
thinks  I  will  come  to  you. 


Cum  iam  portum  intrare- 
mus  naufragium  paene 
fecimus,  when  we  were 
already  entering  the  harbor, 
we  were  almost  shipwrecked. 

Cum  in  Italia  essemus,  re- 
gem  saepe  vidimus,  when 
we  were  in  Italy,  we  often 
saw  the  king. 

Cum  tanta  calamitas  tibi 
acciderit,  te  relinquere 
nolim,  I  should  not  wish  to 
leave  you  when  such  a  disas- 
ter has  fallen  upon  you. 

Hoc  cum  frustra  conati 
essemus,  ad  omnia  nos 
parabamus,  when  we  had 
tried  this  thing  in  vain,  we 
began  to  prepare  ourselves 
for  the  worst. 

Cum  haec  dixisset,  nun- 
tium  venientem  vidit, 
when  he  had  said  this,  he  saw 
the  messenger  coming. 


342.  It  will  perhaps  be  easier  to  understand  these  cum- 
clauses  if  you  observe  that  the  indicative  in  the  cum-clause 
serves  to  fix  the  actual  time  or  date  at  which  the  thing  said 
in  the  main  clause  takes  place,  while  the  subjunctive  in  the 
cum-clause  calls  attention  to  something  in  the  character  of 
the  situation  which  gives  the  hearer  a  better  understanding 
of  the  thought  in  the  speaker's  mind  as  he  utters  the  main 
clause.  The  imperfect  and  pluperfect  tenses  of  the  sub- 
junctive for  some  reason  do  not  characterize  the  situation 
so  strongly  as  the  other  tenses,  and  by  contrast  these 
tenses  in  the  indicative  seem  to  date  an  occurrence  with 


176  LATIN  LESSONS. 

especial  sharpness.  The  Romans  thus  came  to  use  the 
subjunctive  in  the  imperfect  and  pluperfect  much  more 
commonly  than  the  indicative,  even  where  we  foreigners 
can  hardly  appreciate  the  shade  of  thought  thus  indicated, 
as  in  the  third  and  the  last  examples  above.  In  writing 
Latin,  therefore,  it  is  best  to  put  your  imperfects  and 
pluperfects  with  cum  in  the  subjunctive  unless  you  wish 
to  bring  out  the  date-fixing  quality  of  the  clause  very 
strongly  indeed. 

NOTE.  The  pupil  must  not  expect  to  be  able  all  at  once  to  get  a  clear 
notion  of  the  difference  between  the  indicative  and  the  subjunctive  as  used 
in  clauses  introduced  by  the  relative  pronouns  or  by  the  relative  adverb 
cum.  On  the  other  hand,  he  should  begin  very  early  to  attempt  to  under- 
stand the  distinction,  which  he  may  fairly  expect  to  arrive  at  as  his  mind 
matures. 

By  comparing  each  new  example  with  similar  ones  which  he  has  already 
met  in  his  studies,  and  by  making  an  effort  to  feel  the  thought  expressed  in 
its  Latin  shape,  instead  of  first  translating  it  into  English,  a  pupil  may 
greatly  simplify  the  difficulty  of  acquiring  clear  notions  of  the  subtlest  dis- 
tinctions in  Latin  expression. 

Exercise. 
343.  Translate  into  English :  — 

Flumen  est  Arar,1  quod  per  fines  Haeduorum  et  Sequano- 
rum  2  in  Rhodanum  influit  incredibili  lenitate,  ita  ut  oculis,  in 
utram  partem  fluat,  iudicari  non  possit.  Id  Helvetil  3  ratibus 
ac  lintribus  iunctls  transibant.  Ubi  per  exploratores  Caesar 
certior  factus  est,  tres  iam  partes  copiarum  Helvetica  id  fluraen 
traduxisse,  quartam  fere  partem  citra  flumen  Ararira  reliquam 
esse,  de  tertia  vigilia  cum  legionibus  tribus  e  castris  profectus, 

1  The  modern  river  Saone  in  southeastern  France,  joining  the  Rhone  at 
Lyons. 

2  The  Haeduans  dwelt  on  the  right  or  western  side  of  the  Arar ;  the  Se- 
quani  on  the  eastern  side. 

8  The  Helvetians  occupied  most  of  what  is  now  Switzerland,  and  that 
country  is  still  sometimes  called  by  their  name  (on  its  postage  stamps,  for 
example). 


DIMINUTIVES.  177 

ad  earn  partem  peryenit,  quae  nondum  flumen  transierat.  Eos 
impeditos  et  inoplnantes  adgressus,  magnam  partem  eorum  con- 
cidit :  reliqui  sese  fugae  mandarunt  atque  in  proximas  silvas 
abdiderunt.  Is  pagus  appellabatur  Tigurmus  :  nam  omriis  civi- 
tas  Helvetia  in  quattuor  pagos  divisa  est.  Hie  pagus  unus,  cum 
domo  exisset,  patrum  nostrorum  memoria  L.  Cassium  consulem 
interfecerat l  et  eius  exercitum  sub  iugum  2  miserat.  Ita  sive 
casu,  sive  consilio  deorum  immortalium,  quae  pars  civitatis  Hel- 
vetiae  msignem  calamitatem  populo  Romano  intulerat,  ea  prm- 
ceps  poenas  persolvit.  Qua  in  re  Caesar  non  solum  publicas  sed 
etiam  privatas  iniurias  ultus  est ;  quod  eius  soceri  L.  Pisonis  3 
avom,  L.  Pisonem  legatum,  Tiguiim  eodem  proelio  quo  Cassium 
interfecerant.  —  Caes.  B.  G.  i.  12. 

344.  Write  a  Latin  account  in  your  own  words  of  the 
events  described  above  by  Caesar,  making  it  as  short  as 
you  can  without  leaving  out  anything  important. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  509-511 ;  A.  &  G.  322,  323,  325  ;  G.  580-586 ;  H. 
521. 

LESSON    LII.* 

DIMINUTIVES. 

345.  Examine  the  following  words  :  — 

I.    filius,  son  filiolus,  a  little  son. 

gladius,  sword  gladiolus,  a  little  sword. 

1  This  was  in  the  year  107  B.  c.,  when  the  Chnbrians  and  Teutons  in- 
vaded Italy.     Caesar  is  writing  of  the  year  58  B.  C. 

2  It  was  the  Roman  custom  to  compel  a  conquered  army  to  pass  under  a 
"yoke"  (consisting1  of  a  spear  laid  horizontally  across  two  upright  spears), 
as  a  sign  of  complete  humiliation. 

3  Caesar's  second  wife  was  Calpurnia,  daughter  of  L.  Calpurnius  Piso  ; 
his  first  wife  was  Cornelia,  daughter  of  L.  Cornelius  Cinna,  a  famous  leader 
of  the  Marian  party.     Cornelia  had  died  in  68  B.  c. 

*  See  Lesson  xlviii. 


178 


LATIN   LESSORS. 


nidus,  nest 
oppidum,  town 
servos,  slave 
parvos,  -a,  -om,  small 
II.    cena,  dinner 
rex,  king 
vox,  voice 
caput,  head 
merces,  pay 

III.  sermo,  speech 
arbor,  tree 
bos,  cow 
mater,  mother 
navis,  ship 
cornu,  horn 
dies,  day 

IV.  ager,  field 
capra,  goat 
patera,  saucer 
asinus,  ass 
corona,  wreath 
baculum,  staff 
oculus,  eye 
tabula,  tablet 


nidulus,  a  little  nest, 
oppidulum,  a  small  town, 
servolus,  a  young  slave, 
parvolus,  -a,  -um,  very  small, 
cenula,  a  small  dinner, 
regulus,  a  petty  king, 
vocula,  a  small  voice, 
capitulum.  a  little  head, 
mercedula,  small  pay. 
sermunculus,  a  little  speech, 
arbuscula,  a  small  tree, 
bucula,  heifer, 
matercula,  a  little  mother, 
navicula,  a  small  boat, 
corniculum,  a  little  horn, 
diecula,  a  short  day. 
agellus,  a  little  field, 
capella,  kid. 
patella,  a  little  saucer, 
asellus,  a  small  ass. 
corolla,  a  little  wreath, 
bacillum,  a  small  staff, 
ocellus,  a  little  eye. 
tabella,  a  little  tablet. 


346.  You  will  see  that  the  words  above  formed  with 
the  endings  -lus,  -la,  -lum,  have  a  diminutive  meaning.* 
Such  words  regularly  have  the  gender  of  the  words  from 
which  they  are  derived.  The  formation  seeins  to  have 
started  with  o-stems,  as  in  the  first  group  above.  The  o 
weakened  to  u  was  then  transferred  with  the  ending  to 

*  The  pupil  must  not  suppose  that  all  words  ending1  in  -lus,  -la,  -lum, 
are  diminutives.  Let  him  consider  baculum,  oculus,  tabula  (in  group 
iv.  above),  and  words  like  iaculum,  javelin,  and  cingulum,  girdle.  The 
endings  had  acquired  the  diminutive  meaning  in  many  instances  just  as 
"ish  "  and  "  y  "  have  done  in  English.  Compare  "  bluish,"  "  bookish," 
"sonny,"  "sunny." 


DIMINUTIVES.  179 

a-stems,  and  to  stems  in  o,  g,  d,  or  t,  as  in  the  second, 
group.  With  stems  in  other  consonants,  or  in  i,  u,  or  e, 
an  intervening  form  in  co-  seems  to  have  disappeared  as 
in  the  third  group.  Finally,  most  o-stems  and  a-stems, 
with  1,  n,  or  r  before  the  stem  vowel,  suffered  a  sort  of 
assimilation,  as  in  the  fourth  group. 

Exercise. 
347.  Translate  into  English  :  - 

THE    CAPTURE    OF   LEMNOS    BY   MILTIADES. 

Miltiades,  Cimonis  films,  Atheniensis,  cum  et  antiquitate  ge- 
neris et  gloria  maiorum  et  sua  modestia  unus  omnium  maxime 
floreret  eaque  esset  aetate,1  ut  non  iam  solum  de  eo  bene  spe- 
rare,  sed  etiam  confidere  elves  possent  suT,  talem  eum  futurum, 
qualem 2  cognitum  iudicarunt,  accidit  ut  Athenienses  Chersone- 
sum 8  colonos  vellent  mittere.  Cuius  generis  cum  magnus  nu- 
merus  esset  et  multi  eius  demigrationis  peterent  societatem,  ex  iis 
delect!  Delphos  4  deliberatum  5  missi  sunt.  quo  potissimum 6  duce 
uterentur.  Namque  turn  Thraeces  eas  regiones  tenebant,  cum 
quibus  7  armis  erat  dimicandum.  Consulentibus  nominatim  Py- 
thia 8  praecepit,  ut  Miltiadem  imperatorem  sibi  sumerent :  id  si 

1  Eaque  aetate.     When  a  phrase  containing  some  form  of  the  pro- 
noun is  is  followed  by  a  subjunctive  clause  with  ut,  it  is  generally  safe  to 
assume  that  the  clause  is  one  of  result,  and  to  translate  the  pronoun  by 
"such"  or  "so."    Thus  eaque  aetate  here  equals  tallque  aetate. 

2  Translate  by  "  as,"  but  notice  that  the  word  is  predicate  accusative 
•with  cognitum  (eum  esse  being  understood). 

3  Chersonesus  is  the  Greek  word  for  the  Latin  paenmsula  (paene, 
almost,  +  msula,  island),  and  was  used  especially  for  the  Thracian  pe- 
ninsula at  the  west  of  the  Hellespont  (the  modern  Dardanelles).     This 
strait  connects  the  Propontis  (Sea  of  Marmora)  with  the  Aegean. 

4  See  map,  p.  181,  4  D. 

5  Deliberare  is  used  in  this  sense  of  "  consult  an  oracle  "  only  by 
Nepos. 

6  Do  not  mistake  this  word  for  potentissimum. 

7  How  are  these  two  words  regularly  written  ? 

8  Fythia  means  the  priestess  who  uttered  the  responses  of  Apollo's  ora- 
cle at  Delphi,  the  older  name  of  which  was  Pytho. 


180  LATIN   LESSONS. 

fecissent,1  incepta  prospera  futura.  Hoc  oraculi  response  Miltia- 
des  cum  delecta  manu  classe  Cliersonesum  profectus  cum  acces- 
sisset  Lemnum  2  et  incolas  eius  Insulae  sub  potestatem  redigere 
vellet  Atheniensium,  idque  ut  Lemnii  sua  sponte  facerent  postu- 
lasset,  illi  irrldentes  responderunt  turn  id  se  facturos,  cum  ille 
domo  navibus  profectus  vento  aquilone  venisset  Lemnum.  Hie 
enim  ventus  ab  septemtrionibus  oriens  adversum  tenet  Athenls 
proficiscentibus.  Miltiades  morandi  tempus  non  habens  cursum 
dlrexit,  quo  tendebat,  pervenitque  Chersonesum. 

Ibi  brevi  tempore  barbarorum  copiis  disiectis,  tota  regione, 
quam  petierat,  potltus,  loca  castellis  idonea  communiit,  multitu- 
dinem,  quam  secum  duxerat,  in  agris  conlocavit  crebrlsque  ex- 
cursionibus  locupletavit.  Neque  minus  in  ea  re  prudentia  quam 
felicitate  adiutus  est.  Nam  cum  virtute  militum  devicisset  ho- 
stium  exercitus,  summa  aequitate  res  constituit  atque  ipse  ibidem 
manere  decrevit.8  Erat  enim  inter  eos  dlgnitate  regia,  quam- 
quam  carebat  nomine,  neque  id  magis  imperio  quam  iustitia  con- 
secutus.  Neque  eo  4  setius  Atheniensibus,  a  quibus  erat  profectus 
officia  praestabat.  Quibus  rebus  fiebat  ut  non  minus  eorum 
voluntate  perpetuum  imperiurn  obtineret,  qui  miserant,  quam 
illorum,  cum  quibus  erat  profectus.  Chersoneso  tali  modo  con- 
stituta  Lemnum  revertitur  et  ex  pacto  postulat  ut  sibi  urbem 
tradant :  se  enim  domum  ChersonesI  habere.  Cares,6  qui  turn 
Lemi.um  incolebant,  etsi  praeter  opinionem  res  ceciderat,  tamen 
non  dicto,  sed  secunda  f ortuna  adversariorum  capti  resistere  ausi 
non  sunt  atqUe  ex  insula  demigrarunt.  Par!  felicitate  ceteras 

1  Tliis  would  be,  in  the  direct  discourse,  hoc  si  feceritis,  incepta 
prospera  erunt. 

2  Lemnus,  an  island  in  the  Aegean  Sea,  said  to  be  the  abode  of  Vulcan, 
about  seventy  miles  west  of  Troy,  and  some  hundred  and  seventy  north- 
east of  Athens.     See  map,  p.  181,  6  C. 

3  From  decernere. 

4  We  translate  this  pronoun  with  a  comparative  by    "  the,"  neque   eo 
setius,  "nonetheless."     It  is  really  an  ablative  of  measure,  "  by  that 
amount."     See  A.  &  S.  415  ;  A.  &  G.  250,  note  ;  G.  400 ;  H.  423. 

5  Caria  was  the   country  at  the  southwest  extremity  of  Asia  Minor. 
See  map,  p.  181,  9  E. 


T23W 


AND 

THE  WEST   COAST    OF 

ASIA  MINOR 


j/  A    R    £        c  I 


r    R 


1 


"3» 


-S. 


n 

-t= 


CAUSAL   AND   CONCESSIVE   CLAUSES.  181 

insulas,  quae  Cyclades  1  nominantur,  sub  Atheniensium  redegit 
potestatem.  —  Corn.  Nep.  Mil.  1  &  2. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  257,  259  ;  A.  &  G.  164  a,  I;  G.  785  7  d,  10,  786 
7  b,  9  a  &  b  ;  H.  321,  332. 

LESSON    LIII. 
CAUSAL  AND   CONCESSIVE   CLAUSES   WITH   CUM. 

348.  Cum,  like  the  English  temporal  words  when, 
since,  while,  often  passes  from  the  temporal  sense  into  a 
causal  (now  that,  since),  or  a  concessive  sense  (while, 
although*).  The  easiest  distinction  to  grasp  between  the 
indicative  and  the  subjunctive  in  such  clauses  with  cum 
is  that  with  the  indicative  the  fact  of  the  occurrence  of 
the  thing  mentioned  in  the  cum-clause  is  strongly  marked, 
while  with  the  subjunctive  the  causal  or  concessive  rela- 
tion is  the  prominent  thing.  Thus  :  — 

Dete,  Catilina,  cumquie-  Fama    et    multitudinis  iu- 

scent,  probant;  cumta-  dicio  moventur   cum   id 

cent,   clamant,    in   your  honestum  putent  quod  a 

case,    Catiline,    when    (in  plerisque    laudetur,    they 

that)  they  keep  still,  they  are   influenced   by  what  men 

approve  ;  in  that  they  are  say  and  by  the  judgment  of 

silent,  they  applaud.  the  crowd  when  (in  that)  they 

imagine  the  thing  to  be  right 
which    is  approved    by    the 

Gratulor  tibi  cum  tantum  majority. 

vales  apud  Dolabellam,  Quae  cum  ita  sint,  Catilina, 

I  congratulate  you  in  that  perge   quo  coepisti,  since 

(now    that)   you    have   so  (now  that)  this  is  so,  Catiline, 

1  Cyclades,  islands  in  the  Aegean  Sea,  so  called  because  they  lie  in  a 
circle  about  Delos,  the  traditional  birthplace  of  Apollo.  See  map,  p.  181, 
6E. 


182 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


much  influence  with  Dola- 
bella. 

Utinam  tarn  in  periculo 
fuisset!  cum  ego  ils  qui- 
bus  meam  salutem  ca- 
rissimam  esse  arbitra- 
bar,  inimlcissimis  cru- 
delissimlsque  usus  sum, 
oh  that  it  had  been  in  such 
danger !  since  (now  that)  I 
have  found  those  most  hos- 
tile and  cruel  to  whom  I 
thought  my  safety  was  most 
dear. 

Cum  adfmitate  vestra  me 
arbitramini  dlgnum, 
habeo  vobis  magnam 
gratiam,  since  (now  that) 
your  family  think  me  wor- 
thy of  their  alliance  I  am 
very  grateful. 

Hoc  est  Roma  decedere  ? 
Quos  ego  homines  effu- 
gi,  cum  in  hos  incidi? 
Is  this  getting  away  from 
Rome  ?  Who  are  the  men 
I  have  escaped,  when  (now 
that)  I  have  stumbled  upon 
these  ? 

NH  cum  est,  ml  dent  ta- 
men,  although  (while)  I 
have  nothing,  still  there  is 
nothing  lacking. 


go  on  to  the  goal  for  which 
you  have  started. 
Dionysius,  cum  in  commu- 
nibus  suggestis  consi- 
stere  non  auderet,  con- 
tionari  ex  turn  alta  sole- 
bat,  Dionysius,  not  daring  (in 
that  he  did  not  dare)  to  take 
his  place  on  the  general  plat- 
form, used  to  speak  from  a 
high  tower. 


S5crates,  cum  facile  posset 
educi  e  custodia,  noluit. 
although  (when)  Socrates 
might  easily  have  been  res- 


cued 
not. 


from    prison,  he  would 


Dubium  habebis  etiam 
sancte  cum  ego  iurem 
tibi  ?  Shall  you  still  be  in 
doubt  when  (even  though)  I 
give  you  my  solemn  oath  ? 

Cum  maius  esse  videatur 
quam  Insania,  tamen 
eiusmodi  est  ut,  although 
(while)  it  seems  to  be  greater 
than  insanity,  yet  it  is  of  such 
a  kind  that,  etc. 


NOTE  1.  Cum-clauses  with  the  indicative  where  there  is  a  concession 
implied,  as  in  the  last  example,  are  very  rare  except  in  early  Latin. 

NOTE  2.  For  other  kinds  of  concessive  clauses  turn  back  to  Lesson  xliii., 
page  146  ;  for  other  causal  clauses  turn  back  to  Lesson  xlv.,  p.  153. 


CAUSAL   AND   CONCESSIVE   CLAUSES.  183 

Exercise. 
349.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

CHARACTER   OF  AGESILAUS. 

Agesilaus l  cum  iam  ammo  meditaretur  proficisci  in  Persas  et 
ipsum  regem  adoriri,  nuntius  el  domo  venit  ephororum 2  missu, 
bellum  Athenienses  et  Boeotios  hidixisse  Lacedaemoniis :  quare 
venire  ne  dubitaret.  In  hoc  non  minus  eius  pietas  suspicieuda 
est  quam  virtus  bellica :  qui  cum  victor!  praeesset  exercitui 
maximamque  haberet  fiduciam  regni  Persarum  potiundi,3  tanta 
modestia  4  dicto  5  audiens  f  uit  iussls  6  absentium  magistratuum, 
ut  si  prlvatus  in  comitio  esset  Spartae.  Cuius  exemplum  utinam 
imperatores  nostri  sequi  voluisseiit !  Sed  illuc 7  redeamus. 
Agesilaus  opulentissimo  regno  praeposuit  bonam  exlstimationem 
multoque  gloriosius  duxit,  si  institutls  patriae  paruisset,  quam  si 
bello  superasset  Asiam.  Hac  igitur  mente  Hellespontum  8  copias 
traiecit  tantaque  usus  est  celeritate,  ut,  quod  iter  Xerxes  anno 
vertente  confecerat,  hie  transient  triginta  diebus.  Cum  iam 
haud  ita  longe  abesset  a  Peloponneso,  obsistere  el  conati  sunt 
Athenienses  et  Boeotii  ceterique  eorum  socii  apud  Coroneam  ; g 
quos  omnes  gravi  proelio  vicit.  Hums  victoriae  vel  maxima 
fuit  laus,  quod,  cum  plerique  ex  fuga  se  in  templum  Minervae 

1  King  of  Sparta  398-360  B.  c. 

2  The  ephors  were  a  body  of  five  magistrates  at  Sparta,  whose  power, 
modest  at  first,  had  grown  into  supremacy  over  the  state  and  even  over  the 
kings  themselves. 

3  Gerundive  of  potlri  j  for  the  form  see  A.  &  S.  227  g  /  A.  &  G.  12  d  ; 
G.  151,  5  ;  H.  239. 

4  Tanta  modestia  is  abl.  of  manner.     See  A.  &  S.  410  (2)  ;  A.  &  G. 
248  ;  G.  401 ;  H.  419,  III. 

5  Dicto  is  dat.  with  audiens. 

6  Iussls  is  dat.  with  the  compound  expression  dicto  audiens,  which  is 
equivalent  to  the  English  word  "  obedient."     See  A.  &  S.  391  (4)  ;•  H.  390, 
note  3. 

7  To  what  does  Nepos  propose  to  return  ? 

8  See  map,  p.  181,  8  B. 

9  A  town  in  the  western  part  of  Boeotia.    See  map,  p.  181,  4  D. 


184  LATIN   LESSONS. 

coniecissent  quaerereturque  ab  eo,  quid  iis  vellet  fieri,  etsi  aliquot 
volnera  acceperat  eo  proelio  et  iratus  videbatur  omnibus,  qui 
adversus  arma  tulerant,  tamen  antetulit  Irae  religionem  et  eos 
vetuit  violarl.  Neque  vero  hoc  solum  in  Graecia  fecit,  ut  templa 
deorum  sancta  haberet,  sed  etiam  apud  barbaros  summa  religione 
omnia  simulacra  arasque  conservavit.  Itaque  praedicabat  mirari 
se,  non  sacrilegorum  numero  haberi,  qui  supplicibus  deorum 
nocuissent,  aut  non  gravioribus  poems  adfiel,  qui  religionem 
minuerent,  quam  qui  fana  spoliarent. 

Post  hoc  proelium  conlatum  omne  bellum  est  circa  Corinthum 
ideoque  Corinthium  est  appellatum.  Hie  cum  una  pugna  decem 
mflia  hostium  Agesilao  duce  cecidissent  eoque  facto  opes  adver- 
sariorum  debilitatae  viderentur,  tantum  af uit  ab  Insolentia  gloriae, 
ut  commiseratus  sit  fortunam  Graeciae,  quod  tarn  multl  a  se 
victl  vitio  adversariorum  concidissent :  namque  ilia  multitudine, 
si  sana  uiens  esset,  Graeciae  supplicium  Persas  dare  potuisse. 
Idem  cum  adversaries  intra  moenia  compulisset  et  ut  Corinthum 
oppugnaret  multl  hortarentur,  negavit  id  suae  virtutl  convenire  : 
se  enim  eum  esse,  qui  ad  omcium  peccantes  redlre  cogeret,  non 
qui  urbes  nobilissimas  expiignaret  Graeciae.  "  Nam,  si  "  inquit, 
"  eos  exstinguere  voluerimus,  qui  noblscum  adversus  barbaros 
steterunt,  nosmet  ipsl  nos  expugnaverimus  iUis  quiescentibus. 
Quo  facto  sine  negotio,  cum  voluerint,  nos  oppriment." 

Corn.  Nep.  Ages.  4  &  5. 

350.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

At  a  time  when  men  pursue  so  eagerly  the  things  which  most 
please  themselves,  it  is  worth  while  to  read  of  a  man  like  Agesi- 
laus,  who,  though  a  general  and  a  king,  preferred  his  country's 
wishes  to  his  own.  Although  he  already  had  hopes  of  conquer- 
ing the  king  of  the  Persians,  he  returned  at  once  to  Greece  when 
summoned  by  the  ephors.  Nor  did  he  yield  to  his  anger  and 
utterly  destroy  his  Greek  adversaries,  since  he  thought  that, 
even  though  they  were  at  the  time  fighting  against  him,  they 
were  still  Greeks,  and  might  afterwards  become  brave  allies 
against  the  Persians,  who  were  by  inheritance  their  common 
foe, 


WOKDS   IN   -LIS,   -RIS,    -BULUM,    -CULUM,   ETC.        185 


LESSON   LIV.* 

WORDS    IN  -LIS  AND  -RIS  ;  -BULUM,  -CULUM,  -BRUM, 
-CRUM,  -TRUM  ;  -MEN,  -MENTUM,  -MONIUM,  -MONIA. 

351.  Many  adjectives  formed  with  the  suffixes  lo-,  la-, 
passed  into  the  third  declension,  the  ending  thus  appearing 
-le,  or  slightly  varied  as  -ris,  -re.     Thus  :  — 


humilis,  -e,  low  from  humus,  ground. 

naturalis,  -e,  natural  "     natura,  nature. 

lunaris,  -e,  of  the  moon  "     luna,  the  moon. 

fidelis,  -e,  faithful  "     fides,  faithfulness. 

hostllis,  -e,  hostile  "     hostis,  enemy. 

tribulis,  -e,  of  the  same  tribe      "     tribus,  tribe. 

352.  The  ending  -ris  is  used  to  form  adjectives  from 
a-stems,  and  the  ending  -lis  from  various  kinds  of  stems. 
By  analogy  thence  arise  the  endings  -aris,  -alls,  -elis,  -ills, 
-ulis.     Thus  :  — 

miles,  soldier  militaris,  military. 

populus,  people  popularis,  of  the  people. 

navis,  ship  navalis,  naval. 

caput,  head  capitalis,  deadly,  capital. 

crudus,  bloody,  crude         crudelis,  cruel. 

vir,  man  virllis,  manly. 

pes,  foot.  pedulis,  of  the  feet. 

353.  The   adjectives  in  -ills  are  mostly  from  obsolete 
primitives  or  formed  by  analogy.     Thus  :  — 

agilis,  nimble,  from  an  obsolete  agus  cf.  agere 

nobilis,  famous,  as  if  from  nobus  "  n5scere 

utilis,  useful,        "    "      "  utus  "  uti 

facilis,  easy,        "    "      "  facus  "  facere 

*  See  Lesson  xlviii. 


186  LATIN   LESSONS. 

354.  Such  adjectives  carne  to  be  regarded  as  derived 
from  verbs,  and  -bills  and  -tills  were  then  added  to  verb- 
stems  to  form  adjectives  of  (generally  passive)  TENDENCY. 
Thus :  — 

amabfilis,  lovable.  terribilis,  terrible, 

flebilis,  lamentable,  tearful.  versatilis,  movable. 

355.  Nouns  formed  with  the  endings  -bulum,  -culum, 
-bruin,  -crum,  -trum,  -men,  -mentum,  -monia,  -monium, 
often  denote  the  MEANS  or  RESULT  of  an  act  or  the  ACT 
ITSELF.     Examine  the  following  :  — 

stabulum,  n.,  stall  cf.  stare  (root  STA),  to  stand. 

turibulum,  n.,  censer  "  tus.  frankincense. 

vocabulum.  n.,  word  "  vocare.  to  call. 

poculum.  n..  cup  "  potare,  to  drink. 

vehiculum,  n.,  vehicle  "  vehere,  to  draw. 

periculum.  n.,  trial,  danger     "  ex-periri.  to  try. 

cribrum,  n.,  sieve  "  cernere.  to  sift,  distinguish. 

delubrum.  n.,  shrine  "  luere,  to  atone  for. 

candelabrum,  n.,  candlestick  "  candela.  candle,  candere, 

to  shine. 

sepulcrurn,  n.,  tomb  "  sepelire,  to  bury. 

simulacrum,  n.,  image  "  simulare,  to  make  like,  pre- 

tend. 

rastrum,  n.,  rake  "  radere,  to  scrape. 

aratrum,  n.,  plough  "  arare,  to  plough. 

tegmen,    \ 

tegumen,  >-  n.,  covering         from  tegere,  to  cover. 

tegimen,  ) 

certamen,  R.,  contest  "  certare,  to  fight. 

fragmentum,  n.,  fragment      "  frangere,  to  break. 

ornamentum,  n.,  ornament     "  5rnare,  to  adorn. 

argumentum,  n.,  argument    "  arguere,  to  assert. 

monumentum,  n.,  memorial,  cf.  monere,  to  remind. 

condimentum,  n.,  seasoning,  from  condire,  to  preserve. 


WOKDS    IN   -BULUM,    -MENTUM,    -MONIUM,    ETC.      187 

,.      (testis,  witness,  and. 
testimonmm,  n.,  testimony     cf.     i  _  . 

( testari,  to  call  to  witness. 

querimonia,  f.,  complaint        "         queri,  to  complain. 

Observe  that  these  words  are  all  neuter  except  those  in 
-monia. 

NOTE.  The  ending  -men  (suffix  min-)  above  is  added  to  roots  and  stems 
like  the  suffixes  which  we  have  studied  before  ;  the  other  endings  here 
discussed  may  be  conveniently  spoken  of  as  combinations  of  suffixes,  as 
-bulum  (bo-  +  lo-),  -crum  (co-  +  ro-),  -monium  (mon-  •+-  io-),  but 
strictly  they  arise,  like  all  other  endings,  from  the  addition  of  the  last 
suffix  contained  in  them  to  stems  which  became  obsolete,  as  with  the 
diminutives  in  -Culus,  -cula,  -culum  (page  178),  or  were  formed  by 
analogy  from  words  thus  made.  Thus  vehiculum,  for  instance,  implies 
a  vehico-  -f  lo-,  and  this  in  turn  a  veho-  +  co-. 

Exercise. 
356.  Translate  into  English  :  - 

AN   IRRUPTION   OF   GAULS   INTO   NORTHERN   ITALY. 

Omnium  animis  in  bellum  Macedonicum  1  versis,  repente  nihil 
minus  eo  tempore  timentibus 2  GallicI  tumultus  f ama  exorta. 
Insubres  Cenomanlque  et  Boil  excitis  Celinibus  Ilvatibusque  et 
ceteris  Ligustmis  populls,  Hamilcare  Poeno  duce,  qui  in  iis  locis 
de  Hasdrubalis  exercitu  substiterat,  Placentiam  8  invaserant ; 4  et 
dlrepta  urbe  ac  per  Irani  magna  ex  parte  incensa,  vix  duobus 
milibus  hominum  inter  incendia  ruinasque  relictis,  traiecto  Pado  8 
ad  Cremonam  3  diripiendam  pergunt.  Viclnae  urbis  audita  cla- 
des  spatium  colonis  dedit  ad  claudendas  portas  praesidiaque  per 

1  This  was  in  200  B.  c.,  the  year  after  the  great  war  against  Hannibal 
was  ended.     The  decisive  battle  against  the  Carthaginians  had  been  fought 
at   Zama,  in  Africa,  in  October,  202  B.  c.,  but  the  treaty  of  peace  and 
official  end  of  the  war  belong  to  201  B.  c. 

2  Dative  with  iis  understood  and  governed  by  exorta. 
8  See  Frontispiece,  4  B. 

4  Livy's  order  of  events  here  is  not  quite  accurate.  The  Macedonian 
war  was  somewhat  further  advanced  when  Placentia  was  attacked,  but 
the  matter  is  a  detail  of  slight  importance. 


188  LATIN   LESSONS. 

muros  disponenda,  ut  obsiderentur  tamen  prius,  quam  expugna- 
rentur,  nuntiosque  mitterent  ad  praetorem  Romanum.  L.  Furius 
Purpurio  turn  provinciae  praeerat  cetero  ex  senatus  consulto 
exercitu  dimisso  praeter  quinque  milia  socium 1  ac  Latini  no- 
minis  2 ;  cum  iis  copiis  in  proxima  regione  provinciae  circa 
Ariminum  3  substiterat.  Is  turn  senatui  scripsit,  quo  in  tumultu 
provincia  esset.  Duarum  coloniarum,  quae  ingentem  illam  tem- 
pestatem  Punici  belli 4  subterf  ugissent,  alteram  captam  ac  dire- 
ptam  ab  hostibus,  alteram  oppugnari.  Nee  in  exercitu  suo  satis 
praesidil5  colonis  laborantibus  fore,  nisi  quinque  milia  socium 
quadraginta  milibus  hostium  —  tot  enim  in  armis  esse  —  truci- 
danda  obicere  velit,  et  tanta  sua  clade  iam  inflatos  excidio  colo- 
niae  Romanae  augeri  hostium  animos.  His  litteris  recitatis  de- 
creverunt,  ut  C.  Aurelius  consul  exercitum,  cui  in  Etruriam  ad 
conveniendum  diem  edixerat,  ArTminT  eadem  die  6  adesse  iuberet, 
et  aut  ipse,  si  per  commodum  rei  publicae  posset,  ad  opprimen- 
dum  Gallicum  tumultum  proficisceretur,  aut  L.  Furio  praetori 
scriberet,  ut,  cum  ad  eum  legiones  ex  Eti'uria  venissent,  missis  in 
vicem  earum  quinque  milibus  sociorum,  quae  interim  Etruriae 
praesidio  essent,  proficisceretur  ipse  ad  coloniam  liberandam 
obsidione.  —  Livy,  xxxi.  ch.  10-11. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  258,  260-262,  275  ;  A.  &  G.  163  c,  d,  164  d,  m  ; 
G.  785,  6,  7  e,  15  h,  11  a  &  b,  786,  6  b,  9  a,  c,  13  e ;  H.  326, 
327,  330,  333. 

1  Contracted  for  sociorum.     See  A.  &  S.  97  (7)  a ;  A.  &  G.  40  e  ;  G. 
29,  R.  3  ;  H.  52,  3. 

2  The  soldiers  from  the  cities  of  Latium  who  fought  in  the  Roman  army 
were  distinguished  from  the  other  allies  by  this  name. 

8  See  Frontispiece,  7  C. 

4  What  war  was  this  ? 

5  You  will  see  that  this  genitive  has  ii  instead  of  the  single  I  to  which 
you  have  been  accustomed.     The  change  crept  into  use  in  common  nouns 
about  45  B.  c.     (Livy's  life  was  59  B.  c.  to  A.  D.  17.)     In  proper  names  the 
single  1  was  retained  much  longer. 

6  Observe  that  die  here,  denoting  a  particular  day,  is  feminine.     See 
A.  &  S.  132a;  A.  &  G.  73;  G.  70;  H.  123. 


THE   PERIOD.  189 

LESSON   LV. 

THE   PERIOD. 

357.  Examine  the  two  arrangements  of  the  following- 
sentence  :  — 

Cicero,  cum  consul  esset,  Cum  consul  esset,  Cicero 

orationes  illas  in  Catili-  habuit,    aut    in   senatu 

nam  quae    etiam    nunc  aut  apud  populum,  ora- 

leguntur,  ait  omnes  con-  tiones  illas  in  Catilmam 

tra  patriam  clvesque  ne-  quae  etiam  nunc  legun- 

fariam  hunc  facere  con-  tur,  ut  omnes  intellege- 

iurationem  intellegerent,  rent  hunc  facere  nefari- 

aut  in  senatu  aut  apud  am  coniurationem  con- 

populum  habuit.  tra  patriam  clvesque. 

Cicero,  when  consul,  delivered,  either  in  the  senate  or  before  the 
people,  those  famous  orations  against  Catiline  which  are  still 
read,  and  he  did  so  in  order  that  everybody  might  understand 
that  Catiline  was  making  a  wicked  conspiracy  against  his 
country  and  his  countrymen. 

358.  Here  we  have  a  rather  long  sentence,  containing 
a  main  clause  and  two  or  three  subordinate  clauses,  ar- 
ranged in  two  different  ways.     The  first  arrangement  is 
called  a  PEKIOD  (from  two  Greek  words :  ircpi,  around,  and 
6§os,  way),  because  it  begins  with  some  part  of  the  main 
clause  and  then  goes  around  the  subordinate  clauses  to  the 
main  verb  at'  the  end  of  the  sentence.     In  the  second  or 
non-periodic  arrangement,  on  the  other  hand,  the  main 
verb  comes  early  in  the  sentence  and   the   subordinate 
clauses  are  strung  along  afterwards,  like  the  pieces  of  the 
tail  of  a  kite.     The  Romans  had  a  fancy  for  the  periodic 
arrangement ;  which  arrangement  is  more  like  English  ? 


190  LATIN   LESSONS. 

359.  A  chief  quality  of  a  periodic  sentence  is  that  the 
sense   is  not  complete  until  the  last  word  is  spoken  or 
written.     This  last  word  is  apt  to  be  the  main  verb,  be- 
cause a  verb  completes  a  sentence  unless  something  shows 
that  more  words  are  to  come,  as  when  ita,  tantus,  tails, 
or  some  such  word  indicates  that  a  result  clause  is  com- 
ing, or  when  the  verb  is  transitive,   needing  an  object 
which  has  not  yet  appeared.     Every  part  of  the  thought 
in  a  period  thus  leads  up  to  the  main  verb,  and  the  subor- 
dinate clauses  are  apt  to  be  arranged  with  their  verbs  at 
the  end  in  the  same  way. 

NOTE.  The  pupil  should  observe  the  differences  of  emphasis  upon  the 
parts  of  a  sentence  according  as  it  is  arranged  periodically  or  not.  The 
thought  expressed  by  the  sentence  as  a  whole  is,  roughly  speaking,  the 
same  in  both  arrangements,  but  the  different  points  of  view  from  which  its 
details  are  presented  according  to  the  differences  of  emphasis  influence 
greatly  the  beauty  and  effectiveness  of  the  presentation.  These  differences 
frequently  disappear  in  translating,  even  correctly,  into  a  language  which, 
like  the  English,  cannot  use  word-arrangement  to  any  great  extent  to  mark 
them.  Hence  the  importance,  for  the  full  appreciation  of  a  Latin  sentence, 
of  the  power  to  understand  it  without  translating  it. 

360.  Arrange  the  following  sentence  as  a  period,  chan- 
ging the  emphasis  as  little  as  possible :  — 

Sclpiom  nepoti  illius  duels  qui  superaverat  Hanni- 
balem,  inditum  cognomen  est  Africanus  minor,  cum, 
Karthagine  ipsa  deleta,  fecisset  finem  tertii  PunicI 
belli  post  acres  pugnas  redissetque  Romam  cum  magna 
gloria. 

Exercise. 

361.  Translate  into  English :  — 

A.    THE   HELVETIANS    SEISD    AMBASSADORS   TO   CAESAR. 

Hoc  proelio  facto,  reliquas  copias  Helvetiorum  ut  consequi 
posset,  pontem  in  Arare l  faciendum  curat  atque  ita  exercitum 

1  For  the  geography,  see  notes  1  and  2  on  the  exercise  in  Lesson  li. 


THE  PERIOD.  191 

traducit.  Helvetii,  repentmo  eius  adventu  commoti,  cum  id 
quod  ipsi  diebus  XX  aegerrume  x  confecerant,  ut  flumen  transi- 
rent,  ilium  uno  die  fecisse  intellegerent,  legates  ad  eum  mittunt ; 
cuius  legationis  Divico 2  prlnceps  f  uit,  qui  bello  Cassiano  dux  Hel- 
vetiorum  fuerat.  Is  ita  cum  Caesare  egit :  Si  pacem  populus 
Romanus  cum  Helvetiis  faceret,  in  earn  partem  ituros  atque  ibi 
futures  Helvetios,  ubi  eos  Caesar  constituisset  atque  esse  volu- 
isset ;  sin  bello  persequi  perseveraret,  reminisceretur  et  veteris 
incommodi  popull  RomanI  et  piistinae  virtutis  Helvetiorum. 
Quod  improvisa  unum  pagum  adortus  esset,  cum  ii  qui  flumen 
transissent  suls  auxilium  ferre  non  possent,  ne  ob  earn  rem  aut 
suae  magnopere  virtuti  tribueret  aut  ipsos  despiceret ;  se  ita  a 
patribus  maioribusque  suls  didicisse  ut  magis  virtute  quam  dolo 
contenderent  8  aut  insidiis  niterentur.  Quare  ne  committeret,  ut 
is  locus  ubi  constitissent  ex  calamitate  populi  RomanI  et  inter- 
necione  exercitus  nomen  caperet  aut  memoriam  proderet. 

Caes.  B.  G.  I.  13. 

B.    THE   VISION   OF  A   CERTAIN   CORNELIUS. 

Quo  C.  Caesar  et  Cn.  Pompeius  die  4  per  civile  bellum  signis 
conlatls  in  Thessalia  conflixerunt,  res  accidit  Patavi  6  in  transpa- 
dana  Italia  memorarl  digna.  Cornelius  quidam  sacerdos,  et  loco 

1  Superlatives,  like  this  word,  and  a  number  of  other  words,  such  as 
aestumare   and  lubet,  which  in   earlier  Latin  were  spelled  with   u 
were  later  spelled  with  i  —  aegerrime,  optime,  libet,  aestimare. 
The  change  took  place  in  Caesar's  time,  and  has  been  attributed  by  tra- 
dition to  Caesar  himself. 

2  Divico  must  have  been  by  this  time  a  tolerably  old  man.     See  note  1, 
on  page  177. 

3  Observe  how  with  verbs  of  learning,  warning,  etc.,  the  Romans  used 
Ut  or  ne  with  the  subjunctive  to  mean  "  learn  or  warn  to  do  or  not  to  do 
something,"  while  they  used  the  infinitive  to  mean  "learn  or  warn  that 
something  is  so  and  so." 

4  This  was  the  battle  of   Pharsalia,   June  6th,  48  B.  c.  (August  9th, 
according  to  the  calendar  before  Caesar's  reform  of  it).     For  the  position 
of  Pharsalia  and  of  Thessaly  see  map,  p.  181,  4  C.     For  the  historical 
situation  see  Smith's  Smaller  History  of  Borne,  ch.  35,  especially  pages 
243-245. 

5  See  Frontispiece,  6  B. 


192  LATIN  LESSONS. 

nobilis  et  sacerdotil 1  religionibus  venerandus  et  castitate  vitae 
sanctus,  repente  mota  mente  2  conspicere  se  procul  dixit  pugnam 
acerrimam  pugnari  ac  deinde  alios  cedere,  alios  urgere,  caedem, 
fugam,  tela  volantia,  mstaurationem  pugnae,  impressionem, 
gemitus,  vulnera,3  proinde  ut  si  ipse  in  proelio  versaretur,  coram 
videre  sese  vociferatus  est,  ac  postea  subito  exclamavit  Caesarem 
vicisse. 

Ea  Cornelii l  sacerdotis  hariolatio  levis  turn  quidem  visa  et 
vecors,  magnae  mox  admiration!  fuit,  quoniam  non  modo  pugnae 
dies,  quae  in  Thessalia  pugnata  est,  neque  proelii l  exitus,  qui 
erat  praedictus,  Idem  fuit,  sed  omnes  quoque  pugnandl  reciprocae 
vices  et  ipsa  exercituum  duorum  confllctatio  vaticinantis  motu 
atque  verbls  repraesentata  est.  —  Aulus  Gellius,  xv.  78. 

NOTE.  Let  the  pupil  observe  how  the  periodic  and  non-periodic  arrange- 
ments of  sentences  are  combined  with  each  other  in  the  above  extracts  so 
as  to  produce  an  agreeable  variety. 

Exercise. 

362.  Write  the  above  speech  of  Divico  (361,  A)  in 
the  direct  form,  and  account  for  each  change  in  passing 
into  indirect  discourse. 

Grammatical  References. 
A.  &  S.  594-596  ;  A.  &  G.  346  ;  G.  685-687  ;  H.  573. 

LESSON    LVI.* 
ABSTRACT  NOUNS.  —NOUNS  IN  -TOR. 

363.  Examine  the  following  words  :  — 
legio   (-onis),  f.,  (a  gathering),  legion,  cf.  legere. 
regio         "        f.,  a  direction,  region        "    regere. 
mentio    "        f.,  mention  "   mens,  mentis. 

1  For  the  il  in  these  genitives,  see  note  5,  p.  188.     Aulus  Gellius,  from 
whose  works  this  extract  is  taken,  lived  at  the  end  of  the  first  century  A.  D. 

2  That  is,  in  a  trance  or  vision. 

3  Notice  the  spelling  vulnera,  where  you  would  expect  volnera.    The 
change  crept  in  during  the  first  part  of  the  first  century  A.  D. 


ABSTRACT  NOUNS. 


193 


lectio  (-onis),  f.,  a  reading 
scriptio    "        f.,  a  writing 


quaestio  " 
mansio    " 

monitiS   " 
cogitatio  " 

f.,  an  investigation 
f.,  a  staying 

£.,  a  warning 
f.,  a  thinking 

auditio 


f.,  a  hearing 


currus    (-us),  m.,  chariot 


gradus 

m5tus 

sensus 

census 

actus 

gemitus 

monitus 

habitus 

comitatus  " 


m.,  step 

m.,  motion 

m.,  feeling 

m.,  census 

m.,  act  (of  a  play) 

m.,  groan 

m.,  warning 

m.,  custom 

m.,  retinue 


audltus  (-us),  m.,  sense  of  hearing 
figura   (-ae),    f.,  shape 
natura      "       f.,  nature 
pictura     "       f.,  painting 
censura    "       f.,  censorship 
praetura  "       f.,  praetorship 


cf .  legere,  lectus. 

"  scribere,  scriptus. 

"  quaerere,    quaesi- 
tus. 

"  manere,     man- 
sum. 

"  monere,  monitus. 

"  cogitare,    cSgita- 
tus. 

"  audire,  audltus. 

"  cur r ere. 

"  gradi,  to  walk. 

"  movere,  motus. 

"  sentire,  sensus. 

"  censere,  census. 

"  agere,  actus. 

"  gemere,  gemituni. 

"  monere,  monitus. 

"  habere,  habitus. 

44  comitarl,      comi- 
tatus. 

"  audire,  audltus. 

"  fingere  (V  fig). 

"  nasci,  natus. 

"  pingere,  pictus. 

"  census  &  censor. 

"  praetor. 


You  see  that  most  of  these  nouns  denote  an  action  in 
the  abstract,  like  scriptio,  the  act  of  writing,  and  then 
pass  over  into  a  concrete  meaning.  So  scriptio  also  means 
"  the  writing,"  "  the  thing  written,"  just  as  many  of  our 
English  nouns  in  "  -ing "  become  concrete,  as  writing, 
hearing,  feeling. 

NOTE  1.  Legio  has  only  the  concrete  meaning1 ;  words  in  -tura,  -sura, 
often  came  to  denote  office,  like  censura  and  praetura  above. 


194  LATIN   LESSONS. 

NOTE  2.  Words  with  the  endings  -tio,  -tus,  -tura,  -Bid,  -sus,  -sura, 
may  be  regarded  as  formed  by  analogy,  through  the  addition  of  -16,  -us, 
-ura,  to  stems  containing  a  t,  as  mens  (mentis),  mentio,  or  an  s,  or 
they  may  have  been  formed  directly  from  participial  stems.  In  the  last 
case  scrip  tio  would  mean  strictly  "  a  having  written." 

364.  Words  with  the  endings  -tas,  -tus,  -tudo,  are 
formed  from  noun  or  adjective  stems,  and  denote  qualities 
(another  variety  of  abstract  nouns).  Thus : 


civitas    (-atis), 

f.,  citizenship,  state 

from  civis. 

bonitas       " 

f.,  goodness 

"     bonus. 

maiestas     " 

f.,  majesty 

"    maior, 

maius. 

honestas     " 

f.,  respectability 

"    honor 

(honos). 

paupertas  " 

f.,  narrow  circumstances 

"    pauper. 

societas       " 

f.,  alliance 

"     socius. 

senectus  (-utis) 

,  f  .,  old  age 

"    senex. 

virtus            " 

f.,  manliness,  bravery 

"    vir. 

servitus        " 

f.,  slavery 

"    servos. 

habitude  (-inis) 

,  f  .,  custom 

"   habitus  (-us). 

valetudo       " 

f.,  health 

cf.   valere. 

fortituda      " 

f..  endurance 

"    fortis. 

magnitudo   " 

f.,  size 

"    magnus. 

NOTE.  Other  abstract  nouns  end  in  -ia  or  -iurn.  as  was  learned  on 
page  172.  It  will  be  seen  that  almost  all  these  abstract  nouns  are  feminine, 
and  have  a  tendency  as  in  English  to  pass  over  into  concrete  meanings. 

365.  The  endings -tor,  -sor,  -ter,  m.,  and  -trix,  f.,form 
nouns  of  agency  (that  is,  doers  of  an  action).     Thus : 

dator,  m.,  giver  from  dare, 

rector,  m.,  ruler  "  regere. 

cursor,  m.,  runner  "  currere. 

tonsor,  m.,  barber  "  tondere. 

frater,  m.,  brother  (supporter)         "  ferre. 

amator,  m.,  lover  "  amare. 

monitor,  m.,  warner  "  monere. 


NOUNS   IN   -TOK,   -SOR,    -TEE,   AND    -TRIX.          195 

auditor,  m.,  hearer  from  audire.     . 

victrix,  f.,  conqueress  "     root  of  vincere. 

venatrlx,  f.,  huntress  "     venari. 

Exercise. 
366.  Translate  into  English :  - 

THE   MACHINATIONS    OF   HANNIBAL'S   ENEMIES. 

Adversae  Hannibal!  factionis  homines  piincipibus  Romanis, 
hospitibus  quisque  suis,  identidem  scribebant  nuntios  litterasque 
ab  Hannibale  ad  Antiochum l  missas,2  et  ab  rege  ad  eum  clam 
legates  veriisse  ;  ut  f  eras  quasdam  nulla  mitescere  arte,  sic  im- 
mitem  et  implacabilem  ems  virl  animum  esse  ;  marcescere  otii 
situ  queri  civitatem  et  inertia  sopiri,  nee  sine  armorum  sonitu 
excitari  posse.  Haec  probabilia  memoria  prioris  belli,  per  unum 
ilium  non  magis  gesti  quam  moti,  faciebat.  Irritaverat  etiam 
recent!  facto  multorum  potentiorum  animos.  Adiecit  et  aliud, 
quo  bono  publico  sibi  proprias  simultates  irrltavit.  Vectigalia 
publica  partim  neglegentia  dllabebantur,  partim  praedae  ac 3 
dlvlsu!  et  prlncipum  quibusdam  et  magistratibus  erant :  quln  et 
pecunia,  quae  in  stipendium  Romanis  suo  quoque  4  anno  pende- 
retur,  deerat,  tributumque  grave  prlvatis  imminere  videbatur. 

Hannibal  postquam  vectigalia,  quanta  terrestria  maritimaque 
essent  et  in  quas  res  erogarentur,  animadvertit,  et  quid  eorum 
ordinarii  rei  publicae  usus  consumerent,  quantum  peculatus  aver- 
teret,  omnibus  residuis  pecuniis  exactis,  tributo  privatis  remisso, 
satis  locupletem  rem  publicam  fore  ad  vectigal  praestandum 
Romanis  pronuntiavit  in  contione,  et  praestitit  promissum.  Turn 
vero  il  quos  paverat 5  per  aliquot  annos  publicus  peculatus  velut 

1  See  note  2,  on  the  exercise  in  Lesson  1. 

2  Sc.  esse. 

3  Ac  tends  to  call  special  attention  to  the  word  after  it.     See  how  clear 
and  graceful  a  Latin  sentence  can  be  made  by  merely  varying  the  conjunc- 
tions where  we  must  repeat  "  and,"  or  change  the  construction. 

4  Suo  quoque  anno  means  properly  "each  in  his  own  year,"  which 
in  this  case  was  each  and  every  year. 

5  From  pascere, 


196 


LATIN   LESSONS. 


boms  ereptis,  non  furtoram  manubils  extortis  Infensi  et  Irati  Ro- 
manos  in  Hannibalem,  et  ipsos  causam  odii  quaerentis,  Instiga- 
bant.  Ita  diu  repugnante  P.  Scipione  Africano,  qui  parum  ex 
dignitate  populi  Roman!  esse  ducebat  subscribere  odiis  accusato- 
rum  Hannibalis,  et  factionibus  Carthaginiensium  inserere  publi- 
cam  auctoritatem,  nee  satis  habere  bello  vicisse  Hannibalem, 
nisi  velut  accusatores  calumniam  in  eum  iurarent  ac  nomen  de- 
ferrent,  tandem  pervicerunt,  ut  legati  Carthaginem  mitterentur, 
qui  ad  senatum  eorum  arguerent  Hannibalem  cum  Antiocho  rege 
consilia  belli  faciendi  imre.  —  Livy,  xxxiii.  chs.  46^7. 

Grammatical  References. 

A.  &  S.  270,  272-274;  A.  &  G.  162  a,  163  a,  b,  e,f;  G. 
785,  3,  9,  10,  11,  146,  15  6,  d,  e,f,g;  H.  324-327. 


LESSON    LVIL* 

ENGLISH    "WORDS    BORROWED    FROM    LATIN,    AND 
ENGLISH  WORDS  KINDRED  WITH  LATIN  WORDS. 

367.  Examine  the  following  words  :  — 

LATIN.  ENGLISH.  LATIN.  ENGLISH. 

regalis  regal.  pietas  piety, 

mllitaris  military.  maiestas  majesty, 

fragmentum  fragment.  crudelitas  cruelty. 

legio  legion.  honestus  honest, 

vehiculum  vehicle.  gloriosus  glorious, 

adversarius  adversary.  servitium  service, 

figura  figure.  officium  office, 

consentire  consent.  postponere  postpone, 

probare  prove.  experientia  experience, 

victoria  victory.  superbus  superb. 

These  English  words  have  been  borrowed,  as  it  is  called, 
from  the  Latin  words  opposite  them.  Some  of  them  re- 
tain the  classical  meaning  of  the  corresponding  Latin 


RELATED   WORDS   IN   ENGLISH   AND   LATIN.          197 

word,  as  regal,  figure,  victory,  postpone  ;  others  have  wan- 
dered to  a  greater  or  less  extent  away  from  that  meaning, 
as  office  (officium  meaning  "  duty  "),  superb  (superbus 
meaning  "proud"),  honest  (honestus  meaning  "respec- 
table "), piety  (pietas  meaning  *'  loyalty,"  or  "  filial  affec- 
tion," oftener  than  "piety").  You  will  see  that  these 
borrowed  words  suffer  some  mutilation  in  coming  into  Eng- 
lish, usually  losing  or  weakening  their  Latin  ending,  some- 
times undergoing  some  internal  change.  Some  borrowed 
words,  especially  such  as  have  come  to  us  through  French 
from  Latin,  suffer  greater  change  than  any  of  the  words 
given  above,  as  reason,  Latin  ratio ;  city,  Latin  civitas. 

368.  Words  borrowed  from  Latin  are  commonly  de- 
rivative or  compound  words,  but  there  are  many  primitive 
English  words  which  have  a  different  kind  of  relation  to 
Latin  words.  These  were  not  borrowed  from  the  Latin, 
but  were  inherited,  like  the  Latin  words  themselves,  from 
that  ancient  Eastern  tongue  which  was  the  parent  lan- 
guage of  both  Latin  and  English,  as  well  as  of  German, 
Greek,  Sanskrit,  and  other  languages.  The  relation  be- 
tween these  "  kindred  "  words  in  Latin  and  English  is 
such  that  when  s  or  one  of  the  liquids  (1,  m,  n,  r)  is 
found  in  the  Latin  word  the  same  letter  appears  in  the 
corresponding  English  word,  and  where  other  consonants 
appear  in  the  Latin  word  certain  particular  consonants 
appear  in  the  English  word,  according  to  the  following 
table :  — 

LATIN.  ENGLISH. 

c  canis,  rectus  h  or  gh        hound,  right 

g  genus  k  kin 

t  tres  th  three 

d  decem  t  ten 

p  pater  f  father 

f  ferre  b  bear 

1  lux  1  light 


198  LATIN   LESSONS. 

m  mens  m  mind 

n  novos  n  new 

r  rectus  r  right 

s  suavis  s  sweet 

i  iuvenis  .                 y  young 

v  volnus  w  wound 

NOTE  1.  If  the  mutes  be  arranged  in  rows  as  follows :  — 

c  =  k    g    (c)h,  gh     c  =  k    g    (c)h,  gh 

t         d          th  t         d         th 

p        b      ph  =  f        p         b     ph  =  f 

it  will  be  found  that  the  English  word  regularly  has  the  mute  which  stands 
horizontally  in  these  rows  immediately  before  the  mute  found  in  the  cor- 
responding Latin  word.  This  is  called  Grimm's  Law  of  the  Permutation 
of  Mutes. 

NOTE  2.  It  will  be  seen  that  no  such  relation  exists  between  the  vowels 
as  between  the  consonants  of  kindred  words  in  Latin  and  English.  Some- 
times, also,  consonants  show  exceptions  to  the  rules,  but  the  conformity  to 
the  rules  is  great  enough  to  make  the  study  of  them  both  interesting  and 
profitable 

Exercise. 

369.  Point  out  the  pairs  of  kindred  words  among  the 
following :  — 


LATIN. 

ENGLISH. 

cor  (cordis) 

labrurn 

break 

mother 

cornu 

mater 

brother 

night 

dentes 

nox  (noctis) 

drag 

wind 

domare 

pedes 

feet 

seat 

duo 

sedes 

heart 

tame 

frangere  (^  frag) 

trahere 

horn 

teeth 

frater 

ventus 

knee 

two 

germ 

via 

UP 

way 

370.  Write  out  the  English  word  borrowed  from  each 
of  the  following  Latin  words  :  — 

antiquus  clvilis  descendere 

capitalis  clarus  dignari 

cedere  consulatus  cUvidere 

cistern^  decrescere  divinus 


RELATED  WORDS  IN  ENGLISH  AND  LATIN.          199 


domesticus 

raaritiinus 

pertinere 

domicilium 

membrana 

pictura 

emissarius 

moderatus 

requirere 

facultas 

monstrum 

rivalis 

fingere 

montanus 

senatus 

florescere 

natura 

sepulcrum 

generosus 

nutrlcius 

singularis 

honestas 

oratio 

solvere 

hostllis 

ornamentum 

stabulum 

humilis 

paganus 

territorium 

magnanimus 

patronus 

tribunus 

NOTE.  It  is  a  good  habit  in  translating  from  Latin  into  English  to  use 
"  kindred  "  words,  but  it  is  a  very  bad  habit  to  use  freely  the  "  borrowed  " 
words  mentioned  above,  partly  because  many  of  them,  as  we  have  seen,  do 
not  retain  their  classical  Latin  meanings,  and  partly  because,  especially 
with  long  words,  it  often  happens  that  a  pupil  who  has  not  a  clear  enough 
idea  of  the  meaning  of  the  Latin  word  to  express  it  by  English  terms  from 
other  roots,  has  not  a  very  clear  idea  of  the  meaning  of  the  borrowed  Eng- 
lish word  either,  and  so  does  not  really  understand  what  he  is  translating. 


200  LATIN   LESSONS. 


RECAPITULATION  OF  RULES  FOR  REVIEW. 

1.  Every  Latin  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  contains  vowels  or 
diphthongs  (9). 

2.  A  word  of  two  syllables  is  accented  on  the  first.     Words  of  more 
than  two  syllables  are  accented  on  the  penult  if  that  is  long  ;  other- 
wise on  the  antepenult  (11). 

3.  A  vowel  before  another  vowel  or  h  is  short;  so  also  before  nt 
and  nd.     A  vowel  is  long  before  nf,  ns,  gm,  gn,  or  the  consonant 
i  (14-16). 

4.  In  words  of  more  than  one  syllable :  final  a,  e,  and  y  are  short, 
final  i,  o,  and  u  are  long  ;  final  as,  es,  and  os  are  long,  final  is, 
us,  and  ys  are  short.     Final  syllables  ending  in  any  other  conso- 
nant than  s  or  c  are  short  (17-19). 

5.  The  First  Declension  includes  all  nouns  whose  stems  end  in  a. 
They  are  all  feminine  excepting  a  few  which  are  masculine  by 

,       their  meaning  (25-27,  29). 

y  6.  The  Second  Declension  includes  all  nouns  whose  stems  end  in  o. 
Those  ending  in  er,  ir,  os,  or  us  are  masculine  ;.  those  in  om  or 
um  are  neuter.  The  nominative  singular  is  formed  from  the  stem 
by  changing  o  to  u,  and  adding  s  for  masculines,  m  for  neuters  ; 

ybut  o  is  retained  after  v,  and  stems  in  ro  drop  o  and  sometimes 
insert  e  before  r  (32-35). 

7.  Adjectives,  Adjective  Pronouns,  and  Participles  agree  with  their 
nouns  in  gender,  number,  and  case  (38-39). 

8.  A  noun  modifying  another  noun  meaning  a  different  thing  from 
I        itself  is  put  in  the  genitive  (38-39,  229,  (3)). 

*     9.  The  Subject  of  a  Finite  verb  is  put  in  the  nominative  (11-15). 

10.  The  Direct  Object  of  a  verb  is  put  in  the  accusative  (11  15). 

11.  The  Third  Declension  includes  all  nouns  whose  stems  end  in  i 
or  a  consonant. 

(a)  If  the  stem  ends  in  i,  the  nominative  singular  of  masculines 
and  feminities  is  formed  by  a4ding  s  to  the  stem,  though  some 
nouns  also  change  i  to  e.     Neuter  nouns  with  i-stems  form  the 
nominative  singular  from  the  stem  by  changing  i  to  e,  but  most 
stems  in  ali  and  ari  drop  the  final  i  outright,  and  shorten  the 
a  (48-49). 

(b)  If  the  stem  ends  in  a  mute,  the  nominative  singular  is  regu- 
larly formed  by  adding  s  to  the  stem,  t  or  d  being  dropped 
before  s,  and  c  or  g  uniting  with  B  to  form  x.     The  vowel  i 


RECAPITULATION   OF   RULES   FOR  REVIEW.          201 

before  the  final  mute  of  the  stem  often  becomes  e  in  the  nomi- 
native singular. 

(c)  If  the  stem  ends  in  a  liquid,  the  nominative  singular  is  usually 
like  the  stem;  but  stems  in  on  drop  n  ;  stems  in  din  and  gin 
change  in  to  o  ;  stems  in  min  change  i  to  e  ;  stems  in  tr  insert 
e  before  r  ;  and  neuter  stems  in  er  and  or  change  these  endings 
to  us  (48-49). 

12.  The  chief  nouns  having  stems  ending  in  i  are  :  — 

(a)  Parisyllabic  masculines  and  feminines  in  es  or  is. 

(b)  Neuters  in  al  or  ar,  and  parisyllabic  neuters  in  e. 

13.  The  following  nouns  have  consonant  stems  in  the  singular  and 
i-stems  in  the  plural :  — 

(a)  Nouns  ending  in  as  or  in  two  consonants. 

(b)  Nix,  snow;  nox,  night;  dos,  dowry;  and  a  few  less  common 
nouns. 

14.  Nouns  having  i-stem  forms  show  the  i  as  follows  :  — 

(a)  Always  : 

1.  In  the  genitive  plural  of  all  genders. 

2.  In  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  plural  of  neuters. 

3.  In  the  ablative  singular  of  neuters. 

(b)  Sometimes  : 

1.  In  the  accusative  plural  of  all  masculines  and  feminines. 

2.  In  the  ablative  singular  of  some  masculines  and  feminines. 

3.  In  the  accusative  singular  of  a  few  masculines  and  feminines. 

15.  In  arranging  the  words  in  a  Latin  sentence,  place  the  important 
word  first  and  let  the  others  follow  in  the  order  of  their  importance 
(54-55). 

NOTE.  If  your  sentence  then  seems  clumsy,  or  lacking  in  euphony,  the 
trouble  is  not  with  the  arrangement  of  the  words.  It  is  because,  instead  of 
taking  the  thought  of  your  English  sentence  into  your  mind,  and  then  ex- 
pressing this  thought  in  Latin,  you  have  tried  to  turn  the  grammatical  parts 
of  the  English  sentence  too  directly  into  Latin  and  have  thus  made  an 
undesirable  choice  of  words  or  constructions. 

16.  The  four  conjugations  of  the  verb  are  distinguished  by  the  let- 
ters that  precede  the  ending  re  in  the  Present  Infinitive  Active, 
These  letters  are  as  follows  :  in  the  First  conjugation,  a  ;  in  the 
Second,  e  ;  in  the  Third,  e  ;  in  the  Fourth,  I. 

17.  The  INDIRECT  OBJECT  of  an  action  (that  to  or  for  which  some- 
thing is  done)  is  put  in  the  Dative  (62-63). 

18.  MEANS  or  INSTRUMENT  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative  (62-63). 


202  LATIN   LESSONS. 

19.  CAUSE  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative  with  or  without  a  preposition 
(62-63). 

20.  Adjectives  of  the  Third   Declension  are  classified  as  follows  : 
1,  those  with  three  forms  in  the  nominative  singular  ;  2,  those  with 
two  forms  ;  and  3,  those  with  one  form.    The  first  two  classes  have 
stems  ending  in  i.     Those  that  belong  to  the  third  class  have  con- 
sonant stems,  but,  with  the  exception  of  comparatives,  they  usually 
have  i  in  the  ablative  singular,  ium  in  the  genitive  plural,  Is  or  es 
in  the  accusative  plural,  masculine  and  feminine,  and  ia  in  the 
nominative,  accusative  and  vocative  plural  neuter  ;  but  there  are 
numerous  exceptions  which  must  be  learned  as  the  cases  arise  (67- 
68). 

21.  PREPOSITIONS  govern  the  Accusative  or  the  Ablative  (69-73). 

22.  The  Fourth  Declension  includes  all  nouns  whose  stems  end  in 
u,  except  sus  and  griis.     The  nominative  singular  is  formed  by 
adding  8  to  the  stem,  if  the  noun  is  masculine  or  feminine  ;  by 
lengthening  the  final  vowel,  if  the  noun  is  neuter.     Nouns  in  us, 
with  a  few  feminine  exceptions,  are  masculine  ;  those  in  u  are  neu- 
ter (77-78). 

23.  The  Fifth  Declension  includes  all  nouns  whose  stems  end  in  e. 
The  nominative  singular  is  formed  by  adding  s  to  the  stem.     The 
nouns  are  all  of  the  feminine  gender,  except  dies  and  meridies. 
Only  dies  and  res  are  declined  throughout  (79,  81-82). 

24.  Verbs  in  16  of   the  Third  Conjugation  have  the  forms  of   the 
Fourth  Conjugation  wherever  in  that  conjugation  i  is  followed  by 
a  vowel  (85). 

•_'•">.  The  PERFECT  STEM  may  be  formed  from  the  Present  Stem  reg- 
ularly in  the  First  and  Fourth  conjugations  by  adding  v  ;  in  the 
Second  conjugation  by  changing  e  to  u  ;  in  the  Third  conjugation 
in  various  ways  :  — 

1.  By  adding  s;  e.  g.:  carp  —  carps. 

2.  By  lengthening  the  stem  vowel;  e.  g.:  leg  —  leg. 

3.  By  both  adding  s  and  lengthening  the  vowel ;  e.g.:  reg  —  rex. 

4.  By  reduplication;  e.g.:  cad  —  cecid. 

5.  By  adding  u  ;  e.g.:  col  —  coin. 

6.  By  using  the  stem  unchanged;  e.  g.:  solv  —  solv  (86,  note). 
26.  To  describe  INCOMPLETE  ACTION  in  — 

Present  Time,  the  Present  Tense  is  used. 
Past  "        "    Imperfect     " 

Future       "       "    Future         "          " 


RECAPITULATION   OF  RULES   FOR  REVIEW.          203 

To  describe  COMPLETED  ACTION  in  — 
Present  Time,  the  Perfect  Definite  Tense  is  used. 
Past  "         "         "       Indefinite    "  " 

«  "         «   Pluperfect  "  " 

Future       "         "   Future  Perfect        "  "         (89). 

27.  The  Personal  Pronouns  are  ego  and  tu.     They  are  never  ex- 
pressed in  the  nominative  except  for  emphasis  or  contrast,  or  to 
avoid  ambiguity  (90). 

28.  The  Reflexive  Pronouns  (sul  and  suus)  refer  regularly  to  the 
subject  of  the  clause  in  which  they  stand  ;  but  sometimes  in  a 
subordinate  clause  they  refer  to  the  subject  of  the  main  clause 
(89-90). 

29.  The  Possessive  Pronouns  are  formed  from  the  Personal  or  Re- 
flexive Pronouns  (91). 

30.  The  Demonstrative  Pronouns  of   the  First,  Second,  and  Third 
Persons  respectively  are  hie,  iste,  and  ille.     Is  is  commonly  used 
as  the  antecedent  of  qui,  or  in  constructions  where  we  should  em- 
ploy an  unemphatic  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person.     Ipse 
is  an  Intensive  pronoun,  and  shows  a  preference  for  the  subject  of 
the  sentence.     Idem  means  "the  same  "  (94-96,  124). 

31.  The   common  IRREGULAR   VERBS  are  esse    (97),  dare,  ferre, 
fieri,  Ire,  velle,  nolle,  malle,  posse  (169). 

32.  A  noun  qualifying  another  noun  or  pronoun  denoting  the  same 
person  or  thing  agrees  with  it  in  case  (APPOSITIVE  or  PREDICATE 
Noun)  (100). 

33.  The  Relative  Pronoun  is  qui,  the  Interrogative  is  quis.     Either 
of  them  may  be  used  as  an  adjective  in  accordance  with  the  ordi- 
nary rule  (38-39).     When  employed  as  pronouns  they  must  agree 
in  gender,  number,  and  (impliedly)  person  with  the  noun  to  which 
they  refer  ;  but  their  case  depends  upon  the  construction  of  the 
clause  in  which  they  stand.     This  applies  to  pronouns  of  any  kind 
when  used  as  substantives,  though  the  agreement  in  person  may  not 
always  be  shown  in  the  sentence  (104). 

34.  Verbs  compounded  with  trans-  or  circum-  and  a  transitive 
verb,  also  certain  other  verbs,  especially  rogare,  docere,  and  ce- 
lare,  regularly  take  TWO  ACCUSATIVES  (105). 

35.  Simple  Direct  Questions  are  introduced  by  nonne,  num,  or  ne 
(106). 

36.  The  Active  Voice  represents  the  subject  as  acting,  the  Passive 
as  being  acted  upon. 


204  LATIN   LESSONS. 

37.  The  Ablative  with  a  or  ab  is  used  with  passive  verbs  to  denote 
the  AGENT  or  the  person  who  voluntarily  performs  the  act  indi- 
cated by  the  verb  (114). 

38.  Indirect  Questions  require  the  Subjunctive  (119). 

39.  The  Subjunctive  is  used  to  supply  the  place  of  a  first  or  third  per- 
son imperative,  that  is,  to  express  a  command,  exhortation,  en- 
treaty, concession,  or  challenge  (HORTATORY)  (127). 

40.  The  Subjunctive  of  Purpose  is  introduced  :  — 

1.  By  the  conjunctions  ut  and  ne. 

2.  By  a  relative  pronoun  or  adverb. 

3.  By  quo  (=  ut  eo),  if  the  purpose  clause  contains  a  compara- 

tive (134^135,  314-315). 

41.  The  Ablative  is  used  with  nouns,  adjectives,  and  verbs  to  denote 
in  what  respect  a  thing  is  true  (ABLATIVE  OF  SPECIFICATION) 
(139). 

42.  The  Ablative  is  used  without  a  preposition  to  denote  parentage 
on   the  father's  side,    with  the  preposition  ex   to  designate  the 
mother,   with    ab    to   designate   ancestors.     Loco,    genere    and 
farnilia  are  used  without  a  preposition  to  denote  station.     This 
ablative  is  called  the  ABLATIVE  OF  SOURCE  (140). 

43.  A  Substantive  Clause  of  Purpose  may  be  used  with  verbs  mean- 
ing to  wish,  determine,  strive,  ask,  allow,  advise,  persuade,  warn,  com- 
mand, compel,  and  the  like  (141). 

44.  A  noun  and  a  participle,  a  noun  and  an  adjective,  a  noun  and  a 
pronoun,  or  two  nouns,  may  be  used  in  the  Ablative  in  such  a  way 
as  to  be  grammatically  independent  of  the  rest  of  the  sentence,  but 
to  define  the  time,  reason,  or  circumstances  of  the  action  (ABLA- 
TIVE ABSOLUTE)  (146-147). 

45.  The  Supine  in  urn  is  used  chiefly  to  express  Purpose  with  verbs 
of  motion  ;  the  Supine  in  u  is  used  as  an  ABLATIVE  OF  SPECIFICA- 
TION with  a  few  adjectives  (156). 

46.  The  Gerund  has  four  cases,  whose  commonest  uses  are  as  fol- 
lows :  — 

1.  The  Genitive  is  used  with  nouns  and  adjectives. 

2.  The  Dative  is  used  with  a  few  adjectives,  nouns,  and  verbs  to 

express  purpose. 

3.  The  Accusative  is  used  with  a  few  prepositions. 

4.  The  Ablative  is  used  with  a  few  prepositions,  or  to  express 

means,  cause,  or  manner  (157). 

47.  The  Gerundive  has  two  common  uses  :  — 


RECAPITULATION   OF  RULES   FOR  REVIEW.          205 

1.  In  place  of   the  Gerund  with  a  direct  object.     The  object  is 

put  in  the  case  that  the  Gerund  would  have  had,  and  the 
Gerundive  is  made  to  agree  with  the  object  thus  changed  (157, 
and  note). 

2.  With  the  verb  sum,  to  make  the  Second  Periphrastic  Conjuga- 
tion, denoting  necessity,  obligation,  or  propriety  (274). 

48.  The  Infinitive,  with  or  without  a  subject,  may  be  used  as  the  sub- 
ject of  a  verb,  especially  of  esse  and  impersonal  verbs  (162). 

49.  The  Infinitive,  without  a  subject,  may  be  used  to  complete  the 
meaning  of  many  verbs  (COMPLEMENTARY  INFINITIVE)  (163). 

50.  The  Infinitive,  with  a  subject,  is  used  with  words  and  phrases  of 
knowing,  thinking,  saying,  and  perceiving  (INFINITIVE  IN  INDIRECT 
DISCOURSE)  (164). 

51.  The  Infinitive  may  be  used  with  verbs  of  determining  and  wishing  : 

(a)  with  a  subject,  if  this  is  different  from  that  of  the  governing  verb; 

(b)  without  a  subject,  if  the  subject  does  not  change  (165). 

52.  The  Dative  is  used  with  many  verbs  to  denote  the  end  or  purpose 
of  an  action  (DATIVE   OF  SERVICE).     This  dative  is   commonly 
joined  with  another  dative,  especially  a  DATIVE  OF  ADVANTAGE 
or  a  DATIVE  OF  POSSESSOR  (62-63,  172-178,  220). 

53.  A  DEPONENT  VERB  has  the  forms  of  the  Passive  Voice,  but  the 
meaning  of  the  Active  Voice.     Deponent  Verbs  have  all  the  forms 
of  the  Passive  Voice  save  the  future  infinitive,  though  the  gerundive 
of  an  intransitive  deponent  is  used  only  impersonally ;  and  they 
have  also  the  participles,  gerund,  supine,  and  future  infinitive  of  the 
active  voice  (176-177). 

54.  An  IMPERSONAL  VERB  is  used  only  in  the  third  person  singular 
of  the  indicative  and  the  subjunctive  and  in  the  infinitive.     It  is  so 
called  from  the  fact  that  it  has  no  personal  subject  (178). 

55.  The  Dative  is  used  with  most  verbs  meaning  to  favor,  please, 
trust,  believe,  help,  and  their  opposites  ;  also  to  command,  obey,  serve, 
resist,  envy,  threaten,  spare,  pardon,  and  be  angry  (179). 

56.  Intransitive  verbs  cannot  be  used  in  the  passive  except  when  they 
are  used  impersonally  (180). 

57.  DURATION  OF  TIME  AND  EXTENT  OF  SPACE  are  expressed  by  the 
Accusative  (195  and  230  (1)). 

58.  TIME  AT  WHICH  or  WITHIN  WHICH  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative 
(195). 

59.  The  Locative  case  in  the  First  Declension  ends  in  ae  in  the  singu- 
lar, in   Is   in  the  plural  ;  in  the  Second  Declension,  in  I  in  the 
singular,  in  Is  in  the  plural ;  in  the  Third  Declension,  in  e  or  I  in 


206  LATIN  LESSONS. 

the  singular,  in  ibus  in  the  plural  ;  in  the  Fourth  and  Fifth  De- 
clensions, is  virtually  wanting  (196-197). 

60.  Relations  of  Place  are  expressed  by  prepositions  :  with  the  accu- 
sative for  place  TO  WHICH  and  the  ablative  for  place  AT,  ix,  or 

FROM  WHICH.  —  But 

(a)  With  names  of  towns  and  small  islands  :  — 

1.  No  preposition  is  used. 

2.  The  place  IN  or  AT  WHICH  has  the  locative  form. 

(b)  Like  names  of  towns  are  used  domus  and  rus,  and  the  forms 
belli,  militiae,  humi,  forls,  loco,  locis.  terra  manque 
(196,  198). 

61.  Adverbs   are   formed   from   adjectives  of   the  first  and  second 
declensions  generally  by  substituting  e  for  the  final  vowel  of  the 
stem  ;  from  adjectives  of  the  third  declension,  and  occasionally  from 
the  others,  by  adding  ter  to  the  stem,  before  which  a  and  o  are 
weakened  to  i.     The  COMPARATIVE  degree  of  the  adverb  is  the 
accusative  singular  neuter  of  the   adjective  ;  the  SUPERLATIVE  de- 
gree is  formed  from  the  superlative  degree  of  the  adjective  as 
from  a  regular  adjective  of  the  first  and  second  declensions  (202- 
203). 

62.  The  COMPARATIVE  degree  of  the  adjective  is  formed  by  adding 
ior,  neuter  ius,  to  the  stem  of  the  positive,  which  loses  a  final 
vowel ;  the  SUPERLATIVE  is  formed  in  the  same  way  by  adding 
issimus.  a,  um. 

1.  Adjectives  in  er  form  the  SUPERLATIVE  by  adding  rimus  to  the 

nominative  singular  masculine  of  the  positive. 

2.  Six  adjectives  in  ills  form  the  SUPERLATIVE  by  adding  limus  to 

the  stem,  which  loses  its  final  vowel  (203-206). 

63.  When  the  comparative  degree  is  followed  by  quam.  the  two 
objects  compared  are  put  in  the  same  case  ;  when  quam  is  omitted, 
the  second  object  is  put  in  the  ablative  (207). 

64.  The  Genitive  is  used  to  denote  the  whole  of  which  a  part  is  taken 
(PARTITIVE  GENITIVE)  (216). 

65.  The  Genitive  is  used  in  the  predicate  with  sum  and  some  other 
verbs  to  denote  the  owner  of  something,  or  the  person  whose  duty, 
characteristic,  or  business  a  given  thing  is  (PREDICATE  GENITIVE) 
(220,  222). 

66.  The  Dative  is  used  with  sum  to  denote  the  possessor  (DATIVE  OF 
POSSESSOR)  (220). 

67.  The  Genitive,  with  an  adjective  agreeing  with  it,  is  used  to  de- 
note a  property,  quality,  or  characteristic  (GENITIVE  OF  CHARACTER- 
ISTIC) (221). 


RECAPITULATION   OF   RULES    FOR   REVIEW.  207 

68.  The  Ablative,  with  an  adjective  agreeing  with  it,  or  a  genitive 
depending  on  it,  is  used  to  denote  a  quality,  or  characteristic  (ABLA- 
TIVE or  CHARACTERISTIC)  (221). 

69.  DEGREE  OF  DIFFERENCE  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative  (230  (2)). 

70.  The  Ablative  is  used  to  express  separation  and  privation,  want  of 
a  thing,  or  freedom  from  it  (ABLATIVE  OF  SEPARATION  or  WANT) 
(237). 

71.  Many  compounds  of  ab,  de,  or  ex  take  the  dative  when  the 
action  applies  to  a  person,  occasionally  also  when  it  applies  to  a 
thing  (DATIVE  OF  SEPARATION)  (238). 

72.  Words  derived  from  noun  and  adjective  stems  are  called  DE- 
NOMINATIVES ;  those  derived  from  verb  stems  are  called  VERBALS 
(241-246). 

73.  The  subjunctive  of  result  is  introduced  :  — 

1.  By  ut  or  ut  non. 

2.  By  a  relative  pronoun  or  a  relative  adverb. 

3.  By  quin  (=  qui,  quae,  quod  -j-  non)  when  the  main  clause 

contains  or  implies  a  negative. 

(a)  The  clause  upon  which  such  a  subjunctive  depends  often  con- 
tains some  word  like  it  a,  sic,  tarn,  tantus,  or  tails  (247). 

74.  From  clauses  of  result  are  developed  Substantive  clauses  used 
with  impersonal  verbs  meaning  to  be,  to  happen,  and  the  like  ;  also 
with  personal  verbs  meaning  to  cause,  to  accomplish,  to  obtain,  and 
the  like  (250-251). 

75.  With  verbs  of  fearing  ne  is  translated  by  lest  or  that,  ut  or  ne 
non  by  that  not  (252). 

76.  DEFINITE  PRICE  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  ;  INDEFINITE  VALUE 
by  the  genitive  (253). 

77.  Many  adjectives  take  a  genitive  to  complete  their  meaning  (258). 

78.  With  adjectives  the  object  TOWARD  WHICH  the  quality  is  directed 
is  put  in  the  Dative  (259). 

79.  The  Genitive  is  used  with  certain  verbs :  — 

1.  Miseret,  paenitet,  piget,  pudet,  and  taedet. 

2.  Verbs  of  pitying,  remembering,  or  forgetting,  reminding,  or  warning, 

accusing,  convicting,  or  acquitting. 

3.  Interest  and  refert  (262-263). 

80.  The  Subjunctive  is  used  to  express  a  wish  (OPTATIVE  SUBJUNC- 
TIVE) ;  the  imperfect  and  pluperfect  indicating  the  non-fulfilment 
of  the  wish  in  present  or  past  time  respectively  (265). 

81.  The  Ablative  is  used  with  :  — 

1.  Uti,  frul,  fungi,  potlri,  vescT,  and  their  compounds. 


208  LATIN  LESSONS. 

2.  Niti,  inniti,  fidere,  confidere. 

3.  Dignus,  indignus,  contentus,  and  fretus. 

4.  Opus  and  usus  (268). 

82.  A  physical  possibility  is  expressed  by  means  of  posse,  a  moral 
possibility  or  permission  by  means  of  licet  (272). 

83.  The  Subjunctive  is  sometimes  used  to  express  a  mild  possibility 
(POTENTIAL  SUBJUNCTIVE)  (273). 

84.  Debere,  oportet,  and  decet  describe  a  moral  obligation  or  pro- 
priety ;  necesse  est   and  non  posse  quin,    a  physical   necessity 
(274> 

85.  The  Second  Periphrastic  Conjugation  expresses  'necessity,  obliga- 
tion, or  propriety  (275). 

86.  The  Dative  is  used  with  the  Gerundive  to  express  the  agent,  or 
the  person  by  whom  the  work  is  to  be  done  (DATIVE  OF  AGENT) 
(276). 

87.  Ordinary  Conditional  Sentences  may  be  classified  as  follows  :  — 

I.  THOSE  IN  WHICH  THE  INDICATIVE  is  USED.     Here  the  conclu- 
sion states  what  ts,  teas,  has  been,  will  be,  or  will  have  been  the 
result,  in  case  the  condition  be  fulfilled. 

II.  THOSE  IN  WHICH  THE  PRESENT  OR  THE  PERFECT  SUBJUNC- 
TIVE is  USED.     Here  the  conclusion  states  what  would  be  or 
would  have  been  the  result  if  the  condition  should  be  or  should 
have  been  fulfilled. 

III.  THOSE  IN  WHICH  THE  IMPERFECT  OR  THE  PLUPERFECT  SUB- 
JUNCTIVE is  USED.     Here  the  condition  is  distinctly  assumed 
as  contrary  to  reality  •  and  the  conclusion  states  what  would  be  or 
would  have  been  the  result,  if  the  condition  were  or  had  been  ful- 
filled (280-283). 

88.  Concessive  Clauses  may  be  classified  as  follows  :  — 

I.  CLAUSES  WITH  THE  COMPOUNDS  of  si  (as  etsi,  tametsi.  etiam 
si).     These  have  the  same  moods  and  tenses   as  conditional 
clauses  with  si. 

II.  CLAUSES  WITH   quamvis,  licet,  ut,  or  cum   (meaning  al- 
though).    These  have  their  verbs  in  the  subjunctive. 

III.  CLAUSES  WITH  quamquam.     These  take  the  indicative  (295- 
296). 

89.  In  passing  from  Direct  to  Indirect  Discourse  the  main  rules  to 
remember  are  the  following :  — 

I.  The  verb  of  the  main  clause,  if  DECLARATIVE,  becomes  an  in- 
finitive, with  its  subject  in  the  accusative  ;  if  INTERROGATIVE, 
IMPERATIVE,  or  EXCLAMATORY,  it  becomes  or  remains  subjunc- 


RECAPITULATION   OF   RULES    FOR   REVIEW.  209 

live.     But  the  verb  of  a  RHETORICAL  QUESTION  is  put  in  the 
infinitive. 

II.  All  SUBORDINATE  verbs  become,  or  remain,  subjunctives  ;  though 
sometimes  an  indicative  may  be  employed  in  the  indirect  dis- 
course, if  the  sentence  to  which  it  belongs  is  parenthetical  or 
states  a  fact  which  is  true  without  reference  to  its  connection. 

III.  When  the  verb  of  saying  is  PAST,  the  tenses  of  the  indirect 
discourse  are  changed  to  harmonize  with  the  verb  of  saying,  as 
they  are  in  English. 

IV.  PRONOUNS  of  the  first  and  second  persons  are  usually  changed 
to  those  of  the  third  person.     References  to  the  SUBJECT  of  the 
verb  on  which  the  indirect  discourse  depends  are  usually  made 
by  means  of  ipse  or  the  reflexive  pronouns. 

V.  Adverbs  meaning  now  and  here  are  usually  changed  to  those 
meaning  then  and  there  (300-306). 

90.  Quod,  quia,  and  quoniam  are  used  with  the  indicative  to  state 
a  reason  as  a  POSITIVE  FACT  ;  but  when  the  reason  is  given  as  the 
MOTIVE  in  somebody's  mind,  they  require  the  subjunctive  (309-310). 

91.  Clauses  of  Purpose  may  be  introduced  by  relative  words  like 
qui,  quo,  quin,  quominus,  ubi,  and  unde.     Quo  is  used  as  a 
substitute  for  ut   when  the  final  clause  contains  a  comparative. 
Quin  and  quominus  are  used  chiefly  after  negative  expressions 
of  doubt,  hindrance,  or  resistance  (314-315). 

92.  When  clauses  with  antequam,  priusquam,  and  dum  (in  the 
sense  of  until)  serve  simply  to  define  the  TIME  of  the  main  action, 
they  require  the  indicative ;  but  when  they  emphasize  some  addi- 
tional thought,  such  as  the  PURPOSE  OF  THE  ACTION,  they  require 
the  subjunctive  (318). 

93.  The  temporal  conjunctions  postquam,  ubi,  simul  atque  (ac), 
dum  (meaning  while),  ut,  donee,  and  quoad  take  the  indicative 
(319). 

94.  Dum,  modo,  and  dummodo,  with  clauses  of  PROVISO,  require 
the  subjunctive  (320). 

95.  Words  formed  from  the  same  root  are  called  KINDRED  WORDS. 
If  they  are  formed  directly  from  a  root,  they  are  called  PRIMITIVES  ; 
if  from  a  stem  by  the  addition  of  a  further  suffix,  they  are  called 

DERIVATIVES  (323). 

96.  If  an  ordinary  relative  clause  simply  states  or  emphasizes  a  FACT, 
the  indicative  is  required  ;  but  if  some  additional  thought,  such  as 
PURPOSE,  RESULT,  CAUSE,  CONCESSION,  or  CONDITION,  is  to  be  made 
prominent,  the  mood  must  be  subjunctive.     In  the  latter  case  the 


210  LATIN   LESSONS. 

relative  word  is  equivalent  to  the  corresponding  demonstrative  (see 
table,  311),  preceded  by  the  appropriate  conjunction  of  purpose, 
result,  etc.  (331). 

97.  Cum  TEMPORAL,  takes  the  subjunctive  when  used  with  the  imper- 
fect or  the  pluperfect,  unless  the  idea  of  TIME  is  especially  to  be 
emphasized  ;  with  other  tenses  it  takes  the  indicative  (340-341). 

98.  Cum  CAUSAL  or  CONCESSIVE  regularly  requires  the  subjunctive, 
unless  strong  emphasis  is  to  be  laid  upon  the  FACT  mentioned  in 
the  clause  (346). 


PART  II. 
LESSON   LVIII. 

NOTE  TO  THE  STUDENT.  —  The  following1  passages  contain  about  seventy 
words  that  you  have  not  yet  met.  Half  a  dozen  of  them  are  proper  names 
of  a  character  to  cause  you  no  trouble.  More  than  forty  of  the  others 
are  so  related  to  English  words  or  to  Latin  words  already  known  to  you  as 
to  help  you  greatly  toward  their  meanings.  Thus  there  are  only  about 
two  dozen  really  strange  words  for  you  to  master.  Do  not  be  afraid  of 
the  length  of  the  first  sentence.  Take  the  words  as  they  come  in  a 
straightforward  fashion,  and  you  will  find  the  sentence  unraveling  itself 
as  easily  as  a  long  English  sentence. 

371.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

A.     THE    HEAVENS    DECLARE   THE    GLORY    OF  GOD. 

Praeclare  Aristoteles  : 1 "  Si  essent,"  inquit,  "  qui  sub  terra  sem- 
per habitavissent 2  boms  et  inlustribus  domiciles,  quae  essent  2 
ornata  signis  atque  picturis  instructaque  rebus  iis  omnibus,  qui- 
bus  abundant  ii,  qui  beat!  putantur,  nee  tamen  exissent  2  um- 
quam  supra  terrain,  accepissent 2  autem  f ama  et  auditione  esse 
quoddam  num,en  et  vim  deorum,  deinde  aliquo  tempore  patefac- 
tis  terrae  faucibus  ex  illis  abditis  sedibus  evadere  in  haec  loca, 
quae  nos  incolimus,  atque  exire  potuissent :  2  cum  repente  terram 
et  maria  caelumque  vldissent,  nubium  magnitudinem  vento- 
rumque  vim  cognovissent  aspexissentque  solem  eiusque  cum 
magnitudinem  pulchritudinemque  turn  etiam  efficientiam  cogno- 
vissent, quod  is  diem  efficeret  toto  caelo  luce  diffusa,  cum  autem 
terras  nox  opacasset,  turn  caelum  totum  cernerent  astiis  dis- 
tinctum  et  ornatum  lunaeque  luminum  varietatem  turn  crescen- 

1  Aristotle  was  a  pupil  of  Plato's,  and  one  of  the  most  distinguished  of 
Greek  philosophers.     He  was  born  at  Stagira,  in  Macedonia,  in  B.  C.  384, 
and  was  the  tutor  of  Alexander  the  Great. 

2  These  verbs  are  subjunctive  because  they  are  part  of  the  condition 
contrary  to  fact,  beginning  with  si  essent. 


212  LATIN  LESSONS. 

tis,  turn  senescentis,  e5rumque  omnium  ortus  et  occasus  atque  in 
omm  aeternitate  ratos  ininutabilesque  cursus :  quae  cum  vide- 
rent,  prefects  et  esse  decs  et  haec  tanta  opera  deorum  esse  arbi- 
trarentur."  —  Cic.,  N.  Z>.,  ii.,  37,  95. 

B.     SOME    ANECDOTES   IN   NATURAL   HISTORY. 

Ranae  marinae  dicuntur  obruere  sese  harena  solere  et  mover! 
prope  aquam,  ad  quas  quasi  ad  escam  pisces  cum  accesserint, 
confici  a  ranis  atque  consumi.  Mlluo  est  quoddam  bellum  quasi 
natiirale  cum  corvo  :  ergo  alter  alterius  ubicumque  nanctus  est 
ova  frangit.  Illud  vero  ab  Aristotele  animadversum,  a  quo  ple- 
raque,  quis  potest  non  mlrarl  ?  Grues  cum  loca  calidiora  pe- 
tentes  maria  transmittant,  trianguli  efficere  formam,  eius  autem 
simimo  angulo  aer  ad  versus  pellitur,  deinde  sensim  ab  utooque 
latere,  tamquam  remls,  ita  pennis  cursus  avium  levatur.  Basis 
autem  trianguli,  quern  efficiunt  grues,  ea  tamquam  a  puppi  ven- 
tis  adiuvatur,  eaeque  in  tergo  praevolantium  colla  et  capita  repo- 
nunt ;  quod  quia  ipse  dux  f acere  non  potest,  quia  non  habet  ubi 
nitatur,  revolat,  ut  ipse  quoque  quiescat.  In  eius  locum  succedit 
ex  iis,  quae  adquierunt,  eaque  vicissitude  in  omni  cursu  conser- 
vatur.  —  Cic.,  N.  Z>.,  ii.,  49, 125. 

c.   ALEXANDER'S  NOBLE  HORSE. 

Equus  Alexandri 1  regis  et  capite  et  nomine  Bucephalas  2  f  uit. 
Emptum  Chares  8  scripsit  talentis  tredecim  et  regi  Philippo  dona- 
turn  ;  hoc  autem  aeris  nostri  summa  est  sestertia  trecenta  duo- 
decim.  Super  hoc  equo  dignum  memoria  visum,  quod  ubi  orna- 
tus  erat  armatusque  ad  proelium,  haud  umquam  Inscendi  sese  ab 
alio  nisi  ab  rege  passus  sit.  Id  etiam  de  isto  equo  memoratum 
est,  quod  cum,  Insidens  in  eo  Alexander  bello  Indico  et  facinora 
faciens  fortia,  in  hostium  cuneum  eum  non  satis  sibi  providens 

1  J.  c.,  Alexander  the  Great,  who  succeeded  his  father  Philip  as  king  of 
Macedonia  in  B.  c.  336,  and  soon  became  the  greatest  general  that  the 
world  had  seen. 

2  J.  e.,  broad-headed  like  an  ox ;  from  two  Greek  words. 

8  Chares  was  a  courtier  of  Alexander's,  and  wrote  a  voluminous  history 
of  him. 


DESCRIPTION   OF   BRITAIN,    ETC. 

inmisisset,  coniectisque  undique  in  Alexandrum  tells,  vulneribus 
altis  in  cervice  atque  in  latere  equus  perfossus  esset,  moribundus 
tarn  en  ac  prope  iam  exsanguis  e  medils  hostibus  regem  vivacissi- 
mo  cursu  retulit  atque,  ubi  eum  extra  tela  extulerat,  ilico  conci- 
dit  et  domini  iam  superstitis  securus  quasi  cum  sensus  human! 
solacio  animam  exspiravit.  Turn  rex  Alexander,  parta  eius 
belli  victoria,  oppidum  in  iisdem  locis  condidit  idque  ob  equi 
honores  Bucephalon  appellavit.  —  Aulus  Gellius,  v.,  2. 

372.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

G.  I  don't  think  I  should  want  to  live  under  the  earth  even 
in  such  beautiful  dwellings  as  those  which  Aristotle  describes. 
C.  Nor  I,  but  it  is  easy  to  believe  that  people  who  had  lived  so 
would  admire  the  beauty  of  the  earth  and  sea  and  heavens  when 
they  first  saw  them.  I  like  very  much  what  Aristotle  says,  when 
he  writes  that  though  night  has  darkened  the  earth  the  sky  is 
bright  with  stars.  I  never  separated  the  heavens  from  the  earth 
in  that  way  before.  G.  If  I  could  read  Greek  I  should  like  to 
read  that  in  Aristotle's  own  book.  That  horse  of  Alexander's 
was  a  fine  one,  but  he  could  n't  have  been  handsome,  with  a  head 
like  that  of  an  ox.  C.  And  why  could  n't  he  have  had  a  better 
name  ?  G.  Perhaps  the  Macedonians  liked  the  name. 


LESSON    LIX. 
373.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

DESCRIPTION    OF   BRITAIN   AND   THE   BRITONS. 

Britanniae  pars  interior  ab  iis  incolitur  quos  natos  in  insula 
ipsi  memoria  proditum  dicunt,  maritima  pars  ab  iis  qui  praedae 
ac  belli  inferendi  causa  ex  Belgio  transierant  (qui  omnes  fere  iis 
nominibus  civitatum  appellantur  quibus  orti  ex  clvitatibus  eo 
pervenerunt)  et  bello  inlato  ibi  permanserunt  atque  agros  colere 
coeperunt.  Hominum  est  mfinita  multitude  creberrimaque 
aedificia  fere  Gallicis  consimilia,  pecorum  magnus  numerus. 
Utuntur  aut  acre  aut  taleis  ferreis  ad  certum  pondus  examinatis 


214  LATIN  LESSONS. 

pro  nummo.  Nascitur  ibi  plumbum  album  in  mediterraneis  re- 
gionibus,  in  maritimis  f  errum  l  sed  eius  exigua  est  copia ;  aere 
iituntur  importato.  Materia  cuiusque  generis  ut  in  Gallia  est, 
praeter  f aguni  atque  abietem.2  Leporem  et  gallinam  et  anserem 
gustare  fas  non  putant ;  haec  tamen  alunt  animl  voluptatisque 
causa.  Loca  sunt  temperatiora  quam  in  Gallia  remissioribus 
frlgoribus.  Insula  natura  triquetra,  cuius  unum  latus  est  contra 
Galliam.  Huius  lateris  alter  angulus,  qui  est  ad  Cantium,  quo 
fere  omnes  ex  Gallia  naves  adpelluntur,  ad  orientem  solem,  In- 
ferior ad  meridiem  spectat.  Hoc  pertinet  circiter  milia  passuum 
qumgenta.  Alterum  vergit  ad  Hispaniam  3  atque  occidentem 
solem ;  qua  ex  parte  est  Hibernia,  dimidio  minor,  ut  aestimatur, 
quam  Britannia,  sed  parl  spatio  transmissus  atque  ex  Gallia  est 
in  Britanniam.  In  hoc  medio  cursu  est  Insula  quae  appellatur 
Mona ;  complures  praeterea  minores  obiectae  Insulae  exlstiman- 
tur,  de  quibus  insulis  nonnulli  scripserunt  dies  continuos  xxx  sub 
bruma  esse  noctem.  Nos  nihil  de  eo  percontationibus  reperie- 
bamus,  nisi  certis  ex  aqua  4  mensuris  breviores  esse  quam  in  con- 
tinent! noctes  videbamus.  Huius  est  longitude  lateris,  ut  fert 
illorum  opinio,  septingentorum  milium.  Tertium  est  contra  sep- 
tentriones,5  cui  parti  nulla  est  obiecta  terra  sed  eius  angulus 
lateris  maxime  ad  Germaniam  spectat.  Hoc  milia  passuum  oc- 
tingenta  in  longitudinem  esse  existimatur.  Ita  omnis  Insula  est 
in  circuitu  vicies  centum  milium  passuum.  Ex  his  omnibus 
longe  sunt  humanissimi  qui  Cantium  incolunt,  quae  regio  est 
maritima  omnis,  neque  multum  a  Gallica  differunt  consuetu- 
dine.  Interiores  plerique  frumenta  non  serunt  sed  lacte  et  carne 

1  Caesar  should  have  said,  ferrum  in  mediterraneis  regionibus, 
in  maritimis  plumbum  album. 

2  Caesar  is  wrong  in  saying  that  these  two  trees  are   not  native   in 
Britain. 

3  Caesar  seems  to  have  here  a  peculiar  notion  of  the  position  of  Spain. 

4  That  is,  by  means  of  a  clepsydra,  or  water-clock,  an  instrument 
somewhat  like  our  sand-glasses. 

5  This  is  another  mistaken  statement.    If  Britain  can  be  called  a  triangle 
at  all,  this  third  side  looks  east ,  and  towards  Germany,  rather  than  north ; 
it  is  the  angulus  which  looks  north. 


CUSTOMS   OF   THE   SUEVI.  215 

vivunt  pellibusque  sunt  vestitl.  Omnes  vero  se  Britanni  vitro 
inficiunt,  quod  caeruleum  efficit  colorem,  atque  hoc  horridiore 
sunt  in  pugna  adspectu.  —  Caes.  B.  G.  v.  12-14. 

374.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

Caesar  had  heard  that  the  island  of  Britain  was  three-cor- 
nered, but  really  it  has  four  sides.  One  side  looks,  as  he  says, 
nearly  south,  a  second  west,  and  a  third  north.  The  fourth 
side  looks  towards  the  east,  but  inclines  somewhat  towards  the 
north.  It  is,  however,  very  pleasant  to  read  what  Caesar  says 
about  the  island  and  its  people,  and  to  see  in  what  he  seems  to 
have  known  the  truth  as  we  know  it,  and  in  what  he  was  mis- 
taken. He  writes  that  the  Britons  thought  it  unlawful  to  eat 
geese  or  chickens  as  well  as  hares,  and  that  the  inland  tribes 
generally  planted  no  grain.  Certainly  their  descendants  have 
greatly  increased  the  number  of  things  with  which  to  adorn 
their  banquets.  How  should  we  like  to  live  upon  meat  and 
milk,  and  to  dress  in  skins  ?  Caesar  found  these  same  people, 
however,  very  brave  soldiers,  and  their  country  very  hard  to 
conquer. 

LESSON   LX. 

375.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

CUSTOMS    OF   THE   SUEVI. 

Suevorum l  gens  est  longe  maxima  et  bellicosissima  Germano- 
rum  omnium.  Hi  centum  pagos  habere  dicuntur,  ex  quibus 
quotannis  singula  milia  armatorum  bellandi  causa  ex  finibus  edu- 
cunt.  Reliqui,  qui  domi  manserunt,  se  atque  illos  alunt.  Hi 
rursus  in  vicem  anno  post  in  armis  sunt,  ill!  domi  remanent. 
Sic  neque  agri  cultura,  nee  ratio  atque  usus  2  belli  intermittitur. 
Sed  privati  ac  separati  agri  apud  eos  nihil  est,  neque  longius 

1  The  Suevi  dwelt  in  the  central  part  of  what  is  now  Germany. 

2  Ratio  is  the  knowledge  that  comes  from  thinking  and  study,  i.  e., 
the  science  of  a  subject  (from  reri,  to  think) ;  usus,  the  knowledge  that 
comes  from  practice  and  experience,  i.  e.,  the  art. 


216  LATIN   LESSONS. 

anno  remanere  find  in  loco  incolendi  causa  licet.  Neque  mul- 
tum  f  rumento,  sed  maximam  partem l  lacte  atque  pecore  vivunt, 
multumque  sunt  in  venationibus ;  quae  res  et  cibi  genere  et  cot- 
tidiana  exercitatione  et  libertate  vitae,  cum  a  pueris  nullo  officio 
aut  disciplina  adsuefacti  nihil  omnino  contra  voluntatem  faciant, 
et  vires  alit  et  immani  corporum  magnitudine  homines  efficit. 
Atque  in  earn  se  consuetudinem  adduxeruut,  ut  locis  frigidissi- 
mis 2  neque  vestitus  praeter  pellis  haberent  quicquam,  quarum 
propter  exigtritatem  magna  est  corporis  pars  aperta,  et  lavaren- 
tur  in  fluminibus. 

Mercatoribus  est  aditus  magis  eo,  ut  quae  bello  ceperint  quibus 
vendant  habeant,  quam  quo  ullam  rem  ad  se  importari  deside- 
rent.  Quin  etiam  iumentis,  quibus  maxime  Gallia  delectatui-, 
quaeque  impenso  parant  pretio,  German!  importatis  non  utuntur, 
sed  quae  sunt  apud  eos  nata,  parva  atque  deformia,  haec  cotti- 
diana  exercitatione  summi  ut  sint  laboris,  efficiunt.  Equestribus 
proeliis  saepe  ex  equis  desiliunt  ac  pedibus  proeliantur,  equosque 
eodem  remanere  vestigio  adsuef ecerunt,  ad  quos  se  celeriter,  cum 
usus  est,  recipiunt ;  neque  eorum  moribus  turpius  quicquam  aut 
inertius  habetur,  quam  ephippiis  fiti.  Itaque  ad  quemvis  nume- 
rum  ephippiatorum  equitum  quamvis  pauci  adire  audent.  Vi- 
num  ad  se  omnino  importaii  non  sinunt,  quod  ea  re  ad  laborem 
ferendum  remollescere  homines  atque  effeminari  arbitrantur. 

Publice  maximam  putant  esse  laudem  quam  latissime  a  suis 
finibus  vacare  agros  :  hac  re  significari  magnum  numerum  civi- 
tatium  suam  vim  sustinere  non  posse.  —  Caes.,  B.  G.,  iv.  1-3. 

376.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

G.  Would  n't  it  be  jolly  to  return  to  the  life  of  these  ancient 
Suevi,  and  not  worry  one's  self  with  books  any  more?  We 
should  n't  need  half  so  many  clothes,  and  could  buy  everything 
for  much  less  than  now.  C.  I  don't  think,  though,  that  I  should 

1  Maximam  partem  =  chiefly  (adverbial  accusative).     See  A.  &  S. 
397  ;  A.  &  G.  240  b;  G.  331,  3 ;  H.  378,  a. 

2  Locis  frigidissimis  does  not  mean  in  the  coldest  places  (abl.  of  place), 
but  even  in  their  very  cold  climate  (abl.  abs. ;  lit.,  their  regions  being  very 
cold). 


THE   STORY   OF   KING   TARQUIN.  217 

like  living  on  milk  and  meat,  nor  would  it  be  easy  to  endure  our 
winter's  cold  in  a  costume  of  skins  only.  G.  But  everything 
has  some  unpleasant  side,  and  it  certainly  would  be  agreeable 
not  to  do  anything  you  did  n't  want  to,  and  to  be  able  to  ride  a 
spirited  charger  bareback.  C.  Yes,  I  should  like  that,  but  it 
is  n't  necessary  to  live  as  the  Suevi  lived  for  that.  In  some  of 
the  western  parts  of  our  own  country  they  ride  without  saddles, 
and  have  something  besides  meat  and  milk  to  eat.  G.  Besides, 
the  Suevi  did  n't  play  tennis.*  Perhaps  our  life  is  pleasanter, 
if  you  look  f  at  it  from  all  sides.  I  wonder  whether  the  Gallic 
rivers  were  as  cold  to  bathe  in  as  our  sea  is. 


LESSON    LXI. 
377.  Translate  into  English :  — 

THE   STORY   OF   KING   TARQUIN  AND   THE   SIBYLLINE   BOOKS. 

In  antiquis  annalibus  memoria  super  libris  Sibyllinis  haec 
prodita  est.  Anus  hospita  atque  incognita  ad  Tarquinium  regem 
adiit,  novem  libros  f erens,  quos  esse  dicebat  divina  oracula ;  eos 
velle  venumdare.  Tarquinius  pretium  percontatus  est.  Mulier 
nimium  atque  inmensum  poposcit ;  rex,  quasi  anus  aetate  desi- 
peret,  derlsit.  Turn  ilia  foculum  coram  cum  igni  adponit,  tris 
libros  ex  novem  deurit  et,  ecquid  reliquos  sex  eodem  pretio 
emere  vellet,  regem  interrogavit.  Sed  enim 1  Tarquinius  id 
multo  risit  magis  dixitque  anum  iam  procul  dubio  2  delirare. 
Mulier  ibidem  statim  tris  alios  libros  exussit  atque  id  ipsum 
denuo  placide  rogat  ut  tris  reliquos  eodem  illo  pretio  emat.  Tar- 
quinius ore  iam  serio  atque  attentiore  animo  fit,  earn  constantiam 
confldentiamque  non  Insuper  3  habendam  intellegit,  libros  tris 

*  Use  the  ablative  (of  means).    A.  &  S.  407  6 ;  H.  420,  1,  2). 

t  The  subjunctive  is  regularly  used  in  a  condition  when  the  second  per- 
son singular  has  a  general  application,  i.  e.,  where  "  you  "  means  anybody. 
See  A.  &  S.  477  d  (1) ;  A.  &  G.  309  a ;  G.  597,  R.  3 ;  H.  508,  5,  2). 

1  Sed  enim  =  but  you  see,  but  as  you  may  imagine. 

2  Ablative  used  with  procul  as  if  it  were  a  preposition. 

3  Insuper  means  above ;  hence,  Insuper  habere  =  to  hold  as  above 
what  is  necessary,  to  regard  as  superfluous,  to  scorn. 


218  LATIN   LESSONS. 

reliquos  mercatur,  nihilo  minore  pretio  quam  quod  erat  petitum 
pro  omnibus.  Sed  earn  mulierem  tune  a  Tarquinio  digressam 
postea  nusquam  loci1  visam  constitit;  libri  tres,  in  sacrarium 
conditl,  Sibylliui  appellatl.  Ad  eos,  quasi  ad  oraculum  quinde- 
ciinviri  adeunt,  cum  dl  iinmortales  publice  consulendi  sunt. 

Aldus  Gellius,  i.  19. 

378.    Translate  into  English :  — 

AVOID   ANTIQUATED   LANGUAGE. 

Favorinus2  philosophus  adulescenti  veterum  verborum  cupi- 
dissimo  et  plerasque  voces  nimis  piiscas  et  ignotas  in  cotidianis 
communibusque  sermonibus  expromenti :  •'  Curius,"  inquit,  "  et 
Fabricius  et  Coruncanius,  antiquissimi  viii,  et  his  antiquiores, 
Horatii  illi  trigemim,8  plane  ac  dilucide  cum  suis  fabulati  sunt 
neque  Auruncorum  aut  Sicanorum  aut  Pelasgorum,  qui  primi 
coluisse  Ttaliam  dicuntur,  sed  aetatis  suae  verbis  locuti  sunt ;  tu 
autem,  proinde  quasi  cum  matre  Euandri 4  nunc  loquare,  sermone 
abhinc  multis  anms  iam  desito  uteris,  quod  scire  atque  intelle- 
gere  ueminem  vis  quae  dicas.  Nonne,6  homo  inepte,  ut  quod  vis 
abunde  consequaris,  taces  ?  Sed  antiquitatem  tibi  placere  ais, 
quod  honesta  et  bona  et  sobria  et  modesta  sit.  Vive  ergo  rnori- 
bus  praeteritis,  loquere  verbis  praesentibus  atque  id  quod  a  C. 
Caesare,6  excellentis  ingenii  ac  prudentiae  viro,  in  primo  de  ana- 
logia  libro  scriptum  est,  habe  semper  in  memoria  atque  in  pec- 

1  Nusquam  loci  =  nowhere  of  place,  i.  e.,  nowhere  at  all. 

2  Favorinus  was  a  philosopher,  born  at  Aries  (Arelas),  in  the  south  of 
France  (Gaul),  who  spent  much  of  his  life  in  Rome  during  the  reign  of  the 
emperor  Hadrian,  and  was  a  friend  and  teacher  of  Aulus  Gellius. 

3  These  were  the  three  Roman  brothers  who  fought  with  the  three  Alban 
brothers  (Curiatil)  to  decide  which  state  should  rule  the  other.     Tullus 
Hostilius.  the  king  of  the  victorious  Romans,  moved  the  Albans  to  Rome, 
and  destroyed  Alba. 

4  Evander  was  an  Arcadian  hero,  who,  according  to  the  legend,  founded 
a  city  in  Italy,  from  which  the  Palatine  hill  got  its  name,  and  established 
the  worship  of  Hercules  in  that  country.     He  is  supposed  to  have  lived  in 
the  time  of  Aeneas. 

5  Such  a  question  is  equivalent  to  our  "  why  don't  you  ?  " 

6  Thus  you  see  that  the  great  dictator  was  not  above  studying  and  writ- 
ing about  language.     Unfortunately  his  book  has  perished. 


HORATIUS  AT   THE   BRIDGE.  219 

tore,  '  ut  tamquam  scopulum  sic  fugias  inaudltum  atque  msolens 
verbum.'  "  —  Aldus  Gellius,  i.  10. 

379.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

A.  What  a  fool  Tarquin  was  about  those  Sibylline  books ! 
A  wise  king  ought  either  to  have  understood  that  the  woman 
was  not  selling  him  books  that  were  worth  nothing,  or  to  have 
shown  the  same  persistency  in  not  buying  the  books  that  the 
old  woman  showed  in  burning  them.  S.  At  least  he  might  have 
asked  her  to  let  him  look  at  the  books,  so  that  he  could  decide 
whether  he  wanted  them  before  he  let  himself  be  caught  in  that 
way.  But,  then,  if  he  had  done  differently,  the  story  would  n't 
have  been  handed  down  for  us  to  read.  A.  That  was  a  good 
remark  that  Favorinus  made  to  the  young  fellow  who  imitated 
the  long  abandoned  language  of  his  ancestors,  even  if  it  was  a 
little  rough.  S.  Yes,  and  Aulus  Gellius  seems  not  to  be  wholly 
free  himself  from  that  same  fault.  Where  can  you  find  words 
like  "  fabulari  "  and  "  insuper  habere  "  in  Cicero  ?  A.  When 
did  Aulus  Gellius  live  ?  Do  you  know  ?  S.  I  think  he  was 
born  about  a  hundred  years  after  the  Christian  era. 


LESSON  LXII. 
380.  Translate  into  English :  — 

HORATIUS   AT   THE   BRIDGE.1 

Cum  hostes  adessent,  pro  se  quisque  2  in  urbem  ex  agris  de- 
migrant,  urbem  ipsam  saepiunt  praesidiis.  Alia  murls,  alia  Ti- 
ber! obiecto  videbantur  tuta.  Pons  sublicius  iter  paene  hostibus 
dedit,8  ni  unus  vir  f  uisset,  Horatius  Codes  :  id  munimentum  illo 

1  Cf.  the  Latin  selection  in  Lesson  xxxvii.,  p.  134. 

2  Quisque  is  in  apposition  with  the  unexpressed  subject  of  demi- 
grant. 

3  We  should  expect  dedisset  to  correspond  with  fuisset  in  the  con- 
ditional clause,  but  Livy  makes  his  statement  more  lively  by  using  the 
indicative,  just  as  in  English  we  can  say,  "  I  had  caught  that  boat  if  I  had 
had  two  seconds  more,"  instead  of  "I  should  have  caught,"  etc. 


220  LATIN   LESSONS. 

die  fortuna  urbis  Romanae  habuit.  Qui  positus  forte  in  statione 
pontis,1  cum  capttim  repentino  impetu  laniculum 2  atque  inde 
citatos  decurrere  hostes  vidisset,  trepidamque  turbam  suorum 
arma  ordinesque  relinquere,  reprehensans  singulos,  obsistens  ob- 
testausque  deum  et  hominum  fidem  testabatur,  nequlquarn  de- 
serto  praesidio  eos  f  ugere.  Si  transituin  3  pontem  a  tergo  reli- 
quissent,  iam  plus  hostium  in  Palatio  Capitolioque  quam  in 
laniculo  fore.  Itaque  monere,  praedicere,  ut  pontem  ferro,  igm, 
qiiacumque  vT  possint,  interrumpant :  se  impetum  hostium,  quan- 
tum corpore  uno  posset  obsisti,  excepturum.  Vadit  inde  in 
primum  aditum  pontis,  Insignisque  inter  conspecta  cedentium 
pugnae  terga,  obversis  comminus  ad  ineundum  proeh'um  armis, 
ipso  miraculo  audaciae  obstupefecit  hostis.  Duos  tamen  cum 
eo  pudor  tenuit,  Sp.  Larcium  ac  T.  Herminium,  ambos  clai'os 
genere  factlsque.  Cum  his  primam  pericuh"  procellam  et  quod 
tumultuosissimum  pugnae  erat  parumper  sustinuit.  Deinde  eos 
quoque  ipsos,  exigua  parte  pontis  relicta,  revocantibus  qui  re- 
scindebant,  cedere  in  tutum  coegit.  Circumferens  inde  truces 
minaciter  oculos  ad  proceres  Etruscorum,  nunc  singulos  provo- 
care,4  nunc  increpare  omnes,  servitia  5  reguni  superborum,  suae 
libertatis  inmemores  alienam  oppugnatum  venire.  Cunctati  ali- 
quamdiu  sunt,  dum  alius  alium,6  ut  proelium  incipiant,  circum- 

1  Positus  forte  in  statione  pontis  means  happened  to  be  captain  of 
the  guard  of  the  bridge  ;  what  is  the  literal  meaning  of  the  phrase  ? 

-  laniculum  is  the  hill  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Tiber,  opposite  the 
Rome  of  that  day,  and  a  little  southeast  of  the  hill  on  which  St.  Peter's 
and  the  Vatican  now  stand  (Monte  Vaticano). 

3  Transituin  is  a  noun  here,  and  in  predicate  apposition  with  pou- 
tem,  not  a  participle. 

4  Provocare  and  increpare  are  "historical"  infinitives,  i.  e.,  infini- 
tives used  for  a  past  tense  of  the  indicative.     If  they  had  a  subject  ex- 
pressed, its  case  would  be  nominative.     See  A.  &  S.  530  a ;  A.  &  G.  275 ; 
G.  650;  H.  536  (1). 

5  Servitia,  slaveries,  is  used  here  for  servos,  slaves.     The   clause 
servitia  .  .  .  venire  is  indirect  discourse,  depending  upon  the  idea  of 
saying  in  increpare,  =  he  reviled  them  with  the  taunt  that  they  were  the 
slaves  of  haughty  kings,  and  came,  etc. 

6  Alius  is  in  apposition  with  the  unexpressed  subject  of  circumspec- 
taiit.  alium  is  the  object  of  this  verb,  =  they  look  round  at  one  another, 


HOKATIUS   AT   THE    BRIDGE.  221 

spectant.1  Pudor  delude  commovit  aciem,  et  clamore  sublato 
undique  in  unum  hostem  tela  coniciunt.  Quae  cum  in  obiecto 
cuncta  scuto  haesissent,  neque  ille  minus  obstinatus  ingenti 
pontem  obtineret  gradu,  iam  impetu  conabantur  detrudere  virum, 
cum  simul  fragor  rupti  pontis  simul  clamor  Romanorum,  alacri- 
tate  perfect!  operis  sublatus,  pavore  subito  impetum  sustinuit.2 
Turn  Codes,  u  Tiberme  pater,"  inquit,  "  te  sancte  precor,  haec 
arma  et  hunc  imlitem  propitio  flumine  accipias  !  "  Ita  sic 8 
armatus  in  Tibevim  desiluit,  multisque  superincidentibus  tells, 
incolumis  ad  suos  tranavit,  rem  ausus  plus  famae  habituram  ad 
posteros  quam  fidel.  Grata  erga  tantam  virtutem  civitas  f uit : 
statua  in  comitio  posita,  agri  quantum  uno  die  circumaravit  da- 
tum. Privata  quoque  inter  publicos  honores  studia  eminebant : 
nam  in  magna  inopia,  pro  domesticis  copiis  unusquisque  el  ali- 
quid,  fraudans  se  ipse  victu  suo,  contulit.  —  Livy,  ii.  10. 

381.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

In  this  war  King  Tarquin,  who  had  been  driven  out  of  Rome 
by  Brutus  and  his  companions,  was  trying  to  recover  his  king- 
dom, and  Porsena  with  the  Etruscans  was  helping  him.  It 
was  indeed  good  fortune  for  the  Romans  to  have  such  brave 
soldiers  as  Horatius  and  Larcius  and  Herminius.  If  the  Etrus- 
cans had  conquered,  Rome  would  again  have  come  under  the 
sway  of  kings,  and  have  suffered  for  many  more  years  the 

each  waiting  to  see  some  one  else  begin  the  battle.  For  this  use  of  alius  to 
express  the  reciprocal  notion  "  each  other,"  see  A.  &  S.  449  (2) ;  A.  &  G. 
203;  G.  306;  H.  459. 

1  Circumspectaiit,  like  demigrant  and  saepiunt,  in  the  first  sen- 
tence above,  is  "  historical"  present,  i.  e.,  present  used  for  the  imperfect 
or  perfect  in  order  to  give  a  lively  tone  to  the  thing  said.     See  A.  &  S. 
466 ;  A.  &  G.  276  d;  G.  220;  H.  467  III.     It  may  be  translated  by  the 
past  or  the  (historical)   present  in  English,  but  the  historical  present  in 
English  produces  a  weak  effect  when  used  often. 

2  Sustinuit.  —  For  this  inversion  by  which  the  cum-clause  is  made 
to  contain  what  is  really  the  principal  statement,  while  the  main  clause  ex- 
presses an  accompanying  circumstance,  see  A.  &  S.  512  ;  A.  &  G.  325  b; 
G.  581,  III.  2,  R. 

3  Notice  that  ita  belongs  with  desiluit,  while  sic  modifies  armatus, 
=  "  thus  he  leaped  down,  etc.,  all  armed  as  he  was," 


222  LATIN   LESSONS. 

cruelty  and  arrogance  of  others  like  Tarquin.  But  no  doubt 
when  the  state  had  become  stronger,  other  leaders  like  Brutus 
would  have  come  forth  and  led  the  people  once  more  to  liberty. 
Then  perhaps  the  Roman  republic  would  have  lasted  still  longer, 
and  the  Romans  might  have  guarded  more  steadfastly  the  free- 
dom which  they  had  won  at  so  high  a  price.  But  when  the  old- 
fashioned  virtues  had  become  changed  into  the  bad  customs 
which  afterwards  sprang  up,  there  was  need  only  of  a  man  like 
Caesar  to  reduce  the  state  to  slavery,  and,  even  if  the  names 
belonging  to  freedom  were  left,  to  banish  utterly  the  thing  it- 
self. 

LESSON    LXIII. 
382.    Translate  into  English  :  - 

THE   DEED    OF   MUCIUS   SCAEVOLA.1 

C.2  Mucius,  adulescens  nobilis,  cui  indignum  videbatur  popu- 
lum  Romanum  servientem,  cum  sub  regibus  esset,8  nullo  bello 
nee  ab  hostibus  ullls  obsessum  esse,  liberum  eundem  populum 
ab  iisdem  Etruscis  obsideri  quorum  saepe  exercitus  fuderit, 
magno  audacique  aliquo  facinore  earn  indignitatem  vindicandam 
ratus,  primo  sua  sponte  penetrare  in  hostium  castra  constituit,4 
dein  metuens,  ne,  si  consulum  iniussu  et  Ignaris  omnibus  Tret, 
forte  deprehenstis  a  custodibus  Romanis  retraheretur  ut  trans- 
fuga,  fortuna  turn  urbis  crimen  adfirmante,  senatum  adit. 
"  Transire  Tiberim,"  inquit,  "  patres,  et  intrare,  si  possim,  cas- 
tra hostium  volo,  non  praedo  nee  populationum  in  vicem  ultor  : 

1  Cf.  the  Latin  exercise  in  Lesson  xxxvii.,  p.  134. 

2  You  will  see  that  Livy  gives  the  praenomen  as  Gaius,  while  the 
writer  quoted  in  Lesson  xxxvii.  gives  it  wrongly  as  Quintus. 

3  Cum  sub  regibus  esset.  — This  is  simply  explanatory  of  servien- 
tem.    We  should  say  in  English,  "  during  their  period  of  slavery,  that  is, 
when  they  were  under  the  kings." 

4  We  have  thought  it  wise  to  simplify  Livy's  first  sentence  somewhat,  by 
omitting  some  words  before  C.  Mucius,  and  later  omitting  itaque  be- 
fore magno  audacique,  which  Livy  uses  to  resume  the  thought  begun 
in  the  early  part  of  his  sentence,  and  interrupted  by  the  statement  of  Mu- 
cius's  reason  for  his  deed. 


THE   DEED   OF   MUCIUS   SCAEVOLA.  228 

maius,  si  di  iuvant,  in  animo  est  f  acinus. "  Adprobant  patres.  Ab- 
dito  intra  vestem  ferro  proficiscitur.  Ubi  eo  venit,  in  conf  ertis- 
sima  turba  prope  regium  tribunal  constitit.  Ibi  cum  stipendium 
militibus  forte  daretur,  et  scrlba  cum  rege  sedens  par!  fere  or- 
natu  multa  ageret,  eum l  milites  volgo  adirent,  timens  sciscitari, 
uter  Porsena  esset,  ne  ignorando  regem  semet 2  ipse  aperlret  quis 
esset,  quo  8  temere  traxit  fortuna  facinus,  scribam  pro  rege  ob- 
truncat.  Vadentem  inde,  qua  per  trepidam  turbam  cruento  mu- 
crone  sibi  ipse  fecerat  viam,  cum  concursu  ad  clamorem  facto 
conprehensum  regii  *  satellites  retraxissent,  ante  tribunal  regis 
destitutus,  turn  quoque  inter  tantas  fortunae  minas  metuendus 
magis  quam  metuens,  "  Romanus  sum,"  inquit,  "  civis,  C.  Mu- 
cium  vocant.  Hostis  hostem  occidere  volui,  nee  ad  mortem  minus 
animi  est  quam  fuit  ad  caedem :  et  facere  et  pati  fortia  Roma- 
num  est.  Nee  unus  in  te  ego  hos  animos  gessi ;  longus  post  me 
ordo  est  idem  petentium  decus.  Proinde  in  hoc  discrimen,  si 
iuvat,  accingere,  ut  in  singulas  horas  capite  dimices  tuo,  ferrum 
hostemque  in  vestibulo  habeas  regiae.  Hoc  tibi  iuventus  Ro- 
mana  indicimus  bellum.  Nullam  aciem,  nullum  proelium  timu- 
eris  ;  uni  tibi  et  cum  singulis  res  erit."  Cum  rex,  simul  Ira 
mfensus  periculoque  conterritus,  circumdari  ignis  minitabundus 
iuberet,  nisi  expromeret  propere,  quas  msidiarum  sibi  minas  per 
ambages  5  iaceret,  "  En  tibi,"  inquit,  "  ut  sentias,  quam  vile  cor- 
pus sit  iis,  qui  magnam  gloriam  vident ; "  dextramque  accenso 

1  In  English  we  should  connect  this  clause  with  the  preceding  one  by 
"  and." 

2  Semet  is  an  emphatic  form  of  se.     The  word  is  here  used  redun- 
dantly as  the  object  of  aperlret,  thus  anticipating  quis  esset  (lest  he 
should  himself  disclose  himself,  who  he  was). 

3  This  clause  points  forward  to  the  main  verb,  not,  as  is  usual  in  Eng- 
lish, back  to  what  has  been  said.     The  meaning  is,  he  followed  at  random 
the  guidance  of  fate,  and  slew  the  secretary  for  the  king  (lit.  [following] 
whither  fortune  accidentally  drew  his  deed,  he  slew,  etc.). 

4  You  will  see  that  it  is  much  more  natural  to  emphasize  regii  here 
than  in  Lesson  xxxvii.     Probably  the  account  given  there  was  "  adapted  " 
from  this  one  at  a  time  when  Latin  had  already  fallen  into  decay,  and  the 
writer  carelessly  used  Livy's  phrase  ready  made,  without  noticing  that  he 
had  injured  its  proper  emphasis  by  changing  some  of  the  other  words. 

0  This  noun  is  hardly  used  in  the  singular. 


224  LATIN  LESSONS. 

ad  sacrificium  foculo  inicit.  Quam  cum  velut  alien ato  ab  sensu 
torreret  animo,  prope  attonitus  miraculo  rex  cum  ab  sede  sua 
prosiluisset,  amoverique  ab  altaribus  iuvenem  iussisset,  "  Tu  vero 
abi,"  inquit,  "  in  te  magis  quam  in  me  hostilia  ausus.  luberem 
macte  virtute  J  esse,  si  pro  mea  patria  ista  virtus  staret :  nunc 
iure2  belli  liberum  te  intactum  inviolatumque  hinc  dimitto." 
Tune  Mucius  quasi  remunerans  meritum,  "  Quando  quidem,"  in- 
quit,  "  est  apud  te  virtutl  honos,  ut  beneficio  tuleris  a  me,  quod 
minis  nequisti :  trecenti  coniuravimus  prmcipes  iuventutis  Ro- 
manae,  ut  in  te  hac  via  grassaremur.  Mea  prima  sors  fuit ; 
ceteri,  utcumque  ceciderit  piimi,  quoad  te  opportunum  fortuna 
dederit,  suo  quisque  tempore  aderunt."  —  Livy,  ii.  12.  a. 

383.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

From  this  deed  of  Scaevola's  it  can  be  easily  seen  how  differ- 
ent Roman  honor  was,  in  some  things,  from  that  which  we  call 
honor.  In  a  war  between  two  nations  a  soldier  would  not  now 
be  regarded  as  worthy  of  great  honor  who  should  enter  the  ene- 
my's camp  in  order  thus  to  slay  their  king,  though  his  design 
were  bold  and  even  more  difficult  than  Scaevola's.*  Yet  Scae- 
vola  was,  without  any  doubt,  an  honorable  soldier,  and  both 
Etruscans  and  Romans  approved  the  praise  which  not  only  Por- 
sena  but  Livy  bestows  upon  him.  The  Romans  diligently 
obeyed  in  all  things  the  letter  of  the  law,  as  is  shown  by  the 
care  with  which  they  always  declared  war  according  to  the  rules 
that  seemed  to  them  right.  They  believed  that  the  gods  ap- 
proved a  regularly  declared,  or,  as  they  called  it,  a  "  just " 
war. 

1  Macte  virtute  esse  is  an  obscure  idiomatic  expression,  meaning 
"  go  on  and  prosper." 

2  Notice  that  iure  belongs  with  liberum. 

*  The  Romans  used  the  genitive  in  such  a  case  just  as  we  use  the  pos- 
sessive, with  the  idea  "  deed"  understood. 


THE   FOUNDING   OF   ROME.  225 


LESSON   LXIV. 
384.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

THE   FOUNDING   OF   ROME. 

Romulum  Remumque  cupido  cepit  in  his  1  locis,  ubi  expositi 
ubique  educati  erant,  urbis  condendae.  Et  supererat  multitude 
Albanorum  Latinorumque ;  ad  id  pastores  quoque  accesserant, 
qui  omnes  facile  spem  facerent  parvam  Albam,  parvum  Lavi- 
nium  prae  ea  urbe,  quae  conderetur,  fore.  Intervenit  deinde 
his  cogitationibus  avitum  malum,  regni  cupido,  atque  inde  foe- 
dum  certamen  coortum  a  satis  nriti  prmcipio.  Quoniam  gemim 
essent,  nee  aetatis  verecundia  discrimen  facere  posset,  ut  2  dii, 
quorum  tutelae  ea  loca  essent,  auguriis  legerent,  qui  nomen  novae 
urbl  daret,  qui  conditam  imperio  regeret,  Palatium  Romulus, 
Remus  Aventinum  ad  inaugurandum  templa  3  capiunt. 

Priori  Remo  augurium  venisse  fertur  sex  vultures,  iamque 
nuntiato  augurio  cum  duplex  numerus  Romulo  sese  ostendisset, 
utrumque  regem  sua  multitudo  consalutaverat.  Tempore  ill! 
praecepto,  at  hi  numero  avium  regnum  trahebant.  Inde  cum 
altercatione  congress!  certamine  irarum  ad  caedem  vertuntur. 
Ibi  in  turba  ictus  Remus  cecidit.  Vulgatior  fama  est  ludibrio 
fratris  Remum  novos  transiluisse  muros  ;  inde  ab  irato  Romulo, 
cum  verbis  quoque  increpitans  adiecisset,  "  Sic  deinde  quicumque 
alius  transiliet  moenia  mea  !  "  interfectum.4  Ita  solus  potitus  4 
imperio  Romulus ;  condita  urbs  conditoris  nomine  appellata.4 

Palatium  primum,  in  quo  ipse  erat  educatus,  muniit.  Sacra 
diis  aliis  Albano  ritu,  Graeco  Herculi,  ut  ab  Euandro 6  insti- 

1  Observe  that  this  word  is  his,  not  iis,  and  that,  therefore,  Livy  has 
particular  places  in  mind, —  it  does  not  mean  the  places  where,  etc.,  but 
these  places  (which  we  have  been  reading  about),  where,  etc. 

2  Notice  that  this  ut-clause  points  forward  to  the  principal  verb,  not 
back  to  anything  that  has  been  said. 

3  Templa  here  has  its  early  meaning  of  a  space  cut  or  marked  off,  from 
which  to  observe  omens. 

4  What  verbs  are  omitted  here  ? 

5  See  p.  218,  note  4. 


226  LATIN  LESSONS. 

tuta  erant,  facit.  Herculem  in  ea  loca,  Geryone  l  interempto, 
boves  inira  specie  abegisse  memorant,  ac  prope  Tiberim  flu- 
vium,  qua  prae  se  armentum  agens  nando  traiecerat,  loco  her- 
bido,  ut  quiete  et  pabulo  laeto  reficeret  boves,  et  ipsum  fessura 
via  procubuisse.  Ibi  cum  eum  cibo  vinoque  gravatum  sopor 
oppressisset,  pastor  accola  eius  loci,  nomine  Cacus,  ferox  vlribus, 
captus  pulchritudine  bourn  cum  avertere  earn  praedam  vellet, 
quia,  si  agendo  armentum  in  speluncam  compulisset,  ipsa  vesti- 
gia quaerentem  dominum  eo  deductura  erant,  aversos  boves, 
eximium  quemque  2  pulchritudine,  caudis  in  speluncam  traxit. 
Hercules  ad  primam  auroram  somno  excitus  cum  gregem  perlu- 
strasset  oculis  et  partem  abesse  numero  sensisset,  pergit  ad  pro- 
ximam  speluncam,  si  forte  eo  vestigia  ferrent.  Quae  ubi  omnia 
foras  versa  vidit  nee  in  partem  aliam  ferre,  c'onfusus  atque  in- 
certus  animi  3  ex  loco  inf  esto  4  agere  porro  armentum  occepit. 
Inde  cum  actae  boves  quaedam  ad  desiderium,  ut  fit,5  relicta- 
rum  mugissent,  reddita  inclusarum  ex  spelunca  bourn  vox  Her- 
culem convertit.  Quern  cum  vadentem  ad  speluncam  Cacus  vi 
prohibere  conatus  esset,  ictus  clava  fidem  pastorum  nequiquam 
invocans  morte  occubuit.  —  Livy,  i.  6,  3. 

385.  Translate  into  Latin  :  - 

G.  I  am  glad  that  Livy  does  not  believe  the  commoner  story 
about  the  death  of  Remus.  When  I  first  heard  it  myself  I  was 
persuaded  that  it  could  not  be  true.  C.  I  do  not  see  why  it 
is  n't  true.  It  seems  to  me  that  people  so  fierce  as  the  original 
Romans  would  kill  even  a  brother  when  angry.  G.  The  origi- 
nal Romans  were  certainly  very  fierce,  but  such  a  deed  is  not 
in  accordance  with  the  character  which,  as  we  know  from  other 

1  Geryon,  according  to  the  legend,  was  a  three-headed  or  three-bodied 
king  in  Spain,  who  owned  magnificent  cattle,  which  it  was  one  of  the  twelve 
labors  (the  tenth)  of  Hercules  to  capture  for  Eurystheus. 

2  Eximium  quemque  is  in  apposition  with  boves,  =  the  cattle,  that 
is,  each  of  the  markedly  beautiful  ones. 

3  Animi  is  locative  case  here. 

4  Infesto  =  uncanny. 

5  Ut  fit  =  as  is  apt  to  be  the  case. 


THE  FOUNDING  OF  ROME.  227 

things,  belonged  to  Romulus.  Do  you  think  it  is  ?  C.  I  must 
admit  that  I  don't.  But  you  see,  I  don't  believe  that  Romulus 
and  Remus  ever  existed.  Livy  himself  says  in  the  beginning  of 
his  work,  that  he  shall  write  the  things  that  have  been  handed 
down  by  tradition  about  the  early  years  of  the  Roman  State,  but 
does  not  vouch  for  them.  Indeed,  we  cannot  believe  much  that 
is  written  of  Rome  before  the  kings  were  driven  out.  G.  It 
is  true  that  no  Roman  kings  may  have  been  named  Romulus 
or  Numa  or  Tarquin,  but  it  cannot  be  denied  that  Rome  was 
ruled  by  kings  in  the  beginning,  and  that  many  of  the  things 
handed  down  about  the  kings  are  true. 

386.  Write  an  essay  of  at  least  five  pages  on  the  sub- 
ject "  Rome  under  the  Kings,"  observing  the  following 
outline  :  — 

1.  The  story  of  Aeneas. 

2.  Alba  Longa. 

3.  Romulus  and  Remus. 

4.  The  foundation  of  Rome. 

5.  The  personal  character  and  work  of  each  of  the  kings. 

6.  The  credibility  of  the  stories  about  the  kings. 

7.  What  was  probably  the  real  condition  of  Rome  in  these 
early  days  ? 

For  an  especially  good  discussion  of  this  subject,  see 
Ihne's  "  Early  Rome,"  chapters  i.-ix.  While  Ihne's 
"  Early  Rome  "  is  perhaps  the  best  single  volume  to  which 
the  pupil  can  be  referred  for  information  about  the  legend- 
ary period  of  Roman  history,  help  may  easily  be  obtained 
from  any  good  history  of  Rome.  Consult,  for  example, 
the  earlier  chapters  in  the  larger  histories  of  Ihne,  Momm- 
sen,  or  Duruy  ;  or  the  smaller  histories  of  Allen,  Oilman, 
Leighton,  Liddell,  Merivale,  Myers,  Pennell,  and  many 
others.  See  also  the  article  in  the  Encyclopaedia  Britan- 
nica,  vol.  xx.,  p.  731. 

NOTE  1.     The  class  should  be  prepared  for  this  exercise  in  essay-writing 


UNIVERSITY 


228  LATIN   LESSONS. 

by  preliminary  talks  or  readings  by  the  teacher.  This  course  of  trans- 
lating selections  about  early  Roman  history  will  fail  to  accomplish  a  large 
part  of  its  intended  good  unless  the  pupils  become  heartily  and  intelligently 
interested  in  the  subject  of  Roman  history.  We  must  assume  that  the 
ordinary  pupil  who  begins  the  study  of  Latin  has  yet  to  create  and  de- 
velop his  historical  sense  ;  and  everything  possible  should  be  done  to 
foster  such  development.  When  he  begins  to  read  the  Commentaries  of 
Caesar,  he  should  be  ready  to  recognize  the  work  of  a  virile  historical 
character.  When  the  stories  of  "  Horatius  at  the  Bridge  "  and  of  "  Lake 
Regillus  "  are  read,  some  member  of  the  class  should  be  asked  to  read  or 
to  declaim  Macaulay's  poems  on  these  subjects.  If  the  class  contains  no 
excellent  reader  or  declaimer,  the  teacher  should  read  these  poems  to  the 
class. 

NOTE  2.  The  essays  called  for  in  sections  386  and  389  are  meant  to  be 
suggestive  of  others  that  an  alert  and  active  teacher  will  supply  at  other 
points  in  the  work. 

LESSON    LXV. 
387.  Translate  into  English :  — 

SOME   ANECDOTES    OF   HANNIBAL. 

A.  Hannibal  non  adhibitus  est  in  consilium,  propter  colloquia 
cum  Villio  l  suspectus  regi  et  in  nullo  postea  honore  habitus. 
Pririio  earn  contumeliam  tacitus  tulit,  deinde  melius  esse  ratus  et 
percunctarl  2  causam  repentmae  alienationis  et  purgare  se,  tern- 
pore  apto  quaesita  simplieiter  iracundiae  causa  auditaque,  "  Pater 
Hamilcar,"  inquit,  "  Antioche,  parvum  admodum 8  me,  cum 
sacrificaret,  altaribus  admotum  iure  iurando  adegit  numquam 
amicum  fore  populi  Roman!.  Sub  hoc  Sacramento  sex  et  tiiginta 
annos  militavi,  hoc  me  in  pace  patria  mea  expulit,  hoc  patria 
extorrem  in  tuam  regiam  adduxit,  hoc  duce,  si  tu  spem  meam 
destitueris,  ubicumque  vires,  ubi  arma  esse  sciam,  hue  veniam, 
toto  orbe  terrarum  quaerens  aliquos  Romanis  hostis.  Itaque  si 

1  Publius  Villius  was  a  member  of  an  embassy  sent    from  Rome  to 
negotiate  with  Antiochus  and  prevent  him  from  subjugating  Greece. 

2  Observe  the  force  of  per  in  the  compound,  —  the  word  means  "to  ask 
so  forcibly  as  to  get  a  distinct  answer." 

3  Admodum   (ad  modum),  an  adverbial  phrase,  meaning  "  very," 

sdingly  "  (lit.,  up  to  a  limit).     Cf.  the  English  "  to  a  degree." 


SOME   ANECDOTES   OF   HANNIBAL.  229 

quibus  tuorum  meis  criminibus  apud  te  crescere  libet,  aliam 
mfiteriam  crescendi  ex  me  quaerant.  Odi  odioque  sum  Romanis. 
Id  me  verum  dicere  pater  Hamilcar  et  dii  testes  sunt.  Proinde 
cum  de  bello  Romano  cogitabis,  inter  prlmos  amicos  Hannibalem 
habeto,  si  qua  res  te  ad  pacem  compellet,  in  id  consilium  alium, 
cum  quo  deliberes,  quaerito."  Non  movit  modo  talis  oratio 
regem,  sed  etiam  reconciliavit  Hannibali.  Ex  consilio  ita  dis- 
cessum  est,  ut  bellum  gereretur.  — Livy,  xxxv.,  19. 

B.  Claudius,  secutus  Graecos  Acilianos  1  libros,  P.  Africanum 
in  ea  fuisse  legatione  tradit,  eumque   Ephesi  collocutum  cum 
Hannibale ;    et   sermonem   unum   etiam  refert,   quo   quaerenti 
Africano,  quern  fuisse  maximum  imperatorem  Hannibal  crederet, 
respondisse  Alexandrum  Macedonum  regem,  quod  parva  manu 
innumerabiles  exercitus  fudisset,  quod  ultimas  oras,  quas  visere 
supra  spem   humanam    esset,    peragrasset.     Quaerenti   deinde, 
quern  secundum  poneret,  Pyrrhum  dixisse  castra  metari  primum 
docuisse  ;  ad  hoc  neminem  elegantius  loca  cepisse,  praesidia  dis- 
posuisse  ;  artem  etiam  conciliandi  sibi  homines  earn  habuisse,  ut 
Ttalicae  gentes  regis  extern!  quam  populi  Romani,  tarn  diu  prin- 
cipis  in  ea  terra,  imperium  esse  mallent.     Exsequenti,   quern 
tertium  duceret,  haud  dubie  semet  ipsum  dixisse.     Turn  risum 
obortum  Scipiom,   et  subiecisse,  "Quidnam  tu   diceres,    si  me 
vicisses  ?  "     u  Turn  vero  me,"  inquit,  "  et  ante  Alexandrum  et 
ante  Pyrrhum  et  ante  alios  omms  imperatores  esse."     Et  per- 
plexum  Punico  astu    responsum    et   improvisum    adsentationis 
genus  Scipionem  movisse,  quod  e  grege  se  imperatorum  velut 
inaestimabilem  secrevisset.  —  Livy,  xxxv.,  14,  6. 

C.  In  libiis  veterum  memoriarum  scriptum  est,  Hannibalem 
Carthaginiensem  apud  regem  Antiochum  facetissime  cavillatum 
esse.     Ea  cavillatio  huiuscemodi  f uit :   Ostendebat  eT  Antiochus 
in  campo  copias  ingentis  quas  bellum  populo  Romano  facturus 
comparaverat,  convertebatque  exercitum  Insignibus  argenteis  et 

1  The  "Acilian"  books  were  a  work  on  Roman  history  written  in 
Greek  by  Gains  Acilius,  and  translated  into  Latin  by  the  historian,  Q.  Clau- 
dius Quadrigarius. 


230  LATIN   LESSONS. 

aureis  florentem  ;  inducebat  etiam  currus  cum  falcibus  et  ele- 
phantos  cum  turribus  equitatumque  frenis,  ephippiis,  momlibus, 
phaleris  praefulgentem.  Atque  ibi  rex,  contemplation e  tanti  ac 
tarn  ornati  exercitus  gloriabundus,  Hannibalem  aspicit  et: 
'•Putasne,"  inquit,  ''conferri  posse  ac  satis  esse  Romanis  haec 
omnia  ?  "  Turn  Poenus,  eludens  ignaviam  inbelliamque  militum 
eius  pretiose  armatorum  :  "  Satis,  plane  satis  esse  credo  Remains 
haec  omnia,  etiam  si  avarissimi  sunt."  Nihil  prorsum  neque 
tarn  lepide  neque  tarn  acerbe  did  potest :  rex  de  numero  exer- 
citus sui  ac  de  aestimanda  aequiperatione  quaesiverat,  respondit 
Hannibal  de  praeda.  —  Aulus  Gellius,  v.,  5. 

388.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

If  Scipio  was  a  leader  who  ought  to  be  separated  from  the 
general  body,  Hannibal  himself  deserved  this  praise  even  more. 
These  anecdotes  are  but  three  among  many  in  the  works  of  the 
Roman  writers,  which  show  how  much  that  great  nation  both 
admired  and  feared  him.  Could  a  better  answer  have  been 
given  to  King  Antiochus  or  to  the  questions  of  Scipio  ?  And 
surely  the  dignity  that  he  displayed  when  he  went  to  Antiochus 
and  asked  the  reason  of  the  king's  estrangement  is  worthy  of 
the  greatest  admiration.  Hannibal,  too,  like  Pyrrhus,  had  the 
art  of  winning  men  to  himself,  as  is  shown  by  the  number  of 
soldiers  whom  he  kept  under  arms  against  the  Romans  when  he 
was  waging  war  for  fifteen  years  in  Italy  with  very  little  reen- 
forcement  from  Carthage.  Nor  was  an  oath  ever  kept  with 
greater  zeal  and  persistency  than  he  showed  in  regard  to  his 
oath  that  he  would  never  be  the  friend  of  the  Roman  people. 

389.  Write  an  essay  of  at  least  five  pages  on  the  sub- 
ject "  Hannibal,"  observing  the  following  outline  :  — 

1.  The  father  of  Hannibal. 

2.  Hannibal's  boyhood. 

3.  Hannibal's  work  in  Spain. 

4.  The  great  war  with  Rome. 

5.  The  later  years  of  his  life. 


THE  HAUNTED  HOUSE  AT  ATHENS.  231 

6.  His  death. 

7.  His  character  and  work. 

The  following  references  will  aid  in  preparing  the  essay :  — 

(a)  Henty's  "  The  Carthaginian  Boy." 

(b)  R.  Bosworth  Smith's  "Rome  and  Carthage,"  pp.  108-9, 163-71, 191, 
225,  235-237. 

(c)  Arnold's  "History  of  Rome;"  that  part  dealing  with  the  Second 
Punic  War. 

(d)  Ihne's  "  History  of  Rome,"  ii.,  147-52, 158-63,  170-73,  244-58,  442- 
44;  iii.,  87,' 88,  186-88. 

(e)  Mommsen's  "  History  of  Rome."  ii.,  chaps.  1-7. 

(f)  The  Encyclopaedia  Britannica,  xi.,  pp.  441  et  seq. 


LESSON  LXVI. 
390.  Translate  into  English  :  - 

THE  HAUNTED    HOUSE  AT   ATHENS. 

Erat  Athems  spatiosa  et  capax  domus,  sed  mfamis  et  pesti- 
lens.  Per  silentium  noctis  sonus  ferri,  et  si  attenderes  1  acrius, 
strepitus  vinculorum  longius  primo,  deinde  e  proximo  reddeba- 
tur :  mox  apparebat  idolon,  senex  macie  et  squalore  confectus, 
promissa  barba,  horrent!  capillo  :  cruribus  compedes,  manibus 
catenas  gerebat  quatiebatque.  Inde  inhabitantibus  tristes  di- 
raeque  noctes  per  metum  vigilabantur  :  vigiliam  morbus  et  cre- 
scente  f ormidine  mors  sequebatur.  Nam  interdiu  quoque,  quam- 
quam  abscesserat  imago,  memoria  imaginis  oculls  inerrabat, 
longiorque  causis  timoris  timor  erat.  Deserta  inde  et  damnata 
solitudine  domus  totaque  ill!  monstro  relicta;  prosciibebatur 
tamen,  seu  quis  emere,  seu  quis  condiicere  ignarus  tanti  mall 
vellet.  Venit  Athenas  philosophus  Athenodorus,2  legit  titulum, 
auditoque  pretio,  quia  suspecta  vilitas,  p^rcunctatus,  omnia  doce- 

1  The  subjunctive  is  thus  used  by  the  writers  of  the  empire  in  a  general 
condition  referring  to  the  past,  while  the  writers  of  Cicero's  time  use  the 
indicative.    See  A.  &  S.  477,  d  (2) ;  A.  &  G.  309,  b;  G.  569,  R.  2. 

2  There  were  two  more  or  less  famous  Stoic  philosophers  of  this  name, 
but  they  probably  lived  at  an  earlier  time  than  the  hero  of  Pliny's  letter. 


232  LATIN   LESSONS. 

tur  ac  nihilo  minus,  immo  tanto  magis  conducit.  Ubi  coepit 
advesperascere,  iubet  stern!  sibi  prlma  domus  parte,  poscit  pu- 
gillares,  stilum,  lumen :  suos  omnes  in  interiora  dimittit,  ipse  ad 
scribendum  animum,  oculos,  manum  intendit,  ue  vacua  mens 
audita  simulacra  et  inanes  sibi  metus  fingeret.  Initio,  quale 
ubique,  silentium  noctis,  dein  concuti  f  errum,  vincula  mover! : 
ille  non  tollere  oculos,  non  remittere  stilum,  sed  offirmare  ani- 
mum auribusque  praetendere :  turn  crebrescere  fragor,  adven- 
tare,  et  iam  ut  in  llmine,  iam  ut  intra  limen  audiii :  respicit, 
videt  agnoscitque  narratam  sibi  effigiem.  Stabat  innuebatque 
digito,  similis  vocanti :  hie  contra  ut  paulum  exspectaret  manu 
slgnificat  rursusque  ceris  et  stilo  incumbit :  ilia  scribentis  capiti 
catems  insonabat :  respicit  rursus  idem  quod  prius  innuentem, 
nee  moratus  tollit  lumen  et  sequitur.  Ibat  ilia  lento  gradu, 
quasi  gravis  vinculis :  postquam  deflexit  in  aream  domus,  re- 
pente  dilapsa  deserit  comitem:  desertus  herbas  et  folia  con- 
cerpta  signum  loco  ponit.  Postero  die  adit  magistrates,  monet 
ut  ilium  locum  effodi  iubeant.  Inveniuntur  ossa  inserta  catenis 
et  inplicita,  quae  corpus  aevo  terraque  putrefactum  nuda  et 
exesa  reliquerat  vinculis  :  collecta  publice  sepeliuntur.  Domus 
postea  rite  conditis  manibus  caruit.  —  Plin.  Ep.  vii.,  27,  5-11. 

391.  Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

Most  of  us  have,  no  doubt,  at  some  time  visited  some  town 
where  we  were  shown  a  house  feared  by  the  ignorant  for  the 
same  reason  for  which  Pliny  says  this  house  at  Athens  was  so 
hard  to  sell ;  even  if  our  native  place  does  not  contain  such  a 
house.  To-day,  too,  any  one  who,  like  the  philosopher  Atheno- 
dorus,  hires  such  a  house  and  sleeps  in  it  to  show  that  the  fears 
of  people  are  groundless  is  looked  upon  with  a  certain  admira- 
tion. Still  the  number  of  ignorant  and  superstitious  people  is 
much  smaller  in  our  day  than  it  was  in  Pliny's,  and,  though 
many  who  are  bold  enough  by  the  light  of  day  would  prefer 
not  to  spend  the  hours  of  darkness  in  a  house  said  to  be  inhab- 
ited by  ghosts,  it  is  very  doubtful  if  anybody,  or  at  least  any 
family,  could  be  so  affected  by  such  fears  as  to  fall  sick  and 


PLINY'S  LETTER  TO  TACITUS.  233 

die.  Indeed,  that  part  of  Pliny's  letter  takes  away  belief  in  the 
whole  matter.  Who  would  stay  so  long  in  such  a  house  that  he 
actually  died  of  fright  ?  For  there  is  nothing  to  show  that  the 
people  who  lived  in  the  house  before  Athenodorus  were  forced 
to  stay  there. 

LESSON    LXVII. 
392.  Translate  into  English  :  - 

C.    PLINIUS   TACITO    SUO   S.1 

Salvum  2  te  in  urbem  venisse  gaudeo  ;  venisti  autem,  si  quando 
alias,  nunc  maxime  mihi  desideratus.  Ipse  pauculis  adhuc  die- 
bus  in  Tusculano  3  commorabor,  ut  ppusculum  quod  est  in  ma- 
nibus  absolvam.  Vereor  enim  ne,  si  hanc  intentionem  4  iam  in 
fine  laxavero,  aegre  resumam.  Interim  ne  quid  festmationi 
meae  pereat,  quod  6  sum  praesens  petiturus  hac  quasi  praecurso- 
ria  epistula  rogo.  Sed  prius  accipe  causas  rogandi.  Proxime 
cum  in  patria  mea  fui,  venit  ad  me  salutandum  municipis  mei 
filius  praetextatus.  Huic  ego  "  Studes  ?  "  6  inquam.  Respon- 
dit  "  Etiam."  "  Ubi  ?  "  "  Mediolani."  "  Cur  non  hie  ?  "  Et 
pater  eius  (erat  enim  una  atque  etiam  ipse  adduxerat  puerum) 
"  Quia  nullos  hie  praeceptores  habemus."  "  Quare  nullos  ?  nam 

1  S.  stands  for  salutem,  the  object  of  a  dicit  understood,  and  is  equiv- 
alent to  sends  greeting,  or,  as  sometimes   also  in  English,  simply  greeting. 
Sometimes  S.  D.,  or  S.  D.  P.  (salutem  dicit  plurimam),  is  used. 
These  are  the  regular  ways  of  beginning  a  Latin  letter. 

2  The  form  would  be  salvom  in  one  of  Cicero's  letters ;  O  after  v  gave 
way  to  u  about  the  end  of  the  classical  period. 

3  A  villa  of   Pliny's  at  Tusculum,  the  modern  Frascati,    near  Rome. 
The  word  Tusculanum  is  properly  an  adjective,  agreeing  with  rus  or 
some  other  word  for  "  country  estate  "  understood. 

*  Not  merely  intention,  but  the  energetic  carrying  out  of  an  intention. 

5  Notice  that  this  clause  points  forward,  as  is  very  frequent  with  subor- 
dinate clauses  in  Latin. 

6  Studes  here  means  are  you  at  school?    Such  phrases  as  litteris 
studere  or  philosophiae  studere  are  classical  Latin,  but  studere 
was  not  used  alone  in  the  sense  of  "  study  "  until  a  later  period  than  the 
classical. 


234  LATIN   LESSONS. 

vehementer  intererat J  vestra,  qui  patres  estis,"  et  opportune 
eonplures  patres  audiebant,  u  liberos  vestros  hie  potissimum  dis- 
cere.  Ubi  enim  aut  iucundius  morarentur  quam  in  patria  aut 
pudicius  continerentur  quam  sub  oculis  parentuin  aut  minore 
sumptu  quam  domi  ?  Quantulum  est  ergo  collata  pecunia  con- 
ducere  praeceptores,  quodque  nunc  in  habitationes,  in  viatica, 
in  ea  quae  peregre  emuntur  inpenditis  adicere  rnercedibus  ? 
Atque  adeo  ego,  qui  nondum  liberos  habeo,  paratus  sum  pro  re 
publica  nostra,  quasi  pro  Mia  vel  parente,  tertiam  partem  eius 
quod  conf  erre  vobis  placebit  dare.  Totum  etiam  pollicerer,  nisi 
timerem  ne  hoc  munus  meum  quandoque  ambitu  corrumperetur, 
ut  accidere  multis  in  locis  video,  in  quibus  praeceptores  piiblice 
conducuntur.  Huic  vitio  occurri  uno  remedio  potest,  si  paren- 
tibus  soils  ius  conducendi  relinquatur  isdemque  religio  recte 
iudicandi  necessitate  collationis  addatur.  Nam  qui  fortasse  de 
alieno  neglegentes,  certe  de  suo  diligentes  erunt  dabuntque  ope- 
ram  ne  a  me  pecuniam  non  nisi  dignus  accipiat,  si  accepturus 
et  ab  ipsls  erit.  Proinde  consentite,  conspirate  maioremque  ani- 
mum  ex  meo  sumite,  qui  cupio  esse  quam  plurimum  quod  de- 
beam  conferre.  Nihil  honestius  praestare  libeiis  vestris,  nikil 
gratius  patriae  potestis.  Educentur  hie  qui  hie  nascuntur  sta- 
timque  ab  Infantia  natale  solum  amare,  frequentare  consuescant. 
Atque  utinam  tarn  claros  praeceptores  inducatis  ut  fmitimis 
oppidis  studia  hinc  petantur,  utque  nunc  liberl  vestrl  aliena  in 
loca,  ita  mox  alien!  in  hunc  locum  confluant !  "  Haec  putavi 
altius  et  quasi  a  fonte  repetenda,  quo  magis  scires  (juam  gratum 
mihi  foret,  si  susciperes  quod  iniungo.  Iniungo  autem  et  pro 
rei  magnitudine  rogo  ut  ex  copia  studiosorum,  quae  ad  te  ex 
admiratione  ingenii  tui  convenit,  circumspicias  praeceptores  quos 
sollicitare  possimus,  sub  ea  tamen  condicione  ne  cui  fidem  meam 
obstringam.  Omnia  enim  libera  parentibus  servo.  Bli  iiidi- 
cent,  illi  eligant :  ego  mihi  curam  tantum  et  inpendium  vindico. 
Proinde  si  quis  fuerit  repertus  qui  ingenio  suo  fidat,  eat  illuc  ea 
lege  ut  hinc  nihil  aliud  certum  quam  fiduciam  suam  ferat. 
Vale.  —  Plin.  JSp.,  iv.  13. 

1  For  this  use  of  the  indicative,  where  you  would  expect  a  contrary-to- 
fact  subjunctive,  see  A.  &  S.  474  d  and  477  c;  A.  &  G,  308  c  and  311  c; 
G.  599,  3  ;  H.  511,  1,  notes  3  and  4. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   EXEKCISE.  235 

393.  Translate  into  Latin :  — 

S.  I  pity  Tacitus  if  he  received  many  such  long  letters  from 
his  friend  Pliny  asking  him  to  attend  to  these  little  affairs  for 
him.  Why  could  n't  he  ask  him  in  a  few  words  to  choose  a 
teacher  for  the  son  of  his  fellow-countryman  and  send  him  to 
Milan  ?  D.  You  are  too  hard  on  Pliny,  I  think.  Tacitus  was 
a  busy  man,  no  doubt,  and  Pliny  wished  to  show  him  that  he 
had  a  good  reason  for  asking  so  much  of  him.  It  would  be  in- 
teresting, though,  to  have  some  of  the  letters  in  which  Tacitus 
answered  Pliny.  I  can't  help  feeling  that  the  friendship  which 
Pliny  talks  about  so  much  was  more  on  his  part  than  on  that  of 
Tacitus.  S.  Now  you  are  too  hard  on  Pliny.  Tacitus  was 
probably  less  talkative  and  full  of  words  than  Pliny.  Perhaps 
his  name  came  from  some  ancestor  who  was  inclined  to  silence. 
D.  His  historical  writings  certainly  do  not  abound  in  useless 
words,  though  they  contain  a  good  deal  in  a  small  space. 


236  PRONUNCIATION   OF  PROPER  NAMES. 

RULES  FOR  THE  ENGLISH  PRONUNCIATION 

OF 

GREEK  AND   LATIN  PROPER  NAMES. 

ACCENT. 

1.  Words  of  two  syllables  are  always  accented  on  the  first  syllable  ; 

as  :  Ro'ma,  Lo'cri. 

2.  In  words  of  more  than  two  syllables  the  accent  rests  upon  the  pe- 
nult, if  that  is  long  ;  otherwise  upon  the  antepenult ;  as  :  I-u'-lus, 
Cic'-e-ro,  A-ri'-on,  Rhod'-6-pe. 

3.  A  long  word  may  have  two  or  more  secondary  accents,  placed 

where  a  sense  of  rhythmical  propriety  will  naturally  cause  the 
vocal  stress  to  fall ;  as  :  Ac"-ar-na'-ni-a,  Me"-di-o-mat'-ri-ces, 
Hi'"-e-ro-caes"-a-re'-a. 

SYLLABICATION. 

1.  A  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  has  vowels  or  diphthongs  ;  as  : 

Pro-me'-theus,  Ber-e-ni'-ce,  GuiT'-i-er-mus,  Se-gu"-si-a'-vi. 
REMARK.  —  This  rule  does  not  apply  to  such  anglicized  forms  as 
Pros'-er-pine. 

2.  A  single  consonant,  or  a  mute  with  I  or  r,  between  the  last  two 
vowels  of  a  word,  or  between  the  vowels  of  any  two  unaccented 
syllables,  must  be  joined  to  the  latter  vowel  ;  as  :  Cy'-prus,  Pel"- 
o-pon-ne'-sus. 

3.  A  single  consonant,  or  a  mute  with  I  or  r,  before  an  accented  vowel, 
must  be  joined  to  that  vowel  ;  so  also  a  single  consonant  after  it, 
except  in  the  penult ;  as  :  Bal'-a-crus,  Meg-a-ba'-zus. 

4.  When  a  consonant  is  doubled,  the  division  into  syllables  must 

separate  the  two  ;  as  :  Tri-boc'-ci,  En'-ni-us. 

5.  Unpronounceable  combinations  of  consonants  are  separated  so  that 
those  that  may  begin  a  word  are  attached  to  the  following  vowel  ; 
as:   Or'-pheus,   Aph-ro-di'-te,   An-tir'-rhi-um,  Pan'-cre-on,  Ver- 
gil'-i-us. 

Exceptions. 

1.  A  single  consonant,  or  a  mute  with  I  or  r,  after  an  accented  a,  e  or 
o,  and  before  two  vowels  the  first  of  which  is  e,  i,  or  y,  must  be 


LATIN  LESSONS.  237 

joined  to  the  following  vowel ;  as  :  Ma'-ri-us,  Pau-sa'-ni-as,  Ae-to'- 
li-a,  Phar-sa'-li-a. 

2.  A   single   consonant,  or  a  mute  with  I  or  r,  after  an  accented  u, 
must  be  joined  to  the  following  vowel ;  as  :  U'-ti-ca,  Mu'-ti-na, 
Su'-tri-um.     Pub'-li-us  is  the  only  exception. 

3.  Combinations  of  consonants  that  are  unusual  in  English  are  usu- 
ally  separated,    though  they  may   be  pronounced   in  the    same 
syllable  by  classical  usage  ;  as  :  Sos'-the-nes  (by  Latin  usage  So- 
sthne-nes). 

4.  The  combinations  gl  and  tl  are  separated  when  they  follow  an 

accented  penultimate  vowel ;  as  :  Aeg'-le,  At'-las. 

SOUNDS  OF  THE   LETTERS. 
VOWELS. 

1.  A  vowel  at  the  end  of  an  accented  syllable  has  its  long  English 

sound  ;  as  :  Ae-gi'-na,  Lu"-si-ta'-ni,  Al"-ci-bi'-a-des. 

(a)  A  at  the   end  of  an  unaccented  syllable  has  the  sound  of  a  in 
Cuba ;  as  :  Meg'-a-ra. 

(b)  E,  o,  and  u  at  the  end  of  an  unaccented  syllable  have  nearly 
the  same  sound  as  when  accented,  only  not  so  distinct  ;  as  : 
Hi"-e-rap'-o-lis,  Ru'-tu-li. 

(c)  I.  /  final  has  its  long  English  sound  ;  as  :  Se'-qua-ni,  Lat"-o- 

bri'-gi. 
II.  /at  the  end   of    an  unaccented  syllable,    not  final,   has  an 

obscure  sound,  nearly  like  e ;  as  :  At'-ti-ca. 

III.  /  has  its  long  sound  in  the  first  syllable  of  a  word,  the 
second  of  which  is  accented  ;  (1)  when  it  stands  alone  be- 
fore a  consonant ;  as :  I-tho'-me  ;  and  (2)  when  it  ends  a 
syllable  before  a  vowel  ;  as  :  Di-a'-na,  I-u'-lus.  Otherwise 
i  in  such  a  first  syllable,  preceding  an  accented  syllable,  is 
pronounced  short  :  Ci-li'-ci-a.  But  the  rule  and  the  practice 
are  uncertain. 

(d)  Y  equals  i  in  all  cases  ;  as  :  Myc'-a-le,  My'-lae. 

2.  A  vowel  has  its  short  English  sound  when  followed  by  a  consonant 

in  the  same  syllable  ;  as  :  Cic'-e-ro,  Psam-met'-i-cus. 

Exception. 

Es  at  the  end  of  a  word  is  pronounced  like  the  English  word  ease  ; 
as  :  Soc'-ra-tes,  Ar"-is-ti'-des. 


238  PRONUNCIATION   OF   PROPER  NAMES. 


DIPHTHONGS. 

1.  Ae  and  oe  equal  e  in  all  cases  ;  as  :  Aet'-na,  Phoe'-nix. 

2.  When  ai,  ei,  oi,  and  yi  are  accented  and  are  followed  by  another 
vowel,  the  i  equals  initial  y,  as  in  yes,  and  the  vowel  before  it  has 
its  long  sound  ;  as  :  A-chai'-a,  Aq"-ui-lei'-a,  Au-run"-cu-lei'-us. 

3.  Au  =  cw  in  law  ;  as  :  Nau-pac'-tus. 

4.  Eu  =  u  long  ;  as  :  Eu-rys'-theus. 

CONSONANTS. 

The  consonants  have  in  general  the  same  sounds  as  in  English. 

1.  C  and  g  are  hard  before  a,  o,  and  u,  soft  before  e,  i,  y,  ae  and 
oe  ;  as  :  Cal'-e-ti,  Cy'-nie,  Cae-roe'-si,  Gy'-ges. 

2.  Ch  always  has  the  sound  of  k  ;  as  :  Chi'-os. 

3.  C,  s,  and  t  before  i  preceded  by  an  accented  syllable  and  followed 
by   a  vowel  have  the  sound  of  sh ;  as  :    Sic'-y-on  (Sish'-e-on), 
Boe-o'-ti-a.     But  after  s,  t,  or  x,  t  keeps  its  hard  sound ;   as: 
Brut'-ti-i.     So  also  in  the  termination  tion  ;  as  :  Eu-ry  t'-i-on. 


NOTE.  The  most  important,  perhaps,  of  the  above  rules  are  those  for 
syllabication;  without  a  correct  knowledge  of  these  accuracy  is  impos- 
sible. 

The  rules  apply  not  only  to  Greek  and  Latin  proper  names,  but  also  to 
words  and  phrases  that  have  been  appropriated  and  naturalized  in  English 
speech,  and  to  modern  scientific  terms  that  have  been  borrowed  from  the 
ancient  languages  or  formed  correctly  by  analogy ;  but  not  to  such  words  as 
telephone  and  hippodrome,  js^hich  are  thoroughly  anglicized.  Thus  they 
indicate  the  correct  pronunciation  of  such  words  as  bronchitis,  caesura, 
hendiadys,  onomatopoeia,  phthisis,  strata,  and  data;  and  of  such  phrases 
as  habeas  corpus,  in  statu  quo,  and  epluribus  unum. 


VOCABULARY. 


NOTE. 

In  the  following  vocabulary  there  are  given  under  each  word  its  deriva- 
tion and  method  of  formation,  so  far  as  these  are  known  with  tolerable 
certainty.  Words  of  doubtful  derivation  have  been  marked  with  interro- 
gation points,  all  words  being  included  as  such  in  regard  to  which  there  is 
not  substantial  agreement  between  Harper's  Latin  Lexicon  and  Vani- 
gek's  Etymologisches  Worterbuch  (2d  ed.).  There  is  then  given  an  Eng- 
lish equivalent  for  the  word,  based  upon  its  derivation,  followed  by  typical 
meanings  acquired  by  the  word  as  used  by  the  Latin  writers.  Where  it 
has  seemed  desirable,  illustrative  examples  have  been  given,  and  brief  hints 
on  the  syntax  of  the  word  have  been  added. 


ABBREVIATIONS   AND   SYMBOLS. 


abl.,  ablative. 

ace.,  accusative. 

act.,  active. 

adj.,  adjective. 

adv.,  adverb. 

advers.,  adversative. 

art.,  article. 

C.,  common  gender. 

cf.  (confer),  compare. 

comp.,  compar.,  comparative, 
composition,  see  In  comp. 

conj.,  conjunction. 

cont.,  contracted. 

dat.,  dative. 

demon.,  demonstr.,  demonstra- 
tive. 

denom.,  denominative  (verb). 

dep.,  deponent. 

dim.,  dimin.,  diminutive. 

etc.  (et  cetera),  and  so  forth. 

Eng.,  English. 

f.,  fern.,  feminine. 

fr.,  from. 

freq.,  frequent.,  frequentative 
(verb  denoting  repeated  action). 

fut.,  future. 

gen.,  genitive. 

Gr.,  Greek. 

i.  e.  (id  est),  that  is. 

imper.,  imperative. 

imp  erf.,  imperfect. 

impers.,  impersonal. 

incep.,  inceptive  (verb  denoting  the 
beginning  of  an  action). 

In  comp.,  compos.,  in  composi- 
tion ;  joined  with  another  word. 

indec.,  indecl.,  indeclinable. 

indef.,  indefinite. 

indie.,  indicative. 

infill.,  infinitive. 

intens.,  intensive. 

interj.,  interjection. 


interr.,  interrog.,  interrogative. 

in  trans.,  intransitive. 

lit.,  literally. 

loc.,  locative. 

m.,  masc.,  masculine. 

n.,  neut.,  neuter. 

neg.,  negative. 

nom.,  nominative. 

orig.,  origin,  originally. 

opp.,  opposite,  opposed  to. 

p.,  participle. 

p.  a.,  participial  adjective. 

pi.,  plu.,  plural. 

p.  p.,  perfect  participle. 

particip.,  participial. 

pass.,  passive. 

perf.,  perfect. 

pers.,  person. 

pluper.,  pluperfect 

pr.,  proper. 

pres.,  pr.,  present 

prep.,  preposition. 

pron.,  pronoun,  pronominal. 

redup.,  reduplicated. 

rel.,  relative. 

sc.  (scilicet),  understand. 

sing.,  singular. 

St.,  stem. 

subj.,  subjunctive. 

super.,  superl.,  superlative. 

trans.,  transitive. 

voc.,  vocative. 

-f-  sign  of  composition,  see  In  comp. 

*  indication  of  a  form  not  actually 
found  but  assumed  as  a  step  in  the 
growth  of  words. 

?  formation  unknown. 

yf  root. 

%  °/u>  etc.,  indication  that  in  the 
process  of  word  formation  a  vowel 
has  been  changed  from  the  letter 
above  the  line  to  the  one  below  it. 


VOCABULARY. 


LATIN-ENGLISH. 


a,  see  ab. 

A,  abbreviation  for  Aulus,  wh.  see. 

ab  (before  consonants  regularly  a, 
before  te  and  in  composition  some- 
times abs),  [same  word  as  Gr.  air6, 
Eng.  off],  prep,  witb  abl.,  from, 
away  from,  (opposite  of  ad).  — 
PLACE,  fugiunt  ab  urbe,  they 
flee  from  the  city.  —  TIME,  a  prin- 
cipio  veris,  from  the  beginning 
of  spring. — METAPHORICALLY,  ab 
defensione  desistere,  to  cease 
from  the  defence  ;  quartus  a 
Romulo,  fourth  from  (i.  e.  after) 
Romulus ;  a  tergo,  in  the  rear 
(to  the  Roman  mind  the  rear  was 
regarded  as  the  quarter  FROM 
which,  while  we  view  it  differ- 
ently) ;  ab  hoste  necatus, 
butchered  by  the  enemy  (i.  e.  the 
enemy  is  the  source  FROM  which  the 
butchery  proceeds) ;  ab  re  me  a, 
inconsistent  with  (away  from)  my 
interests.  —  IN  COMP.  away,  apart, 
or  sometimes  with  a  negative  force ; 
cf.  abscedere,  to  go  away  from; 
abdere,  to  put  away,  hide;  absi- 
milis,  unlike. 

abdere,  -6,  abdidi,  abditus, 
[ab  +*dare  (akin  to  Eng.  cfoand 
deed)],  to  put  away,  hide.  —  se 
abdere,  to  hide  one's  self,  go  away. 


abducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[ab  -f-  dflcere],  to  lead  off  or 
away,  to  withdraw.  —  exerci- 
tuin  ab  aliqud  abducere,  to 
entice  away  one's  army ;  aliquem 
a  negotio  abducere,  to  take 
one  away  from  some  affair. 

abesse,  absum,  afui,  afuturus, 
[ab  -{-  esse],  to  be  away,  not  to 
be  at  (a  given  place).  —  tantum 
abest  ut  vicerimus,  ut,  so  far 
is  it  from  the  truth  that  we  have  con- 
quered, that,  etc. ;  non  multum 
abest  quin,  it  is  not  far  from 
being,  i.  e.  almost. 

abhinc,  [ab  +  hinc],  ago,  since 
(used  only  of  time,  though  hinc 
itself  is  an  adverb  of  place  j  in  clas- 
sical Latin,  always  referring  back 
to  past  time). 

abicere,  -io,  -iecl,  -iectus,  [ab 
-j-iacere],  to  cast  away,  throw 
off  or  down,  give  up.  —  P.  p.  ab- 
le ctus,  downcast,  disheartened. 

abies  (st.  abiet-),  [?],  i.,  fir-tree, 
also  the  wood  of  the  fir-tree. 

abigere,  -6,  -egl,  -actus,  [ab  -f 
agere],  to  drive  away.  — pecus 
abigere,  to  drive  away  (i.  e. 
steal)  cattle. 

abire,  -eo,  -ii,  -itum,  [ab  -f  ire], 
to  go  away,  depart,  leave  off.  —  ab- 


242 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


iens  magistratu,  retiring  from 
office.  —  See  also  deponere. 

abscedere.  -6,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
[abs  -\-  cedere],  to  go  away,  de- 
part ;  to  march  off,  retire ;  to  dis- 
appear. 

abs  ens,  st.  absent-,  [pres.  p.  of 
abesse  used  as  adjective],  not 
at  (a  given  place),  away,  absent. 

absolvere,  -6,  -solvi,  -solutus, 
[ab  -)-  solvere],  to  loosen  from, 
set  free ;  to  acquit ;  tojinish.  —  P.  p. 
absolutus,./imsAerf,  complete,  ab- 
solute. 

absque,  [abs  +  que  (which,  like 
"  ever  "  and  "  soever,"  has  a  gen- 
eralizing force)],  prep,  with  abl. 
(but  hardly  used  in  the  Latin  of 
the  Golden  Age),  without,  except. 

abstinens,  see  abstinere. 

abstinentia,  -ae,  [abstinent- 
(pres.  p.  of  abstinere,  abs  -f 
tenere)  +  ia-],  f.,  the  holding  off 
from ;  hence,  a  refraining  from, 
self-restraint. 

abstinere,  -eo,  -tinul,  -tentus, 
[abs  +  tenere],  to  hold  off, 
keep  away  (transitive) ;  to  abstain 
from  (intrans.).  —  Pr.  p.  absti- 
nens, refraining  from  what  is  un- 
lawful, temperate,  abstinent. 

abundare,  -5,  -avi,  -atus,  [ab 
+  undare  (from  unda.  a  wave)], 
to  flow  over  and  down,  overflow; 
to  be  well  supplied  with,  abound  in. 
—  P.  a.  abundans,  overflowing, 
rich,  full. 

abunde,  [adverb  as  if  from  *abun- 
dus  (ab  -f-  root  of  unda,  a 
wave}],  overflowingly ;  hence,  plen- 
tifully, abundantly. 

Acca  Larentia,  [Acca  from  a 
Sanskrit  word  meaning  mother], 
f.,  the  wife  of  the  shepherd  Fau- 


stulus,  the  foster  mother  of  Romu- 
lus and  Remus. 

accedere,  -6,  -cessi.  -cessum, 
[ad -f- cedere],  to  go  towards, 
draw  near,  approach.  —  Impers.  to 
be  added  to ;  hence  a  roundabout 
way  of  saying  besides.  —  ad  se- 
nectutem  eius  accedebat 
ut  caecus  esset,  to  his  old  age 
was  added  blindness ;  ad  hoc 
accedit,  besides  this. 

accendere,-6, -cendl,  -census, 
[ad  +  *  candere  (cf.  candere, 
to  be  gleaming,  shine)],  to  kindle  on 
top,  set  jire  to  ;  to  rouse,  stir  up.  — 
See  also  incendere. 

accidere,  -6,  accidi,  no  p.  p., 
[ad -f  cadere],  to  fall  upon; 
hence,  to  happen,  come  to  pass  (used 
especially  of  unexpected  and  un- 
fortunate things,  while  contin- 
gere  is  used  of  pleasant  things, 
and  evenire  is  the  general  word 
for  happening;  cf.  "accident" 
and  "  event"  in  English). 

accingere,  -6,  -cinxi,  -cinctus, 
[ad  +  cingere],  to  gird  on; 
hence,  to  arm,  equip.  — se  accin- 
gere, or  accingi  (alone),  to  gird 
one^s  self,  make  one's  self  ready. 

accipere.  -io,  -cepi,  -ceptus, 
[ad  -f  capere],  to  take  to  one's 
self,  receive,  accept ;  to  receive  (by 
hearing) ;  hence,  to  hear,  learn.  — 
P.  p.  acceptus,  -a,  -um,  ac- 
cepted ;  hence,  a.,  acceptable,  wel- 
come, dear. 

accola,  -ae,  [ad  +  *cola  (^  col, 
cf.  colere,  to  till)],  m.,  one  who 
tills  or  dwells  near  by,  a  neighbor. 

accubitio,  st.  accubition-,  [ac- 
cubit°/i  (p.  p-  of  accumbere, 
ad  +  cumbere,  yfcub,  bend, 
lie)  -f-  ion-],  f.,  the  having  taken  a 


OF  THB 

UNIVERSITY 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


reclining  position  near;  hence,  a 
reclining  with  one  at  meals  (accord- 
ing to  the  Roman  habit  of  using 
lounges  instead  of  chairs  at  table). 

accusare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ad  -f- 
causa  (as  if  through  causare)], 
to  demand  a  reason  of ;  hence,  to 
call  to  account,  to  accuse,  arraign. 

accusator,  st.  accusator-,  [ac- 
cusa-  -|-  tor-]>  m'>  one  who  ac- 
cuses, an  accuser  (esp.  the  plaintiff 
in  a  trial  for  any  offence  against 
the  state,  while  petitor  means 
the  plaintiff  in  a  private  suit). 

acer,  -cris,  -ere,  [^ac  -f  ri-], 
sharp,  piercing  ;  hence,  violent ; 
keen,  shrewd ;  eager,  spirited.  — 
Comp.  acrior,  superl.  acerri- 
mus. 

acerbe,  [adverb  of  acerbus], 
harshly,  sharply,  bitterly. 

acerbus,  -a,  -um,  [acer  (used  as 
stem)  -j-  bo-],  (a  shortened  be- 
cause of  the  transfer  of  the  accent 
to  the  following  syllable),  bitter  (to 
the  taste)  ;  hence,  metaphori- 
cally, bitter,  harsh,  hard  to  bear. 

Achilles,  -is,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
'AxiAAefo],  m.,  a  celebrated  Greek 
leader  in  the  war  against  Troy. 
He  was  son  of  Peleus,  the  king  of 
Thessaly,  and  of  the  sea-goddess 
Thetis. 

acies,  -61,  [^ac  + 16-],  f.,  a  point, 
sharp  edge  ;  hence,  keen  glance  (of 
the  eye) ;  and  especially,  battle- 
line  (poetically  looked  at  as  a  sort 
of  sword  edge),  battle. 

Acilianus,  -a,  -um,  [AcHi^-f 
-anus  (as  if  through  Acilia-  -f 
no-)],  o/or  belonging  to  AcHius  ; 
especially,  Aciliani  libri,  the 
(historical)  books  of  C.  Acilius 
Glabrio. 


acriter,  [acri-  -j-  ter],  adv.  of 
acer,  sharply ;  hence,  eagerly,  spir- 
itedly, etc.  —  acriter  puguare, 
to  fight  sharply  or  desperately. 
—  Comp.  acrius,  superl.  acer- 
rime. 

actus,  -us,  [yfag  +  tu-],  m.,  a 
driving  or  doing ;  hence,  a  per- 
forming, especially  the  performing 
of  a  play,  and  most  commonly,  a 
part  or  an  act  in  a  play. 

acuere,  -o,  acui,  acutus,  [acu- 
(stem  of  acus,  needle,  ^ac,  as  in 
acies,  acer)],  to  make  sharp; 
hence,  to  rouse,  sharpen,  improve.  — 
Hence,  p.  a.  acutus,  pointed, 
sharp;  keen. 

acutus,  see  acuere. 

ad,  [same  word  as  English  at],  prep, 
with  ace.,  towards,  to  (opposite  of 
ab).  —  PLACE,  ad  urbem  Ire, 
to  go  to  the  city  (with  verb  of  mo- 
tion) ;  ad  urbem  esse,  to  be 
near  the  city  (with  verb  of  rest).  — 
TIME,  ad  senectutem,  to  or  till 
old  age ;  ad  vesperum,  towards 
evening.  — NUMBER,  ad  trecen- 
tos,  towards,  or  about,  three  hun- 
dred. —  METAPHORICALLY,  ad 
vitam  be  at  am,  towards,  or  with 
regard  to,  a  happy  life ;  ad  bel- 
lum  gerendum,  towards,  or  for, 
waging  war ;  ad  me  scribit,  he 
is  writing  to  me ;  ad  huiic  mo- 
dum,  after  this  fashion.  —  IN 
COMP.,  to,  toward;  hence,  denot- 
ing addition  or  intensity ;  cf .  ad- 
ducere,  to  bring  to;  adferre, 
to  contribute ;  adamare,  to  want 
very  much,  covet. 

adcurrere,  -6,  adcucurri  and 
adcurri,  ^dcursum,  [ad  -(- 
currere],  to  run  to  or  towards. 

addere,  -6,   addidi,    additus, 


244 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


[ad  -f-  *  dare  (cf.  abdere)], 
put  to  or  by ;  hence,  to  add,  to 
join  to. 

adducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[ad  4-  ducere],  to  bring  or  lead 
to;  hence,  to  prompt,  incite,  per- 
suade to  (usually  in  a  good  sense). 
—  See  also  deducere  and  in- 
ducere. 

adeo,  [ad  -j-  eo],  adv.,  to  such  a 
point  or  degree,  so  far;  very,  even, 
just. 

adesse.  -sum,  -fui,  -futurus, 
[ad-|-esse],  to  be  near  or  at  a 
place;  hence,  to  be  somewhere  to 
help  some  one  (especially  as  an 
advocate  in  court)  ;  to  aid. 

adfabilis,  -e,  [adfa-  (stem  of  ad- 
f  ari,  ad  -j-  f ari,  to  speak)  +  the 
made-up  ending  -bills  (i.  e.  as  if 
through  *adfabus  {adfa-  -j- 
bo-}  4~li)]}  easy  to  be  spoken  to, 
courteous,  affable,  kind. 

adferre,  -6,  attuli,  adlatus, 
[ad  -j-fenre],  to  bring  to;  hence, 
to  bring  upon,  to  cause ;  to  assert ; 
to  contribute. 

adficere,  -io.  -feci.  -fectus,  [ad 
4-facere],  to  do  to;  hence,  to 
influence,  affect;  to  bestow,  or  in- 
flict, upon. 

adfinitas,  st.  adflnitat-,  [ad- 
fini-  (ad  +  finis)  -f  tat-],  f., 
nearness  to  ;  hence,  relationship,  or 
alliance  by  marriage. 

adfirmare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ad 
4-  firmare  (from  firmus,  -a, 
-um)],  to  declare  as  fixed,  assert 
confidently ;  hence,  to  corroborate, 
to  confirm. 

adgredi,  -ior,  -gressus,  [ad  -f- 
gradi],  (usually  transitive),  to  step 
towards,  approach ;  hence,  to  ad- 
dress or  apply  to  (a  person) ;  to 


undertake,  begin  (a  thing) ;  in  hos- 
tile sense,  to  attack,  fall  upon. 

adhibere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus,  [ad  + 
habere],  to  hold  towards  ;  hence, 
to  add,  bring,  or  give  to ;  to  apply 
to,  use  for ;  also,  to  summon  (as  a 
witness  or  an  adviser). 

adhuc,  [ad  +  hue],  adv.  of 
PLACE,  to  this  point,  thus  far  ;  or 
of  TIME,  until  now,  still. 

adicere,  -io,  -ieci,  -iectus,  [ad 
-j-  iacere],  to  cast  towards  or  to  ; 
hence,  to  add ;  to  turn  the  mind  to. 

adigere,  -6,  adegi,  adactus, 
[ad  4~  a§»er®]i  to  drive  towards 
or  to  ;  to  urge,  bring  one  to  a  state 
of  mind  or  action.  —  ad  ius  iu- 
raiidum.  or  iure  iurando,  ali- 
quem  adigere,  to  bind  one  by  an 
oath. 

adimere,  -6,  -emi,  -emptus, 
[ad  +  emere],  to  take  to  one's 
self,  take  away,  deprive  of.  (The 
person  from  whom  the  thing  is 
taken  is  expressed  by  a  DATIVE,  as 
hunc  librurn  fratri  adem.it, 
he  took  this  book  away  from  his 
brother.) 

adire,  -eo,  -ii,  -itus,  [ad  +ire], 
to  go  to  or  towards ;  hence,  to  ap- 
proach, address,  undertake,  under- 
go. In  all  these  senses  sometimes 
used  with  ad  and  ace.,  but  more 
often  transitively.  Thus  urbem 
adeunt,  they  are  approaching  the 
city;  ilium  adeamus,  let  us 
address  that  gentleman ;  bellum 
adiit,  he  undertook  the  war ;  but 
also  ad  urbem  adeunt,  ad 
ilium  adeamus,  ad  bellum 
adiit. 

adit  us,  -us,  [adi  (gathered  from 
adire,  and  treated  as  a  stem)  + 
tu-],  m.,  a  going  towards  or  to,  an 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


245 


approaching ;  hence,  an  approach ; 
an  entrance,  admission. 

adiungere,  -6,  -iunxi,  -iunctus, 
[ad-f  iungere],  to  join  to,  add 
to.  —  adiungere  aliquem  sibi, 
to  make  some  one  one"1  s  friend,  enter 
into  friendship  with  some  one. 

adiuvare,  -6,  -iuvl,  -iutus,  [ad 
-fiuvare],  to  give  aid  to,  help 
(rather  stronger  than  iuvare). 

adlicere,  -io,  -lexl,-lectus,  [ad 
-j-*lacere],  to  draw  or  entice  to, 
allure. 

adloqui,  -or,  -locutus,  [ad  4- 
loqui],  to  speak  to,  address. 

administrare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[ad  4-  ministrare  (from  mi- 
nister)], to  attend  upon,  assist; 
hence,  to  take  charge  of,  manage, 
administer. 

admirari,  -or,  -atus  sum,  [ad 
+  mirarl  (denom.  from  mirus, 
-a,  -um)],  to  look  at  with  wonder 
or  admiration,  to  wonder  at;  to 
admire. 

admiratio,  st.  admiration-, 
[admirat0/!  (particip.  stem  of 
admirari)  +  ion-],  f.,  a  having 
wondered  at,  an  admiring  ;  hence, 
admiration,  surprise,  astonishment. 

admittere,  -6,  -mlsi,  -missus, 
[ad  +  mittere],  to  send  to; 
hence,  to  allow  to  come  and  go,  let 
in  ;  let  run  (of  a  horse) ;  to  allow ; 
to  let  wrong  have  access  to  one's 
self,  i.  e.  to  commit  wrong. 

admodum,  [ad  +  modum  (ace. 
of  modus,  limit)],  adv.,  up  to  a 
limit ;  hence,  to  a  high  degree,  very ; 
also,  completely,  wholly. 

admonere,  -eo,  -monui,  -mo- 
nitus,  [ad  +  monere],  to  put 
one  in  mind  of,  to  warn,  admonish. 

admovere,  -eo,  -m6vi,-motus, 


[ad  4-  movere],  to  move  towards 
or  to;  to  apply,  direct  to;  to  ap- 
proach. 

adolescere,  -6,  -olevi,  adul- 
tum,  [from  adolere  (ad  4- 
olere,  to  increase,  grow).  Verbs 
thus  formed  in  -scere  are  called 
INCEPTIVES  and  denote  the  be- 
ginning of  an  action],  to  begin  to 
grow  up  ;  to  grow,  increase. —  Hence, 
p.  a.  adultus,  -a,  -um,  grown. 

adoriri,  -ior,  -ortus,  [ad  -f 
oriri],  to  rise  up  towards  or  to 
do  something ;  hence,  to  approach, 
and  especially  in  hostile  sense,  to 
attack ;  to  undertake,  engage  in  a 
thing  (especially  if  hard  or  danger- 
ous). 

adparere,  -eo,  -parui,  -paritum, 
[ad  +  parere],  to  come  forth  to, 
come  in  sight,  appear.  —  IMPEBS. 
adparet,  it  is  clear,  is  evident, 
can  be  seen. 

adpellere,  -6,  adpuli,  adpul- 
sus,  [ad  -f  pellere],  to  drive 
towards.  —  Especially,  iiavem 
adpellere,  to  bring  a  ship  to 
port,  to  land. 

adponere,  -5,  -posui,  -positus, 
[ad  +  ponere],  to  put  near; 
hence,  to  apply  to,  add,  unite;  to 
put  in  some  position,  or  assign  to  a 
duty. 

adprobare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ad 
-f  probare  (from  probus,  -a, 
-um)],  to  put  a  mark  of  '"first 
class  "  on,  to  approve ;  hence,  to  con- 
firm, demonstrate,  prove. 

adpropinquare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[ad  +  propinquare  (from  pro- 
pinquus,  -a,-um)],  to  draw  near 
to,  approach. 

adquiescere,  -6,  -quievi,  -quie- 
turus,  [ad  +  quiescere  (in- 


246 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


ceptive  from  quies)],  to  begin  to 
take  rest,  to  repose;  hence,  tojind 
pleasure  in,  assent,  acquiesce. 

adsentatio,  st.  adsentation- 
[adsentat0/!-  (p.  p.  of  adsen- 
tari,  frequent,  of  adsentiri, 
ad  -f-  sentire)  +  ion-],  f.,  an 
assenting  to ;  hence,  flattery. 

adspectus,  -us,  [adspec  (gath- 
ered from  adspicere,and  treated 
as  a  stem)  -j-  tu-],  m.,  a  looking 
upon,  sight ;  hence,  the  appearance, 
aspect  of  a  thing. 

adspicere,  -io,  -spexi,  -spec- 
tus,  [ad  +  specere],  to  look 
towards  or  at;  to  survey,  examine, 
consider;  of  rooms,  countries,  etc., 
to  face,  look  in  a  certain  direction. 
-  meridiem  adspicere,  to 
face  the  south. 

adsuefacere,  -io,  -fed,  -factus, 
[adsue-  (ad  -f  some  form  of  the 
root  of  suescere,  become  used  to) 
-\-  facere],  to  make  used  to,  accus- 
tom to  (the  thing  to  which  one  was 
made  accustomed  was  expressed 
by  the  ABLATIVE  in  Cicero's  time, 
later  by  the  DATIVE  also). 

adulescens,  st.  adulescent-, 
[p.  a.  from  adolescere  (incep- 
tive of  adolere,  ad  -f  olere)], 
growing  up,  young  ;  hence,  chiefly 
used  as  a  noun,  youth,  young  man 
(from  15  or  17  to  ahout  40). — 
See  also  iuvenis. 

adulescentulus,  -T,  [adule- 
scent- +  Io-  (with  u  inserted  as 
if  from  an  O-stem)],m.,  a  little 
adulescens.  a  very  young  man. 
The  periods  of  life  were  treated 
by  the  Romans  rather  more  elas- 
tically  than  by  us.  Cicero  speaks 
of  himself  as  adulescentulus 
when  27. 


advenire,  -io.  -veni,  -ventum 
[ad  +  venire],  to  come  to,  arrive 
at,  reach. 

adventare,  -6,-avi,  -atum.  [fre- 
quent, of  advenire  (ad  -f  ve- 
nire)], to  come  constantly  nearer 
to;  hence,  to  come  on  fast,  draw 
near  rapidly. 

adventus,  -us,  [adven  (gathered 
from  advenire  as  if  it  were  a 
root  like  y/'ven  from  the  simple 
venire)  -f-  tu-],  m.,  a  coming  to, 
an  arrival. 

adversarius,  -a,  -um,  [formed 
from  adversus  (p.  p.  of  adver- 
tere,  ad  -f  vertere)  by  means 
of  the  made-up  ending  arms  (i.  e. 
as  if  an  adversaris,  -e,  were 
made  from  advers%  -f  "-,  and 
then  a  new  stem  were  made  from 
this  +  i°-)]>  turned  toward ;  lying 
in  front  of;  hence,  opposite  to, 
as  a  contestant  (in  either  hostile 
contest  or  friendly  rivalry),  and 
especially  as  a  noun,  opponent, 
adversary. 

adversus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  a.  from 
advertere  (ad  -}-  vertere)], 
turned  towards,  over  against,  oppo- 
site, in  front.  —  The  form  adver- 
sus is  most  common  as  a  prep, 
with  ace.,  towards,  opposite  to, 
facing,  against  (especially  in  a 
hostile  sense).  Also  used  as  ad- 
verb, against,  opposite,  before. 

advesperascit,  [ad  +  vespera- 
scit,  inceptive,  (cf.  adolescere), 
made  from  vespera-,  the  even- 
ing}], evening  begins  to  draw  near  ; 
twilight  is  beginning. 

aedes.  a  less  common  form  for 
aedis  (wh.  see). 

aedificare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  made  as  if  from  an  aedifi- 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


247 


cus,  aedi  +  fico  (<]fa.c,  do, 
make  +  o-)],  to  make  a  building; 
to  build. 

aedificium,  -I,  [*aedific°/i  +  io- 
(see  aedificare)],  n.,  a  building 
(of  any  kind). 

aedis,  st.  aedi-,  [^  aidh,  to  kindle  \ 
+  i],  f .,  fireplace ;  hence,  the  place  \ 
where  fire  is  lighted  on  an  altar,  a  \ 
temple,  sanctuary.  —  In  the  plural, 
a  house,  dwelling  (as  consisting  of 
several  apartments). 

aeger,  -gra,  -grum,  [perhaps 
^  aig,  to  shake  +  ro-],  sick,  ill; 
hence,  troubled,  sad. 

aegre,  [adverh  of  aeger],  uncom- 
fortably ;  hence,  with  difficulty; 
reluctantly.  —  aegre  ferre  all- 
quid,  to  take  a  thing  to  heart,  bear 
it  ill 

Aemilius,  -a,  -um,  [aemulo- 
(formed  from  ^aem,  cf.  Eng. 
"aim,"  as  if  through  *aemus, 
by  adding  lo-)  +  io-],  aiming 
to  rival  —  a  family  name  among 
the  Romans.  The  gens  Aemi- 
lia  contained  many  famous  men. 

Aeneas,  -ae,  [a  Greek  proper  name, 
AtVetos],  m.,  the  Trojan  hero  (son 
of  Anchises  and  the  goddess 
Venus),  who  was  the  legendary 
ancestor  of  the  Roman  nation. 
See  217. 

aequare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  aequus,  -a,  -um],  to  make 
even  or  level ;  to  make  equal ;  hence, 
to  compare ;  to  equal,  or  (intransi- 
tively) to  become  equal  to. 

aeque,  [adverb  of  aequus], 
equally,  in  the  same  way. 

aequiperatio,  st.  aequipera- 
tion-,  [aequiperat°/i  (p-  p-  of 
aequiperare,  denom.  made  as  if 
from  *aequiperus,  aequo-  + 


root  of  parare)  +  ion-],  f.,  a 
having  equalized,  or  compared ;  a 
putting  on  the  same  footing. 

aequitas,  st.  aequitat-,  [aequ°/i 
-f-  tat-],  f.,  the  quality  of  being 
aequus ;  hence,  equality,  and, 
more  commonly,  justice,  fairness, 
equity;  also,  calmness  of  mind, 
equanimity. 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  even,  level; 
hence,  favorable,  convenient  (from 
the  language  of  warfare,  because 
level  places  are  favorable  for 
fighting) ;  friendly,  propitious. 
From  another  point  of  view,  equal ; 
hence,  fair,  just ;  right  or  reason- 
able. 

agr,  stem  a6r-,  [Gr.  word  i^p],  m., 
the  air  (that  is,  the  atmosphere 
nearest  the  earth,  while  the  air  of 
the  upper  regions  is  aether,  st. 
aether-,  m.) 

aes,  st.  aer-,  [probab'ly  the  same 
word  as  Eng.  iron  and  ore],  n., 
crude  metal  (except  gold  and 
silver) ;  especially,  copper  and 
bronze;  hence,  things  made  of 
copper,  especially  money.  —  aes 
alienum,  debt  (lit.  another's 
money). 

aestas,  st.  aestat-  [y'aidh,  to  kin- 
dle -f-  tat-],  f.,  heat,  but  used  only 
to  denote  the  hot  season,  summer 
(from  Mar.  22  to  Sept.  22). 

aestimare,  another  spelling  for 
aestumare. 

aestumare,  -6, -avi,  -atus,  [aes 
-f  tumus  (whether  a  complex  suf- 
fix or  from  root  of  tueri,  to  watch 
-f-  mo-  is  uncertain)],  to  fix  the 
money  value  of,  to  value;  hence, 
to  estimate  the  moral  worth  of,  to 
esteem  worth. 

aetas,  st.  aetat-,  [contracted  from 


248 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


aevitat-  (aev^  (^aev  +  o) 
-f-  tat)],  f .,  the  time  of  life,  a  period 
of  time ;  hence,  age. 

aeternitas.  st.  aeternitat-,  [ae- 
tern°/i  (for  aeviterno,  aev0/! 
-j-  terno)  +  tat],  f.,  the  quality 
of  being  aeternus,  eternity. 

aevom  (um),  -I,  [same  root  as 
Eng.  aye  and  ever],  n.,  uninter- 
rupted time  without  end,  eternity, 
but  more  commonly,  ajixed  period 
of  time,  lifetime,  age. 

Afer,  -fra,  -frum,  [Carthaginian 
word  Latinized],  African.  —  As  a 
noun,  an  African. 

Africa,  -ae,  [Afr^  +  ca],  f., 
the  country  of  Africa  (either  the 
country  belonging  to  Carthage,  or, 
in  a  wider  sense,  Africa  now  so 
called,  as  far  as  it  was  known  to 
the  ancients). 

Africanus.  -a,  -um,  [Africa 
(Air0/!  -f  ca-)  4-  no-],  of  or 
belonging  to  Africa,  African.  — 
Esp.  as  surname  of  P.  Cornelius 
Scipio  Africanus  (Maior  and 

_  Minor).    See  Scipio._ 

Africus,  -a,  -um,  [Afr°/i  + 
^o],  of  or  belonging  to  Africa, 
African  (much  less  common  in 
prose  than  Africanus). 

agellus.  -I,  [agro  (v'ag  -f-  ro-)  + 
lo-  (diminutive  assimilated  in 
formation  to  words  like  ocellus, 
puella,  etc.)],m.,  a  little  Jield. 

ager,  -gri.  [^ ag  +  ro-],  m.,  afield ; 
the  country  belonging  to  a  people, 
territory. — Hence,  pi.  agri,  the 
country  (as  outlying  districts  be- 
longing to  a  city,  or  as  simply  op- 
posed to  the  town).  —  agri  cul- 
tura,  the  tilling  of  a  field;  hence, 
husbandry,  agriculture. 

agere,  -6,  egi,  actus,   [y'ag,  to 


drive],  to  drive,  move;  hence,  to  im- 
pel, rouse  ;  also  to  act,  do  (a  thing)  ; 
toj)lead  a  case  or  cause ;  to  spend 
or  pass  time  ;  to  treat  or  negotiate 
(cum  aliquo,  with  somebody,  de 
aliquo.  about  something).  —  IM- 
PERS.  agitur,  it  is  under  discussion, 
the  question  is  (with  de,  about); 
actum  est  de,  it  is  all  orer  with. 
—  Imperative,  age,  agite,  come ! 
come  on  !  or  good  !  well  ! 

Agesilaus,  -I,  [a  Greek  proper 
name,  'Ayr]ffi\aos],  m.,  a  name  of 
some  of  the  kings  of  Sparta ;  the 
most  famous  reigned  about  398- 
360  B.  c.,  dying  then  at  the  age  of 
about  80  years.  See  349. 

agger,  st.  agger-,  [ad  +  ger  (root 
of  gerere,  carry)],  m.,  material 
brought  somewhere  to  make  an  eleva- 
tion ;  a  mound  ;  a  rampart  or  a  mole ; 
especially,  the  mound  made  to  hold 
the  battering-rams  in  sieges. 

agilis,  -e,  [*ag°/i  (y  ag,  to  drive  + 
o)  +  li-],  capable  of  being  driven 
or  moved ;  hence,  quick,  nimble ; 
prompt,  active. 

agmen,  st.  agmin-  [^  ag,  to  drive 
-\-  min-],  n.,  a  moving  ;  hence,  es- 
pecially, an  army  in  motion,  a  line 
of  march;  a  band,  troop. 

agnoscere,-6,  -novi.  -nitus,  [ad 
+  (g)noscere],  to  come  to  some- 
thing icith  a  knowledge  of  it.  to  rec- 
ognize ;  hence,  to  acknowledge. 

agnus,  -T,  [v'ag  -f  no-],  m.,  lamb. 

aio,  ais,  ait  ...  aiunt,  aiebam, 
[defective  verb  of  which  only  cer- 
tain forms  from  the  present  stem 
are  in  use  (same  word  as  Eng.  aye 
=  ye^.  See  A.  &  S.  249  (4) ;  A. 
&  G.  144  a ;  G.  190,  1 ;  H.  297, 
ii.  1],  say  yes.  affirm,  say. — ut 
aiunt,  as  they  say. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


249 


ala,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  the  wing  of  a  bird; 
hence,  the  iving  of  an  army  or  of  a 
building  ;  the  arm  where  it  joins  the 
shoulder,  armpit. 

alacer,  -cris,  -ere,  [?],  lively, 
quick,  eager,  glad. 

alacritas,  st.  alacritat-,  [alacri- 
-f-  tat-],  f.,  liveliness,  quickness, 
promptness,  alacrity. 

Alba  Longa,  [albus,  white,  and 
longus,  long],  f.,  the  city  built, 
according  to  the  legend,  by  Ae- 
neas's  son  Ascanius,  on  the  side  of 
Mount  Albanus  ;  the  birthplace  of 
Romulus  and  Remus. 

Albanus,  -a,  -um,  [Alba  +  no-], 
of  or  belonging  to  Alba  Longa.  — 
Also  as  a  noun,  an  Alban. 

albere,  -eo,  no  perf.  or  p.  p.,  [de- 
nom.  from  albus,  -a,  -um],  to  be 
white.  —  Used  mostly  in  present 
participle,  especially  in  the  phrase 
albente  caelo,  at  the  dawn  of 
day  (lit.  as  the  sky  whitens). 

albus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  dull  white  (as 
distinguished  from  candidus, 
shining  white). 

Alcibiades,  -is,  [Greek  proper 
name,  'AAicifiidSys'],  m.,  an  Athe- 
nian noble,  distinguished  as  a 
general  during  the  Peloponnesian 
War,  and  also  as  a  very  handsome, 
gifted,  and  profligate  man.  Born 
about  450  B.  c.,  died  404  B.  c. 
See  299. 

alere,  -6,  alui,  altus  or  alitus, 
[^  al,  to  make  grow,  cf.  adole- 
scere],  to  make  grow,  feed,  rear, 
raise;  hence,  to  promote,  cherish. 

Alexander,  -dri,  [Greek  proper 
name,  'A\€^avSpos],  m.,  Alexander 
the  Great  (son  of  Philip  of  Mace- 
don  andOlympia),  whose  victories 
spread  the  Macedonian  monarchy 


to  the  Indus  river  in  India.    Lived 
356-323  B.  c. 

alias,  adv.,  [ace.  plu.  fern,  of  alius, 
used  as  adverb  of  time],  at  another 
time.  —  alias  .  .  .  alias,  at  one 
time  .  .  .  at  another  time,  some- 
times (this)  .  .  .  sometimes  (that). 

alicubi,  [aliqu0/*  -f  ubi],  some- 
where (or  anywhere)  ;  it  denotes  a 
particular  place,  while  the  com- 
moner usquam  (wh.  see)  refers 
to  space  in  general. 

alicunde,  [aliqu°/i  +  unde], 
from  somewhere  (or  anywhere). 

alien  are,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  alienus,  -a,  -um  (ali(o)- 
-|-  the  made-up  ending  -enus)], 
to  make  another's  ;  hence,  to  trans- 
fer ;  to  estrange,  alienate. 

alienatio,  st.  alienation-,  [alie- 
nat°/i  (p.  p.  of  alienare)+  ion-], 
f.,  the  having  been  transferred  to 
another;  hence,  separation,  es- 
trangement, alienation. 

alienus,  -a,  -um,  [ali(o)  -f-  enus 
(i.  e.  as  if  through  an  intermediate 
e-stem  -)-  no-)],  of  or  belonging  to 
another ;  hence,  strange,  foreign  ; 
unsuited  to,  hostile  to.  —  aes  alie- 
num,  a  debt  (see  aes). 

aliqua,  [abl.  sing.  fern,  of  aliquis, 
used  as  an  adverb],  somewhere  (or 
anywhere) ;  hence,  in  some  way 
(or  any  way). 

aliquamdiu,  [aliquam  (ace.  fern, 
sing,  of  aliquis)  +  drii  (abl.  of 
*dius  =  dies)],  some  time,  for 
some  time. 

aliquandd,  [uncertain  formation 
connected  with  aliquis  and 
quando],  at  some  time  (or  any 
time) ;  hence,  sometimes ;  at  last, 
at  length,  finally. 

aliquantus,  -a,  -um,    [uncertain 


250 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


formation  from  aliquis  and 
quantus],  of  some  extent,  consider- 
able.—  Hence,  aliquantum  and 
aliquanto  used  as  adverbs,  to 
some  extent,  somewhat. 

aliquis,  (-qui),  -qua,  -quid 
(-quod),  [ali  +  quis  (qui)], 
some  one  or  any  (particular)  one. 
(More  definite  than  quisquam 
and  quis  and  less  definite  than 
quispiam  and  quidam.) 

aliquo,  [contracted  from  aliquoi 
(old  dative  of  aliquis),  used  as 
adverb  of  direction],  somewhither, 
to  some  place,  somewhere. 

aliquot,  indecl.,  [ali  -f  quot], 
several,  some. 

aliter,  [adv.  of  alius],  othericise,  in 
another  way. 

alius,  -a,  -um,  [probably  same  word 
as  Eng.  else],  another;  hence,  of 
another  kind,  different.  Most  com- 
monly used  where  more  than  two 
things  are  thought  of.  —  mHites 
alius  alium  hortatur,  the 
soldiers  encourage  each  other.  — 
alius  .  .  .  alius,  one .  . .  another; 
alii  .  .  .  alii,  some  .  .  .  others. 

Alpes,  -ium,  [same  root  as  in 
alb  us,  white],  f.,  the  Alps. 

altaria,  -ium,  [?],  n.,  properly, 
the  vessel  placed  on  an  altar  to  burn 
the  victim  in,  but  chiefly  used  for 
a  high  altar  (larger  and  finer  than 
ara). 

alte,  [adverb  of  altus,  -a,  -um], 
highly,  on  high,  or  deeply. 

alter,  altera,  alterum,  [y/al(as 
in  alius)  +  ter  (comparative  suf- 
fix)], the  other  of  two;  hence,  a 
second;  also,  the  next  man,  one's 
neighbor.  —  alter  .  .  .  alter,  one 
.  .  .  the  other;  alter!  .  .  .  alteri, 
one  party  .  .  .  the  other  party.  — 


alter  alterum  amat,  the  two 
love  each  other.  —  Cf .  alius. 

altercatio,  st.  altercation-,  [al- 
tercat0/i  (p.  p.  of  altercari, 
from  alter,  as  if  through  *alter- 
cus)  -(-  ion-],  f.,  a  bandying  oj 
words  (between  two  people) ;  a 
dispute,  discussion. 

altus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  a.  fromalere], 
grown ;  high,  and,  from  the  opposite 
point  of  view,  deep. 

amabilis,  -e,  [formed  from  amare 
by  the  made-up  ending  bilis  (i.  e. 
as  if  through  *amabus.  See 
adfabilis)],  deserving  tobe  loved, 
lovable,  amiable. 

amare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [y'am  -f- 
a],  to  love  (as  the  result  of  perso- 
nal attraction,  opposite  of  odisse, 
while  diligere  indicates  a  love 
based  on  esteem).  —  Hence, 
amans,  stem  amant-,  p.  a.,  lov- 
ing, fond  of;  patriae  amans, 
patriotic. 

amator,  st.  amator-,  [arna  -f- 
tor-],  m.,  one  who  loves,  lover, 
friend. 

ambages,  -um,  (also  found  in  a 
few  cases  of  the  singular),  [am- 
bi  -}-  root  of  agere],  f.,  a  round- 
about way ;  hence,  a  circumlocu- 
tion ;  obscurity  ;  an  enigma. 

ambitus,  -us,  [ambi-  (gathered 
from  ambire  and  treated  as  a 
stem)  -f-  tu-],  m.,  a  going  around ; 
hence,  the  unlawful  going  about 
canvassing  for  votes ;  bribery  and 
corruption. 

ambo,  -ae,  -6,  [kindred  with  ambi 
in  ambire,  to  go  around],  both 
(used  of  two  things  considered  to- 
gether, while  uterque  is  used  of 
two  things  considered  each  by  it- 
self). 


Of  THB 


CTNIVERSIT" 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


amice,  [adverb  of  amlcus],  in 
a  friendly  way,  kindly. 

amicitia,  -ae,  [formed  from  ami- 
cus  by  the  made-up  ending  tia 
(i.  e.  on  the  analogy  of  milit- 
-ia)],  i.,  friendship. 

aniicus,  -a,  -um,  [formed  in  an 
unknown  way  from  ^am  (cf. 
amare)  -j-  Co],  friendly.  —  Es- 
pecially used  as  a  noun,  friend. 

amittere,  -6,  -misi,  -missus, 
[ab  -f-  mittere],  to  send  or  let  go 
away;  to  lose  (generally  without 
any  fault  of  one's  own,  while  per- 
dere  implies  such  fault). 

amnis,  st.  amni-,  [y'abh  +  ni-], 
m.,  a  broad  rushing  stream,  a  tor- 
rent, river  (larger  than  fluvius). 

amor,  st.  amor-,  [^am  +  or-], 
m.,  love. 

amovere,  -eo,  -movi,  -motus, 
[ab  +  movere],  to  move  away, 
remove. 

ample,  [adverb  of  amplus], 
largely,  generously,  richly,  splen- 
didly. 

ampliare,-6,  -avi,-atus,  [denom. 
from  amplus,  -a,  -um],  to  en- 
large, increase  ;  glorify.  —  In  law 
language,  to  postpone  for  further 
inquiry. 

amplius,  [comparative  of  ample, 
used  in  a  more  general  sense], 
further,  more,  referring  to  EXTENT, 
while  plus  refers  to  AMOUNT  and 
magis  to  DEGREE  or  MANNER. 
Thus  :  —  quid  faciam  am- 
plius, what  further  can  I  do  ? 
non  amplius  novem  aiinos 
natus,  not  more  than  nine  years 
old.  —  voltis  pecuniae  plus 
habere,  you  want  to  have  more 
money. —  magis  id  tua  quam 
illius  culpa  accidit,  that  hap- 


pened more  by  your  fault  than  his ; 
hoc  est  magis  verisimile, 
this  is  more  likely. 

amplus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  large,  wide, 
great  ;  hence,  splendid,  glorious ; 
honorable,  distinguished. 

Amulius,  -I,  m.,  the  king  of  Alba 
Longa  who  deprived  his  elder 
brother  Numitor  of  the  throne  and 
had  his  grand-nephews  Romulus 
and  Remus  thrown  into  the  Tiber. 

an,  [?],  interrogative  particle  used 
to  introduce  the  second  member  of 
a  double  question,  or,  or  whether. 
—  Also  used  in  forcible  style  to 
introduce  a  single  question  which 
has  been  implied  by  the  context, 
and  the  answer  to  which  is  a  strong 
negative :  "  An  me,"  iiiquam, 
"  nisi  te  audire  vellem  cen- 
ses haec  dicturum  fuisse  ?  " 
(or)  do  you  suppose  I  should  have 
said  this,  say  I,  unless  I  wanted  to 
hear  you  ?  (Cic.  Fin.  I.  8,  28). 

analogia,  -ae,  [Greek  word,  ava- 
\oyia],  f.,  the  equality  of  ratios, 
likeness ;  especially,  formulated 
likenesses  between  words  or  facts  of 
language,  analogy. 

Anchises,  -is,  [Greek  proper 
name,  'A7x£<n?s],  m.,  the  father 
of  Aeneas  by  the  goddess  Venus. 

ancora,  -ae,  [Gr.  word,  &y/cupa],  f., 
an  anchor. 

Ancus  Marcius,  -i,  m.,  the  fourth 
king  of  Rome. 

angulus,  -I,  [*ang°/i  (root  of 
angere  +  °-)  +  l°-]»  m-i  an 
angle,  a  corner;  a  retired  place, 
nook. 

angustiae,  -arum,  [angusto- 
(angus-,  old  stem  of  angor,  from 
^  ang  -f-  or-)  -f-  to],  f.,  narrows; 
hence,  especially,  a  narrow  (moun- 


OF  THB 

UNIVERSITY 


252 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


tain)  pass ;  also,  narrow  circum- 
stances, difficulty,  want;  perplex- 
ity. 

anima,  -ae,  [*ani-  (^  an,  blow  -f 
°/i)  -f  ma-],  f.,  air,  breath  of  air, 
but  chiefly  used  to  mean  the  breath 
of  life,  life,  the  vital  principle 
(while  animus  is  the  spiritual 
principle,  soul,  though  anima  is 
sometimes  used  for  this  also) ; 
also,  a  departed  spirit. 

animadvertere,  -6,  -verti.  -ver- 
sus, [contracted  for  animum 
advertere],  to  turn  the  mind  to, 
notice;  hence,  to  censure,  punish 
(cf.  in  Eng.,  "  I  '11  attend  to  you 
later"). 

animus,  -i,  [*ani-  (^  an,  blow-{- 
°/i)  +  mo-],  m.,  the  spiritual  prin- 
ciple in  life,  the  soul,  mind ;  hence, 
the  feelings,  disposition,  state  of 
mind ;  also,  spirit,  courage ;  will, 
purpose.  —  animl  causa,  for  the 
sake  of  (gratifying)  one's  inclina- 
tion, i.  e.,  for  pleasure. 

Anio.  st.  Anien-.  (orig.  nom.  A- 
nien,  afterwards  broken  down  to 
Anio),  m.,  a  river  of  Italy  which 
rises  in  the  Apennines  and  flows 
through  the  northwest  part  of 
Latium  into  the  Tiber.  It  is  now 
called  Teverone. 

annales.  -ium,  [the  plural  of  an- 
nalis  (annus  +  the  made-up 
ending  alls)  used  as  a  noun],  m., 
a  historical  work  in  which  events 
are  given  by  years ;  annals. 

aniiona.  -ae,  [annus  and  the  suffix 
na-,  as  if  through  a  stem  in  6], 
f .,  the  year' s products  ;  hence,  espe- 
cially, grain,  and  then  the  market 
price  of  grain. 

annus,  -I,  [?],  m.,  a  year. 

annuus,  -a,  -um,  [anno--}-uo-], 


'  belonging  to  a  year  ;  hence,  lasting  a 
year,  or  occurring  every  year ;  an- 
nual. 

anser,  st.  anser-,  [for  hanser, 
same  word  as  Eng.  gander],  m., 
rarely  f.,  a  gander  or  goose. 
ante  (old  form  antid,  an  abl.  case- 
form),  [same  word  as  Gr.  avrl,  over 
against,  facing],  prep,  with  ace., 
before.  —  PLACE  (used  of  things  at 
rest,  while  things  in  motion  have 
prae),  ante  aedis  ilium  vi- 
deo, I  see  him  in  front  of  the  house. 

—  TIME,    ante   lucem,    before 
dawn. — METAPHORICALLY,  ante 
eum    causam    dicemus,    we 
shall  plead   the  case   before    him ; 
ante  omnia,  before  all  (i.  e.  most 
important  of  all).  —  In  dates  (idio- 
matically) ante  diem  quintum 
Idus   AprHIs    (a.    d.    V.   Id. 
Apr.),  the  fifth  day  before  the  Ides 
of  April  (i.  e.,  the  ninth  of  April). 

—  Also  used  as  an  adverb,  quod 
utinam  ill!  ante  accidisset, 
and  oh  that  this  had   happened  to 
him  before!  (Cic.  Phil.  xi.  6,   14, 
and  often). 

an  tea  (old  form  antidea),  [ante 
-j-  ea  (case  uncertain)],  adv.,  be- 
fore, aforetime,  formerly. 

anteferre,  -fero,  -tull,  -latus, 
[ante  -j-  ferre],  to  carry  before; 
hence,  to  place  before,  prefer  ;  also, 
to  anticipate. 

antequam,  [ante  -+-  quam]. 
conj.,  sooner  than,  before. 

Antiochus,  -I,  m.,  a  name  of  some 
of  the  kings  of  Syria.  —  The  most 
famous  was  Antiochus  Ma- 
gnus (reigned  222-187  B.  c.),  at 
whose  court  Hannibal  lived  in  ex- 
ile when  Antiochus  and  the  Ro- 
mans met  in  arms. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


253 


antiquitas,  st.  antiquitat-,  [an- 
tiqu0/!  -f  tat-],  f.,  the  quality  of 
being  antiquus,  antiquity;  an- 
cient times. 

antiquus,  -a,  -um,  [antid  +  co-J , 
old  (in  the  sense  of  simply  having 
existed  before,  opp.  of  novos ; 
while  vet  us  means  having  ex- 
isted a  long  time,  opp.  of  re- 
ceiis) ;  ancient,  hence,  also,  good, 
desirable  (such  as  the  things  of 
"  old  times  "  are  supposed  to  have 
been). 

anulus,  -i,  [ami-  -f-  lo-J,  m.,  a  ring 
(especially    for    the 
finger),  a  seal-ring. 

anus,  -us,  [?],  f.,  an 
old  woman. 

aperire,  -io,  -perui, 
-pertus,  [ab  +  parere],  to  get 
off,  uncover,  open;  to  show,  dis- 
close. —  P.  a.  apertus,  -a,  -um, 
uncovered,  open;  hence,  clear, 
plain,  evident. 

App.,  abbreviation  for  Appius. 

apparere,  see  adparere. 

appellare,-o,  -avi,  -atus,  [ad  -{- 
*pellare],  to  call  to  or  upon,  speak 
to ;  to  call,  name ;  to  appeal  to,  be- 
seech. 

Appius,  -I,  m. ;  Appia,  -ae,  f.,  a 
Roman  praenomen,  especially 
in  the  gens  Claudia. 

apte,  [adverb  of  aptus],  fitly, 
suitably. 

aptus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  a.  from  apere, 
V  ap,  to  bind,  fit],  fitted  to  ;  hence, 
fit,  suitable  for,  adapted  to. 

apud,  [same  root  as  ab],  prep,  with 
ace.,  at,  by,  near ;  hostis  est  noil 
apud  Anienem  sed  in  urbe, 
the  enemy  is  not  by  the  Anio  but  in 
the  city  (Cic.  Mur.  39,  84) ;  apud 
praetorem  re's  agitur,  the  case 


is  going  on  before  the  praetor; 
apud  Pompeium,  at  Pompey's 
house ;  apud  Xenophontem, 
in  Xenophon  (his  book). 

Apulia,  -ae,  f.,  a  division  of  Italy, 
on  the  coast  of  the  Adriatic  ;  the 
most  southeasterly  province  ex- 
cept Calabria ;  bounded  on  the 
southwest  by  Lucania  and  Sam- 
nium. 

aqua, -ae,  [?],  f.,  water. 

aquila,  -ae,  [fern,  of  aquilus,  -a, 
-um,  an  adjec- 
tive meaning 
dark-colored,  of 
uncertain  origin] , 
f.,  the  dark-col- 
ored bird,  the 
eagle;  hence,  the 
chief  ensign  of  a 
Roman  legion,  the  eagle. 

aquilo,  st.  aquiloii-,  [aquilo-  + 
-on-],  m.,  the  wind  that  brings  dark 
weather,  the  north  -  by  -  east  wind, 
north  wind. 

ara,  -ae,  f.,  an  altar  (the  general 


word,  while  altaria  denotes  a 
high,  large  altar). 

Arar,  st.  Arar-,  m.,  a  river  in  the 
eastern  part  of  Gaul,  which,  after 
a  generally  southerly  course,  joins 
the  Rhodanus  (Rhone)  at  Lugdu- 
num  (Lyons).  It  is  now  called 
the  Saone. 

arare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [?],  to 
plough,  till 


254 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


aratrum,  -i,  [ara-  -j-  tro-],  n.,  the 
means  or  instrument  of  ploughing, 
a  plough. 


arbitrari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from,  arbiter,  witness,  then  um- 
pire (ar,  varied  form  for  ad  -\- 
i]  bi,  to  go  -f  tro-)],  to  be  a  wit- 
ness or  hearer,  to  see,  hear ;  to  con- 
sider, think,  suppose  (these  last 
three  being-  the  common  classical 
meanings  of  the  word). 

arbor,  st.  arbor-,  [?],  f.,  a  tree. 

arbuscula,  -ae,  [*arbusco-  (ar- 
bos,  old  form  of  arbor  -f-  CO-) 
+  la-  (dimin.)],  f.,  a  little  tree, 
shrub. 

Ardea,  -ae,  f.,  a  town  some  twenty 
miles  south  of  Rome,  the  capital 
of  the  Rutulians.  Aeneas  is  said 
to  have  burned  it. 

ardere,  -eo,  arsi,  arsum,  [?],  to 
be  on  fire,  burn ;  hence,  to  be  ea- 
ger, on  fire  for  something.  —  Hence, 
p.  a.  ardens,  eager,  impatient, 
ardent ;  and  its  adverb  arden- 
ter,  eagerly,  passionately,  ardent- 
ly. 

area,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  piece  of  level 
ground ;  hence,  the  courtyard  of  a 
house. 

argenteus,  -a,  -um,  [argento-  + 
eo-  (io-)],  of  silver,  made  of  sil- 
ver. 

argentum,  -I,  [same  root  as  ar- 
guere],  n.,  the  shining  metal,  sil- 
ver;  hence,  silver  plate,  and,  es- 
pecially, money. 

arguere,  -6,  arguT,  argutus, 


[^  arg,  to  gleam],  to  make  clear, 
show ;  to  accuse,  censure. 

argumentum,  -I,  [arguere  and 
mentum,  as  if  through  a  stem 
*argu-],  n.,  the  means  of  showing  or 
proving;  argument, proof ,  evidence. 

Arimiuum,  -I,  n.,  an  Umbrian 
town  in  the  extreme  northeast  of 
Italy  proper,  on  the  Adriatic  Sea. 
Its  present  name  is  Rimini. 

Ariovistus,  -I,  m.,  the  name  of 
the  king  of  one  of  the  German 
tribes,  and  among  the  most  proud 
and  unyielding  of  the  chiefs  with 
whom  Caesar  came  into  collision. 

Aristo teles,  -is,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
'ApKrroT€\f]s],  m.,  Aristotle,  one 
of  the  most  learned  of  Greek  phi- 
losophers, born  at  Stagira,  in 
Macedonia,  in  384  B.  c.  He  was 
tutor  of  Alexander  the  Great,  and 
founder  of  the  Peripatetic  school 
of  philosophy. 

arma,  -orum,  [^  ar,  Jit  -}-  mo-], 
n.,  arms  (fitted  to  the  body  for  de- 
fence) ;  hence,  arms  and  weap- 
ons (for  short-range  fighting^  like 
swords  and  axes,  while  tela  are 
weapons,  like  spears,  for  long- 
range  fighting). 

armare,  -6,  -avT,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  arma],  to  furnish  with  arms, 
equip,  arm. 

armentum,  -i,  [^  ar  of  arare  + 
mento-  (i.  e.,  min-  -f-  to-)],  n., 
a  means  of  ploughing,  but  limited 
to  cattle  (used  for 
that  purpose). 

armilla,  -ae,  [dim. 
form,  but  whether 
from  arm  us, 
shoulder,  or  arma, 
weapons,  is  uncer- 
tain], f.,  a  bracelet. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


255 


Arruns,  st.  Arrunt-,  [an  Etrus- 
can name  for  a  younger  son],  m., 
the  praenomen  of  a  son  of 
Tarquinius  Superbus. 

ars,st.art(i)-,  ty  ax,  fit  +  ti-],  f., 
fitting,  skillful;  hence,  skill,  art 
(in  the  widest  sense).  —  artes, 
ways  of  doing,  practices,  manners. 

Artaxerxes,  -is,  [Persian  proper 
name],  m.,  the  name  of  various 
kings  of  Persia ;  for  a  particular 
one  see  330  B. 

artus,  -us,  [^  ar,  fit  -f-  tu-],  m., 
a  joint,  a  limb. 

arvom  (-um),  -I,  [^  ar  of  arare 
-f-  vo-]  n. ,  a  ploughed  field,  culti- 
vated land.  (Strictly  neuter  of 
arvos,  -a,  -om,  ploughed,  used  as 
a  noun.) 

arx,  st.  arc(i)-,  [same  root  as  ar- 
cere],  f.,  a  place  well  shut  in, 
stronghold,  citadel. 

Ascanius,-!,  m.,  the  son  of  Aeneas 
by  his  Trojan  wife  Creusa.  He 
founded  Alba  Longa,  according  to 
the  legend. 

asellus,  -I,  [for  asinulus  from 
asinus  and  lo-  (dimin.)],  m.,  a 
little  ass. 

Asia,  -ae,  f.,  the  country  that  we 
call  Asia  Minor,  at  the  east  end 
of  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 

Asina,  -ae,  [same  word  as  asi- 
nus, ass],  m.,  a  Roman  surname 
(cognomen).  See  Lesson  xlii. 

asinus,  -I,  [?],  m.,  an  ass. 

aspicere,  see  adspicere. 

astrum,  -I,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
star},  n.,  a  star  (used  in  a  poetical 


astus,  -us,  [?],  m.,  craft,  cunning, 
cleverness  (in  classical  Latin  used 
only  in  the  abl.  astu,  as  an  abl. 
of  manner  =  craftily,  cleverly). 


asylum,  -I,  [Gr.  word,  &<rv\ov],  n., 
a  place  of  refuge,  an  asylum. 

at,  [?],  conj.,  but.  (As  generally  used 
it  does  not  mark  such  thorough 
opposition  as  sed,  but  it  is  es- 
pecially common  in  introducing  a 
real  or  supposed  objection  of  an 
opponent.) 

Atheiiae,  -arum,  [Gr.  proper 
name  'A07ji/ai],  f.,  Athens,  the  cap- 
ital of  Attica. —  Hence,  Atheni- 
ensis,  -e,  Athenian,  or,  as  a  noun, 
an  Athenian. 

Atheniensis,  -e,  see  Atheiiae. 

Athenodorus,  -I,  [Gr.  proper 
name,  'A.Qr)v68(0pos],  m.,  a  late 
Greek  philosopher,  of  whom  little 
or  nothing  is  known  except  what 
Pliny  tells  of  him  and  the  haunted 
house  at  Athens.  See  Lesson  Ixvi. 

Atilius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens. —  Perhaps  the  most 
famous  member  of  it  was  M.  Ati- 
lius  Regulus,  a  great  general 
in  the  first  Punic  war  (B.  c.  264- 
241). 

atque  (before  various  consonants 
ac),  [at  -f-  que],  conj.,  and,  and 
also  (with  a  tendency  to  call  spe- 
cial attention  to  what  comes  after 
it,  though  it  does  not  always  do 
so). —  Used  with  alius  and  its  de- 
rivatives and  some  other  words 
implying  comparison  it  has  the 
force  of  than,  as  aliter  accidit 
atque  putaveram,  it  happened 
otherwise  than  I  had  thought; 
omnia  contra  ac  dicta  suiit 
e venerunt,  everything  has  turned 
out  otherwise  than  was  said  or  con- 
trary to  what  was  said.  —  With 
par,  simul,  etc.,  the  force  of  our 
(comparative)  as ;  thus :  simul 
ac,  at  the  same  time  as,  as  soon  as. 


256 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


atqul,  [at  -{-  qui  (abl.  of  the  indef. 
pron.,  —  ''anyhow  ")],  conj.,  but, 
and  yet  (stronger  than  at). 

attendere,  -6,  -tendi,  -tentus, 
[ad  +  tendere],  to  stretch  to- 
wards ;  hence,  animum  at- 
tendere, animo  attendere, 
or  the  verb  alone,  to  turn  the  mind 
to,  consider. 

attentus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  at- 
tendere, used  as  adj.],  attentive; 
intent  upon  ;  wide  awake.  • 

Atticus,  -a,  -um,  [Gr.  'ATTZ/C^S], 
of  or  belonging  to  Attica.  A  sur- 
name given  to  Cicero's  friend  Titus 
Pomponius,  who  lived  much  at 
Athens  and  was  famous  for  his 
Greek  cultivation. 

attonitus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  at- 
toriare  (ad  +  tonare,  same 
root  as  tendere,  to  stretch,  then 
make  a  noise,  thunder),  used  as 
adj.],  thundered  at ;  hence,  thun- 
derstruck, amazed,  astonished. 

auctoritas,  st.  auctoritat-, 
[auctor-  -f-  tat-  (with  i  inserted 
after  the  fashion  of  vowel  stems)], 
f.,  encouragement,  advice  to  do 
something ;  will ;  authority,  influ- 
ence (especially  the  unofficial,  per- 
sonal influence  of  a  great  or  re- 
spected man,  as  distinguished 
from  power  backed  up  by  the 
state). 

audacia.  -ae,  [audac  (from  root 
of  audere,  to  dare  -f-  ac-,  after 
the  analogy  of  pugnax)  -f  ia-], 
f.,  boldness,  daring ;  especially,  in 
a  bad  sense,  insolent  boldness,  reck- 
lessness, effrontery. 

audaciter,  another  form  for  au- 
dacter. 

audacter,  [audac-  -f  ter],  bold- 
ly, daringly. 


audax,  st.  audac-,  [formed  from 
root  of  audere,  to  dare,  by  the 
made-up  ending  -ax  (i.  e.,  after 
the  analogy  of  pugnax,  as  if 
from  a  noun  of  the  first  declen- 
sion)], bold,  daring;  especially, 
rash,  reckless. 

audere,  -eo,  ausus,  [prob.  same 
root  as  avidus,  eager],  to  ven- 
ture, dare.  \/ 

audiens  dicto,  see  audire. 

audire, -io,  -Ivi,  -it us,  [same  root 
as  in  auris,  ear],  to  hear,  learn, 
listen  to.  —  audiens  dicto  ali- 
cui  esse,  be  obedient  to  some 
one  (dicto  being  governed  by 
audiens,  and  alicui  by  the 
complex  expression  audiens 
dicto). 

auditio,  st.  audition-,  [audi- 
t°/i  (p.  p.  of  audire)  +  ion-], 
f .,  a  having  heard,  hearing ;  hear- 
say, report. 

auditor,  st.  auditSr-,  [audi- 
(stem  of  audire)  -f-  tor-],  m., 
one  who  hears,  a  hearer,  pupil. 

auditus,  -us,  [audi-  -f  tu-],  m., 
the  sense  of  hearing ;  hence,  also,  a 
report ;  a  listening  to. 

auferre,  -fero,  abstuli,  abla- 
tus,  [ab  -f-  ferre],  to  take  or 
bring  away;  to  carry  off;  to  rob, 
steal. 

aufugere,  -io,  fugi,  no  p.  p.,  [ab 
+  fugere],  to  flee  or  run  away 
from. 

augere,  -eo,  auxi,  auctus, 
[^  aug,  to  grow},  to  make  grow; 
hence,  to  increase,  enlarge ;  to  en- 
rich ;  to  extol. 

augurium.  -I,  [augur-  +  io-],  n., 
the  observation  and  explanation  of 
omens,  augury;  hence,  a  sign, 
omen. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


257 


Aulus,  -I,  [?],  m.,  a  Roman  given 
name  (praenomen).  Its  abbre- 
viation is  the  letter  A. 

aura,  -ae,  [Gr.  word,  avpa],  f.,  air 
(in  motion) ;  a  breath  of  wind, 
light  breeze;  hence,  any  wind. 

Aurelius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  For  a  C.  Aure- 
lius, see  Lesson  liv. 

aureus,  -a,  -um,  [auro-  +  eo- 
(io-)],  made  of  gold,  golden. 

auriga,  -ae,  [?],  m.,  a  driver,  cha- 
rioteer. 

auris,  st.  auri-,  [same  root  as  au- 
dire,  and  same  word  as  Eng.  ear], 
f.,  an  ear. 

aurora,  -ae,  [formation  uncertain, 
but  root  same  as  in  aurum,  gold], 
f.,  the  break  of  day,  dawn;  hence, 
the  east. 

aurum,  -I,  [a  root  -meaning  flash, 
gleam  +  O-],u.,the  flashing  metal, 
gold ;  hence,  gold  plate ;  money. 

Aurunci,  -orum,  m.,  a  people 
living  in  the  central  and  southern 
parts  of  Italy  in  very  early  times. 

aut,  [?],  conj.,  or;  aut  .  .  .  aut, 
either  ...  or.  Aut  is  used  to 
connect  two  ideas  or  statements, 
where  one  is  right  and  the  other 
wrong,  as  hoc  aut  verum  aut 
falsum  est,  this  is  either  true  or 
false,  and  is  thus  distinguished 
from  vel  (i.  e.,  veils,  should  you 
wish),  which  has  no  such  implica- 
tion ;  thus,  vel  paci  vel  bello 
paratus,  ready  for  either  peace  or 
war. 

autem,  [?],  conj.,  but,  however,  (not 
so  strong  as  sed  and  at,  and  reg- 
ularly used  as  a  post  -  positive 
conj.).  Often  expressing  so  mild 
a  transition  that  we  should  use 
and  for  it ;  also  now  (parentheti- 


cal), as  Arpini  eramus :  hoc 
autem  oppidum  in  Latio 
est,  we  were  at  Arpinum :  now  this 
town  is  in  Latium. 

auxilium,  -I,  [*auxili  (uncertain 
formation  from  root  of  augere) 
+  io-],  n.,  support,  help,  aid.  — 
Hence,  auxilia,  -orum,  auxiliary 
troops. 

avaritia,  -ae,  [avar0/!  +  the 
made-up  ending  -tia  (i.  e.,  after 
the  analogy  of  milit-ia)],  f.,  the 
quality  of  being  avarus  ;  greed, 
covetousness,  avarice. 

avarus,  -a,  -um,  [*ava  (y/  av  of 
avere,  to  long  for  +  a-)  -f  ro-], 
longing  for,  covetous,  greedy,  ava- 
ricious. 

Aventinus,  -I,  m.,  the  most  south- 
erly (southwesterly)  of  the  seven 
hills  of  Rome,  said  to  have  been 
added  to  the  city  by  Ancus  Mar- 
cius;  but,  like  the  Capitoline,  it 
was  not  included  within  the  walls 
of  Servius  Tullius. 

avertere,  -6,  -verti,  -versus,  [ab 
-j-  vertere],  to  turn  away  from, 
to  remove  ;  to  turn  aside,  avert ;  to 
rob;  to  alienate.  —  P.  a.  aversus, 
turned  away;  hence,  disinclined, 
averse  to,  unfavorable. 

avia,  -ae,  [^  av  -f-  iS-]>  f-,  « 
grandmother. 

avidus,  -a,  -um,  [*av°/i  (yf  av, 
eager  for)  -f  do-],  eager  for,  de- 
sirous of,  greedy  for. 

avis,  st.  avi-,  [?],  f.,  a  bird. 

avitus,  -a,  -um,  [formed  from 
avos  by  the  made  -  up  ending 
-itus  (i.  e.,  as  if  through  *avire)], 
of  or  belonging  to  a  grandfather, 
ancestral. 

avos  (-us),  -I,  [yf  av  -f  o-],  m.,  a 
grandfather. 


258 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


B. 

bacillum,  -I,  [for  bacululum 
(baculo-  +  lo-,  dim.)],  n.,  a  little 
staff,  a  wand. 

baculum,  -I,  [*bac%  (^  ba,  to 
go  -\-  CO-)  +  lo-],  n..  a  stick  or 
staff  (tor  walking,  while  sclpio 
is  an  ornamental  staff  and  fustis 
a  stick  for  striking). 

barbarus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  not  Roman 
(or  Greek),  foreign  (as  speaking  an 
unintelligible  language  and  being 
presumably  less  civilized  than  the 
Romans) ;  hence,  rough,  unculti- 
vated, savage. 

basis,  -is  (also  gen.  baseos.  like 
the  Gr.),  [Gr.  word  /3o<m],  f.,  a 
base  or  pedestal ;  hence,  the  base  of 
a  triangle. 

beatus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  beare. 
used  as  adj.],  made  happy,  or 
blest;  hence,  happy,  prosperous; 
rich. 

Belgae,  -arum,  m.,  the  Belgians 
(a  nation  in  the  northern  part  of 
Gaol). 

Belgium,  -I,  n.,  the  country  on  the 
sea-coast  of  the  northern  part  of 
Gaul,  inhabited  by  the  Belgae 
(larger  than  the  modern  Bel- 
gium). 

bellare.  -6.  -avi,  -atum.  [denom. 
from  bellum],  to  carry  on  war. 

bellator,  st,  bellator-,  [bella-  -f 
tor-],  m.,  one  who  carries  on  irar.  a 
warrior. 

bellicosus,  -a,  -um,  [bellico- 
(bell°/i  -f-  co-)  -f  oso-],  full 
of  a  tcarlike  spirit  (a  rather  poeti- 
cal word). 

bellicus,   -a,   -um,    [bell°/i  + 


c°-]>  of  or  belonging  to  war.  mili- 
tary. 

Bellona.  -ae,  [formed  from  bel- 
lum -|-  na-,  as  if  through  an  ci- 
stern], f.,  the  goddess  of  war  (and 
sister  of  Mars). 

bellum,  -I,  [old  form  duellum, 
from  root  of  duo,  two],  n.,  war. 

beue,  [adv.  of  bonus],  well. 

beneficium,  -I,  [benefico-  (be- 
ne  -f  *facus,  ^  fac,  to  do)  -f 
io-],  n.,  a  doing  well  by,  a  kind- 
ness, favor,  benefit. 

benigne,  [adverb  of  benignus 
(bene  +  root  of  gignere,  to  be- 
get)], good-naturedly,  kindly. 

bis  millesimus.  -a,  -um,  ordi- 
nal adj.,  twice  a  thousandth,  two 
thousandth. 

blandus,  -a,  -um.  [?].  smooth- 
tongued, flattering,  seductive,  pleas- 
ant. 

Boeotius,  -a,  -um,  [adj.  of  Boe- 
otia  (Gr.  Boiwria)],  Boeotian,  of 
Boeotia  (the  division  of  Greece 
lying  next  northwest  of  Attica, 
and  having  Thebes  as  capital). 

Boil,  -orum,  m.,  a  Gallic  tribe 
living  in  the  neighborhood  of  what 
is  now  Lyons,  in  the  southeastern 
part  of  the  country. 

bonitas,  st.  bonitat-,  [bon°/i 
-)-  tat-],  f.,  goodness;  virtue. 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  good.  —  n.  pi. 
bona,  goods,  blessings,  property. 
—  Comp.  melior,  melius.  super, 
optumus  (optimus),  from 
other  stems,  as,  in  English,  "  bet- 
ter," "  best." 

bos,  st.  bov-,  [root  meaning  to  roar, 
call  -\-  i-],  c.,  ox  or  cow. 

bracchium,  -i,  [?],  n..  the  arm. 

brevis,  -e,  [for  *breghuis,  from 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


259 


a  root  meaning  to  break],  broken 
off;  hence,  short,  little,  brief. 

Britannia,  -ae,  f.,  Britain  (some- 
times including  England,  Scot- 
land, Ireland,  and  Wales,  some- 
times omitting  Ireland). 

Britannus,  -a,  -um,  of  Britain, 
British. 

bruma,  -ae,  [cont.  for  brevima 
(brevi-  +  ma-)],  f.,  the  short 
time,  the  winter  solstice;  hence, 
especially  in  verse,  the  winter. 

Brundisium,  -i,  [varied  from  Gr. 
BpevT6(Tioj/],  n.,  a  city  in  Calabria, 
the  most  eastern  division  of  Italy, 
on  the  coast  of  the  Adriatic.  It 
is  now  called  Brindisi. 

Brutus,  -i,  [brutus,  heavy,  dull], 
m.,  a  Roman  surname  (cogno- 
men). —  L.  lunius  Brutus  led 
the  revolution  by  which  Tarquin 
the  Proud  was  driven  out  in  509 
B.  c. 

Bucephalas,  -ae,  [Gr.  word  jSou- 
Kf<pd\as,  ox-headed],  m. ,the  name 
of  the  famous  horse  of  Alexander 
the  Great. 

Bucephalos,  -I,  f.,  a  town  on  the 
river  Hydaspes  (Jeloum),  in  the 
northwestern  part  of  India,  found- 
ed by  Alexander  the  Great  in 
memory  of  his  horse  Bucephalas. 

bucula,  -ae,  [*buc%  (bov  + 
co-)  +  la--  (dimin.)],  f.,  a  young 
cow,  heifer. 

C.. 

C.,  abbreviation  for  the  name  G-a- 
ius  (which  see)  ;  also  as  sign  for 
the  number  100. 

Cacus,  -I,  m.,  a  robber  who,  ac- 
cording to  the  legend,  lived  in  a 
cave  on  the  Aventine  hill  in  very 


early  times,  and  was  killed  by  Her- 
cules for  his  attempt  to  steal  from 
him  some  of  Geryon's  cattle. 

cadere,  -o,  cecidi,  casum, 
[y/  cad],  to  fall;  hence,  to  die 
(in  battle,  or  by  violence). 

caducus,  -a,-um,  [from  cadere, 
as  if  through  *cadu-  4-  CO-], 
fallen  or  falling ;  hence,  perisha- 
ble, fleeting. 

caedere,  -6,  cecidi,  caesus, 
[same  root  as  cadere],  to  cause  to 
fall;  to  fell;  to  cut ;  to  strike;  es- 
pecially, to  kill,  slay. 

caedes,  st.  caedi-,  [  ^ caed  +  i-], 
f .,  a  cutting ;  hence,  massacre,  car- 
nage, slaughter;  murder. 

caelum,  -I,  [?],  n.,  the  sky ;  hence, 
heaven,  the  heavens. 

caeruleus,  -a,  -urn,  [?],  dark  col- 
ored ;  especially,  dark  sea-green  or 
blue ;  also,  the  deep  blue  of  the  sky 
and  the  blue  of  steel. 

Caesar,  st.  Caesar-,  m.,  a  surname 
(cognomen)  in  the  gens  Ifilia. 
—  C.  lulius  Caesar,  the  great 
general  and  writer ;  hero  of  the 
Gallic  War.  Born  100  B.  c.,  as- 
sassinated March  15,  44  B.  c. 

calamitas,  st.  calamitat-,  [?], 
f.,  disaster,  loss,  calamity. 

calidus,  -a,  -um,  [*cal°/i  (from 
root  of  calere  +  o-)  4-  do-], 
warm,  hot. 

callide,  [adv.  of  callidus],  clev- 
erly, skilfully  ;  craftily. 

calumnia,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  an  artifice 
at  law,  an  accusation  based  on  a  per- 
version of  the  law;  hence,  also,  a 
suit  brought  in  consequence  of  such 
legal  tricks ;  a  charge  of  having 
been  guilty  of  false  accusing. 

campus,  -I,  [?],  m.,  a  plain,  a 
level  field. 


260 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


candela,  -ae,  [^  cand,  cf.  can- 
dere,  to  shine  +  ela-  (i.  e.,  as  if 
through  an  e-stem  -f-  1^-)],  f->  « 
wax-light,  taper,  candle. 

candelabrum,  -I,  [candela-  -f 
bro-],  n.,  a  stand  for  a 
light,  a  candlestick,  can- 
delabrum. 

caninus,  -a,  -um.  [ca- 
rd- -f  no-],  of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  dog,  canine. 

canis,  st.  can(i)-,  (abl. 
sing,  cane,  gen.  plvu 
can  urn),  [same  word 
as  Eng.  hound],  c.,  a 
dog. 

Cannae,  -arum,  f.,  a 
village  on  the  east  side 
of  the  river  Aufidus  in  Apulia  (the 
most  eastern  division  of  Italy  on 
the  Adriatic  coast,  except  Cala- 
bria). Cannae  is  famed  for  the 
terrible  defeat  of  the  Romans  by 
Hannibal  there  in  216  B.  c. 

Cantium.  -I,  n.,  a  district  in  the 
southeastern  part  of  Britain,  cor- 
responding nearly  with  the  mod- 
ern Kent,  but  including  Londi- 
nium  (London). 

capax.  st.  capac-,  [y  cap,  to  take 
+  ax  (i.  e.,  after  the  pattern  of 
pugnax)],  capable  of  holding, 
roomy,  spacious  ;  hence,  capable  of, 
Jitfor. 

capella,  -ae,  [capr%  +  la-  (di- 
min.),  assimilated  after  the  pat- 
tern of  words  like  ocellus,  pu- 
ella],  f.,  a  (little)  she-goat. 

capere,  -io,  cepi,  captus, 
[^  cap],  to  take  hold  of,  seize; 
hence,  to  take  (in  the  widest  sense) ; 
to  take  possession  of;  to  receive,  ac- 
cept ;  to  capture. 

capessere,  -6,  capesslvi,  ca- 


pessltus.  [intensive  (i.  e.,  a  verb 
denoting  a  vigorous  action),  from 
capere],  to  seize  eagerly ;  hence, 
to  enter  upon  with  vigor,  engage  in  ; 
administer. 

capillus,  -I,  [for  capit-lus  (di- 
minutive from  caput)],  m.,  the 
hair  of  the  head  (taken  collective- 

iy); 

capitalis,  -e,  [from  caput  and 
the  made-up  ending  -alls  (i.  e., 
after  the  analogy  of  natura- 
lis)],  belonging  to  the  head ;  hence, 
endangering  the  head  or  life,  dead- 
ly, and,  as  law  term,  capital  (of 
punishment,  crimes,  etc.). 

Capitolium.  -I.  [uncertain  forma- 
tion from  caput],  n.,  the  Capitol, 
or  temple  of  Jupiter  on  the  Capi- 
toline  hill,  northwest  of  the  Pala- 
tine, at  Rome.  Also,  the  hill  it- 
self. The  hill  had  two 'peaks,  on 
the  southern  of  which  was  the 
temple  of  Jupiter  (Capitol),  on  the 
northern  the  citadel  (arx).  East 
of  this  hill  was  the  Forum  R6- 
manum.  The  hill  is  now  called 
Campidoglio. 

capitulum,  -I,  [capit-  +  lo- 
(dimin.),  with  U  inserted  after  the 
analogy  of  vowel  stems],  n.,  a  little 
head.  —  In  late  Latin,  a  chapter  or 
section  of  a  book  or  writing. 

capra,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  she-goat. 

captivos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um), 
[capto-  (p.  p.  of  capere)  -f  vo-, 
as  if  through  an  1-stem],  taken, 
captured.  Especially  as  a  noun,  a 
prisoner  (of  war),  a  captive. 

Capua,  -ae,  f.,  the  chief  city  of 
Campania  (the  narrow  strip  of 
country  next  southeast  of  Latium 
on  the  western  coast  of  Italy). 

caput,  st.  capit-,  [?],  n.,  the  head. — 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


261 


capitis  accusare,  damnare, 
absolvere,  to  accuse  of,  convict 
of,  acquit  of,  a  capital  crime. 
career,   st.  career-,   [?],    m.,  a 
prison. 


carere,  -eo,  carui,  no  p.  p.,  [?], 
to  be  without ;  hence,  in  good  sense, 
to  be  free  from,  or,  in  bad  sense,  to 
be  deprived  of,  to  lack.  (The  thing 
•which  one  is  without  is  regularly 
expressed  by  an  ablative.) 

Cares,  -um,  m.,  the  people  of 
Caria,  the  most  southwesterly 
province  of  Asia  Minor,  on  the 
coast  of  the  Aegean  Sea.  The 
sing.  Car  occasionally  occurs. 

caritas,  st.  caritat-,  [car0/!  -f 
tat-],  f.,  dearness,  high  price; 
affection,  love. 

card,  st.  carn(i)-,  [from  a  root 
meaning  raw  -\-  ni-],  f.,  Jlesh; 
hence,  meat. 


carpentum,  -I,  [?],  n.,  a  kind  of 


covered  carriage  used  mostly  by 
ladies  in  the  city.  It  was  a  two- 
wheeled  affair. 

carpere,  -6,  carpsl,  carptus, 
[^  carp],  to  pluck  or  gather; 
hence,  to  enjoy ;  also,  to  pluck  at 
one's  reputation,  to  slander. 

Carthaginiensis,  see  Karthago. 

carus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  dear  (in  the 
widest  sense) ;  loved,  esteemed ; 
high-priced. 

Cassianus,  -a,  -um,  [formed  from 
Cassius,  by  the  made-up  ending 
-anus  (i.  e.,  after  the  analogy  of 
R6ma-nus)],  of  or  belonging  to 
Cassius.  —  bellum  Cassia- 
num,  the  war  in  which  L.  Cassius 
was  killed  (107  B.  c.). 

Cassius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  L.  Cassius,  a 
consul  killed  by  the  Helvetians 
in  the  wars  with  the  Cimbri  and 
Teutones  (107  B.  c.). 

castellum,  -I,  [castro-  -f  lo- 
dimin.  (assimilated)],  n.,  a  strong- 
hold, fortress,  castle. 


castitas,  st.  castitat-,  [casto-  + 
tat-],  f.,  chastity,  purity. 

castra,  -orum,  [root  meaning  to 
cover  -{-  tro-],  n.,  a  collection  of 
tents;  a  camp.  (Singular  is  oc- 
casionally used  in  sense  of  ca- 
stellum,  a  fortress,  castle.) 


262 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


casus.  -us,  [yf  cad  +  su-],  m., 
a  falling;  hence,  an  accident, 
chance;  a  calamity. 

catena,  -ae,  [?],£.,  a  chain. 

Catilina,  -ae,  [catus,  sly,  and 
na-.  as  if  through  an  i-stem],  m., 
a  Roman  name.  —  L.  Sergius 
Catilina.  the  conspirator  whose 
plots  Cicero  thwarted  in  his  con- 
sulship, B.  c.  63. 

Cato,  st.  Caton-,  [catus,  shrewd 
-j-  6n-],  m.,  a  Roman  surname 
(cognomen).  —  M.  Porcius 
Cato.  the  great  Censor,  who  lived 
234-149  B.  c.  He  wrote  an  histor- 
ical work,  Origines,  and  a  trea- 
tise. De  re  rustica. 

Catulus,  -i,  m.,  a  Roman  surname 
(cognomen)  in  the  gens  Lu- 
tatia.  — Q.  Lutatius  Catulus 
was  consul  in  104  B.  C.  —  Another 
Q.  Lutatius  Catulus  was  con- 
sul in  78  B.  c. 

cauda,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  tail. 

Caudinus,  -a,  -um,  of  or  belonging 
to  Caudium  in  Samnium  (the  di- 
vision of  Italy  east  of  Latinm  and 
north  of  Campania).—  Furculae 
Caudinae,  the  Caudine  Forks, 
where  the  Romans  suffered  the 
terrihle  disaster  at  the  hands  of 
the  Samnites,  321  B.  c. 

causa,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  cause,  or  rea- 
son ;  a  pretext ;  a  cause  or  case  in 
court.  —  Abl.  causa,  with  gen. 
depending  on  it  =for  the  sake  of, 
as,  voluptatis  causa,  for  the 
sake  of  pleasure. 

cavillari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
fromcavilla],  to  indulge  in  rail- 
lery; hence,  to  make  a  satirical 
remark  or  answer. 

cavillatio,  st.  cavillation-,  [ca- 
(P.  p.  of  caviUari)  + 


ion -],.£.,  a  having  jeered ;  hence, 
an  ironical  remark  or  answer. 

cedere,  -6,  cessi.  cessum,  [?], 
to  make  way.  yield,  withdraw ;  to 
grant,  allow. 

celare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [?],  to  hide, 
conceal. 

celer, -eris, -ere,  [yf  eel,  to  jut  out 
-4-  ri-],  dashing,  quick,  swift.  — 
Comp.  celerior,  super,  celerri- 
mus. 

celeritas,  st.  celeritat-,  [celeri- 
-j-  tat-],  £.,  quickness,  speed,  ce- 
lerity. 

celeriter,  [celeri-  -f  ter],  quick- 
ly, speedily.  —  Cornp.  celerius, 
super,  celerrime. 

Celines,  -um,  m.,  a  tribe  of 
southeastern  Gaul,  of  whom  little 
or  nothing  is  known. 

cen a.  -ae,  [root  meaning  to  eat  4- 
na-],  f.,  the  chief  meal  of  the  day, 
dinner.  (In  early  times  the  Ro- 
mans dined  about  noon,  later  from 
three  o'clock  on.) 

Cenomam.  -orum,  m.,  a  tribe  of 
southeastern  Gaul. 

censere,  -eo,  censui.  census, 
[?],  to  rate,  estimate;  hence,  to 
take  the  census,  or  to  review  an 
army;  to  express  an  opinion  (in 
the  senate),  vote;  to  be  of  opinion, 
think. 

censor,  st.  censor-,  (root  of  cen- 
sere -f-  sor-],  m.,  a  censor  (i.  e., 
one  of  two  magistrates  at  Rome 
who  had  charge  of  the  division 
of  Roman  citizens  into  classes  ac- 
cording to  their  property  and 
rank,  and  who  afterwards  became 
umpires  of  public  morals  in  gen- 
eral). 

censura.  -ae,  [from  root  of  cen- 
sere -h  ra-,  as  if  through  a  U- 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


263 


stem],  f.,  the  office  of  censor,  the 
censorship. 

census,  -us,  [root  of  censere  + 
U-],  m.,  a  rating,  a  census;  hence, 
property  (as  indicated  by  the  cen- 
sus). 

centesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordinal  of 
centum],  one  hundredth. 

centies  millesimus,  ordinal  num- 
ber, a  hundred  times  a  thousandth, 
hundred  thousandth. 

centum  (indec.)  one  hundred. 

centum  milia,  -ium,  a  hundred 
thousands,  i.  e.,  one  hundred  thou- 
sand. 

cenula,  -ae,  [cena-  +  la-  (dimin.), 
assimilated  to  formations  from  O- 
stems],  f.,  a  little  dinner. 

cera,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  wax;  especially, 
a  wax  tablet  for  writing. 

cernere,  -6,  crevi,  [  ^  cer],  to 
sift;  hence,  to  separate,  distin- 
guish; to  see,  perceive.  Occasion- 
ally, also,  to  decree ;  to  determine ; 
to  contend  (but  in  the  first  two  of 
these  meaning's  decernere,  in 
the  third  cert  are  is  more  com- 
mon). 

certamen,  st.  certamin-,  [certa- 
(stem  of  certare,  intensive  of 
cernere)  +  min-J,  n.,  a  contest, 
strife,  battle. 

certare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [intensive 
of  cernere],  to  decide  vigorously ; 
hence,  to  contend,  fight ;  to  emulate. 

certe,  see  certus. 

certus,  -a,  -um,  [^  cer  +  to-  (p. 
p.  of  oernere,  used  as  adj.)], 
settled,  fixed ;  hence,  certain,  defi- 
nite ;  sure.  —  certum  est  mihi, 
I  am  resolved.  —  certiorem  fa- 
cere,  to  inform.  —  Hence,  certo, 
and  more  commonly,  certe,  adv., 
with  certainty,  surely  ;  at  least. 


cervix,  st.  cervic-,  [?],  f.,  the  neck 
(often  used  in  the  plural  to  mean 
only  one  neck). 

ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  [ce-  (demon,  par- 
ticle) -f  terus  (a  comparative 
ending,  as  in  alter,  exter,  etc.)], 
the  others,  all  the  others,  the  rest 
(hence  differing  from  alii,  others 
simply).  See,  also,  reliquus. 
The  singular  is  occasionally  used, 
but  not  in  nom.  masc. 

Chabrias,  -ae,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
Xafiptas],  m.,  a  distinguished  Athe- 
nian general  in  the  first  half  of  the 
fourth  century  B.  c. 

Chares,  -etis,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
Xctprjs],  m.,  a  courtier  who  wrote 
a  biography  of  Alexander  the 
Great  in  ten  books. 

Chersonesus,  -I,  [Gr.  name,  Xep- 
<r6t>T]ffos  —  paeninsula  (paene, 
almost  -f-  Insula,  island)],  f.,  the 
peninsula  extending  southwest 
from  the  southern  coast  of  Thrace, 
and  forming  the  western  boundary 
of  the  Hellespont. 

Chrysogonus,  -I,  [Gr.  proper 
name,  Xpv<r6yoi>o$],  m.,  the  name 
of  a  slave  of  Sulla's.  He  was 
freed,  and  received,  as  was  cus- 
tomary, his  master's  praeno- 
men  andnomen,  thus  becoming 
L.  Cornelius  Chrysogonus. 

Gibus,  -I,  [?],  m.,food. 

Cicero,  st.  Ciceron-,  [cicer, 
chick-pea  -\-  on-],  m.,  a  Roman 
surname  (cognomen)  in  the 
gens  Tullia.  —  M.  Tullius  Ci- 
cero, the  renowned  orator,  states- 
man, and  writer,  born  106  B.  C., 
killed  43  B.  c.  —  Q.  Tullius  Ci- 
cero, brother  of  the  orator. 
I  Cimbri,  -orum,  [?],  m.,  a  people 
who  lived  in  the  north  of  what  is 


OF   THE 

UNIVERSITY 


264 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


cir- 


now  Germany,  and  in  the  penin- 
sula of  Denmark  (Jutland).  They 
fought  desperately  against  the 
Romans,  113-101  B.  C.,  till  con- 
quered by  Marius. 

Cimou.  -onis,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
Kf/iwv],  m.,  an  Athenian,  father  of 
the  famous  general,  Miltiades. 

cingulum,  -I,  [*cing%,  from 
root  of  cin- 
gere+lo-], 
n.,  a  girdle,  belt 
(poetical  word); 
a  zone  (of  the 
globe). 

circa,    see  cir- 
cum. 

circiter,  [cir- 
c°/i  +  ter], 
adv.  and  prep, 
with  ace.,  around,  about; 
citer  meridiem,  about  noon ; 
circiter  pars  quarta,  about  a 
fourth. 

circuitus,  -us,  [for  circumitus 
(circumi,  gathered  from  cir- 
cumire,  and  treated  as  a  stem) 
4-  tu-],  m.,  a  going  round ;  hence, 
a  way  round,  circuit. 

circum  (less  commonly  circa), 
[cases  of  circus,  circle,  used  as 
prep,  with  ace.],  around,  about; 
circum  caput,  around  the  head; 
circum  haec  loca,  about  these 
places;  circa  Lesbum  insu- 
lam,  about  the  island  of  Lesbos. 
—  Also  used  as  adverbs. 

circumarare.  -6,  -avi.  -atus, 
[circum  -f-  arare],  to  plough 
around. 

circumdare,  -6,  -dedi-,  -datus, 
[circum  -j-  *&.axe,topui],toput 
around,  to  surround.  (Used  with 
an  ace.  and  an  abl.  or  a  dat.  and 


an  ace.,  as  in  English  we  can  say 
either  "  put  something  round  a 
person  or  thing,"  or  "  surround  a 
person  or  thing  with  something.") 

circumducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -du- 
ctus,  [circum  -f  ducere],  to 
lead  around ;  draw  around. 

circumferre,  -fero,  -tuli,  -la- 
tus,  [circum  -f  ferre],  to  carry 
around. 

circummittere,  -6,  -misi,  -mis- 
sus, [circum  -f  mittere],  to 
send  around. 

circumspectare.-6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[circum  -f-  spectare,  or  it  may 
be  regarded  as  frequent,  from 
circumspicere],  to  look  about 
carefully,  to  examine  all  round. 

circumspicere,  -io,  -spexi, 
-spectus,  [circum  -f  spe- 
cere],  to  look  around;  hence,  to 
examine  carefully ;  to  weigh,  con- 
sider. 

cisterna,  -ae,  [obscure  formation 
from  cista,  chest,  and  the  suffix 
na-],  f.,  a  subterraneous  reservoir,  a 
cistern. 

citatus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  a.,  from  ci- 
tare,  frequent,  of  ciere,  to  put 
in  motion],  put  into  quick  motion  ; 
hence,  quick,  speedy.  —  equo  ci- 
tato, at  full  gallop. 

citer,  -tra,  -trum,  [cis  -f  the  com- 
parative ending  t(e)ro- ;  cf .  ce- 
teri],  on  this  side,  near  (positive 
very  rare).  —  Comp.  citerior, 
nearer,  super,  citimus,  nearest. 

citimus.  see  citer. 

citra,  [case  form  of  citer,  used  as 
adv.  and  as  prep,  with  ace.],  on 
this  side  of;  short  of.  idthin ;  ci- 
tra  mare,  on  this  side  of  the  sea; 
citra  necem,  short  of  death. 

civicus,  -a,  -um,  [civi-  +co-], 


vfly* 

OF  THR 

UNIVERSITY 


LATIN-ENGLISH 

of  or  belonging  to  a  citizen  (much 
less  common  than  civilis).  — co- 
rona civica,  a  wreath  of  oak 
leaves  (bestowed  upon  one  who 
had  saved  a  fellow-citizen's  life 
in  war). 

civilis,  -e,  [civi-  +  li-],  of  or  be- 
longing to  a  citizen,  civil ;  concern- 
ing the  state. 

Civis,  st.  civi-,  [root  meaning  to 
rest  +  vi-],  c.,  a  citizen,  a  fellow- 
countryman. 

civitas,  st.  civitat-,  [civi-  -f 
tat-],  f.,  citizenship;  hence,  the 
body  of  citizens,  the  state. 

clades,  st.  clad(i)-,  [?],  f.,  disas- 
ter, loss,  calamity,  defeat. 

clam,  [ace.  from  same  root  as  ce- 
lare,  to  hide,  used  as  adv.],  secret- 
ly, privately. 

clamare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  *clamus  (^  cla,  to  call  + 
mo-)],  to  shout,  cry,  call  out. 

clamitare,  -6,  -avi, -atus,  [inten- 
sive of  clamare],  to  cry  out  vio- 
lently. 

clamor,  st.  clamor-,  [clam,  gath- 
ered from  clamare,  and  treated 
as  stem  -f-  or-],  m.,  a  shout,  cry, 
noise. 

clandestmus,  -a,-um,  [uncertain 
formation  from  root  of  clam,  se- 
cretly], secret,  hidden. 

clare,  [adv.  of  clarus],  brightly, 
clearly ;  hence,  loudly,  distinctly. 

clarere,  -eo,  [denom.  from  clarus, 
-a,  -um],  to  be  bright,  shine ;  hence, 
to  be  famous.  (Poetical  word.) 

clarus, -a,  -um,  [same  root  as  cla- 
mare +  ro-],  clear,  bright ; hence, 
plain,  evident ;  loud,  distinct ;  fa- 
mous, renowned. 

classis,  st.  classi-,  [y/  cla,  to  call 
~t~  si-],  f.,  the  citizens  called  out  as 


an  army,  or,  much  more  frequent- 
ly, as  a  navy,  fleet ;  a  fleet. 

claudere,  -o,  clausi,  clausus, 
[?],  to  shut,  close;  hence,  to  shut 
in,  blockade.  The  form  cludere 
also  occurs,  and  is  the  only  form 
for  compounds,  as  excludere, 
includere,  etc. 

Claudius,  -a,  -um,  [claudus, 
la  me  -f-  io-],  the  name  of  a  Roman 
gens.  —  Appius  Claudius 
Caecus,  the  censor  who  built  the 
Appian  Way  about  312  B.  c. 

Claudius,  Q.  Claudius  Quadrl- 
garius,  a  historian  in  the  time  of 
Sulla.  See  Lesson  Ixv.,  B. 

clava,  -ae,  [root  meaning  to  jut 
out  +  va-],  f.,  a  knotty  stick,  a 
club,  cudgel. 

Clmias,  -ae,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
KAeii'/os],  m  ,  an  Athenian,  father 
of  Alcibiades. 

clupeus,  -I,  [^  clep,  to  hide,  steal 


+  GO-  (io-)],  m.,  a  large  round 
shield  made  of  bronze  (while  scu- 
tum is  an  oblong  shield  made  of 
wood  and  covered  with  hide). 

Cn.,  abbreviation  for  Gnaeus  (wh. 
see). 

Codes,  st.  Coclit-,  m.,  a  Roman 
surname  (cognomen).  —  Hora- 
tius  Codes,  the  defender  of  the 


266 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


bridge  against  the  Etruscans  in  the 
war  with  Porsena. 

coepisse,  coepi,  coeptus,  (pres. 
stem  not  used),  [con  +  *api,  cf. 
aptus)],  to  have  laid  hold  of; 
hence,  to  begin.  (Generally  used 
with  a  complementary  infinitive ; 
if  that  is  passive,  coeptus  esse 
is  usually  employed  rather  than 
coepisse.) 

coercere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus,  [con 
-f-  arcere],  to  shut  in  thoroughly; 
to  surround ;  hence,  to  restrain,  con- 
fine. 

cogere,  -6,  coegi,  coactus, 
[con  +  agere],  to  drive  together, 
to  collect;  hence,  to  force,  compel. 

cogitare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [con  + 
agitare  (frequent,  of  agere),  in 
the  sense  of  turning  about  in  the 
mind],  to  think  over  carefully.;  to 
ponder,  weigh',  to  meditate,  intend. 

cogitatio,  st.  cogitation-,  [co- 
gitat°/i  (p.  p.  of  cogitare)  + 
-ion-],  f .,  a-  having  considered  care- 
fully ;  hence,  rejection,  thought ;  an 
opinion  or  purpose. 

cognitus,  see  cognoscere. 

cognomen,  st.  cognomin-, 
[con  +  (g)nomen],  n.,  a  name 
subjoined  to  the  family  name,  a  sur- 
name. 

cognoscere,  -6,  cognovi,  co- 
gnitus, [con  +  (g)noscere], 
to  study  carefully,  investigate,  find 
out ;  to  learn,  become  acquainted 
urith. 

cohibere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus,  [con 
+  habere],  to  hold  firmly ;  hence, 
to  contain,  confine ;  to  restrain,  keep 
back. 

cohors,  st.  cohort(i)-,  [con  -f- 
root  of  hortus,  enclosure,  garden], 
f .,  an  enclosure,  yard,  pen,  but  much 


more  common  as  a  military  term, 
a  company  of  soldiers,  a  cohort  (as 
a  body  of  people  confined  togeth- 
er). A  cohort  was  the  tenth  part 
of  a  legion. 

colere,  -6,  -ui,  cultus,  [yf  col], 
to  till ;  hence,  to  cultivate;  to  care 
for,  cherish;  to  honor,  revere;  to 
worship. 

Collatinus,  -a,  -um,  [adj.  formed 
in  some  way  from  Collatia,  a 
town  near  Rome,  in  the  Sabine 
country],  of  Collatia.  —  L.  Tar- 
quinius  Collatinus,  the  hus- 
band of  Lucretia.  See  259. 

collatio,  st.  collation-,  [colla- 
t°/i  (p.  p.  of  conferre)  +  ion] 
f.,  a  having  brought  together ; 
hence,  a  contribution  ;  also,  a  com- 
parison. 

colllnus,  -a,  -um,  [colli-  + 
no-],  of  or  belonging  to  a  hill,  hilly. 

collis,  st.  colli-,  [?],  m.,  a  hill. 

collocare,  see  conlocare. 

colloqui,  see  conloqui. 

colloquium,  see  conloquium. 

collum,  -I,  [?],  n.,  the  neck. 

colonia,  -ae,  [colon0/!  +  ia-], 
f.,  a  collection  of  settlers,  a  colony. 

colonus.  -I,  [yf  col  and  onus  as 
if  through  an  6-stem],  a  tiller  of 
the  soil,  farmer ;  hence,  a  settler, 
colonist. 

color,  st.  color-,  [?],  m.,  color, 
hue ;  hence,  the  complexion. 

comes,  st.  comit-,  [?],  c.,  a  com- 
panion, associate ;  attendant  (rather 
as  a  courtier  than  a  servant). 

comitari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  comes],  to  accompany,  at- 
tend upon. 

comitatus,  -us,  [comita-  + 
tu-],  m.,  an  accompanying ;  hence, 
a  train,  retinue,  escort. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


267 


comitium,  -I,  [?],  n.,  the  place 
adjoining  the  Forum  where  the 
people  assembled  to  vote. —  Hence, 
comitia.  -orum,  the  as-semblyfor 
elections ;  an  election. 

commeatus,  -us,  (formed  from 
commeare  (con  +  meare, 
to  go),  like  audit  us  from  au- 
dire],  m.,  a  going  back  and  forth ; 
hence,  a  passage-way,  or,  in  the 
army,  leave  of  absence;  also,  a 
company,  train,  but  most  frequent- 
ly in  the  acquired  meaning,  pro- 
visions, supplies  (i.  e.,  the  things 
for  which  one  goes  back  and  forth, 
from  a  military  point  of  view). 

commemorare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[con  +  memorare  (denom. 
from  memor)],  to  recall  to  one's 
attention  vividly ;  hence,  to  remind 
of,  and,  more  commonly,  to  tell  of, 
recount. 

commendatio,  st.  commenda- 
tion-, [commendat°/i  (p.  p.  of 
commendare,  con  -f-  man- 
dare  {manus  +  dare})  + 
ion-],  f.,  a  having  put  into  the 
charge  of;  a  recommending ;  hence, 
a  recommendation,  praise.  —  com- 
mendatio oris,  attractiveness 
of  face,  beauty. 

comminus,  [?],  adv.,  at  close  quar- 
ters, hand  to  hand. 

commiserari,  -or,  -atus,  [con 
-f  miserari  (denom.  from  mi- 
ser)], to  pity  very  much,  to  bewail. 
(Unlike  most  verbs  of  pitying, 
this  verb,  as  also  the  simple  mi- 
serari, is  used  with  an  ACCUSA- 
TIVE as  object.) 

committere,  -5,  -misi,  -mis- 
sus, [con  +  mittere],  to  send 
or  bring  together ;  hence,  to  intrust 
to,  commit  to ;  to  enter  upon  or  en- 


gage in  (battle  or  war) ;  to  com- 
mit (a  crime). 

commode,  [adv.  of  commo- 
dus],  properly,  skilfully;  hence, 
suitably,  advantageously. 

commodum,  see  commodus. 

commodus,  -a,  -um,  [con  + 
modus],  of  proper  measure; 
hence,  suitable,  Jit,  advantageous, 
favorable.  —  Hence,  commo- 
dum, -I,  n.,  advantage,  profit. 

commorari,  -or,  -atus,  [con  + 
morari  (denom.  from  mora)], 

.  to  tarry,  linger,  stay  (in trans., 
while  the  simple  verb  is  used  both 
transitively  and  intransitively). 

commovere,  -eo,  -movi,  -mo- 
tus,  [con  -f  movere],  to  move 
forcibly;  hence,  to  remove,  dis- 
place; to  disturb,  throw  into  dis- 
order; to  affect  greatly,  disquiet; 
to  rouse,  excite. 

communire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itus, 
[con  +  munire  (old  moe- 
nlre,  denom.  from  moenia)],  to 
fortify  strongly. 

communis,  -e,  [con  +  munis 
(yf  mu,  to  bind)  +  ni-],  having  the 
same  duties;  hence,  general,  com- 
mon, public. 

comparare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[con  +  parare],  to  prepare  care- 
fully ;  to  collect,  obtain. 

comparare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus, 
[denom.  from  compar  (con  + 
par)],  to  put  equals  together; 
hence,  to  compare  together ;  also, 
to  match  (for  a  contest). 

compedes,  compedium,  [con 
+  pes],  f.,  fetters  for  the  feet; 
hence,  fetters,  bonds  (in  general). 
(Some  oblique  cases  of  the  sing, 
are  occasionally  found.) 

compellere,  see  conpellere. 


268 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


comperire,  -io.  -peri,  -pertus, 
[con  -f  parere],  to  get  know- 
ledge of  something,  find  out  surely  ; 
to  learn,  ascertain. 

complect!,  see  conplecti. 

complures,  -a.  gen.  -ium,  [con 
-f  plures],  very  many ;  also,  sev- 
eral. 

comprehendere,  see  conpre- 
hendere. 

con,  see  cum. 

conari,  -or,  -atus,  [?],  to  try,  at- 
tempt, undertake. 

concedere,  -6,  -cessi,  -cessus, 
[con  +  cedere],  to  yield  com- 
pletely; hence,  to  grant,  allow;  to 
give  precedence  to ;  to  retire,  with- 
draw. 

concerpere,  -6,  -cerpsi,  -cerp- 
tus,  [con  -f  carpere],  to  pluck 
to  pieces. 

concidere,  -6,  concidi,  [con 
+  cadere],  to  fall  together  or  in 
a  heap;  hence,  to  fall  in  battle;  to 
go  to  pieces. 

concidere,  -6,  concidi,  -cisus, 
[con  +  caedere],  to  cut  to  pieces, 
to  destroy;  to  strike  down,  kill, 
slay. 

conciliare,  -6,  -ayl,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  concilium*,  an  assem- 
bly (con  +  *calium,  ^  cal  of 
clamare  -f  io-)],  to  bring  to- 
gether; hence,  to  connect,  unite, 
and,  more  commonly,  to  win  over, 
make  friendly  or  favorable  ;  to  win, 
acquire. 

concursus,  -us,  [formed  from 
concurrere,  like  cursus  from 
the  root  of  the  simple  verb  (^f  cur 
-f-  su-)],  m.,  a  running  together; 
hence,  a  gathering,  assembly;  es- 
pecially, a  hostile  coming  together, 
an  attack. 


coucutere,  -io,  -cussi,  -cussus, 
[con  -j-  quatere],  to  strike  to- 
gether ;  hence,  to  shake  hard  ;  shake 
to  the  foundation ;  to  agitate,  dis- 
turb. 

condere,  -6,  -didi,  -ditus,  [con 
+  *dare,  to  put],  to  put  together; 
hence,  to  found,  build,  establish ; 
to  lay  up ;  to  bury ;  to  hide,  con- 
ceal. 

condicio,  st,  condicion-,  [ob- 
scure formation  containing  con, 
y'dic  (cf.  dicere),  and  the  suffix 
-ion-],  f.,  an  agreement,  stipula- 
tion, terms;  hence,  a  match,  mar- 
riage ;  also,  situation,  circum- 
stances, condition. 

condimentum,  -I,  [condi-  -f- 
mento-],  n.,  the  means  of  pre- 
serving or  pickling  ;  hence,  season- 
ing, spice. 

condire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itus,  [denom. 
of  condus,  butler  (con  and  root 
of  *dare,  to  put}},  to  preserve, 
pickle,  season;  hence,  to  make 
agreeable. 

conditor,  st.  conditor-,  [formed 
from  condere,  like  dator  from 
root  of  dare  (^  da  +  tor-)],  m., 
one  who  puts  together  ;  especially,  t he 
founder  (of  a  city,  state,  laws, 
etc.). 

conducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[con  +  ducere],  to  bring  or 
draw  together,  assemble;  especial- 
ly, to  hire  (whether  as  a  simple 
business  term  or  as  a  military  term 
for  the  employment  of  mercena- 
ries). 

conferre.  -fero,  -tuli,  -latus. 
[con  -j-  f  erre],  to  bring  together ; 
hence,  to  contribute;  to  unite;  to 
match  in  contest ;  to  compare  ;  to  be- 
stow upon  or  assign  to.  —  se  con- 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


269 


ferre,  to  betake  one's  self  to ;  to 
apply  one's  self  to. 

coiifertus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  con- 
fercire  (con  -j-  farcire,  to 
stuff}],  crammed  together  ;  hence, 
close,  crowded  ;  stuffed,  full. 

coiifestim,  [ace.  of  *confestis 
(con  +  *f  estis,  from  root  in  fes- 
tinare,  to  hasten),  used  as  adv.], 
immediately,  forthwith. 

coiificere,  -io,  -fed,  -fectus, 
[con  +  facerej,  to  make  entirely, 
complete  ;  to  cause  ;  to  accomplish  ; 
to  wear  out,  weaken,  use  up,  destroy, 
kill. 

confideiitia,  -ae,  [coiifident- 
(pres.  p.  of  coiifidere,  con  -f 
fldere,  to  trust)  -j-  ia-],  f.,  com- 
plete trust,  confidence. 

confidere,  -6,  -flsus,  [con  +  fi- 
dere],  to  trust  completely,  rely 
firmly  upon.  The  PERSON  trusted 
in  is  commonly  expressed  by  a 
dative ;  the  THING  relied  on.  more 
usually  by  an  ablative. 

confirmare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [con 
+  firmare  (denom.  from  fir- 
mus,  -a,  -um)],  to  make  very 
strong ;  hence,  to  strengthen,  encour- 
age ;  to  confirm,  prove ;  to  affirm, 
declare  as  certain. 

confiteri,  -eor,  -fessus,  [con  + 
fateri  (same  root  as  fari,  to 
speak)],  to  acknowledge,  admit,  con- 
fess. 

conflictatio,  st.  conflictation-, 
[conflictat0/!  (p.  p.  of  con- 
flictare,  intensive  of  confli- 
gere,  con  -+-  fligere,  to  strike) 
+  ion-],  f.,  a  striking  hard  to- 
gether ;  hence,  a  collision ;  a  strug- 
gle. (A  rare  and  post  -  classical 
word.) 

confligere,    -6,  -flixi,  -flictus, 


[con  +  fligere],  to  strike  togeth- 
er ;  hence,  to  fight,  contend,  con- 
flict. 

confluere,  -6,  -fluxi,  [con  + 
fluere*],  to  fiow  together ;  hence, 
to  crowd  or  gather  together. 

confugere,  -io,  -fiigi,  [con  + 
fugere],  to  flee  to  for  refuge; 
hence,  to  take  refuge  in ;  to  have 
recourse  to. 

confundere,  -6,  -fudi,  -fusus, 
[con  +  fundere],  to  pour  to- 
gether; hence,  to  mix,  unite;  and, 
more  commonly,  to  confuse,  throw 
into  disorder.  —  P.  a.  confusus, 
-a,  -um,  disordered,  confused. 

congerere,  -6,  -gessi,  -gestus, 
[con  +  gerere],  to  bring  together 
(especially  in  a  heap)  ;  to  heap  up  ; 
to  construct. 

coiigredi,  -ior,  -gressus,  [con 
-\-  gradi],  to  walk  together ;  hence, 
to  meet,  visit ;  and,  more  common- 
ly, to  meet  as  foes,  fight. 

conicere,  -io,  -ieci,  -iectus, 
[con  -f  iacere],  to  throw  to- 
gether ;  to  hurl  or  throw  forcibly. 
—  se  conicere,  to  hurry  or  fiee 
somewhere. 

coniunctio,  st.  coniunction-, 
[c6niu*nct°/i  (p.  p.  of  coniun- 
gere,  con  -|-  iungere)  -f- 
ion-j,  f.,  a  having  joined  together  ; 
hence,  a  union ;  a  joining  in 
friendship,  an  intimacy. 

coniungere,  -6,  -iunxi,  -iunc- 
tus,  [con  +  iungere],  to  join 
together,  to  unite. 

coniunx,  st.  coniug-,  [con  + 
y'  iug  (of  iungere)],  c.,  one  who 
is  joined  to  another  in  marriage,  a 
spouse  ;  husband  or  wife. 

coniurare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [con 
-f-  iurare  (denom.  from  ius)],  to 


270 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


swear  together ;  hence,  to  form  a 
plot,  conspire. 

coniuratiS.  st.  coniuration-, 
[coniurat0/!  (p.  p.  of  coniu- 
rare)  -f-  ion-],  f.,  a  having  sworn 
together;  hence,  a  conspiring  to- 
gether ;  a  plot,  conspiracy. 

conlega,  -ae,  [con  +  *lega 
(s  leg,  cf.  legare  +  a-)],  m.,  one 
who  is  put  in  charge  of  something 
with  another,  a  colleague. 

conligere,  -6,  -legi,  -leetus, 
[con  +  legere],  to  gather  to- 
gether ;  hence,  to  collect ;  to  assem- 
ble; to  gain,  acquire.  —  se  con- 
ligere, animum  conligere,  to 
recover  one's  self,  one's  courage, 
etc. 

conlocare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus.  [con 
+  locare  (denom.  from  locus)]. 
to  place,  together ;  hence,  to  put, 
station  somewhere  ;  to  give  in  mar- 
riage ;  to  employ  in  or  apply  to. 

conloqul,  -or,  -lociitus,  [con 
+  loqui],  to  talk  together  ;  to  con- 
verse with  or  hold  a  conference 
with. 

conloquium,  -i,  [conloqu- 
(gathered  from  conloqul,  and 
treated  as  a  stem)  -f-  io-],  n.,  a 
talking  together  ;  a  conversation  or 
conference. 

conmovere,  -eo,  -m5vi,  -mo- 
tus.  [con  +  movere],  to  move 
forcibly ;  hence,  to  set  in  motion ; 
to  disturb,  agitate;  to  excite,  stir 
up. 

conpellere.  -6.  -pull,  -pulsus, 
[con  -f-  pellere],  to  drive  to- 
gether ;  hence,  to  urge,  impel ;  to 
constrain,  compel. 

conplecti,  -or,  -plexus,  [con 
+  plectere],  to  twine  (one's  self) 
around  closely ;  hence,  to  embrace  ; 


to  grasp,  seize;  to  comprehend,  un- 
derstand ;  to  comprise,  include. 
(Stronger  thaia  amplecti.) 

conprehendere,  -6.  -prehendi, 
-hensus,  (also  conprendere, 
etc.),[con+prehendere  (prae 
-f  *hendere)],  to  grasp  firmly; 
hence,  to  seize;  to  attack;  to 
arrest;  to  perceive,  understand;  to 
describe,  narrate. 

conrumpere,  -6.  -rupi,  -ruptus, 
[con  +  rumpere],  to  burst  or 
break  to  pieces ;  hence,  to  injure, 
spoil ;  to  bribe,  seduce,  corrupt. 

consalutare,  -6,  -avi.  -atus, 
[con  -f  salutare  (denom.  from 
salus,  wh.  see)],  to  wish  safety 
to  heartily;  hence,  to  greet,  sa- 
lute. 

conscius,  -a,  um,  [con  -j-  *scius 
(root  of  scire  +  o-)],  knowing 
icith  (some  one  else) ;  hence,  ac- 
cessory to;  an  accomplice  of;  also, 
conscious  to  one's  self,  self-con- 
scious. 

consenescere,  -6,  -senui,  [con 
-f-senescere  (incept,  of  senere, 
a  denom.  from  senex)],  to  begin 
to  be  really  old ;  hence,  to  become 
feeble,  waste  away. 

consentlre,  -io,  -sensi.  -sensus. 
[con  +  sentire],  to  feel  together  ; 
hence,  to  agree  ;  to  unite  in  doing 
something  (whether  good  or  bad)  ; 
to  Jit.  correspond  with. 

consequi,  -or,  -secutus,  [con 
-j-sequl],  to  follow  sharply ;  hence, 
to  attend  upon,  accompany  ;  to  fol- 
low ;  to  pursue  as  an  enemy ;  to 
attain,  get,  accomplish. 

conserere,  -6,  -serui,  -sertus, 
[con  -}-  serere],  to  twine  or 
wreathe  together ;  hence,  to  put  to- 
gether. —  manum  conserere, 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


271 


pugnam  conserere,  to  join  in 
battle,  to  fight. 

conservare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[con  +  servare  (denom.  from 
servos)],  to  keep  safely  ;  to  save, 
preserve. 

considere,  -6,  -sedi,  -sessum, 
[con  +  root  of  sedere],  to  take 
a  seat,  sit  down ;  to  settle  or  light 
upon ;  to  settle  down,  subside ;  espe- 
cially as  military  term,  to  encamp. 

coiisilium,  -I,  [uncertain  formation 
containing  con,  the  root  of  sa- 
lire,  to  leap,  and  suffix  io-],  n.,  a 
deliberating ;  hence,  a  conclusion ; 
a  plan  or  purpose ;  a  deliberative 
body,  council;  also,  wisdom,  dis- 
cretion. 

coiisimilis,  -e,  [con  -f  similis], 
very  like. 

consistere,  -6,  -stiti,  [con  + 
sistere],  to  place  one's  self  in  a 
particular  spot,  to  halt,  stop  ;  hence, 
to  stand  ewe's  ground ;  to  hold  out ; 
to  exist,  be. 

conspectus,  -us,  [formed  from 
conspicere  like  adventus 
from  advemre,  etc.],  m.,  a 
looking  at ;  hence,  sight,  view  ;  ve- 
nire in  conspectum,  esse  in 
conspectu,  come  into  view,  be  in 
sight. 

conspicere,  -io,  -spexi,  -spec- 
tus,  [con  +  specere],  to  look 
at  carefully,  to  observe ;  to  gaze 
upon  admiringly;  hence,  in  pas- 
sive, to  be  distinguished  ;  also,  to  be 
conspicuous  or  notorious. 

conspirare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus, 
[con  -f-  spirare],  to  breathe  to- 
gether ;  hence,  to  harmonize,  agree  ; 
to  unite,  combine  together  (for  good 
and  less  frequently  for  bad  pur- 
poses). 


constantia,  -ae,  [constant- 
(pres.  p.  of  constare,  con  -f 
stare)  -+-  ia-],  f.,  a  standing  to- 
gether or  firmly  ;  hence,  steadiness, 
firmness;  agreement,  consistency; 
stability,  constancy. 

constare,  -6,  -stiti,  -staturus, 
[con  +  stare],  to  stand  together  ; 
hence,  to  agree  with,  correspond ; 
to  be  consistent ;  to  be  firm,  stead- 
fast;  to  consist  of;  in  mercantile 
language,  to  cost;  of  accounts,  to 
balance,  come  out  right.  —  Imper- 
sonally, c5nstat,  it  is  agreed,  is 
generally  believed  or  accepted.  — 
Hence,  p.  a.  constans)t/irm,  uni- 
form ;  consistent,  steadfast ;  harmo- 
nious. 

constituere,  -o,  -stitui,  -sti- 
tutus,  [con  +  statuere  (de- 
nom. from  status,  posture)],  to 
put  in  a  fixed  position  ;  hence,  to 
station,  post;  to  set  up,  build ;  to 
appoint ;  to  settle,  arrange ;  to  fix, 
determine. 

consuescere,  -6,  -suevi,  -sue- 
tus,  [con  +  suescere  (incept, 
of  *suere)],  to  become  used  to; 
hence,  in  perfect  tense,  to  be  used 
to.  —  Also  transitively,  but  rare  in 
classical  Latin,  to  accustom  to,  make 
used  to. 

consuetude,  st.  consuStudin-, 
[consue-  -f-  the  made-up  ending 
tudo  (i.  e.,  as  if  through  *con- 
suetus,  -us,  cf.  habitus,  ha- 
bitudo)],  f.,  habit,  custom,  usage ; 
hence,  familiar  intercourse,  friend- 
ship. 

consul,  st.  consul-,  [formation 
containing  coil  and  the  root  of 
salire,  to  leap],  m.,  the  highest  offi- 
cer in  the  Roman  state,  a  consul. 

consularis,  -e,  [consul  +  the 


272 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


made-up  ending  aris  (i.  e.  after 
the  pattern  of  luna-ris)],  of  or 
belonging  to  a  consul ;  frequent  as 
a  noun,  a  person  of  consular  rank 
(i.  e.  who  has  been  consul). 

consulatus,  -us,  [from  consul 
and  the  suffix  tu-  as  if  through  a 
*consulare],  m.,  a  consulship. 

consulere,  -6,  -sului,  -sultus, 
[con  and  the  root  of  salire,  to 
leap],  to  deliberate,  reflect;  to  ask 
advice  of,  consult  (used  with  ace.)  ; 
to  look  out  for,  take  thought  for  (used 
with  dat.). 

consultum,  [neuter  of  the  p.  p.  of 
consulere,  used  as  a  noun],  n., 
something  reflected  and  decided 
upon  ;  a  decision  or  decree  (espe- 
cially a  decree  of  the  senate). 

consumere.  -6,  -sumpsi,  sum- 
ptus,  [con  -f  sumere  (sub  + 
emere)].  to  take  altogether ;  hence, 
to  use  up;  to  waste,  destroy,  con- 
sume. 

coiitemplatio,  st.  contempla- 
tion-, [contemplat%  p.  p.  of 
conteinplari  (con  +  *tem- 
plari,  denom.  from  templum) 
+  ion-],  f.,  a  having  made  care- 
ful observation  of  the  place  marked 
out  for  taking  omens  (templum) ; 
hence,  attentive  observation;  con- 
templation. 

contendere,  -o,  -tendi,  -ten- 
tus.  [con  -f  tendere],  to  stretch 
tight  ;  hence,  to  pursue  with  vigor, 
strive  eagerly  for  ;  to  march  or  jour- 
ney quickly  ;  to  compare  :  to  main- 
tain stoutly,  contend ;  to  vie  or 
fight  with. 

contentus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  con- 
tinere (con  +  tenere)  used  as 
adj.],  held  in ;  hence,  satisfied,  con- 
tent. (The  person  or  thing  with 


which  one  is  satisfied  is  expressed 
by  an  ablative.) 

conterrere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus,  [con 
+  terrere],  to  frighten  badly. 
(A  rather  late  word,  but  favorite 
with  Livy.) 

continens,  st.  continent-,  [pres. 
p.  of  continere  (con  -f  te- 
nere), used  as  adj.],  holding  tight 
or  together ;  hence,  bordering  on, 
adjacent;  also,  moderate,  self-re- 
strained; uninterrupted  (of  time). 
—  As  noun  fern,  (with  the  idea 
terra  understood),  the  main  land, 
the  continent. 

continuus.  -a,  -um,  [contin 
(gathered  from  continere,  and 
treated  as  stem)  -f-  uo-],  holding 
together  ;  hence,  uninterrupted,  suc- 
cessive, continuous. 

contio,  st.  contion-,  [contracted 
from  conventio  (convent-, 
taken  from  convenlre  {con  -j- 
venire }  and  treated  as  a  stem  + 
ion-)],  f.,  a  coming  together; 
hence,  an  assembly,  meeting;  a 
speech,  harangue. 

contionari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  contio].  to  form  an  assem- 
bly ;  hence,  especially,  to  address 
an  assembly,  to  harangue. 

contra,  [case  form  of  *cont(e)rus 
(con  -(-  the  comparative  ending 
-terus ;  see  alter)],  prep,  with 
ace.,  over  against,  facing,  opposite, 
contrary  to.  —  PLACE,  contra 
Massiliam,  opposite  or  off'  Mar- 
seilles. —  METAPHORICAL,  contra 
Caesarem  pugnare,  to  fight 
against  Caesar ;  contra  opmio- 
nem,  contrary  to  expectation.  — 
Also  used  as  adverb,  contra 
ferre  arma,  to  take  arms  on  the 
other  side. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


273 


coiitrahere,  -6,  -traxl,  -tractus, 
[con  +trahere],  to  draw  or  drag 
together;  hence,  to  assemble;  to 
bring  about,  accomplish ;  to  shorten, 
contract. 

contrarius,  -a,  um,  [contra  + 
rius  (i.  e.  as  if  through  *con- 
traris  -|-  io-)],  being  over  against ; 
hence,  opposite;  and,  more  com- 
monly, opposed,  contrary  to. 

contumelia,  -ae,  [*contumeli-, 
con  +  *tumeli-  (yf  turn  of 
tumere,  to  swell,  and  suffix  li-,  as 
if  through  an  e-stem ;  cf .  fide- 
lis,  crudelis)  +  ia-],  f.,  «  swell- 
ing or  puffing  up  greatly ;  hence, 
insolent  treatment,  abuse,  insult. 

convalescere,  -6,  -valui,  [con 
+  valescere  (incep.  of  va- 
lere)],  to  begin  to  be  really  strong ; 
hence,  to  begin  to  recover  one's 
health,  be  convalescent. 

convenire,-io,  -veni,  -ventum, 
[con  +  venire],  to  come  together, 
assemble;  hence,  to  meet,  address 
(trans.).  —  Especially  impersonal- 
ly, convenit,  it  is  agreed  upon  ; 
also,  it  is  Jit,  suitable.  —  Hence,  p. 
a.  convenieiis,  Jit,  suitable,  or, 
sometimes,  harmonious. 

convertere,  -6,  -verti,  -versus, 
[con  -f-  vertere],  to  turn  wholly 
round  ;  hence,  to  turn  toward  some 
fixed  direction;  to  change,  trans- 
form. 

convivium,  -I,  [*convivo-  (con 
+  vivo-,  ^  viv  +  o-)  -f  io-], 
n.,  a  living  together ;  hence,  a  meal 
taken  together  ;  a  banquet,  dinner. 

cooriri,  -ior,  -ortus,  [con  -f-  ori- 
ri],  to  rise  or  spring  up ;  to  stand 
up;  to  break  forth. 

copia,  -ae,  [*copi-  (con  +  [ops] 
opis)  -f-  ia-],  f.,  plenty,  abun-  \ 


dance,  riches ;  means,  facilities, 
ability.—  Hence,  copiae,  -arum, 
troops,  forces. 

cor,  st.  cord-,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
heart],  n.,  the  heart.  —  cordi 
alicui  esse,  to  be  acceptable, 
pleasing,  to  any  one. 

coram,  [case  form  of  compound  of 
con  -j-  6s,  mouth],  prep,  with 
abl.,  in  the  presence  of,  before.  — 
Also  as  adv.,  openly,  before  people. 

Corinthius,  -a,  -um,  [Corintho- 
+  io-],  of  or  belonging  to  Corinth, 
Corinthian. 

Corinthus,  -T,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
Kopivdos],  f.,  Corinth,  the  flourish- 
ing city  at  the  western  end  of  the 
Isthmus  which  joins  the  Pelopon- 
nesus with  Attica.  It  was  de- 
stroyed by  L.  Mummius  in  146 
B.  c. 

Cornelius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of 
one  of  the  most  famous  Roman 
gentes.  —  P.  Cornelius  Sci- 
pio  Africanus  Maior,  the  con- 
queror of  Hannibal  at  Zama  in 
202  B.  c.—  P.  Cojnelius  Scipio 
Aemilianus  Africanus  Mi- 
nor, son  of  L.  Aemilius  Paulus, 
who  won  the  battle  of  Pydna  in 
168  B.  c.,  adopted  by  the  son  of 
Scipio  Africanus  the  Elder,  and 
destroyer  of  Carthage  in  146  B.  c. 
—  L.  Cornelius  Sulla,  the  fa- 
mous dictator  and  conqueror  of 
Marius  in  the  civil  wars  of  88-82 
B.  c.  —  Cornelius  Nepos,  the 
biographer. 

corniculum,  -i,  [cornu  and  lo- 
(dim.)  as  if  through  a  stem  in 
CO-],  n.,  a  little  horn. 
cornu,  -us,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
horn],  n.,  a  horn;  hence,  in  mili- 
tary parlance,  the  wing  of  an  army ; 


274 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


also,  a  bugk-horn  (a  large  curved 


horn,  while  tuba  was  a  straight 
trumpet,  and  lituus  one  straight 
except  at  the  larger  end,  where  it 
curved  somewhat). 

corolla,  -ae,  [corona-  4-  la- 
(dim.),  assimilated],  £.,  a  little 
wreath  or  crown. 

corona,  -ae,  [?],  f., a  wreath;  hence, 
a  crown ;  a  circle  of 
spectators  or  of  lis- 
teners (in  court,  at 
the  games,  etc.). 

Coronea,  -ae, 
[Gr.  proper  name. 
Koptvpeta],  f., 
town  in  the  west- 
ern part  of  Boeo- 
tia,  where  the  Spartans  under  Age- 
silaus  defeated  the  Athenians  and 
Thebans  and  their  allies  in  394 
B.  c. 

corpus,  st.  corpor-,  [?],  n.,  a  body, 
the  body. 

corrumpere,  see  conrumpere. 

Coruncanius,  -a,  -um,  the  name 
of  a  gens  among  the  Roman  ple- 
beian families.  —  Tiberius  Co- 
runcanius, one  of  the  consuls 
who  conquered  Pyrrhus  and  the 
Etruscans  in  280  B.  c. 

Corvinus,  -a,  -um.  [corvos.  a 
raven,  and  the  suffix  no-,  as  if 
through  an  T-stem],  a  surname 
given  to  the  descendants  of  M. 
Valerius  Corvos  (see  below),  and 


sometimes  wrongly  applied  to 
Corvos  himself. 

corvos  (-us),  -I,  [root  meaning  to 
sound  -\-  uo-J,  m.,  a  raven. —  Given 
as  a  surname  to  M.  Valerius, 
who  was  aided  by  a  raven  in  his 
fight  against  a  Gallic  chieftain  in 
349  B.  c. 

cottidianus,  -a,  -um,  [cottidie 
+  the  made-up  ending  anus  (i. 
e.,  after  the  pattern  of  Roma- 
nus],  belonging  to  every  day, 
daily. 

eras,  [?],  adv.,  to-morrow. 

Crassus,  -I,  m.,  thick  or  fat,  a  sur- 
name in  the  gens  Licinia.—  M. 
Licinius  Crassus,  the  third  tri- 
umvir with  Caesar  and  Pompey,  B. 
c.  60. 

creare.  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [same  root 
as  crescere],  to  make  grow; 
hence,  to  beget,  produce  ;  to  cause ; 
to  choose,  appoint  (officers,  etc.) ; 
to  announce  as  elected  (used  of  the 
action  of  the  consul  (or  other  mag- 
istrate) who  presided  over  an  elec- 
tion. 

creber,  -bra,  -brum,  [root  of 
crescere  -f-  bro-],  growing 
thickly ;  hence,  frequent,  numerous. 

crebrescere,  -6,  crebrui,  [in- 
ceptive from  creber],  to  begin  to 
be  frequent ;  hence,  to  increase, 
spread.  (Post-classical  word.) 

crebro,  [abl.  of  creber,  used  as 
adverb],  often,  frequently. 

credere,  -6,  credidi,  creditus, 
[*credo-.^/e/*+*dare,  to  put], 
to  have  faith  in,  trust,  believe;  to 
entrust  to;  to  be  of  opinion,  think; 
used  parenthetically,  I  dare  say 
—  haec.  credo,  dices,  this,  I 
dare  say,  is  what  you  will  say. 

credulitas,  st.  credulitat-,  [ere- 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


275 


dul°/i  (*cred%+  lo-)  +  tat-], 
f.,  the  quality  of  being  ready  to  be- 
lieve, credulity. 

Cremona,  -ae,  f.,  a  town  in  Cis- 
alpine Gaul  on  the  river  Po. 

crescere,  -o,  crevl,  cretus,  [in- 
cep.  from  root  in  creare],  to  be- 
gin to  grow;  hence,  to  grow,  in- 
crease ;  to  gain  strength. 

Creusa,-ae,  [Trojan  proper  name, 
in  Gr.  Kpeovffa],  f.,  the  first  wife 
of  Aeneas,  a  daughter  of  Priam, 
king  of  Troy,  according  to  the 
legend. 

cribrum,-i,[root 
of  cernere  + 
bro-],  n.,  a  sieve. 

crimen,  st.  crl- 
min-,  [root   of 
cernere  -}• 
min-],  n.,  a  decision  (especially  ju- 
dicial) ;  hence,  a  charge, accusation. 

crudglis,  -e,  [crudo-  and  the 
suffix  li-,  as  if  through  an  e-stem, 
after  the  pattern  of  fi delis], 
harsh,  cruel. 

crudelitas,  st.  crudelitat-, 
[crudgli-  +  tat-],  f.,  the  quality 
of  being  crudelis,  harshness, 
cruelty. 

crudSliter,  [adv.  of  crudelis], 
harshly,  cruelly. 

crudus,  -a,  -um,  [same  root  as  in 
crudglis  and  in  cruor,  blood 
+  O-],  bloody ;  hence,  raw,  unripe  ; 
immature,  crude. 

crusntus,  -a,  -um,  [obscure  for- 
mation from  root  in  cruor,  blood, 
crudglis,  etc.],Woorfy. 

crtis,  st.  crur-,  [?],  n.,  a  leg. 

culpa,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  blame,  or  a  fault. 

culpare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  culpa],  to  blame,  find  fault 
with,  censure. 


cultura,  -ae,  [from  root  of  colere 
and  suffix  ra-  as  if  through  a  stem 
in  tu-],  f.,  a  tilling,  cultivation; 
hence,  care,  culture.  —  agri  cul- 
tura, the  cultivation  of  the  soil, 
agriculture. 

cum  (earlier  quom),  [case  form  of 
qui],  conj.,  when;  then  passing 
over  into  the  meanings  since ;  al- 
though ;  while.  —  cum  primum, 
as  soon  as.  —  cum.  .  .  turn,  both 
.  .  .  and,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also. 

cum,  [?],  prep,  with  ahl.,  with,  in 
company  with.  —  cum  inagno 
exercitu,  with  a  great  army.  — 
cum  gaudio,  withpleasure.  —  IN 
COMPOSITION  it  appears  under  the 
old  form  com  or  more  commonly 
changed  to  con,  and  either  has  an 
intensive  force,  as  in  conten- 
dere,  to  stretch  tight,  or  means  to- 
gether, as  in  convenire. 

cunctarl,  -or,  -atus,  [?],  to  delay 
(intrans.),  to  linger. 

cunctus,  -a,  -um,  [contracted 
from  coniunctus  (con  + 
iunctus,  p.  p.  of  iungere,  to 
join)],  all  together,  all  in  a  body, 
the  whole. 

cuneus,  -I,  [?],  m.,  a  wedge ;  in 
military  parlance,  troops  formed  in 
a  wedge-shaped  figure. 

cupere,  -io,  -ivi,  -itus,  [^cup,  to 
be  eager],  to  long  for,  desire,  wish. 

cupiditas,  st.  cupiditat-,  [cu- 
pid°/i  (*cup°/i  (V  cup  +  o-}  + 
do-)  +  tat-],  f.,  the  quality  of 
being  cupidus  ;  hence,  longing, 
desire;  greed,  covet ousness ;  party 
spirit. 

cupido,  st.  cupidin-,  [obscure 
formation  containing  \J  cup-  and 
suffixes  do-  +  on-],  f.,  desire, 
longing;  greed. 


276 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


cupidus,  -a,  -um,  [*cup°/i 
(\  cup  +  O-)  +  do-],  eager 
for,  desirous  of;  greedy,  avari- 
cious ;  partisan. 

cur  (older  quor),  [?],  why  (both 
interrog1.  and  relative). 

cura,  -ae,  [same  root  as  cavere, 
to  be  on  one's  guard],  f.,  concern, 
care,  anxiety,  trouble;  care  of,  man- 
agement. 

curare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  cura],  to  bestow  care  upon, 
look  out  for ;  to  attend  to,  manage ; 
to  cure. 

Cures,  -ium,  m.,  the  chief  city  of 
the  Sabines,  in  the  southwest  cor- 
ner of  their  territory  and  near  the 
frontier  of  Latium.  It  had  no  im- 
portance after  the  union  with  the 
Romans  under  Romulus. 

curia,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  one  of  the  thirty 
sections  into  which  the  Romans  were 
divided  by  Romulus.  (There  were 
ten  curiae  in  each  of  the  three 
tribes,  and  each  curia  consisted  of 
ten  gentes.)  Hence,  a  building 
for  the  meeting  of  the  senate,  a  sen- 
ate-house ;  especially,  the  senate- 
house  built  by  Tullius  Hostilius 
where  the  Sacra  Via  entered  the 
Roman  Forum,  the  Curia  Hostilia. 

Curiatii,  -orum,  m.,  the  name 
of  the  three  Albans  who  were  con- 
quered by  the  Horatii  in  the  fa- 
mous battle  in  the  reign  of  Tullus 
Hostilius. 

Curius,  -a.  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  M.  Curius 
Dent  at  us,  the  celebrated  gen- 
eral who  conquered  Pyrrhus  in 
275  B.  c.,  and  then  the  Samnites 
and  other  enemies  of  the  Romans. 

currere,  -6,  cucurri,  cursum. 
[?],  to  run. 


currus.  -us.  [same  root  as  cur- 
rere], m.,  a  chariot. 


cursor,  st.  cursor-,  [root  of  cur- 
rere +  sor-],  m.,  a  runner  (es- 
pecially an  athletic  runner  in  a 
race). 

Cursor,  st.  Cursor-,  m.,  a  Roman 
surname  meaning  a  runner.  —  L. 
Papirius  Cursor,  the  dictator 
who  gained  many  victories  in  the 
Second  Samnite  War  (326-304 
B.  c.). —  His  son  of  the  same  name 
brought  the  Third  Samnite  War  to 
its  end  in  290  B.  c. 

cursus,  -us,  [root  of  currere  -f 
su-],  m.,  a  running;  a  course. 
(Used  of  going  on  foot,  of  horses, 
of  chariots,  of  vessels,  and  of  things 
in  general.) 

custodia,  -ae,  [custod-  +  ia-], 
f.,  a  watching,  guarding;  hence 
(especially  in  the  plural),  guards, 
a  watch;  also,  confinement,  cus- 
tody. 

custodire,  -io,  -Ivi,  -itus,  [de- 
nom. from  custos],  to  watch, 
guard,  defend. 

custos,  st.  custod-,  [?],  c.,  a 
guard,  protector,  defender ;  also,  a 
jailor. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


277 


Cyclades,  -um,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
Ku/<A.a5es],  f.,  the  Cyclades,  the 
islands  grouped  about  Delos  in  the 
Aegean  Sea.  They  were  so  named 
from  their  forming  a  circle  about 
Delos. 

Cyrus,-!,  [Persian  proper  name,  in 
Gr.  Kvpos],  the  founder  of  the 
great  Persian  kingdom,  over  which 
he.  reigned  559-529  B.  c.  —  An- 
other famous  Cyrus  was  the 
prince  whose  revolt  against  his 
brother  Artaxerxes  nearly  two 
centuries  later  is  described  in 
Xenophon's  Anabasis. 

Cyziceiius,  -a,  -um,  [Cyzicus 
and  the  suffix  -nus  as  if  through 
an  e-stem],  of  or  belonging  to 
Cyzicus,  a  city  on  an  island  or 
peninsula  of  the  same  name  in  the 
Propontis  (Sea  of  Marmora),  off 
the  north  coast  of  Mysia  in  Asia 
Minor. 

D. 

D.,  abbreviation  for  the  name  Deci- 
rnus. — Also  used  to  represent  the 
number  five  hundred,  though  the 
more  proper  sign  is  IO. 

damnare,  -5,-avi, -atus,  [denom. 
from  damiium],  to  cause  loss  to, 
to  harm,  injure  ;  to  doom,  sentence  ; 
to  censure,  condemn ;  capitis 
damnare,  to  condemn  to  death. 

dare,  -6,  dedi,  datus,  [yf  da,  to 
give],  to  give,  present ;  to  allow, 
grant. 

dator,  st.  dator-,  [^  da  +  tor-], 
m.,  a  giver.  (Rare  word  except  in 
the  great  early  comic  poet  Plautus.) 

de,  [case  form  of  the  pronoun  stem 
seen  in  the  second  part  of  qui- 
dam,  idem,  etc.],  prep,  with 
abl.,/row,  down  from,  away  from. 


—  PLACE,  de  fmibus  suis 
exire,  to  go  out  from  their  own  ter- 
ritory ;  de  muro  deicere,  to 
throw  down  from  the  wall.  —  TIME, 
de  nocte,  in  the  night.  —META- 
PHORICALLY, poeta  de  popu- 
16,  a  poet  from  the  people;  especial- 
ly common  HI  the  sense,  about,  in 
regard  to;  de  fill  morte,  about 
his  son's  death.  —  IN  COMP.,  de- 
cedere,  to  go  from,  demittere, 
to  send  down,  deficere,  to  fail, 
deplere,  to  empty,  demirari, 
to  wonder  at  greatly. 

debere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus,  [de  + 
habere],  to  have  from  some  one; 
hence,  to  owe ;  to  be  bound  to  do  ; 
ought,  should. 

debilitare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom. from  debilis,  de  +  habi- 
lis  (*hab°/i  {yfhab  of  habere 
-{-  O-\  -|-li-)],  to  make  unmanage- 
able ;  hence,  to  cripple,  to  weaken. 

decedere,  -6,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
[de  +  cedere],  to  withdraw 
from  ;  hence,  to  go  away,  depart ; 
to  give  ivay  to,  retire  from  ;  to  der 
part  from  life,  die. 

decem,  [?],  ten. 

decernere,  -6,  -crevT,  -cretus, 
[de  -(-  cernere],  to  sift  out; 
hence,  to  decide,  judge;  to  fight, 
contend;  to  resolve,  determine;  to 
vote  for,  decree. 

decet,  decuit,  [third  pers.  sing, 
of  *decere],{£  is  fitting  or  proper. 

decies  centena  milia,  ten  times 
a  hundred  thousand,  a  million. 

decies  centies  millesimus,  ten 
times  a  hundred  times  a  thou- 
sandth, a  millionth. 

decies  centum  milia,  a  million. 

decimus,  -a,  -um,  [decem  + 
mo-],  tenth. 


278 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


Decimus,  -i,  m.,  a  Roman  prae- 
nomen  (literally,  the.  tenth).  Its 
abbreviation  is  D. 

declarare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de 
-j-  clarare  (denom.  from  cla- 
rus)],  to  make  very  dear,  to  show, 
declare,  prove;  in  political  lan- 
guage, to  proclaim  an  officer  elected. 

decrescere,  -6,  -crevi,  -cretum, 
[de  +  crescere],  to  grow  less,  to 
wane;  hence,  in  general,  to  di- 
minish (intransitive). 

dScurrere,  -6,  -curri  or  -cucur- 
ri,  -cursum.  [de  +  currere], 
to  run  down;  hence,  to  march 
down,  flow  down,  etc.  ;  to  advance 
quickly ;  to  skirmish,  charge;  toper- 
form  manoeuvres. 

decus,  st.^decor-,  [same  root  as 
decet  +  or-],  n.,  that  which  is 
seemly,  becoming;  hence,  an  orna- 
ment ;  splendor,  honor ;  merit. 

dedere,  -6,  -didi,  -ditus,  [de 
-f-  dare],  to  give  away;  hence, 
to  give  up,  surrender ;  to  consign  to. 
—  se  dedere,  to  surrender  (in 
war) ;  to  devote  or  apply  one's  self 
to. 

dgducere,  -6.  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[de  -J-  ducere],  to  lead  away  ; 
hence,  to  lead  off,  withdraw;  to 
settle  (a  colony  somewhere) ;  to 
launch  (boats) ;  to  escort  from  the 
house  (as  a  mark  of  honor) ;  to 
bring  to  or  into. 

deesse,  desum,  defui.  defu- 
turus,  [de  +  esse],  to  be  away  ; 
hence,  to  fail,  be  wanting. 

defendere,  -6,  -fendi,  -fensus, 
[de  -f  *fendere],  to  ward  off; 
hence,  to  guard,  protect,  defend. 

defensor,  st.  defensor-,  [de- 
fen  (d)  (gathered  from  defen- 
dere and  treated  as  stem)  -f 


sor-],  m.,  one  who  wards  off,  a 
protector,  defender. 

deferre,  -fero,  -tuli,  -latus,  [de 
+  ferre],  to  bring  away  or  down  ; 
hence,  to  carry  somewhere  ;  to  grant, 
bestow  upon;  to  report,  tell  (es- 
pecially to  make  a  report  to  a 
superior  or  to  the  senate,  while 
referre  is  to  put  the  question  on 
such  report  or  other  business), 

defit,  [third  person  singular  from 
defieri  (de  +  fieri)],  it  ceases  to 
be  at  hand,  runs  out ;  hence,  it  falls 
short,  fails  (rare  for  deficit,  from 
deficere  [de  -f  facere]). 

deflectere,  -6,  -flexi,  -flexus, 
[de  +  flectere],  to  bend  aside; 
hence,  to  turn  aside,  change  the  di- 
rection of. — Also  intrans.,  to  change 
one's  course,  turn  aside. 

deformis.  -e,  [de  +  forma,  as 
if  through  a  *deformus,  -a, 
-um.  which  had  passed  into  the 
third  declension],  wrongly  shaped ; 
hence,  ugly,  unsightly,  deformed; 
base,  disgraceful. 

degere,  -6,  (not  found  in  the  other 
stems),  [de  +  agere],  to  drive 
along,  but  used  only  in  the  sense 
to  spend,  pass  (of  time) ;  hence,  to 
live. 

dgicere.  -io.  -ieci.  -iectus,  [de 
-j-  iacere],  to  throw  down  :  hence, 
to  drive  out,  dislodge  ;  to  kill. 

delude,  [de  +  inde  (in, case-form 
of  is  -(-  de,  case-form  of  same 
root  as  dum,  -deni  in  idem, 
etc.)],  thereafter,  next,  thereupon 
(most  common  of  succession  in 
time,  but  also  used  of  other  succes- 
sion). 

delectare.  -6.  -avi,  -atus,  [intens. 
of  delicere  (de  -f  *lacere)],  to 
allure  away  strongly,  but  in  classi- 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


279 


cal  Latin  confined  to  the  meaning 
to  delight,  please,  charm. 

delere,  -eo,  delevi,  -letus,  [de 
+  lere],  to  smear  or  blot  out; 
hence,  to  destroy,  abolish ;  to  stop, 
put  an  end  to. 

deliberare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de 
+  *liberare,  to  weigh],  to  weigh 
well;  hence,  to  reflect  upon,  con- 
sider; also  take  counsel  (intrans.). 
Once  or  twice  in  Nepos,  to  consult 
an  oracle. 

deligere,  -6,  -legi,  -lectus,  [de 
-f-  legerej^to  gather  out;  hence, 
to  choose,  select. 

delirare,  -p,  (not  used  in  the  other 
stems),  [de  -f  lirare  (denom. 
from  lira,  furrow}],  to  make  a 
furrow  out  of  line  ;  hence,  to  be  out 
of  one's  head,  be  crazy. 

Delphi,  -orum,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
AeA.0of),  m.,  a  city  in  the  south- 
west corner  of  Phocis,  famous  as 
the  seat  of  Apollo's  great  oracle. 

delubrum,  -i,  [delu-  (stem  of 
*deluere,  de  +  luere,  to  wash) 
+  bro-],  n.,  the  place  of  washing 
out,  i.  e.  a  shrine,  sanctuary. 

Demaratus,  -I,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
ATjjuapoTos],  m.,  the  father  of 
Tarquiuius  Priscus.  He  was  a 
Corinthian,  but  fled  from  Greece 
to  the  Etruscan  town  Tarquinii. 

demergere,-o,-mersi,  -mersus, 
[de  -+-  mergere],  to  plunge  or  dip 
into ;  hence,  to  sink,  submerge ;  to 
overwhelm. 

demigrare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [de 
+  migrare],  to  move  away  from, 
to  depart,  migrate; 

demigratio,  st.  demigration-, 
[demigrat0/!  (p.  p.  of  demi- 
grare) -f  ion-],  f.,  a  having  re- 
moved from  ;  hence,  a  migration. 


demittere,  -6,  -misi,  -missus, 
[de  +  mittere],  to  send  or  let 
down ;  hence,  to  lower. 

denarius,  -a,  -um,  [from  deno- 
(decem  -\-  no-)  and  the  made-up 
ending  -arius  (cf.  adversa- 
rius)],  containing  ten. —  Especially 
as  a  noun,  denarius,  -I,  m.,  a  sil- 
ver coin  worth  about  twenty  cents. 


It  contained  ten  asses  at  first, 
but  sixteen  after  the  currency  be- 
came debased. 

denique,  [?],  adv.,  at  last,  finally ; 
in  short,  in  a  word. 

dens,  st.  dent(i)-,  [same  word  as 
English  tooth,  teeth],  m.,  a  tooth. 

denuntiare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de 
-f  nuntiare  (denom.  from  nun- 
tius,  contracted  for  noventius, 
novent-  {pres.  part,  of  never  e, 
the  denom.  from  novos,  newf 
-(-  io-)],  to  make  a  new  official  an- 
nouncement ;  hence,  to  declare,  di- 
rect, order;  also,  to  threaten,  and 
to  declare  (not  officially). 

denuo,  [contracted  forde  novo], 
adv.,  anew,  again. 

deponere,  -6,  -posui,  -positus, 
[de  +  ponere],  to  put  or  lay 
down,  or  aside ;  to  deposit,  intrust 
to ;  to  resign,  give  up. 

deprehendere,  -6,  -prehendi, 
-prehensus,  (also  deprendere, 
etc.),  [de  -|-  prehendere  (prae 
+  *hendere)],  to  seize  or  snatch 
away  ;  hence,  to  seize,  catch,  over- 
take ;  to  find  out,  discover. 


280 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


derectus,  -a.  -um,  see  derigere. 

deridere,  -eo,  -risi,  -risus,  [de 
-f-  rider e],  to  laugh  at.  scoff  at, 
deride. 

derigere.  -6.  -rexi.  -rectus,  [de 
+  regere],  to  straighten  in  a  given 
direction ;  hence,  to  put  straight, 
to  arrange ;  to  send  to,  direct ;  to 
guide. — Hence,  p.  a.  derectus, 
straight ;  open,  straightforward ; 
also,  steep.  See,  also,  dirigere. 

descendere,  -6,  -scendi,  -scen- 
sus  [de  +  scandere],  to  dimb 
down;  hence,  to  go  down,  march 
down,  descend. 

deserere,  -6,  -serui,  -sertus,[de 
-}-  serere],  to  untwine  or  undo ; 
hence,  to  leave,  abandon,  desert. 

desiderare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de 
+  *slderare],  to  long  for  very 
much  ;  to  desire  ;  hence,  to  miss. 

desiderium,  -I,  [desider(o) 
(gathered  from  desiderare,  and 
treated  as  stem)  -f-  io-],  n.,  a 
longing  for;  especially,  a  regret 
for. 

desilire,  -io,  -silui,  -sultum,  [de 
4-  salire],  to  jump  down;  hence, 
to  dismount. 

desinere,  -6,  desii,  -situs,  [de 
4-  sinere],  to  put  or  set  down,  or 
apart;  hence,  to  leave  off,  cease, 
desist  from. 

desipere,  -io,  (not  used  in  other 
stems),  [de  +  sapere],  not  to 
be  sensible ;  to  be  foolish  or  silly. 

desistere,  -6,  -stiti,  [de -f  si- 
stere],  to  set  down  or  apart ;  hence, 
to  leave  off,  cease,  desist  from. 

desperare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de  + 
sperare  (denom.  from  spes)],  to 
give  up  hope,  to  despair ;  also  trans., 
to  despair  of. 

despicere,  -io.  -spexl,   -spec- 


tus,  [de  +  specere],  to  look 
down  at ;  hence,  to  scorn,  despise. 

destituere,  -6,  -stitui,  -stitu- 
tus,  [de  -f  statuere  (denom. 
from  status)],  to  set  down  in  some 
position,  but,  except  in  Livy, 
chiefly  confined  to  the  meaning, 
to  forsake,  desert. 

deterior,  -ius,  [comparative  of 
*deter  (de  +  tro- ;  cf.  alter)]. 
worse,  poorer.  —  Superl.  deterri- 
mus.  -a,  -um. 

deterrimus,  see  deterior. 

detrahere,  -6,  -traxi.  -tractus, 
[de  +  trahere],  to  draw  from  or 
down  ;  hence,  to  withdraw,  remove  ; 
to  disparage,  detract  from. 

detrudere,  -6.  -trusi.  -trusus, 
[de  +  triidere],  to  push  or 
thrust  off;  to  push  down,  drive 
down,  dislodge ;  to  drive  or  bring 
to. 

deurere,  -6,  -ussi,  -ustus,  [de 
+  urere],  to  burn  up. 

deus,  -I,  [same  root  as  in  dies, 
meaning  shine,  gleam],  m.,  a  god. 

devincere,  -6,  -vici,  -victus, 
[de  H- vincere],  to  conquer  al- 
together, to  subdue. 

dexter,  -tra,  -trum,  (also  -tera, 
-terum),  [tro- added  to  an  unex- 
plained root],  right  (as  distin- 
guished from  left)  ;  hence,  skillful, 
propitious.  —  Hence,  dextra.  -ae, 
(sc.  manus).  f.,  the  right  hand  ; 
a  dextra  parte,  in  dextra 
parte,  on  the  right. 

di,  nom.  pi.  of  deus. 

dicere,  -6,  dixi,  dictus,  [yf  die, 
to  show],  to  show  by  saying ;  hence, 
to  say,  affirm  ;  relate,  tell. 

dictator,  st  dictator-,  [dicta- 
(stem  of  dictare.  intensive  of 
dicere)  -f  tpr-],  m.,  one  who  says 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


281 


with  authority,  but  confined  to  the 
meaning  dictator,  an  officer  elected 
at  Rome  with  full  powers  in  times 
of  great  danger  or  difficulty. 

dictum,  -I,  [neut.  sing,  of  the  p.  p. 
of  dicere,  used  as  noun],  n.,  that 
which  is  said;  hence,  a  word;  a 
saying,  proverb.  —  dicto  audi- 
entem  alicui  esse,  to  obey  some 
one  (cf.  audire). 

diducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[dis  +  ducere],  to  draw  or  lead 
apart ;  hence,  to  separate,  divide ; 
to  distribute,  disperse. 

diecula,  -ae,  [dies  and  la-  (dim.), 
as  if  through  a  stem  in  CO-],  f.,  a 
little  or  short  day  ;  a  little  while. 

dies,  -ei,  [^  di,  to  shine,  gleam  -f-  e-], 
m.  (sometimes  f.  in  sing.),  a  day. 

differre,  -fero,  distuli,  dilatus, 
[dis  +  ferre],  to  carry  apart; 
hence,  to  spread,  scatter ;  to  put  off, 
postpone ;  to  be  different. 

difficilis,  -e,  [dis  +  facilis 
(*f  ac°/i  {yf  f  ac,  to  do,  make  +  o-} 
+  li-)],  not  easy,  hard,  difficult ;  ob- 
stinate, surly. 

diffundere,  -6,  -fudi,  -fusus, 
[dis-  -f-  fundere],  to  pour  in 
different  directions;  hence,  to 
spread,  scatter. 

digitus,-!,  [?],  m.,  a  finger. 

digiiari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom.  from 
dignus,  -a,  -um],  to  think  worthy ; 
to  deign. 

digne,  [adverb  of  dignus],  wor- 
thily, fitly,  suitably. 

dignitas,  st.  dignitat-,  [dign0/! 
+  tat-],  f.,  worth;  hence,  rank, 
authority,  dignity,  office. 

dignus,  -a,  -um,  [formed  from  an 
unexplained  root  by  the  suffix 
no-],  worthy,  suitable,  proper,  fit. 

digredi,  -ior,  -gressus,  [dis  -f 


gradl],  to  step  apart;  hence,  to 
separate,  go  apart  or  away. 

dilabi,  -or,  -lapsus  sum,  [dis 
+  labi],  to  glide  or  slip  apart; 
hence,  to  fall  to  pieces,  to  dissolve  ; 
to  go  to  ruin ;  to  scatter,  disperse, 
fiee. 

diligens,  st.  diligent-,  [pres.  p. 
of  diligere,  used  as  adj.],  es- 
teeming; hence,  attentive  to,  care- 
ful; energetic,  industrious,  dili- 
gent. 

dlligenter,  [adv.  of  diligens], 
attentively,  diligently. 

diligere,  -6,  -lexi,  -lectus,  [dis 
+  legere],  to  gather  apart ;  hence, 
to  value,  esteem ;  to  love  (in  conse- 
quence of  esteem,  while  amare 
indicates  simple  inclination,  affec- 
tion). 

dilucide,  [adverb  of  dHucidus 
(dis  +  lucidus,  from  lux  and 
do-,  as  if  through  astern  in  CO-)], 
brightly,  clearly,  distinctly. 

dimicare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [dis 
+  micare],  to  make  vibrate  in 
different  directions  ;  hence,  to  fight, 
struggle,  contend. 

dimidium,  -I,  n.,  see  dlmidius. 

dimidius,  -a,  -um,  [dis  +  me- 
dius],  half  (in  classical  Latin  con- 
fined almost  exclusively  to  the 
expression  pars  dimidia).  — 
Hence,  dimidium,  -i,  n.,  a  half. 

dimittere,  -6,  -misi,  -missus, 
[dis  +  mittere],  to  send  apart ; 
hence,  to  dismiss,  disband,  send 
away ;  to  give  up,  abandon  (a 
thing). 

Diomedon,  -ontis,  [Gr.  proper 
name  AtOyticScoj/],  m.,  an  envoy  sent 
by  the  Persian  king  Artaxerxes  to 
try  to  corrupt  the  great  Theban 
general  Epaminondas. 


282 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


Dionysius,  -I,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
Aiovuaios],  m.  There  were  various 
celebrated  people  of  this  name,  for 
instance,  Dionysius  the  Younger, 
tyrant  of  Syracuse,  during  the 
year  367-343  B.  c.,  who  gave 
Damocles  the  famous  feast  with  a 
sword  suspended  above  his  head. 

dirigere,  -6,  -rexi.  -rectus,  [dis 
+  regere],  to  straighten  or  arrange 
in  separate  lines;  hence,  to  set 
straight,  arrange,  draw  up  ;  to  send 
or  direct  to ;  to  regulate.  (This 
word  and  derigere  [wh.  see], 
though  properly  distinct,  are  con- 
fused in  usage.) 

diripere.  -io,  -ripui,  -reptus, 
[dis  +  rapere],  to  seize  and  pull 
in  different  directions ;  hence,  to 
tear  asunder  ;  and  especially,  to  lay 
waste,  to  plunder  (in  war). 

dlruere,  -6.  -rui,  -rutus,  [dis  + 
mere],  to  tear  apart;  hence,  to 
overthrow,  destroy. 

dirus,  -a,  -um,  [y'  di,/ear  +  ro-], 
fearful,  dreadful,  terrible. 

dis-,  [?],  inseparable  prefix  mean- 
ing apart ;  as  in  distrahere.  to 
drag  apart ;  hence,  with  a  nega- 
tive force,  as  in  difficilis,  hard. 

dis,  dative  and  ablative  plural  of 
deus. 

discedere.  -o,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
[dis  -}-  cedere],  to  go  apart; 
hence,  to  go  away,  disappear;  to 
deviate  from. 

discere,  -6,  didici,  [incep.  (cf. 
adolescere)  from  ^  die],  to 
learn,  become  acquainted  with. 

discernere,  -6,  -crevi,  -cretus, 
[dis  +  cernere],  to  sift  apart; 
hence,  to  separate;  to  distinguish, 
discern. 

discipllna,  -ae,  [for  discipuli- 


na  (discipulus,  and  suffix  na-, 
as  if  through  an  l-stem)],  f.,  in- 
struction, teaching  ;  a  body  of  doc- 
trine; learning,  science;  also,  a 
habit. 

discrimen,  stem  discrimin-, 
[formed  from  discernere.  like 
crimen  from  root  of  cernere], 
n.,  the  means  of  separation  ;  hence, 
a  space  between,  interval,  division  ; 
a  distinction,  difference ;  a  deci- 
sion ;  a  crisis,  danger. 

disertus,  -a,  -um,  see  disse- 
rere. 

disicere,  -io,  -ieci.  -iectus,  [dis 
-j-  iacere],  to  throw  apart;  hence, 
to  scatter,  rout. 

disponere,  -6,  -posul,  -positus, 
[dis  +  ponere],  to  put  in  differ- 
ent places;  to  arrange,  distribute, 
dispose. 

disserere,  -6,  -serul,  (p.  p.  used 
only  as  adj.,  see  below),  [dis  + 
serere],  to  untwine;  hence,  to 
analyze,  discuss,  treat  of.  —  Hence, 
p.  a.  disertus  (for  dissertus), 
clear  in  speaking,  fluent  (not  so 
strong  as  eloquens). 

dissimilis,  -e,  [dis  -f  similis], 
unlike,  different. 

dissimilitude,  st.  dissimilitu- 
din-,  [dissimilis,  and  the  made- 
up  ending  tudo  (i.  e.  as  if  through 
a  stem  in  tu-  +  din-)],  f.,  unlike- 
ness,  difference. 

dissimulare,  -6,  -avi,  -at us, 
[denom.  from  dissimilis],  to 
make  a  thing  out  different ;  hence, 
to  disguise,  dissemble  ;  to  hide,  keep 
secret. 

dissolutus,  -a,  -um,  see  dis- 
solvere. 

dissolvere,  -6.-solvi.-solutus? 
[dis  +  solvere  (se  +  lucre)], 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULAKY. 


283 


to  loosen  apart ;  hence,  to  sepa- 
rate, destroy,  dissolve  ;  in  commer- 
cial language,  to  pay.  —  Hence^ 
p.  a.,  dissolutus,  loose ;  hence, 
careless,  remiss ;  dissolute. 

dissuadere,  -eo,  -suasi,  -sua- 
sum,  [dis  +  suadere],  to  ad- 
vise not  to  do ;  to  oppose ;  to  dis- 
suade. 

distinguere,  -6,  -stinxi,  -stinc- 
tus,  [dis  +  stinguere],  to 
prick  apart ;  hence,  to  separate, 
but  most  common  in  the  meaning 
to  discriminate,  distinguish. 

dm,  [case  form  from  same  root 
as  dies  anddeus],  adv.,  by  day, 
but  chiefly  used  in  the  sense,  a  long 
while,  long.  —  Comp.  diutius,  su- 
per, diutissime. 

diutius,  see  diu. 

diuturnitas,  st.  diuturnitat-, 
[diuturn0/!  (obscure  formation 
from  diu)  +  tat-],  f.,  length  of 
time,  long  duration. 

dlversus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  diver- 
tere  (dis  +  vertere)  used  as 
adj.],  turned  different  ways ;  hence, 
opposite ;  different,  diverse ;  op- 
posed, hostile ;  separate,  apart. 

dives,  st.  divit-,  [?],  rich,  wealthy; 
splendid,  costly. 

Divico,  -Oilis,  [Helvetian  proper 
name],  m.,  a  famous  leader  of  the 
Helvetians  at  the  time  of  Caesar's 
wars. 

dlvidere,  -6,  -visi,  -visus,  [dis 
-f-*videre  (^vid,  to  split}},  to 
split  apart,  separate,  divide  ;  hence, 
to  distribute;  to  separate  from. 

divlnitas,  st.  divmitat-,  [dl- 
vm°/i  +  tat-],  f.,  the  quality  of 
being  divmus,  divinity ;  also, 
divination. 

divinus,  -a,  -um,  [div°/i 


dies  and  deus  -f  vo-)  -+•  no-]^ 
of  or  belonging  to  the  gods,  divine  ; 
inspired  by  heaven,  prophetic ;  god- 
like, sublime. 

divisus,  -us,  [from  dlvidere, 
like  visus  from  videre],  m.,  a 
dividing  or  distributing.  (A  very 
rare  word,  and  found  in  the  dative 
only.) 

divitiae,  -arum,  [ divit- +  it-], 
f.,  riches,  wealth. 

docere,  -eo,  -ui,  doctus,  [same 
root  as  dicere  and  discere],  to 
show,  teach,  tell. 

Dolabella,  -ae,[dim.  of  dolabra, 
pickaxe,  from  dolare,  to  hew],  m., 
a  Roman  surname  (cognomen), 
in  the  gens  Cornelia.  —  P. 
Cornelius  Dolabella,  the  hus- 
band of  Cicero's  daughter. 

dolere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itum,  [?],  to  feel 
pain,  to  suffer ;  hence,  to  grieve, 
lament. 

dolor,  st.  dolor-,  [root  of  dolere 
-f-  or-],  m.,  pain;  hence,  grief, 
sorrow. 

dolus,  -I,  [?],m.,a  deceit;  hence,  a 
trick,  stratagem ;  fraud. 

domare,  -6,  domui,  domitus, 
[same  word  as  Eng.  tame],  to  tame, 
break ;  hence,  to  conquer,  subdue. 

domesticus,  -a,  -um,  [obscure 
formation  from  domus],  belong- 
ing to  the  house,  household,  domestic  ; 
private. 

domi,  locative  of  domus. 

domicilium,  -I,  [obscure  formation 
from  domus J,  n.,  a  dwelling, 
abode. 

dominus,  -I,  [*dom°/i  (root  of 
domare  +  o-)  +  no-],  m.,  one 
who  has  tamed;  hence,  a  master, 
ruler ;  owner,  possessor ;  house- 
holder. 


284 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


domus,  -us,  [?],  f.,  a  house.  — 
Hence,  loc.  domi,  at  home. 

d 611  are.  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  donum],  to  make  a  gift  to, 
give,  present.  (Used  with  an  ace. 
and  a  dat.  like  our  give  something 
to  somebody,  or  with  an  ace.  and 
an  abl.  like  our  present  somebody 
with  something). 

donee,  [?],  temporal  particle,  as 
long  as,  while  (in  Livy  and  later 
writers)  ;  until  (the  common  clas- 
sical meaning). 

donum,  -I,  [do  (varied  form  of 
root  of  dare)  +  no-],  n.,  a  gift. 

dormire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itum,  [from  a 
root  meaning  sleep],  to  sleep. 

dubitare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [fre- 
quent, from  *dubare,  cf.  dubi- 
us],  to  waver,  hesitate;  hence,  to 
doubt. 

dubius,  -a,  -um,  [dubo-  (root  of 
duo  -f  bo-)  +  io-],  alternating; 
hence,  doubtful,  uncertain. 

ducentesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordinal 
of  ducenti],  the  two  hundredth. 

ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  [duo  +  cen- 
tum], two  hundred. 

ducere,  -6,  duxi,  ductus, 
[yf  due,  to  draw,  lead],  to  draw, 
lead;  hence,  to  guide,  conduct;  to 
command  as  leader;  to  draw  out, 
make ;  to  protract  ;  to  draw  up  an 
account ;  to  consider,  think. 

Duilius,  -a,  -um,  [for  Duellius 
(duellum,  old  form  of  bellum) 
+  io-],  the  name  of  a  Roman 
gens.  —  C.  Duilius,  the  general 
who  first  conquered  the  Cartha- 
ginians on  the  sea  (260  B.  c.). 

dum,  [case  form  of  the  pronominal 
stem  found  in  idem,  quidam, 
etc.],  temporal  particle,  while,  as 
long  as  ;  until. 


dummodo  [dum  -f  modo  (abla- 
tive of  modus)],  while  only,  if 
only,  provided  that. 

duo,  -ae,  -o,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
two],  two. 

duodecim,  [duo  -f  decem], 
twelve. 

duodecimus,  -a,  -um,  [duo- 
decim +  nio-],  the  twelfth. 

duodevicesimus.  -a.  -um,  [re- 
lated to  duodeviginti  as  vl- 
cesimus  to  viginti],  the  two- 
from-twentieth,  i.  e.  the  eighteenth. 

duodeviginti,  [duo  -f  de  -f 
vigintl],  two  from  twenty,  \.  e., 
eighteen. 

duplex,  st.  duplic-,  [duo  + 
*plex  (from  ^  plic,/oW)],  two- 
fold, double. 

diirus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  hard ;  hence, 
rough,  rude ;  harsh,  stern  ;  severe ; 
burdensome ;  unfeeling ;  unyield- 
ing. 

dux,  st.  due-,  [  yf  due,  to  draw,  lead, 
without  suffix],  c.,  a  leader  ;  hence, 
a  guide  ;  a  general,  commander. 


5  (before  vowels  and  before  c,  h,  p, 
q,  s,  t,  v,  ex;  before/,  ef  or  ec) 
[?],  prep,  with  abl.,  out  of,  from. 

—  PLACE,  ex  urbe  ire,  to  go  out 
of  the  city.  —  TIME,  ex  consu- 
latu,  from,  i.  e.,  after  his  consul- 
ship. — METAPH.,  solem  e  mun- 
do  tollere,  to  take  the  sun  out  of 
the  world;  ex  volnere  aeger. 
sick  from  a  wound;  ex  senten- 
tia.  in  accordance  with  one's  de- 
sires; e  regione,/rom  the  direc- 
tion of,  i.  e.,  in  a  straight  line  with. 

—  IN  COMP.,  exicere,  to  cast  out ; 
emorl.  to  die  utterly. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


285 


ea,  [case  of  is],  adv.,  that  way, 
there. 

ecferre,  -fero,  extuli,  elatus, 
[ex  -+-  ferre],  to  carry  out ;  hence, 
to  bring  forth,  produce;  to  spread 
abroad,  proclaim ;  to  raise  up ;  to 
carry  to  the  grave,  bury;  in  the 
pass.,  to  be  carried  away,  overcome ; 
in  pass,  or  with  se,  to  be  puffed  up, 
arrogant. 

ecquis,  ecquid,  [uncertain  form 
ec-  (as  in  ecce,  behold)  +  quis], 
interrog.  pronoun,  any  one?  any- 
thing ?  is  there  any  who  ? 

edere,  -6,  -didl,  -ditus,  [ex  -f- 
dare],  to  give  or  put  forth ;  hence, 
to  bring  forth,  produce,  and,  more 
commonly,  to  proclaim,  publish; 
to  cause,  perform. 

edicere,  -6,  -dixi,  -dictus,  [ex 
+  dlcere],  to  speak  out;  hence, 
to  declare,  make  known,  proclaim, 
order  (especially  as  an  official). 

educare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [ex  + 
ducare  (varied  form  from  root 
of  ducere)],  to  draw  out ;  hence, 
to  rear,  train,  educate. 

educere,  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[ex  +  ducere],  to  lead  or  draw 
out;  to  lead  forth;  to  bring  up, 
rear  ;  chiefly  of  physical  bringing 
up,  while  educare  has  reference 
rather  to  the  mind). 

effeminare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ex 
-f-  *feminare  (denom.  from  fe- 
rnina)],  to  make  feminine ;  hence, 
to  enervate,  effeminate.  . 

efferre,  another  form  for  ecferre. 

efficere,  -io,  -feel,  -fectus,  [ex 
+  facere],  to  make  or  do  thorough- 
ly ;  hence,  to  bring  to  pass,  accom- 
plish; to  produce,  yield;  to  make 
out,  show. 

efficientia,  -ae,  [efficient-,  pres. 


p.  of  efficere  (ex -f  facere)], 
f.,  efficiency,  influence  (rare  phi- 
losophical word). 

effigies,  -el,  [obscure  formation 
from  the  root  in  fingere,  with  the 
prep,  ex],  f.,  a  copy,  likeness, 
image,  effigy. 

effodere,  -io,  -f  odi,  -f ossus,  [ex 
+  fodere],  to  dig  out,  dig  up. 

effundere,  -6,  -fudi,  -fusus,  [ex 
+  fundere],  to  pour  out;  hence, 
to  spread  abroad  ;  to  produce  large- 
ly ;  to  let  go,  give  up ;  to  squander, 
waste. 

egere,  -eo,  -ui,  to  be  in  want,  be 
poor  ;  to  need.  —  Hence,  p.  a., 
egeiis,  very  poor,  needy. 

Egeria,  -ae,  f.,  the  name  of  the 
nymph  who,  according  to  the 
legend,  was  wife  of  King  Numa, 
and  gave  him  the  suggestions  for 
his  religious  organization  of  the 
Roman  state. 

egestas,  st.  egestat-,  [obscure 
formation  from  root  of  egere], 
f.,  great  poverty,  need,  want. 

ego,  mei,  niilii,  etc.,  [same  words 
as  Eng.  I  and  me],  I.  —  PI.,  nos, 
we. 

egredl,  -ior,  -gressus,  [ex  -f 
gradi],  to  step  out;  hence,  to  go 
or  come  forth ;  to  march  out ;  to 
land,  disembark;  to  go  beyond,  out 
of  (trans.). 

eiusmodi,  or,  written  separately, 
eius  modi,  [gen.  of  is  mo- 
dus], of  that  kind,  of  such  a  kind. 

elabi,  -or,  -lapsus  sum,  [ex  + 
labi],  to  glide  or  slip  out;  hence, 
to  get  off,  escape  ;  to  vanish,  disap- 
pear. 

elegans,  st.  elegant-,  [pres.  p.  of 
*elegare  (e  +  *legare,  from 
root  of  legere),  used  as  adj.], 


286 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


choosing  out;  hence,  fastidious, 
nice ;  choice,  fine. 

elephantus,  -I,  (also  elephas, 
-antis),  [Gr.  word  e'Ae>as],  m.,  an 
elephant. 

eligere,  -6,  -legi,  -lectus,  [ex-f- 
legere],  to  pick  out;  hence,  to 
choose,  elect. 

eloquentia,  -ae,  [eloquent- 
(pres. p. of  eloqui  {ex  -f  loqui, 
to  speak})  +  i&-],  f-,  the  quality  of 
being  eloquens,  eloquent. 

eludere,  -6,  -lusi,  -lusus,  [ex 
-f-  ludere],  to  play  out;  hence,  to 
cease  rolling  (of  the  sea) ;  to  de- 
lude, deceive  ;  to  jeer  at. 

emere,  -6,  emi,  emptus,  to  take, 
hut  confined  to  taking  and  giving 
something  in  exchange,  to  buy, 
purchase. 

eminere,  -eo,  -ul,  [ex  +  *mi- 
nere],  to  jut  out,  project;  hence, 
to  be  prominent,  conspicuous,  noted. 

eminus,  [?],  adv.,  at  long  range, 
some  distance  off  (chiefly  used  in 
military  matters). 

gmissarius,  -I,  [emiss  (gathered 
from  emitter e,  and  treated  as  a 
stem)  +  the  made-up  ending 
-arms,  cf.  adversarius],  m., 
one,  sent  out,  a  spy,  scout. 

emittere,  -6,  -misi,  -missus, 
[ex  +  mittere],  to  send  out; 
hence,  to  let  go;  to  put  forth. 

emori,  -ior,  -mortuus,  [ex  -f- 
mori],  to  die  altogether,  perish. 

en,  [?],  interject.,  lo !  see!  behold! 

enim,  [prefix  e-  +  nam],  truly, 
really,  certainly,  but  much  more 
common  as  conj.,/br.  (It  stands 
regularly  second  in  its  clause.) 

CO,  [case  form  of  is,  used  as  adv.], 
thither ;  on  that  account ;  to  that 
end ;  to  such  a  degree.  —  quo  .  .  . 


eo,  the  .  .  .  the,  as,  quo  diffici- 
lius  .  .  .  eo  praeclarius,  the 
more  difficult,  the  more  glorious. 

Epaminondas,  -ae,  [Gr.  pr. 
name  'ETrojueij/cii/Sas],  m.,  the  most 
famous  of  Theban  generals.  See 
330. 

Epliesius.  -a,  -um,  [Ephes°/i 
-j-  1O-],  of  ox  belonging  to  Ephesus, 
Ephesian. 

Ephesus,  -I,  [Gr.  pr.  name  "E^e- 
cros],  f.,  a  celebrated  Ionian  city  in 
the  southwest  corner  of  Lydia  in 
Asia  Minor. 

ephippiatus,  -a,  -um,  [ephip- 
pi°/i  -f  at  us  (i.  e.,  as  if  through 
*ephippiare)],/urmsAec?  with  an 
ephippium  or  horse-cloth. 

ephippium,  -I,  [Gr.  word,  tyhnriov 
(from  firi,  upon,  and  'liriros,  horse)], 
n.,  a  horse-cloth,  housing. 


ephorus,  -I,  [Gr.  word  e</>opos],  m., 
one  of  a  special  body  of  magis- 
trates at  Sparta,  who  came  to  have 
authority  practically  over  the 
kings  themselves,  an  ephor. 

Epirus,  -I,  [Gr.  pr.  name/HTmpos], 
f.,  the  northwestern  division  of 
Greece,  corresponding  on  the 
Adriatic  coast  to  Thessaly  on  the 
^Egean,  but  running  farther  north. 

epistula,-ae,  [Gr.  word  eVioroA.^], 
f.,  a  letter,  epistle. 

epularis.  -e,  [from  epulum  and 
the  made-up  ending  -aris  (i.  e., 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


287 


after  the  pattern  of  luna-ris)], 
of  or  belonging  to  a  feast. 

eques,  st.  equit-,  [equ°/i  -f 
t(i)-],  m.,  a  horseman;  hence,  a 
cavalry  soldier;  a  knight  (i.  e.,  a 
member  of  the  order  of  Equites, 
which  was  next  in  rank  to  the 
senatorial  order,  at  Rome). 

equester,  -tris,  -tre,  [equit-  -f 
tri-] ,  of  or  belonging  to  a  horseman 
or  (more  commonly)  to  the  cavalry 
or  knights,  equestrian. 

equitatus,  -us,  [equita-,  stem  of 
equitare  (denom.  from  eques) 
+  tu-],  m.,  a  riding ;  hence,  the 
riders  (collectively),  cavalry. 

equus,  -1,  [from  a  root  meaning 
quick  +  UO-],  m.,  a  horse,  steed. 

erga,  [?],  prep,  with  ace.,  towards. 
(In  classical  Latin  confined  almost 
wholly  to  the  expression  of  feel- 
ings towards  persons,  as,  fides 
erga  ducem,  loyalty  to  the  leader.} 

ergo,  [?],  adv.,  consequently,  there- 
fore. 

eripere,  -io,  -ripui,  -reptus,  [ex 
+  rapere],  to  seize  or  snatch 
away ;  hence,  to  remove.  —  se  eri- 
pere, to  run  away. 

erogare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ex  -(- 
rogare],  to  get  an  appropriation 
and  spend  it ;  hence,  to  pay,  ex- 
pend. 

errare,  -o,  -avi,  -atum,  [?],  to 
wander,  roam  about ;  hence,  to  go 
astray,  make  a  mistake,  err. 

error,  st.  error-,  [root  of  errare 
-f-  or-],  m.,  a  wandering,  but  most 
common  in  the  meanings,  waver- 
ing, uncertainty ;  mistake,  error. 

erudire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itus,  [denom. 
from*erudis  (ex+  rudis)],  to 
take  out  of  the  rough  state,  to  educate, 
polish. 


eruditus.  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  eru- 
dire, used  as  adj.],  educated, pol- 
ished, accomplished,  learned. 

esca,  -ae,  [root  of  edere,  to  eat  + 
ca-],  i.,food;  hence,  bait  (in  both 
the  literal  and  the  figurative 
senses). 

escendere,  -6,  -scendi,  -scen- 
sus,  [ex  +  scandere],  to  climb 
out ;  hence,  to  climb  up,  mount. 

esse,  sum,  fui,  [yf  es  in  present 
stem,  ^  fu  in  other  forms],  to  be. 

et,  [root  meaning  beyond],  conj., 
and. 

etiam,  [et  +  iam],  and  further- 
more, also,  even.  (It  most  com- 
monly emphasizes  the  word  or 
phrase  after  it,  while  quoque 
emphasizes  what  goes  before  it.) 

etiam  nunc,  even  now,  still. 

etiam  si,  even  if,  although. 

Etruria,  -ae,  f.,  the  division  of  It- 
aly next  north  of  Latium,  on  the 
west  coast,  and  bounded  on  the 
east  by  Umbria  and  the  Sabine 
country,  on  the  north  by  Cisalpine 
Gaul. 

Etruscus,  -a,  -um,  of  or  belonging 
to  Etruria ;  Etruscan  or  Tuscan. 

etsi,  [et  +  si],  and  if,  even  if,  al- 
though. 

Euander,  -dri,  [Gr.  proper  name 
Ewoi/Spos],  m.,  Evander,  an  Arca- 
dian leader  who  migrated  to  Italy 
before  the  Trojan  war,  according 
to  the  legend,  and  founded  the 
town  of  Pallanteum,  whence  the 
Palatine  hill  got  its  name. 

evadere,  -6,  -vasi,  -vasum,  [ex 
-}-  vadere],  to  go  out,  come  forth  ; 
hence,  to  escape;  to  turn  out  in 
some  way. 

evertere,  -o,  -verti,  -versus, 
[ex  +  vertere],  to  turn  inside 


288 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


out;  hence,  to  overturn,  upset,  de- 
stroy, overthrow;  to  turn  out. 

evolare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [ex  + 
volare],  to  fly  out,  fly  away ; 
hence,  to  spring  forth. 

ex,  see  §. 

examinare,  -6.  -avi,  -at us.  [de- 
nom.  from  examen  (made  np 
with  ex  and  ^  ag.  like  the  simple 
agmen)].  to  form,  a  swarm  or 
crowd,  hut  much  more  commonly 
from  the  other  meaning  of  exa- 
men (tongue  of  a  balance),  to 
weigh;  hence,  to  ponder,  examine. 

exanimare.  -6,  -avi.  -atus,  [ex 
-f  animare  (denom.  from  ani- 
ma)],  to  take  the  wind  or  the  breath 
out  of;  hence,  to  kill;  also,  to 
frighten  to  death,  terrify;  in  pas- 
sive, to  die. 

excedere.  -6,  -cessi.  -cessum. 
[ex  -f  cedere],  to  go  out  or 
forth;  hence,  to  retire,  withdraw; 
to  go  beyond,  pass ;  to  surpass,  ex- 
ceed ;  to  die. 

excellens.  see  excellere. 

excellere,  -6,  (-cellui, -celsus), 
[ex  +  *cellere],  to  raise  up; 
hence,  to  be  eminent,  surpass,  excel 
(intrans.).  The  perfect  is  not  used 
in  classical  Latin,  and  the  p.  p. 
only  as  adj.,  raised,  high.  —  Hence, 
p.  a.  excellens,  overtopping,  dis- 
tinguished, excellent. 

excidium,  -I,  [for  exscidium. 
exscid  (gathered  from  exscin- 
dere  {ex  -f-  scindere,  to  split} 
and  treated  as  stem)  -f-  io-],  n., 
a  splitting  in  pieces ;  hence,  a  de- 
stroying, destruction. 

exciere,  see  excire. 

excire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itus,  (also  ex- 
citus,  and,  especially  in  Livy, 
exciere),  [ex  -f  clre,  ciSre], 


to  call  out ;  hence,  to  rouse,  excite ; 
to  frighten. 

excitare,  -6,  -avi.  -atus,  [inten- 
sive of  excire],  to  call  out  for- 
cibly;  hence,  to  rouse,  excite;  to 
raise,  build. 

exclamare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ex 
-f  clamare],  to  shout  out;  hence, 
to  say  aloud,  exclaim. 

excursio.  st.  excursion-,  [ex- 
curs0/!  (p.  p.  of  excurrere, 
ex  4-  currere)  +  ion-],  f.,  a 
having  run  out ;  hence,  a  sallying 
forth;  an  attack ;  an  inroad. 

exedere.  -6.  -edi,  -esus.  [ex  -f- 
edere],  to  eat  up;  hence,  to  con- 
sume, destroy. 

exemplum.  -I,  [obscnre  formation 
fromeximere  (ex  +  emere)], 
n.,  something  taken  out;  hence,  a 
sample ;  a  copy,  an  image ;  a  pat- 
tern, example. 

exercere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus,  [ex  + 
arc  ere],  to  work  off,1  to  keep 
busy;  hence,  to  train,  exercise;  to 
practise ;  to  disquiet,  disturb. 

exercitatio,  st.  exercitation-, 
[exercitat°/i  (p.  p-  of  exerci- 
tare,  frequent,  of  exercere)  -(- 
ion-],  f.,  a  having  trained ;  hence, 
exercise,  practice. 

exercitus,  -us,  [exerci  (gathered 
from  exercere  and  treated  as 
stem)  +  tu-],m.,  training  ;  hence, 
a  trained  body  of  men,  an  army. 

exigere.  -6,  -egi,  -actus,  [ex  + 
agere],  to  drive  out;  hence,  to  ex- 
pel ;  to  demand,  exact ;  to  spend  or 
pass  time  ;  to  weigh,  try,  estimate. 

exiguitas,  st  exiguitat-,  [exi- 
gu7i  +  tat-],  f.,  smallness.  scanti- 
ness. 

exiguus.  -a,  -um,  [ex-f  *aguus 

1  Professor  J.  B.  Greenough. 


OF  THE 

CJNIVERSITY 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


(^  ag  of  agere  +  uo-)],  little, 
small,  scanty. 

eximius,  -a,  -um,  [ex  +  *emius 
(^  em  of  emere  +  i°-)]>  ta&en 
OM£,  excepted ;  hence,  distinguished, 
choice,  excellent. 

exire,  -eo,  -ii,  -itum,  [ex  -f-  Ire], 
to  go  out ;  hence,  to  march  out ;  to 
come  up,  sprout;  to  die,  expire. 

existimare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ex 
+  aestumare],  to  value,  reckon; 
hence,  to  esteem  ;  to  judge,  think. 

existimatio,  st.  existimation-, 
[existimat0/!  (p.  p.  of  existi- 
mare) -\-  ion-],  f.,  a  having  val- 
ued ;  hence,  a  judgment,  opinion ; 
reputation. 

exitium,  -I,  [exitu/i  +  io-],  n., 
a  going  out,  but  confined  to  the 
meaning,  destruction,  ruin. 

exitus,  -us,  [from  exire,  like 
itus  from  the  root  of  the  simple 
ire],  m.,  a  going  out  or  away ; 
hence,  a  departure;  a  way  out,  an 
egress  ;  an  end,  outcome ;  a  solution  ; 
death. 

exoriri,  -ior,  -ortus,  [ex  -f 
oriri],  to  spring  up  or  come  forth, 
to  arise,  to  appear. 

expedire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itus,  [ex 
and  the  stem  of  pes],  to  get  the 
foot  out ;  hence,  to  set  free,  extri- 
cate; make  ready,  prepare;  ar- 
range.—  expedit,  or  res  expe- 
dit,  it  is  profitable,  expedient. 

expellere,  -6,  -pull,  -pulsus, 
[ex  +  pellere],  to  drive  or  push 
out ;  to  expel,  remove. 

experientia,  -ae,  [experient- 
(stem  of  pres.  part,  of  experiri, 
ex  +  *periri)  +  ia-],  f.,  a  try- 
ing; hence,  an  experiment,  proof, 
and  in  the  Latin  of  the  empire, 
practice,  experience. 


experiri,  -ior,  expertus,  [ex 
-j-  *periri],  to  try  thoroughly, 
prove  ;  to  experience,  undertake. 

expers,  st.  expert-,  [ex  +  pars], 
not  having  a  part ;  hence,  without, 
free  from  or  lacking. 

explorare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [ex 
-f-  plorare],  to  cry  out  for  infor- 
mation; hence,  to  search  out,  inves- 
tigate, explore  ;  to  reconnoitre,  spy. 

explorator,  st.  explorator-, 
[explora-  +  tor-],  m.,  one  who 
investigates  ;  especially  in  military 
language,  a  spy,  scout. 

exponere,  -6,  -posui,  -positus, 
[ex  +  ponere],  to  set  out ;  hence, 
to  expose;  to  land,  disembark;  to 
set  forth,  explain. 

expromere,  -o,  -prSmpsT, 
-promptus,  [ex  +  promere 
(pro  +  emere)],  to  take  out  and 
away,  to  fetch  out ;  hence,  to  show, 
display  ;  to  utter,  declare. 

expugnare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [ex 
+  pugnare  (denom.  from  pu- 
gna,  ^  pug  +  na-)],  to  fight  out; 
hence,  to  conquer  utterly,  break 
down;  to  take  by  storm. 

exsanguis,  -e,  [ex  -}-  sanguis], 
without  blood,  bloodless;  hence, 
pale  ;  feeble. 

exsequi,  -or,  -secutus,  [ex  -f- 
sequi],  to  follow  out;  hence,  to 
pursue ;  to  follow  up,  perform,  ex- 
ecute ;  to  describe,  tell. 

exspectare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ex 
+  spectare  (frequent,  of  spe- 
cere)],£o  look  sharply  for ;  hence, 
to  await,  expect ;  to  anticipate  (with 
hope  or  with  dread). 

exspirare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [ex 
-f  spirare],  to  breathe  out;  to 
give  out,  exhale;  to  expire,  die. 

exstinguere,  -6,  -stinxi,  -stinc- 


290 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


tus,  [ex  -j-  stinguere],  to  prick 
out,  but  used  only  of  thing's  burn- 
ing, to  quench,  extinguish;  hence, 
to  kill,  destroy,  abolish. 

exterior,  see  exterus. 

externus,  -a,  -um,  [exter  (treat- 
ed as  stem)  +  no-],  outward,  ex- 
ternal;  hence,  foreign. 

exterus,  -a,  -um,  [ex  -f  tero- 
(cf.  alter)],  outward,  external; 
hence,  foreign.  (The  form  ex- 
terus is  rare,  and  used  only  in 
post-classical  Latin.  In  such  Latin 
exter  also  occasionally  occurs.) 
—  Comp.  exterior,  outer ;  superl. 
extremus,  -a,  -um, the  outmost; 
the  utmost,  farthest,  last.  The  form 
extumus  or  extimus  rarely 
occurs. 

extimus,  see  exterus. 

extorquere,  -eo, -torsi, -tortus. 
[ex  +  torquere],  to  twist  out; 
hence,  to  wrest  away  ;  to  force  from, 
extort. 

ext orris,  -e,  [?],  exiled,  banished. 

extra,  [case  form  of  exter  (us) 
(ex  +  terus.  compar.)],  prep, 
with  ace.,  outside,  without;  beyond ; 
extra  provinciam,  outside  the 
province ;  extra  rnodum.  beyond 
the  limit.  —  Also  used  as  adverb. 

extrahere,  -6,  -traxi,  -tractus, 
[ex  +  trahere],  to  drag  out; 
hence,  to  draw  out,  release ;  to  ex- 
tract;  to  prolong. 

extremus,  see  exterus. 

exurere,  -o,  -ussi,  -ustus,  [ex 
-f-  urere],  to  burn  up,  consume. 

P. 

Fabius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a  Ro- 
man ggns.  —  Q.  Fabius  Ma- 
ximus  Cunctator,  the  dictator 


whose  policy  of  delay  checked  the 
victorious  Hannibal  in  Southern 
Italy.  — Q.  Fabius  Fictor,  a 
historian  who  lived  at  the  time  of 
the  second  Punic  War. 

Fabricius,  -a,  -um,  [fromfaber, 
a  worker  in  wood,  metal,  or  stone, 
and  suffix  io-,  as  if  through  a 
stem  in  CO-],  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  C.  Fabricius 
Luscinus,  a  celebrated  leader 
against  King  Pyrrhus. 

fabula,  -ae,  [*fab%(^  fa  of  farl 
+  bo-)  +  la-],  f .,  a  telling  or  speak- 
ing; hence,  a  story,  narration, 
tale.  (In  classical  Latin  mostly 
confined  to  fictitious  stories.) 
Also,  a  drama,  play,  and  a  fable. 

fabulari,  -or.  -atus,  [denom.  from 
fabula],  to  tell  a  tale,  talk,  tell 
(rare  word). 

facere,  -io,  fecl,factus.  [^  fac], 
to  do  or  make  ;  to  accomplish. 

facete,  [adv.  of  facetus],  finely, 
neatly;  wittily,  cleverly. 

facile,  see  facilis. 

facilis,  -e,  [«fac°/i  (V  ^c  -f  o-) 
-(-  li-],  capable  of  being  done  ; 
hence,  easy ;  willing,  affable.  — 
Hence,  facile,  neut.  sing.,  used  as 
adv.,  easily  ;  readily. 

facinus,  st.  facinor-,  [from  fa- 
cere  and  suffix  or-,  as  if  through 
*f  acinere],  n.,  a  deed,  act ;  hence, 
especially,  a  misdeed,  crime. 

factio,  st.  faction-,  [fact0/!  (p. 
p.  of  facere)  -f  ion-],  f.,  a  hav- 
ing done,  but  chiefly  confined  to 
the  special  meaning,  a  number  of 
persons  acting  together,  a  party ;  a 
faction. 

factum,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  facere,  used 
as  noun],  n.,  a  deed,  act. 

facultas,    st.    facultat-,  [facul 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULAKY. 


291 


(shortened  from  facili-)  -f-  tat-], 
f.,  capability,  skill;  abundance, 
means,  resources. 

faginus,  -a,  -um,  [fag0/-  +  no-], 
of  beech,  beechen. 

fagus,  -I,  [?],  f.,  a  beech  tree. 

falsus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  fallere, 
used  as  adj.],  feigned,  false. 

falx,  st.  falc-,  [?],  f.,  a  sickle  or  a 
pruning  hook. 

fama,  -ae,  [y/  fa  +  ma-],  f., 
talk  (especially  of  the  crowd)  ; 
hence,  report,  rumor;  reputation, 
fame. 

fames,  st.  fami-,  [?],  f.,  hunger. 

familia,  -ae,  [famuP/j  (varied 
slightly)  +  ia-],  f.,  the  body  of 
slaves  belonging  in  a  household, 
the  retinue;  then  also  a  family 
(in  our  sense)  as  branch  of  a 
gens. 

famula,  -ae,  [fam%(root  meaning 
to  lay,  found  +  O-)  -f  la-],  f.,  a 
female  slave  belonging  to  the  house- 
hold;  hence,  a  handmaid,  attend- 
ant. 

fanum,  -I,  [^  fa  of  fari,  to  speak  + 
no-],  n.,  a  place  consecrated  to  a 
divinity,  a  shrine,  temple. 

fas,  [from  root  of  fari,  to  speak], 
indecl.  noun,  that  which  is  right, 
lawful,  or  fit  (as  a  command  of 
the  deity,  while  ius  is  right  ac- 
cording to  the  natural  feelings  of 
man,  and  lex  is  formulated  right, 
statute  law). 

fateri,  -eor,  fassus,  [same  root 
as  fari],  to  admit,  own,  confess. 

fauces,  -ium,  [?],  f.,  the  throat, 
pharynx ;  hence,  a  narrow  pass  or 
defile ;  jaws,  clutches. 

Faustulus,  -i,  [faust%  (from 
root  of  favere)  -f-  lo-],  m.,  the 
shepherd  who,  according  to  the 


legend,  rescued  and  reared  Romu- 
lus and  Remus. 

favere,  -eo,  favi,  fautum,  [?], 
to  favor,  be  well  disposed  to. 

favor,  st.  favor-,  [root  in  favere 
-f-  6r-],  m.,  favor,  good-will  to. 

Favormus,  -i,  [favor  and  the 
suffix  no-,  as  if  through  an  I- 
stem],  m.,  a  philosopher  of  note 
and  friend  of  Aulus  Gellius,  in 
the  reigns  of  Trajan  and  Hadrian 
(A.  D.  98-117,  117-138). 

f  elicit  as,  st.  felicitat-,  [felic-  + 
tat-,  withi  inserted  after  the  fash- 
ion of  derivatives  from  vowel 
stems],  f.,  happiness,  good  fortune. 

feliciter,  [adv.  of  felix],  happily, 
successfully ;  auspiciously. 

felix,  st.  f  ellC-,  [from  root  meaning 
to  bear,  produce],  fruitful;  but 
more  commonly,  happy,  fortunate  ; 
favorable,  propitious. 

femina,  -ae,  [same  root  as  felix 
+  mina-  (i.  e.,  01%  +  na-)], 
f.,  a  ivoman,  female. 

fera,  -ae,  see  ferus. 

ferax,  st.  ferae-,  [from  root  of 
ferre,  with  the  made-up  ending 
-ax  (i.  e.,  after  the  pattern  of 
pu.gna.-x)],  fruitful,  rich. 

fere,  [?],  adv.,  well-nigh,  almost; 
about ;  in  general,  commonly. 

ferre,  fero,  tuli,  latus,  [^  fer  for 
the  pres.  stem,  ^  tol,  tla,  for  the 
other  stems,  cf.  tollere],  to 
bring  or  carry  ;  hence,  to  bear,  pro- 
duce ;  to  endure  ;  to  carry  off, plun- 
der ;  to  show;  to  say,  declare;  to 
propose  (a  bill  or  law). 

ferreus,  -a,  -um,  [ferro  -f-  eo- 
(io-)],  of  iron;  hence,  hardf  un- 
feeling ;  firm,  unyielding. 

ferrum,  -i,  [?],  n.,  iron  or  steel 

ferus,  -a,  -um,  [root  meaning  to 


292 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


rush  +  O-],  wild;  hence,  fierce, 
barbarous.  —  Hence,  fera,  -ae,  f., 
a  wild  beast. 

fessus,  -a,  -um,  [same  root  as  fa- 
tigare,  to  weary},  weary,  tired, 
worn  out. 

festinatio,  st.  festination-,  [fe- 
stmat0/i  (p.  p.  of  festinare)  + 
ion-],  f..  a  having  hastened; 
hence,  haste,  speed,  hurry. 

festum,  -I,  [neut.  of  festus,  -a. 
-um,  used  as  noun],  n.,  a  holiday, 
festival ;  feast.  (In  classical  prose 
dies  festus.  festal  day,  is  used 
instead.) 

fidelis,  -e,  [fide-  +  li-],  faithful, 
trusty ;  sure,  strong. 

fidelitas.  st.  fidelitat-,  [fideli- 
+  tat-],  f.,  faithfulness,  fidelity. 

fidere,  -o.  fisus,  [^  fid,  fid],  to 
trust  to,  rely  upon.  (Little  used  in 
classical  prose,  except  in  pres.  p.) 

fides,  -el,  [V  fid  +  e-],  f.,  trust, 
faith,  confidence;  hence,  faithful- 
ness ;  plighted  icord,  pledge ;  prom- 
ise of  protection ;  protection. 

fiducia,  -ae,  [fidus  and  the  suffix 
ia-,  as  if  through  a  stem  in  CO-], 
f..  confidence,  trust;  assurance, 
boldness. 

fidus,  -a,  -um,  [y  fid,  fid  +  o-], 
trusty,  faithful,  sure. 

fieri,  fio,  factus,  to  be  made  or 
done,  to  become.  (Passive  of  fa- 
cere,  though  the  pres.  stem  is 
from  a  different  root.) 

figura,  -ae,  [yf  fig,  to  form,  and 
suffix  ra-,  as  if  through  au-stem], 
f .,  shape,  form,  figure. 

filia,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  daughter. 

filiolus,  -I,  [filio-  +  lo-  (dim.)], 
m.,  a  little  son. 

films,  -I,  [?],  a  son. 

fingere,  -6,  finxi,  fictus,  [y/  fig], 


to  touch,  handle ;  hence,  to  mould, 
fashion;  to  represent;  to  conceive, 
imagine;  to  invent,  feign. 

finlre,  -io,  -ivi,  -itus,  [denom. 
from  finis],  to  set  bounds  to,  lim- 
it ;  to  put  an  end  to,  finish. 

finis,  st.  fini-,  [?],  m.,  a  limit, 
boundary ;  an  end ;  hence,  a  pur- 
pose, object.  —  PI.  fines,  -ium, 
boundaries,  borders,  territory. 

finitimus.  -a.  -um,  [fini-  -f-  the 
unexplained  ending  -tumus  (-ti- 
mus)],  bordering  upon,  neighbor- 
ing, near. 

firmare,  -6.  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  firmus],  to  make  firm,  to 
strengthen  ;  to  make  lasting ;  to  en- 
courage; also,  to  confirm,  show, 
prove. 

firme,  [adv.  of  firmus],  firmly, 
steadily,  strongly. 

firmiter,  [adv.  of  firmus ],  firmly, 
steadily,  strongly.  (This  form  and 
fir  me  are  about  equally  com- 
mon.) 

firmus,  -a,  -um,  [root  meaning 
support  +  mo-],  stable,  firm, 
steady,  strong;  hence,  steadfast, 
constant. 

Flaminius,  -a,  -um,  [  flame  n,  a 
kind  of  priest  (^  flag,  blaze  + 
min-)  +  i°-]>  the  name  of  a  Ro- 
man gens.  —  C.  Flaminius 
Nepos,  the  consul  who  -was  con- 
quered and  killed  by  Hannibal  at 
the  battle  of  Lake  Trasumennus 
in  217  B.  c. 

flamma,  -ae.  [for  flagma  (^  flag, 
blaze  +  ma-)],  f.,  a  blaze,  flame. 

flebilis,  -e,  [stem  of  flere  and  the 
made-up  ending  bilis  (i.  e.,  after 
the  pattern  of  hab-i-lis)],  worthy 
to  be  wept  for,  lamentable;  also, 
tearful,  weeping. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


293 


flere,  -eo,  flevi,  fletus,  [?],  to 
weep  or  weep  for  (the  intrans.  use 
is  much  more  common). 

florere,  -eo,  florui,  [denom.  from 
flos],  to  bloom,  flower  ;  hence,  to 
be  prosperous,  flourish. 

florescere,  -6,  [incept,  (cf.  ado- 
lescere)  of  florere],  to  begin  to 
flower  or  bloom  ;  hence,  to  begin  to 
prosper  or  flourish. 

fluctuari,  -or,  -at  us,  [denom. 
from  fluctus],  to  move  in  waves, 
to  undulate;  hence,  to  be  restless; 
to  be  uncertain,  waver,  fluctuate. 

fluctus,  -us,  [yf  flu(g)  of  fluere 
-f-  tu-J,  m.,  a  flowing ;  hence,  a 
wave,  billow;  commotion,  disturb- 
ance. 

fluere,  -6,  fluxi,  fluxus,  [yf 
flu(g)],  to  flow ;  hence,  to  spring 
or  come  forth. 

flumen,  st.  fliimin-,  [^  flu(g)  + 
rnin-],  n.,  a  flowing;  hence,  a 
stream,  river.  —  See,  also,  arnnis. 

fluvius,  -I,  pfluv0/!  (y  flu(g)  + 
vo-)  -{-  io-],  m.,  a  river  (not  so 
much  used  as  flumen). 

foculus,  -I,  [foc%+ lo-(dim.)], 
m.,  a  little  hearth,  aflre-pan. 


fodere,-io,  fodi,  fossus,  [?],  to 

dig  ;  hence,  to  pierce,  stab. 
foedus,  st.  feeder-,  [root  in  fides 

and  fidere  +  er-],  n.,  a  treaty, 

compact,  agreement. 
folium,  -I,  [?],  n.,  a  leaf. 
fons,  st.  font(i)-,  [?],  m.,  a  spring; 

a  fountain;  hence,  source,  origin. 
for  as,  [ace.  plu.  of  *fora,  door  (cf. 

fores),  used  as  adv.],  out  of  doors, 


outside  (used  with  words  which 
express  or  imply  motion). 

fore,  fut.  infin.  of  esse. 

forem,  fores,  etc.,  old  forms  of 
sub  June,  imperf.  of  esse. 

forma,  -ae,  [same  root  as  in  fir- 
mus  -f-  ma-],  stability,  flgure, 
shape,  form;  hence,  beauty;  a 
pattern,  image ;  sort,  kind. 

formido,  st.  formidin-,  [?],  f., 
fear,  terror. 

formosus,  -a,  -um,  [form(a)-  -f 
6so-],  beautiful,  handsome. 

fortasse;  [formed  obscurely  from 
forte,  by  chance],  adv.,  perhaps. 

forte,  [abl.  of  fors,  chance,  .used  as 
adv.],  by  chance,  accidentally. 

fortis,  -e,  [root  infirmus  +  ti-], 
strong;  steadfast,  brave. 

fortiter,  [adv.  of  fortis],  bravely, 
with  fortitude. 

fortitude,  st.  fortitudin-,  [for- 
tis and  the  made-up  ending  -tu- 
do  (i.  e.,  as  if  through  a  stem  in 
tu-,  cf.  habitus,  habitude)], 
f.,  bravery,  fortitude,  endurance. 

fortuna,  -ae,  [root  of  ferre  and 
fors,  with  suffix  na-,  as  if  through 
a  stem  in  tu-],  f .,  chance,  luck  ;  es- 
pecially, good  fortune,  prosperity  ; 
also,  circumstances,  lot,  condition. 

fortunatus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  for- 
tunare  (denom.  from  fortuna) 
used  as  adj.],  lucky,  prosperous, 
happy,  fortunate. 

forum,  -I,  [same  root  as  fores, 
door],  n.,  an  outside  place,  a  public 
place,  a  market-place,  forum;  es- 
pecially, the  chief  forum  at  Borne 
(between  the  Palatine  and  Capito- 
line  hills). 

fossa,  -ae,  [p.  p.  of  fodere,  to  dig, 
used  as  a  noun],  f.,  a  ditch,  trench. 

fragmentum,  -T,  [^  frag,  to  break 


294 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


+  mento-  (i.  e.  min-  +  to-)], 
n.,  a  broken  piece,  a  fragment. 

fragor,  st.  fragor-,  [v  frag  -f 
or-],  m.,  a  breaking;  hence,  a 
crash,  noise. 

frangere,  -6,  fregi,  fractus,  [y/ 
frag],  to  break,  dash  to  pieces; 
hence,  to  break  down,  subdue. 

frater,  st.  fratr-,  [same  root  as 
ferre],  m.,  a  brother. 

fraternus,  -a,  -um,  [fratr-  -f- 
no-  (with  e  inserted  for  ease  of 
pronunciation)],  of  a  brother, 
brotherly,  fraternal. 

fraudare,  -6  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  fraus],  to  cheat,  de- 
ceive, defraud. 

fraus,  st.  fraud-,  [?],  f.,  cheating, 
deceit,  fraud;  a  mistake,  error; 
damage,  harm;  offence,  crime. 

fremere,  -6,  -ui,  -itus,  to  growl; 
hence,  to  murmur  or  murmur  at, 
grumble  or  grumble  at  (both  in- 
transitive and  transitive).  Also, 
stronger,  to  howl,  roar. 

frenum,  -I,  [same  root  as  ferre, 
firmus,  etc.  +  no-],  n.,  a  hold, 
support ;  hence,  a  bridle,  bit.  —  Plu- 
ral generally  freni,  -orum,  m., 
reins. 


frequentare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[denom.  from  frequens  (same 
root  as  farcire,  to  stuff)],  to 
crowd,  JUl ;  to  visit  often,  frequent  ; 
to  do  often. 

fretus,  -a,  -um,  [same  root  as  ferre 


+  to-],  supported;  hence,  trust- 
ing to,  relying  on.  (The  person 
or  thing  that  one  relies  upon  is 
expressed  by  an  ABLATIVE.) 

frigidus,  -a,  -um,  [*frig°/i  (y/frlg 
+  o-)  + .do-],  cold. 

frigus,  st,  f  rigor-,  [y/  frig  -f  or-], 
n.,  cold. 

fructus,  -us,  [y/  frug  +  tu-], 
m.,  an  enjoying ;  hence,  proceeds, 
profit,  fruit. 

irui,  -or,  fructus,  [^  frug], 
to  use  and  get  the  benefit  of;  to  en- 
joy- J 

frumentum,  -I,  [J  fru(g)  + 
mento-  (i.e.  min- +  to-)],  n., 
the  means  of  enjoying  life ;  hence 
the  usual  meaning,  grain,  corn. 

f rustra,  [probably  a  case  form  from 
same  root  as  fraus,  used  as  adv.], 
in  error ;  hence,  in  vain,  to  no  pur- 
pose. 

frustrari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  f  rustra],  to  deceive,  disap- 
point, frustrate. 

Fuffetius,  an  Alban  name.  — 
Mettius  Fuffetius,  the  Alban 
leader,  who,  for  having  led  off  his 
men  from  the  Roman  side  in  the 
battle  against  Veil  and  Fidenae 
in  the  reign  of  Tullus  Hostilius, 
was  torn  to  pieces  by  chariots 
driven  in  different  directions. 

fuga,  -ae,  [yf  fug  +  a-],  i.,flight ; 
hence,  exile. 

fugare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  fuga],  to  put  to  flight. 

fugax,  st.  fugac-,  [fuga-  +  c(o)-], 
inclined  to  flee  ;  hence,  fleet ;  fleet- 
ing, transitory.  (Rare  in  classic 
prose.) 

fugere,  -io,  fugl,  [y/  fug],  to  flee, 
run  away  ;  hence,  to  go  into  exile. 

fulmen,  fulmin-,    [^    ful(g)  -f 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


295 


min-],  n.,  a  flash  of  lightning  that 
strikes,  a  thunder-bolt. 

funale,  [neut.  of  funalis  (funis, 
rope,  and  the  made-up  ending  alls, 
like  natura-lis)  used  as  noun], 
n.,  a  cord,  thong,  but  more  com- 
monly, a  wax  torch. 

fundere,  -o,  fudi,  fusus,  [^  fud], 
to  pour,  pour  out ;  hence,  to  spread, 
scatter  ;  to  overthrow,  rout. 

fundus,  -i,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
bottom],  m.,  the  bottom;  hence, 
real  estate  (especially  in  the  coun- 
try), a  farm  or  villa. 

fungi,  -or,  functus,  [?],  to  busy 
one's  self  with,  do,  perform. 

Furculae,  -arum,  [furca,  a  fork 
-f  la-  (dim.)],  f.  —  Furculae 
Caudinae,  a  double  (i.  e.,  fork- 
like)  pass,  near  Caudium,  on  the 
southwestern  boundary  of  Sam- 
nium,  where  the  Samnites  captured 
the  Roman  army  in  321  B.  c. 

furtum,  -I,  [fur,  thief  +  to-],  n., 
a  theft. 

futurus,  -a,  -um,  future  part,  of 
esse. 

G. 

Gaius,  -I,  [?],  m.,  (abbreviation  C.), 
a  Roman  praenomen :  for  ex- 
ample, Gaius  lulius  Caesar. 

Gallia,  -ae,  [Gallo-  +  ia-],  f.,  the 
country  of  the  Gauls,  Gaul  (roughly 
corresponding  to  modern  France, 
but  including  also  Belgium,  part 
of  Germany  and  Switzerland,  and 
Italy  north  of  the  Apennines). 

Gallicus,  -a,  -um,  [Gall^-f-co-], 
o/or  belonging  to  the  Gauls,  Gallic. 

gallma,  -ae,  [gallus,  a  cock,  and 
na-,  as  if  through  an  i-stem ;  cf . 
regina)],  f.,  a  hen. 

Gallus,  -a,  -urn,  Gallic.  —  Chiefly 


used  as  noun,  Gallus,  -I,  m.,  a 
Gaul 

gaudere,  -eo,  gavisus,  to  be  glad, 
rejoice. 

gaudium,  -i,  [root  in  gaudere  + 
io-],  \\.,joy,  gladness. 

gemere,  -6,  -ui,  -itus,  to  sigh  or 
groan ;  hence,  to  bewail,  lament  over 
(both  intransitive  and  transitive). 

geminus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  double, 
paired.  —  n.,  gemini,  -orum, 
twins. 

gemitus,  -us,  [root  in  gemere  -f 
tu-,  as  if  through  *gem°/i],  m., 
a  groaning,  groan,  lament. 

gemmatus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of 
gemmare  (denom.  from  gem- 
ma, bud,  then  gem)  used  as  adj.], 
studded  or  adorned  with  gems. 

gena,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  cheek*. 

gener,  -eri,  [?],  m.,  a  son-in-law. 

generosus,  -a,  -um,  [gener- 
(^  gen  +  er-)  +  6s o-],  of  good 
birth,  noble;  hence,  high-minded, 
generous. 

genitus,  see  gigiiere. 

genius,  -i,  [y'gen  +  io-],  m., 
guardian  spirit. 

ggns,  st.  gent(i)-,  [^  gen  +  ti-], 
f.,  the  people  connected  by  birth,  a 
race,  nation ;  family  (in  the  broader 
sense,  i.  e.,  including  the  different 
branches  of  the  descendants  of  a 
common  ancestor ;  while  f  amilia 
is  family  in  the  narrower  sense, 
i.  e.,  including  only  the  children  of 
an  individual  man,  with  their  fa- 
ther and  mother). 

genu,  -us,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
knee],  n.,  a  knee. 

genus,  st.  gener-,  [yf  gen  +  er-], 
n.,  birth;  hence,  descent,  origin;  a 
race,  stock  ;  a  class,  sort,  kind. 

gerere,  -6,  gessi,  gestus,fo  carry 


290 


LATCH-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


about;  hence,  to  bear;  to  wear; 
to  show  (a  feeling,  etc.)  ;  to  carry 
on,  manage,  do;  to  wage  (war).  — 
se  gerere,  to  behave,  act  (in  some 
special  fashion). 

Germania,  -ae,  [Germano-  + 
i5],  f.,  the  country  of  the  Germans, 
Germany  (corresponding  roughly 
with  the  modern  Germany,  but 
including  also  Bohemia  and  part 
of  Hungary). 

Germanus,  -a,  -um,  German. — 
More  common  as  a  noun,  Germa- 
nus. -I,  m.,  a  German. 

Geryon,  -onis.  [Gr.  proper  name 
Tjipvtay],  m..  a  three-bodied  king 
of  Spain,  according  to  the  legend, 
who  owned  some  marvellously  fine 
oxen,  which  it  was  one  of  the 
twelve  labors  of  Hercules  to  steal. 

gestare.  -6.  -avi.  -atus,  [frequent, 
of  gerere],  to  carry  about,  wear, 
(rare  in  classic  prose). 

gignere,  -6.  genui.  genitus. 
[y'  gen,  reduplicated  in  pres. 
(gignere  for  gigenere)],  to  be- 
get, produce*  cause  ;  hence,  in  pass., 
to  be  born,  to  spring  up. 


gladiator,  st  gladiator-,  [from 


gladius  with  the  suffix  tor-,  as 
if  through  *gladiare],  m.,  one 
who  Jights  with  a  sword ,  but  con- 
fined to  the  meaning  gladiator 
(fighter  in  the  public  games), 
gladiolus.  -I.  [gladio-  +  lo- 
(dim.)],  m.,  a  little  sword. 


gladius,  -I,  [?],  m.,  a  sword. 

gloria,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  glory,  fame  ; 
vainglory,  boasting. 

gloriabundus.  -a.  -um.  [glo- 
ria- 4-  bundo-].  glorying,  re- 
joicing (late  and  very  rare  word). 

gloriari.  -or,  -atus.  [denom.  from 
gloria],  to  glory  in  ;  especially,  to 
boast,  brag  of.  (The  thing  boasted 
of  is  expressed  by  the  ABLATIVE, 
alone  or  with  de  or  in.) 

gloriosus,  -a,  -um,  [gloria- -)- 
6so-],  full  of  glory,  renowned, 
glorious  ;  boastful,  conceited. 

Gnaeus,  -I.  (abbreviation  Cn. ).  m., 
a  Roman  praenomen  ;  for  ex- 
ample. Gnaeus  Pompeius. 

Gracchanus.  -a,  -um,  [Grac- 
cho-  -j-  the  made-up  ending  anus 
(i.  e.  after  the  pattern  of  Roma- 
-nus)],  of  or  belonging  to  Grac- 
chus. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


297 


Gracchus,-!,  m.,  a  Roman  surname 
(cognomen)  in  the  gens  Sem- 
pronia.  —  Ti.  Sempronius 
Gracchus,  and  C.  Sempro- 
nius Gracchus,  the  two  fa- 
mous tribunes  of  the  commons 
whose  revolutionary  efforts  at  re- 
form caused  their  deaths  in  133 
B.  c.  and  121  B.  c.,  respectively. 
They  were  sons  of  Cornelia,  the 
daughter  of  the  elder  Scipio  Af  ri- 
canus,  and  were  the  "  jewels  "  of 
the  famous  anecdote. 

gradi,  -ior,  gressus,  [y'grad],  to 
step,  walk,  go. 

gradus,  -us,  [yf  grad  +  u-],  m.,  a 
step, pace;  hence,  a  degree;  a  sta- 
tion, position. 

Graecia,  -ae,  [Graeco-  -(-  ia-],  f ., 
the  country  of  the  Greeks,  Greece. 

Graecus,  -a,  -urn,  [Gr.  proper 
name,  rpaiic6s~\,  Greek,  and  as  a 
noun,  a  Greek. 

grassari,  -or,  -atus,  [frequent, 
from  gradi],  to  go  about  much; 
hence,  to  go  about  doing  some- 
thing, and  especially,  to  act  vio- 
lently, to  rage. 

gratia,  -ae,  [grato-  +  ia-],  f., 
favor,  liking,  esteem;  hence,  in- 
fluence ;  gratitude,  requital ;  thanks 
(used  in  sing,  with  deb  ere,  to  owe, 
habere,  to  feel,  and  referre,  to 
express  thanks  or  gratitude  [by 
deeds]  fin  the  plural  with  agere, 
to  express  or  return  thanks  [by 
words]). — Hence,  gratiis,  abl. 
pi.,  for  nothing,  gratuitously. 

gratulari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from*gratulus  (grat°/u-f  lo-)], 
to  show  approval,  to  wish  one  joy,  to 
congratulate. 

gratus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  pleasant,  ac- 
ceptable ;  thankful,  grateful. 


gravari,  -or,'  -atus,  [denom.  from 
gravis],  to  take  hard,  do  unwill- 
ingly, disdain. 

gravis,  -e,  [root  meaning  heavy  + 
U-  and  then  passing  into  third 
declension],  heavy,  burdensome ; 
hence,  hard,  painful ;  weighty,  of 
sound  judgment,  influential. 

graviter,  [adverb  of  gravis], 
heavily,  but  much  more  commonly, 
strongly,  violently ;  disagreeably, 
or  weightily,  impressively. 

grex,  st.  greg-,  [?],  m.,  a  herd  or 
flock. 

grus,  st.  gru-,  [?],  f.,  a  crane. 

gustare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  gust  us,  -us  (same  word  as 
Eng.  choose)],  to  take  a  little  of, 
taste;  hence,  to  partake,  enjoy. 

H. 

habena,  -ae,  [from  root  of  ha- 
bere (as  if  through  a  noun  stem 
in  e-)+na-],  f.,  a  thong,  rein 
(as  that  which  holds  and  checks). 

habere,  -eo,  -ui,-itus,  [?],  to  have 
or  hold. 

habitare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [freq. 
from  habere],  to  have  or  hold 
often ;  hence,  to  possess,  inhabit, 
and  more  commonly  intrans.  to 
dwell,  live,  stay  (somewhere). 

habitatio,  st.  habitation-,  [ha- 
bitat0/! (p.  p.  of  habitare)  + 
ion-],  a  having  held  often;  hence, 
an  inhabiting ;  a  dwelling  ;  habita- 
tion. 

habitudo,  st.  habitudin-,  [ha- 
bit u-  -f-  din-],  f.,  a  condition,  state 
(of  the  body).  Less  classical  than 
habitus. 

habitus,  -us,  [from  root  of  ha- 
bere -f-  tu-,  as  if  through  a  stem 


298 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


*hab°/i]?  m.,  a  condition,  state, 
aspect  (of  the  body)  ;  hence,  the 
quality,  character  (of  a  thing). 

Haedui.  -orum,  m.,  a  tribe  of 
Gauls  who  lived  west  and  north 
of  the  river  Saone  (Arar). 

haerere,  -eo,  haesl.  haesurus. 
[?],  to  holdfast  or  cling  to;  hence, 
to  be  fixed  in ;  to  be  at  a  loss,  hesi- 
tate. 

Hamilcar,  -is,  m.,  a  Carthaginian 
name.  —  Hamilcar  Barca.  the 
father  of  Hannibal. 

Hannibal,  -is,  m.,  a  Carthaginian 
name.  The  most  famous  is  the 
leader  of  the  Second  Punic  War 
against  the  Romans  (218-201 
B.  c.). 

harena,  -ae,  [a  root  meaning 
gleam  +  nil-,  as  if  through  an 
e-stem],  f.,  sand. 

hariolatio,  st,  hariolation-, 
[hariolat0/!  (p.  p.  of  hario- 
lari,  denom.  from  hariolus. 
soothsayer,  from  root  meaning  vein, 
entrails)  +  ion-],  f.,  a  having  ex- 
amined the  entrails;  hence,  a  sooth- 
saying, prophesying. 

Hasdrubal,  -is,  m.,  a  Carthaginian 
name.  One  of  the  most  famous 
was  the  brother  of  the  great  Han- 
nibal, killed  at  the  battle  of  the 
Metaurus  in  207  B.  c. 

hasta,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  spear,  lance. 


hastlle,  st.  hastlli-,  [neut.  of  an 
adj.  formed  from  hasta  after  the 
pattern  of  Civilis  (civi-  +  li-), 
used  as  a  noun],  n..  the  shaft  of  a 


spear  (in  poetry  used  also  of  the 
spear  itself). 

baud,  [?],  adv.,  not  (used  mostly 
with  single  words,  especially  with 
adjs.  and  advs.) . 

Hellespontus,  -I,  [Greek  proper 
name,  'EAA^anwros],  m.,  the  Hel- 
lespont, i.  e.  the  strait  (now  known 
as  the  Dardanelles)  connecting  the 
Aegean  Sea  with  the  Propontis. 

Helvetia,  -ae,  [feminine  singular 
from  Helvetil].  f.,  Helvetia,  the 
country  of  the  Helvetians  (a  tribe 
in  southeastern  Gaul  occupying 
part  of  what  is  now  Switzerland). 

Helvetil,  -orum.  m.,  the  Helve- 
tians (see  above).  —  Hence,  Hel- 
vetius,  -a,  -um,  Helvetian. 

herba.  -ae,  [a  root  meaning  to 
nourish  -j-  a-],  f.,  vegetation,  and 
especially  grass  or  herbs. 

herbidus,  -a,  -um,  [herb0/!  + 
do-],  grassy  (more  classical  than 
herbaceus). 

Hercules,  -is,  [Gr.  proper  name. 
'ttpaK\TJs,  latinized],  m.,  the  son  of 
Jupiter  and  Alcmena  ;  famed  for 
his  twelve  labors  in  the  service  of 
Eurystheus  of  Tiryns.  in  Argolis, 
for  which  he  was  received  into 
heaven,  and  became  the  god  of 
strength  and  riches. 

hgreditas,  st.  hereditat-.  [he- 
rgd-  +  -tat  with  i  inserted  after 
the  analogy  of  vowel  stems],  f., 
heirship ;  hence,  an  inheritance, 
legacy. 

Herennius,  -I,  m.,  the  father  of 
the  Samnite  leader  Pontius  The- 
lesinus,  who  captured  the  Roman 
army  at  the  Caudine  Forks. 

her!  (here  also  occurs),  [loc.  case 
form  used  as  adv.  +  same  root  as 
Eng.  pester  (day)],  yesterday. 


UNIVERSITY 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


( 


Hibernia,  -ae,  f.,  Ireland. 

Hiberus,  -I,  m.,  the  river  Ebro 
(which  flows  southeast  through 
the  northeastern  part  of  Spain  into 
the  Mediterranean). 

hie,  haec,  hoc,  [pronoun  stem  hi- 
+  demonst.  suffix  ce],  this,  he, 
(she,  it),  pi.  these,  they. 

hie,  [loc.  case  of  hie,  haec,  hoc, 
used  as  adv.],  here;  then  also,  at 
this  point,  now  ;  under  these  circum- 
stances. 

hiemps,  st.  hiem-,  [?],  f.,  winter. 

Hiero,  -onis,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
'lepwi/J,  m.,  the  name  of  several 
rulers  at  Syracuse  in  Sicily.  One 
of  the  best  known  lived  at  the 
time  of  the  Second  Punic  War  and 
was  friendly  to  the  Romans. 

hinc,  [case  form  of  hie  used  as 
adv.],  from  here,  hence;  hence,  on 
this  side;  from  this  quarter.  — 
hinc  .  .  .  hinc,  on  this  side  .  .  . 
on  that  side,  on  one  side  .  .  .  on  the 
other. 

Hispania,-ae,  [Hispano-  +  ia-], 
f.,  the  country  of  the  Spaniards, 
Spain  (including  also  the  modern 
Portugal). 

hoc,  [abl.  of  hie],  by  this  much,  the 
(used,  like  eo,  with  a  compara- 
tive, but  more  emphatic). 

ho  die,  [ho  (abl.  of  hie  without 
the  suffix)  -(-  die],  adv.  phrase,  on 
this  day,  to-day;  hence,  in  these 
days,  now. 

hodiernus,  -a,  -um,  [obscure  for- 
mation from  hodie],  of  to-day, 
to-day's;  hence,  modern. 

Homerus,  -I,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
"OfjLflpos],  m.,  the  famous  Greek  epic 
poet,  Homer. 

homo,  st.  homin-,  [?],  m.,  a  human 
being,  man  (while  vir  denotes  a 


man  as  distinguished  from  a  wo- 
man or  a  child). 

honestas,  st.  honestat-,[hones- 
(stem  of  honor  weakened)  -f- 
tat-],  f.,  respectability,  considera- 
tion ;  also,  honorableness ;  and  in 
philosophical  language,  virtue, 
right. 

honestus,  -a,  -um,  [hones-  (see 
above)  -f-  to-],  regarded  with  con- 
sideration, respectable,  honored,  hon- 
orable ;  in  philosophical  language, 
virtuous,  right. 

honor,  st.  honor-,  [?],  m.,  honor, 
reputation;  hence,  especially,  a 
public  office.  —  honoris  causa, 
out  of  respect. 

hoiiorare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  honor],  to  show  honor  to,  to 
honor ;  hence,  to  adorn. 

honos,  an  older  form  for  honor. 

hora,  -ae,  [Gr.  word  8>pa],  f.,  sea- 
son; but  chiefly  confined  to  the 
meaning,  hour ;  also,  in  poetry, 
time,  a  space  of  time. 

Horatius,  -a,  -um,  a  Roman  gen- 
tile name.  —  Horatius  Codes, 
the  captain  of  the  bridge  who  de- 
fended it  alone  against  the  Etrus- 
cans under  King  Porsena.  —  Q. 
Horatius  Flaccus,  the  cele- 
brated lyric  poet,  friend  of  the  em- 
peror Augustus.  —  In  the  plural, 
Horatii,  the  three  brothers  who 
won  the  supremacy  for  Rome  ^ 
defeating  the  three  Albans  ( C  \: 
riatii),  in  the  time  of  Tulluo 
Hostilius. 

horrere,  -eo,  -ui,  [?],  to  bristle  up, 
stand  on  end ;  hence,  to  shudder, 
be  frightened,  or,  transitively,  to 
shudder  at. 

horridus,  -a,  -um,  [*horr°/i  (root 
of  horrere  +  o-)  +  do-],  bris- 


300 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


tly  ;  hence,  rough  ;  rude,  savage ; 
sometimes  also  for  horribilis, 
dreadful,  horrid. 

horror,  st.  horror-,  [same  root  as 
horrere  +  or-],  m.,  a  bristling 
up;  hence,  a  shuddering,  fear, 
dread  ;  also,  a  shivering,  chill. 

hortari,  -or,  -atus,  [frequent,  of 
*hori],  to  urge,  encourage,  exhort. 

hospes,  st.  hospit-,  [?],m.,  a  host 
or  guest ;  a  stranger. 

hospita,  -ae,  [hospit-  +  a-],  f., 
a  female  guest  or  a  hostess. 

hospitium,  -I,  [hospit- -fio-], 
n.,  guest -friendship,  hospitality  ; 
hence,  a  guest-chamber  ;  an  inn. 

hostia,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  an  animal  for 
sacrifice,  a  victim. 

hostnis,  -e,  [hosti-  +  li-],  o/or 
belonging  to  an  enemy,  hostile. 

hostis,  st.  hosti-,  [?],  c.,  a  stranger, 
an  enemy,  foe  (denoting  an  enemy 
of  the  state  or  country,  while  in- 
imicus  denotes  a  personal  ene- 
my). 

hue,  [case  form  of  hie  varied]. 
hither,  here.  — adde  hue.  add  to 
this  =  besides.  —  So  also  hue  ac- 
cedit,  there  is  added  to  this,  be- 
sides. 

huiuscemodl.  [huiusce  (gen.  of 
hie,  with  suffix  ce)  -f  modi 
(gen.  of  modus],  of  this  sort. 

humanus,  -a,  -um,  [same  root  as 
homo],  belonging  to  a  human  be- 
ing, human;  hence, ge ntle.huma ne ; 
educated,  refined;  natural  (as  op- 
posed to  supernatural). 

humilis,  -e,  [hum°/i  +  li-],  of  the 
ground;  hence,  low,  short;  humble, 
obscure;  cringing,  abject. 

humus,  -I,  [^  hum-fo-],  f,  the 
ground,  the  earth.  —  Loc.  humi,  on 
the  ground. 


I. 

iacere,  -eo.  -ui.  [?],  to  lie;  hence, 
to  be  overcome,  be  ruined,  be  sick, 
lie  dead. 

iaculum,  -I,  [*iac%  (root  of 
iacere,  to  throw  +  o-)  +  lo-], 
n.,  a  javelin,  dart. 

iam,  [ace.  of  pron.  stem],  now,  al- 
ready (viewing  the  present  mo- 
ment not  in  itself  like  nunc,  but 
as  a  point  in  a  series).  —  iam 
vero.  furthermore. 

laniculum,  -I,  [lanus  (the  god 
Janus)  and  lo-  as  if  through  a 
stem  in  CO-],  n.,  a  hill  on  the  right 
bank  of  the  Tiber,  afterwards 
made  a  part  of  the  city  of  Rome 
(now  Monte  Gianicolo,  a  little 
southeast  of  St.  Peter's). 

Iberus,  another  spelling  forHibe- 
rus. 

ibi,  [case  form  of  is,  used  as  adv.], 
there;  hence,  under  those  circum- 
stances; sometimes,  especially  in 
Livy,  used  of  time,  then,  thereupon. 

ibidem,  [from  ibi,  like  idem 
from  is],  adv.,  in  the  same  place. 

icere,  -6,  Id,  ictus,  [y/  Ic],  to 
strike;  foedus  icere.  to  strike 
a  treaty  (as  in  Eng.). 

idem,  eadem,  idem,  [is  -f  dem 
(case  form  of  same  stem  as  dum)], 
pron.,  the  same. 

identidem,  [idem  -f  idem], 
adv.,  the  same  over  again  ;  and 
hence,  again  and  again,  often. 

ideo,  [id  +  eo],  on  that  account, 
therefore. 

idol  on.  -i,  [Gr.  word.  cfSwAov],  n., 
an  image,  spectre,  ghost. 

idoneus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  fit,  suita- 
ble, proper. 

igitur,    [?],    then,    therefore,    (less 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


301 


strong  than  itaque,  and  regular- 
ly standing  second  in  its  clause). 

ignarus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.,  + 
gnarus  (root  in  (g)noscere  + 
ro-)],  not  knowing,  ignorant,  un- 
aware. 

ignavia,  -ae,  [ignavo  +  i*-]>  f-> 
slothfulness,  idleness,  and,  espe- 
cially, cowardice. 

ignavos,  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um), 
[in,  neg.  +  (g)navos  (root  in 
(g)noscere  +  vo-)],  incapable 
of  doing  intelligently ;  hence,  sloth- 
ful, idle,  and,  especially,  cowardly. 

ignis,  st.  igni-,  [?],  m.,fire. 

ignorare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  ignarus],  not  to  know, 
to  be  unaware,  be  ignorant  of. 

ignoscere,  -6,  ignovi,  igno- 
tum,  [in,  neg.  -f-  (g)noscere], 
to  refuse  to  know ;  hence,  to  par- 
don, excuse. 

ignotus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  igno- 
scere (in,  neg.  +  (g)noscere), 
used  as  adj.],  not  known,  unknown. 

ilico,  [for  in  loco],  adv.,  on  the 
spot ;  hence,  immediately,  instantly. 

ille,  ilia,  illud,  [?],  that,  he  (she, 
it) ;  plur.  those,  they. 

illuc,  [case  form  of  illic],  thither, 
there. 

Ilvates,  -ium,  m.,  a  Gallic  tribe 
of  whom  little  but  the  name  is 
known. 

imago,  st.imagin-,  [?],  f.,  a  like- 
ness, copy,  image. 

imbellia,  -ae,  see  inbellia. 

immanis,  -e,  [?],  monstrous,  enor- 
mous, vast;  hence,  fierce,  savage, 
inhuman. 

immemor,  st.  immemor-,  [in, 
neg.  +  memor  (^  mem  + 
or-)],  unmindful,  forgetful. 

immensus,  see  inmensus. 


imminere,  -eo,  (not  used  in  other 
stems),  [in  -f  minere],  to  jut 
into  or  towards;  hence,  to  over- 
hang, but  more  commonly,  in  the 
metaphorical  sense,  to  hang  over, 
threaten  (intransitive). 

immitis,  -e,  [in,  neg.  +  mitis], 
not  soft ;  hence,  hard,  rough  ;  stern, 
severe  ;  fierce. 

Imm5,  [?],  adv.,  on  the  contrary; 
hence,  according  to  circumstances, 
nay  or  yea  verily. 

immolare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [in  + 
*molare  (denom.  from  mola)], 
to  sprinkle  sacrificial  meal  upon ; 
hence,  to  bring  an  offering,  offer, 
sacrifice. 

immortalis,  see  inmortalis. 

impatiens,  see  inpatiens. 

impedire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itus,  [made 
from  the  stem  of  pes  and  the 
prep,  in  as  if  through  a  denom. 
*pedire],  to  entangle  the  foot; 
hence,  to  ensnare,  hamper,  hinder ; 
to  obstruct,  check. 

impendium,  see  inpendium. 

impensus,  see  inpensus. 

imperare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [in  + 
par  are],  to  enjoin  upon,  to  com- 
mand; to  rule.  (The  thing  com- 
manded may  be  expressed  by  an 
ACCUSATIVE  or  by  a  subjunctive 
clause  with  ut  or  ne  ;  the  person 
commanded  and  the  person  or 
thing  ruled  are  expressed  by  the 

DATIVE.) 

imperator,  st.  imperator-,  [im- 
pera-  -f-  *or-]>  m-?  a  commander, 
general,  especially  the  commander- 
in-chief;  in  imperial  Latin,  em- 
peror. 

imperium,  -T,  [imper-  treated  as 
stem  +  io-]>  n.,  a  commanding ; 
hence,  authority,  power  (especially 


302 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


the  power  of  a  commander-in- 
chief ,  as  a  consul,  or  of  a  ruler,  or 
government). 

impetrare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [in 
-f-  patrare],  to  get  by  asking,  to 
obtain;  to  accomplish. 

impetus,  -us,  [impet  (gathered 
from  impetere,  in  +  petere, 
and  treated  as  stem)  -f-  U-],  m., 
a  setting  upon,  an  attack,  assault ; 
hence,  violence,  impetuosity. 

implacabilis,  -e,  [in,  neg.  + 
placabilis  (from  placare  and 
the  made-up  ending  -bilis,  after 
the  pattern  of  habilis)],  not  to 
be  appeased  ;  implacable.  (A  rare 
•word.) 

implicare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  (and 
less  commonly,  -ui,  -itus),  [in 
+  plicare],  to  fold  into;  hence, 
to  enfold,  entangle ;  and  especially, 
in  the  passive,  to  be  involved  or  in- 
terested in,  associated  ivith. 

importare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [in  + 
portare],  to  bring  in,  import;  to 
introduce. 

improvisus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg. 
-f-  provisus  (p.  p.  of  provi- 
ders, pro  -f  videre)],  unfore- 
seen, unexpected,  sudden. 

imprudenter,  [adv.  of  imprii- 
dens,  in,  neg.  +  prudens  (con- 
tracted for  providens,  the  pr. 
p.  of  providere,  pro  -f-  vi- 
dere,  and  taking  a  slightly  dif- 
ferent meaning  in  the  contracted 
form)],  unwittingly,  imprudently. 

imus,  see  mferus. 

in>  [?]?  prep,  with  ace.  or  abl.,  into, 
in,  on.  —  PLACE,  (with  ace.  into)  in 
urbem  ire,  to  go  into  the  city ; 
(with  abl.  in,  on)  in  nostris 
castrls,  in  our  camp ;  in  solid 
sedere,  to  be  sitting  on  a  throne.  — 


|  TIME,  in  perpetuum,  forever; 
in  dies,  from  day  to  day;  in 
0111111  aetate,  in  every  period  of 
life.  —  METAPHOR,  in  hostem 
pugnare,  to  Jight  against  the  ene- 
my;  in  liberos  nostros  in- 
dulgentia,  indulgence  towards 
our  children;  in  equo,  on  horse- 
back;  in  animo  habere,  to 
have  in  mind ;  in  SUis,  among  his 
friends;  in  illo,  in  his  care ;  in 
servilem  modum,  after  the 
fashion  of  slaves ;  in  earnsen- 
tentiam,  to  this  purport. 

inaestimabilis,  -e,  [in,  neg.  -f 
aestimabilis  (aestima  -f-  bi- 
lis, cf.  habilis)],  incapable  of  be- 
ing valued,  invaluable,  inestimable. 

inanis,  -e,  [?],  empty ;  hence,  vain, 
worthless. 

inauditus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
auditus  (p.  p.  of  audire)],  un- 
heard of;  hence,  new,  strange. 

inaugurare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [in 
+  augurare  (denom.  from  au- 
gur)], to  take  omens  from  the  flight 
of  birds,  to  divine ;  hence,  to  con- 
secrate, inaugurate. 

inbellia,  -ae,  [inbelli  (in,  neg. 
+  bello-,  then  passing  into  the 
third  declension)  -f-  ia-],f.,  disin- 
clination or  unfitness  for  war  (a 
rare  post-classical  word). 

incendere,  -6,  -cendi,  -census, 
[in  -j-  candere],  to  set  fire  to,  to 
kindle  ;  hence,  to  burn  (transitive) ; 
to  rouse,  incite  ;  to  irritate. 

incendium,  -I,  [incend  (gath- 
ered from  incendere,  and  treat- 
ed as  stem)  +  io-],  n.,  a  setting 
fire  to ;  hence,  a  fire,  conflagra- 
tion ;  heat,  vehemence. 

inceptum,  -i,  [p.  p.  of  incipere 
(in  +  capere),  used  as  noun], 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


303 


n.,  a  beginning;  hence,  an  under- 
taking, attempt. 

incertus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
certus],  not  fixed ;  hence,  unset- 
tled, uncertain,  doubtful  (used  both 
of  a  person  hesitating1  from  doubt 
and  of  an  untrustworthy  person  or 
thing1). 

incidere,  -o,  incidi,  [in  +  ca- 
dere],to  fall  into  or  upon;  hence, 
to  Jail  in  with,  meet ;  to  occur  to 
one's  mind;  to  happen,  take  place. 

incipere,  -io,  -cepi,  -ceptus, 
[in  +  capere],  to  seize  upon; 
hence,  to  take  hold  of,  begin,  under- 
take; also  sometimes  intrans.,  to 
begin.  (In  classical  prose  used 
only  in  the  tenses  from  the  pres- 
ent stem.) 

includere,  -6,  -clusi,  -cliisus, 
[in  -j-  claudere],  to  shut  in ; 
hence,  to  confine,  imprison ;  to  en- 
close, to  include. 

incognitus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg. 
-f  cognitus  (p.  p.  of  cogno- 
scere,  con  +  (g)noscere)], 
not  found  out ;  hence,  unknown. 

incola,  -ae,  [in  +  *cola  (^  col 
-f-  a-)],  m.,  one  who  tills  in ;  hence, 
a  resident,  inhabitant. 

incolere,  -6,  -colui,  [in  +  co- 
lere],  to  till  in;  hence,  to  dwell 
in,  inhabit. 

incolumis,  -e,  [?],  safe,  unharmed. 

incommodus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg. 
-f  commodus  (con  +  mo- 
dus)], not  of  suitable  measure; 
hence,  unsuitable,  inconvenient,  dis- 
advantageous. —  Hence,  as  noun, 
incommodum,  -I,  n.,  disadvan- 
tage, inconvenience,  trouble. 

incredibilis,  -e,  [in,  neg.  +  cre- 
dibilis  (from  credere,  after  the 
pattern  of  habilis,  from  ha- 


bere)],  incapable  of  being  be- 
lieved, incredible. 

increpare,  -o,  -ui,  -itus,  [in  + 
crepare],  to  rattle  or  rustle,  make 
a  noise ;  hence,  to  chide,  blame,  re- 
buke. 

increpitare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [fre- 
quent, from  increpare],  to  call 
out  to;  hence,  to  blame,  find  fault 
with. 

incumbere,  -6,  -cubui,  -cubi- 
tum,  [in  +  *cumbere  (^ 
cub)],  to  lie  upon,  recline  upon; 
hence,  to  bend  one's  efforts  to,  de- 
vote one's  self  to  ;  to  lean  towards. 

inde,  [«in  (loc.  of  is)  -f  de  (form 
from  root  of  -dem,  -dam,  dum, 
etc.)],  from  there,  thence;  from  that 
time  ;  thereafter,  then. 

indere,  -6,  -didi,  -ditus,  [in  + 
*dare,  to  put],  to  put  in,  into,  or 
on ;  hence,  to  attach  to,  assign  to. 

indicere,  -6,  -dixi,  -dictus,  [in 
-f-  dicere],  to  proclaim,  an- 
nounce; to  appoint  (a  place  of 
meeting) ;  to  declare  (war). 

Indicus,  -a,  -um,  [Ind0/!  +  co-], 
of  or  belonging  to  the  (East}  In- 
dians or  India  ;  Indian. 

indigere,  -eo,  -ui,  [in  (older  in- 
du)  +  egere],  to  need,  be  in 
want.  —  Hence,  p.  a.,  indigens, 
in  want  of,  needy. 

indignari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  indignus],  to  regard  as  un- 
worthy ;  hence,  to  be  angry  or  indig- 
nant at. 

indignitas,  st.  indignitat-,  [in- 
dign°/i+  tat-],  f.,  unworthiness ; 
hence,  unworthy  treatment,  indig- 
nity. 

indignus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
dignus],  not  worthy,  unworthy, 
undeserving ;  undeserved. 


304 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


inducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[in  +  diicere],  to  lead  in ;  hence, 
to  bring  in  ;  to  introduce ;  to  spread 
over;  to  influence,  and,  especially, 
to  mislead,  seduce.  —  animum,  or 
in  animum  inducere,  to  re- 
solve, determine. 

industria,  -ae.  [?],  f.,  activity,  in- 
dustry. —  de  industria  or  ex 
industria.  on  purpose. 

ineptiae,  -arum,  [inept°/i  (in, 
neg.  -f  aptus,  p.  p.  of  apere, 
to  Jit)  +  ia-],  f.,  doings  or  things 
not  Jit,  sillinesses,  absurdities. 

ineptus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  +  ap- 
tus (p.  p.  of  apere)],  not  Jit,  un- 
suitable, improper;  hence,  foolish, 
silly. 

inerrare,  -6,  (other  stems  not 
found),  [in  +  errare],  to  wander 
on  or  about  (not  used  in  classic 
prose). 

iners,  st.  inert-,  [in,  neg.  +  ars], 
without  skill,  unskilled ;  hence,  in- 
dolent, sluggish,  inert. 

inertia,  -ae,  [inert  (in,  neg.  + 
ars,  skill)  +  ia-],  i. ,  lack  of  skill; 
hence,  slothfnlness,  laziness. 

111  f  am  is,  -e,  [in,  neg.  -f  fama], 
of  bad  rejjute,  ill-famed,  infamous. 

infantia,  -ae,  [Infant-  (in,  neg. 
-f  fans,  the  pres.  p  of  fari,  to 
speak)  -\-  ia-],  f.,  lack  of  power  to 
speak ;  hence,  babyhood,  early  child- 
hood, infancy. 

Infectus.  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
factus  (p.  p.  of  facere)],  un- 
done, unfinished . 

infensus,  -a,  -um.  [p.  p.  of  *!n- 
fendere  (in  +  fendere)], 
thrust  against ;  hence,  hostile,  ad- 
verse. + 

inferior,  see  Inferus. 

mferre.  -fero.  -tull.  -latus.  [in 


-j-  ferre],  to  bring  in  or  upon  ; 
hence,  to  introduce,  caitse.  —  se  in- 
ferre.  to  betake  one's  self,  go  some- 
where. —  slgna  inf  erre,  to  make 
an  attack. 

Inferus.  -a,  -um,  [?],  below.  — 
Comp.  inferior,  lower,  inferior; 
superl.  infimus,  and  imus. — 
As  noun,  Infer!,  the  dwellers  in 
the  lower  world,  the  dead. 

infestus.  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
festus  (from  root  of  fendere)], 
not  defended;  hence,  unsafe,  un- 
quiet; hostile;  uncanny. 

Inficere,  -io,  -feel,  -fectus,  [in 
-\-  facere], to  do  into;  hence,  to 
stain,  dye;  to  corrupt,  infect. 

infimus,  see  Inferus. 

mfmltus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
flnltus  (p.  p.  of  finire,  denom. 
from  finis)],  not  ended,  not 
bounded ;  hence,  unlimited,  endless, 
infinite  ;  countless,  indefinite. 

Infitiarl,  -or,  -atus.  [denom.  from 
Infitiae  (old  word  from  in,  neg., 
and  root  of  faterl  and  fari)],  to 

.     make  denial,  to  deny,  disown. 

Inflare.  -6.  -avi,  -atum,  [in  + 
flare],  to  blow  into  or  upon ;  hence, 
to  puff  up. 

Influere,  -6,  -fluxl,  -fluxum,  [in 
+  fluere],  to  flow  in  or  into; 
hence,  to  come  in,  press  in. 

Infra,  [case  form  of  Inferus], 
prep,  with  ace.,  beneath,  below,  un- 
der. —  PLACE,  Infra  oppidum. 
below  the  town.  —  METAPHOR,  in- 
fra servos,  below  slaves.  —  Also 
used  as  adverb. 

ingenium.  -I.  [made  from  in  and 
y'  gen,  with  the  suffix  io-],  n., 
ichat  is  born  in  one;  hence,  nature, 
especially,  turn  of  mind,  temper, 
disposition ;  ability,  talents. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


305 


ingens,  st.  ingent-,  [in,  neg.  + 
^  gen],  not  natural,  extraordinary, 
huge,  immense,  of  large  size,  vast, 
great.  (Stronger  than  magnus.) 

ingratus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
gratus],  not  pleasing,  unpleasant; 
unthankful,  ungrateful. 

inhabitans,  st.  inhabitant-, 
[pres.  p.  of  iiihabitare  (in  + 
habitare,  frequent,  of  habere), 
used  as  a  noun],  a  dweller  in,  in- 
habitant. (Very  rare  word.) 

inicere,  -io,  -ieci,  -iectus,  [in 
-f-  iacere],  to  throw  into  or  upon ; 
hence,  to  bring  upon ;  to  inspire, 
cause  (fear,  joy,  etc.). 

inimicus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  -f 
amlcus],  not  friendly,  hostile.  — 
Hence,  as  noun,  a  (personal)  ene- 
my (while  hostis  denotes  an  ene- 
my of  the  state). 

iniquus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  +  ae- 
quus],  not  even,  unequal ;  hence, 
unfair,  unjust ;  unfavorable,  hos- 
tile ;  disadvantageous. 

inire,  -eo,  -ii,  -itus,  [in  +  ire], 
to  go  in  or  into;  hence,  to  enter 
(both  trans,  and  intrans.) ;  to  enter 
upon,  undertake,  begin. 

initium,  -I,  [inito  (p.  p.  of  inire) 
-J-  io-],  n.,  a  having  entered  upon; 
hence,  a  beginning. 

iniungere,  -6,  -iunxT,  -iunctus, 
[in  +  iungere],  to  join  or  fasten 
into ;  hence,  to  attach  toj  to  bring 
upon  or  to  lay  upon,  enjoin  upon. 

iniuria,  -ae,  [made  up  of  in,  neg., 
and  iiis,  with  the  suffix  ia-],  f.,  a 
wrong,  an  injury,  injustice.  —  Abl. 
iniuria,  as  adv.,  wrongly,  unde- 
servedly, unjustly. 

iniussu,  [abl.  of  *iniussus  (in, 
neg.  +  iussus,  root  of  iubere) 
-f-  su-j,  m.,  without  orders. 


iniustus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
iustus  (iiis  +  to-)],  not  law- 
ful, unlawful,  unjust. 

inlustris,  -e,  [?],  bright,  light; 
hence,  clear,  plain ;  famous,  illus- 
trious. 

inmensus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
mensus  (p.  p.  of  metiri)],  not 
measured ;  hence,  immeasurable, 
boundless,  vast,  immense. 

inmittere,  -5,  -misi,  -missus, 
[in  +  mitt  ere],  to  send  or  let 
into;  hence,  to  send  against;  to 
hurl  at ;  to  let  loose. 

inmortalis,  -e,  [in,  neg.  +  mor- 
talis  (from  mors,  after  pattern 
of  natura-lis)],  undying,  immor- 
tal,' hence,  imperishable,  lasting. 

inmutabilis,  -e,  [in,  neg.  +  mu- 
tabilis,  from  mutare  (for  mo- 
vitare,  frequent,  of  movere,  to 
move)  and  bilis,  cf.habilis],  not 
changeable ;  hence,  fixed,  immuta- 
ble. 

inniti,  -or,  -nixus  (and  in  impe- 
rial writers  beginning  with  Taci- 
tus and  Pliny  innisus),  [in  + 
niti],  to  lean  or  rest  upon;  hence, 
to  depend  upon. 

innuere,  -5,  -ui,  -utum,  [in  + 
iiuere],  to  nod  to,  give  a  nod  or 
sign. 

innumerabilis,  -e,  [in,  neg.  + 
numerabilis  (fromnumerare, 
the  denom.  from  numerus,  like 
amabilis  from  amare)],  not  to 
be  counted,  countless,  innumerable. 

inopia,  -ae,  [inop-  (in,  neg.  + 
[ops],  opis)  -f-  ia-],  f.,  scarcity, 
want ;  hence,  poverty,  need ;  help- 


inopmans,  st.  iiiopmant-,  [in, 
neg.  -|-  opinans  (pres.  p.  of  opi- 
nari)],  not  expecting,  unaware. 


306 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


inops,  st.  inop-,  [in,  neg.  + 
[ops],  opis],  without  help; 
hence,  helpless ;  needy,  poor. 

inpatiens,  st.  inpatieut-,  [in, 
neg.  -f  patiens  (pres.  p.  of  pa- 
ti)],  not  suffering,  impatient. 

inpendere.  -6,  -pendl,  -pensus. 
[in  -f  pendere],  to  weigh  out 
upon ;  hence,  to  lay  out,  expend ;  to 
employ,  devote. 

inpendere.  -eo,  no  perf.,  [in  + 
pendere],  to  hang  over  (any- 
thing) ;  to  overhang,  impend; hence, 
to  threaten. 

inpendium,  -I,  [inpen-  (gathered 
from  inpendere  and  treated  as 
stem)  -j-  io-],  n.,  outlay,  expense. 

inpensus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  in- 
pendere, used  as  adj.],  expend- 
ed ;  hence,  costly ;  great,  strong. 

inperltus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
perltus  (p.  p.  of  *perlrl)],  not 
experienced,  inexperienced,  un- 
skilled. 

inponere,  -6,  -posui,  -positus, 
[in  +  ponere],  to  put  in  or  on  ; 
hence,  to  embark;  to  impose  or 
inflict  upon;  to  put  in  charge  of. 

inpressio,  st.  inpression-,  [in- 
press°/i  (p-  p.  of  in-primere) 
+  ion-],  f.,  a  having  pressed  upon ; 
hence,  an  assault,  attack.  See 
Lesson  Iv. 

inprobare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  inprobus],  to  mark 
as  not  good,  to  disapprove,  reject. 

inquam,  inquit,  inquiunt,  in- 
quisti,  etc.  (defective  verb),  [?], 
I  say,  he  says,  they  say,  you  said, 
etc.  (Used  mostly  to  introduce 
the  exact  words  of  a  quotation, 
and  regularly  placed  after  one  or 
two  words  of  the  quotation.) 

inquit,  see  inquam. 


inridere,  -eo,  -rlsl,  -rlsus,  [in  -f 
rldere],  to  laugh  at;  hence,  to 
mock,  ridicule;  also,  intrans.,  to 
jeer. 

inritare,  -6.  -avi,  -atus,  [?],  to 
goad,  stimulate;  rouse,  anger,  exas- 
perate. 

inrumpere,  -6,  -rupi.  -ruptus, 
[in  -f  rumpere],  to  burst  into; 
hence,  to  rush  upon,  invade,  attack. 

Insania.  -ae.  [Insa.no  (in,  neg. 
+  sanus,  y  sa  or  sav  +  no-) 
+  ia-],  f.,  unsoundness  (of  mind), 
madness,  insanity. 

Inscendere,  -6,  -scendi,  -scen- 
sum,  [in  -}-  scandere],  to  climb 
upon,  mount. 

inscribere,  -o,  -scrips!,  -scrip- 
tus,  [in  +  scribere],  to  write 
in  or  on  ;  hence,  to  inscribe  ;  to  as- 
sign ;  to  put  up  a  sign  "  For  Sale." 

inserere,  -6,  -serui,  -sertus,  [in 
-f-  serere],  to  twine  in;  hence,  to 
introduce;  to  join  or  mix  in,  insert. 

insidere,  -eo,  -sedi.  -sessum, 
[in  -f  sedere],  to  have  a  seat  in 
or  on ;  hence,  to  be  fixed  upon,  ad- 
here to;  to  hold  possession  of,  oc- 
cupy. 

Insidere,  -6,  -sedi,  -sessum, 
[in  -}-  sedere  (varied)],  to  take 
a  seat  in  or  upon ;  hence,  to  settle 
on ;  to  become  attached  to,  rooted  in ; 
to  take  possession  of. 

Insidiae,  -arum,  [Insid  (gathered 
from  Insidere,  and  treated  as 
stem)  +  ia-],  f.,  a  sitting  in ; 
hence,  an  ambush  ;  a  snare,  plot.  — 
Abl.  Insidils.  by  stratagem. 

Inslgne,  st.  Inslgni-,  [neut.  of 
Inslgnis,  used  as  noun],  n.,  a 
badge  or  mark;  a  standard;  pi. 
uniform,  insignia. 

Inslgnis,  -e,    [in    -|-    slgnum], 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


307 


with  a  mark  upon  it;  hence, 
marked,  noted,  distinguished. 

msolens,  at.  insolent-,  [in,  neg. 
+  solens  (pres.  p.  of  solere)], 
not  used  to ;  hence,  not  usual,  unu- 
sual; arrogant,  insolent. 

msolentia,  -ae,  [Insolent-  + 
ia-],  f.,  unusualness,  novelty ;  ar- 
rogance, insolence. 

Insonare,  -o,  -ul,  [in  -f  soiiare 
(denom.  from  soiius,  ^  son  -f- 
O-)],  to  sound  on  or  in;  hence,  to 
resound.  (Rare  word.) 

Insons,  st.  insont-,  [in,  neg.  + 
sons],  not  guilty,  innocent. 

Instare,  -6,  -stiti,  (Instaturus 
occurs  in  Livy),  [in  +  stare],  to 
stand  in  or  on  ;  hence,  to  draw  near, 
threaten,  impend;  to  press  upon, 
pursue;  to  insist  upon. 

Iiistauratio,  st.  Iiistauration-, 
[Instaurat0/!  (p.  p.  of  Instau- 
rare)  -f-  ion-],  f.,  a  having  begun 
to  celebrate  anew ;  hence,  a  renewal, 
repetition. 

Instlgare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [in 
and  form  from  same  root  as  (ex)- 
stinguere],  to  prick  on,  goad  on, 
incite,  instigate. 

Instituere,  -6,  -ul,  -utus,  [in 
-f  statuere  (denom.  from  sta- 
tus, ^  sta  +  tu-)],  to  place  in; 
hence,  to  erect,  establish ;  to  con- 
struct ;  to  undertake,  begin ;  to  draw 
up ;  to  resolve,  determine ;  to  teach, 
train. 

Iiistitutum,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  institu- 
ere used  as  noun],  n.,  something  es- 
tablished ;  hence,  an  arrangement ; 
a  regulation,  an  ordinance,  institu- 
tion, practice ;  instruction. 

instruere,  -6,  -struxi,  -structus, 
[in  +  struere],  to  heap  on  or  in  ; 
hence,  to  build  upon ;  to  draw  up 


(in  battle  order) ;  to  provide  with, 
equip  ;  to  teach,  instruct. 

Insuber,  -bris,  -bre,  Insubrian, 
belonging  to  Insubria,  a  district 
in  northern  Italy  near  the  modern 
Milan. —  As  a  noun,  an  Insubrian. 

Insula,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  an  island. 

Insulanus,  -I,  [Insula-  -f  no-], 
m.,  an  islander. 

Insuper,  [in  +  super],  adv.,  on 
top,  overhead,  above ;  hence,  be- 
sides. 

intactus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
tactus  (p.  p.  of  tangere)],  not 
touched ;  hence,  unharmed ;  untried, 
fresh. 

intellegere,  -5,  -lexl,  -lectus, 
[inter  +  legere],  to  pick  out 
from  between;  hence,  to  see  into, 
understand ;  to  comprehend,  be  well 
aware. 

intemperans,  st.  intemperant-, 
[in,  neg.  +  temperans  (pres. 
p.  of  temperare,  denom.  from 
tempus)],  not  regulating  one's 
times  well;  hence,  immoderate, 
extravagant,  unrestrained. 

intendere,  -6,  -tendi,  -tentus, 
[in  -f-  tendere],  to  stretch  to- 
wards ;  to  point  or  aim  at ;  to  turn 
in  some  direction ;  to  exert  one's 
self  for,  strive  after. 

intentio,  st.  intention-,  [iiiten- 
*°/i  (P-  P-  of  intendere)  + 
ion-],  f.,  a  having  stretched  to- 
wards; hence,  a  stretching,  ten- 
sion ;  exertion ;  purpose,  intention. 

inter,  [in  +  ter,  (comp.  Eng.  un- 
der)~\,  prep,  with  ace.,  among,  be- 
tween. —  inter  Padum  atque 
Alpes,  between  the  Po  and  the 
Alps;  inter  Graecos,  among 
the  Greeks;  inter  se,  with  each 
other,  or  with  one  another. 


308 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


interdiu,  [inter  -f  dm  (case 
form  of  dius  =  dies)],  adv.,  in 
the  day  time. 

interea,  [inter  +  ea  (probably 
case  form  of  is)],  adv.,  in  the  mean 
ichile. 

interesse,  intersum,  interfui, 
[inter  -f  esse],  to  be  between ; 
hence,  to  be  different ;  to  attend, 
be  at.  —  Hence,  interest,  it  is  of 
importance,  concerns  (the  person  or 
thing  concerned  being  expressed 
by  a  GENITIVE  or  by  the  abl.  fern, 
sing,  of  a  possessive  pronoun).  — 
Ciceronis  intererat,  it  was 
for  Cicero's  interest;  me  a  inter- 
est, it  is  of  importance  to  me. 

interest,  see  interesse. 

interficere,  -io,  -feel,  -fectus, 
[inter  +  facere],  to  destroy, 
kill,  slay. 

intericere,  -io,  -ieci,  -iectus, 
[inter  +  iacere],  to  hurl  be- 
tween; hence,  to  put  among,  add 
to. 

interim,  [inter  +  *im  (loc.  of 
is)],  in  the  mean  ichile;  however, 
nevertheless. 

interimere,  -6,  -emi,  -emptus, 
[inter  +  emere],  to  take  from 
between  ;  hence,  to  remove,  destroy, 
kill 

interior,  -ius,  [comp.  of  *interus 
(in  +  tero-,  cf.  alter)],  inner, 
interior.  —  Sup.  intumus,  later 
intimus,  -a,  -um,  inmost. 

interire,  -eo,  -ii.  -itum,  [inter 
-J-  ire],  to  go  to  ruin,  to  die. 

intermittere,  -o,  -misi,  -mis- 
sus, [inter  +  mittere],  to  send 
between ;  hence,  to  interrupt,  leave 
off  (for  a  while),  intermit,  leave  an 
interval. 

internecio,     st.    internecion-, 


[made  up  of  inter  and  the  root  of 
necare,  to  kill,  with  suffix  ion-], 
f.,  a  massacre,  extermination. 

interregnum,  -I,  [inter  -f  re- 
gnum  (y'reg-f  no-)],u.,  the  space 
between  two  reigns,  an  interregnum. 

interrogare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [in- 
ter +  rogare],  to  ask  between; 
hence,  to  question,  interrogate;  to 
examine,  cross-question. 

interrumpere,  -6,  -rupi,  -rup- 
tus,  [inter  -f  rumpere],  to 
burst  asunder;  hence,  to  break  to 
pieces ;  to  break  off,  interrupt. 

interveuire,  -io,  -veni,  -ven- 
tum,  [in ter  + venire],  to  come 
between,  arrive  during,  interrupt; 
to  take  place  meanwhile;  to  hinder. 

intimus,  see  interior. 

intra,  [case  form  of  *interus  (in 
+  tero-,  comp.)],  prep,  with  ace., 
icithin  ;  during;  less  than. — in- 
tra domum,  within  the  house ; 
intra  paucos  dies,  within  a 
few  days;  intra  septem,  within 
seven. 

intrare,  -6,  -avi.  -atum.  [denom. 
from  intro  (case  form  of  *inte- 
rus,  see  interior)],  to  go  within, 
enter  ;  to  force  a  way  into. 

introducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tus,  [intro  +  ducere],  to  lead 
within;  hence,  to  bring  in,  intro- 
duce. 

intromittere,  -6,  -misi,  -missus, 
[intrS  +  mittere],  to  send 
within,  to  let  in. 

inutilis,  -e,  [in,  neg.  +  utilis 
(root  of  uti  and  li-,  as  if  through 
ut°/i)],  not  useful;  hence,  use- 
less, unprofitable ;  disadvantageous, 
harmful. 

invadere,  -6,  -vasi,  -vasum, 
[in  +  vadere],  to  walk  into,  es- 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


309 


pecially  in  a  hostile  sense,  to  fall 
upon,  attack,  invade. 

invemre,  -io,  -veni,  -ventus, 
[in  -f  venire],  to  come  upon; 
hence,  to  meet  with,  find ;  to  find 
out,  invent ;  to  discover,  learn. 

invicem,  [in  -f  vicem  (ace.  of 
[vix]  vicis)],  adv.  phrase,  in 
turn,  one  after  another. 

invictus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
victus  (p.  p.  of  vincere)],  not 
conquered,  unconquered ;  hence,  un- 
conquerable, invincible. 

invidere,  -eo,  -vidl,  -visum,  [in 
-f-  videre],  to  look,  at  (askance,  or 
maliciously] ;  hence,  to  envy,  grudge. 

inviolate,  [adv.  of  inviolatus], 
inviolably. 

inviolatus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  + 
violatus  (p.  p.  of  violare)], 
not  abused;  hence,  unhurt,  invio- 
late; inviolable. 

invisus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  a.,  from  in- 
videre], looked  at  maliciously; 
hence,  hated,  hateful. 

invisus,  -a,  -um,  [in,  neg.  +  vl- 
sus  (p.  p.  of  videre)],  not  seen, 
unseen. 

iiivocare,  -6,  -avl,  -atus,  [in  -f 
vocare],  to  call  upon;  hence,  to 
appeal  to ;  also,  to  name. 

lovis,  gen.  of  Juppiter. 

ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  [?],  self. 

Ira,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  anger,  wrath. 

Iracuiidia,  -ae,  [iracund0/!  (ira- 
+  cundo-)  +  ia-],  i.,atendency 
to  wrath  or  anger,  irascibility ; 
hence,  wrath  or  anger. 

Irasci,  -or,  -atus,  [inceptive  of 
*irari  (denom.  from  Ira)],  (to  be- 
gin) to  be  angry.  — P.  a.  iratus, 
-a,  -um,  angry,  enraged. 

iratus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  *irare 
(denom.  from  Ira,  cf.  irasci), 


used  as  adj.],  angry,  wrathful,  vio- 
lent. 

Ire,  eo,  il,  itum,  to  go. 

irrldere,  see  inrldere. 

irritare,  see  inrltare. 

irrumpere,  see  inrumpere. 

is,  ea,  id,  [^  i],that,  he,  she,  it ; 
plur.  those,  they. 

iste,ista,  istud,  [is  -f  to-  (same 
root  as  turn,  tarn,  etc.)],  this  or 
that,  pi.  these  or  those  (between 
hie  and  ille  in  nearness  of  the 
person  or  thing  referred  to) ;  es- 
pecially, that  of  yours;  that  which 
we  were  talking  of. 

ita,   [case  form  from    ^   i  -f-  ^  ta 

_  (cf.  is  andiste)],  adv.,  thus,  so. 

Itali,  -orum,  m.,  the  inhabitants  of 
Italy,  Italians. 

Italia,  -ae,  [Italo-  +  ia-],  f.,  the 
country  of  the  Italians,  Italy  (cor- 
responding with  modern  Italy  as 
far  north  as  the  upper  (easterly 
and  westerly)  branch  of  the  Apen- 
nines). 

Italicus,  -a,  -um,  [ital°/i  + 
CO-],  of  or  belonging  to  Italy,  Ital- 
ian. 

itaque,  [ita  +  que],  and  so  ; 
hence,  accordingly,  therefore. 

iter,  st.  itiner-,  [obscure  forma- 
tion from  ^  i,  to  go],  n.,  a  going ; 
hence,  a  road,  way  ;  a  journey ;  a 
march;  a  way,  course. 

iterum,  [root  of  is  -f-  terum, 
comp.],  adv.,  a  second  time,  again. 

iubere,  -eo,  iussi,  iussus,  [ius 
+  habere],  to  have  the  right  to  ; 
hence,  to  order,  bid,  command. 

iucunde,  [adv.  of  iucundus], 
agreeably,  pleasantly. 

iucundus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  agreeable, 


iudex,  st.  iiidic-,  [ius  +  *dex 


310 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


(yf  die  of  dicere  and  dicare)], 

c.,  a  judge ;  a  member  of  a  body  of 
people  who  decide  cases,  a  sort  of 
juryman. 

iudicare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  index],  to  judge,  decide. 

iudicium,  -I,  [iudic-  -f  io-J, «-,  a 
judgment,  decision  ;  a  trial. 

iugum,  -I,  [^  iug  of  iungere  + 
O-],  n.,  a  yoke ;  hence,  a  combina- 
tion of  two  upright  spears  with  a 
third  across  them,  for  conquered 
armies  to  march  under,  a  yoke  ;  a 
mountain  ridge. 

iungere,  -6,  iunxi,  iunctus, 
[yf  iug],  to  join,  yoke;  hence,  to 
unite,  bring  together. 

lunius.  -a,  -urn.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  L.  lunius  Bru- 
tus, the  patriot  who  was  most 
prominent  in  the  expulsion  of 
King  Tarquin  in  510  B.  c.  — M. 
lunius  Brutus,  the  intimate 
friend  and  assassin  of  Caesar.  — 
Also  as  an  adj.,  with  other  words ; 
mensis  lunius,  the  month  of 
June. 

luppiter,  st.  lov-,  [lov  (for 
diov,  same  root  as  dies  and 
deus)  -f  pater],  m.,  Father, 
Jove,  Jupiter  (son  of  Saturn,  and 
chief  of  the  Roman  gods). 

iurare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  ius],  to  take  an  oath,  to 
swear. 

ius,  st  iur-,  [same  root  as  iun- 
gere], n.,  that  which  binds,  right, 
justice ;  hence,  a  legal  right,  privi- 
lege. See,  also,  lex. 

ius  iurandum.  iuris  iurandi. 
[ius  and  iurandum.  gerundive 
of  iurare],  n.,  an  oath  that  must 
be  sworn,  an  oath  of  allegiance,  then 
any  oath. 


iussum.  -I,  [neut.  of  iussus  (p.  p. 
of  iubere),  used  as  noun],  n.,  an 
order,  command. 

iussus,  -us,  (used  only  in  the  ab- 
lative singular,  iiissu),  [root  of 
iubere  -f  su-],  m.,  an  order,  a 
command. 

iustitia,  -ae,  [iust°/i  and  the 
made-up  ending  tia  (i.  e.,  after 
the  pattern  of  milit-ia)],  i.,  jus- 
tice, fairness. 

iustus,  -a,  -um,  [ius  +  to-],  just, 
rightful ;  upright ;  fa  ir  ;  regular, 
proper. 

iuvare,  -6,  iuvi,  iutus,  [?],  to 
help,  aid ;  hence,  to  gratify, please. 
—  me  iuvat.  I  am  glad. 

iuvenis,  -e,  [?],  young;  hence,  as 
noun,  a  youth,  young  man ;  young 
woman.  —  Comp.  iiinior,  -ius  ; 
superl.  supplied  by  minimus 
natu. 

iuventus,  st.  iuventut-,  [iuven- 
+  tut-],  f.,  the  age  of  youth, 
youth ;  especially,  used  collective- 
ly, the  body  of  young  people,  the 
youth. 

K. 

K.,  abbreviation  for  Kaeso. 

Kaeso.  st.  Kaeson-,  m.,  a  Roman 
praenomen  (abbreviation  K.). 

Karthaginiensis.  -e,  [adjective 
from  Karthago],  of  Carthage, 
Carthaginian,  Punic  ;  as  a  noun, 
a  Carthaginian. 

Karthago,  -inis.  f.,  Carthage  (the 
famous  city  on  the  north  coast  of 
Africa,  a  little  south  of  west  from 
Sicily,  which  fought  so  valiantly 
against  Rome  in  three  wars,  till 
destroyed  by  the  younger  Africa- 
nus  in  146  B.  c.). 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


311 


L. 

L.,  abbreviation  for  the  name  Lu- 
cius. Also  used  as  sign  of  the 
number  fifty  (more  properly,  J.). 

labor,  st.  labor-, [?],m.,  toil,  labor; 
hence,  hardship. 

laborare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [de- 
nom.  from  labor],  to  toil,  labor ; 
hence,  to  suffer,  labor  under ;  to  be 
in  distress  or  difficulty. 

laboriosus,  -a,  -um,  [labor  and 
suffix  6so-,  as  if  through  *la- 
borius],  full  of  toil,  laborious; 
hence,  difficult ;  also,  energetic,  in- 
dustrious. 

labrum,  -i,[^lab+:ro-  (same  word 
as  Eng.  lip)],  n.,  a  lip;  hence, 
brim,  edge. 

lac,  st.  lact-.  [?],  n.,  milk. 

Lacedaemon,  -onis,  [Gr.  proper 
name,  Aa/ceSafytcwp],  f.,  Lacedae- 
mon (the  other  name  of  Sparta, 
the  capital  of  Laconia  the  south- 
eastern division  of  the  Pelopon- 
nesus. It  is  on  the  left  bank  of 
the  Eurotas  river,  in  the  west- 
ern part  of  Laconia,  and  some- 
what more  than  half  way  from 
the  mouth  of  the  river  to  the  north- 
ern frontier). 

Lacedaemonius,  -a,  -um,  [La- 
cedaemon +  io-],  of  or  belong- 
ing to  Lacedaemon,  Spartan. 

lacrima,  -ae,  [for  *dacruma 
(dacr%,  ^  dac,  bite  +  ro-)  + 
ma-],  f.,  a  tear. 

lacruma,  older  form  for  lacri- 
ma. 

lacuna,  -ae,  [lacu-  +  na-],  f.,  a 
hole  on  pit,  and  especially,  a  pool, 
pond. 

lacus,  -us,  [?],  m.,  a  tank ;  hence, 
a  pond,  lake. 


laedere,  -6,  laesi,  laesus,  [?],  to 
strike  and  hurt,  to  wound ,  hence, 
to  damage ;  to  offend,  hurt ;  to  break, 
violate. 

laetari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom.  from 
laetus],  to  be  glad,  rejoice. 

laete,  [adv.  of  laetus],  gladly. 

laetus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  glad,  joyful; 
favorable  ;  fruitful. 

Laevmus,  -I,  [laev°/i  -f-  no-  as 
if  through  an  l-stem],  m.,  a  Ro- 
man surname  in  the  gens  Vale- 
ria. —  M.  Valerius  Laevi- 
nus,  a  consul  during  the  Second 
Punic  War  (210  B.  c.).  See  also 
Lesson  xli. 

laevos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um),  [?], 
left,  on  the  left.  —  Hence,  laeva, 
-ae,  f.,  the  left  hand. 

lana,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  wool. 

lapis,  st.  lapid-,  [?],  m.,  a  stone. 

Larcius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  Spurius  Lar- 
cius, one  of  the  two  assistants  of 
Horatius  Codes  in  the  defence 
of  the  bridge  against  the  Etruscan 
army. 

largiri,  -ior,  -itus,  [denom.  from 
largus],  to  be  lavish,  bestow  boun- 
tifully; hence,  to  give  a  largess, 
bribe. 

largus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  bountiful, pro- 
fuse; abundant,  large  (hardly  used 
in  this  sense  by  the  classic  prose 
writers). 

latere,  -eo,  -ui,  [?],  to  lie  hid,  be 
hidden,  escape  notice. 

La t mus.  -a,  -um,  [Lati-  +  no-], 
of  or  belonging  to  Latium,  Latin ; 
hence,  as  noun,  Latinus,  -I,  m., 
an  inhabitant  of  Latium. 

Latinus,  -T,  m.,  a  king  of  Lauren- 
turn, in  Latium,  near  the  sea,  who, 
according  to  the  legend,  gave  his 


312 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


daughter  Lavinia  to  Aeneas 
as  his  wife. 

Latium,  -I,  [root  of  latus  -f  io-], 
n.,  Latium  (the  flat  country),  the 
division  of  Italy  on  the  western 
coast  between  Etruria  and  Cam- 
pania, in  which  Rome  was  built. 

latus,  st.  later-,  [same  root  as 
later,  brick,  Latium,  etc.],  n., 
a  side,  flank. 

latus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  broad,  wide. 

laudare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus.  [denom. 
from  laus],  to  praise,  extol,  ap- 
prove ;  to  quote,  cite. 

laus,  st.  laud-,  [?],£., praise,  glory, 
fame;  credit,  merit. 

lavare,  -6,  lavi,  lavatus  (also 
lautus  and  later  lotus),  [?],  to 
icash,  bathe  (both  trans,  and  in- 


lavere,  a  poetical  form  of  the  iufin. 
of  lavare,  which  is  also  found  in 
early  and  late  but  not  in  classical 
prose  writers. 

Lavinia,  -ae,  f.,  daughter  of 
King  Latinus,  according  to  the 
legend,  and  wife  of  Aeneas. 

Lavinium,  -I,  n.,  a  city  of  Latium 
founded,  according  to  the  legend, 
by  Aeneas,  some  six  miles  from 
Laurentum,  and  near  the  sea- 
coast. 

laxare.  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  lazus],  to  widen,  or  loosen; 
hence,  to  slacken;  to  relax,  miti- 
gate. 

lectio,  st.  lection-,  [lecto-(p.p. 
of  legere,  to  gather ;  then  to  read}, 
-(-  ion-],  f.,  a  having  read;  hence, 
a  reading. 

legatio,  st.  legation-,  [legat^ 
(p.  p.  of  legare)  -f  ion-],  f..  the 
having  despatched ;  hence,  an  em- 


legatus,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  legare  used  as 
noun],  m.,  somebody  despatched; 
hence,  an  ambassador  (in  political 
language) ;  a  lieutenant,  staff  officer 
(in  military  language). 

legere,  -6,legi,  lectus,  [v'  leg-], 
to  gather;  hence,  to  choose,  pick 
out ;  to  read. 

legio,  st.  legion-,  [v'  leg  -f  ion-], 
f.,  a  gathering,  but  confined  to  the 
meaning  legion  (i.  e.,  a  body  of 
soldiers  consisting  of  ten  cohorts 
and  including  3,000  to  6,000  in- 
fantry, besides  300  horsemen). 

Lemnius,  -a,  -um,  [Lemno--)- 
io-],  of  or  belonging  to  the  island 
of  Lemnos,  Lemnian. 

Lemnus  (-os),  -I,  [Gr.  pr.  name, 
ATJ/U/OS],  f.,  an  island  in  the  Ae- 
gean Sea  (not  far  west  of  Troas, 
south  of  Thrace  and  a  long  dis- 
tance northeast  of  Euboea  and 
Attica). 

lenire,  -io,  -ivi,  -Itus,  [denom. 
from  lenis],  to  make  gentle ;  to 
calm,  assuage. 

lenis,  -e,  [?],  gentle,  mild. 

lenitas,  st.  lenitat-,  [leni-  + 
tat-],  f.,  gentleness,  mildness. 

leniter,  [adverb  of  lenis],  gently, 
mildly. 

lentus,  -a,  -um,  [root  of  lenis  -f 
to-],  pliant,  tough;  hence,  slow, 
sluggish ;  calm,  phlegmatic. 

leo,  st.  Icon-,  [?],  m.,  a  lion. 

lepide,  [adv.  of  lepidus],  charm- 
ingly, neatly,  prettily. 

lepidus,  -a,  -um.  [lepor-  and  suf- 
fix -dus,  as  if  through  an  O-stem], 
charming,  graceful,  neat. 

lepus,  stem  lepor-,  [?],  m.,  a 
hare. 

letalis.  -e,  [leto-  and  the  made-up 
ending  alis  (i.  e.,  after  the  pattern 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


313 


of  natura-lis)],  deadly,  mortal 
(hardly  used  in  classic  prose). 

levare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  levis],  to  lighten;  hence,  to 
relieve,  refresh;  also  occasionally, 
to  raise. 

levis,  -e,  [for  leguis  (root  mean- 
ing little)  +  u  and  then  passing 
into  third  declension],  light; 
hence,  trivial,  slight;  capricious, 
fickle. 

leviter,  [adverb  of  levis],  lightly ; 
but  more  commonly,  slightly,  a 
little  or  easily.  - 

lex,  st.  leg-,  [root  in  legere  serving 
as  stem],  f.,  a  law  (i.  e.,  a  stat- 
ute law  or  bill  passed  by  a  legis- 
lative body,  while  ius  means  law 
as  the  embodiment  of  what  is 
right  among  men,  and  fas  what 
is  right  by  divine  decree). 

lib  enter,  [adv.  of  lib  ens  (pres.  p. 
of  the  verb  to  which  libet  /which 
see}  belongs)],  willingly,  readily, 
freely. 

liber,  -brl,  [root  meaning  peel  + 
ro-],  m.,  the  inner  bark  of  a  tree ; 
hence,  a  book  (originally  written  on 
such  bark). 

liber,  -era,  -erum,  [same  root  as 
lib  ens.  libet,  and  suffix  ro-  as 
if  through  an  O -stem.],  free. 

liberalis,  -e,  [liber  and  the  made- 
up  ending  alis  (i.  e.  after  the  pat- 
tern of  natura-lis )],of  or  belong- 
ing to  a  free  man  ;  hence,  worthy  of 
a  free  man,  generous,  gentlemanly. 

liberalitas,  st.  liberalitat-,  [II- 
berali-  +  tat-],  f.,  the  spirit  of  a 
free  man ;  hence,  generosity,  gentle- 
manliness. 

liberare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  liber],  to  make  free;  to  re- 
lease, deliver. 


libere,  [adv.  of  liber],  freely. 

liberi,  -orum,  [pi.  of  liber  used 
as  noun],  n.,  (free)  children;  chil- 
dren (as  the  sons  and  daughters  of 
free  parents). 

libertas,  st.  libertat-,  [Hber(o) 
+  tat-,  as  if  from  a  consonant 
stem],  f.,  freedom,  liberty,  inde- 
pendence. 

libet  (older  lubet),  libuit  (or  li- 
bitum est),  [third  person  of  *li- 
bere  (same  root  as  liber)],  it  is 
pleasant,  agreeable;  libet  mihi, 
I  am  witting. 

libidinosus,  -a,  -um,  [libidin- 
(root  of  libet  and  suffix  din-  as 
if  through  an  l-stem)  +  oso-], 
full  of  desire  or  lust ;  passionate, 
sensual,  wanton. 

licet,  licuit  (or  licitum  est), 
[third  person  of  licere  (same  root 
as  linquere,  to  leave],  it  is  allowed 
or  lawful.  —  licet  mihi,  I  may. 

licet,  [third  person  of  licere  used 
as  conj.  with  the  sub  June.],  al- 
though, (i.  e.,  it  is  allowed  that, 
granted  that). 

ligneus,  -a,  -um,  [ligno-  +  eo- 
(io-)],  of  wood,  wooden. 

lignum,  -i,  [?],  n.,  wood. 

Ligures,  -um,  [Gallic  word],  m., 
the  Ligurians  (a  people  dwelling 
along  the  southern  coast  of  Cis- 
alpine Gaul,  i.  e.,  just  northwest 
of  the  Roman  Italy).  —  The  sing. 
Ligur,  -is,  c.,  a  Ligurian,  also 
occurs. 

Ligustinus,  -a,  -um,  [obscure  for- 
mation from  Ligur],  belonging  to 
the  Ligurians,  Ligurian. 

Lilybaeum,  -i,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
A.t\v&atov],  n.,  the  most  westerly 
promontory  of  Sicily,  and  also  the 
town  upon  it. 


314 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


limen,  st.  limin-,  [?],  n.,  a  thresh- 
old (either  the  top-piece  or  the 
under-piece,  sill,  of  a  doorway)  ; 
hence,  an  entrance. 

lingua,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  the  tongue; 
hence,  a  language. 

linter,  st.  lintri-,  [?],  f.,  a  tub  or 
trough  ;  hence,  a  boat,  skiff. 


littera.  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  letter  (of 
the  alphabet). —  Hence,  litterae, 
-arum,  an  epistle,  a  letter  ;  litera- 
ture, letters. 

locuples,  st,  locuplet-,  [loc% 
+*ples  (root  of  plenus)  +  t(i)-], 
abounding  in  lands;  hence,  rich, 
wealthy ;  responsible,  trustworthy. 

locupletare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  locuplgs],  to  make 
rich,  to  enrich. 

locus,  loci,  [for  stlocus],  m., 
a  place  (pi.  loca.  -orum,  n., 
regions)  ;  hence,  room,  opportunity  ; 
a  topic,  a  passage  in  a  book  (pi. 
loci,  -orum,  m.,  topics,  places  in 
books). 

longe,  [adv.  of  longus],/ar,  ata 
distance ;  hence,  long,  for  a  long 
time. 

longitude,  st.  longitudin-,  [lon- 
gus  and  the  made-up  ending 
tudo.  as  if  through  a  stem  in  tu- 
(cf.  habitus,  habitude)],  f., 
length. 

longus.  -a,  -um,  [?],  long  (either in 
space  or  in  time). 


loqul,  -or,  locutus,  [?],  to  speak, 
talk. 

lubenter,  older  form  for  liben- 
ter,  gladly,  freely. 

lucere,  -eo,  luxi,  [denom.  from 
lux],  to  be  light,  shine. 

Lucius,  -I,  [luc  (stem  of  lux,  light) 
+  io-],  m.,  a  Roman  praeiio- 
men.  Abbreviation  L. 

Lucretius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  Sp.  Lucretius 
Tricipitinus,  the  father  of  Lu- 
cretia.  —  Lucretia,  the  wife  of 
L.  Tarquinius  Collatmus, 
whose  violation  by  Sextus  Tar- 
quinius, the  son  of  King  Tar- 
quinius Superbus,  was  the  occa- 
sion of  the  revolution  by  which  the 
kings  were  driven  out  of  Rome 
and  the  Republic  established 
under  the  leadership  of  Lucius 
Junius  Brutus. 

ludibrium,  -i,  [obscure  formation 
from  root  of  liidere],  n.,  sport, 
wantonness;  hence,  ridicule;  a 
laughing-stock. 

ludus,  -I,  [yf  lud  +  o-],  m.,play, 
sport,  game;  a  school.  —  Hence, 
ludi,  -orum,  m.,  public  games. 

lucre,  -6,  lui,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
loose],  to  loose;  hence,  to  pay  (a, 
debt) ;  to  suffer  (a  punishment) ; 
to  atone  for. 

lugere,  -eo.  luxi.  [?],  to  mourn, 
lament,  grieve  (both  trans,  and  in- 
trans.). 

lumen,  st.  lumin-,  [^  luc  -f 
min-],  n.,  a  light. 

luna,  -ae,  [yf  lu(c)  +  na-],  f.,  the 
moon. 

lunaris,-e,  [luna-+  ri-],  o/or  be- 
longing to  the  moon,  lunar. 

lupa.  -ae,  [fern,  of  lupus  (^  lup 
-f  o-)],  f..  a  she-wolf. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


315 


Lutatius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  Q.  Lutatius 
Catulus,  consul  in  102  B.  c.  with 
Marius.  Another  of  the  same 
name  was  consul  with  Lepidus  in 
78  B.  c. 

lux,  st.  luc-,  [^  luc  as  stem],  f., 
light,  daylight.  • 

luxuriosus,  -a,  -um,  [luxuria- 
(*luxuro-,  i.  e.,  luxu-  -f-  ro-  + 
ia-)  +  6so-],  luxurious,  extrava- 
gant;  hence,  exuberant,  luxuri- 
ant. 

M. 

M.,  abbreviation  for  Marcus  ;  also 
used  as  sign  of  the  number  one 
thousand  (more  properly  CIO.) 

M',  abbreviation  for  the  prae- 
11  omen,  Maiiius. 

Macedo,  Macedonis,  [Gr. 
proper  name,  Ma/ce5&>i/],  m.,  a 
Macedonian. 

Macedonicus,  -a,  -um,  [Mace- 
doni0/!  (Macedoii-,  {Gr.  word, 
Ma/ce5c^esj  +  io-)  +  CO-],  Mace- 
donian, belonging  to  Macedonia 
(the  country  north  and  east  of 
Thessaly  in  Greece). 

macies,  -el,  [?],  f.,  leanness,  mea- 
greness,  emaciation. 

macte,  [voc.  of  mactus,  glori- 
Jied],  used  most  commonly  with 
the  force  of  an  interjection  in  the 
phrase  macte  virtute,  well  done, 
go  on  and  prosper  ! 

magis,  [^  mag  (of  magnus)  + 
ius,  comp.],  adv.,  more. 

magister,  -tri,  [magis  -|-  tero- 
(i.  e.,  a  double  comparative)],  m., 
a  master,  superior ;  hence,  a  teach- 
er.—  magister  equitum,  master 
of  the  horse  (the  chief  cavalry  offi- 


cer, appointed  by  a  dictator  to  as- 
sist him  in  his  duties). 

magis tratus,  -us,  [magister  -f 
tu-,  as  if  through  an  a-stem], 
m.,  a  magistracy ;  hence,  a  magis- 
trate. 

magnanimus,  -a,  -um,  [ma- 
gn°/i  -f-  animus],  great-souled, 
high-souled,  magnanimous.  (Not  a 
common  word.) 

magnitude,  st.  magnitudin-, 
[magnus  and  the  made-up  end- 
ing tudo,  as  if  through  a  stem  in 
tu-  (cf.  habitus,  habitude)], 
f.,  greatness,  size,  magnitude. 

magnopere,  [magno  +  opere 
(abl.  of  opus)],  adv.,  with  great 
labor,-  hence,  greatly,  very  much. 
(Often  written  separately,  mag- 
no opere.) 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  [^  mag  + 
no-],  great,  large.  —  Comp.  mai- 
or ;  superl.  maximus. 

maiestas,  st.  maiestat-,  [maies 
(weakened  stem  of  niaior)  + 
tat-],  f.,  greatness,  grandeur,  maj- 
esty. 

maior,  -ius,  [for  magior],  comp. 
of  magnus. 

maiores,  -um,  [plural  of  maior, 
used  as  noun],  m.,  ancestors  (as 
greater  in  age  than  their  poster- 
ity)- 

mains,  neut.  of  maior. 

male,  [adv.  of  malus],  badly,  ill; 
hence,  unfortunately  ;  wickedly. 

maleficium,  -I,  [malefic0/!,  «*• 
of  maleficus  (male  -f-  *facus, 
from  root  of  f  acere  +  o-)  +  io-], 
n.,  evil-doing  ;  hence,  an  evil  deed, 
a  wickedness,  crime  ;  also,  a  wrong, 
an  injury. 

malle,  malo,  malui,  [magis  -f 
velle],  to  prefer. 


316 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


malum,  -I,  [neut.  of  malus,  used 
as  noun],  n.,  an  evil,  a  misfortune, 
an  ill,  an  injury. 

malus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  bad;  hence, 
unfortunate  ;  wicked,  evil. —  Comp. 
peior  ;  superl.  pessimus  (from 
a  different  stem). 

Mam.,  abbreviation  for  Mamer- 
cus. 

Mamercus.  -I,  [from  the  Oscan 
word  for  Mars],  m.,  a  Roman 
praenomen  (abbrev.  Mam.). 

mandare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[man(u)  -|-  *dare,  to  put],  to  put 
into  one's  hand;  hence,  to  enjoin 
upon,  order,  command;  to  entrust 
or  commit  to. 

manere,  -eo.  mansi,  mansum, 
[?],  to  stay,  remain,  wait;  occa- 
sionally, also,  trans.,  to  await. 

manes,  -ium,  [same  root  as  the  old 
word  manus  =  bonus],  m., 
the  shades  of  the  dead ;  hence,  spir- 
its, ghosts  (of  a  kindly  nature). 

Manius,  -I,  m.,  a  Roman  praeno- 
men  (abbreviation  M'). 

Manlius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  T.  Manlius 
Torquatus,  the  Roman  who  slew 
the  Gaul  in  single  combat  and  de- 
spoiled him  of  his  necklace.  See 
Lesson  xxxviii. 

mansio,  st.  mansion-,  [mans0/! 
'(p.  p.  of  manere)  +  ion-],  f., 
a  having  stayed ;  hence,  a  waiting, 
a  stay. 

Mantinea,  -ae,  [Gr.  pr.  name, 
Mavrtveia],  f.,  a  city  near  the 
eastern  frontier  of  Arcadia  (the 
central  division  of  the  Peloponne- 
sus), where  Epaminondas,  having 
led  the  Thebans  to  victory  over 
the  Spartans,  died  from  a  wound 
in  362  B.  c. 


manubiae,  -arum,  [?],  f.,  money 
got  by  selling  booty  taken  in  war ; 
also,  booty  itself,  but  not  in  the 
Latin  of  the  best  period. 

manumittere,  -6,  -mlsi,  -mis- 
sus, [manus  -j-  mittere],  to  re- 
lease from  one's  hand  and  power, 
but  confined  to  setting  free  a  slave 
by  a  certain  legal  process;  to  set 
free,  to  manumit. 

manus,  -us,  [?],  f.,  a  hand ;  hence, 
an  armed  force;  a  body,  company ; 
power. 

marcescere,  -6,  (not  used  in  the 
other  stems),  [inceptive  of  mar- 
cere],  to  begin  to  wither  away; 
hence,  to  decay  ;  to  become  feeble. 

Marcus,  -I,  m.,  a  Roman  prae- 
nomen,  as  Marcus  Tullius 
Cicero.  Abbreviation  M. 

mare,  st.  mari-,  [?],  n.,  the  sea. 

marinus,  -a,  -um,  [mari  -j-  no-], 
of  or  belonging  to  the  sea,  marine. 

maritimus,  -a,  -um,  [mari  + 
timo-],  of  or  belonging  to  the  sea, 
maritime  (related  to  marinus, 
much  as  the  respective  English 
derivatives  "  maritime "  and 
"  marine "  are  related  to  each 
other). 

maritus,  -I,  [maritus,  -a,  -um, 
(mas,  male,  and  suffix  to-,  as 
if  through  a  denom.  *marire) ; 
used  as  noun],  m.,  a  married  man, 
a  husband. 

Marius,  -a,  -um.  the  name  of  a  Ro- 
man gens.  —  The  most  famous  of 
the  name  is  C.  Marius,  the  con- 
queror of  Jugurtha,  in  106  B.  c., 
of  the  Teutones  in  102,  and  of  the 
Cimbri  in  101  B.  c.,  and  the  great 
opponent  of  Sulla. 

Mars,  st.  Mart-,  m.,  the  god  of 
war,  also  of  farming  and  of  shep- 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


317 


herds,  and,  according  to  the  le- 
gend, father  of  Romulus  and  Re- 
mus. 

mater,  st.  matr-,  [?],  f.,  a  mother. 

matercula,  -ae,  [mater  and  la- 
(dim.),  as  if  through  a  stem  in 
CO-],  f.,  a  little  mother. 

materia,  -ae,  [mater  and  suffix 
ia-],  f.,  the  stuff  from  which  things 
are  made,  material ;  hence,  espe- 
cially, timber. 

matrimonium,  -I,  [matr-  -f  mo- 
nio-,  with  i  inserted  after  the 
fashion  of  vowel  stems],  n.,  mar- 
riage, matrimony. 

matrona,  -ae,  [matr-  -f  na-,  as 
if  through  an  6-steni],  f.,  a  mar- 
ried woman,  matron. 

maturare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  maturus  (same  root 
as  mane,  morning)],  to  make  ripe, 
ripen ;  hence,  to  quicken,  hasten, 
accelerate;  occasionally,  also,  in- 
trans.,  to  make  haste,  hurry. 

maxime,  [adv.  of  maximus], 
most  greatly;  hence,  exceedingly; 
most ;  especially,  particularly. 

maximus,  -a,  -um,  [superl.  of 
magnus  (i.  e.,  mag  +  simo-)], 
greatest,  very  great. 

Mediolaimm.  -I,  n.,  the  chief  city 
of  the  Insubrians  in  Cisalpine 
Gaul,  somewhat  north  of  the  river 
Padus  (Po) ;  now  Milan. 

meditari,  -or,  -atus,  [frequent, 
from  same  root  as  mederi],  to 
think  over,  reflect  upon ;  hence,  to 
design,  intend  ;  to  practise,  exercise 
in. 

mediterraneus,  -a,  -um,  [from 
medi(o)  +  terra,  with  the  com- 
pound suffix  neo-  (no  -f- 
eo-  (io-)],  midland,  inland. 

medius,  -a,  -um,    [same  root  as 


Eng.  middle  +  io-],  midway,  in 
the  middle.  —  in  media  via,  in 
the  middle  of  the  road. 

melior,  [comp.  of  bonus,  from  a 
different  stem],  better. 

melius,  [neuter  of  melior,  and 
also  adv.],  better. 

membrana,  -ae,  [from  mem- 
brum  and  the  suffix  iia-,  as  if 
through  an  a-stem],  f.,  a  mem- 
brane (i.  e.,  the  thin  skin  which 
covers  various  parts  of  the  body, 
as  the  interior  of  the  nose) ;  hence, 
parchment  (i.  e.,  skin  to  write 
on). 

membrum,  -I,  [?],  n.,  a  limb,  mem- 
ber; hence,  apart,  section. 

memor,  st.  memor-,  [^  mem 
+  or-],  mindful. 

memorare-,  6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  memor],  to  make 
mindful  of,  to  remind  of;  hence, 
to  speak  about,  tell,  recount. 

memoria,  -ae,  [memor  +  ia-], 
f.,  memory  ;  hence,  a  remembrance  ; 
a  narration,  a  memoir. 

meiidacium,  -I,  [mendac-  + 
io-],  n.,  a  lie. 

mendax,  st.  mendac-,  [?],  in- 
clined to  lie,  lying,  mendacious. 

mens,  st.  ment(i)-,  [\]  mem  (cf. 
memor)  +  ti],  f.,  the  mind,  es- 
pecially, the  intellect;  a  state  of 
mind. 

mensura,  -ae,  [root  of  metiri 
and  suffix  ra-,  as  if  through  a 
stem  in  su-],  f.,  measure. 

mentio,  st.  mention-,  [same  root 
as  mens,  memor,  etc.,  and  suffix 
ion-,  as  if  through  a  stem  in  to-], 
f.,  a  calling  to  mind,  mention.  — 
facere  mentionem,  to  speak 

of- 
meracus,  -a,  -um,  [merus  and 


318 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


the  suffix  CO-,  as  if  through  an 
a-stem],  pure,  unmixed  (used  most 
commonly  of  wine). 

mercari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  merx  {root  of  merere,  to 
earn  +  0(0)-}],  to  trade;  hence, 
to  buy. 

mercator,  st.  mercatSr-,  [mer- 
ca  -j-tor-],  m.,  one  who  trades; 
hence,  a  large  dealer,  a  merchant. 

mercedula,  -ae,  [merced  +  la- 
(dimin.)  with  U  inserted  after  the 
analogy  of  diminutives  from  O- 
stems],  f.,  small  pay,  a  slight  re- 
ward. 

merces,  st.  merced-,  [root  of  me- 
rere and  suffix  d(o)-,  as  if 
through  an  e-stem,  and  passing 
into  the  third  declension],  f.,  earn- 
ings ;  hence,  pay,  ivages ;  recom- 
pense, reward. 

merere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus,  (also, 
merer!,  -eor,  -itus),  [root mean- 
ing to  get  apart],  to  earn,  deserve ; 
hence,  to  win,  get ;  to  serve  in  the 
army. 

mergere,  -6,  mersi,  mersus,  [?], 
to  plunge  or  dip  into;  hence,  to 
sink. 

mer idles,  -ei,  [obscure  compound 
of  dies],  m.,  midday,  noon; 
hence,  south. 

meritum,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  merere, 
used  as  noun],  n.,  something 
earned;  hence,  a  reward  or  pun- 
ishment, but  in  classical  Latin 
slightly  turned  so  as  to  mean  a 
favor,  service ;  merit. 

merus,  -a,  -um,  [?],pure,  unmixed; 
bare,  mere ;  real,  true,  genuine. 

met,  particle  attached  to  certain 
pronouns  to  give  them  emphasis, 
as  semet. 

me  tail,  -or,  -atus,  [denom.  from 


meta,   boundary,   goal],  to  mark 
off;  to  measure  out,  lay  out. 

Mettius,  -I,  m.,  an  Italian  name ; 
see  Fuffetius. 

metuere,  -6.  metui,  metutus, 
[denom.  frommetus],  to  fear,  be 
afraid  of. 

metus,  -us,  [?],  m.,fear,  apprehen- 
sion. 

meus,  -a,  -um,  (voc.  sing.  masc. 
generally  mi,  occasionally  meus), 
[me  -f-  O-],  my,  mine. 

mi,  see  meus. 

Micythus,  -I,  [Gr.  pr.  name,  Mi-. 
KV&OS],  m.,  a  young  Theban,  friend 
of  Epaminondas.  See  Lesson 
xlviii. 

migrare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [?],  to 
move  from  one  place  to  another,  to 
migrate  ;  hence,  to  turn,  change. 

miles,  st.  milit-,  [?],  m.,  a  soF- 
dier  ;  "hence,  a  foot-soldier. 

milia,  see  mflle. 

mHiarius,  -a,  -um,  [mille,  and 
the  made-up  ending  arius  (see 
adversarius)],  containing  a 
thousand.  —  Hence,  miliarium, 
-I,  n.,  a  stone  which  marked  a 
thousand  paces,  a  mile- 
stone. 

militare,  -6,  -avi, 
-atum,  [denom.  from 
miles],  to  be  a  soldier, 
serve  in  the  army. 

militaris,  -e,  [milit-  + 
aris  (i.  e.,  after  the 
pattern  of  luna-ris)], 
of  or  belonging  to  a 
soldier,  military. 

militia,  -ae,  [milit-  +  ia-],  f., 
military  service,  warfare.  —  domi 
mHitiaeque,  at  home  and  in  the 
field. 

mille  (indec.  in  sing.,  and  commonly 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


319 


used  as  adj.),  [?],  «  thousand.  — 
PL  milia  (ormillia),  -ium,  (used 
as  noun),  thousands. 

millesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordinal  of 
mille],  thousandth. 

Miltiades,  -is,  [Gr.  pr.  name,  MiA- 
TidSrjs],  m.,  a  famous  Athenian 
general  who  won  the  battle  of 
Marathon  in  490  B.  C.,  and  .sub- 
dued the  island  of  Lemnos  by  a 
trick. 

mlluus,  -1,  [?J,  m.,  a  kite  (bird  of 
prey). 

mill  a,  -ae,  [Gr.  word  /mi],  f.,  a 
mina  (a  silver  coin  worth  about 
eighteen  dollars). 

minaciter,  [adv.  of  minax, 
mina-  (cf.  minari)  -f-  c(o)], 
threateningly. 

minari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom.  from 
minae,  threats],  to  threaten,  men- 
ace. 

Minerva,  -ae,  [same  root  as  mens 
and  memini],  f.,  the  goddess  of 
wisdom,  the  arts,  poetry,  spinning, 
etc.,  and  confused  with  the  Greek 
Athene. 

minim  e,  [adv.  of  minimus],  least, 
very  little ;  by  no  means,  not  in  the 
least  (as  a  strong  negative  answer 
to  a  question). 

minimus,  -a,  -um,  [superl.  of 
parvos,  from  a  different  stem], 
least,  very  small. 

minitari,  -or,  -atus,  [frequent, 
of  minari],  to  threaten  (forcibly). 
Used  with  a  dative  of  the  person 
(or  personified  thing)  threatened, 
and  an  ace.  of  the  threat ;  or  with 
an  ace.  of  the  person  (or  personi- 
fied thing)  threatened,  and  an 
abl.  of  the  threat. 

minor,  -us,  [comp.  of  parvos, 
fr.  a  different  stem] ,  less,  smaller. 


minuere,  -6,  minui,  -utus,  [de- 
nom. from  minus],  to  make  less, 
to  lessen;  hence,  to  weaken,  re- 
duce; also,  intrans.,  to  become  less. 

minus,  [neut.  of  minor  and  also 
an  adverb],  less. 

miraculum,  -I,  [mira-  +  lo-,  as 
if  through  a  stem  in  CO-],  n., 
a  wonder,  a  strange  thing,  a  mir- 
acle. 

mirari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom.  from 
mirus],to  wonder  at,  be  surprised 
at ;  to  admire. 

minis,  -a,  -um,  [^  mi,  smi  (same 
root  as  Eng.  smile)  -j-  ro-],  aston- 
ishing, wonderful. 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  [same  root  as 
maerere],  wretched,  unfortunate. 

miserari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom.  from 
miser],  to  look  upon  as  wretched, 
to  pity,  lament.  (Used  with  an  ac- 
cusative as  direct  object,  unlike 
most  verbs  of  pitying.) 

misere,  [adv.  of  miser],  wretched- 
ly, unfortunately ;  desperately. 

misereri,  -eor,  -itus,  [denom. 
from  miser],  to  feel  pity  for,  to 
pity.  —  Hence,  in  active  form,  as 
an  impersonal  verb,  me  miseret 
illius,  I  pity  him. 

miseret,  see  misereri. 

missus,  -us,  [root  of  mittere  + 
su-],  m.,  a  sending ;  hence,  a  hurl- 
ing. 

mitescere,  -6,  (not  used  in  the 
other  stems),  [inceptive  from 
mitis],  to  begin  to  be  soft  or 
mellow;  hence,  to  become  mild  or 
gentle. 

mitis,  -e,  [?],  mild,  soft;  hence, 
ripe,  mellow;  gentle. 

mittere,  -6,  misi,  missus,  [?], 
to  send,  send  off,  let  go. 

moderatus,  -a,   -um,   [p.   p.    of 


320 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


moderare  (denom.  from  mo- 
dus), used  as  adj.],  kept  in  boujids, 
well  regulated,  temperate,  moderate 
(of  persons)  ;  not  excessive,  moder- 
ate (of  things). 

modestia,  -ae,  [modesto  +  ia-], 
f.,  the  quality  of  being  modes- 
tus,  moderation ;  hence,  modesty. 

modestus,  -a,  -um,  [from  mo- 
dus, like  honestus  from  ho- 
nos  (honor)],  within  bounds; 
hence,  moderate  ;  mild,  temperate  ; 
modest. 

modo,  [abl.  of  modus,  used  as 
adv.],  according  to  the  measure; 
hence,  merely,  only ;  just  noic.  — 
modo  .  .  .  modo,  now  .  .  .  now, 
at  one  time  .  .  .  at  another.  —  non 
modo  .  .  .  sed  etiam.  not  only 
.  .  .  but  also.  —  modo  non.  only 
not,  all  but ;  as  conjunc.,  with  sub- 
junc.,  if  only,  provided  that. 

modus,  -I,  [^  mod  -f  o-],  m.,  a 
measure ;  hence,  a  bound,  limit ; 
rhythm,  metre ;  a  way,  method.  — 
hoc  modo.  in  hunc  modum, 
ad  hunc  modum,  in  this  way, 
after  this  fashion. 

moenia.  -ium.  [yf  mu  (same  root 
asinmunire,fo/0r*[/y)],n..  walls, 
bulwarks,  especially,  the  walls  of  a 
city ;  hence,  a  city. 

moles,  st.  moli-,  [?],  f.,  a  (shape- 
less) mass;  hence,  a  pier,  mole;  a 
great  quantity,  heap;  difficulty, 
trouble. 

molestia,  -ae,  [molesto  +  ia-], 
f..  difficulty,  trouble,  annoyance. 

molestus,  -a,  -um,  [from  moles 
4-  tus  (cf.  modestus,  hones- 
tus, etc.),  with  O  shortened  be- 
cause of  the  moving  forward  of 
the  accent],  troublesome,  annoying, 
irksome. 


molimentum,  -I,  [moll-  (stem  of 
mollri,  denom.  from  moles,  a 
mass,  then  trouble}  -\-  mento-], 
n.,  great  exertion,  effort. 

mollri.  -ior.  -itus.  [denom.  from 
moles],  to  take  trouble;  hence, 
to  set  in  motion ;  to  construct ;  to  set 
going,  work  upon. 

molllre,  -io,  -ivi,  -Itus,  [denom. 
from  mollis],  to  make  soft,  to 
soften ;  hence,  to  mitigate,  make 
pleasanter;  to  moderate,  tame;  to 
make  effeminate. 

momentum,  -I,  [^  mov  (of 
movere)  -f  mento-],  n.,  the 
means  of  moving ;  hence,  motion ; 
disturbance,  revolution ;  an  influ- 
ence, factor,  motive ;  a  moment  of 
time. 

Mona.  -ae,  [foreign  name],  f.,  an 
island  between  England  and  Ire- 
land, now  called  the  Isle  of  Man. 
The  same  name  is  also  given  by 
the  imperial  writers  (Tacitus, 
Pliny,  etc.),  and  probably  by  Cae- 
sar, to  the  island  of  Anglesea,  off 
the  northwest  coast  of  Wales. 

monere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus,  [same 
root  as  mens  and  memini],  to 
call  to  mind,  remind  of;  hence, 
to  warn. 

moiiile.  st.  monlli-,  [?],  n.,  a  neck- 
lace, collar. 

monitio.  st.  monition-,  [moni- 
t°/i-  (P-  P-  of  monere)  +  ion-], 
f.,a  having  warned  or  admonished  ; 
hence,  an  admonishing,  a  remind- 
ing, a  warning. 

monitor,  st.  monitor-,  [from  mo- 
nere, like  amator  from  ama- 
re],  m.,  one  who  warns  or  admon- 
ishes; a  reminder,  monitor. 

monitus,  -us,  [from  monere, 
like  habitus  from  habere]. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


321 


m.,  a  reminding;  hence,  a  warn- 
ing. 

mons,  st.  mont(i)-,  [?],  m.,  a  moun- 
tain, hill. 

monstrare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  monstrum],  to  show, 
point  out ;  hence,  to  indicate,  tell. 

monstrum,  -I,  [obscure  formation 
from  root  in  monere],  n.,  some- 
thing shown;  hence,  a  sign  from 
the  gods,  an  omen,  a  prodigy ;  a 
monstrosity  ;  a  monster. 

montanus,  -a,  -um,  [moiis  and 
the  made-up  ending  -arms  (i.  e., 
after  the  pattern  of  Romanus)], 
of  a  mountain,  mountainous. 

monumentum,  -I,  [root  of  mo- 
nere and  mento-,  as  if  through 
an  O-stem],  n.,  the  means  of  calling 
to  mind;  hence,  a  memorial,  monu- 
ment. 

mora,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  delay,  a  hin- 
drance. 

morari.  -or,  -atus,  [denom.  from 
mora],  to  delay,  tarry,  stay  f  also 
trans.,  to  detain,  delay. 

morbus,  -I,  [root  of  mori  +  bo-], 
m.,  a  sickness,  disease. 

mori,  -ior,  mortuus,  (fut.  part, 
moriturus),  [yf  mar  or  mor, 
used  as  stem],  to  die. 

moribundus,  -a,  -um,  [root  of 
mori  -f  bundo-,  as  if  through 
an  O-stem],  dying,  moribund. 

moriturus,  fut.  part,  of  mori,  about 
to  die,  doomed  to  die,  ready  to  die. 

mors,st.  mort(i)-,  [^  mor  +  ti], 
f.,  death. 

mortalis,  -e,  [mors  and  the  made- 
up  ending  -alls  (i.  e.,  after  the 
pattern  of  natura-lis)],  belonging 
to  death;  hence,  mortal,  and,  as 
noun,  a  mortal,  a  man.  (In  classical 
Latin  generally  plural.) 


mortifer  (less  common,  mortife- 
rus),  -a,  -um,  [morti  +  *f erus 
(root  of  ferre  +  O-)],  death- 
bringing,  mortal,  deadly,  fatal. 

mortuus,  p.  p.  of  mori. 

mos,  st.  mor-,  [?],  m.,  a  custom, 
usage,  habit;  caprice,  whim.  — 
Hence,  mores,  -um,  manners, 
character. 

motus,  -us,  [yf  mov  +  tu-],  m., 
movement,  motion ;  hence,  emotion, 
agitation ;  a  tumult,  commotion. 

movere,  -eo,  movi,  motus,  [?], 
to  move ;  hence,  to  disturb,  trou- 
ble ;  to  arouse,  cause,  excite. 

mox,  [?],  adv.,  soon,  presently. 

Mucius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  C.  Mucius 
Scaevola,  the  youth  who,  hav- 
ing failed  to  assassinate  King  Por- 
sena,  burned  off  his  own  hand 
before  the  king.  —  Q.  Mucius 
Scaevola,  one  of  the  sons-in-law 
of  C.  Laelius,  to  whom  he  is 
represented  as  talking  in  Cicero's 
dialogue,  De  Amicitia. 

mucro,  st.  mucroii-,  [?],  m.,  a 
sharp  point;  hence,  a  sword  point, 
a  sword. 

mugire,  -io,  -Tvi,  -itum,  to  low,  to 
bellow. 

mulier,  st.  mulier-,  [?],  f.,  a  wo- 
man, a  female. 

multitude,  stem  multitudin-, 
[multus  and  the  made-up  ending 
tudo,  as  if  through  a  stem  in  tu- 
(cf.  habitus,  habitudo)],  f.,  a 
crowd,  number,  multitude. 

multo,  see  multus. 

multum,  see  multus. 

multus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  much,  pi. 
many.  —  Hence,  multum  (ace.  as 
adverb),  much,  far,  often ;  multo 
(abl.  as  adv.),  by  a  good  deal,  by 


322 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


far,  much.  —  Comp.  plus,  st. 
plur-;  superl.  plurimus  (from 
another  stem). 

mundus, -a, -um,  [?],  neat,  nice; 
well-arranged.  —  Hence,  as  noun, 
mundus,  -I,  m.,  the  universe,  the 
u-orld. 

municeps,  st.  municip-,  [mu- 
nia,  -orum,  duties  +  *caps, 
from  root  of  capere],  m.,  citizen 
of  a  municipium,  or  free- 
town. 

mummentum,  -I,  [muni  + 
meuto-  (i.  e.,  min-  -f  to-)],  n., 
the  means  of  fortifying ;  hence,  a 
fortification,  bulwark,  defence. 

munire,  -io,  -Ivi,  -itus,  (older, 
moenire).  [denom.  from  moe- 
nia],  to  build  a  wall  about,  to  for- 
tify, intrench;  hence,  to  make  or 
open  a  road. 

mimus,  st.  muner-,  [same  root  as 
munia.  municeps,  etc.  +  er-], 
n.,  a  duty,  function,  service;  hence, 
a  tribute,  present,  gift ;  a  gladiato- 
rial show. 

murus,  -i,  [?],  m.,  a  wall  (the  gen- 
eral word,  while  moenia  means 
walls  of  defence,  and  paries  a 
partition  wall). 

N. 

N.,  abbreviation  for  Numerius. 
nactus,  -a,  -um,   p.  p.  of   naii- 

cisci. 
nam,  [case  form  from  same  root  as 

num.],  conj.,ybr. 
namque.  [nam-f-  que].conj.,/or. 

(Stronger  than  nam.) 
nancisci.  -or,  nactus  (also  nanc- 

tus),    [inceptive   from    ^  nac], 

to  get,  acquire;  to  meet  with;  to 

find. 


nare,  -6,  -avi.  to  swim  or  float. 

narrare.  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [broken 
down  from  gnarigare  (from 
the  same  root  as  ignarus  and 
(g)noscere)],  to  tell,  relate, 
narrate. 

nasci,  -or,  natus,  [for  gnasci  (in- 
ceptive from  yf  gen  of  gignere)], 
to  be  born. 

uatalis.  -e,  [natus  and  made-up 
ending  alis  (i.  e.,  after  the  pat- 
tern of  natura-lis],  belonging  to 
birth,  natal.  —  Hence,  as  noun, 
natalis,  -is,  m.,  birthday. 
|  natio,  st.  nation-,  [nato-  (p.  p. 
of  nasci)  +  ion-],  f.,  a  hav- 
ing been  born,  but  chiefly  used  in 
the  concrete  meanings  a  breed, 
race,  and,  especially,  a  people,  na- 
tion. 

natiira,  -ae,  [natu  -f  ra-],  f.,  the 
nature  of  a  thing;  hence,  nature 
(personified). 

naturalis,  -e,  [natura  +  li], 
belonging  to  one's  nature,  natu- 
ral 

natus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  nasci], 
born,  and,  as  noun,  a  son,  or,  in  the 
fern.,  a  daughter. 

natus,  -us,  [^  (g)na  +  tu],  m., 
birth. 

naufragium,  -i,  [naufrago  (v' 
nav,from  navis  +  *fragus,  root 
of  frangere  +  o-)  +  io-],  n.,  « 
shipwreck ;  hence,  loss,  ruin. 

nauta,  -ae,  [for  navita  (navi  + 
ta-)],  m.,  a  boatman,  sailor. 

navalis,  -e,  [navis  and  the  made- 
up  ending  alis  (i.  e.,  after  the  pat- 
tern of  natura-lis)],  of  a  ship, 
naval. 

navicula,  -ae,  [navi-  and  la-  di- 
min.,  as  if  through  a  stem  in  CO-], 
f.,  a  little  ship,  a  boat. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


v 


navis,  st.  navi-, 

ship,  vessel. 


nav  +  i],  f-,  a 


ne,  [weakened  from  ne-  and  used 
as  enclitic  interrogative  particle]. 
It  asks  a  question  without  imply- 
ing anything  as  to  the  kind  of 
answer  expected ;  in  indirect  ques- 
tions, whether.  (Regularly  at- 
tached to  the  first  word  of  its 
clause.) 

ne,  [case  form  of  same  stem  as 
num.],  not.  (Used  with  commands, 
purposes  ^that  not,  lest},  wishes, 
etc.)  —  ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not .  .  . 
even,  not  .  .  .  either  (emphasizing 
what  stands  between  the  two 
words). 

nec,  see  neque. 

necare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  nex],  to  put  to  death,  slay 
(especially  by  starvation  or  poi- 
soning, i.  e.,  without  a  weapon). 

necesse  (indecl.  adj.),  [?],  un- 
avoidable, necessary.  (Used  with 
esse  or  habere.) —  niihi  ne- 
cesse est,  J  must  (an  unavoid- 
able, i.  e.,  physical,  necessity). 

necessitas,  st.  necessitat-,  [ne- 
cesse +  tat-],  f.,  unavoidable- 
ness,  necessity;  hence,  also,  rela- 
tionship; intimacy,  though  less 
common  in  these  meanings  than 
necessitudo. 


nefarius,  -a,  -um,  [nefas  (ne  + 
fas,  root  of  far!)  -{-  io-],  unspeak- 
able ;  hence,  execrable,  impious,  ne- 
farious. 

negare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [?],  to  say 
no;  hence,  to  deny,  refuse. 

neglegens,  st.  neglegent-,  [pres. 
p.  of  neglegere,  used  as  adj.], 
careless,  indifferent,  negligent. 

neglegentia,  -ae,  [neglegent- 
(pres.  p.  of  neglegere,  nec  -f 
legere)  +  ia-L  f->  a  failing  to 
gather  up;  hence,  a  disregarding, 
carelessness,  negligence. 

neglegere,  -6,  -lexi,  -lectus, 
[iiec  +  legere],  not  to  gather  up; 
hence,  to  slight,  disregard,  neglect. 

negotium,  -I,  [nec  +  otium, 
ease],  n.,  employment,  business,  af- 
fair ;  hence,  difficulty,  trouble. 

nemo,  st.  nemin-,  [ne  +  homo], 
m.,  no  man,  no  one,  nobody.  (Not 
used  in  classic  prose  in  the  gen.  or 
abl.,  these  cases  being  supplied 
from  nullus.) 

nepos,  st.nepot-,  [?],  m.,  a  grand- 
son ;  hence,  a  spendthrift. 

Nepos,  st.  Nepot-,  [same  word  as 
the  preceding],  m.,  a  surname  in 
the  gens  Cornelia.  —  C.  Cor- 
nelius Nepos,  the  historian, 
who  lived  at  the  end  of  the  repub- 
lican period  and  was  a  friend  of 
Cicero's. 

Neptunus,  -i,  m.,  Neptune,  the  god 
of  the  sea  and  of  waters  in  gen- 
eral. He  was  brother  of  Jupiter, 
and  was  confused  with  the  Greek 
Poseidon. 

neque  (or  nec),  [ne  +  que],  and 
not,  nor.  —  neque  (nec)  .  .  . 
neque  (nec),  neither  .  .  .  nor; 
neque  .  .  .  et,  and  not  .  .  . 
but. 


824 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


nequlquam,   [ne  +  qui-quam 

(case  of  quis-quam)],  adv.,   in 

vain,  to  no  purpose. 
nequire,  -eo,  (-11),  [ne  +quire], 

not  to  be  able,  be  unable,  cannot. 

(Used  only  in  a  few  forms.) 
nescire,   -io,   -ivi,  -itus,  [ne  + 

scire],  not  to  know,  to  be  unaware, 

ignorant  of. 
neuter,  -tra,  -trum,  [ne  +  uter], 

neither  (of  two). 
nex,  st.  nee-,  [?],  f.,  death  (chiefly 

a  violent  death), 
ni,  [same  root  as  ne],  unless,  if  not ; 

quid  ni,  why  not  ? 
mdulus,  -i,  [md0/!  +  lo-  (dim.)], 

m.,  a  little  nest. 
nidus,  -I,  [?],  m.,  a  nest. 
nih.il,  see  nihilum. 
niliiluni.  -I,  (more  commonly  nihil, 

indecl.),    [ne  +  hllum,  a  whit, 

trifle],  n.,  nothing  at  all,  nothing, 

(Oblique    cases    except    ace.   are 

usually  supplied   from  nullum, 

neut.  of  nullus.) 
nimis,  [?],  adv.,  too  much. 
nimius,  -a,-um,  [nimi(s)  +  io-], 

adj.,  too   much  ;  hence,  excessive ; 

very  much. 
nisi,  [ne  +si],  conj.,  unless,  if  not, 

except. 
niti,  -or,   nixus   (and  less  often 

msus),    [?],   to  rest    upon,   lean 

upon ;  hence,  to  depend  upon  ;  to 

strive  for. 
nobilis.  -e,  [root  of  noscere  and 

suffix  li-  as  if  through  a  *nobus 

(^  no  +bo-),  cf.  agilis],  worthy 

of  being  known ;   hence,  known. 

famous;     hence,    belonging    to    a 

family  from  which  curule   officers 

have  sprung,  noble  ;  excellent. 
nocere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itum,  [same root 

as  nex],  to  harm,  injure. 


nolle,  nolo,  nolul,  [ne  +  veUe], 
not  to  be  willing,  to  be  unwilling. 

nomen  (originally  gnomen),  st 
nomin-,  [root  of  (g)noscere  -f 
min],  n.,  the  means  of  knowing,  a 
name;  hence,  a  noun;  fame,  re- 
nown.—  tuo  nomine,  in  your 
name,  on  your  account  or  behalf. 

nominare,  -6.  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  nomen],  to  give  a 
name  to  ;  to  name,  call. 

nominating  [ace.  of  a  *nomina- 
tis  (nomina  -f  ti-),  used  as 
adv.],  by  name,  individually. 

noil,  [for  noenum  (ne  +  unum, 
old  oenum)].  not.  (The  general 
negative  for  denials  of  statements, 
etc.,  and  negativing  single  ideas). 
—  non  soluni  (modo  or  taii- 
tum)  .  .  .  sed  etiam  (verum 
etiam  or  sed  alone),  not  only 
.  .  .  but  (also). 

nonagesimus,  -a,  -um,  [related  to 
ndnaginta,  as  trlgesimus  to 
triginta],  the  ninetieth. 

nonagiiita  (indecl.),  [obscure  for- 
mation from  root  in  novem, 
nonus],  ninety. 

nondum,  [non  -f  dum].  not  yet. 

nongentesimus,  -a.  -um.  [ordi- 
nal of  nongenti],  the  nine  hun- 
dredth. 

nongenti,  -ae,  -a,  [novem  + 
centum],  nine  hundred. 

nonne.  [non  +  -ne],  interrogative 
particle  used  to  imply  the  answer 
"yes." 

nonnullus,  -a,  -um,  [non  -f  nul- 
lus], not  none,  i.  e.,  some,  several. 

nonus,  -a,  -um,  [novem  +  no-], 
ninth. 

nos.  nostrum  or  nostri,  pi.  of 
ego  from  a  different  root,  we.  (Of 
the  genitive  forms,  nostrum  is 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


325 


chiefly  confined  to  the  partitive 
sense,  and  nostri  is  used  as  an 
objective  genitive.) 

noster,  -tra,  -trum,  [nos  -f- 
tro-],  our. 

novem,  [same  root  as  Eng.  nine], 
nine. 

novos  (-us),-a,-om(-um),  [same 
word  as  Eng.  new],  new;  hence, 
fresh;  novel,  strange.  (It  denotes 
something  which  has  not  existed 
before,  opposed  to  antiquus ; 
while  recens  denotes  what  is 
still  of  short  existence,  opposed  to 
vetus.) 

iiox,  st.  noct(i)-,  [root  of  nocere 
+  ti-],  f.,  night. 

nubere,  -6,  nupsi,  nuptum,  to 
cover,  veil,  but  chiefly  used  as  an 
intransitive  or  a  reflexive  verb,  in 
the  sense  to  veil  one's  self  as  a 
bride,  marry. 

nubes,  st.  nub(i)-,  [same  root  as 
nubere],  f.,  a  cloud. 

nudus, -a, -um,  [?],  naked,  bare; 
hence,  stripped  of;  defenceless,  ex- 
posed. 

nullus,  -a,  -um,  [ne  -f  ullus 
(dim.  from  unus)],  not  any,  none. 

num,  [same  root  as  ne],  interroga- 
tive particle  used  to  imply  an 
answer  "  no." 

Numa,  -ae,  m.,  [^  nem,  num, 
same  as  that  of  numerus],  a 
proper  name,  especially  that  of 
Numa  Pompilius,  the  second 
of  the  kings  of  Rome. 

numen,  st.  numin-,  [root  of  nu- 
ere,  to  nod  +  min-],  n.,  a  nod; 
hence,  a  command,  but  almost 
wholly  confined  to  the  meanings, 
divine  will,  divinity ;  a  deity. 

numerare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  fromfiumerus],  to  number, 


count ;  hence,  to  reckon,  consider  as 
so  and  so. 

Numerius,  -I,  [numer°/i  +  io-], 
m.,  a  Roman  praenomen,  es- 
pecially in  the  gens  Fabia. 
Abbreviation  N. 

numerus,  -I,  [*numo-  (root  mean- 
ing to  distribute)  -\-  ro-],  m.,  a 
number  ;  hence,  a  quantity ;  rank, 
place ;  rhythm,  time. 

Numitor,  -oris,  m.,  the  son  of 
Procas,  king  of  Alba,  whose  king- 
dom was  usurped  by  his  younger 
brother  Amulius.  He  was  grand- 
father of  Romulus  and  Remus. 

nummus,  -I,  [same  root  as  nu- 
merus], m.,  a  coin  ;  hence,  money  ; 
especially  used  for  a  sestertius 
(a  silver  coin  worth  about  five 
cents). 

numquam,  [ne  +  umquam], 
adv.,  never. 

nunc,  [num  -f-  ce-  (denom.  suf- 
fix)], adv.,  now  (the  present  mo- 
ment considered  by  itself,  not,  as 
with  lain,  as  a  point  in  a  series) ; 
hence,  under  these  circumstances; 
as  it  is.  —  etiam  nunc,  even  now, 
still. 

nuncupare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [no- 
men  -f-  *cupare  (varied  from 
capere)],  to  call  by  name ;  hence, 
to  name  as  heir,  but  in  classic  prose 
chiefly  confined  to  the  meaning, 
to  offer  vows  (officially). 

nuiitiare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  nuntius],  to  bring  news,  to 
report,  declare,  tell. 

nuntius,  -I,  [for  noventius, 
*novent-  (pres.  p.  of  *novere 
denom.  from  novos)  -|-  io-], 
m.,  a  new  arrival ;  hence,  a  bringer 
of  news,  messenger ;  a  message,  news. 

nuper,  [for  noviper  (nov%  -|- 


326 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


suffix  per)],  adv.,  newly,  recently, 
lately. 

nuptiae.  -arum,  [nupt°/i  (p.  p. 
of  nub  ere)  +  ia-],  f.,  a  wedding, 
marriage. 

nusquam,  [ne  -|-  usquam],  adv., 
nowhere. 

nutricius,  -a,  -um,  [nutrix  and 
suffix  io-  as  if  through  a  stem  in 
CO-],  nourishing ;  hence,  caring  for. 

nutrire,  -io,  -ivi,  -Itus,  [?],  to 
suckle,  nurse  ;  hence,  to  rear,  bring 
up ;  to  take  care  of;  to  cultivate,  sup- 
port. 

nymph  a.  -ae,  [Gr.  word,  vvfjufnj],  f., 
a  nymph  (i.  e.,  one  of  the  demi- 
goddesses  who  dwelt  in  seas,  rivers, 
woods,  etc.,  presiding  over  the 
pleasing  and  lovely  forms  of  na- 
ture). 

o. 

6,  interj.,  O  /  oh  ! 

°b,  [?],  prep,  with  ace.,  towards; 
but  in  classical  Latin  confined  to 
the  meanings  in  front  of;  and  es- 
pecially, on  account  of,  for,  by  rea- 
son of.  —  ob  earn  rem,  on  that 
account ;  ob  iram.  because  of  an- 
ger; ob  oculos,  before  one's  eyes  ; 
obviam,  in  one's  way ;  obviam 
ire,  to  meet. 

obdormire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itum,  [ob 
+  dormire],  to  fall  asleep. 

obducere.  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[ob  -}-  ducere],  to  draw  in  front 
of;  hence,  to  cover  over,  envelope ; 
also,  to  lead  against. 

obferre,  -fero,  -tuli,  -latus. 
[ob  -f  ferre],  to  bring  before; 
hence,  to  show,  offer ;  to  expose  to ; 
to  confer,  bestow,  present. 

obicere,  46,  -ieci,  -iectus,  [ob 
-fiacere],  to  throw  in  front  of; 


hence,  to  present  to,  offer ;  to  put  in 
the  way  of,  to  oppose  ;  to  taunt,  re- 
proach with. 

obire.  -eo,  -ii,  -itum,  [ob  + 
ire],  to  go  to  meet,  but  more  com- 
monly, to  go  down,  to  set  (of  the 
heavenly  bodies)  ;  to  fall,  die  ;  also, 
to  enter  upon,  perform  (trans.). 

obligare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ob  + 
ligare],  to  bind  before  or  upon ; 
hence,  to  bind  up  a  wound ;  to  put 
under  obligations,  bind. 

oblivisci,  -or,  -litus,  [ob  + 
*livisci  (incept,  from  root  of 
livere,  to  be  dark  blue)],  to  begin 
to  make  dark  or  obscure ;  hence,  to 
forget. 

oboedire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itum,  [ob 
-faudire],  to  listen  to;  hence, 
to  yield  to,  obey. 

oboriri,  -ior,  -ortus,  [ob  -f 
oriri],  to  rise  up  before,  spring 
up,  appear. 

obruere.  -6,  -rui,  -rutus,  [ob  -f 
ruere],  to  rush  against ;  hence,  to 
overwhelm,  strike  down;  to  cover 
over,  bury  ;  to  sink  ;  to  abolish. 

obses,  st.  obsid-,  [ob  and  root  of 
sedere,  to  sit],  c.,  one  under  guard ; 
hence,  a  hostage;  a  bondsman  or 
a  surety. 

obsidere,  -eo,  -sedi.  -sessum, 
[ob  -f  sedere],  to  be  seated  be- 
fore ;  hence,  to  haunt  or  frequent  a 
place ;  to  occupy ;  but  especially  as 
military  term,  to  besiege  or  block- 
ade. 

obsidio,  st.  obsidion-,  [obsid- 
(gathered  from  obsidere,  and 
treated  as  a  stem)  +  ion-]»  f-?  a 
sitting  over  against,  a  besieging,  a 
blockade  (denoting  a  passive  siege 
in  which  the  enemy  is  starved  out, 
while  oppugnatiS  denotes  an 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


327 


active  siege  interspersed  with 
attacks). 

obsistere,  -6,  -stiti,  [ob  +  sis- 
tere],  to  place  one's  self  before; 
hence,  to  oppose,  resist. 

obstinatus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of 
obstinare  (lengthened  form 
from  obstare,  cf.  danunt  for 
dant),  used  as  adj.],  fixed  firm- 
ly ;  hence,  steadfast,  resolute ;  stub- 
born, obstinate. 

obstringere,  -6,  -strinxi,  -stric- 
tus,  [ob  +  stringere],  to  bind 
upon ;  hence,  to  bind,  fetter,  ham- 
per ;  to  put  under  obligations. 

obstupefacere,  -io,  -feci,  -fac- 
tus,  [ob  -f  stupefacere  (form 
from  root  of  stupere  +  fa- 
cere)],  to  dumfound,  amaze,  stu- 
pefy;  to  benumb. 

obtestari,  -or,  -atus,  [ob  -f  tes- 
tari  (denom.  from  testis)],  to  call 
to  witness ;  hence,  to  protest  or  as- 
severate ;  to  entreat,  beseech. 

obtinere,  -eo,  -ui,  -tentus,  [ob 
-f- tenere],  to  lay  hold  upon; 
hence,  to  occupy,  possess,  keep  ;  to 
get  possession  of,  gain;  also  in- 
trans.,  to  prevail,  last,  continue. 

obtruncare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ob 
+  truiicare  (denom.  fromtrun- 
cus,  trunk)],  to  prune  away,  but 
chiefly  used  in  the  sense  to  cut  to 
pieces,  slay,  slaughter. 

obvertere,  -6,  -verti,  -versus, 
[ob  +  vert  ere],  to  turn  (the 
front)  towards. 

obviam,  see  ob. 

occasio,  st.  occasion-,  [occas0/! 
(p.  p.  of  occidere,  ob+cadere) 
+  ion-],  f.,  a  having  fallen  out; 
hence,  an  opportunity,  occasion. 

occasus,  -us,  [from  occidere, 
like  casus  from  root  of  cadere], 


m.,  a  falling  down ;  hence,  a 
going  down,  setting;  downfall, 
ruin. — solis  occasus,  sunset. 

occidere,  -6,  -cidi,  -cisus,  [ob 
+  caedere],  to  strike  or  cut  down  / 
hence,  to  kill,  slay. 

occidere,  -6,  -cidi,  -casum,  [ob 
+  C  a  der  e] ,  t  o  fall  face  forward  ; 
hence,  to  go  down,  set;  to  fall,  die  ; 
to  be  ruined. 

occipere,  -io,  -cepi,  -ceptus, 
[ob  +  capere],  to  take  hold  of, 
but  confined  to  the  meanings  to 
begin,  enter  upon;  also  intrans., 
to  begin. 

occumbere,  -6,  -cubui,  -cubi- 
tus,  [ob  -f-  *cumbere  (y/  cub 
of  cub  are)],  to  sink  down,  but 
chiefly  confined  to  the  meaning, 
to  sink  in  death,  die. 

occupare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ob  -j- 
*cupare  (root  in  capere)],  to 
take  possession  of,  seize;  to  fill, 
occupy. 

occurrere,  -6,  -curri  (rarely  oc- 
cucurri),  -cursum,  [ob  +  cur- 
rere],  to  run  to  meet,  meet;  hence, 
to  attack,  charge  upon;  to  oppose, 
try  to  remedy;  to  suggest  itself, 
occur. 

ocellus,  -i,  [oculo-  +  Io-  (dim.) 
assimilated],  m.,  a  little  eye. 

octavos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um), 
[octo  and  vo-  as  if  through  an 
a-stem],  the  eighth. 

octingentesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordi- 
nal of  octingenti],  the  eight 
hundredth. 

octingenti,  -ae,  -a,  [octo+cen- 
tum],  eight  hundred. 

octo,  indecl.,  [?],  eight. 

octogesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordinal 
of  octoginta],  the  eightieth. 

octoginta,    indecl.,     [related     to 


328 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


octo  as  triginta  to  tres,  tria], 
eighty. 

oculus,  -I,  [*OC%  (root  meaning  to 
see  +  0-)  +  lo-],  m.,  an  eye.  ' 

6di,  odisse,  [?],  (perfect  used  in 
pres.  sense),  I  hate. 

odium,  -I,  [root  in  6di  +  io-j,  n., 
hatred;  hatefulness. 

officium.  -I,  [?],  n.,  a  service,  kind- 
ness ;  but  especially,  a  duty. 

offirmare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ob 
-}-  firmare  (deuom.  from  fir- 
mus)],  to  make  firm;  hence,  to 
holdfast  to,  persevere  in. 

olim,  [loc.  case  form  from  ille 
(older  ollus)],  adv.,  at  that  time; 
hence,  once,  some  time  ago;  also 
of  the  future,  some  time,  hereafter. 

omittere,  -6,  -mis!,  -missus,  [ob 
+  mittere],  to  send  off,  let  fall ; 
hence,  to  give  up,  let  go,  cease  ;  to 
pass  by,  neglect,  omit. 

omnino,  [abl.  of  *omnmus  (om- 
ni--f-iiO-)],adv.,  altogether,  whol- 
ly ;  hence,  in  general ;  to  be  sure.  — 
nih.il  omiiino.  omnino  11611. 
not  at  all. 

omuis,  -e,  [?],  all  (considered  sep- 
arately, while  cunctus  indicates 
all  together ;  so  omnis  denotes 
the  whole  considered  as  made  up 
of  parts,  totus  the  whole  as  one 
thing). 

onus,  st.  oner-,  [?],  n.,  a  burden, 
load ;  hence,  a  difficulty,  trouble, 
annoyance. 

opacare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  opacus],  to  shade,  darken. 

opera. -ae,  [oper-  +  a-],  f.,  labor, 
work,  services  ;  (denoting  the  effort 
expended  by  the  person  who  works, 
while  opus  denotes  the  work 
done  or  its  result).  —  mea  opera, 
by  my  help  or  assistance.  —  dare 


ope  ram,  to  employ  care,  take 
pains,  exert  one's  self. 

opes,  -um,  [?],  f.,  resources, 
means,  wealth;  cf.  the  sing,  [ops], 
opis. 

opinari,  -or,  -atus,  [?],  to  be  of 
opinion,  hold,  think. 

opinio,  st.  opinion-,  [*opin°/i 
(from  root  of  opinari)  -f  ion-] , 
f.,  an  opinion,  notion,  judgment,  be- 
lief; hence,  rejmtation,  impression. 
—  contra  opmionem,  contrary 
to  expectation. 

oportet,  oportuit,  [?],  it  isproper, 
necessary,  one  must  (denoting  a 
moral  necessity). 

oppidulum,  -i,  [oppid%  +  lo- 
(dim.)],  n.,  a  little  town. 

oppidum,  -I,  [ob  +  *pedum 
(same  root  as  pes,  but  the  deriva- 
tion quite  obscure)],  n.,  a  town. 

opportiinus,  -a,  -um.  [made  from 
ob  and  portus,  harbor,  with  the 
suffix  no-],  close  by  the  harbor  ; 
hence,  seasonable,  opportune;  fa- 
vorable, suitable,  advantageous. 

opprimere,  -6,  -press!,  -pressus, 
[ob-f  premere],  to  press  against ; 
hence,  to  put  down,  crush  ;  to  over- 
whelm, overpower;  to  come  upon 
suddenly,  surprise. 

oppugnare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [ob 
+  pugnare  (denom.  from  pu- 
gna)],  to  fight  before,  to  assail ;  to 
besiege  (actively,  while  obsidere 
means  to  besiege  passively,  starve 
out). 

oppugnatio,  st.  oppugnation-, 
[oppugnat°/i  (p.  p.  of  oppu- 
gnare, ob  +  pugnare,  denom. 
from  pugna)  +  ion-],  f.,  a  fight- 
ing over  against,  a  siege  (accompa- 
nied by  frequent  attacks).  Com- 
pare obsidio. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


329 


[ops],  opis,  st.  op-,  [?],  f.,  help,  aid; 
power,  ability.  —  In  plur.,  opes, 
-urn,  means,  resources,  wealth. 

optime,  [adv.  of  optimus],  ex- 
cellently, very  well,  best. 

optimus,  -a,  -um,  [superlative  of 
bonus  (from  a  stem  op-  + 
timo-)],  best,  excellent. 

optio,  st.  option-,  [root  of  optare 
+  ion-],  f.,  a  choosing,  choice. 

opulentus,  -a,  -uin,  [further  for- 
mation of  opulens  (which  also 
occurs),  st.  opulent-  ([ops], 
opis  +  lent-  as  if  through  an 
O-stem)],  wealthy,  rich,  opulent. 

opus,  st.  oper-,  [^  op  +  er-],  n.,  a 
work,  labor  ;  hence,  a  military  work, 
fortification;  a  literary  work  or 
work  of  art.  See  also  opera. 

opus,  indecl.,  [same  word  as  opus, 
work],  n.,  a  need,  necessity,  want. 
Used  only  with  esse  and  govern- 
ing the  ABLATIVE.  —  OpUS  CSt, 
there  is  need  of,  one  wants  or  it  is 
needful,  one  must  (less  strong  than 
necesse). 

opusculum,  -I,  [opus  and  lo- 
(dim.),  as  if  through  a  stem  in 
CO-],  n.,  a  little  work. 

6ra,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  brim,  an  edge; 
a  coast,  shore. 

oraculum,  -I,  [ora-  (stem  of 
6rare)-|-  lo-  as  if  through  a  stem 
in  CO-],  n.,  an  announcement  from 
the  gods,  an  oracle. 

orare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  6s,  mouth],  to  speak,  but 
almost  wholly  confined  to  the 
meanings  to  plead,  beg,  ask,  be- 
seech. 

oratio,  stem  oration-,  [orat°/i 
(p.  p.  of  orare)  +  ion-],  f.,  a 
having  spoken  ;  hence,  a  speech, 
oration  ;  language  ;  oratory. 


orator,  st.  orator-,  [ora-  +  tor-], 

m.,  a  speaker;  hence,  an  orator; 
a  spokesman,  an  ambassador  (with 
a  verbal  message,  i.  e.,  less  formal 
than  legatus). 

oratorius,  -a,  -um,  [orator-  -f- 
io-],  of  an  orator,  oratorical. 

orb  are,  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  orb  us,  -a,  -um],  to  deprive 
or  bereave  of  parents  or  of  children ; 
hence,  to  deprive,  rob  of. 

orbis,  st.  orbi-,  [?],  m.,  a  circle; 
hence,  a  disk  ;  an  orbit. 

ordiiiare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  ordo],  to  set  in  a  row; 
hence,  to  arrange,  put  in  order. 

ordinarius,  -a,  -um,  [ordo  and 
the  made-up  ending  -arius,  cf. 
adversarius],  belonging  to  a  se- 
ries or  to  order,  orderly ;  regular, 
customary. 

6rd5,  st.  ordin-,  [?],  m.,  a  row, 
series;  hence,  regular  order  (as 
military  term),  a  line;  a  class, 
rank,  order. 

oriri,  -ior,  -ortus,  [?],to  arise,  ap- 
pear, come  forth;  to  take  its  origin. 

ornamentum,  -I,  [orna-  +  men- 
to-  (i.  e.,  min-  +  to-)],  n.,  the 
means  of  equipping  ;  hence,  equip- 
ment ;  an  ornament,  decoration,  em- 
bellishment. 

oriiare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [?],  to  pro- 
vide, furnish,  equip;  to  adorn, 
embellish,  decorate;  to  show  honor 
to. 

ornatus,  -us,  [orna-  +  tu-],  m., 
a  furnishing,  providing ;  hence, 
adornment,  decoration;  fine  ap- 
parel. 

ortus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  oriri 
used  as  adj.],  risen  from,  sprung 

.  from,  descended. 

ortus,  -us,  [root  of  oriri-ftu-], 


330 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


m.,  arising ;  hence,  rise,  origin.  — 
soils  ortus,  sunrise. 

6s,  st.  or-,  [?],  n.,  the  mouth,  face. 

OS,  ossis,  [?],  n.,  a  bone. 

ostendere,  -6,  -tendi,  -tentus 
(later  also  ostensus),  [obs  (i.  e., 
ob)  +  tendere],  to  stretch  out  be- 
fore ;  hence,  to  point  out,  show ;  to 
make  known,  declare. 

Ostia,  -ae,  [from  6s,  mouth],  i.,  a 
town  built  by  King  Ancus  Mar- 
cius  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tiber  to 
serve  as  a  seaport  for  Rome.  It 
has  still  the  same  name. 

ostium,  -I,  [same  root  as  6s],  n.,  a 
door  ;  an  entrance. 

otium,  -I,  [?],  n.,  rest,  repose;  lei- 
sure, ease ;  quiet,  peace. 

ovom  (-um),  -I,  [?],  n.,  an  egg. 

P. 

P.,  abbreviation  for  Fublius. 

pabulum,  -I,  [*pab%  (v<  pa  of 
pascere)  -J-  lo-],  n.,  food,  but 
in  prose  only  food  for  brutes, 
fodder. 

pactum,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  pacisci  (in- 
cept, from  ^  pac)  used  as  noun], 
n.,  something  agreed  upon ;  hence, 
an  agreement,  a  compact.  —  pacto, 
abl.  as  adv.,  in  a  way,  fashion.  — 
hoc  pacto,  in  this  way. 

Padus,  -I,  m.,  the  river  Po  (the 
chief  river  of  Italy,  flowing  in 
a  generally  easterly  direction 
through  the  north  of  the  country 
into  the  Adriatic  Sea). 

paene,  [?],  adv.,  almost. 

paenitere,  -eo,  -ui,  [same  root  as 
poena.  punishment],  to  repent,  be 
sorry.  (In  classical  Latin  almost 
wholly  impersonal. )  —  huius  me 
paenitet,  I  am  sorry  for  this. 


paganus,  -a,-um,  [pago- -f  no-, 
as  if  through  an  a-stem],  of  a 
country  district;  hence,  as  noun,  a 
villager,  rustic  ;  and  in  late  church 
Latin,  heathen,  gentile,  pagan, 
(both  adj.  and  noun). 

pagus,  -I,  [v  pag  (of  pangere,  to 
Jix)  -|-  O-],  m.,  a  district,  canton. 

Palatium,  -I,  [obscure  formation 
from  v'  pa  of  pascere],  n.,  the 
Palatine  hill  (upon  which  the  be- 
ginning of  Rome  was  made,  east 
of  the  Tiber  and  southeast  of  the 
Capitol). 

Panaetius,  -i,  [Gr.  pr.  name,  Ila- 
vainos],  m.,  a  famous  Stoic  phi- 
losopher born  at  Rhodes  in  the 
first  half  of  the  second  century 
B.  c.  He  became  the  intimate 
friend  of  the  younger  Af ricanus 
and  of  Laelius. 

pangere,  -6,  pepigi,  pactus, 
[same  root  as  pacisci],  to  Jix, 
fasten  ;  hence,  to  drive  in  (a  nail, 
etc.)  ;  to  settle,  agree  upon ;  to  stipu- 
late, contract. 

Fapirius,  -a,  -um.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  L.  Papirius 
Cursor,  dictator  in  325  and  in 
309  B.  c.,  who  gained  many  victo- 
ries over  the  Samnites.  —  C.  Pa- 
pirius Garb  6,  a  friend  of  Ti- 
berius Gracchus. 

par,  st.  par-,  [?],adj.,  equal,like,  a 
match  for. 

parare,  -6,  avi,-atus,  to  prepare, 
provide,  get  ready;  hence,  to  in- 
tend, design ;  to  get,  acquire. 

parcere,  -6,  peperci,  parcitus, 
(fut.  p.  parsurus),  [?],  to  spare. 

parens,  st.  parent-,  [pres.  p.  of 
parere  used  as  noun],  c.,  aparent ; 
a  father  or  mother. 

parere,  -io,  peperi,  partus,  (fut. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


331 


p.  pariturus),  to  bear,  bring  forth  ; 
hence,  to  accomplish,  produce;  to 
procure,  acquire,  win. 

parere,  -eo,  parul,  [same  root  as 
par  are],  to  show  one's  self,  appear, 
but  chiefly  used  in  the  meaning 
submit  to,  obey. 

pars,  st.  part(i)-,  [\j  par  (of  pa- 
rare)  -}-ti-],  f.,  a  part;  hence, 
especially  in  plural  (partes, 
partium,  etc.),  a  party  or  fac- 
tion; also,  a  part  in  a  play,  a 
character,  a  role  (in  this  sense  also 
generally  plural). 

partim,  [old  ace.  of  pars  used 
as  adv.],  partly;  partim  .  .  . 
partim,  some  .  .  .  others. 

partiri,  -ior,  -itus,  [denom.  from 
pars],  to  share,  divide,  distribute. 

parum,  [same  root  as  in  parvos], 
adv.,  too  little,  not  enough. 

parumper,  [parum  +  per,  cf. 
semper],  adv.,  for  a  (too)  short 
time,  for  a  very  little  while. 

parve,  [adv.  of  parvos],  little, 
slightly.  (Very  rare  in  positive.)  — 
From  another  stem,  comp.  minus, 
less;  superl.  minime,  least,  least 
of  all ;  by  no  means  (a  strong  nega- 
tive answer). 

parvolus,  -a,  -um,  [parvo  +  lo- 
(dim.)],  very  little,  very  small, 
slight. 

parvos  (-us),  -a,-om  (-um),  [?], 
little,  small,  slight.  —  From  a  differ- 
ent stem,  comp.  minor,  less;  su- 
perl. minimus,  least. 

pascere,  -o,  pavl,  pastus,  [?], 
to  pasture,  to  feed.  (Chiefly  of 
brutes.) 

passus,  -us,  [yf  pad  (of  pandere, 
to  spread)  -f-  su-],  m.,  a  stride, 
pace.  —  Hence,  mille  passus,  a 
thousand  paces,  a  mile. 


pastor,  st.  pastor-,  [same  root  as 
pascere],  m.,  a  shepherd. 

Patavium,  -I,  n.,  a  city  in  the 
western  part  of  Venetia  in  Cis- 
alpine Gaul,  not  far  from  the 
upper  end  of  the  Adriatic  Sea, 
now  Padua.  Livy  was  born  there. 

patefacere,  -io,  -feel,  -factus, 
[obscure  formation  from  stem  in 
patere  and  facere],  to  lay  open, 
to  open  ;  hence,  to  disclose,  bring  to 
light. 

patella,  -ae,  [patera,  saucer,  and 
la-  (dim.)  assimilated],  f.,  a  little 
dish  or  pan. 

pater,  st.  patr-,  [same  word  as 
Eng.  father'],  m.,  a  father ;  hence, 
in  plur.,  senators. 

patera,  -ae,  [root  in  patere  + 
ra-,  as  if  through  an 
O-stem],  f.,  a  saucer  or 
fiat  dish. 

paternus,  -a,  -um, 
[pater  and  no-],  of 
a  father,  fatherly,  pa- 
ternal. 

pati,  -ior,  passus,  [?]  to  ex- 
perience, undergo ;  to  submit  to,  bear, 
suffer  ;  to  allow,  permit. 

patiens,  st.  patient-,  [pres.  p.  of 
pati,  used  as  adj.],  capable  of 
enduring,  patient. 

patria,  -ae,  [fem.  of  patrius 
used  as  noun,  with  terra  easily 
understood],  f.,  fatherland,  country. 

patricius,  -a,  -um,  [patric°/i  + 
io-],  of  the  rank  o/patres,  patri- 
cian. 

patricus,  -a,  -um,  [patr--f-co- 
with  i  inserted  after  the  fashion 
of  vowel  stems],  of  or  belonging  to 
a  father,  paternal. 

patrimonium,  -I,  [patr-  -f-  mo- 
mo-,  with  i  inserted  after  the 


332 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


fashion  of  vowel  stems],  n.,  an 
estate  inherited  from  one's  father, 
patrimony. 

patrius,  -a,  -urn,  [patr- -f  io-], 
of  a  father,  paternal ;  also  (as  con- 
nected with  patria),  of  the  father- 
land, native,  national. 

patronus.  -I,  [patr-  -f-  no-,  as  if 
through  an  6 -stem],  m.,  a  protector, 
patron  ;  an  advocate,  pleader. 

pauci,  -ae,  -a,  [^  pau  (cf.  pau- 
lus)  -f  CO-],  few,  only  a  few. 
(The  sing,  is  also  rarely  found.) 

pauculus,  -a,  -um,  [pauc% 
4-  lo-  (dim.)],  very  few  or  very 
little  (rare  in  classical  Latin  and 
generally  plural). 

Paullus,  -I,  [same  word  as  pau- 
lus],  m.,  a  surname  in  the  gens 
Aemilia. — L.  Aemilius  Paul- 
lus, the  general  who  conquered 
King  Perses,  of  Macedonia,  at 
Pydna,  in  168  B.  c.  He  was  the 
father  by  birth  of  the  younger 
Scipio  Africanus  and  of  another 
son  who  was  adopted  by  Q.  Fa- 
bius  Maximus  Cunctator.  He  was 
himself  a  son  of  the  Ii.  Aemi- 
lius Paullus  who  fell  at  the 
battle  of  Cannae  in  216  B.  c. 

paulo.  [abl.  of  paulus,  -a,  -um, 
(same  root  as  paucus  -j-  lo-) 
used  as  adv.],  by  a  little,  some- 
what. 

paulum,  [ace.  of  paulus  (see 
paulo),  used  as  adv.],  to  a  slight 
extent,  a  little. 

pauper,  st.  pauper-,  [yf  pau  (of 
paucus)  +  per  (from  root  of 
parere)],  producing  or  gaining 
little;  hence,  of  small  means,  poor, 
in  moderate  circumstances.  (Milder 
than  egens.) 

paupertas,    stem    paupertat-, 


[pauper  +  tat-],  f.,  narrow  cir- 
cumstances, small  means,  poverty. 
(Milder  than  egestas.) 

pavor,  st.  pavor-,  [root  of  pa- 
vere  +  or-],  m.,  fear,  dread, 
alarm.  (Less  common  than  ti- 
mor  and  metus.) 

pax,  st.  pac-,  [root  in  pacisci  as 
stem],  f.,  a  treaty  of  peace,  peace. 
—  pace  tua,  by  your  leave,  or  you 
will  pardon  me  for  saying. 

peccantes,  -ium,  [pres.  p.  of 
peccare,  used  as  noun],  c., 
wrong-doers,  sinners. 

peccare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [?],  to  do 
itrong  or  make  a  mistake;  to  sin. 

pectus,  st,  pector-,  [?],  n.,  the 
breast ;  hence,  the  heart,  feelings ; 
the  understanding,  mind. 

peculatus,  -us,  [pecula-  (stem  of 
peculari,  denom.  from  pecu, 
cattle,  as  if  through  *peculum) 
+  tu-],  m.,  an  appropriating  to 
one's  self  the  public  property  (in 
early  times  largely  consisting  of 
cattle),  embezzlement. 

pecunia,  -ae,  [*pecun°/i  (pecu, 
cattle  4-  no-)+ia-],  f., property 
(in  cattle) ;  hence,  money. 

pecus,  st.  pecor-,  [?],  n.,  cattle,  a 
herd  of  cattle ;  hence,  also,  a  flock 
of  sheep. 

pedes,  st.  pedit-,  [ped-  4-  t(i)- 
with  i  inserted  as  with  vowel 
stems],  m.,  one  who  goes  on  foot, 
and  especially,  afoot-soldier. 

pedulis,  -e,  [pes  and  suffix  li-  as 
if  through  a  U-stem],  of  or  belong- 
ing to  the  feet.  (Late,  rare  word.) 

peior,  -ius,  (used  as  comp.  of  ma- 
lus),  [probably  from  ^  ped], 
worse. 

peius,  (neut.  of  peior  and  adv.), 
worse. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


333 


Pelasgi,  -orum,  [Gr.  pr.  name, 
U€\acryoi],  m.,  the  name  of  the 
people  who  inhabited  Greece  and 
part  of  Asia  Minor  as  well  as  La- 
tium  and  Etruria  in  the  earliest 
known  times. 

pellere, -6,  pepuli,  pulsus,  [?], 
to  strike,  to  drive ;  hence,  to  drive 
out,  banish;  to  drive  back,  rout,  re- 
pulse; to  affect,  touch;  to  drive 
away. 

pellicere,  -io,  -lexi,  -lectus, 
[per  +  *lacere  (cf.  laqueus, 
noose)],  to  ensnare,  allure,  decoy, 
entice. 

pellis,  st.  pelli-,  [?],  f.,  a  hide, 
skin. 

Peloponnesus,  -I,  [Gr.  pr.  name, 
n€\otr6wr)ffos  (island  of  Pelops)], 
f .,  the  Peloponnesus  (i.  e.,  the  south- 
ern peninsula  of  Greece,  connected 
with  Attica  by  the  isthmus  of  Me- 
garis  and  Corinth,  and  containing 
Achaia,  Argolis,  Arcadia,  Elis, 
Laconia,  and  Messenia). 

pendere,  -6,  pependi,  pensus, 
[yf  pand],  to  weigh ;  hence,  to  pay 
out ;  to  ponder,  consider. 

penetrare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [?], 
to  put  into  ;  also,  to  enter,  go  into  ; 
but  in  classical  prose  more  com- 
monly intrans.,  to  go  to,  penetrate 
to  a  place. 

penna,  -ae,  [for  petna  (^  pet  of 
petere-f  na-)],  f.,  a  feather ; 
hence,  in  plur.,  wings. 

per,  [?],  prep,  with  ace.,  through, 
all  along,  over.  —  PLACE,  per  ur- 
bem,  through  the  city ;  per  mon- 
tes,  over  the  mountains.  —  TIME, 
per  decem  dies,/or  ten  days.  — 
METAPHOR,  per  metum,  through 
fear ;  per  Caesarem,  through 
Caesar's  means ;  per  me,  for  all  I 


care;  per  omnes  deos,  by  all 
the  gods.  —  IK  COMPOS.,  thoroughly, 
very;  perlegere,  to  read  through; 
perfacilis,  very  easy. 

peragrare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [per 
-f  *agrare,  to  field  it  (denom. 
from  ager)],  to  travel  over  or 
through  ;  hence,  to  search  through. 

percipere,  -io,  -cepi,  -ceptus, 
[per  +  capere],  to  take  com- 
pletely;  hence,  to  gather;  es- 
pecially, to  observe,  perceive;  to 
understand. 

percontari,  -or,  -atus,  [?],  to 
question  particularly  (a  person) ; 
to  investigate  Carefully  (a  thing). 

percontatio,st.  percontation-, 
[percontat°/i  (p.  p.  of  percon- 
tari) +  ion-],  f.,  a  having  ques- 
tioned particularly ;  hence,  an 
asking ;  a  question. 

percunctarl,  less  correct  spelling 
of  percontari. 

percutere,  -io,  -cussi,  -cussus, 
[per  +  quatere],  to  shake 
thoroughly,  but  deflected  into  the 
meanings  to  strike  through,  pierce 
through  ;  to  slay  ;  to  smite  ;  to  af- 
fect deeply,  astound;  to  impose 
on. 

perdere,  -6,  -didi,  -ditus,  [per 
+  *dare],  to  put  through;  hence, 
to  squander,  waste,  destroy;  to 
throw  away,  lose.  (Stronger  than 
amittere.)  The  passive  is  sup- 
plied by  perire  except  for  the 
p.  p.  perditus. 

perducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[per  +  ducere],  to  lead  or  draw 
through  ;  hence,  to  lead,  bring,  con- 
duct somewhere  or  to  something  ;  to 
draw  out,  prolong ;  to  bring  or  win 
over,  persuade. 

peregre,  [adv.  of  pereger  (per 


334 


LATIX-EXGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


-(-  ager)],  abroad,  from  abroad ; 
also,  to  foreign  shores. 

perennis,  -e,  [per  +  annus], 
through  the  year;  hence,  unceasing, 
lasting,  perennial,  perpetual. 

perferre,  -fero,  -tuli,  -latus, 
[per  +  ferre],  to  carry  through; 
hence,  to  bring,  convey ;  to  bear  to 
the  end ;  to  carry  out,  complete ;  to 
put  up  with. 

perficere.  -io,  -feci,  -fectus, 
[per  -f  facere],  to  make  com- 
pletely; hence,  to  carry  out,  accom- 
plish; to  finish,  perfect. 

perfidia.  -ae,  [perfid°/i  (per  -f 
*fido-,  same  robt  as  fides)  -j- 
ia-],  f.,  faithlessness,  treachery, 
perfidy. 

perfodere,  -io,  -fodi,  -fossus, 
[per  +  fodere],  to  dig  through; 
hence,  to  pierce  through. 

pergere,  -6,  -rezi,  -rectus,  [per 
+  regere],  to  draw  a  straight  line 
through;  hence,  to  go  straight  on, 
continue,  and  more  commonly  in- 
trans..  to  proceed,  go  on. 

periculosus,-a,  -urn,  [periculo 
-j-  oao-~\.full  of  danger,  dangerous. 

periculum,  -I,  [from  root  of  *pe- 
riri  -f-  Io-,  as  if  through  a  stem 
in  CO-],  n.,  the  means  of  trying; 
hence,  a  trial,  experiment ;  risk, 
danger. 

perimere,  -6,  -emi,  -emptus, 
[per  +  emere],  to  take  away 
utterly ;  hence,  to  destroy,  annihi- 
late. 

perire,  -eo,  -il,  -itum,  [per  + 
ire],  to  go  through;  hence,  to  pass 
away,  disappear,  go  to  ruin,  be 
lost ;  to  die,  perish. 

peritus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  *pe- 
riri,  used  as  adj.],  having  tried, 
experienced  ;  hence,  skilful,  expert. 


perlegere,  -6,  -legi,  -lectus, 
[per  -j-  legere],  to  read  through. 

perlustrare.  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[per  +  lustrare  (denom.  from 
lustrum,  from  lucre)],  to  wan- 
der through  ;  to  exa  m  ine  carefully. 

permanere,  -eo,  -mansi,  -man- 
sum,  [per  +  manere],  to  stay 
through  ;  hence,  to  hold  out,  last ;  to 
persevere. 

permittere,  -6,  -misi,  -missus, 
[per  -j-  mittere],  to  send  through, 
let  go  through ;  hence,  to  let  loose  ; 
to  give  up,  intrust;  to  let,  allow, 
permit. 

pernicies,  -el,  [?],  f.,  ruin,  de- 
struction, disaster,  death. 

perpetuus,  -a,  -um,  [per  -f  *pe- 
tuus  (root  of  petere  +  uo-)], 
aiming  or  going  straight  on;  hence, 
continuous,  unbroken;  general, uni- 
versal;  constant. 

perplexus,  -a,  -um,  [per  -f- 
plexus  (p.  p.  of  plectere)],  very 
much  interwoven ;  hence,  entangled, 
confused;  ambiguous,  obscure. 

Persae.  -arum,  [foreign  word,  Gr. 
Tlepffai] ,  the  Persians.  —  The  sin- 
gular Perses.  -ae,  m.,  also  occurs. 

persequi,  -or,  -secutus,  [per 
+  sequi],  to  follow  through ; 
hence,  to  pursue;  press  upon;  to 
strive  after;  to  imitate;  to  take 
vengeance  on;  to  bring  about,  ac- 
complish ;  to  relate,  describe. 

perseverare,  -6,  -avi.  -atus, 
[per  +  *severare  (denom.  from 
severus)],  to  go  on  steadfastly, 
to  persist ;  trans.,  to  proceed  steadi- 
ly with,  persevere  in. 

persolvere,  -5.  -solvi,  -solu- 
tus,  [per  -f  solvere],  to  loosen 
entirely ;  hence,  to  pay  out ;  to  give, 
render. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


335 


perspicuus,  -a,  -um,  [per  + 
spic  (gathered  from  perspicere 
and  treated  as  stem)  +  uo-], 
transparent,  clear;  hence,  evident, 
manifest. 

persuadere,  -eo,  -suasi,  -sua- 
sum,  [per-fsuadere],  to  ad- 
vise to  the  end  ;  hence,  to  win  over 
by  advice,  to  persuade,  to  prevail 
upon. 

pertinere,  -eo,  -ui,  [per  +  te- 
nere] ,  to  hold  or  stretch  out ;  hence, 
to  extend  to  ;  to  reach,  arrive  at ;  to 
extend ;  to  belong,  pertain,  or  relate 
to. 

pervenire,  -io,  -vem,  -ventum, 
[per  +  venire],  to  come  through; 
hence,  to  reach,  arrive  at;  to 
come  to,  become  known  to ;  to  attain 
to. 

perverse,  [adv.  of  perversus 
(p.  p.  of  pervertere)],  wrongly, 
badly,  in  a  perverted  manner. 

pervincere,  -6,  -vici,  -victus, 
[per -f  vincere],  to  conquer  ut- 
terly. 

pes,  st.  ped-,  [^  ped  as  stem],  m., 
afoot. 

pessime,  [adv.  of  pessimus], 
worst,  very  ill. 

pessimus,  -a,  -um,  [superl.  of 
.  malus,  from  another  stem],  worst, 
very  bad. 

pestilens,  st.  pestilent-,  [pesti- 
+  lent-],  pestilential,  infected; 
hence,  baleful,  destructive. 

petere,  -6,  -ivi,  -Ttus,  [fr.  ^  pet, 
to  fly,  used  as  stem],  to  aim  at ;  to 
rush  upon,  attack,  make  for  ;  to  ask, 
beg,  entreat ;  to  go  towards ;  to  be 
a  candidate  for. 

phalerae,  -arum,  [Gr.  word,  rcb 
<J>aAapa],  f.,  a  metal  ornament  for 
the  breast  (chiefly  as  a  military 


decoration) ;    a  head    and    breast 
trapping  for  horses. 


Philippus,  -I,  [Gr.  pr.  name, 
<t»iAi7T7ros  (lover  of  horses)],  m.,  the 
name  of  various  kings  of  Macedon, 
of  whom  the  father  of  Alex- 
ander the  Great  was  most  famous 
(reigned  359-336  B.  c.). 

philosophia,  -ae,  [Gr.  word, 
tyiXoffotyia  (the  love  of  wisdom}],  f.. 
philosophy. 

philosophus,  -a,  -um,  [Gr.  word, 
4>iA<f<ro4>o$],  philosophical.  —  As 
noun,  philosophus,  -I,  m.,  a 
philosopher. 

pictura,  -ae,  [root  of  pingere  and 
suffix  ra-  as  if  through  a  stem  in 
tu-],  f.,  painting  ;  hence,  a  paint- 
ing, picture. 

pie,  [adv.  of  pius],  with  loyal 
affection  (whether  towards  parents, 
near  relatives  and  friends,  the 
gods,  or  one's  country). 

pietas,  st.  pietat-,  [pi%  +  tat-], 
f .,  loyal  affection  (toward  the  gods, 
parents,  friends,  or  country). 

piget,  piguit,  [third  person  of  pi- 
gere  used  impersonally],  it  is 
irksome,  displeasing,  etc.  —  ilium 
hums  piget,  he  is  disgusted  with 
this. 

pileus,  -I,  [?],  m.,  a  sort  of  skull-cap. 

pingere,  -6,  pinxi,  pictus,  [?], 
to  paint ;  also,  to  embroider. 

pinus,  -us  or  -T,  [?],  f.,  a  pine- 
tree  or  fir-tree. 

piscina,  -ae,  [pisci-  -f  na-],  f.,  a 
fish-pond;  hence,  a  swimming- 
bath. 


336 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


piscis,  st,  pisci-,  [?],  m.,  a  fish. 

Pis 6,  -onis,  m.,  a  Roman  surname 
(cognomen)  in  the  gens  Cal- 
purnia. — L.  Calpurnius  Pis  6, 
consul  112  B.  c.,  and  killed  in  the 
so-called  Cassian  War,  107  B.  c.  — 
L.  Calpurnius  Fiso  Frugi, 
grandson  of  the  first-named,  and 
one  of  Caesar's  lieutenants  (his 
father-in-law). 

placare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [same 
root  as  placere],  to  calm,  ap- 
pease. 

Placentia,  -ae,  [placent-  (pres. 
p.  of  placere)  +  ia-],  f.,  Pla- 
centia,  a  city  in  northern  Italy  on 
the  river  Po.  Now  called  Pia- 
cenza. 

placere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itum,  [y'plac, 
please],  to  please.  — Impersonally, 
placet,  it  is  one's  opinion  or  de- 
sire ;  senatui  placet,  the  senate 
resolves  or  votes. 

placidus,  -a,  -um,  [y/plac  of  pla- 
cere +  do-  as  if  through  *pla- 
cus],  gentle,  quiet,  calm,  peace- 

M 

plane,  [adv.  of  planus],  plainly, 
clearly,  distinctly  ;  wholly,  entirely. 

planus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  fiat,  level; 
hence,  plain,  clear,  distinct. 

plebs.  st.  pleb-,  [same  root  as 
plenus],  f.,  the  common  people 
(those  who  did  not  helong  to  the 
patrician,  senatorial,  or  equestrian 
classes). 

plenus,  -a,  -um,  [y[  pie  +  no-], 
full 

plerique,  -aeque,  -aque,  [ple- 
rus  (y/  pie  +  ro-)  +  que],  very 
many,  most. 

Plinius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  C.  Plinius  Se- 
cundus,  author  of  the  famous 


Historia  Naturalis,  who  was 
killed  in  the  eruption  of  Vesuvius, 
A.  D.  79,  which  buried  the  cities 
of  Pompei  and  Herculaneum.  — 
C.  Plinius  Caecilius,  nephew 
of  the  historian,  and  author  of 
"  Epistles." 

pluere,  -6,  -ui,  [yf  plu,  used  as 
stem],  to  rain  (in  classical  Latin 
used  only  as  impersonal,  it  rains, 
etc.). 

plumbum  album,  plumbi  albi, 
n.,  white  lead,  but  used  only  to 
mean  tin. 

plurimum,  [neut.  of  plurimus 
used  as  adv.],  most,  very  much. 

plurimus,  -a,  -um,  [superl.  of 
multus  from  another  stem  (same 
root  as  plenus)],  most,  very  much, 
or  in  plur.,  very  many.  —  The  sing, 
is  rarely  used  as  adj.  except  in  the 
epistolary  phrase,  salutem  plu- 
rimam  dicit,  sends  heartiest 
greeting,  kindest  regards. 

plus,  st.  plur-,  [comp.  of  multus 
(from  root  in  plenus)],  more. 
(In  the  singular  not  used  as  adj., 
but  either  as  a  neuter  noun  or  as 
an  adverb.) 

poculum,  -i,  [yf  po  (cf .  potus)  -j- 
lo-,  as  if  through  a  stem  in  CO-], 
n.,  a  cup  (for  drinking). 

poena,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  punishment,  a 
penalty. 

Poeni,  -orum,  m.,  the  Cartha- 
ginians or  inhabitants  of  Carthage 
in  Africa.  (The  singular,  Poe- 
nus,  -i,  m.,  is  also  sometimes 
used.) 

Poenus,  -i,  m.,  a  Carthaginian. 

polliceri,  polliceor,  pollici- 
tus,  [*por  (same  root  as  pro) 
H-liceri,  to  bid],  to  offer,  prom- 
ise. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


337 


Pompeius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of 
a  Roman  gens. —The  most  fa- 
mous of  the  name  is  Cn.  Pom- 
peius Magnus,  the  'great  tri- 
umvir with  Caesar  and  Crassus. 

pondus,  st.  ponder-,  [root  of 
pendere  +  er-],  n.,  weight; 
hence,  consequence,  consideration. 

ponere,  pono,  posui,  positus, 
[*por  (same  root  as  pro)  +  si- 
nere],  to  put,  place;  also,  to  put 
away,  lay  down.  —  castra  po- 
nere, to  pitch  camp. 

poiis,  st.  pont(i)-,  [?],  m.,  a 
bridge. 

Pontius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens  who  sprang1  from 
the  Samnites.  —  C.  Pontius,  the 
Samnite  leader  who  inflicted  the 
disaster  of  the  Caudine  Forks 
upon  the  Romans  in  321  B.  c. 

popularis,  -e,  [populus  and  the 
made-up  ending  -aris  (i.  e.,  after 
the  pattern  of  luna-ris)],  of  the 
people ;  hence,  of  the  people's  party ; 
popular.  — As  noun,  a  fellow-coun- 
tryman, or  plur.,  the  popular  party . 

populatio,  st.  population- 
[populat°/i  (p.  p.  of  popu- 
lar!, denom.  from  populus)  + 
ion-],  f.,  a  having  let  the  people 
overrun;  hence,  a  laying  waste, 
devastation. 

populus,  -i,  [?],  m.,  the  people 
(either  the  whole  people  as  a  na- 
tion and  so  differing  from  plebs, 
or  the  people  as  distinguished 
from  the  Senate) ;  a  people,  nation. 

porro,  [?],  adv.,  furthermore,  be- 
sides, next;  also,  afterwards,  and 
forwards. 

Porsena,  -ae,  m.,  the  king  of  the 
Etruscans  who  helped  the  ban- 
ished Roman  king  Tarquinius 


Superbus    to  try  to  recover  the 
throne  of  Rome. 

porta,  -ae,  [^  por  +  ta-],  f.,  a 
gate. 

portare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [?],  to 
carry  or  bring  (in  the  hand,  on  a 
vehicle,  etc.,  and  so  less  general 
than  ferre). 

portendere,  -6,  -tend!,  -tentus, 
[*por  (same  root  as  pro)  -}-  ten- 
dere],  to  stretch  forth ;  hence,  to 
point  out  (something  to  come)  ;  to 
foretell,  portend. 

Portunus,  -I,  [portu-  -f  no-],  m., 
the  harbor-god,  Portunus. 

portus,  -us,  [^/  por  +  tu-],  m.,  a 
harbor,  haven. 

poscere,  -6,  poposci,  [?],  to  de- 
mand, to  ask. 

posse,  possum,  potul,  [potis 
+  esse],  to  be  able ;  can. 

possession,  possession-,  [pos- 
sesso-  (p.  p.  of  possidere)  -f- 
ion-],  f.,  a  having  taken  possession 
of;  hence,  a  possessing,  occupation  ; 
possession,  property. 

possidere,  -e5,  -sedi,  -sessus, 
[*por  (same  root  as  pro)  +  se- 
dere],  to  possess,  occupy,  be  master 
of,  own. 

post,  [?],  prep,  with  ace.,  behind, 
after.  —  PLACE,  post  castra,  be- 
hind the  camp.  —  TIME,  post 
paucos  dies,  after  a  Jew  days.  — 
Also  used  as  adverb:  serviqui 
post  erant,  the  slaves  who  were 
behind;  paucis  post  diebus, 
a  few  days  after;  paulo  post,  a 
little  later. 

postea,  [post  +  ea  (probably 
case  form  of  is)],  adv.,  afterwards. 

poster!,  -orum,  [masc.  pi.  of  pos- 
terus  used  as  noun],  m., posterity, 
descendants. 


OP  THB 


UNIVERSITY 


II-AOW\N 


338 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


posterior,  see  posterus. 

[posterus,]  -a,  -um,  (nom.  sing, 
masc.  not  used),  [post  -f-  tero 
(compar.)],  after,  following,  next. 
—  Comp.  posterior,  later,  hind- 
er, inferior;  superl.  postumus 
and  postremus,  last,  hindmost, 
worst ;  hence,  postremo,  at  last, 
finally. 

postponere,  -6,  -posui,  -posi- 
tus,  [post  -f  ponere],  to  put  be- 
hind or  after ;  hence,  to  value  less, 
neglect. 

postquam,  [post  +  quam  (case 
form  of  qui  used  as  conj.)],  after, 
as  soon  as. 

postremus,  see  posterus. 

postulare,  -6,  -avl,-atus,  [?],  to 
demand,  require,  ask. 

Postumius,  -a,  -um,  [postumo- 
(superl.  of  posterus)  +  io-],  a 
Roman  gentile  name.  See  Lessons 
xl.  and  xlv. 

postumus,  see  posterus. 

p6tare,-6,-avi,-atum  (and  more 
commonly  potum),  [frequent, 
formation  from  ^  po],  to  drink; 
to  get  drunk. 

potens,  st.  potent-,  [pres.  p.  of 
posse,  used  as  adj.],  able,  power- 
ful ;  master  of. 

potestas,  st.  potestat-,  [potent- 
-f-  tat-,  assimilated  to  the  likeness 
of  honestas,  maiestas.  etc.], 
f .,  ability,  power ;  dominion,  rule, 
com mand ;  opportun ity. 

potior,  -ius,  [comp.  of  potis, 
able'],  preferable,  better.  —  Neuter, 
po tius,  as  adv.,  rather.  —  Superl., 
potissimus,  -a,  -um,  most  de- 
sirable or  important.  —  Neut.  as 
adv.,  potissimum,  most  of  all, 
rather  than  anything  else,  especially. 

potiri,  -ior,  -itus,  [denom.  from 


potis,  able],  to  become  master  of, 
get  posession  of,  acquire;  to  be 
master  of,  hold.  (The  case  used 
with  this  verb  is  ablative  or  geni- 
tive.) 

potissimum,  see  potior. 

potius,  see  potior. 

prae,  [case  form  of  *prus  (cf.pro, 
prior,  primus)],  prep,  with  abl., 
before,  in  front  of,  in  comparison 
with,  on  account  of.  —  Most  com- 
mon in  the  phrase  prae  se,  before 
one's  self  (whether  literally  or  of 
the  mind);  prae  divitiis,  in 
comparison  with  riches ;  denoting  a 
hindrance,  non  loqui  prae 
maerore  poteram,  I  could  not 
speak  for  grief. 

praeceps,  st.  praecipit-,  [prae 
-f- caput],  head-foremost;  hence, 
steep, precipitous;  rash,  precipitate, 
inconsiderate,  reckless. 

praeceptor,  st.  praeceptor-, 
[from  praecipere  like  captor 
from  root  of  caper e],  a  teacher, 
an  instructor. 

praeceptum,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  prae- 
cipere, used  as  noun],  n.,  a 
maxim,  rule ;  a  command,  order. 

praecipere,  -io,  -cepi,  -ceptus, 
[prae  +  capere],  to  take  before; 
to  preoccupy  ;  to  anticipate;  to  ad- 
monish, warn  ;  to  teach,  instruct ;  to 
bid,  order. 

praecipitare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[denom.  from  praeceps],  to  cast 
headlong ;  hence,  to  rush  headlong, 
to  go  to  ruin  (intrans.). 

praeclare,  [adv.  of  praeclarus 
(prae  +  clarus)],  very  clearly; 
hence,  admirably,  finely. 

praeclarus,  -a,  -um,  [prae  + 
clarus],  very  bright;  -hence,  fine, 
noble,  distinguished,  brilliant. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


339 


praecS,  st.  praecon-,  [?],  m.,  a 
herald,  crier. 

praecursorius,  -a,  -um,  [prae- 
cursor-  (from  praecurrere  like 
cursor  from  currere)  +  io-], 
belonging  to  a  forerunner,  coming 
before, precursory.  (Rare  word.) 

praeda,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  plunder,  booty ; 
hence,  prey,  spoil,  gain. 

praedari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  praeda],  to  plunder,  rob. 
(Chiefly  used  without  object,  i.  e., 
intrans.) 

praedicare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[prae  +  dicare],  to  speak  forth ; 
hence,  to  publish,  proclaim;  to  de- 
clare, tell;  to  praise,  commend, 
vaunt,  boast. 

praedicere,  -6,  -dixi,  -dictus, 
[prae  +  dicere],  to  say  before  ; 
hence,  to  premise,  and  more  com- 
monly, to  foretell,  predict  f-  to  warn, 
charge,  command. 

praedo,  st.  praedon-,  [same  root 
as  praeda  +  6n-]>  m->  «  robber, 
plunderer. 

praeducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[prae  -f  ducere],  to  draw  before, 
but  used  only  in  the  sense  to  make 
or  put  in  front  of  or  before. 

praeesse,  -sum,  -fui,  [prae  -f 
esse],  to  be  before ;  hence,  to  be  in 
command  of,  preside  over. 

praeferre,  -fero,  -tuli,  -latus, 
[prae  +  ferre],  to  carry  in  front ; 
hence,  to  hold  before  ;  to  show,  dis- 
play ;  to  offer  ;  but  most  commonly, 
to  value  more,  prefer. 

praefulgere,  -eo,  -fulsi,  [prae 
+  fulgere],  to  shine  forth,  to  shine 
or  gleam  before.  (Not  a  common 
word.) 

praemittere,  -6, -misi, -missus, 
[prae  -f-  mittere],  to  send  before. 


praemium,  -I,  [?],  n. ,  profit,  ad- 
vantage ;  a  reward,  recompense. 

praenomen,  st.  praenomin-, 
[prae  +  nomen],  n.,  ajirst  name, 
individual  name  (distinguishing  as 
with  us  the  members  of  a  family 
from  one  another),  as  Gaius, 
Fublius. 

praeponere,  -6,  -posui,  -posi- 
tus,  [prae  -j-  ponere],  to  put 
before ;  hence,  to  set  over  as  com- 
mander ;  to  value  above,  prefer. 

praesens,  st.  praesent-,  [pres.  p. 
of  praeesse,  used  as  adj.],  on 
hand,  present. 

praesidium,  -I,  [praesid-  (ga- 
thered from  praesidere  and 
treated  as  stem)  -f-io-],  n.,  a  sit- 
ting before;  hence,  defence, protec- 
tion ;  a  garrison,  guard ;  a  forti- 
fied place;  help,  aid. 

praestans,  st.  praestant-,  [pres. 
p.  of  praestare,  used  as  adj.], 
standing  before;  hence,  superior, 
excellent,  remarkable. 

praestare,  -6,  -stiti,  -stitus, 
(-status  ;  fut.  p.,  oftener  prae- 
sfaturus),  [prae  +  stare],  to 
stand  before  ;  hence,  to  vouch  for, 
guarantee;  to  fulfill,  perform;  to 
show,  display  ;  to  offer,  furnish  ;  to 
surpass,  excel;  and  intrans.,  to  be 
ahead  of  or  superior  to ;  to  be  dis- 
tinguished. —  praestat  (impers. ), 
it  is  better. 

praetendere,  -6,  -tendi,  -ten- 
tus,  [prae  +  tendere],  to  stretch 
forth  ;  hence,  to  spread  in  front;  to 
bring  forward  as  a  pretext  or  ex- 
cuse, pretend. 

praeter,  [prae  +  ter  (compar.)], 
prep,  with  ace.,  along  by,  beyond. 
—  PLACE,  praeter  castra,  past 
the  camp.  —  METAPHOR,  praeter 


340 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


aetatem,  beyond  one's  years ; 
praeter  opiuionem,  beyond  or 
contrary  to  expectation ;  praeter 
ceteros  laboras,  you  toil  or 
suffer  more  than  the  rest ;  nemo 
praeter  nos,  no  one  besides  our- 
selves. —  Also  used  as  an  adverb. 

praeterea,  [praeter  -f-  ea  (prob- 
ably case  form  of  is)],  adv.,  besides. 

praeterlre,-e6,-ii,-itum,  [prae- 
ter +  ire],  to  go  by  or  beyond  ; 
hence,  to  go  past,  overtake  (trans.) ; 
to  pass  over,  leave  out  (trans.). 

praeteritus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of 
praeterire,  used  as  adj.],  having 
passed  by;  hence,  past,  departed. 
—  In  plural,  as  noun,  praeterita, 
-drum,  n.,  bygones,  the  past. 

praetextatus,  -a,  -um,  [prae- 
texta-  -f  to-  (i.  e.,  as  if  p.  p.  of  a 
praetextare,denom.  fromprae- 
texta,  itself  the  fern,  of  p.  p.  of 
prae-texeie)],  provided  with  or 
clad  in  a  bordered  toga  (i.  e.,  a  toga 
with  crimson  border,  worn  by  free- 
born  minors,  as  well  as  by  high 
magistrates). 

praetor,  st.  praetor-,  [for  prae- 
itor  (from  praelre,  like  *itor 
from  root  of  ire)],  m.,  one  who 
goes  before  ;  hence,  a  chief  magis- 
trate, but  at  Rome  confined  to  a 
certain  class  of  officials.  At  first 
there  was  only  one,  but  during 
the  First  Punic  War  (247  B.  c.) 
a  second  was  appointed,  and  the 
earlier  one  was  henceforth  dis- 
tinguished as  praetor  urbanus. 
Their  duties  were  essentially  those 
of  judges,  but  they  performed  the 
duties  of  the  consuls  in  the  absence 
or  disability  of  the  latter,  and  as 
their  numbers  were  from  time  to 
time  increased  they  became  also 


military  commanders  and  pro- 
vincial governors.  The  consuls 
themselves  were  at  first  called 
praetores. 

praetorium,  -I,  [neut.  of  prae- 
torius,usedas  noun],  n.,  the  com- 
mander'1 s  tent. 

praetorius,  -a,  -um,  [praetor- 
-J-io-],  of  a  praetor,  praetorian. — 
As  noun,  one  who  has  been  praetor. 
—  Also,  belonging  to  the  general; 
praetoria  cohors,  the  general's 
body-guard. 

praetura,  -ae,  [formed,  after  the 

analogy  of  words  like  pictura, 

from  praelre],  f.,   the  office  of 

praetor,  praetor  ship. 

praevolare,  -5,    -avi,   [prae  -j- 

volare],  to  fly  before. 
prave,  [adv.  of  pravos],  crooked- 
ly ;  hence,  badly,   wrongly ;  wick- 
edly. 

pravos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um),  [?], 
crooked;  hence,  misshapen;  per- 
verse, bad,  vicious,  depraved. 
precari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom.  of 
*prex],  to  make  a  prayer  to, 
pray,  beg,  entreat,  ask ;  to  call 
down  good  or  evil  upon. 
premere,  -6,  pressl,  pressus, 
[y'  prem  used  as  stem],  to  press; 
to  press  hard,  oppress,  overwhelm  ; 
to  molest,  vex. 

pretiose,  [adv.  of  pretiosus 
(pretio-  -j-  oso)],  expensively, 
richly. 

pretium,  -I,  [?],  n.,  price,  cost, 
value;  hence,  reward,  pay.  — 
operae  pretium  esse,  to  be 
worth  while. 

*prex,  st.  prec-,  (the  sing,  is  used 
in  dat.  ace.  and  abl.  only),  [?],  f., 
a  prayer,  an  entreaty. 
prlmo,  see  primus. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


341 


primum,  see  primus. 

primus,  -a,  -um,  [root  in  prae, 
pr5  +  mo-],  foremost,  first.  — 
Hence,  primo,  abl.  as  adv.,  at 
first,  firstly;  primum,  ace.  as 
adv.,  first,  in  the  first  place ;  in 
primis,awzom7  the  first,  especially. 

princeps,  st.  princip-,  [primo- 
+  *cap(o)  (of  capere)],  taking 
the  first  place,  first,  front ;  hence, 
chief,  and,  as  noun,  a  leader,  chief. 

principium, -I,  [princip-  -j-io-], 
n.,  beginning ;  origin ;  in  pi.,  first 
principles,  elements. 

prior,  prius,  [comp.  from  root  in 
prae,  pro],  earlier,  former. 

priscus,  -a,  -um,  [prius  -f  co-], 
early,  primitive,  ancient. 

Priscus,  -i,  [same  word  as  tke 
preceding],  a  Roman  surname 
(cognomen).  —  L.  Tarqui- 
nius  Priscus,  the  5th  king-  of 
Rome,  succeeding-  Ancus  Marcius. 

pristinus,  -a,  -um,  [prius  -j- 
tino-],  early,  ancient,  original, 
pristine. 

prius,  [neut.  of  prior,  and  adv.], 
earlier,  before,  sooner. 

priusquam,  [prius  -f-  quam 
(case  form  of  qui)],  conj.,  before, 
sooner  than. 

privatus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  pri- 
vare  (denom.  from  privos,  -a, 
-om),  used  as  adj.],  removed  from 
state  affairs  ;  hence,  private,  indi- 
vidual;  and,  as  noun,  a  private 
citizen. 

pro,  [abl.  of  *prus  (cf.  prae, 
prior,  primus)],  prep,  with  abl., 
before.  —  PLACE,  pro  aede,  'be- 
fore the  temple ;  pro  castris,  be- 
fore the  camp;  pro  contione, 
before  the  assembly.  —  METAPHOR, 
pro  patria,  for  the  fatherland  ; 


ego  Ibo  pro  te,  I  will  go  instead 
of  you;  pro  vita  vita  redda- 
tur,  let  a  life  be  given  for  a  life; 
pro  viribus,  with  all  one's  might ; 
pro  dlgnitate,  in  keeping  with 
one's  rank. 

probabilis,  -e,  [from  probare, 
like  habilis  from  root  of  ha- 
bere],  to  be  accepted  and  ap- 
proved, pleasing,  agreeable ;  likely, 
credible,  probable. 

probare,  -5,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom. from  probus,  -a,  -um], 
to  esteem  good ;  hence,  to  approve ; 
to  examine,  test ;  to  prove,  demon- 
strate; to  make  acceptable  to. 

probus,  -a,  -um,  [pro-  (stem  of 
prae  and  pro)  +  b°-]>  ^j1 
first  class ;  hence,  excellent,  good  ; 
upright,  honorable,  virtuous. 

procedere,  -6,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
[pro  -}-  cedere],  to  go  forth; 
hence,  to  march  on,  advance;  to 
come  forth  ;  to  move  on  (of  time) ; 
to  make  progress,  go  on  ;  to  turn  out 
well,  succeed. 

procella,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  blast,  tem- 
pest, hard  wind,  storm. 

procer,  st.  procer-,  [?],  a  chief, 
noble.  (Hardly  used  except  in  plu- 
ral, proceres,  -um.) 

procul,  [?],  adv.,  at  some  distance; 
afar. 

procumbere,  -6,  -cubui,  cubi- 
tum,  [pro  +  *cumbere  (root 
in  cubare)],  to  fall  forwards, 
sink  down ;  hence,  to  break  down, 
be  beaten  down ;  to  incline,  lean. 

procurare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [pro 
-\-  curare  (denom.  from  cura)], 
to  look  out  for,  take  care  of,  manage. 

prodere,  -6,  -didT,  -ditus,  [pro 
-\-  dare],  to  give  or  put  forth; 
1  J.  B.  Greenough. 


342 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


hence,  to  publish,  make  known;  to 
betray,  be  traitor  to  ;  to  hand  down, 
transmit. 

prodesse,  prosum,  profui, 
[pro  (earlier  prod)  +  ease],  to 
be  for,  on  the  side  of;  hence,  to  be 
useful,  profitable,  to  benefit. 

prodigium,  -I,  [?],  n.,  an  omen, 
sign  ;  a  prodigy. 

proditio,  st.  prodition-,  [pro- 
dito-  (p.  p.  of  prodere)  -\- 
ion-],  a  having  put  forth  ;  hence,  a 
betrayal,  treachery. 

proditor,  st.  proditor-,  [from 
prodere.  like  dator  from  root 
of  dare],  m.,  one  who  puts  forth; 
hence,  a  betrayer,  traitor. 

producere,  -5,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[pro  +  ducere^to/eoo1  or  draw 
forth;  hence,  to  bring  into  the 
world;  to  promote,  raise;  to  pro- 
long, protract. 

proeliarl,  -or,  -at us.  [denom. 
from  proelium],  to  battle,  fight. 

proelium,  -i,  [?],n.,  a  battle,  fight. 

protects,  [pro  +  facto  (neut.  of 
p.  p.  of  facere)],  adv.,  in  fact, 
verily,  certainly,  truly,  surely. 

proficisci,  -or,  -fectus,  [incept, 
from  proficere  (pro  -f  fa- 
cere)],  to  get  one's  self  forward; 
hence,  to  start,  set  out,  depart. 

profligare.  -6,  -avl,  -atus,  [pro 
+  fligere  (varied  as  if  denom. 
from  *fligus)],  to  dash  to  the 
ground ;  hence,  to  conquer  utterly, 
overthrow,  destroy ;  also,  to  finish 
or  to  bring  nearly  to  an  end  (used 
of  war). 

prognatus,  -a,  -um,  [pro  + 
(g)natus  (p.  p.  of  nasci)],  born 
or  descended  from ;  son  of,  grand- 
son of. 

progredl,   -ior,  -gressus.  [pro 


+  gradi],  to  step  forth ;  hence, 
to  march  on,  go  forward ,  to  proceed . 

prohibere,  -eo,  -ui.  -itus,  [pro 
4-  habere],  to  hold  in  front; 
hence,  to  check,  hold  back  ;  to  pre- 
vent, avert,  debar  ;  to  cut  off  from  ; 
to  forbid;  to  defend  from. 

proinde,  [pro  +  inde  (wh.see)], 
in  like  fashion,  just  so  (generally 
followed  by  ac.  ut.  or  quasi,  as) ; 
hence,  accordingly,  hence,  therefore 
(in  this  last  sense  used  chiefly  with 
imperatives  and  subjunctives  of 
exhortation). 

promissum,  -I.  [neuter  of  pro- 
missus  (p.  p.  of  promittere), 
used  as  noun],  n.,  something  sent 
forth  ;  hence,  a  promise. 

promittere,  -6,  -misi.  -missus, 
[pro  4-  mittere],  to  send  forth; 
hence,  to  let  grow ;  but,  most  com- 
monly, to  hold  out,  promise. 

promptus,  -a,  -um,  [p.p.  of  pro- 
mere  (pro  +  emere),  used  as 
adj.],  brought  forth  ;  hence,  visible, 
evident,  and,  more  commonly,  at 
hand,  ready  ;  prompt. 

promunturium  (also  promon- 
torium),  -I,  [obscure  forma- 
tion from  prominere  (pro  4- 
minere)],  n.,  a  jutting  out; 
hence,  a  headland,  promontory. 

pronuntiare,  -6.  -avl,  -atus, 
[pro  4~  nuntiare  (denom.  from 
nuntius,  wh.  see)],  to  publish 
forth, proclaim ;  to  promise;  to  re- 
late, report ;  to  pronounce. 

prope.  [?],  adv.,  near  /hence,  near- 
ly, almost ;  also  as  prep.,  with  ace., 
near,  near  by. 

properare,  -6,  -avl,  -atus,  [de- 
nom. from  properus.  quick'],  to 
hasten,  do  quickly,  and,  more  clas- 
sical as  intrans.,  to  hurry,  be  quick. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


343 


propere,    [adv.    of    properus], 

quickly. 

propior,  -ius,  [compar.  from  stem 
of  prope],  nearer.  —  Superl.  pro- 
ximus,  nearest,  next. 

propitius,  -a,  -um,  [?],  favora- 
ble, well-disposed,  propitious. 

propius,  [neut.  of  propior,  used 
as  both  adjective  and  adv.],  nearer. 

proprius,  -a,  -um,  [?],  own,  spe- 
'dal,  particular,  individual ;  endur- 
ing, permanent. 

propter,  [prope  -J-  ter  (corn- 
par.)],  prep,  with  ace.,  near;  on 
account  of.  —  PLACE,  propter 
Platonis  statuam,  near  Pla- 
to's statue;  propter  metum, 
because  of  fear ;  propter  te,  on 
your  account.  —  Also  used  as  ad- 
verb, near,  at  hand,  close  by. 

propterea,  [propter  +  ea  (prob- 
ably a  case  form  of  is)],  adv.,  there- 
fore, on  that  account. 

prora,  -ae,  [Gr.  word,  irp&pa],  f., 
the  prow  (of  a  ship). 

prorsum,  less  classical  form  for 
prorsus. 

prorsus,  also  (less  classically) 
prorsum,  [for  proversus,  p. 
p.  of  pro-vertere),  used  as 
adv.],  turned  forward;  hence, 
straight  on,  and,  more  classically, 
straightway,  utterly,  absolutely ;  in 
a  word.  —  nihil  prorsum,  abso- 
lutely nothing. 

proscribere,  -6,  -scrips!, 
-scriptus,  [pro  +  scribere], 
to  write  forth ;  hence,  to  proclaim 
in  writing  ;  to  post  up,  advertise  for 
sale  or  to  let ;  topunish  with  confisca- 
tion of  goods  ;  to  outlaw,  proscribe. 

prosilire,  -io,  -silui  (more  rarely 
-ivi  and  -ii),  (no  p.  p.),  [pro  + 
sallre],  to  leap  forth. 


prosper,  -era,  -erum,  [pro  + 
spes],  according  to  one's  hopes, 
successful,  prosperous. 

prospicere,  -io,  -spexi,  -spec- 
tus,  [pro  +  specere],  to  look 
forth,  look  out;  hence,  to  be  on 
the  watch  ;  to  look  out  for,  provide 
for  (with  dat.) ;  to  foresee  (with 
ace.). 

providere,  -eo,  -vidi,  -visus, 
[pro  +  videre],  to  see  before; 
hence,  to  foresee;  to  prepare,  pro- 
vide; and  intrans.,  to  provide  for 
(with  dat.). 

provincia,  -ae,  [pro  and  the 
stem  of  vincere  +  ia-],  f.,  a 
region  acquired  in  front  of  or  be- 
yond one's  boundaries,  a  province 
(confined  to  lands  conquered  oiit- 
side  of  Italy) ;  hence,  also,  a  do- 
main or  a  province,  in  the  sense  of 
the  English  "this  is  my  prov- 
ince." 

provocare,  -6,  -avi, -atus,  [pro 
+  vocare],  to  call  forth,  call  out; 
hence,  to  challenge ;  to  appeal ;  to 
rouse,  stir  up. 

provocatio,  st.  provocation-, 
[provocat°/i  (p.  p.  of  provo- 
care) -f-  ion-],f.,  a  having  called 
forth;  hence,  an  appeal  (to  a 
higher  tribunal) ;  also,  in  the 
writers  of  the  Empire,  a  chal- 
lenge. 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  [superl.  from 
stem  of  prope],  see  propior. 

prudentia,  -ae,  [prudent-  (for 
provident-)  +  ia-],f.,  foresight ; 
hence,  sagacity,  discretion,  pru- 
dence, wisdom  ;  skill,  knowledge  of 
a  thing. 

Publicola,  -ae,  [for  Pop(u)li- 
cola  (populus  and  *cola,  root 
of  colere  -f-  a-)],  m.,  a  surname 


344 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


applied  to  P.  Valerius,  who 
helped  Brutus  drive  out  the  Tar- 
quins,  and  was  one  of  the  first 
consuls  (509  B.  c.) ;  given  also  to 
his  descendants. 

publicus,  -a,  -um,  [for  populi- 
cus  (popul°/i  +  co-)],  of  the 
people  or  state ;  hence,  official '. 

Piiblius,  -I,  m.,  a  Roman  first 
name  (praenomen),  as  Fub- 
lius  Cornelius  Scipio.  Ab- 
breviation P. 

pudere,  see  pudet. 

pudet,  puduit,  orpuditum  est, 
[third  person  of  pudere,  used 
impersonally],  it  shames.  —  me 
talium  verborum  pudet,  / 
am  ashamed  of  such  language. 
(Occasionally  used  as  a  personal 
verb.) 

pudice,  [adv.  of  pudicus],  bash- 
fully, chastely,  modestly. 

pudicus,  -a,  -um,  [yf  pud  (of 
pudere  and  pudor)  +  co-,  as 
if  through  an  I-stem],  bashful, 
chaste,  modest. 

pudor,  st.  pudor-,  [^  pud  -f 
6r-],  m.,  shame ;  hence,  bashful- 
ness,  modesty. 

puella.  -ae,  [puera-  +  la  (dim.), 
assimilated],  f.,  a  girl,  maid. 

puer,  -eri,  [?],  m.,  a  boy,  lad. 

pueritia,  -ae.  [puer  and  the 
made-up  ending  tia  (i.  e.,  after 
the  pattern  of  milit-ia)],  f..  boy- 
hood  (i.  e.,  till  the  fifteenth  or 
seventeenth  year,  when  the  toga 
virilis  was  put  on). 

puerulus.  -i.  [puer%  +  lo- 
(dim.)],  m.,  a  small  boy. 

pugillaris,  -e,  [pugUlus  (pu- 
gnua,fist,  same  root  as  pugna. 
and  lo-,  dim.,  assimilated)  and 
the  made-up  ending  -aria,  i.  e., 


after  the  pattern  of  luna-ris], 
belonging  to  a  fist.  —  More  com- 
mon as  plural  noun,  pugillares, 
-ium,  m.,  writing -tablets,  note- 
book. 

pugna,  -ae,  [yf  pug  +  na-],  f., 
fisticuffs;  hence,  a  fight,  battle. 

pugnare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [de- 
nom.  from  pugna],  to  fight,  bat- 
tle. 

pugnax,  st.  pugnac-,  [pugna- 
-f-  c(o)-],  inclined  to  battle,  pugna- 
cious, warlike. 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  [?], 
beautiful,  handsome,  fair,  fine. 

pulchre,  [adv.  of  pulcher],  beau- 
tifully, finely. 

pulchritudo,  st.  pulchritu- 
din-,  [pulchr7i  +  tudin-  (i.  e. 
as  if  through  a  stem  in  tu- ;  cf . 
habitus,  habitudo)],f.,  beauty. 

Pulvillus,  -I,  m.,  a  Roman  sur- 
name (cognomen).  See  Lesson 
xxxvii. 

pulvis,  st.  pulver-,  [?].  m.,  dust. 

Funicus,  -a.  -um,  [for  Poenicus 
(Poen7i  +  co-)],  Punic,  Car- 
thaginian. 

puppis,  st.  puppi-,  [?],  f.,  the  stern 
(of  a  ship). 

purgare.  -6,  -avi. -atus,  [forpu- 
rigare  (denom.  from  *purigus, 
purus  and  *agus.  root  of  agere 
+  O-)]^  to  purify,  cleanse;  hence, 
to  clear  from,  justify,  exonerate;  to 
offer  in  excuse. 

Purpurio,  st.  Purpurion-,  [pur- 
pur  a,  purple  -f  ion-],  m.,  a  Ro- 
man surname  (cognomen). 

putare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  putus,  -a,  -um  (yf  pu  -f 
to-)],  to  cleanse  ;  hence,  to  prune; 
to  adjust  accounts,  to  reckon,  count ; 
to  imagine,  fancy,  think,  deem. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


345 


putrefacere,  -io,  -fed,  -factus, 
[obscure  compound  of  root  in  pu- 
trere  (deuom.  from  puter,  -tra, 
-trum)  and  facere],  to  cause  to 
decay,  to  rot. 

Fyrenaeus,  -a,  -um,  [foreign 
word  of  doubtful  derivation], 
of  the  Pyrenees. — As  noun,  Py- 
reiiaeus,  -I,  m.,  the  Pyrenaean 
range  (dividing  Gallia  from  His- 
pania). 

Pyrrhus,  -I,  [Gr.  pr.  name,  riiJ^os], 
m.,  the  king  of  Epirus,  in  Greece, 
who  tried  to  conquer  the  Romans 
about  280  B.  c.,  having  been  ap- 
pealed to  for  aid  by  the  people  of 
Tarentum. 

Pythia,  -ae,  [fern,  of  Pythius 
(Gr.  proper  adjective,  TlvOios),  used 
as  noun],  f.,  the  priestess  who 
spoke  the  replies  of  Apollo's  ora- 
cle at  Delphi  in  Phocis. 

Q. 

Q.,  abbreviation  for  the  praenS- 
111  e  11  Quintus. 

qua,  [case  form  of  qui,  used  as 
adv.],  where  (both  rel.  and  inter- 
rog.) ;  at  which  place ;  at  what 
place  ?  which  way  ? 

quadragesimus,  -a,  -um,  [re- 
lated to  quadraginta,  as  vi- 
cesimus  to  viginti],  the  for- 
tieth. 

quadraginta,  indecl.,  [obscure 
formation  from  root  in  quat- 
tuor],  forty. 

quadringentesimus,  -a,  -um, 
[from  quadringentl,  like  cen- 
tesimus,  from  centum],  the 
four  hundredth. 

quadringentl,  -ae,  -a,  [obscure 
formation  from  roots  of  quat- 


tuor  and  centum],  four  hun- 
dred. 

quaerere,  -5,  quaesivi,  quae- 
situs,  [?],  to  look  for,  search  for, 
seek;  hence,  to  ask,  inquire  ;  to  ex- 
amine, investigate. 

quaestio,  st.  quaestion-,  [ob- 
scurely formed  from  root  of  quae- 
rere], f.,  a  looking  for  ;  hence,  a 
questioning,  investigation  ;  'a  ques- 
tion. 

qualis,  -e,  [root  of  qui  and  quis 
+  alis  (cf.  iiatura-lis)],  of  what 
sort  1  or  of  which  sort  (interrog. 
and  rel.).  —  talis  .  .  .  qualis, 
such  ...  as. 

quam,  [case  form  of  qui  and  quis, 
used  as  adv.  and  conjunc.],  how 
much  ?  how  ?  (of  degree) ;  as ;  than  ; 
when  used  with  the  superlative,  it 
is  rendered  by  as  possible  with  the 
positive ;  e.  g.,  quam  plurimi, 
as  many  as  possible.  —  quam 
celerrime,  as  fast  as  possible. 

quamquam,  [quam  -f-  quam], 
conj.,  however  (much)  ;  but  chiefly 
used  in  the  sense  although,  or  with 
a  corrective  force,  and  yet.  (In 
classical  Latin  used  with  the  in- 
dicative ;  in  later  Latin,  with  the 
subjunctive.) 

quamvis,  [quam  +  vis  (2d  p. 
sing.  pres.  indie,  of  velle)],  how- 
ever (much)  you  wish;  hence,  al- 
though (in  which  sense  it  is  used 
with  the  subjunctive  in  classical 
Latin,  but  later  with  the  indie.). 

quando,  [quam  +  form  from 
root  of  dum,  -de,  etc.],  when 
(both  interrog.  and  rel.).  —  Also 
indef.,  at  some  or  any  time,  ever 
(chiefly  in  connection  with  si,  ni- 
si, or  num). 

quandoque,  [quando  +  que]. 


346 


LATIX-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


whenever,  as  often  as ;  also  as  in- 
def.,  at  some  or  any  time  ;  and  oc- 
casionally causal,  since. 

quantulus,  -a.  -um,  [quant% 
-{-  lo-  (dim.)],  interrog.,  how  lit- 
tle ?  also  relative,  as  little. 

quantus,  -a,  -um,  [obscure  forma- 
tion from  same  root  as  qui,  quis. 
quam,  etc.],  how  great  ?  how 
muchf  as  great.  —  tantrus  .  .  . 
quantus,  so  (or  as)  great  ...  as. 

quare,  [qua  re], by  what  thing?  or 
by  which  thing;  hence,  why?  or 
therefore. 

quart  us,  -a,  -um,  [obscurely 
formed  from  root  in  quattuor], 
fourth. 

quartus  (-a,  -um)  decimus.  -a, 
-um,  [quartus  and  decimus 
(decem  -f  mo-)],  fourteenth. 

quasi,  [case  form  of  qui  +  si], 
as  if;  hence,  as  it  were. 

quatere,  -i5,  noperf.,  quassus,  to 
shake ;  hence,  to  wield,  brandish  ; 
to  agitate,  trouble;  to  shatter. 
(Hardly  used  in  classic  prose.) 

quattuor,  indecl.,  [?],/our. 

quattuordecim,  indecl.,  [quat- 
tuor +  decem],  fourteen. 

que,  [case  form  from  qui],  conj., 
and  (implying  a  closer  connection 
than  et,  and  attached  as  enclitic 
to  the  second  of  two  single  words, 
or  to  the  first  word  of  the  second 
of  two  phrases  or  clauses  connect- 
ed by  it). 

queri,  -or,  questus,  [?],  to  com- 
plain of,  bewail,  lament. 

querimonia,  -ae,  [from  root  of 
queri,  with  suffix  monia-.  as  if 
through  a  stem  in  O-],  f.,  a  lam- 
entation, lament,  complaint. 

qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron..  who  or 
which,  that.  At  the  beginning  of 


an  independent  sentence,  often  = 
et  is  or  nam  is,  and  he  or  for  he. 

quia,  [?],  conj.,  because. 

qulcumque,  quaecumque, 
quodcumque,  [qui  -f  cum- 
que  (cum  -f  que)],  iudef.  rela- 
tive, whoever  or  whichever,  what- 
ever. 

quldam,  quaedam,  quoddam 
or  quiddam.  [qui  +  dam 
(same  root  as  dum,  -de,etc.)],in- 
def.  pron.,  some  (particular)  one, 
somebody  or  something ;  a  kind  of. 
(The  most  definite  of  the  indefi- 
nite pronouns.) 

quidem,  [case  form  of  qui  + 
dem  (same  root  as  -dam,  dum, 
etc.)],  used  to  emphasize  the  word 
before  it,  or  the  general  notion  of 
the  phrase  in  which  it  stands  sec- 
ond, and  best  rendered  in  English 
by  stress  of  voice;  to  be  sure. — 
ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not  .  .  .  even, 
not  .  .  .  either  (see  ne). 

quies,  st.  quiet-,  [quie  (cf.  qui- 
escere)  +  t(i)-],  f.,  rest,  quiet; 
peace. 

quies  cere,  -6,  -evi,  -etum.  [in- 
cept, of  *quiere  (same  root  as 
quies)],  (to  begin)  to  rest  or  be 
quiet.  Tceep  still.  Sometimes  also 
trans.,  to  calm,  quiet. 

qullibet,  quaelibet.  quodli- 
bet.  [qui  +  libet],  indef.  pron., 
whoever  you  please  ;  hence,  any  one 
whatever. 

quln,  [case  form  of  qui  +  ne], 
why  not?  hence,  in  strong  asser- 
tion, verily,  nay  even ;  and  as  rel. 
conj.,  with  subjunc.,  that  .  .  .  not 
or  but  (that) ;  nemo  est  quln 
dicat,  there  is  no  one  but  says ; 
facere  non  possum  quln  ad 
te  scribam,  I  cannot  but  write  to 


V.  l  o 

OF  THK 

"UNIVERSITY 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


you.  (The  clause  upon  which  the 
quin-clause  depends  is  regularly 
negative,  and  the  quin-clause  is 
often  best  rendered  by  without  and 
a  participle.) 

Qumctius,  -a,  -um,  [Quint°/i  + 
io-],  the  name  of  a  Roman  gens. 
—  L.  Qumctius  Cincinna- 
tus,  dictator  in  458  B.  c.—  For  T. 
Qumctius,  see  Lesson  xxxviii. 

qumdecim,    indecl.,    [qumque 

— +  decem],  fifteen. 

quindecimvir,  -I,  [quindecim 
-(-  vir],  m.,  a  member  of  a  body 
of  fifteen  men,  especially  of  the 
body  who  had  charge  of  the  sa- 
cred Sibylline  books.  (Generally 
used  in  the  plural.) 

qumgentesimus,  -a,  -um,  [re- 
lated to  qumgenti  as  centesi- 
mus  to  centum],  Jive  hundredth. 

qumgenti,  -ae,  -a,  [qumque  + 
centum],  Jive  hundred. 

qumquagesimus,  -a,  -um,  [re- 
lated to  quinquaginta,  as  vi- 
gesimus  to  viginti],  the  fif- 
tieth. 

quinquaginta,  indecl.,  [obscure 
formation  from  qumque],//^. 

qumque,  indecl.,  [?~\,Jive. 

qulntus,  -a,  -um,  [qumque  + 
to-],  fifth. 

Qulntus,  -i,  [qulntus  used  as 
proper  name],  m.,  a  Roman  prae- 
nomen,  as  Qulntus  Fabius 
Maximus.  Abbreviation  Q. 

qulntus  decimus,  -a,  -um,^- 
teenth. 

Quirites,  -ium,  [?],  m.,  the  name 
of  the  people  of  Cures,  the  capi- 
tal of  the  Sabines.  The  name  was 
adopted  by  the  Romans,  after  the 
annexation  of  the  Sabines,  as  the 
name  for  themselves  when  con- 


sidered in  a  political  rather  than 
a  military  capacity;  hence,  Ro- 
man citizens. 

quis  (qui),  quae,  quid  (quod), 
[same  root  as  qui,  rel.],  interrog. 
pron.,  who  ?  which  (of  several)  ? 
what?  (The  forms  quis  and 
quid  are  most  commonly  used  as 
nouns,  qui  and  quod  as  adjec- 
tive. The  latter  forms  have  more 
descriptive  force  than  the  others 
and  are  equivalent  to  what  sort  of 
a;  qui  homo,  what  sort  of  a 
man  ? 

quis  (qui),  quae  (qua),  quid 
(quod),  [same  root  as  the  rel. 
and  interrog.],  indef.  pron.,  any, 
some.  (Used  chiefly  after  si,  ni- 
si, num.  It  is  a  little  more  defi- 
nite than  quisquam  and  a  little 
less  definite  than  aliquis.) 

quisnam,  quaenam,  quidnam, 
[quis  -f-  nam,  as  a  strengthen- 
ing particle],  interrog.  pron.,  who, 
(which,  what),  pray?  who  in  the 
world? 

quispiam,  quaepiam,  quid- 
piam  (quodpiam),  [quis  + 
pe  (as  in  nempe)  and  iam], 
some  one  or  any  one.  (The  least 
indefinite  of  the  indefinite  pro- 
nouns except  quidam.) 

quisquam,  (fern,  wanting  except 
in  the  abl.  sing.),  quicquam,  or 
quidquam,  [quis  +  quam], 
any  one  whatever.  (The  most  in- 
definite of  the  indefinite  pronouns.) 

quisque,  quaeque,  quidque 
(quodque),  [quis  +  que], 
indef.  pron.,  each,  every.  (Regu- 
larly used  of  more  than  two,  and 
thus  differing  from  uterque.) 

quivis,  quaevis,  quidvis 
(quodvls),  [qui  +  vis  (2d 


348 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


pers.  sing,  indie,  pres.  of  velle)], 
indef.  pron.,  whoever,  whichever, 
whatever  you  wish ;  hence,  any 
whatever. 

quo,  [case  form  of  qui  and  quis], 
adv.  (interrog1.  or  rel.),  whither?  or 
whither  (rel.) ;  hence,  to  what  end  f 
for  which  reason,  wherefore;  and 
as  conjunc.  of  purpose,  that,  in 
order  that  (used  with  clauses  con- 
taining a  comparative). 

quoad,  [case  form  of  qui  and 
quis  +  ad],  adv.  and  conj.,  up  to 
which,  or  what  ?  hence,  how  far  ?  so 
far  as  ;  so  long  as,  until. 

quod,  [neut.  ace.  of  qui],  as  to 
which;  hence,  as  conj.,  because ;  in 
that,  (as  to)  the  fact  that. 

quominus,  [case  form  of  qui  + 
minus],  conj.,  by  which  the  less; 
hence,  that  not  (used  with  the  sub- 
junctive after  verbs  of  hindering^ 
etc.,  and  often  best  rendered  by 
from  with  a  participle). 

quo  mam.  [quom  (old  form  of 
cum)  +  iam],  conj.,  when  now, 
i.  e.,  since,  seeing  that. 

quoque,  [?],  adv.,  also,  or  even. 
(Emphasizing  the  word  before  it, 
while  etiam  more  commonly  em- 
phasizes the  word  after  it.) 

quot,  indecl.  adj.  (both  interrog. 
and  rel.),  [?],  how  many? — tot 
.  .  .  quot,  so  many  ...  as. 

quotannis,  [quot  annis],  adv., 
as  many  years  as  (there  are),  i.  e., 
every  year,  yearly. 

R. 

radere,  -6,  rasl,  rasus,   [?],   to 

scrape,  shave. 
radius,  -i,  [?],  m.,  a  rod ;  hence,  a 

ray,  beam. 


rana,  -ae,  [for  racna  (y/  rac,  to 
cry  out  +  na-],  f.,  a  frog. 

rapere,  -io,  rapui,  raptus, 
[y1  rap  used  as  a  stem],  to  seize, 
snatch ;  hence,  to  rob,  carry  off'; 
to  ravage,  lay  waste. 

raptor,  st.  raptor-,  [yf  rap  + 
tor-],  m.,  one  who  seizes;  hence,  a 
robber,  plunderer,  ravisher.  (Not 
used  in  classic  prose.) 

rastrum,  -I,  [y'  rad  (of  radere)  + 
tro-],  n.,  a  rake,  hoe.  (Plural  more 
commonly  rastri,  -orum,  m.) 


ratio,  st.  ration-,  [rat°/i  (p.  p.  of 
reri)  -f  ion-],  f .,  a  having  reck- 
oned; hence,  a  reckoning:  an  ac- 
count; a  (business)  affair ;  a  way  of 
doing  things,  system ;  a  doctrine  or 
theory  of  something ;  the  reckoning 
faculty,  reason  ;  a  reason  or  ground 
for  something.  —  rationem  ha- 
bere  alicuius.to  take  account  of 
or  have  regard  to  anything;  ratio 
constat.  the  account  balances. 

ratis,  st.  rati-,  [?],  f.,  a  raft. 

ratus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  reri  used 
as  adj.],  reckoned;  hence,  settled, 
fixed,  valid. 

re  (before  vowels  and  some  conso- 
nants red),  inseparable  preposi- 
tion, again,  back. 

recedere,  -6,  -cessi.  -cessum, 
[re  +  cedere],  to  draiv  back  : 
hence,  to  retreat,  withdraw;  to  de- 
sist, retire  from. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


349 


recens,  st.  recent-,  [?],  fresh,  new,  \ 
recent.     See   also  novos  and  cf. 
vetus  and  antiquus. 

recipere,  -16,  -cepi,  -ceptus, 
[re  +  capere],  to  take  back; 
hence,  to  recover ;  to  take  to  one's 
self,  receive;  to  take  upon  one's 
self,  assume,  undertake.  —  se  re- 
cipere, to  draw  back,  betake  one's 
self  to,  retreat. 

reciprocus,  -a,  -um,  [*rec°/i 
(re-  -f-  co-)  +  *proco-  (pro-  + 
CO-)],1  back  and  forth,  alternating, 
reciprocal. 

recitare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [re  + 
citare  (intensive  of  ciere,  to 
call)],  to  call  or  read  out  a  public 
document;  hence,  to  read  aloud, 
recite. 

recoiiciliare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[re  -f  conciliare  (denom.  from 
concilium,  con  -f-  *calium, 
^  cal  of  clamare  +  io-)],  to 
call  together  again;  hence,  to  re- 
unite, bring  together,  reconcile;  to 
regain,  reestablish. 

recordari,  -or,  -atus,  [re  + 
*cordari  (which  would  be  a 
denom.  from  cor,  heart,  as  the 
supposed  seat  of  the  mind)],  to 
call  to  mind,  remember.  (Used 
with  an  accusative  of  direct  ob- 
ject.) 

rector,  st.  rector-,  [^  reg  -f 
tor-],  m.,  one  who  draws  a  straight 
line;  hence,  a  director,  ruler;  a 
master,  commander;  a  helmsman 
or  a  driver. 

rectum,  -I,  [neut.  of  rectus  used 
as  noun],  n.,  the  right,  virtue. 

rectus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  regere 
used  as  adj.],  ruled  straight ;  hence, 
straight;  proper,  right. 
1  J.  B.  Greenough. 


recusare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [re 
and  causa  as  if  through  a  cau- 
sare],  to  make  an  excuse  for  not 
doing ;  to  object,  decline,  refuse. 

reddere,-o,-didi,-ditus,  [re  (d) 
-j-  dare],  to  give  or  put  back; 
hence,  to  restore ;  to  give  up,  sur- 
render ;  to  bestow,  give ;  to  repeat, 
tell ;  to  put  into  a  certain  condition, 
render  so  and  so. 

redigere,  -6,  -egi,  -actus,  [red 
-f-  agere],  to  drive  back;  hence, 
to  bring  back ;  to  bring  to  a  cer- 
tain state,  render  so  and  so;  to 
reduce  to;  to  raise,  collect  (money, 
etc.). 

redire,  -eo,  -ii,  -itum,  [red  -j- 
ire],  to  go  back,  return  ;  to  come  or 
be  reduced  to,  reach. 

reducere,  -5,  -duxl,  -ductus, 
[re  +  ducere],  to  lead  or  bring 
back  ;  to  escort  home  (as  a  mark  of 
honor;  see  deducere) ;  to  draw 
off  (troops) ;  to  restore  ;  and  occa- 
sionally, to  reduce  to. 

referre,  -fero,  rettuli,  relatus, 
[re  -j-  ferre],  to  bring  back  ; 
hence,  to  restore,  pay  back,  give 
back  ;  to  repeat,  renew,  reproduce  ; 
to  report,  tell,  narrate  ;  to  reply ;  to 
put  before  the  senate,  propose ;  to 
put  down  in  a  list  or  register,  re- 
cord;  to  assign,  ascribe,  refer  to. 
—  pedem  or  gradum  referre, 
to  retreat ;  gratiam  referre,  to 
show  gratitude  by  deeds,  recom- 
pense; acceptum  referre,  toput 
down  to  the  credit  of. 

refert,  retulit,  referre,  (also 
written  separately),  [case  form  of 
res  +  ferre],  it  is  of  importance 
or  interest,  it  concerns.  (The  per- 
son or  thing  interested  is  expressed 
by  a  genitive  or  by  the  abl.  fern. 


350 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


sing,  of  a  possessive  pronoun.  — 
Ciceronis  retulit,  it  was  for 
Cicero's  interest ;  me  a  maximi 
refert,  it  is  of  the  greatest  impor- 
tance to  me.  (In  classical  Latin 
perhaps  most  commonly  used  with 
a  clause  as  subject. ) 

reficere,  -io,  -fed,  -fectus,  [re 
-f-facere],to  make  again;  hence, 
to  repair,  restore,  renew  ;  to  refresh, 
reinvigorate,  recruit. 

refluere,  -6,  [re  -f  fluere],  to  flow 
back  ;  also,  to  overflow.  (A  word 
not  belonging  to  classic  prose.) 

regalis,  -e,  [rex  and  the  made-up 
ending  alls  (i.e.,  after  the  pattern 
of  natura-lis)],  belonging  to  a 
king,  kingly,  royal,  regal. 

regere,  -6,  rexi,  rectus,  to 
make  a  straight  line;  hence,  to 
guide,  direct ;  to  govern,  ride. 

regia,  -ae,  [fem.  of  regius,  used 
as  noun],  f.,  the  royal  dwelling,  a 
palace. 

regina,  -ae,  [^  reg  +  na-,  as  if 
through  an  1-stem],  f.,  a  queen. 

regio,  st.  region-,  [v'  reg  + 
ion-],  f.,  the  drawing  of  a  straight 
line  ;  hence,  a  straight  line ;  (mostly 
plural)  boundaries ;  hence,  a  re- 
gion (included  within  boundary 
lines),  a  district.  —  e  regione,  in 
a  straight  line;  hence,  with  the 
genitive,  opposite. 

regius,  -a,  -um,  [reg-  -f  io-],  of  a 
king,  kingly,  royal,  regal. 

regnare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [de- 
nom.  from  rSgnum],  to  have 
sway,  reign,  rule ;  and  occasionally 
trans.,  to  reign  over  (chiefly  in  pas- 
sive). 

regnum,  -i,  [^  reg  +  no-],  n., 
royal  power,  rule,  sway  ;  hence,  a 
kingdom. 


regulus,  -I,  [rex  and  Io-  (dim.) 
with  u  inserted  after  the  pattern 
of  O-stems],  m.,  a  little  king,  petty 
king,  chieftain. 

Regulus,  -I,  [regulus  as  proper 
name],  m.,  a  Roman  surname 
(cognomen).  —  M.  Atnius 
Regulus,  the  general  whose  cap- 
ture by  the  Carthaginians  in  the 
First  Punic  War  has  been  adorned 
with  so  much  romance. 

relaxare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [re  -f 
laxare  (denom.  from  laxus)], 
to  stretch  wide,  or  make  loose  again  ; 
hence,  to  loosen,  open ;  to  ease, 
soften  ;  to  cheer  ;  to  relax. 

religio,  st.  religion-,  [?],  f.,  reli- 
gious feeling  or  scruple,  reverence ; 
religion;  scrupulousness,  conscien- 
tiousness ;  sacredness. 

relinquere,  -6,  -liqui,  -lictus, 
[re  +  linquere],  to  leave  behind; 
hence,  to  abandon  ;  to  bequeath ;  to 
leave  (in  the  widest  sense). 

reliquus,  -a,  -um,  [re  +  *li- 
quus  (y^  liq  of  linquere  + 
uo-)],  left,  remaining ;  hence,  the 
rest.  (Properly  distinguished  from 
ceteri  as  that  which  "  remains  " 
from  that  which  "  exists  beside," 
but  the  difference  is  not  closely 
observed.) 

remanere,  -eo,  -mansi,  (no  p.  p.), 
[re  -f  manere],  to  stay  behind ; 
hence,  to  remain,  continue,  last. 

remedium,  -I,  [re  and  the  root  of 
mederl,  to  heal,  with  the  suffix 
io-],  n.,  a  healing  again ;  hence,  a 
cure,  remedy. 

reminisci,  -or,  (no  perf.),  [re  + 
*minisci  (incept,  from  root  in 
me  mini  and  mens)],  to  bring 
back  to  mind,  remember,  recollect. 

remissus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  re- 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


351 


mittere,  used  as  adj.],  slackened; 
hence,  relaxed,  loose;  gentle,  in- 
dulgent ;  negligent,  remiss. 

remittere,  -6,  -misi,  -missus, 
[re  +  mittere],  to  send  or  let  go 
back ;  hence,  to  slacken,  loosen  ;  to 
restore,  return ;  to  relieve,  remit ;  to 
grant,  yield,  give  up. 

remollescere,-6,  [re  -fmolles- 
cere  (incept,  from  mollis)],  to 
begin  to  soften  again,  to  become  soft. 

removere,  -eo,  -movi,  -motus, 
[re  +  movere],  to  move  back; 
hence,  to  take  away,  remove. 

remunerari,  -or,  -atus,  [re  + 
munerare  (denom.  from  mu- 
nus)],  to  give  a  gift  in  return,  to 
recompense,  remunerate. 

Remus,  -I,  m.,  the  twin  brother  of 
Romulus. 

remus,  -i,  [?],  m.,  an  oar. 

renovare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [re  -f- 
novare  (denom.  from  novos)], 
to  make  new  again,  renew ;  hence, 
to  refresh  or  restore ;  to  say  again. 

renuntiare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [re 
+  nuntiare  (denom.  from  nun- 
tius,  wh.  see)],  to  bring  back  a 
message ;  hence,  to  report,  declare ; 
to  proclaim,  announce;  also,  to  re- 
tract, disclaim,  break  off. 

repellere,  -6,  reppuli,  -pulsus, 
[re  +  pellere],  to  drive  back; 
hence,  to  repulse ;  to  ward  off;  to 
reject. 

repente,  [abl.  of  repens  used  as 
adverb],  suddenly,  unexpectedly. 

repentinus,  -a,  -um,  [repens 
and  suffix  no-  as  if  through  an 
T-stem],  sudden,  unexpected. 

reperire,  -io,  repperi,  -pertus, 
[re  +  parere],  to  get  again; 
hence,  to  meet  with,  Jind ;  to  find 
out,  learn  ;  to  hit  upon,  discover. 


repetere,  -6,  -ivi,  -itus,  [re  + 
petere],  to  make  for  again,  attack 
again ;  hence,  to  go  back  to,  [in  the 
sense  to  revisit  and  the  sense  to 
begin  (an  account  or  story)  with]  ; 
to  bring  back ;  to  begin  again,  renew, 
repeat;  to  demand  back,  reclaim. 
—  res  repetere,  to  demand  sat- 
isfaction or  restitution. 

repoiiere,  -6,  -posui,  -positus, 
[re  +  ponere],  to  put  back; 
hence,  to  replace,  restore ;  to  lay  up, 
preserve  ;  to  substitute ;  to  lay  aside, 
put  down;  to  reckon  among. 

repraesentare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[re  +  praesentare  (denom. 
from  praesens,  p.  a.  fromprae- 
esse)],  to  make  present  again; 
hence,  to  show,  display,  recall;  to 
do  at  once;  and  in  imperial  Latin, 
to  portray. 

reprehensare,  -6,  [frequent,  from 
reprehendere],  to  keep  holding 
back.  (Found  perhaps  only  once.) 

repugiiare,  -o,  -avi,  -atum,  [re 
-f-pugnare  (denom.  from  pu- 
gna)],  to  fight  back;  hence,  to  re- 
sist; to  oppose;  to  be  inconsistent 
with. 

requies,  st.  requiet-,  [re  + 
quies],  f.,  a  resting  again;  hence, 
relaxation,  respite;  repose  (denot- 
ing rest  after  effort  or  suffering, 
while  quies  is  rest  in  itself). 

requirere,  -o,  -quisivi,  -quisi- 
tus,  [re  +  quaerere],  to  look 
for  again ;  hence,  to  search  after ; 
to  ask,  inquire  ;  to  miss,  want,  need, 
require. 

reri,  -eor,  ratus,  [?],  to  reckon; 
hence,  to  believe,  think,  suppose. 

res,  rei,  [?],  f.,  a  thing ;  an  affair, 
business  ;  circumstances ;  reality, 
truth,  fact ;  property,  possessions ; 


352 


LATLX-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


benefit,  interest.  —  Hence,  res  ges- 
tae,  achievements;  history;  res 
publica,  the  state.— e  re  tua, 
e  re  publica,  for  your  good,  for 
the  good  of  the  state. 
rescindere, -6,  -scidi,  -scissus, 
[re  -j-  scindere],  to  split  again; 
hence,  to  cut  or  break  down  ;  to  an- 
nul, repeal,  rescind ;  also,  to  open. 

residuus,  -a,  -um,  [resid  (gath- 
ered from  residere  {re  +  se- 
dere}  and  treated  as  stem)  -j~ 
UO-],  left  sitting  behind ;  hence,  re- 
maining, left. 

resistere,  -6,  -stiti.  (no  p.  p.),  [re 
-f  sistere],  to  take  one's  place 
again ;  hence,  to  stand  still, halt;  to 
remain,  stay;  and  especially,  to 
oppose,  resist. 

respicere,  -io.  -spexi,  -spec- 
tus,  [re  +  specere],  to  look 
back;  hence,  to  look  about;  and 
trans.,  to  look  back  at,  look  upon  ; 
to  pay  attention  to,  have  a  care  for. 

respondere,  -eo,  -spondl, 
-sponsus,  [re  +  spondere], 
to  promise  in  return;  hence,  to  an- 
swer, reply ;  to  agree  with,  corre- 
spond to  (in  this  sense  used  with  a 
dative). 

responsum,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  respon- 
dere, used  as  noun],  n.,  an  answer, 
a  reply,  response. 

res  publica,  see  res. 

restare,  -6,  -stiti,  (no  p.  p.),  [re 
-f-  stare],  to  stand  back ;  hence,  to 
stay  behind,  but  oftener,  to  stand 
firm,  hold  out ;  to  be  left.  —  Hence, 
impersonally,  restat.  it  remains; 
restat  ut  dicam.  it  remains  for 
me  to  say. 

restat,  see  restare. 

restituere,  -6,  -ui,  -utus,  [re  + 
statuere  (denoin.  from  status. 


yf  sta  -f  tu-)],  to  put  back  into  its 
place;  hence,  to  restore;  to  rebuild  • 
to  renew;  to  give  back,  return;  to 
reinstate. 

resumere,  -o,  -sumpsi.  -sump- 
tus,  [re  +  sumere  (sub  + 
emere)],  to  take  from  under  again ; 
hence,  to  take  up  again,  resume ; 
to  take  back,  recover.  (Xot  used  in 
classic  prose.) 

retardare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [re  + 
tardare  (denom.from  tardus)], 
to  make  slow  again;  hence,  to  keep 
back,  delay ;  also  intraus.,  to  hold 
back,  tarry. 

retinere,  -eo,  -ui,  -tentus,  [re 
H-tenere],  to  hold  back;  hence, 
to  detain;  to  check,  restrain;  to 
keep,  maintain. 

retrahere,  -6,  -traxi,  -tractus, 
[re  +  trahere],  to  drag  back; 
hence,  to  call  back,  keep  back;  to 
withdraw,  remove  ;  to  divert,  turn. 

revertere,  -6,  -verti,  -versus, 
[re  -f  vertere],  to  turn  back, 
turn  about;  to  come  back,  return. 
(For  the  tenses  from  the  present 
stem  deponent  forms  are  mostly 
used;  for  the  perf.,  pluperf-,  and 
fut.  perf.,  only  active  forms  are 
found  in  classical  Latin.  The  p.  p. 
reversus  has  an  active  sense.) 

revocare.  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [re  -f- 
vocare],  to  call  back;  hence,  to 
recall,  call  off,  withdraw ;  to  re- 
gain, recover ;  to  withhold,  restrain. 

revolare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [re  + 
volare],  tofiy  back. 

rex,  st.  reg-,  [root  as  stem],  m.,  a 
king. 

Rhea  Silvia,  Rheae  Silviae.  f., 
the  mother  of  Romulus  and  Re- 
mus. 

Rhenus,  -I,  m.,  the  Rhine   (rising 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULAEY. 


353 


near  the  eastern  boundary  of  Hel- 
vetia and  flowing  west  along  its 
northern  boundary,  then  north- 
northwest  into  the  German  Ocean, 
separating  Gaul  and  Germany). 

Rhodanus,-!,  m.,fAe  Rhone  (rising 
in  Helvetia  not  far  from  the  source 
of  the  Rhine  and  flowing  westerly, 
till  after  passing  through  the  Lake 
of  Geneva  [Lacus  Lemannus] 
it  turns  south-southwest  and  flows 
through  Gaul  into  the  Mediterra- 
nean). 

ridere,-eo,  risi,  risum,  to  laugh; 
also  trans.,  to  laugh  over  or  at. 

ripa,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  bank  (of  a 
river). 

risus,  -us,  [y/  rid  +  BU-],  m., 
laughter  ;  a  laugh. 

rite,  [case  form  from  same  root  as 
ritus,  used  as  adv.],  with  proper 
religious  ceremonies;  hence,  duly, 
fitly,  rightly. 

ritus,  -us,  [?],  m.,  religious  usage 
or  ceremony,  a  rite ;  hence,  a  way, 
fashion,  custom  (in  this  sense  gener- 
ally used  in  the  abl.  as  adv.,  after 
the  fashion  of). 

rivalis,  -e,  [rivo-  and  the  made- 
up  ending  -alls,  i.  e.,  after  the 
analogy  of  natura-lis],  of  a 
brook.  —  Hence,  as  noun,  rivales, 
people  who  use  the  same  brook, 
neighbors;  then,  people  who  love 
the  same  woman,  rivals  (also  so 
used  in  the  singular). 

robur,  st.  robor-,  [?],  n.,  oak; 
hence,  strength,  force. 

rogare,  -6,  -avT,  -atus,  [?],  to  ask  ; 
to  question,  inquire  ;  to  request,  beg ; 
to  propose  a  bill  or  nominate  an 
official  (before  the  general  assem- 
bly of  the  people,  not  before  the 
senate). 


rogatus,  -us,  [roga-  +  tu],  m.,  a 
request.  (Used  only  in  abl.  sing.) 

Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Rome.  (On  the 
left  bank  of  the  Tiber,  which  sep- 
arates Latium  from  its  north- 
western neighbor  Etruria,  and 
about  sixteen  miles  from  the  west 
coast  of  Italy.  Founded  in  753 
B.C.) 

Romanus,  -a,  -um,  [R6ma--f- 
rio-],  of  Rome,  Roman.  —  n., 
Romanus,  -i,  m.,  a  Roman. 

Romulus,  -T,  m.,  the  founder  and 
first  king  of  Rome ;  according  to 
the  legend,  son  of  Mars  and  Rhea 
Silvia. 

Romulus  Silvius,  Romul!  Sil- 
VI,  m.,  one  of  the  legendary  kings 
of  Alba,  and,  according  to  Livy, 
great  -  grandfather  of  Amulius, 
and  of  Numitor,  who  was  the 
grandfather  of  Romulus  and  Re- 
mus. 

Roscius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  Q.  Roscius 
Gallus,  a  very  celebrated  actor 
and  friend  of  Cicero's.  —  Sex. 
Roscius  Amermus,  a  Roman 
gentleman,  in  defence  of  whom 
one  of  Cicero's  orations  was  writ- 
ten, as  was  another  in  defence  of 
the  actor. 

ruber,  -bra,  -brum,  [?],  red, 
ruddy. 

ruina,  -ae,  [root  of  ruere,  to  rush, 
and  na-,  as  if  through  an  1-stem], 
f .,  a  rushing  or  falling  down ;  hence, 
downfall,  ruin,  destruction  ;  catas- 
trophe. 

Rullianus,  -I,  m.,  a  Roman  sur- 
name (cognomen).  See  Lesson 
xl.  for  Q.  Fabius  Rullianus. 

rumpere,  -6,  rupT,  ruptus, 
[^  rup],  to  burst  or  break. 


354 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


rursus,  [for  reversus  (re-  -f- 
versus,  p.  p.  of  vertere)],  adv., 
turned  back;  heuce,  again;  in  re- 
turn, on  the  other  hand. 

rus,  st.  rur-,  [?],  n.,  the  country 
(as  opposed  to  the  city) ;  hence, 
a  country -place.  —  Loc.  ruri  and 
less  often  rure,  in  the  country. 


Sabini,  -orum,  m.,  the  Sabines 
(the  people  who  in  the  early  times 
of  Rome  lived  in  the  country  in 
Central  Italy  north  of  Latium  and 
east  of  Umbria  and  Etruria,  the 
carrying  off  of  whose  women  by 
the  Romans  at  the  celebration  of 
certain  sacred  games  led  to  a  war 
and  to  the  union  of  the  Sabines 
and  the  Romans). 

sacer,  -era,  -crum,  [?],  consecrated 
to  a  deity,  sacred. 

sacerdos,  st.  sacerdot-,  [ob- 
scure formation  from  sacer,  sa- 
crec/J,  c.,  a  priest  or  priestess. 

sacerdotium,  -i,  [sacerdot-  -f- 
io-],  n.,  a  priesthood. 

sacramentum.  -I,  [sacra-  (stem 
of  sacrare,  denom.  from  sacer) 
-f  mento-  (i.  e.,  min-  -f-  to-)], 
n.,  the  means  of  making  sacred; 
hence,  an  oath,  but  chiefly  con- 
fined to  the  oath  of  military  alle- 
giance. 

sacrarium,  -i,  [from  sacer  and 
the  made-up  ending  -arium  (see 
adversarius)],  n.,  a  shrine,  sanc- 
tuary. 

sacrificare,  -6,  -avi.  -atus,  [de- 
nom. from  sacrificus  (sacr°/i 
+  *facus,  ^  fac  +  o-)],  to 
make  sacred  ;  hence,  to  sacrifice. 

sacrificium,  -I,  [sacrifice-  (sa- 


cr°/i  +  *facus  { v  fac  + 
io-],  n.,  an  offering ;  a  sacrifice. 

sacrilegus,  -a,  -um,  [sacr°/i  + 
*legus  (^  leg  +  O-)],  gathering 
sacred  things  for  one's  self,  i.  e., 
temple-robbing  ;  hence,  sacrilegious. 

sacrum,  -I,  [neut.  of  sacer,  used 
as  noun],  n.,  a  sacred  thing  ;  hence, 
a  sacred  utensil ;  a  temple  ;  a  sac- 
rifice ;  and,  chiefly  in  plural,  sa- 
cred  rites,  worship. 

saepe.  [case  form  of  the  rare  sae- 
pis,  as  adv.],  often.  —  Corap. 
saepius ;  superl.  saepissime. 

saepire,  -io,  saepsi.  saeptus, 
[denom.  from  saepes],  to  put  a 
hedge  or  fence  about ;  hence,  to  en- 
close, surround. 

saeve,  [adv.  of  saevoa],  fiercely, 
savagely,  crudly. 

saevire,  -io,  saevii,  saevitum, 
[denom.  from  saevos],  to  be 
fierce  or  savage,  to  rage. 

saevos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um), 
[?],  fierce,  savage,  wild ;  barbar- 
ous, cruel. 

Saguntlnus,  -a,  -um.  [Sagun- 
tum  and  suffix  no-,  as  if  through 
an  i-stem],  of  Saguntum,  Sagun- 
tine ;  and  as  noun,  chiefly  in  plu- 
ral, the  Saguntines. 

Saguntum,  -I,  [Gr.  pr.  name, 
'S.a.yovvTov])  n.,  Saguntum  (a  town 
on  the  east  coast  of  Spain,  about 
half  way  from  the  Strait  of  Gib- 
raltar to  France,  famous  for  its 
bold  resistance  to  Hannibal,  who 
destroyed  it  in  219  B.  c.  Now 
Murviedro). 

sal,  st.  sal-,  [root  meaning  to  trickle, 
fiow],  n. ,  salt. 

salinum,  -i,  [sal-  +  no-,  as  if 
through  an  l-stem],  n.,  a  salt-cel- 
lar. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


355 


salus,  st.  salut-,  [obscure  forma- 
tion from  root  in  salvos],  f., 
safety  ;  hence,  sound  health ;  pros- 
perity;  a  greeting,  salute.  —  sa- 
lut em  dicit  (in  letters),  sends 


salutare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  salus],  to  wish  safety  to ;  to 
greet,  salute ;  to  call  upon  in  order  to 
pay  one's  respects  (a  custom  which 
sprang  from  the  obligation  upon 
the  prote'ge's  [clientes]  of  a  no- 
ble Roman  [their  patronus] 
to  make  him  an  early  morning 
visit). 

salvos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um),  [^ 
sal,  save-}-  vo-],  safe,  sound,  un- 
harmed, well. 

Samnis,st.  Samnit-,  [Samnium 
and  suffix  t(i)-,  as  if  through  an 
i-stem],  belonging  to  Samnium  (the 
division  of  Italy  lying  east-south- 
east of  Latium,  between  Apulia 
on  the  east  coast  and  Calabria  on 
the  west  coast) ;  and,  as  noun,  a 
Samnite. 

sanare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  sanus],  to  make  sound,  to 
cure;  hence,  to  remedy,  repair, 
make  good. 

saiictus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of  saii- 
Cire,  used  as  adj.],  made  sacred ; 
hence,  inviolable ;  holy,  venerable  ; 
pure,  good. 

sane,  [adv.  of  sanus],  soundly; 
hence,  reasonably,  but  chiefly  used 
as  an  emphasizing  particle,  cer- 
tainly, verily,  by  all  means ;  also,  to 
be  sure. 

sanus,  -a,  -um,  [same  root  as  sal- 
vos], sound ;  hence,  healthy,  well; 
sane,  rational. 

sapiens,  st.  sapient-,  [pres.  p.  of 
sapere,  used  as  adj.],  having  a 


taste;  hence,  having  intelligence, 
sensible,  wise,  and,  as  noun,  a  sen- 
sible or  wise  man ;  a  philosopher. 

sapientia,  -ae,  [sapient-  +  ia-], 
f .,  aood  sense,  intelligence,  wisdom ; 
philosophy. 

Sardinia,  -ae,  f.,  the  island  of  Sar- 
dinia (in  the  Mediterranean  west 
of  the  southern  part  of  Italy,  and 
south  of  Corsica,  somewhat  less 
than  200  miles  west-southwest  of 
Rome). 

Sardls,  -ium,  [Gr.  pr.  name,  2ap- 
5eis],  f.,  Sardis  (the  chief  city  of 
Lydia,  the  division  of  Asia  Minor 
between  Caria  and  Mysia.  The 
city  was  nearly  in  the  centre  of  the 
province). 

sat,  another  form  for  satis. 

satelles,  st.  satellit-,  [?],  c.,  an 
attendant  upon  a  high  personage ; 
hence,  an  assistant,  an  accomplice. 

satis,  [?],  indecl.  adj.  and  adv., 
enough.  (Also  often  used  as  a 
noun.) 

Saturnia,  -ae,  [fern,  of  Saturni- 
us  (Saturno-  +  io-),  used  as 
noun],  f.,  a  name  applied  to  the 
goddess  Juno. 

Saturnus,  -I,  [from  the  root  of  se- 
rere,  satus,  to  sow,  plant],  m., 
Saturn,  the  king  of  Italy,  in  the 
golden  age,  according  to  the  le- 
gend, who  was  afterwards  wor- 
shipped as  the  god  of  husbandry, 
and  became  identified  with  the 
Greek  Kronos. 

saucius,  -a,  -um,  [?],  wounded. 

Scaevola,  -ae,  [scaevos,  left, 
left-hand  -\-  la-  (dim.)],  m.,  the 
surname  (cognomen)  of  C.  Mu- 
cius  (who  burned  off  his  right 
hand  before  King  Porsena,  whom 
he  had  failed  to  assassinate),  and 


356 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


afterwards  of  the  gens  Mucia. 
—  Q.  Mucius  Scaevola,  one 
of  the  sons-in-law  of  C.  Laelius, 
and  a  speaker  in  Cicero's  dia- 
logues, De  Amicitia  and  De 
Re  Fublica.  He  was  a  distin- 
guished augur. 

scelus,  st.  sceler-,  [?],  n.,  a 
crime. 

schola.  -ae,  [Gr.  word,  <TXOA^],  f., 
spare  time,  but  confined  to  the 
meanings  learned  leisure,  scholarly 
disputation ;  hence,  school. 

Scipio,  st.  Scipion-,  [scipio,  a 
staff  (carried  as  mark  of  rank, 
etc.)],  m.,  a  surname  (cognS- 
men)  in  the  gens  Cornelia.  — 
P.  Cornelius  Scipio  Africa- 
nus  Maior,  the  conqueror  of 
Hannibal  at  Zama  in  202  B.  c.  — 
P.  Cornelius  Scipio  Aemi- 
lianus  Africanus  Minor,  his 
grandson  (by  adoption  from  the 
gens  Aemilia).  who  destroyed 
Carthage  in  146  B.  c.  He  was  the 
friend  of  C.  Laelius. 

scire,  -io,  scivi,  scitus,  [?],  to 
know  ;  hence,  to  be  skilful  in,  know 
how  (to  do).  (Properly  applied  to 
the  knowledge  of  facts,  while 
(cog)noscere  is  applied  to  the 
acquaintance  with  persons  or 
things,  but  the  two  words  are 
sometimes  almost  indistinguisha- 
ble.) 

sciscitari,  -or,  -atus,  [frequent, 
from  sciscere  (incept,  of 
scire)],  to  try  hard  to  find  out; 
hence,  to  ask;  to  question,  exam- 
ine. 

SCOpulus,  -1,  [Gr.  word,  aKOTre\os~\, 
m. .  a  jutting  rock,  a  crag,  cliff". 

scriba,  -ae,  [^  scrlb  -f  a-],  m., 
a  writer,  scribe,  clerk. 


scrlbere,  -6,  scrips!,  scriptus, 
[fr.  ^  scarp,  akin  to  the  Greek 
ypa<p-  (cf.  Eng.  scrape)],  to  write. 

scrip  tio,  st.  scription-,  [scrip- 
to-  (p.  p.  of  scribere)  -|-  ion-], 
f.,  a  having  written ;  hence,  writ- 
ing (as  an  action),  also,  a  writing, 
a  thing  written. 

scutum,  -I,  [?],  n.,  a  shield  (made 
of  wood,  and  oblong,  but  curved 


like  part  of  a  cylinder,  while  the 
clupeus  was  a  round,  metal 
shield). 

se-,  [same  root  as  sed  and  BUI], 
inseparable  preposition,  without  or 
apart. 

secernere,  -6,  -crevi,  -cretus, 
[se-  +  cernere],  to  sift  apart; 
hence,  to  separate  ;  also,  to  distin- 
guish, discern. 

secundum,  [ace.  neut.  of  secun- 
dus,  used  as  prep,  with  ace.],  fol- 
lowing ;  hence,  behind ;  and,  more 
classically,  along  by;  after,  next 
to;  according  to. —  PLACE,  castra 
secundum  mare,  a  camp  by  the 
sea.  —  METAPHOR,  secundum 
decs,  next  to  the  gods ;  secun- 
dum naturam,  according  to  na- 
ture. 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  [participial 
formation  (gerundive),  from  se- 
qui],  following;  hence,  the  sec- 
ond; also,  favorable,  fortunate.  — 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


357 


secundo  flumine,  with  the  cur- 
rent, down  stream.  —  res  secun- 
dae,  prosperity. 

securus,  -a,  -um,  [se-  +  cura], 
free  from  anxiety ;  hence,  uncon- 
cerned, serene. 

sed,  [abl.  case  form  from  same 
root  as  insep.  prefix  se-],  conj., 
but  (the  general,  strong  adversa- 
tive). 

sedecim,  indecl.,  [sex  +  cte- 
cem],  adj.,  sixteen. 

sedere,  -eo,  sedi,  sessum,  [^ 
sed,  same  word  as  Eng.  seat],  to 
occupy  a  seat,  to  sit. 

sedes,  st.  sedi-,  [same  root  as  se- 
dere], f.,  a  seat;  hence,  an 
abode. 

seditio,  st.  sedition-,  [sed  (older 
form  of  se-)  and  ito-  (p.  p.  of 
ire),  with  suffix  ion-],  f.,  a  hav- 
ing gone  apart ;  hence,  an  insurrec- 
tion, mutiny,  sedition. 

segiiis,  -e,  [?],  slow,  sluggish,  lazy. 

segregare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [se- 
+  gregare  (denom.  from  grex, 
flock],  to  make  flock  apart ;  hence, 
to  separate,  remove  from. 

sealet,  [se  +  suffix  met],  him- 
'self,  herself,  itself,  themselves  (ace. 
and  abl. ;  stronger  than  simple  se). 

semper,  [root  of  semel  +  per 
.(cf.  parumper)],  adv.,  always. 

Sempronius,  -a,  -um,  the  name 
of  a  Roman  gens.  —  Ti.  Sem- 
pronius Gracchus  and  C. 
Sempronius  Gracchus,  the 
two  sons  of  Cornelia,  tribunes 
of  the  commons,  whose  political 
efforts  led  to  their  deaths  in  133 
B.  c.  and  121  B.  c.  respectively. 

senator,  st.  senator-,  [root  of 
senex  and  suffix  tor-,  as  if 
through  *senare],  m.,  a  senator. 


senatus,  -us,  [root  of  senex  and 
suffix  tu-,  as  if  through  *sena- 
re],  m.,  the  senate.  (Gen.  sing,  is 
sometimes  senati,  after  the  fash- 
ion of  the  second  declen.) 

senectus,  st.  senectut-,  [senec- 
-)-  tut-],  f.,  old  age  (from  sixty- 
two  on). 

senescere,  -6,  senui,  [incept,  of 
senere  (\j  sen,  old)],  (to  begin) 
to  grow  old;  hence,  to  wear  out, 
decay,  waste  away. 

senex,  gen.  senis,  [same  root  as 
senere  (^  sen,  old)],  old,  aged 
(as  opposed  to  iuvenis,  see  an- 
tiquus).  —  Comp.  senior  ;  su- 
perl.  supplied  by  maximus  na- 
tu.  —  Especially  common  as  noun, 
an  old  man,  old  gentleman.  (The 
age  denoted  by  senex  is  from 
sixty-two  on ;  when  senior  does 
not  imply  direct  comparison,  as, 
"he  is  older  than  you,"  it  means 
elderly,  applied  to  the  period  be- 
tween forty-five  and  sixty-two.) 

sensim,  [ace.  of  *sensis,  yf  sent 
(of  sentlre)  -f-  si-]>  adv.,  just 
perceptibly ;  hence,  gently,  gradual- 
ly, slowly. 

sensus,  -us,  [^  sent  +  BU-],  m., 
feeling,  sensation,  perception  ; 
hence,  sense,  understanding;  dis- 
position, inclination. 

sententia,  -ae,  [sentent-  (pres. 
p.  of  *sentere,  cf.  sentlre)  -f- 
ia-],  f.,  an  opinion,  judgment; 
hence,  a  purpose,  will ;  sense,  mean- 
ing.—  mea  quidem  senten- 
tia, in  MY  opinion.  —  ex  senten- 
tia tua,  in  accordance  with  your 
wish. 

sentlre,  -io,  sensi,  sensus,  [?], 
to  feel,  perceive;  hence,  to  hear, 
learn,  observe ;  to  think,  judge. 


358 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


separare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [se- 
+  parare],  to  put  apart,  sever, 
separate. 

sepelire,  -io.-ivi,  sepultus,  [?], 
to  bury. 

septem,  indecl.,  [?],  seven. 

septemtriones,  -um,  [septem 
+  triones  (root  of  terere,  to 
it-ear  by  rubbing  -j-ion-)],  m.,  the 
seven  plough-oxen,  i.  e.,  the  constel- 
lation Great  Bear ;  hence,  the  north. 
(Singular  occasionally  found.) 

septendecim,  indecl.,  [septem 
+  decem],  seventeen. 

Septimus,  -a,  -um,  [septem  + 
mo-],  seventh. 

Septimus  decimus,  the  seven- 
teenth. 

septingentesimus,  -a,  -um,  [or- 
dinal of  septingenti],  seven  hun- 
dredth. 

septingenti,  -ae,  -a,  [septem 
+  centum],  seven  hundred. 

septuagesimus,-  -a,  -um,  [ordi- 
nal of  septuaginta],  seventieth. 

septuaginta,  indecl.,  [obscure 
formation  from  root  in  septem], 
seventy. 

sepulcrum,  -I,  [sepul  (cf.  sepe- 
lire) -f  cro-],  n.,  the  means  of 
burying ;  hence,  a  grave,  tomb. 

Sequani,  -orum,  m.,  a  people 
who  lived  in  the  eastern  part  of 
Gaul,  north  of  the  Rhone  (Rho- 
dauus)  and  east  of  the  Saone 
(Arar),  the  Sequani. 

sequi,  -or.  secutus,  [^  sec,  fol- 
lou'],  to  follow,  pursue,  attend. 

Ser.,  abbreviation  for  Servius. 

serenus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  clear,  bright, 
fair  (of  the  weather)  ;  hence,  cheer- 
ful, calm,  serene. 

serere,  -6,  sevi.  satus,  [yf  sa, 
si,  Eng.  sow,  seed],  to  sow, plant. 


serius,  -a,  -um,  [?],  earnest,  se- 
rious. 

sermd,  st.  sermon-,  [^  ser  (of 
serere)  +  mon-],  m.,  a  twining 
together  (of  words) ;  hence,  conver- 
sation, talk  ;  speech ;  rumor,  report ; 
style;  language. 

sermunculus,  -I,  [sermd  and 
lo-  (dim.),  as  if  through  a  stem  iu 
CO-],  m.,  a  little  talk,  but,  in  clas- 
sical Latin,  confined  to  the  mean- 
ing, gossip,  tittle-tattle. 

Sertorius,  -I,  m.  —  Q.  Sertorius, 
a  distinguished  general  under  Ma- 
rius,  who  after  the  death  of  Sulla 
offered  a  long  resistance  to  his 
party  in  Spain,  but  was  assassi- 
nated in  72  B.  c.  See  also  Lesson 
xliii. 

serus.  -a,  -um,  [?],  late. 

servare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  servos],  to  watch  over, 
guard,  keep,  save. 

servire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itum,  [denom. 
from  servos],  to  be  a  slave,  to 
serve ;  hence,  to  be  devoted  to,  to 
care  for ;  to  gratify,  accommodate. 

servitium,  -I,  [servos  and  the 
made-up  ending  -tium  (i.  e.,  after 
the  pattern  of  hospit-ium)],n., 
slavery;  hence,  collectively,  a 
body  of  slaves,  the  slaves. 

servitus,  st.  servitut-,  [serv°/i 
+  tut-],  f.,  slavery,  servitude. 

Servius,  -I,  in.,  a  Roman  name. 
—  Servius  Tullius,  the  sixth 
king  of  Rome,  reigning  between 
the  two  Tarquins.  Abbreviation 
Ser. 

servolus.  -T,  [servo-  +  lo-  (dim.)] 
m.,  a  young  slave. 

servos  (-us),  -T,  [?],  m.,  a  slave. 

sescentesimus,  -a,  -um.  [ordinal 
of  sescenti],  six  hundredth. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


359 


sescenti,  -ae,  -a,  [sex  +  cen- 
tum], six  hundred. 

sese,  see  sui. 

sestertium,  -I,  [the  genitive  plural 
of  sestertius,  used  as  a  noun], 
n.,  a  thousand  sesterces  (i.  e.,  about 
$43). 

sestertius,  -a,  -um,  [semis, 
half-\-  tertius],  two  and  a  haJf, 
but  chiefly  as  noun,  sestertius, 
-I,  m.,  a  sesterce  (a  silver  coin  equal 
to  2£  asses  or  1  denarius  origi- 
nally ;  after  the  Punic  wars,  to  4 
asses.  Its  value  was  between 
four  and  five  cents  in  classical 
times). 

setius,  [comp.  of  secus  (^  sec 
of  sequi  +  O-)],  following  after; 
hence,  less;  otherwise  (most  com- 
monly with  a  negative). 

*seu,  see  slve. 

sex,  [same  word  as  English  six], 
indecl.,  six. 

Sex.,  abbreviation  for  Sextus. 

sexagesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordinal  of 
sexaginta],  sixtieth. 

sexaginta,  [related  to  sex  as  tri- 
ginta  to  tres],  indecl.,  sixty. 

sextus,  -a,  -um,  [sex  +  to-], 
sixth. 

Sextus,  -I,  [same  word  as  the  pre- 
ceding], m.,  a  Roman  praeno- 
men.  Abbreviation  Sex. 

sextus  decimus,  -a,  -um,  six- 
teenth. 

si,  [same  root  as  se,  suus,  sed], 
if;  used  also  in  concessions,  even 
if,  in  wishes,  oh  if!  oh  that!  and 
occasionally  in  indirect  questions, 
if,  whether. 

Sibyllmus,  -a,  -um,  [Sibylla 
(Gr.  word,  5</3uAAa,  a  kind  of 
prophetess),  and  no-,  as  if  through 
an  i-stem],  connected  with  or  be- 


longing to  a  sibyl,  sibylline  (es- 
pecially applied  to  the  books  sold 
to  King  Tarquin  by  the  sibyl). 

SIC,  [loc.  case  of  se  -f-  demon,  suffix 
-ce],  adverb,  so,  thus.  (Properly 
stronger  than  ita  ;  cf .  hie  and 
is.) 

Sicanus,  -a,  -um,  [from  Gr.  word, 
Si/cavoi],  Sicanian,  and  especially, 
Sicilian  (some  Sicanians  having 
wandered  from  their  old  homes 
near  the  Tiber  to  the  island  of 
Sicily). 

siccus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  dry. 

Sicilia,  -ae,  [Gr.  2i/ceA.ta],  f.,  the 
island  of  Sicily,  off  the  southern 
coast  of  Italy. 

sicuti,  [sic  -j-  uti],  so  as,  just  as. 

sigiiificare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  *significus  (sign0/-- 
-f  *facus,  ^  fac  +  <>-)]>  to  show 
by  a  sign  ;  to  point  out ;  to  indicate, 
signify. 

signum,  -I,  [?],  n.,  a  mark,  sign ; 
hence,  an  ensign,  a  standard;  a 
signal ;  a  statue ;  a  seal ;  a  con- 
stellation. 

silentium,  -I,  [silent-  (pres.  p. 
of  silere,  tobe  still)  +  io-],  n.,  a 
being  still ;  hence,  silence. 

silva,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  a  forest,  a  wood. 

Silvius,  -a,  -um,  [silva-  -fio-], 
the  name  of  certain  Alban  kings. 

Silvius  Frocas,  Silvi  Procae, 
m.,  the  name  of  the  Alban  king 
who  was  father  of  Amulius  and 
Numitor,  and  therefore  great- 
grandfather of  Romulus  and  Re- 
mus. 

similis,  -e,  [*sim7i  (same  root  as 
simul  and  simplex)  -f-  H-],  like, 
resembling. —  Comp.  similior ;  su- 
perl.  simillimus. 

simpliciter,    [adv.  of    simplex 


360 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


(same  root  as  semel,  once  -f- 
^  plic,  fold)],  simply,  directly ; 
frankly,  honestly. 

simul,  [old  neuter  of  similis,  used 
as  adverb],  alike;  hence,  likewise, 
and,  more  commonly,  at  the  same 
time,  together.  —  Hence,  simul  ac 
(atque),  at  the  same  time  as,  as 
soon  as. 

simulacrum,  -I,  [simula-  + 
cro-],  n.,  a  representation,  like- 
ness, image. 

simulate.  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  similis],  to  make  like,  but 
in  classical  prose  used  mostly  in 
the  sense,  to  feign,  counterfeit,  pre- 
tend. 

simultas.  st.  simultat-,  [simul 
-f-  tat-],  f.,  likeness,  but  used  only 
in  the  senses  of  a  struggle  for 
equality,  rivalry ;  jealousy,  enmity. 

sin,  [si  -f-  ne],  advers.  conj.,  if  not. 
but  if. 

sine,  [?],  prep,  used  withabl.,  with- 
out. 

sinere,  -6,  sivi,  situs,  [?],  to 
lay  down,  put  (only  the  p.  p.  situs 
is  used  in  this  sense).  —  Hence,  to 
let  alone;  to  allow, permit,  let. 

singularis,  -e,  [singuli,  one  each, 
single  +  the  made-up  ending 
-aris,  i.  e.,  after  the  pattern  of  lu- 
na-ris],  one  at  a  time,  solitary; 
hence,  unique;  extraordinary,  sin- 
gular. 

singuli,  -ae,  -a,  (in  early  and  in 
late  Latin  also  used  in  the  singu- 
lar), [smoothed  down  from  y'  sem 
of  semel,  simplex,  semper 
+  CO-  -{-  16-],  one  each,  one  at  a 
time,  single,  individual.  —  in  sin- 
gulashoras.  in  singulos  dies, 
hourly,  daily.  (Implying  that  the 
situation  becomes  constantly  more 


tense,  so  that  we  can  translate  by 
more  every  hour  or  day,  while  cot- 
tidie,  daily,  has  no  such  implica- 
tion.) 

sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  [?],  left,  on 
the  left ;  hence,  of  omens,  properly, 
favorable,  propitious ;  but  also, 
chiefly  in  the  poets  and  later  prose 
writers,  unfavorable,  adverse. 

sitire,  -io,  -ivi,  [denom.  from  si- 
tis],  to  be  thirsty. 

sitis,  st.  siti-,  [?],  f.,  thhst. 

situs,  -us,  [y/  si  of  sinere  +  tu-], 
m., position,  situation;  hence  also, 
rust  or  mould  (as  gathered  by  lying 
long  in  one  place).  In  the  latter 
senses  hardly  used  in  classic  prose. 

sive  (also  written  seu).  [si  -f  ve], 
or  if.  —  Sive  .  .  .  sive,  if .  .  .  if, 
whether  . .  .  whether. 

sobrius,  -a,  -um,  [neg.  particle  as 
in  socors,  stupid,  securus,  etc., 
and  ebrius],  not  drunk,  sober  ; 
hence,  moderate;  cautious, prudent. 

socer, -erl,  [?],m.,  a  father-in-law. 

societas,  st.  societat-,  [socio- 
-f-  tat-],  f.,  association, fellowship  ; 
hence,  an  alliance ;  a  society. 

socius,  -a,  -um,  [yf  sec  (same  root 
as  that  of  sequi),  with  change  of 
vowel  +  io],  associated  with.  — 
Much  more  commonly  as  a  noun, 
a  follower;  hence,  a  comrade, 
companion,  ally. 

Socrates,  gen.  Socratis,  [Gr. 
proper  name,  Seu/cpaTTjs],  m.,  the 
great  Greek  philosopher,  who 
taught  by  first  questioning  till  the 
pupil  recognized  his  own  igno- 
rance. He  lived  at  Athens  from 
469  B.  c.  to  399  B.  c. 

sol,  st.  sol-,  [?],  m.,  the  sun. 

solacium,  -I,  [*solac-  (from  s5- 
lari,  to  comfort,  and  CO-  after  the 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


361 


pattern  of  pugnax)  -f  io-],  n.,  a 
comforting ;  hence,  consolation,  sol- 
ace. 

solere,  -eo,  solitus,  to  be  wont,  be 
accustomed ;  to  have  the  habit. 

solitude,  st.  solitudin-,  [solus 
+  din-,  as  if  through  solitus 
(cf.  habitus,  habitude)],  f., 
loneliness,  solitude ;  hence,  a  lonely 
place,  desert. 

sollicitare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus, 
[denom.  from  sollicitus  (sol- 
lus  =  solus  +  citus,  p.  p.  of 
ciere)],  to  rouse  utterly;  hence, 
to  make  anxious;  to  disturb;  to 
tempt,  incite  to  wrong. 

solum,  [neut.  of  solus,  used  as 
adv.],  only,  alone. —  non  solum 
.  .  .  aed  etiam  (verum 
etiam),  not  only  .  .  .  but  also, 
both  .  .  .  and. 

solus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  alone,  only,  sole, 
solitary.  (Declined  like  unus,  i.  e., 
gen.  sing,  sollus,  dat.  soli.) 

solvere,  -6,  solvi,  solutus, 
[se-4-  *luere,  loosen],  to  unbind, 
loose ;  hence,  to  set  free,  deliver ; 
to  pay  (of  money,  vows,  or  debts) ; 
to  relax,  weaken.  —  navem  sol- 
vere, to  cast  off,  weigh  anchor.  — 
poenam  solvere,  to  suffer  pun- 
ishment. 

somnus,  -I,   [^  sop  -f  no-],  m., 


sonitus,  -us,  [y'  son  of  sonare, 
to  sound  +  tu-,  as  if  through  an 
O-stem],  m.,  a  sound,  noise. 

sons,  st.  sont-,  [?],  adj.,  guilty. 

sonus,  -I,  [^  son  -f-  O-],  m.,  a 
sound,  noise. 

sopire,  -io,  -ivi,  -itus,  [denom. 
from  root  of  sopor  and  som- 
nus], to  put  to  sleep;  hence,  to 
calm,  quiet. 


sopor,  st.  sopor-,  [same  root  as 
somnus  and  sopire  -f-  or-],  m., 
sleep.  (Chiefly  used  in  poetry  and 
in  imperial  Latin.) 

soror,  st.  soror-,  [same  word  as 
Eng.  sister],  f.,  sister. 

sors,  st.  sort(i)-,  [same  root  as  se- 
rere,  to  join  -j-  ti-],  f.,  that  which 
joins  or  is  joined  together,  but  used 
only  to  mean  a  tablet  for  drawing 
lotS)  a  lot;  hence,  a  position  as- 
signed by  lot ;  fate,  destiny. 

Sp.,  abbreviation  of  the  praeno- 
men,  Spurius. 

Sparta,  -ae,  [Gr.  ZirdpTy],  f., 
Sparta,  the  capital  of  Laconia  (the 
most  southeasterly  division  of  the 
Peloponnesus).  Also  called  Lace- 
daemon.  It  was  on  the  Eurotas 
river,  somewhat  northwest  of  the 
centre  of  Laconia. 

sparus,  -i,  [?],  m.,  a  small  spear 
(with  a  curved  blade).  Properly 
used  for  hunting  rather  than  war. 

spatiosus,  -a,  -um,  [spatio-  + 
OSO-],  roomy,  large,  spacious  (rare 
in  classic  prose). 

spatium,  -I,  [?],  n.,  space;  hence, 
also,  an  interval  of  time  (as  in  Eng- 
lish). 

species,  -ei,  [same  root  as  spe- 
cere,  to  look  at],  f.,  sight,  a  see- 
ing;  hence,  outward  appearance, 
shape,  form;  show,  beauty,  splen- 
dor ;  a  pretext,  pretence ;  a  vision, 
image. 

spectare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [fre- 
quent, of  specere],  to  keep  look- 
ing at,  to  watch,  observe;  hence, 
to  have  in  mind,  have  regard  to, 
aim  at;  to  face,  lie  towards  (of 
places). 

spelunca,  -ae,  [from  a  Gr.  word, 
<rrr{)\vyt~],  f.,  a  cave,  den. 


362 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


sperare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denoni. 
from  spes],  to  hope  or  to  hope  for, 
look  for,  expect. 

spes, -el,  [?],i.,hope. 

spirare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [?],  to 
breathe. 

splendidus,  -a,  -um,  [splend°/i 
(y1  splend,  shine  +  o-)  -f  do-], 
shining,  brilliant;  hence,  magnifi- 
cent, splendid ;  illustrious,  noble. 

spoliare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  spolium],  to  strip, 
rob  (properly  of  clothing,  then  in 
general,  to  rob,  deprive  of). 

sponte,  [abl.  of  a  *spons  (same 
rootasspondere,  to  promise)],  f., 
(used  almost  wholly  with  mea. 
tua,  or  sua),  of  one's  own  accord, 
freely ;  hence,  of  itself,  sponta- 
neously. 

Spurius,  -I,  m.,  a  Roman  prae- 
nomeii.  Abbreviation  Sp. 

Spurius  Tarpeius,  Spurl  Tar- 
pei,  m.,  the  name  of  the  captain 
of  the  citadel,  whose  daughter  let 
in  the  Sabines. 

squalor,  st,  squalor-,  [?],m.,<fiVt, 
filthiness;  hence,  neglected  appear- 
ance and  soiled  garments  (as  a  sign 
of  mourning)  ;  mourning. 

stabulum,  -I,  [*stab%  (yf  sta  -f 
bo-)  -{-  lo-J,  n.,  a  standing  place, 
but  chiefly  used  in  the  sense  of 
stall  or  stable,  and,  in  imperial 
Latin,  tavern. 

stare,  -6,  steti,  staturus,  [yf  sta 
(cf.  Greek TOTJJ/U,  English  stand)], 
to  stand. 

statim,  [ace.  of  a  *statis  (y/  sta 
+  ti-)  used  as  adv.],  steadily,  but 
in  classical  Latin  only  in  the  sense, 
immediately,  forthwith. 

static,  st.  station-,  [stat°/i  (yf  sta 
+  to-)  -f  ion-],  f .,  a  having  stood ; 


hence,  a  (fixed)  position,  but,  more 
commonly,  a  military  post  or  sta- 
tion ;  a  watch  or  guard. 

statua,  -ae,  [statu-  +  a-],  f.,  a 
statue  (chiefly  of  men,  while  si- 
mulacrum or  signum  is  used 
of  statues  of  gods). 

statuere,  -6,  -ui,  -utus,  [denom. 
from  status],  to  put  in  position, 
set  up;  hence,  to  fix,  determine,  de- 
cree ;  to  resolve ;  to  hold,  think ;  to 
establish,  build  (less  classical  than 
condere). 

statura,  -ae,  [statu-  -f  ra-],  m., 
a  standing  upright,  but  used  only 
in  the  sense  of  height,  stature. 

status,  -us,  [y>  sta  +  tu-],  m.,  a 
posture,  position;  hence,  a  place, 
situation,  condition,  state. 

Stella,  -ae,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
star],  f.,  a  star. 

sternere,  -6,  stravi,  stratus, 
[yf  ster,  stra,  strew  +  no],  to 
spread,  strew;  hence,  to  prepare, 
arrange  (a  bed  for  sleeping  or  a 
lounge  for  reclining  at  table) ;  to 
make  a  bed,  set  the  table. 

stilus,  -I,  [y'  sti(g)  +  lo-],  m.,  a 
pricking  thing;  hence,  a  style  or 


pencil  (for  writing  upon  a  wax 
tablet) ;  hence,  writing,  composi- 
tion ;  mode  of  expression,  style. 

stipendium,  -I,  [contracted  for 
stipipendium  (stips,  small 
coin  -f-  *pendium,  root  of  pen- 
dere,  to  pay,  and  suffix  io-)],  n., 
a  money  tax  or  tribute  ;  hence,  pay 
(of  soldiers)  and  military  service, 
or  a  campaign. 

strenuus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  prompt, 
active :  energetic,  vigorous. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


363 


strepitus,  -us,  [from  the  root  of 
strepere,  to  make  a  noise  (cf .  Bug-. 
obstreperous)  +  tu-  (with  i  inserted 
for  ease  of  pronunciation  or  by 
analogy)],  m.,  a  (confused)  noise. 

studere,  -e5,  -ui,  (no  p.  p.)  [^ 
stud],  to  be  eager,  take  pains;  to 
pursue  diligently  (with  its  object 
in  the  dative) ;  also,  in  the  Latin 
of  the  empire,  to  study. 

studiosus,  -a,  -um,  [studio-  + 
OSO-],full  of  eagerness  or  zeal,  de- 
voted to;  with  a  genitive  like  doc- 
trinarum,  or  litterarum,  stu- 
dious (in  imperial  Latin  so  used 
without  any  genitive). 

studium,  -I,  [yf  stud  +  io-],  n., 
zeal,  eager  application ;  hence,  a 
desire,  pursuit;  study ;  affection, 
attachment  to. 

stultitia,  -ae,  [stult0/!  and  the 
made-up  ending  tia-  (i.  e.,  after 
the  pattern  of  milit-ia)],  L, fool- 
ishness, folly. 

stultus,  -a,  -um,  [root  meaning 
jixed  -\-  to-],  immovable,  unim- 
pressionable, but  confined  to  the 
meanings,  dull,  silly ,  foolish. 

suadere,  -eo,  suasi,  suasum, 
to  urge,  advise. 

suavis,  -e,  [^  suad  +  u-  (and 
then  passing  over  into  the  third 
declension) ;  same  word  as  Eng. 
sweet],  sweet,  agreeable. 

sub,  [?],  prep.,  with  ace.  and  abl. 
— With  ace.,  under,  below,  up  to  and 
under  (implying  motion) :  exer- 
citum  sub  iugum  mitt  ere,  to 
send  an  army  under  the  yoke.  — 
TIME,  towards,  just  before:  sub 
noctem,  towards  night;  sub 
lucem,  just  before  dawn.  —  Also, 
just  after.  —  sub  haec  dicta, 
upon  these  words. 


— With  abl.,  under,  beneath  (imply- 
ing no  motion) :  sub  terra,  under 
the  ground;  sub  monte,  at  the 
foot  of  the  mountain.  —  TIME,  in, 
during,  at:  sub  ipsa  profec- 
tione,  at  the  very  moment  of  start- 
ing.—  METAPHOR.,  sub  armis, 
under  arms;  sub  regno,  under 
the  sway. 

—  IN  COMP.,  under;  subdere, 
to  put  under;  sumere  (sub  + 
emere),  to  take  up ;  subducere, 
to  draw  up,  to  beach  (a  ship).—  Used 
especially  in  composition  with 
adjectives  in  the  sense  of  slight- 
ly :  subabsurdus,  rather  ridicu- 
lous. 

subducere,  -5,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[sub  -f  ducere],  to  draw  from 
under,  draw  up ;  hence,  to  draw 
away,  remove ;  to  steal,  hide ;  to 
cast  up  an  account ;  to  calculate. 

subesse, -sum,  (noperf.),  [sub  -f 
esse],  to  be  under;  hence,  to  be 
near  or  at  hand  ;  to  lie  at  the  bottom 
of,  be  implied  or  involved  in. 

subicere,  -io,  -ieci,  -iectus, 
[sub  +  iacere],  to  cast  or  throw 
under  ;  hence,  to  subdue ;  to  make 
subject ;  to  append,  add ;  to  coun- 
terfeit ;  to  suborn  (a  witness). 

subigere,  -6,  -egi,  -actus,  [sub 
+  agere],  to  drive  under  or  from 
under;  hence,  to  put  down,  con- 
quer, subdue;  to  force,  compel; 
also,  to  turn  up,  dig  up,  plough. 

subire,  -eo,  -ii,  -itus,  [sub  -f- 
ire],  to  go  under ;  hence,  to  go  up 
to;  to  attack;  to  undergo,  endure 
(transitive) ;  to  follow ;  to  spring 
up ;  to  come  into  the  mind  (intransi- 
tive). 

subito,  [abl.  of  subitus  (p.  p.  of 
subire,  sub  -f  ire),  used  as 


364 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


adv.],  having  come  up  stealthily, 
i.  e.,  suddenly,  unexpectedly. 

sublicius,  -a,  -um,  [sublica- 
+  io-],  made  of  or  supported  by 
piles. 

submittere,  -6,  -misi,  -missus, 
[sub  +  mittere],  to  send  under 
or  from  under ;  hence,  to  let  down, 
lower;  to  send  off;  to  put  forth, 
produce. 

subscribere.  -6,  -scrips!,  -scrip- 
tus,  [sub  +  scribere],  to  write 
beneath;  hence,  to  subscribe  one's 
name  to  an  accusation;  to  charge, 
indict;  to  assent  to. 

subsistere,  -6,  -stiti,  (no  p.  p.), 
[sub  -f  sistere  (reduplicated 
stem  from  ^  sta)],  to  place  one's 
self  firmly  (i.  e.,  solidly  from  the 
foundation)  ;  to  resist,  stand  firm  ; 
to  halt, pause;  to  stay,  remain. 

subter,  [sub  -f  ter],  prep.,  with 
ace.  and  abl.,  below,  beneath,  under. 
(With  the  ace.  motion,  with  the 
abl.  rest  is  implied,  but  the  abl.  is 
very  rare.)  —  Also  used  as  adverb. 
—  LN  COMP.,  underneath,  beneath; 
secretly,  clandestinely. 

subterfugere,  -io,  -fugi  (no  p. 
p.),  [subter  +  fugere],  to  fiee 
stealthily,  but  more  commonly  tran- 
sitive, to  avoid,  escape. 

succedere,  -6,  -cessi.  -cessum. 
[sub  +  cedere],  to  go  under 
or  from  under ;  hence,  to  enter, 
mount,  but,  more  commonly,  to  ad- 
vance, approach;  to  come  after,  fol- 
low, succeed ;  to  prosper  (in  third 
person  singular  only). 

Suevi,  -orum,  m.,  a  strong  tribe  of 
people  living  in  the  northeastern 
part  of  what  is  now  Germany. 

suggestum,  -i,  [p.  p.  of  sugge- 
rere  (sub  -f  gerere),  used  as 


a  noun],  n.,  something  raised; 
hence,  a  platform  to  speak  from. 

sui,  (no  nom.),  sibi,  se,  of  himself , 
herself,  itself,  themselves.  (Ace. 
and  abl.  sometimes  in  the  doubled 
form  sese.) 

Sulla,  -ae,  m.,  a  surname  in  the 
gens  Cornelia. — The  most  fa- 
mous of  the  name  was  L.  Cor- 
nelius Sulla  Felix,  the  great 
dictator  of  83  B.  c. 

Sullanus,  -a,  -um,  [Sulla-  -f 
no-],  of  or  belonging  to  Sulla. 

sumere,  -6,  sumpsl.  sumptus, 
[sub  +  emere],  to  take  from 
under,  take  up;  hence,  to  take  to 
one's  self,  assume;  to  use,  employ, 
consume;  to  undertake;  to  main- 
tain, affirm. 

summa,  -ae,  [fern,  sing,  of  sum- 
mus,  used  as  noun],  f.,  the  top  or 
chief  point  of  a  thing;  hence,  the 
amount,  sum ;  the  whole  ;  leadership, 
supremacy. 

summus.  -a,  -um,  see  superus. 

sumptus,  -us,  [from  sumere, 
like  emptus  from  emere],  m., 
the  cost  of  a  thing;  outlay,  ex- 
pense. 

super,  [?],  prep.,  with  ace.  and  abl. 

—  With    ace.,    over,  above,  upon: 
super  hostium    caput,    over 
the  heads  of  the  enemy ;  super  il- 
ium, above  him ;  super  Numidi- 
am,  beyond  Numidia. 

—  With  abl.  mostly  equivalent  to 
de,  about,  in  regard  to  (and  then 
very  rare  in  Cic.,  and   not   used 
by   Caes.) :   super  urbe,  in  re- 
gard to  the  city.  —  Also   used  as 
adverb. 

superare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  super],  to  be  above  or 
superior  to,  to  exceed;  hence,  to 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULAKY. 


365 


abound  in ;  to  remain  over,  survive  ; 
to  overtop,  outstrip;  to  overcome, 
conquer. 

superbus,  -a,  -um,  [super  + 
bo-],  uppish;  hence,  proud,  arro- 
gant. —  As  proper  name,  used 
as  the  surname  of  the  last  king 
of  Rome,  Tarquinius  Super- 
bus. 

superesse,  -sum,  -fui,  [super 
-f-  esse],  to  be  over  and  above; 
hence,  to  be  abundant;  to  remain, 
be  left;  to  survive;  to  be  super- 
fluous. 

superiiicidens,  st.  superiiici- 
deiit-,  [super  +  incidens  (p. 
p.  of  incidere,  in  -j-  cadere)], 
falling  (upon)  from  above. 

superior,  see  superus. 

superstes,  st.  supers  tit-,  [from 
super  and  root  of  stare  + 
t(i)-J,  standing  or  being  over,  hut 
confined  almost  wholly  to  the 
meanings  surviving,  outliving. 

superus, -a, -um,  [super -f  ro-], 
above,  upper.  —  Hence,  comp.  su- 
perior, upper,  higher,  superior  ; 
previous,  preceding;  superl.  su- 
premus and  summus,  highest, 
top;  last  (supremus  is  mostly 
confined  to  the  use  last.)  —  sum- 
mus in  oils,  the  top  of  the  moun- 
tain. 

supplex,  st.  supplic-,  [sub  -j- 
*plex,  yf  plic,  to  bend],  bending 
the  knee,  entreating,  suppliant. 

supplicium,  -I,  [supplic-  +  io-], 
n.,  a  kneeling  down  in  supplica- 
tion, prayer  or  sacrifice,  hut,  more 
commonly,  a  kneeling  down  for 
punishment,  punishment ;  hence, 
pain,  suffering. 

supra,  [case  form  of  superus], 
prep.,  with  ace.,  above,  over.  — 


supra  eum  locum,  above  that 
place;  supra  nos,  above  us.— 
METAPH.,  supra  duos  dies, 
more  than  two  days.  —  Also  as  ad- 
verb. 

supremus,  see  superus. 

sus,  st.  su-,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
sow],  c.,  a  hog,  sow,  pig. 

suscipere,  -io,  -cepi,  -ceptus, 
[sub  +  capere],  to  take  from 
under,  take  up;  hence,  to  under- 
take, enter  upon ;  to  support ;  to  un- 
dergo, bear. 

suspicari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  a  *suspex  (sub  -f  ^  spec 
of  specere)],  to  look  from  under 
at,  i.  e.,  to  look  suspiciously  upon, 
mistrust;  also,  to  surmise,  conjec- 
ture, suspect. 

suspicere,  -io,  -spexi,  -spectus, 
[sub  -f-  specere],  to  look  up  at; 
hence,  to  esteem,  honor,  admire ; 
in  p.  p.,  also,  mistrusted,  suspected. 

suspicio,  st.  suspicion-,  [oh- 
scure  formation  from  stem  of 
suspicere  +  ion-],  f.,  mistrust, 
suspicion  ;  hence,  a  suspicion. 

sustinere,  -eo,  -uT,  -tentus, 
[sub  +  tenere],  to  hold  from 
below,  hold  up ;  hence,  to  support, 
sustain;  to  endure,  undergo;  to 
keep  back,  restrain ;  to  delay. 

suus,  -a,  -um,  [root  in  se,  sibi 
+  O-],  his,  her,  its,  their  own. 

Syracusae,  -arum,  [Gr.  proper 
name,  "SvpdKovffai],  f.,  Syracuse,  the 
famous  city  on  the  southeast  coast 
of  Sicily. 

T. 

T.,  the  abbreviation  for  the  prae- 

nomen,  Titus, 
tabella,   -ae,    [tabula-   -f   la-, 

dim.  assimilated],  f.,  a  little  table 


366 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


or  board,  but  chiefly  confined  to 
the  meaning  writing  tablet;  hence, 
written  document ;  voting  tablet,  bal- 
lot; a  small  painting. 

tabula,  -ae,  [tab%  (^  ta  +  bo-) 
-j-  la-],  f.,  a  board ;  hence,  espe- 
cially, a  writing  tablet;  also,  a  vo- 
tive tablet,  and  a  painting. 

tacere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itum,  [y'  tac, 
silent],  to  keep  silence;  sometimes, 
also,  active,  to  pass  over  in  silence. 

Tacitus,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  tacere,  to  be 
silent],  in.,  a  Boman  surname.  — 
C.  Cornelius  Tacitus,  the  cel- 
ebrated historian  and  friend  of 
Pliny,  who  lived  about  A.  D.  60- 
120. 

taedet,  taeduit,  ortaesum  est, 
[?],impers.verb,  be  weary  of,  tired 
of,  disgusted  with. 

talea,  ,-ae,  [?],  f.,  a  stick,  rod. 

talentum,  -I,  [Gr.  word,  raXavrov]^ 
n.,  a  talent,  i.  e.,  a  sum  of  money 
varying1  in  amount  in  different 
places,  —  the  most  common  being 
the  Attic  talent  =  $1,200  (near- 
ly). 

tails,  -e,  [demon,  root  in  turn, 
tarn  -j-  li-»  as  if  through  an  a- 
stem],  such,  such  as. 

tarn,  [case  form  from  demon,  root 
ta,  used  as  adv.],  so.  so  much  (in- 
dicating degree,  while  ita  and  sic 
indicate  manner;  and,  therefore, 
especially  used  with  adjectives 
and  adverbs). 

tamen.  [?],  yet,  still,  nevertheless, 
however. 

tametsi,  [for  tamen  +  etsi], 
notwithstanding  that,  although. 

tamquam,  [tarn  -f  quam],  as 
much  as;  hence,  just  as,  as  if,  as 
it  were. 

Tanaquil,  st.  Tanaquil-,  f.,  the 


name  of  the  wife  of  Tarquinius 
Priscus,  fifth  king  of  Rome. 

tandem,  [tarn  -f  demon,  suffix 
dem],  just  so  far ;  hence,  at  last, 
at  length  ;  also,  in  questions,  pray, 
now? 

Tantalus,  -I,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
Tcu/ToAos],  m.,  a  mythical  king  of 
Phrygia,  in  Asia  Minor,  said  to  be 
a  son  of  Jupiter.  He  disclosed 
secrets  he  had  learned  at  the  feasts 
of  the  gods,  and  was  therefore 
punished  in  the  lower  regions  by 
having  to  stand  in  water  up  to 
his  chin  and  under  a  fruit  tree, 
but  without  being  able  to  reach 
either  water  to  drink  or  fruit 
to  eat.  Other  accounts  represent 
Tantalus  as  suffering  various 
other  punishments. 

tantus,  -a,  -um,  [obscure  forma- 
tion from  demon,  root  ta],  so 
great,  so  large. 

tar  dare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  tardus],  to  make  slow,  de- 
lay, hinder ;  also,  rarely,  to  tarry, 
linger. 

tarde,  [adv.  of  tardus],  slowly, 
tardily. 

tardus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  slow,  tardy. 

Tarentinus,  -a,  -um,  [Taren- 
tum  and  no-,  as  if  through  an  I- 
stem],  of  Tarentum  (the  famous 
Gr.  city  on  the  southwest  coast 
of  Calabria,  at  the  head  of  the 
Gulf  of  Tarentum,  which  sepa- 
rated the  "  heel "  from  the  "  toe  " 
of  Italy). 

Tarpeia,  -ae,  f.,  the  name  of  the 
Roman  maiden  who  let  the  Sa- 
bines  into  the  citadel  in  the  reign 
of  Romulus. 

Tarpeius,  -I,  m.,  a  Roman  gentile 
name,  as  Spurius  Tarpeius, 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULAKY. 


367 


the  father  of  Tarpeia.  See 
above. 

Tarpeius,  -a,  -um,  Tarpeian,  the 
name  of  a  rock  or  hummock  on  the 
Capitoline  hill,  named,  according 
to  some  accounts,  for  Tarpeia, 
while,  according  to  others,  her 
name  came  from  the  rock. 

Tarquiiiii,  -orum,  m.,  the  name 
of  a  very  old  town  in  Etruria  (the 
division  of  Italy  next  north  of 
Latium,  on  the  west  coast,  and 
separated  from  Latium  by  the 
Tiber).  Tarquinii  was  near  the 
coast  of  the  southern  part  of 
Etruria,  and  some  forty  or  fifty 
miles  northwest  of  Rome. 

Tarquinius,  -I,  m.,  the  name  of 
the  fifth  king  of  Rome,  Tar- 
quinius Friscus,  and  his  de- 
scendants: as  Tarquinius  Su- 
perbus,  the  seventh  king  of 
Rome. 

Tatius,  -i,  m.,  a  Sabine  name,  as 
Titus  Tatius,  the  king  who 
made  war  upon  Romulus  to  avenge 
the  rape  of  the  Sabine  women, 
and,  after  the  war  and  union  of 
the  two  states,  reigned  with  Ro- 
mulus. 

tectum,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  tegere,  used 
as  neut.  noun],  n.,  a  thing  covered 
or  a  covering;  hence,  a  roof;  a 
ceiling ;  then,  a  house,  dwelling. 

tegere,  -d,  texi,  tectus,  [same 
word  as  Eng.  thatch],  to  cover; 
hence,  to  hide,  conceal ;  to  defend, 
guard. 

tegimen,  see  tSgmen. 

tegmen,  st.  tegmin-,  [^  teg  -f 
min-],  n.,  a  covering.  (Very  rare 
in  classic  prose.)  The  forms  te- 
gimen and  tegumen  also  occur, 
but  whether  the  short  form  is  the 


original  while  the  vowel  in  the 
others  has  developed  for  ease  of 
pronunciation  like  e  in  ager,  pa- 
ter, etc.,  or  whether  tegumen 
is  oldest  and  the  shorter  form 
broken  down  from  that,  is  perhaps 
impossible  to  tell.  The  further 
formations  tegmentum,  tegi- 
mentum,  tegumentum,  are 
much  more  common,  with  the 
same  meaning  in  classic  prose. 

tegumen,  see  tegmen. 

telum,  -I,  [?],  n.,  a  weapon  for  long 
range  fighting,  a  missile  weapon ; 
a  spear  or  dart;  hence,  a  weapon 
(of  any  kind)  for  attack,  even  a 
sword. 

temere,  [from  same  root  as  time- 
re,  to  be  afraid],  adv.,  in  the  dark, 
at  random;  hence,  accidentally; 


temeritas,  st.  temeritat-,  [te- 
mere -f-  tat-],  f.,  chance,  acci- 
dent, but,  more  commonly,  rash- 
ness, foolhardiness,  recklessness,  te- 
merity. 

temperatus,  -a,  -um,  [p.  p.  of 
temperare  (denom.  from  tern- 
pus),  used  as  adj.],  divided  into 
fixed  portions,  properly  prepared ; 
hence,  moderate,  limited ;  well  reg- 
ulated, steady,  temperate. 

tempestas,  st.  tempestat-, 
[tempus,  with  stem  weakened 
(cf .  honestas)  -f  tat-],  f .,  a  space 
of  time,  but,  in  classic  prose,  more 
commonly  weather  (both  good  and 
bad) ;  a  storm  ;  a  calamity. 

templum,  -i,  [^  tern,  cut  +  lo- 
(the  origin  of  the  p  is  obscure)], 
n.,  a  space  marked  off"  for  taking 
omens  ;  hence,  a  sacred  enclosure  ; 
a  shrine,  temple ;  and,  rarely,  a 
broad,  open  space. 


368 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


tempus,  st.  temper-,  [?],  n.,  a 
period  of  time ;  time  (in  general). 

tenax,  st.  tenac-,  [^  ten  +  the 
made-up  ending  -ax,  i.  e.,  after 
the  pattern  of  pugnax],  holding 
on,  tenacious.  (In  classical  prose 
mostly  in  the  sense  tenacious  of 
money,  stingy.) 

tendere,  -6,  tetendi,  tentus  (in 
poets  and  later  writers  also  ten- 
sus),  [y'  ten,  same  root  as  in  te- 
nere, the  d  being  of  obscure 
origin],  to  stretch  (both  trans,  and 
intrans.) ;  hence,  to  bend  one's 
course,  march,  tend  (anywhere). 

tenebrae,  -arum,  [?],  f.,  dark- 
ness. 

tener,  -era,  -erum,  [yf  ten  +  ro-, 
with  parasitic  e  developed], 
stretched;  hence,  soft,  tender. 

tenere,  -eo,  -ui,  tentus,  [same 
root  as  tendere],  to  hold,  keep; 
hence,  to  possess ;  to  occupy,  guard  ; 
to  check ;  to  restrain  ;  to  compre- 
hend;  to  maintain,  defend,  insist 
upon. 

tentare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus.  [freq.  of 
tenere],  to  keep  taking  hold  of; 
hence,  to  touch,  feel;  to  attack; 
and,  most  commonly,  to  try,  at- 
tempt; also,  to  urge,  tempt,  tamper 
with. 

tenus,  [same  root  as  tenere  and 
tendere],  noun  used  as  prep., 
with  abl.,  so  far  as,  up  to,  down  to 
(rare  in  classic  prose,  and  regu- 
larly placed  after  the  noun  that  it 
governs). 

Terentius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens,  as  M.  Terentius 
Varro,  the  great  scholar  and 
friend  of  Cicero.  —  P.  Terentius 
Afer,  the  famous  writer  of  come- 
dies in  the  time  of  Scipio  the  elder. 


tergum,  -I,  [?].  n.,  the  back ;  hence, 
the  rear.  —  terga  vertere,  to 
fiee,  run  away. 

terra,  -ae,  [?],  f.,  the  dry  land; 
hence,  land,  ground ;  a  land,  coun- 
try ;  the  Earth  (as  a  goddess) ;  also, 
but  chiefly  in  the  plural,  the  earth, 
the  world. 

terrenus,  -a,  -um,  [terra-  + 
no-,  as  if  through  an  e-stem],  of 
earth,  earthy ;  belonging  to  the  earth 
or  to  the  land  ;  terrestrial. 

terrere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus,  to  frighten, 
alarm. 

terrestris,  -e,  [obscure  formation 
from  terra],  belonging  to  land  or 
to  the  earth,  terrestrial. 

terribilis,  -e,  [related  to  terrere 
as  habilis  to  habere,  (cf.  no- 
bilis  and  agilis)],  frightful, 
dreadful,  terrible. 

territorium,  -I,  [terra  and  the 
made-up  ending  itorium,  i.  e.,  as 
if  through  a  territor  (cf.  prae- 
torium,  auditorium,  6rat5- 
rius,  meritorius)],  n.,  a  district, 
territory. 

terror,  st.  terror-,  [same  root  as 
terrere  -j-  or-],  m.,  fright,  alarm 
(fear  that  makes  one  tremble 
and  causes  the  teeth  to  chatter; 
stronger  word  than  timor  and 
metus). 

tertius,  -a,  -um,  [ordinal  of  tres], 
third. 

tertius  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  -a, 
-um,  [ordinal  of  tredecim],  thir- 
teenth. 

testari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom.  from 
testis],  to  bear  witness,  testify; 
hence,  to  demonstrate,  prove ;  to  de- 
clare, assert;  also,  to  call  to  wit- 
ness, invoke. 

testimonium,  -I,  [testis  and  the 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


369 


made-up  ending  -monium],  n., 
testimony,  evidence;  hence, proof. 

testis,  st.  testi-,  [?],  c.,  a  witness. 

Thebae,  -arum,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
07?)8ai],  f.,  Thebes,  the  name  of 
various  ancient  towns,  the  most 
important  being-  Thebes  the  chief 
city  of  Boeotia  in  Greece,  and  the 
Thebes  on  the  Nile  in  the  southern 
part  of  Egypt. 

Thebanus,  -a,  -urn,  [Theba-  + 
no-],  of  Thebes,  Theban,  and,  as 
noun,  a  Theban. 

Thelesinus  (more  correctly  Tele- 
sinus),  -I,  m.,  of  Telesia  (in 
Samnium).  —  Hence,  C.  Pontius 
Thelesinus,  the  Samnite  leader 
who  entrapped  and  defeated  the 
Roman  army  at  the  Caudine  Forks 
in  the  year  321  B.  c. 

Thessalia,  -ae,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
0etro-a\ta],  f.,  Thessaly,  the  divi- 
sion of  northern  Greece  east  of 
Epirus. 

Thraex,  Thraecis,  [Gr.  proper 
name,  ®p$|],  m.,  a  Thracian,  in- 
habitant of  Thrace,  the  large  coun- 
try northeast  of  Macedonia.  —  Plu- 
ral Thraeces,  -ium. 

Ti.,  abbreviation  for  Tiberius. 

Tib.,  abbreviation  for  Tiberius. 

Tibermus,  -a,  -um,  [Tiberi-  -f 
no-],  belonging  to  the  Tiber. 

Tiberis,  st.  Tiberi-,  m.,  the  Tiber, 
the  river  which  separated  Latium 
from  Etruria  and  flowed  into  the 
Mediterranean  Sea.  Rome  was 
upon  its  left  bank,  some  twenty 
miles  from  its  mouth.  Now  called 
Tevere. 

Tiberius,  -i,  m.,  a  Roman  prae- 
iiomen  (abbreviation  Ti.  or 
Tib.). 

Tibur,  st.  Tibur-,   m.,    Tibur,  a 


town  on  the  Anio  river  in  Latium 
not  far  from  Rome.  It  is  now 
called  Tivoli. 

tibicen,  st.  tibicin-,  [tibia-  + 
*can  (root  of  canere,  to  sing)], 
m.,  a  pipe-player,  flute-player. 

TiCiiius,  -I,  m.,  a  river  in  the  west- 
ern part  of  Cisalpine  Gaul,  flowing 
southeast  into  the  Po  from  the 
north  side.  Hannibal  there  de- 
feated the  Romans  under  P.  Seipio 
(the  father  of  the  elder  Af ricanus) 
in  December,  218  B.  c. 

Tigurinus,  -I,  m.,  the  name  of  a 
district  in  Helvetia,  which  de- 
feated the  Romans  under  Cassius 
in  107  B.  c. ;  also,  an  inhabitant 
of  the  district. 

timere,  -eo,  -ui,  [y/  tim,  used  as 
stem],  to  fear,  be  afraid  of. 

timor,  st.  timor-  [^  tim  +  or-], 
m.,fear,  dread. 

titulus, -i,  [?],  m.,  a  label,  ticket; 
hence,  a  placard;  a  designation 
of  honor,  title ;  fame ;  and,  in  the 
Latin  of  the  empire,  an  alleged 
reason. 

Titus,  -i,  m.,  a  Roman  praeno- 
men,  as  Titus  Atius  Labie- 
nus,  a  lieutenant  of  Caesar's. 
The  abbreviation  is  T. 

tollere,  -6,  sustuli,  sublatus, 
[\j  tla,  with  perfect  and  p.  p.  com- 
pounded with  sub],  to  take  from 
under,  raise,  lift  up;  hence,  to  re- 
move, put  out  of  the  way  ;  to  slay, 
kill ;  to  abolish. 

tonare,  -5,  -ui,  [?],  to  thunder. 

tondere,  -eo,  -totondi,  ton- 
sus,  [^  tern,  same  root  as  that  of 
templum],  to  cut,  shear,  shave. 

tonitrus,  -us,  [obscure  forma- 
tion from  root  of  tonare],  m., 
thunder. 


370 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


tonsor,  st.  tonsor-,  [root  of  toii- 
dere  +  sor-],  m.,  one  who  shaves 
or  shears;  a  barber. 

Torquatus,  -I,  [torquatus,  -a, 
-um,  (torquis,  a  twisted  collar, 
and  the  made-up  ending  -atus, 
i.  e.,  as  if  through  torquare)], 
m.,  the  surname  (cognomen) 
given  to  T.  Manlius  because  of 
the  neck-chain  he  took  from  a 
Gallic  warrior  whom  he  slew  in 
battle  in  361  B.  c.  His  descend- 
ants also  bore  the  name. 

torques,  another  form  for  tor- 
quis. 

torquis,  st.  torqui-,  [^  tare, 
meaning  twist  (with  change  of 
vowel)  +  i-],  c.,  a  twisted  collar  or 
chain  for  the  neck. 


torrere,  -eo,  -ui,  tostus,  [same 
root  as  Eng.  thirst],  to  dry, parch, 
burn,  roast. 

tot,  [demon,  root  to  -f  t(i)],  hi- 
ded.,  so  many. 

totus,  -a,  -um,  [^  to  +  to-],  the 
whole,  all  (denoting  a  thing  con- 
sidered altogether,  while  omiiis 
denotes  a  thing  as  consisting  of 
parts.  See  also  cunctus  and 
universus). 

tractare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [fre- 
quent, of  trahere],  to  keep  draw- 
ing or  tugging  at ;  hence,  to  touch, 
handle^  manage,  transact ;  to  treat ; 


to  conduct  one's  self  toward ;  to  dis- 
cuss. 

tradere,  -5,  -didi,  -ditus,  [trans 
-|-  dare],  to  give  over,  hand  over, 
surrender ;  hence,  to  commit  or  en- 
trust to ;  to  betray  ;  to  bequeath ; 
to  hand  down,  narrate,  tell. 
\  traducere,  -6,  -duxi,  -ductus, 
[trans  +  ducere],  to  lead  across ; 
hence,  to  carry  over ;  to  transfer ; 
to  pass  (time). 

trahere,  -6,  traxi,  tractus, 
[same  word  as  Eng.  drag],  to  drag 
or  draw ;  hence,  to  carry  off,  plun- 
der ;  to  allure,  attract ;  to  protract, 
delay. 

traicere,  -io,  -ieci,  -iectus, 
[trans  -j-  iacere],  to  throw  across; 
hence,  to  hurl  or  shoot  across;  to 
transport,  conduct  across  ;  to  pierce, 
go  through ;  also  as  intrans.,  to  go 
across,  cross  over. 

tranare,  see  transnare. 

tranquillitas,  st.  tranquillitat-, 
[tranquill0/!  -f  tat-],  f.,  still- 
ness, calmness,  tranquillity. 

tranquillus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  calm, 
still,  quiet,  tranquil  (of  the  weather, 
the  sea,  the  mind,  and  other 
things). 

trans,  [?],  prep,  with  ace.,  across, 
over,  beyond ;  trans  mare,  across 
the  sea ;  trans  Rhenum,  on  the 
other  side  of  the  Rhine. 

trans  ducere,  another  form  of  tra- 
ducere. 

transferre,  -fero,  -tuli,  -latus, 
[trans  +  ferre],  to  bring  or  take 
across  ;  hence,  to  transfer  ;  to  post- 
pone ;  to  translate. 

transfuga,  -ae,  [trans  +  *fuga 
(y'  fug  -f  a-)],  m.,  one  who  flees 
across  (to  the  other  side) ;  a  de- 
serter. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


371 


transigere,  -6,  -egi,  -actus, 
[trans  -j-  agere],  to  drive  across 
or  through;  hence,  to  pierce,  trans- 
fix, but  much  more  commonly,  to 
carry  through,  finish, perform,  trans- 
act. 

transilire,-io,  -ui  (or  -ivi),  (no  p. 
p.),  [trans-  -f  salire],  to  leap  or 
jump  across,  jump  over  ;  hence,  to 
pass  by,  omit,  skip  (both  intrans. 
and  trans.). 

transire,  -e5,  -ii,  -itus,  [trans 
-f- ire],  to  go  across,  cross  over; 
hence,  to  go  beyond,  overstep. 

transmarmus,  -a,  -um,  [trans 
-J-  marmus  (mari-  +  no-)] 
across  the  sea,  transmarine. 

transmissus,  -us,  [from  trans- 
mittere,  like  missus  from  root 
of  mittere],  m.,  a  sending  across; 
hence,  a  passage. 

trans  mitt  ere,  -o,  -misi,  -mis- 
sus, [trans  -f-  mittere],  to 
send  across;  hence,  to  transfer; 
to  hand  over,  transmit;  to  go  over 
or  across,  to  cross  (both  trans,  and 
intrans.). 

transnare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [trans 
-f-  nare],  to  swim  across. 

Transpadanus,  -a,  -um,  [trans 
+  Padanus  (Padus  and  no-, 
as  if  through  an  a-stem)],  across 
the  Po,  Transpadane. 

Trasumeiinus,  -I,  m.,  the  name  of 
a  lake  near  the  middle  of  the  east- 
ern frontier  of  Etruria.  Hannibal 
defeated  the  Romans  there  in  217 
B.  c. 

Trebia,  -ae,  m.,  a  river  in  the 
southern  part  of  Cisalpine  Gaul, 
flowing1  north-northeast  into  the 
Po  on  its  south  side  near  Placentia. 
Hannibal  defeated  the  Romans 
there  in  December,  218  B.  c. 


trecentesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordi- 
nal of  trecenti],  three  hundredth. 

trecentl,  -ae,  -a,  [tres  -f-  cen- 
tum], three  hundred. 

tredecim,  [tres  -f  decem],  in- 
decl.,  thirteen. 

tremere,  -6,  -ui,  to  shake,  quiver, 
tremble. 

trepidus,  -a,  -um,  [from  a  root 
meaning  to  turn  -j-  do-  as  if 
through  *trepus],  restless,  agi- 
tated, alarmed. 

tres,  tria,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
three],  three. 

triaiigulum,  -T,  [neuter  of  tri- 
angulus,  -a,  -um,  (tres  + 
angulus,  *angus  { ^  anc,  bend 
-f-  O-}  +  lo-),  used  as  noun], 
n.,  a  three-cornered  figure,  trian- 

gle. 

tribuere,  -6,  -ui,  -utus,  [denom. 
from  tribus],  to  divide  into  tribes  ; 
hence,  to  impart,  allot,  assign;  to 
grant,  give,  yield;  to  ascribe,  at- 
tribute. 

tribulis,  -e,  [tribu-  +  11-],  be- 
longing to  the  tribe,  of  the  same 
tribe,  and,  as  noun,  a  fellow-tribes- 
man. 

tribunal,  st.  tribunal!-,  [tri- 
bun°/i  +  ali-,  after  the  pattern 
of  natura-Jis],  n.,  the  seat  of  a 
tribune;  hence,  a  judgment  seat, 
tribunal  (a  square  or  semi-circular 
platform). 

tribunus,  -I,  [tribu-  +  no-],  ra., 
the  head  of  a  tribe ;  hence,  a  com- 
mander, tribune.  —  tribunus  mi- 
litum,  a  military  officer,  of  which 
each  legion  had  six.  Each  one 
held  the  chief  command  of  the 
legion  two  months  in  turn.  But 
Caesar  found  it  necessary  to  guard 
against  their  possible  inefficiency 


372 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


by  making  them  subordidate  to 
bis  legati.  —  tribunus  plebis, 
a  «ivil  officer  who  championed  the 
interests  of  the  common  people. 
During  most  of  the  Republic  there 
were  five  of  them,  though  at  first 
(494  B.  c.)  perhaps  only  two. 

tribus,  -us,  [obscure  formation 
from  root  of  tres],  f.,  the  third 
part  (of  the  people) ;  hence,  a  tribe 
(i.  e.,  one  of  the  divisions  of  the 
Roman  people  for  certain  political 
purposes ;  their  number  grew  to 
35,  of  which  31  were  city,  4  coun- 
try tribes). 

tributum,  -I,  [p.  p.  of  tribuere 
used  as  noun],  n.,  tribute. 

tricesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordinal  of 
triginta],  thirtieth. 

trigeminus,  -a,  -um,  [tres  -f 
geminus],  three  at  a  birth. 

triginta,  indecl.,  [obscure  forma- 
tion from  root  of  tres],  thirty. 

triquetrus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  three- 
cornered,  triangular. 

tristis,  -e,  [?],  sad,  sorrowful; 
melancholy,  disagreeable. 

tristitia.  -ae,  [tristi-  -f-  the  made- 
up  ending  -tia.  i.  e.,  after  the 
pattern  of  mHit-ia],  f.,  sad- 
ness, melancholy ;  gloominess,  sever- 
ity. 

Troia,  -ae,  [Tros  (Gr..  Tpros.  a 
king  of  Phrygia)  -j-  suffix  ia-], 
f .,  Troy,  the  famous  city  near  the 
west  coast  of  Mysia  in  Asia  Mi- 
nor, besieged,  according  to  the 
legend,  for  ten  years  by  the 
Greeks. 

Troianus,  -a,  -um,  [Troia-  -f 
no-],  of  Troy,  Trojan,  or,  as  noun, 
a  Trojan. 

trucldare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [?],  to 
slaughter,  massacre. 


trux,  st.  true-,  [?],  harsh,  wild, 
rough,  savage. 

tii,  tui,  [same  word  as  Eng.  thou], 
thou.  you.  —  Plural  vos,  you,  ye. 

tueri.  -eor,  tutus  (-itus  in  im- 
perial Latin),  [?],  to  gaze  at,  look 
at,  see  ;  hence,  to  watch,  guard,  pro- 
tect. 

Tullia,  -ae.  f.,  the  name  of  the 
daughter  of  Servius  Tullius,  who 
married  Tarquinius  Superbus.  — 
Also  the  name  of  Cicero's  daugh- 
ter. 

Tullus  Hostilius,  Tulli  HostHi, 
m.,  the  name  of  the  third  king  of 
Rome. 

turn,  [case  form  from  the  demon, 
root  to-,  used  as  adv.],  then,  there- 
upon; hence,  furthermore,  besides. 
—  turn  maxime.  especially, 
chieJJy.  —  turn  demum,  then  and 
not  till  then,  then  at  last.  —  cum 
.  .  .  turn,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also, 
both  .  .  .  and. 

tumultuosus,  -a,  -um,  [tumul- 
tu-  +  oso-].full  of  confused  move- 
ment; hence,  turbulent. 

tumultus,  -us,  [tumul(o)-  + 
tu-].  m.,  a  commotion,  uproar, 
disturbance;  hence,  an  insurrec- 
tion, sedition,  mutiny. 

tumulus,  -I,  [*tum°/i  (root  mean- 
ing to  swell  -\-  O-) 
+  lo-],  m.,  a  heap 
of  earth,  a  mound, 
especially,  a  burial 
mound  or  tomb. 

turba,  -ae,  [^  tur, 
to  hurry  +  ba-], 
f .,  a  hurrying ; 
hence,  confusion, 
commotion,  and. 
more  commonly,  a  crowd,  throng, 
number. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


373 


turibulum,  -i,  [tus,  incense,  and 
suffix  lo-,  as  if  through  a  *turi- 
bum],  n.,  a  censer. 


turpis,    -e,    [?],    unsightly,    ugly; 

hence,  unseemly,  base,  dishonorable. 
turpiter,  [adv.  of  turpis],  basely, 

dishonorably. 

turris,  st.  turri-,  [?],  f.,  a  tower. 
tus,  st.  tur-,   [Gr.  word,  0vos],  n., 

frankincense,  incense. 
Tuscia,  -ae,  [Tusco-  +  ia-],  f.,  a 

very  rare  name  for  Etruria  (while 

the  adj.  Tuscus,  -a,  -um,  is  very 

common). 
Tusculanus,  -a,  -um,  [Tuscul% 

-f-  no-],   belonging  to    Tusculum, 

Tusculan.  —  Hence,     Tuscula- 

nuni,  -I,  n.,  an  estate  at  Tusculum 

(especially  Cicero's  estate  there). 
Tusculum,  -I,    [Tusc%+  lo-], 

n.,  an  old  town  in  the  Alban  hills 

about  ten  miles  southeast  of  Rome, 
tut 6,  [abl.  of  tutus  (root  of  tueri 

-f-  to-),  used  as  adv-],  guardedly  ; 

hence,  safely,  securely. 
tutus,  -a,  -um,   [p.  p.  of  tueri, 

used  as  adj.],  guarded  ;  hence,  safe, 

secure. 
tuus,  -a,    -um,   [tu-  +  o-],  thy, 

thine,  your. 
tyrannus,  -i,  [Greek  word,  rfyav- 

vos],  m.,  an  unconstitutional  mon- 


arch, an  arbitrary  or  irresponsible 
ruler;  hence,  especially,  a  cruel 
ruler,  a  tyrant. 

u. 

uber,  st.  uber-,  [same  word  as 
Eng.  udder],  n.,  an  udder;  hence, 
as  adj.,  fruitful,  rich,  abundant. 

ubi,  [for  quobi,  case  form  of  st. 
quo-],  adv.,  where,  and,  still  more 

.  commonly,  when.  (Both  rel.  and 
interrog.) 

ubicumque,  [ubi  +  generalizing 
affix  cumque],  adv.,  wherever. 

ubique,  [ubi  +  the  generalizing 
que],  adv.,  anywhere,  everywhere. 

ulcisci,  -or,  ultus,  [?],  to  take 
vengeance  on,  to  punish  (a  per- 
son) ;  to  avenge,  punish  (a  wrong 
or  injury) ;  also,  to  take  vengeance 
for,  avenge  (a  person). 

ullus,  -a,  -um,  [unus  and  lo-, 
dim.  assimilated],  any.  (Mostly 
used  in  clauses  where  a  negative 
is  expressed  or  implied.) 

ulterior,  -ius,  [comp.  of  *ulter 
(root  in  ultra)  ] ,  farther.—  Superl. 
VLltimus,  furthest,  last ;  also,  ear- 
liest, first. 

ultimus,  see  ulterior. 

ultor,  st.  ultor-,  [y/  ul  (cf.  ul- 
cisci) +  *or-L  m-?  an  avenger. 

ultra,  [case  form  of  ulter  { yf  ul  -f 
ter(o)},  used  as  adv.  and  prep., 
with  ace.],  beyond,  on  the  farther 
side.  —  ultra  Rhenum,  beyond 
the  Ehine;  ultra  modum,  be- 
yond the  limit. 

umquam,  [?],  ever,  at  any  time. 
(Used  chiefly  in  negative  sentences 
or  conditions  or  in  a  question  ex- 
pecting a  negative  answer.  See 
also  aliquandd.) 


374 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


una.  [case  form  of  unus,  used  as 
adv.],  along  with,  together  with,  at 
the  same  time. 

uncle,  [for  cunde  (from  rel.  and 
interrog.  root  quo  +  de)],  adv., 
whence,  from  which  place  or  what 
place.  (Both  relat.  and  interrog.) 

undecim,  indecl.,  [unus  -j-  de- 
cem],  eleven. 

undecimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordinal  of 
undecim],  eleventh. 

undequinquaginta,  indeclinable, 
[unus  +  de  +  quinquagin- 
ta],  forty-nine. 

undevlcesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordi- 
nal of  undeviginti],  nineteenth. 

undeviginti,  indecl.,  [unus  -f-  de 
-f-  viginti],  nineteen. 

undique,  [unde  -f  the  generaliz- 
ing que],  adv.,  from  all  quarters  ; 
hence,  on  all  sides,  everywhere. 

unguis,  st.  ungui-,  [?],  m.,  a  nail 
(of  the  finger  or  toe) ;  a  beast's 
claw. 

universus,  -a,  -um,  [un°/i  + 
versus],  turned  together  ;  hence, 
all  one,  whole,  entire,  all  together, 
universal.  (The  most  comprehen- 
sive word  for  all.) 

unus,  -a,  -um,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
OTIC],  one  ;  single,  alone. 

unusquisque,  unaquaeque, 
unumquodque,  [unus  + 
quisque],  each  individual  one, 
one  and  all. 

urbs,  st.  urb(i)-,  [?],  f.,  a  city. 
(Especially  used  of  the  city  of 
Rome.) 

urgere,  -eo,  ursi,  [same  word  as 
Eng.  work],  to  push,  press,  force; 
hence,  to  urge,  incite;  to  burden, 
oppress;  to  press  hard. 

usquam,  [case  form  of  quo-  + 
quam,  indefinite],  adv.,  any- 


where. (Used  in  the  same  kinds  of 
clauses  as  those  where  umquam 
[see  above]  is  employed.) 
usque,  [case  form  of  quo-  (cf. 
usquam)  -{-  que  indefinite], 
adv.,  as  far  as,  all  the  way  to, 
even  to;  hence,  continuously,  con- 
stantly. —  usque  ad,  even  to 
(very  common  of  both  place  and 
time). 

USUS,   -US,    [yf  Ut  (of    Utl)  -J-  tU-], 

m.,  use,  using;  hence,  practice, 
experience.  —  Hence,  usus  est 
(used  like  opus  est,  with  an 
abl.,  but  less  classical),  there  is  use 
for,  there  is  need  of. 

ut,  [for  quot(i),  case  form  from 
quo-],  adv.  and  conj.  —  Interrog. 
how  ?  in  what  way  ?  also,  when  f  — 
Relative,  as,  like ;  in  phrases  like 
callidus  vir  ut  Graecus,  ut 
has  the  same  ambiguity  as  Eng- 
lish as,  the  phrase  meaning  either 
a  shrewd  man,  being  a  Greek,  or  a 
shrewd  man  for  a  Greek.  (Cf. 
cum,  meaning  sometimes  "  since," 
"because,"  sometimes  "al- 
though," "notwithstanding.")  — 
In  clauses  of  purpose  or  result, 
that,  in  order  that,  so  that.  —  The 
form  uti  is  also  used. 

Utcumque,  [ut  -)-  the  generalizing 
cumque],adv.,  in  whatever  way, 
however. 

uter,  -tra,  -trum,  [for  cuter, 
from  same  root  as  quT,  quis, 
etc.],  which  (of  two).  (Both  rel. 
and  interrog. ) 

uterque,  -traque,  -triimque, 
[uter  -|-  que,  indefinite],  each 
(of  two),  either,  both.  (Used  of  two 
things  considered  separately ;  while 
ambo  is  used  of  two  considered 
together.) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


375 


uti,  -or,  usus,  [?],  to  use,  employ, 
enjoy.  The  case  used  with  uti  is 
the  ablative. 

utilis,  -e,  [*ut°/i  .(V  ut  +  o-)  + 
li-],  useful,  profitable,  advanta- 
geous. 

utinam,  [ut(i)  +  nam],  adv.,  oh 
that!  would  that! 

utpote,  [ut  +  pote  (form  of  po- 
tis,  possible)],  adv.,  as  namely,  as, 
inasmuch  as. 

utrum,  [neut.  of  liter,  used  as  in- 
terrog.  particle],  whether? 

uxor,  st.  uxor-,  [?],  f.,  a  wife, 
spouse. 

uxorius,-a,  -um,  [uxor-  +io-J, 
belonging  to  a  wife ;  hence,  fond  of 
one's  wife,  doting  upon  one's  wife. 


vacare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [?],  to 
be  empty ;  hence,  to  be  at  leisure. 

vacuus,  -a,  -um,  [yf  vac  +  uo-], 
empty,  free  from,  without,  unoccu- 
pied, at  leisure. 

vadere,  -6,  (no  perf.  or  p.  p.),  [?], 
to  go,  especially,  to  go  quickly. 
(Rather  rare  word.) 

vadum,  -I,  [yf  vad,  to  go(cf.  Eng. 
wade)  +  O-],  n.,  a  fordable  place, 
shallow  water,  shoal. 

vagitus,  -us,  [vagi-  (stem  of 
vagire,  to  squall)  +tu-],  m.,  a 
squalling,  crying. 

valde,  [for  valide,  adv.  of  vali- 
dus,  *valo  (root  of  valere,  to 
be  strong  +  O-)  +  <^°-]j  strongly, 
greatly,  much,  very. 

vale,  [imperative  of  valere],  be 
strong ;  hence,  farewell,  good-by 
(regular  expression  for  closing  a 
letter),  and,  also,  be  off",  away  with 
you. 


valere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itum,  [^  val, 
strong  (cf.  Eng.  well,  weal)],  to  be 
strong,  healthy,  well ;  hence,  to  have 
power  or  ability  (to  do  something). 

Valerius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  P.  Valerius 
Publicola,  one  of  the  consuls 
of  the  first  year  after  the  expul- 
sion of  King  Tarquin.  —  For  M. 
Valerius  Corvmus,  see  Les- 
son xxxviii. 

valetudo,  st.  valetudin-,  [vale 
+  the  made-up  ending  -tudo,  cf . 
habitudo],  f.,  state  of  health 
(whether  good  or  bad). 

vallum,  -I,  [?],  n.,  a  rampart,  in- 
trenchment  (properly,  one  made  of 
earth,  and  palisaded,  but  also  used 
of  others). 

varietas,  st.  varietat-,  [vari% 
+  tat-],  f.,  variety. 

Varro,  st.  Varron-,  m.,  a  surname 
in  the  gens  Terentia.  —  M. 
Terentius  Varro,  the  famous 
scholar  of  Cicero's  time,  known  as 
the  most  learned  of  the  Romans. 
See  also  Lesson  xlvi. 

vastare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  vastus,  waste,  desert,  im- 
mense], to  lay  waste,  ravage. 

vates,  st.  vat(i)-,  [?],  c.,  a  sooth- 
sayer, prophet,  or  prophetess;  a 
bard,  poet. 

vaticinari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  vaticinus  (vates  and 
no-,  as  if  through  *vaticus)], 
to  prophesy,  predict,  foretell;  also, 
to  celebrate  in  song. 

vecors,  st.  vecord-,  [ve-,  neg. 
-f-  cor,  heart  (as  the  supposed 
seat  of  reason)],  senseless,  foolish, 
mad. 

vectigal,  st.  vectigali-,  [obscure 
formation  from  vectus  (p.  p.  of 


OF  TH« 

UNIVERSITY 


376 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


vehere,  to  carry)],  n.,  a  tax  or 
tribute  (in  kind,  while  stipen- 
diuza  is  in  money) ;  hence,  also, 
revenue,  income. 

vehementer,  [vehement-  + 
ter],  adv.,  violently,  impetuously ; 
extremely. 

vehere, -6,  vexi,  vectus,  [y'vag, 
veh,  (cf.  Eng.  way,  wagon)],  to 
carry,  convey.  —  In  the  passive,  in 
equo  vehi,  to  ride,  in  nave 
vehi,  to  sail. 

vehiculum,  -I,  [from  stem  of  ve- 
here and  lo-,  as  if  through  a 
*vehicus],  n.,  a  means  of  carry- 
ing, a  conveyance,  vehicle. 

Vel,  -orum,  m.,  Veii,  one  of  the 
twelve  cities  which  made  up  the 
ancient  Etrurian  confederacy.  It 
was  about  twelve  miles  north  of 
Rome,  and  was  conquered  by  the 
Romans  under  Camillus,  396  B. 
C.,  after  long  struggles. 

vel,  [old  imperative  of  velle,  used 
as  conj.],  will,  choose;  hence,  or, or 
if  you  will  (implying  a  choice  on 
the  part  of  the  person  concerned, 
while  aut  implies  a  real  differ- 
ence in  the  things  or  statements 
contrasted).  —  vel  .  .  .  vel, 
either  ...  or.  —  Sometimes  used 
to  emphasize  a  word,  especially  a 
superlative :  vel  Romae,  even 
at  Rome;  vel  maximum,  even 
the  greatest,  the  very  greatest. 

velle,  volo,  volui,  [same  word  as 
Eng.  will],  to  will,  wish,  be  willing. 
—  sis  =  si  vis,  if  you  please. 

velociter.  [adv.  of  velox],  swift- 
ly, quickly. 

velox,  st.  veloc-,  [obscure  forma- 
tion from  root  in  volare,  tojly], 
swift,  quick,  fleet. 

velut,  [vel,  intensive  +  ut],  even 


as;  just  as;  as  it  were.  —  Also,  for 
velut  si,  as  if. 

venari,  -or,  -atus,  [?],  to  hunt. 

venaticus,  -a,  -um,  [venat0/!  + 
CO-],  belonging  to  hunting. 

venatio,  st.  venation-,  [venato- 
+  ion] ,  f .,  a  having  hunted  ;  hence, 
hunting. 

venatrlx,  st.  venatric-,  [vena- 
+  trie-],  f.,  a  huntress. 

venatus,  -us,  [vena-  -j-  tu],  m., 
hunting. 

vendere,  -o,  -didl,  -ditus,  [ve- 
num,  sale  +  dare],  to  expose 
for  sale,  to  sell. 

venerandus,  -a,  -um,  [gerundive 
of  venerari  (deuom.  from  same 
stem  as  Venus),  used  as  adj.], 
worthy  to  be  adored  or  revered,  ven- 
erable. 

venire,  -io,  veni,  ventum,  [prob- 
ably from  ^  gvam  (cf.  quo- 
niam  for  quomiam)],  to  come. 

venire,  -eo,  -ii,  [venum,  sale  + 
Ire],  to  go  to  sale;  hence,  to  be 
sold.  (Used  as  passive  of  ven- 
dere.) 

ventus,  -I,  [same  word  as  Eng. 
wind],  m.,  wind. 

venumdare,  -5,  -dedl,  -datus, 
[venum  (cf.  vendere)  + 
dare],  to  offer  for  sale,  to  sell 
(Rarely  used  except  as  applied  to 
slaves  captured  in  war.) 

verax,  st.  verac-,  [vero-  -f  the 
made-up  ending  -ax,  i.  e.,  after 
the  analogy  of  pugnax],  truth- 
telling,  veracious. 

verberare,  -6,  -avl,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  verber,  a  lash],  to 
lash,  scourge,  beat. 

verbum,  -I.  [?],  n.,  a  word;  in 
grammatical  language,  also,  a 
verb. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


377 


verecundia,  -ae,  [verecundo- 
(vere,  stem  of  vereri,  to  fear  -f- 
cundo-)  +  ia-],  f.,  bashfulness, 
shyness,  modesty  ;  and,  in  imperial 
Latin,  reverence  for. 

vereri,  -eor, -itus,  [y/ver,  guard], 
to  revere ;  to  fear,  be  afraid.  (A 
milder  word  than  metuere  and 
timere.) 

vergere,  -6,  no  perf.  or  p.  p.,  to 
bend,  [^  verg,s/ope,  used  as  stem], 
hence,  as  geographical  term,  to  look 
toward,  face. 

veritas,  st.  veritat-,  [ver°/i + 
tat-],  f.,  truth;  truthfulness;  real- 
ity. 

vero,  [abl.  of  verus,  used  as  adv. 
and  conj.],  as  adv.,  in  truth,  in  fact ; 
hence,  assuredly  ;  as  conj.,  but,  how- 
ever, though  (a  strong  word  for 
but ;  never  stands  first  in  its  clause). 

versare,  -o,  -avi,  -atus,  [fre- 
quent, and  intens.  of  vert  ere], 
to  turn  about  often  or  vigorously. 
—  Hence,  as  middle  voice,  ver- 
sari,  to  turn  one's  self  about,  to 
dwell,  live  (somewhere) ;  to  be  sit- 
uated in  or  busied  with. 

versatilis,  -e,  [versa-  +  the 
made-up  ending  -tills,  i.  e.,  after 
the  pattern  of  utilis,  fertilis, 
etc.],  turning  about,  movable ;  hence, 
versatile. 

vertere,  -6,  verti,  versus,  to 
turn,  turn  round  ;  hence,  to  change ; 
to  translate.  —  Hence,  as  middle 
voice,  verti,  to  turn  one's  self 
round  in,  be  engaged  or  involved 
in,  depend  upon. 

veru,  -us,  [?],  n.,  a  spit;  hence,  a 
dart,  spear. 

verum,  [neuter  of  verus,  used  as 
conj.],  but  in  fact,  but  (indicating 
strong  opposition) ;  but  still. 


verus,  -a,  -um,  [?],  real,  true,  genu- 
ine ;  hence,  right,  reasonable,  just. 

vesci,  -or,  no  p.p.  [?],  to  feed,  eat; 
hence,  to  live  on. 

Vesta,  -ae,  [from  a  root  meaning 
burn  +  t3--]>  f->  Vesta,  the  god- 
dess of  flocks  and  herds  and  the 
household,  daughter  of  Saturn. 

Vestalis,  -e,  [Vesta-  +  li-],  be- 
longing to  Vesta,  vestal,  and  as 
fern,  noun,  a  vestal  virgin. 

vester,  -tra,  -trum,  [vos  -f- 
tro-],  poss.  pron.,  your. 

vestibulum,  -I,  [?],  n.,  the  space 
closed  in  between  the  house  door  and 
the  street,  an  entrance-court. 

vestigium,-!,  [?],  n.,  afoot-print; 
hence,  a  trace,  mark. 

vestire,  -io,  -Ivi,  -itus,  [denom. 
from  vestis],  to  clothe,  dress. 

vestis,  st.  vesti-,  [^  ves,  cover  -f 
ti-],  f.,  a  covering  for  the  body, 
clothing,  clothes  ;  hence  also,  a  cur- 
tain, drapery.  (The  plural  is  not 
used  in  classic  prose.) 

vestltus,  -us,  [vesti-  +  tu-],  m., 
clothing,  dress. 

vetare,  -6,  -ui,  -itus,  [?],  not  to 
allow,  to  forbid. 

Veturius,  -a,  -um,  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens.  —  See  Lesson  xl. 

vetus,  st.  veter-,  [?],  old,  not  re- 
cent. (Indicating  what  has  existed 
some  time,  and  opposed  to  recens, 
while  antlquus  is  old  as  opposed 
to  novos,  new,  in  the  sense  of  not 
having  existed  before  at  all.) 

via,  -ae,  f .,  a  way,  road  ;  hence,  a 
march  or  journey. 

viaticum,  -I,  [neuter  of  viaticus, 
-a,  -um,  (via  and  co-,  as  if 
through  *viatus),  used  as  noun], 
n.,  the  means  of  travelling ;  money 
for  a  journey. 


378 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


vicesimus,  -a,  -um,  [ordinal  of 
vigintl],  twentieth. 

vloesimus  primus,  twenty-first. 

vicies,  [obscure  formation  from 
root  in  vigintl],  adv.,  twenty 
times. 

vicinus,  -a,  -um,  [vico-  -f  no-, 
as  if  through  an  i-steni],  of  the 
district;  hence,  neighboring,  near, 
but  more  commonly  as  noun,  a 
neighbor,  or  with  the  metaphori- 
cal meanings,  like,  resembling,  kin- 
dred. 

vicis,  st.  vici-,  (nom.  not  used),  f., 
change,  interchange,  but  in  classi- 
cal Latin  confined  chiefly  to  the 
meanings,  place,  position,  room, 
stead,  duty  belonging  to  another 
(i.  e.,  assumed  by  one  person  for 
another;  cf.  Eng.  vicarious).  — 
vie  em,  or  more  commonly  in 
vicem,  by  turns,  in  turn,  alter- 
nately. —  Also,  vicem,  with  a 
gen.,  or  with  a  possessive  (meam 
vicem,  etc.),  for  the  sake  of,  after 
the  manner  of. 

vicissitude,  st.  vicissitudin-, 
[*vicissi-  (vicis  +  si-)  +  din-, 
as  if  through  *vicissitus],  f., 
alternation,  change. 

victor,  st.  victor-,  [yf  vie  (cf.  vin- 
cere)  +  tor-],  m.,  one  who  con- 
quers, a  conqueror,  victor,  it-inner. 

victoria,  -ae,  [victor-  +  ia-],  f., 
victory. 

victrix,  st,  victric-,  [y  vie  + 
trie-],  f.,  a  female  conqueror,  a 
conqueress. 

victus,  -us,  [root  of  vivere  -f 
tu-],  m.,  means  of  life,  sustenance, 
provisions  ;  also,  a  way  of  living. 

vicus,  -I,  [y  vie,  dwell  +  o  ;  same 
word  as  -wich  or  -wick  in  names 
like  Greenwich,  Warwick],  m.,  an 


inhabited  district;  a  village;  a  re- 
gion, quarter,  street  (in  a  city). 

videre,  -eo,  vidl,  visus,  [same 
word  as  Eng.  wit,  to  wit],  to  see  ; 
hence,  to  perceive,  understand, 
know. 

videri,  -eor,  visus,  [passive  of 
videri],  to  be  seen ;  hence,  to  seem 
(so  and  so),  and  especially  as  im- 
personal, to  seem  good,  proper. 

vigilare,  -6,  -avi,-atum,  [denom. 
from  vigil  (y1  vig  of  vigere,  to 
be  flourishing,  lively  +  l(i)-,  as  if 
through  *vigus)],  to  be  (wide) 
awake,  not  to  be  asleep ;  hence,  to 
watch. 

vigilia,  -ae,  [vigil  (same  root  as 
vigere,  to  be  lively)  +  ia-],  f.,  a 
being  awake;  hence,  icakefulness ; 
watching,  guarding;  a  watch,  senti- 
nels ;  a  watch  (as  the  fourth  part 
of  the  Roman  night  reckoned 
from  sunset  to  sunrise). 

vigintl,  indecl.,  [for  duiginti, 
obscure  derivative  from  duo], 
twenty. 

vigintl  unus,  twenty-one. 

vilis,  -e,  [?],  cheap  ;  hence,  poor, 
worthless. 

vilitas,  st.  vilitat-,  [vili-  + 
tat-],  f .,  cheapness ;  hence,  in  the 
Latin  of  the  empire,  worthlessness. 

villa,  -ae,  [vico-  +  la-,  dim.  as- 
similated], f.,  a  farm  or  country 
seat ;  a  villa. 

Villius,  -1,  m.,  a  Roman  name.  — 
For  a  P.  Villius,  see  Lesson 
Ixv. 

vincere,  -6,  .vici,  victus,  to 
conquer,  win  (both  trans,  and  in- 
trans.) ;  hence,  to  prevail;  to  sur- 
pass, excel. 

vinclum  (also  vinculum),  -I, 
[y1  vine,  bind  (vincire)  -f  lo-]. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


379 


n.,  a  band,  bond,  rope,  chain.  —  In 
plural,  fetters,  chains,  prison. 

vinculum,  see  vinclum. 

vindex,  st.  vindic-,  [compound 
from  root  of  dicere,  dicare, 
and  an  uncertain  root  beginning1 
with.vi],  c.,  one  who  puts  in  a  legal 
claim  to  a  thing,  a  claimant ;  hence, 
a  protector,  champion;  apunisher, 
avenger. 

vindicare,  -5,  -avi,  -atus,  [de- 
nom.  from  vindex],  to  lay  legal 
claim  to;  hence,  to  claim;  to  set 
free;  to  defend;  to  punish;  to 
avenge. 

vlnum,  -I,  [^  vi,  twine,  same  word 
as  Eng.  wine],  n.,  wine. 

violare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [?],  to 
abuse,  injure,  violate. 

vir,  viri,  [?],  m.,  a  male  being, 
man  ;  hence,  a  husband. 

virgo,  st.  virgin-,  [?],£.,  a  maiden. 

virilis,  -e,  [viro-  +  li-,  as  if 
through  an  I-stem,  i.  e.,  after  the 
pattern  of  Civilis,  hostilis, 
etc.],  belonging  to  a  man,  manly; 
hence,  vigorous,  firm. — pro  vi- 
rili  parte,  with  all  one's  might. 

virtus,  st.  virtu t-,  [vir(o)  + 
tut-],  f.,  manliness;  hence,  brav- 
ery, courage;  excellence,  merit,  vir- 
tue. 

vis,  st.  vi-,  (in  the  sing,  found  in 
only  the  nom.,  ace.,  and  abl. ;  in 
the  plural,  thoughout),  [?],  f., 
force,  power;  strength,  vigor ;  vio- 
lence ;  quantity,  number.  —  Plural, 
vires,  -ium,  energy,  strength  ; 
forces,  troops. 

visere,  -6,  visT,  visus,  [inten- 
sive from  videre],  to  look  at 
closely ;  hence,  to  go  to  see,  to  visit. 

vita,  -ae,  [root  of  vivere  -f  ta-], 


vitium,  -I,  [^  vi  meaning  twist 
(the  same  as  that  of  vlnum)  + 
io-,  as  if  through  *vitum],  n.,  a 
defect,  blemish;  hence,  a  fault, 
offence  ;  a  crime,  vice. 

vitrum,  -I,  [^  vid  +  tro-],  n.,  a 
means  of  seeing,  but  confined  to  the 
medium  of  seeing,  glass. 

vivax,  st.  vivac-,  [viv%  + 
c(o)-],  vigorously  alive;  hence, 
lively,  vigorous;  also,  lasting. 

vivere,  -6,  vixi,  victum,  to  live. 

vix,  [?],  adv.,  scarcely,  hardly  ;  with 
difficulty. 

vocabulum,  -I,  [voca-  -f-  lo-,  as 
if  through  a  *vocabum],  n.,  a 
designation,  name;  hence,  a  noun 
(when  contrasted  with  iiomeii, 
it  means  a  common  noun,  while 
nomen  means  a  proper  noun). 

vocare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  [^  voc, 
call  -f-  a-],  to  call  ;  hence,  to  in- 
voke; to  name;  to  summon  or  in- 
vite. 

vociferari,  -or,  -atus,  [denom. 
from  *vocifer(us)  (vox  -f  f  er 
from  ferre)],  to  cry  aloud,  bawl, 
scream,  vociferate. 

vocula,  -ae,  [voc-  +  la-,  with  u 
inserted  after  the  pattern  of  the 
O-stems],  f.,  a  small  voice. 

volare,  -6,  -avi,  -atum,  [^  vol, 


volgare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  (later 
vulgare,  etc.),  [denom.  from 
volgus],  to  noise  about  in  the 
crowd;  hence,  to  make  known 
generally;  to  publish;  to  spread 
abroad. 

volgo  (later  vulgo),  [abl.  of  vol- 
gus, crowd,  used  as  adv.],  among 
the  crowd,  publicly,  generally,  com- 
monly. 

volgus  (later  vulgus),  -I,  n.,  the 


380 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


crowd,  the  people  in  general;  a 
throng  or  mass. 

volnerare,  -6,  -avi,  -atus,  (later 
vulnerare),  [denom.  from  vol- 
nus],  to  wound. 

volnus  (later  vulnus),  st.  vol- 
ner-,  [?],  n.,  a  wound. 

voltur  (later  vultur),  st.  voltur-, 
m.,  a  vulture. 

voltus,  -us,  (later  vultus),  [?], 
m.,  expression  of  face,  face,  counte- 
nance. 

voluntas,  st.  voluntat-,  [(vo- 
lunt-,  old  for  volent-,  pres.  p.  of 
velle)  -f  tat-],  f.,  willingness; 
hence,  will,  desire,  inclination; 
good-will. 

voluptas,  st.  voluptat-,  [volup- 
( obscure  formation  from  root  of 
velle)  -f  tat-],  f.,  pleasure,  en- 
joyment. 

vos,  gen.  vestrum  or  vestri 
(older  spelling  vostrum  and 
vostri),  you,  ye.  —  The  forms 


vestrum,  vostrum,  are  chiefly 
confined  to  the  partitive  use. 
vox,  st.  VOC-,  [root  as  stem],  f., 
a  voice ;  hence,  a  word  or  a  say- 
ing. 

X. 

Xanthippus,-!,  [Gr.  proper  name, 
EovfliTnTos],  m.,  a  Spartan  com- 
mander who  helped  the  Cartha- 
ginians defeat  and  capture  the  Ro- 
man general  Regulus,  255  B.  c. 

Xenophon,  -ontis,  [Gr.  proper 
name,  aevcxftuv],  m.,  the  Athenian 
historian,  who  is  also  famous  as  a 
soldier,  especially  through  his 
being  with  the  ten  thousand  who 
went  to  help  Cyrus  the  Younger 
in  401  B.  c. 

Xerxes,  -is,  [Persian  proper  name, 
in  Gr.  Ee'p^Tjs],  m.,  the  name  of  the 
great  Persian  king  who  invaded 
Greece  in  480  B.  c. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


A. 

a,  indef .  art.,  generally  not  expressed 
in  Latin,  but  sometimes  equiva- 
lent to  a  particular  (person  or 
thing),  and  then  expressed  by 
quldam,  quaedam,  quiddam  or 
quoddam. 

abandoned,  desertus,  -a,  -urn  (de- 
serted) ;  perditus,  -a,  -urn  (lost, 
worthless). 

able,  (be),  posse,  possum,  potul. 

abound,  abunddre,  -o,  -dvl,  -atum; 
also,  redunddre  and  superdre,  -o, 
-dvl,  -atum  (to  be  over  abun- 
dant). —  abound  in,  abunddre, 
with  an  abl.  9 

about,  ADV.,  fere  (generally  placed 
just  after  the  word  it  modifies) ; 
about  a  hundred,  centum  fere. 
—  PREP.,  circum  (around,  with 
ace.),  as  circum  urbem  altus  erat 
murus,  there  was  a  high  wall 
about  the  city;  ad  (in  the 
neighborhood  of,  with  ace.), 
as  ad  Trebiam  pugndbant,  they 
were  fighting  about  the  Tre- 
bia;  de  (in  regard  to,  with 
abl.),  as  de  multls  rebus  rogdvit,  he 
asked  about  many  things.  — 
about  nightfall,  sub  noctem. — 
Cf.  also,  near. 

accept,  accipere,  -id,  -cepl,  -ceptus ; 
also,  recipere. 

acceptable,  grdtus,  -a,  -urn;  iu- 
cundus,  -a,  -um. 


accomplish,  facere,  -id,  feel,  fac- 
tus ;  gerere,  -o,  gessi,  gestus 
(achieve)  ;  agere,  -o,  egl,  dctus ; 
efficere,  -id,  -feel,  -fectus;  perji- 
cere  (complete)  j  consequl,  -or, 
-secutus  (attain  an  object). 

accordance :  in  accordance 
with.  See  according  to. 

according  to,  pro  (with  abl.),  as 
pro  vlribus,  according  to  one's 
strength ;  ex  (with  abl.),  de  (with 
abl.),  ad  (with  ace.),  as  ex  senten- 
tid,  de  sententid,  ad  arbitrium,  ac- 
cording to  one's  wish  or 
will ;  secundum  (with  ace.),  as 
secundum  ndturam,  according 
to  nature. 

accuse,  accusdre,  -5,  -dvl,  -dtus 
(the  person  accused  is  expressed 
by  an  accusative,  the  thing  of 
which  he  is  accused  by  a  geni- 
tive) ;  arguere,  -o,  argul,  argutus 
(the  thing  accused  of  is  expressed 
by  a  genitive  or  by  de  with  abla- 
tive). 

across,  trans  (with  ace.),  as  trans 
Ehenum,  across  the  Rhine ; 
ultra  (beyond,  on  the  other 
side  of). 

act,  NOUN,  factum,  -I,  n. ;  f acinus, 
st.  facinor-,  n.  (especially  an  evil 
act) ;  res  gesta,  f.  (achieve- 
ment) ;  dctus,  -us,  m.  (of  a  play). 
—  VERB,  agere,  -o,  egl,  dctus,'  se 
gerere,  -o,  gessi,  gestus  (conduct 
one's  self  in  a  given  way). 


382 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


actually,  vero  (placed  after  the 
word  it  emphasizes) ;  re  verd. 

admiration,  admlrdtio,  st.  admi- 
ration-, f. 

admire,  adtnlrdrl,  -or,  -dtus. 

admit,  faterj,  -eor,  fassus  (con- 
fess);  concedere,  -o,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sus  (grant,  allow) ;  admittere, 
-o,  -mist,  -missus  (let  in) ;  also, 
recipere,  -id,  -cepl,  -ceptus. 

adorn,  orndre,  -o,  -dm,  -dtus. 

advance,  procedere,  -o,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum ;  progredi,  -tor,  -gressus. 

adversary,  hostis,  st.  hosti-,  c.  (es- 
pecially a  public  enemy) ;  in- 
imlcus,  -I,  m.  (personal  ene- 
my) ;  adversdrius,  -I,  m.  (gen- 
eral word). 

advise,  suddere,  -eo,  sudsi,  sudsum 
(governing  dative  of  the  person)  ; 
monere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus  (governing 
accusative  and  leaning  rather  to 
the  sense  to  -warn). 

Aeneas,  Aeneas,  -ae,  m. 

affair,  res,  -el,  f.  (thing);  nego- 
tium,  -I,  n.  (occupation,  busi- 
ness, difficulty). 

affect :  adjicere,  -io,  -fed,  -fectus  ; 
conmovere,  -eo,  -movi,  -motus  (to 
move  greatly). 

afraid,  (be),  see  fear. 

after,  ?REP.,post  (with  ace.,  also  as 
ADV.)  ;  a  few  days  after,  post 
paucos  dies  or  paucls  post  diebus; 
secundum  (prep,  with  ace.,  next 
to  or  after  the  pattern  of).  — 
CONJ.,  postquam  ;  also,  ubi.  ut. 

afterwards,  posted  ;  also,  posthdc. 

again,  iterum  (a  second  time) ; 
denud  (afresh)  ;  rursus. 

against,  adversus  (prep,  with  ace.) ; 
contra  (with  ace.,  opposite  to. 
contrary  to)  ;  in  (with  ace., 
used  of  hostile  attacks,  measures, 


or  feelings)  ;  praeter  consuetiidi- 
nem,  against  one's  habit. 

aged,  aetdte  confectus  (worn  out 
by  age) ;  senex,  gen.  senis  (old). 

Agesilaus,  Agesildus,  -I,  m. 

ago,  abhinc  (used  with  ace.  or  abl., 
as  abhinc  tres  menses  or  abhinc 
tribus  mensibus,  three  months 
ago)  ;  or  expressed  by  ante  with 
an  ace.,  as  ante  tres  menses. 

agreeable,  grdtus,  -a,  -urn;  iucun- 
dus,  -a,  -um  ;  acceptus,  -a,  -um. 

aid,  NOUN,  auxilium,  -I,  n. ;  opis,  f . 
(no  nom.) ;  bear  aid,  auxilium 
ferre.  —  VERB,  see  help. 

alarmed,  (be),  see  fear. 

Alban,  Albdnus,  -a,  -um. 

Alexander,  Alexander,  -drl,  m. 

all,  omnis,  -e  (considered  as  made 
up  of  parts)  ;  totus,  -a,  -um  (the 
•whole) ;  cunctus,  -a,  -um  (con- 
sidered as  united  into  one  lot)  ; 
universus,  -a,  -um  (every  indi- 
vidual one ;  the  most  compre- 
hensive ^yord.  opposed  to  sin  gull). 
—  at  all,  omnlnd  (generally  asso- 
ciated with  a  negative,  not  at 
all). 

alliance,  societds,  st.  societdt-,  f. ; 
in  the  sense  of  marriage  alli- 
ance, adflnitds,  st.  adflnitdt-,  f. 

Allobroges,  Allobroges,  -um,  m. 

allow,  sinere,  -o,sivi,  situs  ; permit- 
tere,  -o,  -mist,  -missus ;  patl,  -tor, 
passus  (suffer) ;  concedere,  -o, 
-cessi,  -cessus  (grant). 

ally,  socius,  -i,  m. 

alone,  ADJ.,  solus,  -a,  -um,  gen.  soll- 
us ;  unus,  -a.  -um,  gen.  unius.  —  unl 
Ubil,  the  TJbii  alone.  —  ADV., 
solum  (only). 

along,  (past,  by,  in  front  of), 
praeter  (with  ace.). 

already,  iam. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


383 


also,  quoque  (placed  after  the  word 
it  emphasizes) ;  etiam  (usually 
placed  before  what  it  emphasizes). 

although,  quamquam  (with  indie.)  j 
quamvls,  licet,  ut,  cum  (all  four 
with  sub  June.) ;  etsl,  tametsl,  etiam 
si  or  si  alone  (used  with  indie,  or 
sub  June,  according  to  the  rules  for 
the  use  of  si,  if) ;  also,  sometimes 
implied  in  an  ablative  absolute  or 
a  participle  agreeing  with  the  sub- 
ject (or  other  word). 

ambassador,  legdtus,  -I,  m. ;  ora- 
tor, st.  orator-,  m.  (a  pleader ; 
hence,  less  formal  word  than  legd- 
tus,  and  common  for  the  limited 
foreign  intercourse  of  early  Ro- 
man life). 

America,  America,  -ae,  f. 

amid,  inter  (with  ace.) ;  in  (with 
abl.). 

among,  inter  (with  ace.);  apud 
(with  ace.) ;  in  (with  abl.). 

ancestors,  mdiores,  -um,  m. ;  pd- 
tres,  -um,  m.  (fathers). 

Anchises,  Anchlses,  -ae,  m. 

ancient,  antlquus,  -a,  -um  (be- 
longing to  old  times,  not 
new) ;  vetus,  st.  veter-  (having 
been  in  existence  a  long 
time) ;  prlscus,  -a,  -um  (before 
our  day,  early,  original)  ; 
prlstinus,  -a,  -um  (early,  origi- 
nal, but  not  necessarily  before  our 
day) ;  obsoletus,  -a,  -um  (out  of 
date,  as  applied  to  words  or  fash- 
ions). 

and,  et  (the  general  word) ;  que 
(attached  to  the  second  of  the 
things  connected,  implying  a  close 
connection  and  sometimes  subor- 
dinating the  second  to  the  first) ; 
atque  or  before  certain  consonants 
dc  (has  a  tendency  to  give  impor- 


tance to  the  second  of  the  con- 
nected things).  —  and  no,  non 
ullus  rather  than  et  nullus  (unless 
the  negative  idea  is  to  be  marked 
as  belonging  to  the  adjective  only). 
—  and  not,  neque.  —  both  .  .  . 
and,  et  .  .  .  et,  cum.  .  .  turn. 

anecdote,  fdbella,  -de,  f.;  also, 
ndrrdtiuncula,  -ae,  f. 

anger,  Ira,  -ae,  f. 

angry,  Irdtus,  -a,  -um,  Irdcundus, 
-a,  -um  (the  first  applying  rather 
to  a  temporary  feeling,  the  second 
to  a  confirmed  tendency). 

announce,  make  an  announce- 
ment, nimtidre,  -5,  -dvi,  -dtus ;  re- 
nuntidre  (report) ;  edlcere,  -o, 
-dlxl,  -dictus  (proclaim  the 
order  of  an  official)  j  indlcere 
(proclaim  a  meeting  and  the 
like ;  cf.  also,  report) ;  decldrdre, 
-o,  -dvi,  -dtus,  or  renuntidre  (as 
elected  to  an  office). 

answer,  NOUN,  responsum,  -I,  n.  — 
VEKB,  respondere,  -eo,  -spondi, 
-sponsus. 

Antiochus,  Antiochus,  -I,  m. 

anxious,  sollicitus,  -a,  -um;  anxius, 
-a,  -um. 

any,  ullus,  -a,  -um  (used  chiefly  in 
neg.,  but  also  in  conditional  sen- 
tences) ;  aliqul,  -qua,  -quod  (used 
in  positive  sentences  mostly).  — 
any  one,  quisquam,  quaequam, 
quidquam  (quicquam)  ;  quilibet, 
quaelibet,  quidlibet,  or  qulvls,  quae- 
vls,  quidvls  (these  two  are  a  trifle 
less  indefinite  than  quisquam)  ; 
quis,  quae,  quid  (a  little  less  in- 
definite and  chiefly  used  after  si, 
nisi,  ne,  num)  ;  aliquis,  aliqua,  ali- 
quid  (a  little  less  indef .  still  than 
the  preceding) ;  quispiam,  quae- 
piam,  quidpiam  (still  less  indefi- 


384 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


nite).  —  ullus  is  occasionally  used 
as  noun  =  any  one,  and  the 
words  given  for  any  one  are 
sometimes  used  as  adj.  =  any  ; 
they  then,  except  quisquam,  have 
the  neuter  in  -quod  not  -quid.  Cf . 
also  some.  —  not  any,  nullus,  -a, 
-urn. — not  any  one,  nemo. — 
not  anything,  nihil. 

anything,  aliquid ;  quid  (chiefly 
used  with  si,  nisi  or  num) ;  quid- 
vis,  quidlibet  (anything  you 
please) ;  quicquam  (anything 
•whatever) ;  quidpiam. 

appoint,  facere,  -id,  Jed,  factus 
(make);  credre, -o,  -dvl,  -dtus, as 
consulem  credre,  to  appoint  con- 
sul ;  praeficere,  -id,  -fed,  -fectus  ; 
praeponere,  -o,  -posul,  -positus 
(these  two  mean  to  set  over, 
and  govern  a  dative,  =  appoint 
as  commander  of);  indlcere, 
-o,  -dlxl,  -dictus  (appoint  a  day , 
meeting,  etc.) ;  statuere,  -o,  statul, 
statutus  (fix,  determine). 

approve,  probdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  ;  ad- 
probdre  ;  comprobdre  (the  strongest 
of  the  three  words)  ;  also,  lauddre. 

Aristotle,  Aristoteles,  -is,  m. 

army,  exercitus,  -us,  m.;  cf.  also, 
forces  and  troops. 

arrival,  adventus,  -us,  m. 

arrive,  advenlre,-io,-venl,  -ventum; 
pervenire  (somewhat  stronger,  as 
implying  the  coming  through  diffi- 
culties or  a  long  course). 

arrogance,  superbia,  -ae,  f. ;  ad- 
rogantidf  -ae,  f . ;  fastldium,  -I,  n. 
(disdain) ;  Insolentia,  -ae,  f. 

art,  ars,  st.  art(i)-,  f.  (used  in  the 
widest  sense). 

as,  ut,velut,slcut  (of  manner) ;  quam 
(of  degree)  ;  cum  or  quoniam  (of 
reason  =  since)  ;  quod  ''(be- 


cause) ;  dum  (while) ;  cum  (of 
time  =  -when) ;  as  ...  as,  tarn 
.  .  .  quam ;  as  much  as  possi- 
ble, quam  mdxime ;  as  quickly 
as  possible,  quam  celerrime  (pos- 
se is  sometimes  added  to  these  su- 
perlative expressions) ;  as  soon 
as,  simul  atque  or  dc  ;  also  ubi  or  ut ; 
cumprlmum;  as  long  as,  dum; 
as  great  as,  tantus  .  .  .  quantus; 
such  as,  tdlis  .  .  .  qudlis. 

ask,  rogdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus,  and  ordre, 
-o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (beg) ;  poscere,  -o, 
poposcl  (demand) ;  quaerere,  -o, 
-slvl,  -situs  (look  for) ;  petere, 
-6,  -Ivl,  -Itus  (try  to  get) ;  interro- 
gdre  (inquire) ;  percontdrl,  -or, 
-dtus  (ask  particularly) ;  sclsci- 
tdrl,  -or,  -dtus  (seek  informa- 
tion) ;  precdrl,  -or,  -dtus  (pray). 

assistance,  see  aid. 

at,  with  names  of  towns  or  small 
islands,  expressed  by  the  loc.  case, 
as  Edmae,  at  Rome,  Dell,  at 
Delos ;  apud  (with  ace.  in  sense 
of  near),  aspugna  apud  A.ctium, 
the  fight  at  Actium,  but  apud 
me,  at  my  house ;  in  (with  abl.). 

Athenodorus,  Athenodorus,  -I,  m. 

Athens,  Athenae,  -drum,  f. 

attend  to,procurdre,  -o,  -dvl,-dtus; 
curare,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus;  animadver- 
tere  (animadvortere),  -o,  -vertl, 
-versus. 

Aulus,  Aulus,  -I,  m.  (abbrev.  A.). 

avenge,  ulclsci,  -or,  -ultus;  vindi- 
cdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

avoid,  fugere,  -id,  fugl ;  vltdre,  -o, 
-dvl,  -dtus,  and  a  little  stronger 
evltdre  ;  also,  devltdre  (avoid  by 
dodging,  as  it  were). 

away:  away  (from),  ab  (with 
an  ablative  or  in  composition).  — 
be  away,  abesse,  -sum,  -ful. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


OF  TBB 

TTNIVERSITY 
.Of 


B. 

bad,  mains,  -a,  -um,  comp.  peior, 
superl.  pessimus ;  prdvos  (-MS),  -a, 
-owi  (-t/m)  ("wicked) ;  inprobus, 
-a,  -urn  (wrong,  wicked) ;  ne- 
quam,  indecl.,  comp.  nequior,  su- 
perl. nequissimus  ("worthless). 

banish,  in  exsilium,  with  the  verb 
mittere,  -5,  mlsl,  missus,  or  pellere, 
-o,  pepull,  pulsus,  or  eicere,  -id, 
eiecl,  eiectus. 

bank,  rlpa,  -ae,  f.  (of  a  river). 

banquet,  convlvium,  -I,  n. ;  epulum, 
-I,  n.  (pi.  epulae,  -drum,  f.). 

bare-back,  sine  ephippio,  or,  if 
more  than  one  are  spoken  of,  sine 
ephippils. 

bathe,  lavare  (lavere),  -o,  Idvl,  lau- 
tus  (lotus). 

battle,  pugna,  -ae,  f.  (the  generic 
word  for  any  kind  of  a  contest)  ; 
proelium,  -I,  n.  (of  armies) ;  certd- 
men,  at.  certdmin-,  n.  (struggle). 
—  battle-line,  acies,  -el,  f.  — 
to  join  battle,  manum  (manus) 
conserere,  slgna  conferre,  proelium 
conmittere. 

be,  esse,  sum,ful. 

beat,  verbefdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus 
(scourge) ;  caedere,  -o,  cecldl, 
caesus  (strike) ;  vincere,  -o,  vlcl, 
victus  (conquer) ;  superdre,  -o, 
-dvl,  -dtus  (overcome  or  sur- 
pass) ;  pellcre,  o,  pepull,  pulsus 
(rout). 

beautiful,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum; 
formosus,  -a,  -um  (shapely). 

beauty,  pulchritudo,  st.  pulchritu- 
din-,  f. ;  species,  -el,  f.  (show, 
splendor) ;  forma,  -ae,  f.  (espe- 
cially, beauty  of  form). 

because,  quod;  also,  quia,  quo- 
niam.  Often  implied  in  an  abla- 


tive absolute,  a  participle,  or  a  rel- 
ative clause. 

become,  fieri,  flo,factus. 

before,  PREP.,  ante  (with  ace. ;  used 
with  things  at  rest) ;  prae  (with 
abl. ;  used  of  things  in  motion  or 
with  the  meaning  in  compari- 
son with) ;  pro  (with  abl. ;  in 
front  of) ;  apud  (with  ace.),  co- 
ram  (with  abl.)  (these  two  mean 
in  presence  of).  —  ADV.,  ante, 
anted,  antehdc ;  prius.  —  CONJ.,  an- 
tequam,  priusquam. 

beg,  ordre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  ;  precdrl, 
-or,  -dtus  (pray)  ;  petere,  -o,  -Ivl, 
-Itus  (try  to  get).  —  beg  for 
peace,  pdcem  petere. 

begin,  incipere,  -id  (other  stems  not 
used  in  classic  prose) ;  coepl,  with 
passive  infiu.  coeptus  sum  (other 
stems  not  used  in  classic  Latin) 
(these  two  words  are  used  chiefly 
with  an  infin. ) ;  ordlrl,  -ior,  orsus  ; 
incohdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus  (these  two 
are  common  with  ace.)  ;  also,  ini- 
tium  facere  (make  a  begin- 
ning). 

beginning,  initium,  -I,  n. ;  prlnci- 
pium,  -I,  n. ;  exordium,  -I,  n.  — 
make  a  beginning,  initium  fa- 
cere. 

Belgians,  Belgae,  -drum,  m. 

believe,  credere,  -o,  -credidl,  cre- 
ditum.  See  also  think. 

belong  to,  esse,  sum,ful  (with  a 
dative  or  genitive  to  denote  posses- 
sion, a  genitive  to  denote  a  quality, 
in  with  the  ablative  to  denote  be- 
longing to  as  a  member) ;  perti- 
nere,  -eo,  -ul  (with  ad  and  an  ace.). 

besides,  praetered;  accedere,  -o, 
-cessl,  -cessum  (with  hue  or  with 
ad  and  an  ace.,  and  with  the  addi- 
tional fact  expressed  by  an  indica- 


386 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


tive  clause  with  quod  or  a  subjunc- 
tive clause  with  ut,  as  accedit  quod 
patrem  amat,  besides,  he  loves 
his  father  ;  ad  senectutem  accede- 
bat  ut  caecus  esset,  besides  his 
old  age,  he  was  blind. 

best,  optimus,  -a,  -urn;  as  adverb, 
optime. 

bestow  upon,  conferre,  -fero,  -tu- 
ll,  -Idtus  (with  dative  of  the  per- 
son upon  whom,  with  ad  or  in  and 
ace.  of  the  thing  upon  which  any- 
thing is  bestowed). 

better,  ADJ.,  melior,  -ius.  —  ADV., 
melius. 

bid,  iubere,  -eo,  iussl,  iussus  (order, 
regularly  followed  by  an  infin.).  — 
bid  good  by,  valere,  -eo,  -ul, 
-itum. 

boat,  ndvicula,  -ae,  f. ;  also,  ndvis> 
st.  ndvi-,  f .  (ship) ;  linter,  st.  lintr-, 
f. ;  scapha,  -ae,  f.  (skiff). 

body,  corpus,  st.  corpor-,  n. ;  manus. 
-us,  f . ;  numerus,  -I,  m.  (number). 
The  last  two  words  mean  a  body 
of  soldiers,  people,  etc. 

bold,  auddx,  st.  auddc-  (especially 
in  a  bad  sense,  reckless,  fool- 
hardy) ;  fortis,  -e  (brave). 

book,  liber,  -brl,  m. 

booty,/>ra€rfa,  -ae,  f. 

born,  (be),  nasa,  -or,  ndtus. 

both,  ambo,  -ae,  -5  (used  of  two 
things  considered  together  as  a 
pair  or  group) ;  uterque,  -traque, 
-trumque  (used  of  two  things  con- 
sidered separately  =  each).  — 
both  .  .  .  and,  et  .  .  .  et ;  cum 
.  .  .  turn. 

"boy,puer,  -eri,  m. 

boyhood,  pueritia,  -ae,  f.  —  in 
my  boyhood,  ego  puer  (espe- 
cially common  in  the  ablative  ab- 
solute, me  puero). 


brave,  fortis,  -e ;  animosus,  -a,  -urn 
(courageous,  spirited);  au- 
ddx,  st.  auddc-  (bold). 

bravely, farther;  auddcter  (bold- 

iy). 

bravery,  virtus,  st.  virtut-,  f .  (man- 
liness) ;  fortitude,  st.  fortitudin-, 
f .  (endurance) ;  animus,  -i,  m. 
(spirit). 

bribe,  xoux,pretium,  -i,  n.  (price); 
merces,  st.  merced-,  L  (reward). 
—  VERB,  conrumpere,  -d,  -rupl, 
-ruptus ;  largiri,  -tor,  -Uus. 

bridge,  pons,  st.pont(i)-,  m. 

bright,  cldrus,  -a,  -um ;  nitidus,  -a, 
-urn  (shining) ;  acutus,  -a,  -um 
(of  the  mind). 

bring,  ferre,  fero,  tuli,  Idtus  (car- 
ry) ;  portdre,  -d,  -dvi,  -dtus  (prop- 
erly, of  things  that  can  be  taken 
in  the  hand) ;  ducere,  -d,  duxl, 
ductus  (lead) ;  vehere,  -d,  vexi, 
vectus  (by  boat,  wagon,  etc.). 

bring  about,  efficere,  -id,  -feel, 
-feet  us ;  perficere  (stronger  than 
efficere) ;  also,  facere,  -id,  feel, 
foetus. 

Britain,  Britannia,  -ae,  f. 

Briton,  Britannus,  -I,  m. 

broad,  Idtus,  -a,  -um. 

brother,  frdter,  st.frdtr-,  m. 

Brutus,  Brutus,  -I,  m. 

build,  aedificdre,  -d,  -dm,  -dtus; 
construere,  -d,  -struxl,  -structus ; 
condere,  -d,  -didl,  -ditus  (found). 

bulwark,  vallum,  -I,  n. ;  saliis,  st. 
saliit-,  f.  (safety;  hence,  bul- 
wark, in  a  figurative  sense)  ; 
praesidium,  -i,  n.  (defence, 
whether  in  a  literal  or  a  figurative 
sense). 

burdensome,  onerosus,  -a,  -um; 
molestus,  -a,  -um  (annoying) ; 
gravis,  -e  (heavy). 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


387 


burn,  urere,  -o,  ussl,  ustus  (hurt  or 
destroy  by  burning) ;  drdere, 
-eo,  drsl,  drsum  (be  on  fire) ;  in- 
cendere,  -o,  incendt,  incensus  (kin- 
dle, set  on  fire) ;  also,  cremdre, 
-o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (consume  by 
fire). 

busy,  negotiosus,  -a,  -urn;  occupd- 
tus,  -a,  -um. 

but,  sed;  verum  (but  really) ;  at 
(especially  used  to  introduce  an 
objection) ;  autem  (mild  word) ; 
vero  (but  in  fact).  These  last 
two  never  stand  first  in  their 
clause. 

buy,  emere,  -o,  emi,  emptus ;  also, 
mercdrl,  -or,  -dtus. 

by,  denoting  a  cause  or  means,  or 
the  way  of  doing  anything,  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  ablative :  metu  duc- 
tus  est,  he  was  led  by  fear ; 
bello  superdtl  sunt,  they  were 
overcome  by  war ;  dolo  id 
fecit,  he  did  it  by  trickery. 
—  PREP.,  d,  before  a  vowel  ab 
(used  with  abl.  of  persons  to  de- 
note the  agent),  as  d  Caesare  victl 
sunt,  they  were  conquered 
by  Caesar  ;  per  (used  with  ace. 
of  persons  or  things  to  denote  an 
involuntary  agent  or  instrument), 
as  per  nuntios  cdgnovit,he  found 
out  by  messengers ;  opud, 
ad,  prope  (used  with  the  accus.  to 
denote  nearness  to  a  place),  as 
ad  Trebiam,  by  the  Trebia. 

c. 

Caesar,  Caesar,  st.  Caesar-,  m. 

call,  vocdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (sum- 
mon) ;  appelldre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus 
(address;  or  give  a  distin- 
guished title);  nomindre,  -o, 


-dvl,  -atus ;  dlcere,  -o,  dlxl,  dictus. 
The  last  two  mean  to  call,  in 
the  sense  of  to  give  a  name  to. 
See  also  to  name.  —  call  to- 
gether, convocdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

calm,  tranquillus,  -a,  -um  (used  of 
the  weather  and  also  of  a  state  of 
mind) ;  placidus,  -a,  -um. 

camp,  castra,  -drum,  n. 

can  (past  tense  could),  posse,  pos- 
sum, potul;  also  sometimes  indi- 
cated mildly  by  a  potential  sub- 
junctive. 

can't  help,  non  posse  quin,  with  a 
subjunctive. 

cap,  plleus,  -I,  m. 

captive,  NOUN,  captlvos  (later  -MS), 
-I,  m. ;  captiva,  -ae,  f .  —  ADJ.,  cap- 
tus,  -a,  -um  (p.  p.  of  capere,  used 
as  adj.). 

capture,  capere,  -id,  cepl,  captus. 

care,  cura,-ae,f.  —  take  care  of, 
curare,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus  ;  procurdre  ; 
cf.,  also,  the  same  idea  expressed 
with  a  change  of  idiom  by  erit  m  ihi 
cura,  it  shall  be  a  care  to  me, 
I  will  attend  to  it. 

carefully,  diligenter?  mdgnd  cum 
curd;  accurate  (exactly). 

carry,  see  bring. 

carry  off,  auferre,  -fero,  abstuli, 
abldtus;  rapere,  -id,  -ui,  raptus ; 
agere,  -o,  egi,  dctus  (used  especially 
of  booty  in  war,  and  then  often 
contrasted  with  ferre,  which  is 
used  of  portable  tilings ;  e.  g.,  res 
sociorum  ferri  aglque  vldit,  he 
saw  the  property  of  the  al- 
lies carried  or  driven  off). 

Carthage,  Earthdgo,  st.  Karthd- 
gin-,  f. 

Carthaginian,  Earthdginiensis,  -e 
(both  adj.  and  noun) ;  Poenus,  -I, 
m.  (noun) ;  Punicus,  -a,  -um  (adj.). 


388 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


catch,  capere,  -to,  cepl,  captus  ;  pre- 
hendere,  -d,  prehendl,  prehensus 
(seize) ;  cdnsequl,  -or,  -secutus 
(overtake). 

cause,  NOUN,  causa,  -ae,  f.  —  VERB, 
efficere,  -id,  -fed,  -fectus;  also  the 
simple  facere.  See  also  bring 
about. 

cavalry,  equitdtus,  -us,  m. ;  equites, 
-um,  m.  (horsemen). 

certain,  certus,  -a,  -um  (fixed). — 
a  certain,  quldam,  quaedam, 
quiddam,  or,  as  adj.,  quoddam. 

certainly,  profectd;  sane;  certe  ; 
verd. 

chance,  cdsus,  -us,  m.  (accident) ; 
opportunitds,  st.  opportunitdt-,  f. 
(opportunity).  —  by  chance, 
forte. 

change,  NOUN,  mutdtid,  st  muta- 
tion-, f. ;  vicissitudd,  st.  vicissitu- 
din-,  f. — VEBB,  mutdre,  -d,  -dvl, 
-dtus;  conmutdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

character,  indoles,  st.  indol(i)-,  f. ; 
ingenium,  -I,  n. ;  ndtura,  -ae,  f . ; 
animus,  -F,  m. ;  persona,  -ae,  f.  (in 
a  play  or  book). 

charge  :  in  charge  of,  sub  (with 
abl.). 

charger,  equus,  -r,  m. 

chariot,  currus,  -us,  m. ;  carpentum, 
-i,  n.  (used  by  women,  especially  on 
festal  occasions). 

charioteer,  auriga,  -ae,  m. 

chicken,  pullus,  -I,  m. 

children,  llberl,  -drum,  m.  (of  free 
parents) ;  posteri,  -drum,  m.  (pos- 
terity) ;  also,  pueri,  -drum,  m. 

choice,  opfr'o,  st.  option-,  f. 

choose,  eligere,  -o,  -legl,  -lectus  ; 
deligere,  -d,  -legi,  lectus;  also  the 
simple  legere,  -o,  legl,  lectus  ;  coop- 
tare,  -d,  -dvl,  -dtus  (elect) ;  mdlle, 
mdld,  mdlul  (prefer). 


Christian  era  :  before  the 
Christian  era,  ante  Christum 
ndtum. 

Cicero,  Cicero,  st.  Cicerdn-,  m. 

Cimbrians,  Cimbrl,  -drum,  m.— 
The  singular  Cimber,  -brl,  m.,  ia 
also  sometimes  found. 

citizen,  clvis,  st.  civi-,  c. 

city,  urbs,  st.  urb(i)-,  f. 

clerk,  scrlba,  -ae,  m. 

Close,  VERB,  daudere,  -d,  clausl, 
clausus  (shut)T;  flnlre,  -id,  -Ivi, 
-Itus  (bring  to  an  end).  —  ADJ., 
densus,  -a,  -um  (thick). 

Clothes,  vestis,  st.  vesti-,  f.  (used 
only  in  the  singular  in  classic 
prose) ;  vestimentum,  -I,  n. ;  vestl- 
tus,  -us,  m. 

cloud,  nubes,  st.  nub(i)-,  f. 

cohort,  cohors,  st.  cohort(i)-,  f. 

cold,  NOUN/  frlgus,  st./ rigor-,  n.  — 
ADJ.,  frigidus,  -a,  -um  ;  gelidus,  -a, 
-um  (icy  cold). 

Columbus,  Columbus,  -f,  m. 

come,  venire,  -id,  vent,  ventum ;  ad- 
venlre  (arrive). 

commander,  imperdtor,  st.  impe- 
rdtdr-,  m.  (especially,  command- 
er-in-chief ) ;  dux,  st.  due-,  c. 
(leader). 

common,  communis,  -e;  com- 
mon people,  plebs,  st,  pleb-,  f. 

companion,  comes,  st.  comit-,  c. ; 
soddlis,  st.  soddli-,  c. ;  socius,  -t,  m. 

compel,  cdgere,  -d,  coegl,  codctus. 

complain  of,  querl,  -or,  questus  ; 
conquerl  (stronger).  Both  words 
may  be  used  with  an  ace.  of  direct 
object,  or  with  de  and  an  abl. 

concern '(verb),  interesse,  -fuisse ; 
referre,  -tulisse  (both  used  imper- 
sonally with  a  genitive  or  with  the 
abl.  fern.  sing,  of  a  possessive  pro- 
noun).—  it  concerns  the  state, 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


389 


rel  publicae  interest.  —  it  did  not 
concern  you,  tud  non  referebat. 

condemn,  damndre,-o,-dvl,  -dtus; 
condemndre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus.  The 
thing  for  which  one  is  condemned, 
and  the  penalty,  are  commonly  ex- 
pressed by  the  genitive,  but  some- 
times by  the  abl.,  with  or  without 
de. 

conduct  (verb),  ducere,  -o,  duxl, 
duclus  (lead) ;  curare,  -o,  -dvl, 
-dtus,  or  procurdre  (manage)  ; 
conduct  one's  self  (in  some 
way),  se  gerere,  -o,  gessl,  gestus. 

confess,  faterl,  -eor,  -fassus  ;  con- 
Jiterl,  -eor,  -fessus. 

conquer,  vincere,  -o,  vlcl,  victus; 
superdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus;  domdre, 
-o,  -ul,  -itus  (to  tame) ;  pellere, 
-o,  pepull,  pulsus  (to  rout).  See 
also  beat,  and  subdue. 

conscious  to  one's  self,  conscius, 
-a,  -urn  (governing  the  dative  of 
the  person,  and  the  genitive  of 
the  thing  of  which  one  is  con- 
scious). 

consequence  of,  (in),  per  (with 
ace.),  as  per  metum,  in  conse- 
quence of  fear ;  prae  (with 
abl.),  as  prae  iaculorum  multitu- 
dine,  in  consequence  of  the 
number  of  darts  ;  ob  or  propter 
(w.  ace.),  especially  of  the  object 
that  excites  an  emotion,  as  quam 
ob  rem,  in  consequence  of 
this  fa.ct,propterpuerds,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  children  ; 
also  often  expressed  by  a  simple 
abl.  of  cause. 

consul,  consul,  st.  consul-,  m. 

consulship,  consuldtus,  -us,  m.  — 
in  Cicero's  consulship,  Cice- 
rone consule. 

contain,   tenere,  -eo,   -ul,    tentus ; 


continere,  -eo,  -ul,  -tentus;  copere, 
-id,  cepl,  captus;  habere,  -eo,  -ul, 
-itus. 

costume,  see  clothes. 

could,  see  can. 

country,  rus,  st.  rur-,  n.  (as  opposed 
to  city) ;  patria,  -ae,  f .  (as  the 
fatherland) ;  terra,  -ae,  f.  (a 
land)  ;  agrl,  -drum,  m.  (fields) ; 
fines,  -ium,  m.  (boundaries, 
and  the  land  included  "with- 
in boundary  lines). 

countryman,  cms,  st.  civi-,  c. 
(inhabitant  of  the  same 
country  or  city). 

courage,  see  bravery. 

cowardice,  Igndvia,  -ae,  f. 

cowardly,  Igndvos  (later  -MS),  -a, 
-om  (later  -urn)  ;  timidus,  -a,  -urn. 

crime,  scelus,  st.  sceler-,  n. ;  malefi- 
cium,  -I,  n. ;  delictum,  -I,  n. 

cross,  trdnslre,  -eo,  -il,  -itus ;  trdns- 
mittere,  -o,  -mlsl,  -missus ;  trdicere, 
-id,  trdiecl,  trdiectus;  trdnsgredl, 
-ior,  -gressus ;  trdnscendere,  -o, 
-scendl,  -scensus. 

cruel,  crudelis,  -e ;  also,  saevos  (-us), 
-a,  -om  (-t/m) ;  atrox,  st.  atroc-. 

cruelly,  crudeliter  ;  saeve. 

Curius  Dentatus,  Curius  Dentd- 
tus,  Curl  Dentdtl,  m. 

custom,  mos,  st.  mor-,  m. ;  consue- 
tudo,  st.  consuetudin-,  f . ;  Institu- 
tum,  -I,  n. ;  MSMS,  -MS,  m. 

D. 

darken,  obscurdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus; 
opdcdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (both  verbs 
transitive). 

darkness,  tenebrae,  -drum,  f . ;  call- 
go,  st.  cdllgin-,  f.  (misty  dark- 
ness ;  stronger  than  tenebrae). 

daughter,  fllia,  -ae,  f. 


390 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


day,  dies,  -ei,  m.  (sometimes  f.  in 
the  singular,  especially  when  it 
means  a  fixed  day). 

daybreak,  lux,  st.  /we-,  f.  (light) ; 
dies,  -el,  f.  (day).  —  at  day- 
break, 2Jrimd  luce. 

deal :  a  great  deal,  multus,  -a,  -urn. 

death,  mors,  st.  mort(i)-,  f . ;  nex, 
st.  nee-,  f .  (violent  death) ;  obi- 
tus,  -us,  m. 

decide,  statuere,  -d,  -ui,  -utus  ;  con- 
st it  uere,  -d,  -ui,  -utus ;  decernere,  -o, 
-crevi,  -cretus;  decidere,  -o,  -cldi, 
-cisus  (especially  used  of  judicial 
questions). 

decision,  indicium,  -t,  n. ;  arbi- 
trium,  -I,  n. 

declare,  decldrdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus ; 
adfirmdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus;  nun- 
tidre,  -o,  -dm,  -dtus;  renuntidre 
(declare  officially);  indlcere, 
-o,  -dixi,  -dictus  (declare  war, 
appoint  a  meeting,  etc.).  See 
also  say,  show,  announce. 

decree,  decretum,  -i,  n. ;  cdnsultum, 
-i,  n.  (chiefly  with  the  genitive 
sendtus). 

deed.,  factum,  -I,  n.  ;f acinus,  st.fa- 
cinor-,  n.  (especially,  evil  deed)  ; 
res  gesta,  rel  gestae,  f . 

defend,  defendere,  -o,  -fendi,  -fen- 
sus  ;  tueri,  -eor,  tutus  ;  tutdri,  -or, 
-dtus. 

delay.  NOUN,  mora,  -ae,  f. ;  cunctd- 
tid,  st.  cunctdtidn-,  f.  (hesita- 
tion). —  VERB,  mordri,  -or,  -dtus 
(trans.) ;  remordrl ;  cunctdri,  -or, 
-dtus  (intrans.) ;  trahere,  -o,  trdxl, 
trdctus  (draw  out) ;  tarddre,  -o, 
-of  7,  -dtus;  retard  are,  -o,  -dm, 
-dtus. 

deliver,  trddere,  -o,  -didi,  -ditus, 
or  deferre,  -ferd,  -tuli,  -Idtus 
(hand  over,  give  up) ;  dedere, 


-o,  -didi,  -ditus  (surrender) ;  red- 
dere,  -o,  -didi,  -ditus  (of  what  has 
been  promised  or  is  due) ;  llbe- 
rdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus  (set  free). 

demand,  VERB,  pdscere,  -6,  popo- 
sci;  postuldre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus. — 
NOUN,  postuldtum,  -i,  n. 

deny,  negdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus. 

depth,  altitude,  st.  altitiidin-,  f. 

descendant,  expressed  by  ortus, 
-a,  -urn,  with  ab  or  ex  and  the  ab- 
lative. —  descendants,  posteri, 
-drum,  m. ;  progenies,  -el,  f. 

describe,  describere,  -o,  -scripsi, 
-scriptus. 

deserve,  merere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itum  ; 
also,  mereri,  -eor,  -itus ;  dignus,  -a, 
-um,  esse. 

design,  NOUN,  consilium,  -i,  n. 
(plan);  condtus,  -us,  m.  (at- 
tempt). —  VERB,  meditdri,  -or, 
-dtus;  in  animo  habere,  -eo,  -ui, 
-itus. 

desire,  NOUN,  studium,  -i,  n. ;  volun- 
tds,  st.  voluntdt-,  f . ;  cupido,  st.  cupi- 
din-,  f.,  desiderium,  -i,  n.  (long- 
ing or  regret) ;  cupiditds,  st. 
cupiditdt-,  f.  (in  the  sense  of  lust 
or  avarice).  —  VERB,  cupere,  -id, 
-ivi,  -itus;  velle,  void,  volul;  op- 
tare,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus  ;  desiderdre,  -o, 
-dvi,  -dtus  (long  for) ;  expetere, 
-o,  -Ivi,  -itus  (strive  for) ;  adpe- 
tere,  -o,  -ivi,  -itus  ;  concupiscere,  -o, 
-cupivi,  -cupitus  ;  gestire,  -id,  -ivi, 
-itus  (desire  eagerly). 

destroy,  delere,  -eo,  -evi,  -etus;  di- 
ruere,  -d,  -rui,  -rutus  (tear  apart) ; 
exstinguere,  -d,  -stinxi,  -stinctus 
(put  out) ;  evertere,  -d,  -verti,  -ver- 
sus (overturn) ;  tollere,  -d,  sus- 
tuli,  subldtus  (put  out  of  the 
way). 

die,  mori,-ior,  mortuus,  (moriturus) ; 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


391 


perlre,  -eo,  it,  -itum  ;  interlre,  -eo,  -it, 
-itum;  occidere,  -o,  -cidl,  -cdsum; 
also,  cadere,  -o,  cecidl,  cdsum 
(fall) ;  occumbere,  -o,  -cubul,  -cubi- 
tum  (used  alone  or  with  mortem, 
morte,  or  mortl). 

different,  dissimilis,  -e;  alius, 
alia,  aliud ;  dispdr,  st.  dispar-; 
dlversus,  -a,  -um. 

differently,  afo'fer;  dissimiliter; 
diverse  (the  first  being  much  the 
most  common  of  the  three). 

difficult,  difficilis,  -e. 

difficulty,  difficultds,  st.  difficultdt-, 
f . ;  angustiae,  -druJn,^.  (a  narrow 
or  tight  place): 

dignity,  dlgnitds,  st.  dlgnitdt-,  f. ; 
gravitds,  st.  gravitdt-,  f.  (weight- 
iness). 

diligently,  dlligenter. 

disaster,  clddes,  st.  cldd(i)-,  f.  (es- 
pecially in  war);  calamitds,  st. 
calamitdt-,  f . 

discovery,  inventio,  st.  invention-, 
f .  (abstract) ;  inventum,  -I,  n.  (a 
discovery). 

disembark,  egredl,  -ior,  -gressus 
(intrans.) ;  exponere,  -o,  -posul,  -po- 
situs  (trans.). 

disgusted,  (be),  piget,  -uit  (imper- 
sonal, taking  ace.  of  the  person 
who  feels  the  disgust  and  the  gen- 
itive of  the  thing  that  causes  it). 

display,  ostendere,  -o,  -tendl,  -ten- 
tus;  monstrdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtusi 
praeferre,  -o,  -tull,  -Idtus. 

disregard,  neglegere,  -o,  -lexl,  -lec- 
tus. 

distinguish,  discernere,  -o,  -crevi, 
-cretus. 

divide,  dlvidere,  -o,  -visl,  -visus ; 
Jindere,  -5,  Jidi,  jissus  (cleave) ; 
distribuere,  -o,  -tribui,  -tributus 
(distribute) ;  partlrl,  -ior,  -Itus 


(make  into  parts.     The  p.  p. 
is  used  in  passive  sense). 

do,/acere,  -io,  feel,  factus;  agere, 
-o,  egt,  dctus  (drive) ;  gerere, 
-o,  gessl,  gestus  (carry  on). 

doings,  see  deed. 

doubt,  NOUN,  dubitdtio,  st.  dubitd- 
tion-,  f .  —  VERB,  dubitdre,  -o,  -dvl, 
-dtus.  —  without  doubt,  sine 
dubio. 

doubtful,  dubius,  -a,  -urn ;  incertus, 
-a,  -urn;  ambiguus,  -a,  -urn  (used 
only  of  things,  while  the  other  two 
words  are  used  of  both  persons  and 
things). 

doubtless,  haud  dubie  ;  sine  dubio. 

draw  up,  mstruere,  -o,  -strux'i, 
-structus  (of  soldiers) ;  constituere, 
-o,  -ul,  -utus  (of  land  and  sea 
forces) ;  disponere,  -o,  -posul,  -po- 
situs  (also  a  military  term) ;  subdu- 
cere,  -o,  -duxl,  -ductus  (a  boat  on 
the  shore). 

dreadful,  horribilis,  -e;  terribilis, 
-e. 

dress,  NOUN,  see  clothes. — VERB, 
vestlre,  -id,  -Ivl,  -Itus  (to  clothe) ; 
induere,  -o,  -ul,  -utus  (to  put  on  ; 
often  used  in  the  passive  or,  more 
properly,  middle  voice  [see  A.  & 
S.  395 ;  A.  &  G.  240  C.  note], 
with  an  ace.  of  the  thing  put  on) ; 
amiclre,  -id,  perfect  hardly  used, 
amictus  (to  throw  round  one 
[as  a  cloak]  ;  taking  an  ace.  of  the 
person  and  an  abl.  of  the  thing). 

drink,  bibere,  -o,  bibl ;  potdre,  -o, 
-dvl,potus  (also,pdtdtus). —  bibere 
is  trans.,  potdre,  generally  in- 
trans., but  potus  is  used  both  as 
pass,  participle  (of  something 
drunk)  and  as  deponent  part, 
(having  drunk). 

drive,  agere,  -o,  egl,  dctus. 


392 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


dry  ground,  siccum,  -I,  n. 

during,  per  (with  ace.) ;  in  (with 
abl.) ;  inter  (with  ace.) ;  per  im- 
plies properly  that  a  thing  lasts 
during1  (throughout)  a  given 
time,  while  in  and  inter  denote 
points  in  a  duration.  During  is 
also  sometimes  implied  in  a  sim- 
ple ace.  of  time. 

duty,  officium,  -I,  n. ;  munus,  st. 
winner-,  n.  (a  particular  duty, 
while  officium  may  also  mean 
duty  in  the  abstract  or  a 
sense  of  duty). 

dwelling,  domicilium,  -I,  n. ;  sedes, 
st.  sed(i)-,  f. ;  habitdtio,  st.  habita- 
tion-, f. ;  domus,  -us,  f. ;  tectum, 


eager,  avidus,  -a,  -um;  cupidus,  -a, 
-urn  ;  alacer,  -cm,  -ere  (comp.  a/a- 
cr /or,  superl.  not  used). 

eagerly,  cupide ;  avide. 

eagle,  aquila,  -ae,  f. 

early,  ADJ.,  mat urus,  -a,  -um,  as  hie- 
mes  mdturae,  early  "winters ; 
prlscus,  -a,  -um,  as  priscl  Latlnl, 
the  early  Latins.  —  ADV.,  mane 
(in  the  morning) ;  mature. 

earth,  terra,  -ae,  f .  (the  world) ; 
solum,  -I,  n.  (ground,  soil) ;  hu- 
mus, -?,  f.  (the  ground). 

easily,  facile. 

east,  oriens,  st.  orient-,  m. 

eaBy,facilis,  -e. 

eat,  edere,  -o,  edl,  esus  (many  of  the 
forms  from  the  pres.  stem  are 
generally  contracted,  es,  est,  estis, 
esset,  for  edis,  edit,  editis,  ederet) ; 
reset,  -or  (feed  on;  taking  the 
ablative). 

eighteen  hundred,  mille  octin- 
gentl,  -ae,  -a. 


eighteenth,  duodevlcesimus,  -a, 
-um. 

either,  PRON.,  alteruter,  -utra, 
-utrum,  gen.  alterutrius  or  alterlus 
utrlus  (one  or  the  other) ;  utcr- 
que,  -traque,  -trumque.  —  CONJ., 
aut,  vel  (for  the  difference  between 
them  see  aut  in  the  Latin-English 
vocabulary). 

elder,  mdior,  mdius  ndtu;  senior, 
-ius. 

elephant,  elephantus,  -i,  m. 

employ,  utl,  -or,  usus  (governing 
the  abl.) ;  usurpdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus. 

encamp,  consldere,  -o,  -sedl,  -ses- 
sum ;  castra  ponere,  -o,  posui, 
posita.1 

end,  NOUN,  finis,  st.flni-,  m. ;  exi- 
tus,  -us,  m.  —  VERB,  flnlre,  -id, 
-im,  -itus;  termindre,  -o,  -dvl, 
-dtus;  finem  facere,  -id,  feel, 
factus  (takes  either  gen.  or  dat.  of 
that  of  which  an  end  is  made). 

endure,  patl,  -ior,passus  (suffer)  ; 
tolerdre,  -o,  -din,  -dtus;  subferre, 
-fero,  sustult,  subldtus;  also  the 
simple.  ferre,fero,  tull,  Idtus ;  du- 
rdre,  -o,  -dm,  -dtum  (hold  out  or 
last)  ;  permanere,  -eo,  -mdnsi, 
-mdnsum  (remain). 

enemy,  host  is,  st.  hosti-,  c.  (enemy 
of  the  country  or  state) ;  in- 
imtcus,  -?,  m.  (enemy  of  an  in- 
dividual). 

engage  in  war,  bellum  gerere,  -6, 
gessi,  gestum  2 ;  bellum  inferre,  -fero, 
-tull,  -Idtum2;  bellum  facere,  -id, 
fed,factum? 

enjoy,  frul,  -or,fructus;  utl,  -or, 
usus  (have  the  use  of).  Both 
words  govern  the  ablative. 

1  In  the  passive  the  participle  agrees,  of 
course,  with  castra. 

2  Agreeing  with  bellum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULAKY. 


393 


enough,  satis  (used,  as  in  English, 
either  as  adverb  or  as  indeclinable 
noun). 

enter,  intrdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus;  in- 
gredl,  -ior,  -gressus;  inlre,  -eo,  -il, 
-itus.  All  three  words  are  used 
sometimes  with  a  direct  object, 
sometimes  with  in  and  an  ace. 

envoy,  legdtus,  -I,  m. 

Epaminondas,  Epaminondas,  -ae, 
m. 

ephor,  ephorus,  -I,  m. 

era,  see  Christian  era. 

especially,  praesertim  ;  mdxime. 

estrangement,  atiendtio^ratt^nd- 
tion-,  f. 

eternal,  sempiternus,  -a,  -urn ;  aeter- 
nus,  -a,  -um. 

Etruscan,  Etruscus,  -a,  -um;  Tu- 
scus,  -a,  -um. 

even,  etiam  (generally  placed  before 
what  it  emphasizes)  ;  quoque  (al- 
ways placed  after  what  it  empha- 
sizes) ;  vel  (used  especially  with 
superlatives). 

even  if,  even  though,  etsl ;  etiam 
si;  also,  si  alone.  See  also  al- 
though. 

ever,  umquam  (at  any  time  or  some 
time)  ;  also  aliquando  and  quando 
(the  latter  chiefly  used  with  si, 
nisi,  or  num.) ;  semper  (at  all 
times,  always). 

everything,  quidque  (neut.  of  quis- 
que,  each) ;  often  expressed  by 
the  plural  omnia,  st.  omni-,  n.  (all 
things). 

example,  exemplum,  -e,  n. ;  for  ex- 
ample, exempli  gratia  or  causa. 

exclaim,  excldmdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

exist,  esse,sum,ful;  vlvere,-o,  vlxl, 
vlctus  (live) ;  exsistere,  -o,  -stiti, 
-stitum ;  consistere,  -o,  -stiti,  (no  p. 
p.). 


expression,  voltus  (later  vultus), 
-us,  m.  (of  the  face) ;  also,  habitus 
voltus  or  oris ;  vox,  st.  voc-,  f.,  or 
dictum,-l,  n.  (as  a  word  or  phrase). 

extraordinary,  extraordindrius, 
-a,  -um  ;  inusitdtus,  -a,  -um. 

P. 

face,  os,  st.  or-,  n. ;  voltus  (later  vul- 
tus), -us,  m.  (an  expression  of 
the  face). 

faithfulness^ctes,  -el,f .  -,jidelitds, 
st.  Jidelitdt-,  f . 

fall,  cadere,  -o,  cecidl,  cdsum;  occi- 
dere,  -o,  -cidl,  -cdsum,  and  con- 
cidere,  -5, -cidl,  (no  p.  p.),  (fall  in 
death,  especially  in  battle).  — 
fall  sick,  in  morbum  incidere,  -o, 
-cidl,  -cdsurus. 

family,  familia,  -ae,  f.  (in  the  nar- 
rower sense) ;  gens,  st.  gent(i)-  (in 
the  wider  sense  of  the  different 
branches  of  a  family). 

famous,  inlustris,  -e;  cldrus,  -a, 
-um;  Inslgnis,  -e ;  praecldrus,  -a, 
-um  ;  nobilis,  -e. 

father,  pater,  st.  patr-,  m. 

fault,  culpa,  -ae,  f. ;  vitium,  -I,  n. 
(defect) ;  erratum,  -I,  n.  (mis- 
take);  delictum,  -I,  n.  (sin  of 
omission). 

Faustulus,  Faustulus,  -I,  m. 

Favorinus,  Favorlnus,  -I,  m. 

fear,  NOUN,  metus,  -us,  m.  (the  fear 
caused  by  dread  or  appre- 
hension) ;  timor,  st.  timor-,  m. 
(the  fear  caused  by  some- 
thing external) ;  formldo,  st. 
formldin-,  f.  (the  terror  that 
paralyzes) ;  horror,  st.  horror-, 
m.  (the  fright  that  makes 
one  shudder) ;  terror,  st.  terror-, 
m.  (alarm,  strong  word) ;  pavor. 


394 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


st.  pavdr,  m.  (the  fear  that 
makes  one  tremble  or  pant). 
—  VERB,  metuere,  -d,  -ui,  -utus  (cf. 
metus) ;  timere,  -ed,  -ui  (cf.  tirnor) ; 
horrere,  -ed,  -ui  (shudder  at) ; 
vereri,  -eor,  -itus  (revere). 

feeble,  debilis,  -e. 

feel,  sentire,  -id,  sensi,  sensus  ;  per- 
cipere,  -id,  -cepi,  -ceptus ;  intelle- 
gere,  -d,  -lexi,  -lectus  (under- 
stand). 

fellow  :  young  fellow,  invents, 
st.  iuveni-,  m. ;  adulescens,  st.  ad u- 
le  scent-,  m.  —  fellow-country- 
man, civis,  st.  civi-j  c. 

few,  pauci,  -ae,  -a. 

field,  ager,  -gri,  m. ;  arvom  (-urn),  -i, 
n.  (plowed  field);  campus,  -i, 
m.  (open,  level  field). 

fierce,  saevos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um) ; 
ferdx,  sLferoc-;  atrdx,  st.  atrdc-. 

fifteen,  quindecim. 

fight,  NOUN,  pugna,  -ae,  f . ;  proelium, 
-i,  n. ;  certdmen,  st.  certdmin-,  n. 
(contest)  ;  contentio,  st.  conten- 
tion-, f.  (struggle) ;  dimicdtio, 
st.  dimicdtion-,  f.  (fierce  com- 
bat). —  VERB,  pugndre,  -o,  -dvi, 
-atum;  proelidri,  -or,  -dtus ;  cer- 
tdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtum  ;  contendere,  -o, 
-tendi,  -tentum  ;  dimicdre,  -o,  -dvi, 
-dtum ;  confligere,  -o,  -fiixi,  -flictum. 

finally,  postremo  ;  denique. 

find,  invenire,  -id,  -veni,  -ventus ; 
reperire,  -id,  repperi,  repertus  ; 
nancisci,  -or,  nactus  or  nanctus 
(stumble  upon  accidentally, 
obtain  by  chance)  ;  also,  offen- 
dere,  -o,  -fendi,  -fensus,  and  depre- 
hendere,  -d,  -prehendi,  -prehensus 
(these  two  in  the  senses,  come 
upon,  surprise,  catch).  See 
also  find  out. 

find  out.  comperire,  -id,  -peri,  -per- 


tus ;  cdgndscere,  -d,  -ndvi,  -nitus. 
See  also  learn. 

fine,  ADJ.,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum 
(handsome) ;  praecldrus,  -a,  -um 
(admirable) ;  subtilis,  -e  (deli- 
cate, exact) ;  tenuis,  -e  (thin) ; 
bonus,  -a,  -um  (when  fine  is  used 
as  a  mild  term  of  praise).  —  XOUN, 
multa,  -ae,  f.  —  VERB,  multdre,  -d, 
-dvi,  -dtus. 

fire,  igtiis,  st.  igni-,  m. ;  incendium, 
-i,  n.  (conflagration). 

first,  ADJ.,  primus,  -a,  -um.  —  ADV., 
primum  ;  primo.  —  be  the  first 
to,  primus  esse  qui. 

five,  quinque,  indecl. 

flee,fugere,  -id,fugi. 

flight,  fuga,  -ae,  f.  —  to  put  to 
flight,/u#are,  -d,  -dvi,  -dtus  ;  also, 
dare,  convertere,  conicere,  or  inpel- 
lere  infugam. 

flower,  flos,  st.  flor-,  m. 

foe,  see  enemy. 

follow,  sequi,  -or,  secutus;  succedere, 
-d,  -cessi,  -cessum  (succeed, 
come  next  to).  See  also,  pur- 
sue. —  as  follows,  expressed 
by  the  demonstrative  Ate,  haec, 
hoc,  or,  when  strongly  contrasted 
with  something  that  has  gone  be- 
fore, by  ille,  ilia,  illud. 

folly,  stultitia,  -ae,  f. 

fond  of,  (be),  amdre,-d,  -dvi, -dtus. 

food,  cibus,  -i,  m. ;  pabulum,  -i,  n. 
(fodder). 

fool :  what  a  fool,  quam  stultus ! 

foolish,  stultus,  -a,  -um  ;  insipiens, 
st.  insipient-;  absurdus,  -a,  -um. 

foot,  pes,  st.  ped-,  m.  —  to  the 
foot  of,  sub  (with  ace.).  —  at  the 
foot  of,  sub  (with  abl.). 

foot-soldier,  pedes,  st.pedit-,  m. 

for,  CONJ.,  nam;  enim  (rather  less 
forcible  and  never  placed  first  in 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


395 


its  clause).  —  PREP.,  pro  (with 
abl.,  on  behalf  of),  as  pro  patrid 
mori,  to  die  for  one''s  coun- 
try ;  ob  orpropter  (with  ace.,  on 
account  of),  per  (with  ace., 
through),  as  ob  hanc  causam, 
for  this  reason,  propter  metum, 
per  metum,  for  fear ;  prae  (with 
abl.,  in  consequence  of,  used 
of  hindrances  or  when  a  negative 
is  implied),  as  prae  dolor e  non 
loqul  possum,  I  cannot  speak 
for  pain ;  ad  or  in  (with  ace., 
for  the  purpose  of),  as  ad  spe- 
ciem  ignis  relictus  est,  a  fire  was 
left  for  the  appearance  of  it, 
ad  arandumfacti  sunt  boves,  oxen 
were  made  for  ploughing; 
expressed  by  the  dat.  case  (when  it 
denotes  the  person  or  thing  some- 
thing is  done  for),  as  non  scholae 
sed  vltae  dlscimus,  we  learn  not 
for  school  only,  but  for  life  ; 
also  implied  in  an  abl.  of  cause, 
as  hdc  victoria  mdxime  laetor,  I 
am  especially  glad  for  this 
victory. 

force,  NOUN,  vis,  st.  vi-  (plu.  vires,  st. 
vlri-,  strength),  f. ;  manus,  -us, 
f.  (for  hand  to  hand  fighting, 
and  also,  a  band  of  troops)  ; 
impetus  (found  in  the  sing,  in  only 
the  nom.,  ace.,  and  abl.,  impetus, 
-urn,  -u),  m.  —  VERB,  cogere,  -o, 
coegl,  codctus ;  conpellere,  -5,  -pull, 
-pulstts. 

forces,  copiae,  -drum,  f. 

forget,  obllviscl,  -or,  -lltus  (govern- 
ing the  genitive). 

forgetful,  immemor,  st.  immemor-. 

fortification,  munltio,  st.  muni- 
tion-, f. ;  also,  munlmentum,  -I,  n. ; 
opus,  st.  oper-,  n. 

fortify,  munlre,  -id,  -Ivl,  -Itus. 


fortune,  fortuna,  -ae,  f. 

found,  condere^-o,  -didlt  -ditus. 

four,  quattuor,  indecl. 

fourth,  qudrtus,  -a,  -urn. 

free,  liber,  -era,  -erum. 

freedom,  llbertds,  st.  llbertdt-,  f. 

frequent,  creber,  -bra,  -brum  ;  fre- 
quens,  st.  frequent-;  multus,  -a, 
-urn  (many  a). 

friend,  amlcus,  -I,  m.  ;  familidris, 
st.  familidri-,  c. 

friendship,  amlcitia,  -ae,  f.  ;  fa- 
milidritds,  st.  familidritdt-,  f  .  ; 
necessitudo,  st.  necessitudin-,  f. 
(close  relation). 

fright,  terror,  st.  terror-,  m.  See 
also  fear. 

from,  ab  [before  consonants  gener- 
ally a],  (away  from,  with  abl.), 
as  d  flumine,  from  the  river, 
ab  oppidd,from  (the  neighbor- 
hood of)  the  town  ;  ex  [before 
consonants  generally  e~\  (out  of, 
with  abl.),  as  ex  oppido,  from 
(within)  the  town  ;  de  (with 
abl.,  especially  in  the  sense  down 
from),  as  de  vita  exlre,  to  de- 
part from  life,  de  monte  decur- 
rit,  he  is  running  down  from 
the  mountain  ;  with  names  of 
towns  and  small  islands  expressed 
by  a  simple  ablative,  as  Bomd, 
from  Rome.  See  also  for. 

full,  plenus,  -a,  -urn. 

fully,  plene  ;  admodum  (exactly). 

further,  ADJ.,  ulterior,  -ius.  —  ADV., 
amplius. 

G. 

gain,  NOUN,  lucrum,  -I,  n.  ;  quaestus, 
-us,  m.  ;  commodum,  -I,  n.  (ad- 
vantage) ;  fructus,  -us,  m.  — 
VERB,  parere,  -id,  peperl,  partus 
(fut.  p.  pariturus)  (win,  ac- 


OF  THB  H 

UNIVERSITY  J 


396 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


quire)  ;  adsequi,  -or,  -secutus 
(reach,  obtain,  implying  ef- 
fort) ;  consequl,  -or,  -secutus 
(reach,  obtain  without 
great  effort) ;  impetrdre,  -o,  -dvl, 
-dtus  (by  request  or  effort) ;  adi- 
pisci,  -or,  adeptus  (by  exertion). 

Gallic,  Gallicus,  -a,  -urn. 

gate,  porta,  -ae,  f . 

Gaul,  Gallia,  -ae,  f .  (the  country) ; 
Gallus,  -I,  m.  (an  inhabitant  of  the 
country). 

Gellius,  Gellius,  -I,  m. 

general,  dux,  st.  due-,  m.  ;  imperd- 
tor,  st.  imperdtor-,  m. 

generally,  plerumque;  omnlno  (in 
general). 

Geneva,  Gendva,  -ae,  f. 

German,  Germdnus,  -a,  -urn. 

ghost,  Idolon  (-urn),  -I,  n.  ;  imdgd, 
st.  imdgin-,  f. ;  mdnes,  st.  mdni-, 
m.  pi. ;  umbra,  -ae,  f. ;  lemures,  st. 
lemur-,  m.  pi. ;  larva,  -ae,  f . 

girl,  pueUa,  -ae,  f . 

give,  dare,  -o,  dedl,  datus ;  dondre, 
-d,  -dvi,  -dtus  (give  to  or  pre- 
sent -with,  i.  e.,  takes  either  dat. 
and  ace.,  or  ace.  and  abl.). 

give  up,  see  deliver. 

glad,  (be),  gaudere,  -eo,  gdvlsus ; 
laetdrl,  -or,  -dtus. 

gladly,  Itibenter  (later  libenter) ; 
laete. 

glory,  gloria,  -ae,  f. ;  laus,  st.  laud-, 
f.  (praise) ;  decus,  st.  decor-,  n. 
(adornment). 

go,  ire,  eo,  it,  itum.    See  going  on. 

god,  deus,  -I,  m.  (nom.  pi.  di  or 
dil,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.  dls  or  dils ; 
del  and  dels  sometimes  occur. 
Cicero  uses  gen.  pi.  deum  in  phrase 
pro  deum  hominumque  fidem,  and 
this  form  is  common  in  the  later 
writers  and  the  poets). 


going  on,  (be),  geri,  -or,  gestus  (of 
war  and  other  occupations). 

gold,  aurum,  -I,  n. 

good,  bonus,  -a,  -urn ;  probus,  -a, 
-urn  (first  class). 

goose,  dnser,  st.  dnser-,  m. 

grain,  frumentum,  -I,  n. 

great,  mdgnus,  -a,  -um  (comp. 
mdior,  -ius,  superl.  mdximus,  -a, 
-um) ;  ingens,  st.  ingent-  (huge). 

greatly,  valde ;  multum;  multo  ; 
mdgno  opere  ;  admodum  ;  vehemen- 
ter. 

Greece,  Graecia,  -ae,  f. 

Greek,  Graecus,  -a,  -um. 

ground,  humus,  -I,  f. ;  solum,  i-,  n. 
(soil) ;  terra,  -ae,  f.  (earth)  ; 
causa,  -ae,  f»  (reason). 

groundless,  vdnus,  -a,-um;falsus, 
-a,  -um  (of  fear). 

grow  up,  adolescere,  -o,  -evl,  adul- 
tum. 

guard,  NOUN,  custos,  st.  custod-,  c. 
(an  individual) ;  custodia,  -ae,  f .  (a 
body,  or  the  act  of  guarding) ; 
praesidium,  -I,  n.  (garrison) ; 
statio,  st.  station-,  f.  (body  of 
sentinels).  —  VERB,  custodlre, 
-id,  -Ivl,  -itus  ;  tuerl,  -eor  (watch 
over) ;  servdre,  -5,  -dvl,  -dtus 
(keep  guard  over).  See  also 
defend. 

H. 

Haeduan,  Haeduus,  -a,  -um. 
half,  ADJ.,  dimididtus  (halved).  — 

NOUN,  dlmidium,   -I,  n. ;  dimidia 

pars. 

hand,  manus,  -us,  f. 
hand    down,   trddere,   -o,  -didi, 

-ditus   (memoriae) ;    also,   prodere 

memoriae. 
handsome,   formosus,    -a,    -um  ; 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


397 


Hannibal,  Hannibal,  st.  Hannibal-, 
m. 

happen,  evenlre,  -id,  -venl,  -ventum 
(the  general  word) ;  accidere,  -5, 
-cidl  (especially  of  anything  un- 
pleasant) ;  contingere,  -d,  -tigl, 
-tdctus  (generally  of  something 
pleasant) ;  also,  fieri,  fid,  factus. 

harbor,  ^aortas,  -us,  m. 

hard,  durus,  -a,  -urn  (not  soft) ; 
dijficilis,  -e  (not  easy) ;  gravis, 
-e  (heavy  to  bear)  ;  arduus,  -a, 
-urn  (laborious) ;  severus,  -a, 
-um  (stern).  —  to  be  too  hard 
upon  some  one,  nimis  severus 
in  aliquem  esse. 

hardly,  vix  (scarcely)  ;  dure, 
crude  liter  (harshly,  unfeel- 
ingly). 

hare,  lepus,  st.  lepor-,  m. 

hasten,  properdre,  -d,  -dvi,  -dtum 
(mostly  intrans.  or  with  infin.)  ; 
mdturdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (mostly 
trans.);  festlndre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtum 
(mostly  intrans.  or  with  infin.) ; 
also,  adcelerdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

have,  habere,  -eo,  -ul,  -itus. 

he,  is  ;  hlc  (more  emphatic  than  is, 
and  especially  indicating  nearness 
to  the  speaker)  ;  ille  (emphatic, 
and  indicating  distance  from  the 
speaker)  ;  iste  (denoting  nearness 
to  the  person  spoken  to). 

head,  caput,  st.  capit-,  n. 

hear,  audlre,  -id,  -Ivl,  -Itus.  See 
also  learn. 

heaven :  the  heavens,  caelum, 
-I,  n. 

heavy,  gravis,  -e;  ponderdsus,  -a, 
-um. 

help,  NOUN,  auxilium,  -I,  n.  ;  opis 
(no  nom.),  f.  —  VERB,  iuvdre,  -o, 
iuvl,  iutus;  adiuvdre  (these  two 
words  govern  the  accusative) ;  sub- 


venire,  -id,  -venl,  -ventum  (come 
to  the  relief  of) ;  subcurrere,  -o, 
-currl,  -cursum  (run  to  help) ; 
opituldrl,  -or,  -dtus  (takes  dat.)  ; 
auxilidrl,  -or,  -dtus  (takes  dat.) ; 
auxilium  ferre,  ferd,  tull,  Idtum.1 

her,  see  she. 

here,  hlc. 

Herennius,  Herennius,  -I,  m. 

high,  altus,  -a,  -um;  editus,  -a,  -um 
(of  places) ;  excelsus,  -a,  -um. 

hill,  collis,  st.  colli-,  m. 

himself,  se  [sul,  sibi],  (referring  to 
the  subject) ;  ipse,  -a,  -um  (in  app. 
with  some  noun  or  pronoun  ex- 
pressed or  implied). 

hire,  conducere,  -o,  -duxl,  -ductus. 

his,  suus,  -a,  -um  (referring  to  the 
subject) ;  eius,  huius,  istlus,  illlus 
(cf.  is,  hlc,  iste,  ille,  also  he). 

historical,  historicus,  -a,  -um. 

hold,  tenere,  -eo,  -ul,  -tus ;  habere, 
-eo,  -ul,  -itus  (have) ;  capere,  -id, 
cepl,  captus  (contain).  —  hold 
dear,  amdre,  -d,  -dvl,  -dtus ;  cdrum 
habere,  -eo,  -ul,  -itus. 

home,  domus,  -us,  f.  —  at  home, 
doml. 

honesty,  probitds,  st.  probitdt-,  f. ; 
fides,  -el,  f . 

honor,  NOUN,  honor,  st.  honor-,  m. ; 
decus,  st.  decor-,  n.  (adornment) ; 
fides-,  el,  f .  (as  a  quality).  —  VERB, 
honor  are,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

honorable,  honestus,  -a,  -um  (hon- 
ored, worthy-  of  honor)  ; 
honorificus,  -a,  -um,  comp.  hond- 
rificentior,  -ius,  superl.  honorificen- 
tissimus  (conferring  honor) ; 
probus,  -a,  -um  (used  of  charac- 
ter). 

hope,  NOUN,  spes,  -el,  f.  —  VERB, 
sperdre,  -d,  -dvl,  -dtus  (either  alone 
1  Agreeing  with  auxilium. 


398 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


or  used  with  an  ace.,  in  the  sense 

of  hope  for). 
Horatius,  Hordtius,  -I,  m. 
horse,  equus,  -I,  m. 
horseman,  eques,  st.  equit-,  m. — 

horsemen,  equites,  -urn,  or  equi- 

tdtus,  -Us,  m.  (cavalry), 
hospitality,  hospitium,  -I,  n. 
hour,  hora,  -ae,  f. 
house,  domus,  -us,  f. ;  aedes,  -ium, 

f . ;  tectum,   -I,  n. ;  domicilium,   -I, 

n.  (dwelling), 
how,    quam   (of    degree) ;    ut    (of 

manner)  ;  quo  modo  or  quo  pacto 

(in  what  way), 
however,    utcumque    (in    what- 

ever  way)  ;  tamen  (yet) ;    ni- 

hilo    minus  (none    the    less) ; 

autem    (mild    word) ;     quamquam 

(and  yet) ;  quamvis  (however 

much  ;  used  with  adjectives  and 

adverbs). 

hundred,  centum  (indeclinable), 
hurry,  (be  in  a),  see  hasten, 
husband,  marltus,  -I,  m. ;  vir,  virl, 

m. ;  coniunx,  st.  coniug-,  m. 

I. 

I,  ego,  met. 

if,  si. 

if  only,  dummodo;  modo ;  si  modo. 

ignorance,  Inscientia,  -ae,  f .  (mere 
absence  of  knowledge) ;  ln- 
scltia,  -ae,  f.  (blameworthy 
lack  of  knowledge);  igno- 
rdtio,  st.  ignoration-,  f. 

ignorant,  ignarus,  -a,  -urn;  In- 
sczens,  st.  Inscient-;  inscius,  -a, 
-um ;  nescius,  -a,  -um.  The  first 
of  these  words  is  most  common 
with  a  genitive,  the  last  with  a 
clause  denoting  the  thing  of  which 
one  is  ignorant.  The  other  two 
words  are  most  common  without  a 


modifier,  but  may  also  be  used 
with  a  genitive,  mscius  also  with 
a  clause. 

ill,  ADJ.,  aeger,  -gra,  -grum  (sick) ; 
also,  aegrotus,  -a,  -um ;  malus,  -a, 
-um  (bad). — ADV.,  male;  prdve 
(wrongly). 

illustrate,  inlustrdre,  -o,  -avi,  -dtus; 
patefacere,  -id,  -fed,  -foetus  (make 
plain). 

illustrious,  see  famous. 

imitate,  imitdri,  -or,  -dtus. 

immediately,  statim;  cdnfestim; 
continuo ;  llico  (on  the  spot). 

importance,  (be  of),  mdgnl  re- 
ferre,  retulisse  (used  impersonally). 

in,  PREP.,  in  (with  abl.),  as  in  cas- 
tris,  in  the  camp,  hoc  in  oppidd, 
in  this  town,  in  Hid  libro,  in 
that  book,  in  animo  habere,  to 
have  in  mind  ;  with  names  of 
towns  and  small  islands,  in  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  loc.,  as  Romae,  in 
Rome  ;  denoting  manner  or  time, 
in  is  expressed  by  an  abl.,  as 
silentid,  in  silence,  pace,  in 
peace,  hoc  bello  multa  mllia  caesa 
sunt,  in  this  "war  many  thou- 
sands were  slain  (the  prep,  is, 
however,  often  expressed  with 
words  of  time,  as  in  adulescentid 
med,  in  my  youth,  hoc  in  anno, 
in  this  year). 

incline,  vergere,  -5  (look  to- 
wards, as  geographical  term)  ; 
incllndre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtum  (be 
favorably  disposed). 

inclined,  pronus,  -a,  -um;  incll- 
ndtus,  -a,  -um. 

incorruptible,  probus,  -a,  -um, 
incorruptus,  -a,  -um;  invictus,  -a, 
-um. 

increase,  augere,  -eo,  auxl,  auctus 
(trans.) ;  crescere,  -o,  crevl,  cretum 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY; 


399 


(in trans.) ;  also,  amplificare,  -o, 
-dvl,  -dtus  (trans.). 

indeed,  usually  best  expressed  by 
strongly  emphasizing  the  promi- 
nent word,  —  by  stress  of  voice  in 
speaking,  by  position  in  writing. 
If  even  greater  force  is  required, 
quidem,  profecto,  or  sane  may  be 
placed  after  the  emphatic  word. 

inflict,  inponere,  -o,  -posul,  -posi- 
tus ;  sumere,  -o,  sumpsl,  sumptus 
(of  punishment  only,  the  person 
punished  being  indicated  by  de 
with  an  abl.). 

inhabit,  habitdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus; 
also  colere,  -o,  -ul,  cultus  (till, 
cultivate). 

inheritance,  hereditds,  st.  heredi- 
tdt-,  f . 

injury,  iniuria,  -ae,  f. ;  damnum,  -I, 
n.  (loss) ;  calamitds,  st.  calami- 
tat-,  f.  (disaster). 

inland,  mediterrdneus,  -a,  -urn. 

inquire,  see  ask. 

instead  of,  pro  (with  abl.). 

interest,  (be  for  the  —  of),  e  re 
esse  (with  genitive  or  with  adj. 
agreeing  with  re),  as,  e  re  Caesaris 
erat,  it  was  for  Caesar's  in- 
terest, e  re  tud,  for  your  in- 
terest. 

interesting,  iucundus,  -a,  -urn ; 
grdtus,  -a,  -um.  —  to  be  inter- 
esting to,  delectdre,  -o,  -dvl, 
-dtus  (please,  delight);  inter- 
esse,  -est,  -fuit ;  referre,  -tulisse 
(concern).  These  last  two  verbs 
take  the  genitive  of  the  person  or 
thing  interested,  but  the  ablative 
feminine  singular  when  such  per- 
son or  thing  is  expressed  by  a 
possessive  pronoun. 

into,  in  (with  ace.). 

invade,  invddere,  -o,  -vdsl,  -vdsum. 


island,  insula,  -ae,  f. 

it,  id,  or,  more  emphatically,  hoc, 
illud,  istud.  As  subject,  expressed 
by  the  ending  of  the  verb. 

Italy,  Italia,  -ae,  f. 

itself,'  se  (referring  to  the  subject)  ; 
ipsum  (in  app.  with  some  noun 
or  pronoun  expressed  or  implied, 
and,  except  in  the  nom.  case,  refer- 
ring to  something  not  the  subject). 

J. 

javelin,  iaculum,  -I,  n. 

jaws,  fauces,  -ium,  f.  (in  a  figura- 
tive sense,  like  "jaws  of  death." 
Literally,  it  means  throat). 

jolly,  hilaris,  -e,  orhilarus,  -a,  -um  ; 
festlvos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um) ;  lepi- 
dus,  -a,  -um  (pleasant). 

journey,  iter,  st.  itiner-,  n. 

just,  iustus,  -a,  -um. 

K. 

keep,  servdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus ;  tenere, 
-eo,  -ul,  tentus.  —  keep  in  mind, 
memorid  tenere,  -eo,  -ul,  tentus.  See 
also  remember. 

kill,  interficere,  -id,  -fed,  -fectus ; 
caedere,  -o,  cecldi,  caesus ;  occl- 
dere,  -o,  -cidl,  -clsus  (cut  down) ; 
necdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (chiefly  by 
poison  or  starvation) ;  truclddre, 
-o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (butcher) ;  tollere, 
-o,  sustull,  subldtus  (put  out  of 
the  way). 

king,  rex,  st.  reg-,  m. 

kingdom,  regnum,  -I,  n. 

kingly,  regius,  -a,  -um  ;  regdlis,  -e. 

know,  sclre,  -io,  -Ivl,  -Itus  (know 
a  fact  or  a  branch  of  know- 
ledge) ;  novisse,  notus,  and  cogno- 
visse,  cognitus  (to  have  found 
out,  to  be  acquainted  with ; 


400 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


know  a  person  or  a  thing) ; 
sentlre,  -id,  sensl,  sensus  (per- 
ceive by  the  senses  or  the 
mind) ;  videre,  -ed,  vldl,  visus 
(see). 

L. 

labor,  NOUN,  labor,  st.  labor-,  m. 
—  VERB,  labdrdre,  -d,  -dvl,  -dtum. 

land,  NOUN,  terra,  -ae,  f. ;  solum, 
-I,  n. ;  see  also  ground.  —  VERB, 
see  disembark. 

language,  sermo,  st.  sermon-,  m. ; 
lingua,  -ae,  f . ;  drdtid,  st.  oration-,  f . 

Larcius,  Larcius,  -I,  m. 

large,  see  great,  —  a  large  part, 
mdgna  pars. 

last,  postremus,  -a,  -urn  (furthest 
behind) ;  ultimus,  -a,  -urn  (fur- 
thest off) ;  supremus,  -a,  -urn 
(topmost) ;  novissimus,  -a,  -urn 
(newest,  latest) ;  extremus,  -a, 
-urn  (furthest  out) ;  proximus, 
-a,  -urn  (nearest). 

Lavinium,  Ldvinium,  -I,  n. 

law,  lex,  st.  leg-,  f.  (a  law  or 
statute  enacted  by  the 
proper  human  authorities); 
ius,  iur-,  n.  (law  as  that  which 
is  accepted  and  recognized 
as  right  and  just) ;  fds,  indecl. 
(the  law  of  heaven). 

lay  siege  to,  obsidere,  -eo,  -sedl, 
-sessus  (sit  down  before  and 
starve  out) ;  oppugndre,  -d,  -dvl, 
-dtus  (blockade  and  make 
occasional  attacks  upon). 

lay  waste,  vdstdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

lead,  ducere,  -o,  duxi,  ductus  ;  ferre, 
ferd,  full,  Idtus.  —  the  road 
leads,  iter  fert.  —  lead  out, 
educere. 

leader,  dux,  si.  due-,  c. ;  imperd- 
tor,  st.  imperdtor-,  m. 


leadership,  ductus,  -us,  m.  —  un- 
der his  leadership,  Hid  duce. 

learn,  noscere,  -o,  novt,  notus ; 
cognoscere,  -o,  -novl,  cognitus  ;  cer- 
tior  fieri,  fw,  factus  (be  in- 
formed) ;  audlre,  -id,  -ivl,  -itus 
(hear). 

least,  ADJ.,  minimus,  -a,  -um.  — 
ADV.,  minime.  —  at  least,  sal- 
tern ;  certe. 

leave,  relinquere,  -o,  -liqul,  -lictus. 

left,  ADJ.,  sinister,  -tra,  -trum; 
laevos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um) ;  deser- 
tus,-a,-um  (abandoned). — be 
left,  restdre,  -o,  -stitl  (especially  as 
impersonal,  restat,  it  remains) ; 
superdre,  -d,  -dm,  -dtus,  or  super- 
esse,  -sum,  -ful  (to  remain  over 
or  to  survive). 

less,  ADJ.,  minor,  -us.  —  ADV.,  minus. 

lest,  ne  (with  the  subjunctive). 

let,  often  expressed  by  a  hortatory 
subjunctive,  as  abedmus,  let  us 
go  away ;  veniant,  let  them 
come.  See  also  allow. 

letter,  epistula,  -ae,  f.  ;  lltterae, 
-drum,  f.  —  iu  the  singular,  llttera, 
-ae,  a  letter  of  the  alphabet. 

liberty,  llbertds,  st.  libertdt-,  f. 

lie,  iacere,  -eo,  -ul,  -itum;  mentiri, 
-tor,  -itus  (tell  a  falsehood).  — 
lie  hid,  latere,  -ed,  -ui. 

lieutenant,  legdtus,  -I,  m. 

life,  vita,  -ae,  f. ;  anima,  -ae,  f. 
(breath  of  life) ;  vlctus,  -us,  m. 
(mode  of  life  or  means  of 
life). 

light,  NOUN,  lux,  si.  luc-,  f. ;  lumen, 
st.  lumin-,  n.  (less  abstract  than 
lux,  hence  used  for  a  light  or  a 
torch).  —  ADJ.,  levis,  -e  (not 
heavy).  See  also  bright. 

like,  ADJ.,  similis,  -e.  —  ADV.,  ut~j 
slcut;  veiut. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


401 


line  of  battle,  acies,  -el,  f. 

little,  parvos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-urn) ; 
comp.  minor,  -us ;  superl.  minimus, 
-a,  -um. 

live,  vlvere,  -o,  vlxl,  vlctum.  —  live 
upon,  vescl,  -or  (governing  the 
ablative). 

Livy,  Llvius,  -I,  m. 

load,  NOUN,  onus,  st.  oner-,  n. — 
VERB,  onerdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

long,  ADJ.,  longus,  -a,  -um  (of  either 
space  or  time) ;  diuturnus,  -a,  -um 
(of  time  only).  —  ADV.,  longe  ; 
diu,  comp.  diutius,  superl.  diutis- 
sime. 

look,  videre,  -eo,  vldl,  vlsus  (see) ; 
viderl,  -eor,  vlsus  (look  like, 
seem).  —  look  at  or  upon,  cdn- 
spicere,  -id,  -spexl,  -spectus;  adspi- 
cere ;  intuerl,  -eor,  -tuitus ;  spec- 
tare,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus ;  habere,  -eo, 
-ul,  -itus,  or  ducere,  -o,  duxl,  duc- 
tus,  orputdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (look 
upon  or  regard  as  so  and  so).  — 
look  towards,  vergere,  -6  (as 
geographical  term). 

look  out  for,  consulere,  -o,  -sulul, 
-sultum ;  prospicere,  -o,  -spexl, 
-spectum ;  providere,  -eo,  -vldl,  -vl- 
sum  (all  these  words  govern  the 
dative  in  this  meaning) ;  curare, 
-5,  -dvl,  -dtus ;  procurdre  (these 
two  words  are  transitive). 

lord,  dominus,  -I,  m. 

lose,  perdere,  -o,  -didl,  -ditus  (im- 
plying generally  a  fault  of  one's 
own)  ;  dmittere,  -5,  -mm,  -missus 
(with  or  without  fault  of  one's 
own). 

love,  amdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (as  the 
result  of  inclination) ;  dlligere,  -o, 
-lexl,  -lectus  (as  the  result  of  es- 
teem and  respect). 

lovely,  see  beautiful. 


low  (of  price),  parvl;  parvo  pre- 

tid. 
luggage,  impedimenta,  -drum,  n. 

M. 

Macedonian,  ADJ.,  Macedonicus, 
-a,  -um.  —  NOUN,  Macedo,  st. 
Macedon-,  m. 

maiden,  virgo,  st.  virgin-,  f. ;  pu- 
ella,  -ae,  f . 

make,/acere,  -id,  fed,  factus ;  ,fin- 
gere,  -o,  finxi,  Jictus  (fashion, 
mould) ;  see  also  build.  — 
make  use  of,  utl,  -or,  usus. — 
make  war,  bellum  gerere,  -o, 
gessl,  gestum  l  (see  also  engage 
in  war).  —  make  mention^ 
mentionem  facere.  —  make  a  re- 
mark, see  say. 

mail,  vir,  virl,  m.  (as  distinguished 
from  a  woman  or  boy)  ;  homo, 
st.  homin-,  m.  (as  distinguished 
from  a  beast  or  an  angel). 

mankind,  homines  (plu.  of  homo). 

many,  multl,  -ae,  -a. 

march,  NOUN,  iter,  st.  itiner-,  n.  — 
VERB,  incedere,  -5,  -cessl,  -cessum  ; 
progredl,  -ior,  -gressus  (go  for- 
ward) ;  Ire,  eo,  Ivl,  itum.  —  line 
of  march,  dgmen,  st.  dgmin-, 
n. 

mark  :  be  a  —  of,  expressed  by 
the  genitive  as  a  predicate  with 
esse ;  hoc  est  bonl  mllitis,  this  is 
a  mark  of  a  good  soldier. 

marry,  ducere,  -o,  duxl,  ducta,2  in 
mdtrimonium  (used  in  the  active  of 
the  man,  in  the  passive  of  the  wo- 
man) ;  nubere,  -o,  nupsl,  nuptum 
(used  of  the  woman,  and  govern- 
ing a  dative). 

1  Agreeing  with  bellum.   . 

2  Agreeing  with  the  word  for  the  wife. 


402 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


master,  dominus,  -I,  m.  (owner) ; 
magister,  -trl,  m.  (superior) ; 
praeceptor,  st.  praeceptor-,  m.  (in- 
structor). 

matter,  res,  rel,  f. ;  negotium,  -I,  n. 

may,  licet,  licuit,  or  licitum  est  (de- 
noting- permission,  the  English  sub- 
ject becoming  a  dative) ;  posse, 
possum,  potui  (denoting  possibil- 
ity) ;  also  expressed  mildly  by  a 
potential  subjunctive ;  see  section 

m 

meat,  card,  st.  earn-,  f. 

message,  nuntius,  -I,  m. 

messenger,  nuntius,  -I,  m.  (same 
word  as  the  preceding). 

midnight,  (at),  media  nocte. 

might,  NOUN,  t?i5,  st.  w-,f.  (force), 
pi.  vires,  -ium  (strength) ;  opis 
(genitive,  nominative  lacking),  f. 
(power,  strength);  potestds, 
st.  potestdt-,  {.,  potentia,  -ae,  f. 
(ability,  power)  ;  imperium,  -I, 
n.  (sway,  power).  —  VERB,  see 
may. 

Milan,  Mediolanum,  -F,  n. 

mile,  mille  passus,  mllle  passuum, 
m.  (a  thousand  paces  or 
steps). 

milk,  lac,  st.  lact-,  n. 

mind,  animus,  -I,  m.  (as  distin- 
guished from  the  body)  ;  wens,  st. 
ment(i-),  f.  (more  especially  the 
intellect,  but  also  used  of  the 
desires  or  feelings). 

mindful,  memor,  st.  memor-. 

mine  (my),  meus,  -a,  -urn. 

miserable,  miser,  -era,  -erum. 

mistake.  NOUN,  error,  st.  error-, 
m. ;  erratum,  -I,  n.  —  VERB,  err  are, 
-5,  -aw,  -atum ;  falll,  -or,  falsus 
(both  intrans.). 

month,  mensis,  st.  mensi-,  m. 

moon,  luna,  -ae,  f. 


more,  plures,  -ium  (used  as  either 
noun  or  adj.)  ;  plus  (of  quantity  or 
number)  ;  magis  (of  degree  or 
manner) ;  amplius  (of  extent  or 
number).  Cf.  plus  valet  gloria 
quam  divitiae,  glory  is  worth 
more  than  riches  ;  magis  con- 
silio  quam  virtute  vicit,  he  con- 
quered more  by  stratagem 
than  by  valor;  amplius  qulnque 
horls  pugndt urn  est,  they  fought 
more  than  five  hours.  —  Plus 
and  amplius  are  often  used  as  neu- 
ter nouns,  having  the  second  term 
of  comparison  frequently  in  the 
accusative  rather  than  the  abla- 
tive, as  amplius  centum  elves  occl- 
dit,  he  slew  more  than  a 
hundred  citizens  ;  ^Jws  annum 
aeger  ful,  I  was  ill  more  than 
a  year.  See  also  the  Latin -Eng- 
lish vocabulary. 

mortal  (of  a  wound),  mortiferus, 
-era,  -erum. 

most,  ADJ.,  plurimus,  -a,  -urn;  ple- 
rlque,  pleraeque,  pleraque.  —  ADV., 
plurimum ;  mdxime. 

mother,  water,  st.  rndtr-,  f. 

mountain,  mons,  st.  mont(i)-,  m. 

move,  movere,  -eo,  movl,  motus ; 
and  stronger,  conmovere. 

much,  ADJ.,  multus,  -a,  -urn,  comp. 
plus  (used  in  the  singular  as  neuter 
only,  pi.  plures.  -ium),  superl.  plu- 
rimus,  -a,  -urn.  —  ADV.,  multo  (of 
degree)  ;  multum  (of  amount). 

must,  necesse  est  (of  physical  neces- 
sity) ;  oportet,  oportuit  (of  moral 
obligation  =  ought)  ;  often  ex- 
pressed by  the  gerundive  with 
esse.  —  it  must  be  true,  won 
potest  quln  verum  sit.  See  also 
Lesson  xxxviii. 

my,  meus,  -a,  -urn. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


•CJNIVE2 

CALIF 

403 


N. 

name,  NOUN,  women,  st.  nomin-,  n. 

—  VERB,  nomindre,  -o,  -dvl,  -at us  ; 
appelldre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  ;  vocdre,  -o, 
-dvl,  -dtus  ;  women  indere,  -o,  -didl, 
-ditum.1 

Naples,  Nedpolis,  st.  Nedpoli-,  f . 

nation,  na£iio,  st.  nation-,  L  (es- 
pecially applied  to  distant  na- 
tions) ;  gens,  st.  gent(i)-,  f . ;  popu- 
lus,  -I,  m. 

native,  NOUN,  indigena,  -ae,  in.  — 
ADJ.,  ndtlvos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-urn). 

—  native  land,  patria,  -ae,  f. 
near,  ADJ.,  propinquus,    -a,   -urn ; 

vlclnus,  -a,  -urn  (neighboring). 

—  ADV.,  prope  ;  iuxtd  (both  advs. 
sometimes  used  as  preps,  with  ace.) 

nearly,  paene  ;  fere,ferme  ;  prope. 

necessary,  necessdrius,  -a,  -um; 
necesse,  indeclinable  (used  only  with 
esse  or  occasionally  with  habere). 

—  it  is  necessary,  opusest,  ne- 
cesse  est.    See  also  must. 

need,  NOUN,  egestds,  st.  egestdt-,  f . ; 
opus  (used  only  with  esse,  there 
is  need,  governing  an  ablative). 

—  VERB,  egere,  -eo,  -ul,  and  indi- 
gere,  -eof  -ul  (used  with  an  abl.  or 
a  genitive  of  the  thing  needed). 

neither,  PBON.,  neuter,  -tra,  -trum. 

—  CONJ.,   neque  or  nee;  neither 
.  .  .  nor,  neque  (nee)  .  .  .  neque 
(nee). 

never,  numquam. 

new,  novos  (-MS),  -a,  -om  (-um)  (of 
something  which  has  not  existed 
before) ;  recens,  st.  recent-  (fresh, 
of  something  which  has  not  ex- 
isted long). 

news,  nuntius,  -I,  m. 

next,  ADJ.,  proximus,  -a,  -um.  — 
1  Agreeing  with  nomen. 


ADV.,proxime  ;  iuxtd  (also  used  as 
prep,  with  ace.). 

night,  nox,  st.  noct(i)-,  f. 

ninety-two,  nondgintd  duo. 

no,  ADJ.,  nullus,  -a,  -um;  as  answer 
to  a  question,  non  with  the  word 
containing  the  gist  of  the  ques- 
tion, as  videsne  puerum  ?  non  video, 
do  you  see  the  boy  ?  No. 

none,  ADJ.,  nullus,  -a,  -um.  —  PKON., 
nemo,  st.  nemin-  (gen.  and  abl.  not 
used  in  classic  prose,  but  supplied 
from  nullus). 

no  one,  nemo,  st.  nemin-.  See 
none. 

nor,  neque  or  nee;  neve  or  neu  (used 
with  subjunctive  clauses  of  pur- 
pose and  occasionally  with  horta- 
tory subjunctives). 

north,  septemtriones,  -um,  m.  (the 
singular  is  also  used,  but  less  com- 
monly). 

not,  non  ;  ne  (with  imperatives,  hor- 
tatory subjunctives,  subjunctives 
of  purpose  or  of  wishing)  ;  haud 
(with  single  words  or  phrases,  es- 
pecially with  adjs.  or  advs.). — 
not  only  . .  .  but  also,  non  so- 
lum  or  non  modo  .  .  .  sed,  sed  etiam 
or  verum  etiam ;  cum  .  .  .  turn. 

nothing,  nihil  (nil),  indeclinable; 
nihilum,  -I,  n.  (chiefly  used  in  the 
gen.  and  abl.). 

now,  nunc  (at  the  present 
time) ;  iam  (already) ;  autem 
(parenthetical,  as  in  "  now  Barab- 
bas  was  a  robber  ").  —  now  that, 
cum. 

Numa,  Numa,  -ae,  m. 

number,  numerus,  -I,  m. ;  multitudo, 
st.  multitudin-,  f.,  and  copia,  -ae, 
f.  (a  large  number,  especially 
applied  to  persons) ;  vis,  st.  vl-,  f. 
(especially  applied  to  things). 


404 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


o. 

O,  5  (used  only  in  rather  solemn 
style,  with  a  vocative  to  address  a 
person  or  thing,  or  with  an  accusa- 
tive as  an  exclamation  showing 
strong  feeling). 

oath,  ius  iurandum,  iiiris  iurandl, 
n. ;  sacrdmentum,  -I,  n.  (confined 
to  the  soldiers'  oath  of  allegiance 
to  their  commander,  while  ius 
iurandum  is  used  for  that  and 
other  oaths). 

obey,  pdrere,  -eo,  -MI,  -itum;  oboe- 
dire,  -id,  -Ivl,  -Itum.  Both  used 
with  a  dative. 

obtain,  see  gain. 

of,  expressed  by  a  genitive,  as  tern- 
plum  Sdturni,  the  temple  of 
Saturn ;  miles  mdgnae  virtues. 
a  soldier  of  great  bravery  ; 
or  by  an  adjective,  as  aureus  dnu- 
lus,  a  ring  of  gold  ;  Rdmdnus 
avis,  a  citizen  of  Rome. 

offer,  obferre,  -fero,  -tidl,  -Idtus. 

often,  saepe ;  saepenumero. 

oh  that,  utinam ! 

old,  antlquus,  -a,  -urn  (of  that 
which  is  not  a  novelty) ;  vetus,  st. 
veter-  (of  that  which  is  not  recent) ; 
senex,  st.  sen-  (of  age,  as  opposed 
to  youth).  Antlquus  is  compared 
regularly,  vetus  has  the  superl. 
veterrimus  but  no  comparative,  se- 
nex has  comp.  senior,  superl.  mdxi- 
mus  ndtu.  —  old  man,  senex,  st. 
sen-,  m.  —  old  woman,  anus, 
-us,  f .  —  old  age,  senectus,  st.  se- 
nectut-,  f.  —  old-time,  pristinus, 
-a,  -urn;  also  antlquus,  -a,  -urn. 

old-fashioned,  antlquus,  -a, -urn; 
prlscus,  -a,  -um ;  vetus,  st.  veter-. 
These  words  of  tener  have  an  hon- 
orable implication  than  the  re- 


verse, because  the  Romans  re- 
garded most  old-fashioned  things 
as  good. 

on,  super  (with  ace.)  ;  in  (with  abl.), 
seder e  in  equo,  to  be  on  horse- 
back. 

once,  semel  (once  and  only 
once) ;  olim  (at  some  time) ; 
quondam  (at  some  former 
time).  —  at  once,  see  imme- 
diately. 

one,  it  mm.  -a,  -um,  genitive  iinlus. 
—  one  .  .  .  another,  a/tMs  .  .  . 
alius.  —  the  one  .  .  .  the  other 
(of  two),  alter  .  .  .  alter. 

only,  solum ;  modo ;  sometimes  also 
expressed  by  solus  or  iinus  used  as 
adj.;  see  alone. — if  only,  si 
modo,  dummodo  or  modo  by  itself. 

or,  aut  (implying  a  real  difference 
between  the  things  spoken  of),  as 
hoc  verum  est  aut  falsum,  this  is 
either  true  or  false  ;  vel  (im- 
plying that  the  difference  is  a 
matter  of  choice  or  opinion ;  some- 
times written  ve,  as  an  enclitic, 
plus  minusve,  more  or  less),  as 
virtus  velfortuna  tua,  your  bra- 
very or  (if  you  prefer)  good 
fortune ;  an  (used  to  connect 
two  alternative  questions),  as  llberi 
an  servl  sumus,  are  we  free- 
men or  slaves?;  sive  or  seu 
(or  if,  used  only  with  supposi- 
tions), as  slve  veniat  slve  maneat, 
incolumes  eritis,  you  will  be 
safe  whether  he  comes  or 
stays.  —  either  .  .  .  or,  aut .  .  . 
aut,  vel  .  .  .  vel,  slve  .  .  .  slve,  ac- 
cording to  the  above  distinctions. 

order,  NOUN,  manddtum,  -i,  n. ; 
imperium,  -i,  n. ;  iussum,  -I,  n. 
(these  three  in  the  sense  of  com- 
mand) ;  ordo,  st.  ordin-  (of  rank, 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


405 


as  in  the  expression  "equestrian 
order,"  or  series,  as  "in  this 
order  ").  —  VERB,  inhere,  -eo,  iussl, 
iussum  (commonly  used  with  an  in- 
finitive) ;  imperdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtum 
(governing  the  dative  and  clauses 
with  ut  or  ne  and  the  subjunc- 
tive).—  at  or  by  the  order  of, 
iussu ;  in  order  to,  ut  (with  the 
subjunctive). 

original,  prlstinus,  -a,  -urn  (apply- 
ing to  what  is  still  existent) ;  pri- 
scus,  -a,  -um  (applying  only  to 
former  times).  —  original  in- 
habitants, aborigines,  -um,  m. 

Other,  alius,  -a,  -um,  genitive  alius 
but  usually  supplied  by  the  adj. 
alienus  or  sometimes  by  alterlus 
(another,  used  of  several) ;  alter, 
-era,  -erum,  genitive  alterlus  (used 
of  two  only) ;  dissimilis,  -e  (differ- 
ent).—  the  others,  reliqui,  -ae, 
-a.  —  all  the  others,  ceterl,  -ae, 
-a.  — other  than,  alius  dc  (at- 
que).  —  Otherwise,  aliter;  con- 
tra. —  otherwise  than,  contra 
dc  (atque),  aliter  dc  (atque). 

ought,  debere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itum ;  decet, 
decuit  (milder,  implying  propriety 
simply)  ;  oportet,  oportuit ;  some- 
times expressed  by  the  gerundive 
with  esse.  See  also  Lesson  xxxviii. 

our,  nosier,  -tra,  -trum. 

out  of,  ex  (before  most  consonants 
e),  prep,  with  abl. 

outcry,  clamor,  st.  clamor-,  m. ; 
tumultus,  -us,  m.  (stronger  word, 
meaning  uproar). 

over,  supra  (with  ace.). 

overflow,  redunddre,  -o,  -dvl, 
-dtum  ;  se  effundere,  -o,  -fudl,  -fusus 
(pour  itself  out). 

own,  PRON.,  suus,  -a,  -um  (refer- 
ring to  the  subject) ;  ipsius  (in  app. 


with  a  genitive  expressed  or  im- 
plied). —  VERB,    possidere,    -eo, 
-sedl,  -sessus  ;  habere,  -eo,  -ul,  -itus, 
ox,  bos,  st.  bov-,  m. 

P. 

part,  pars,  st.  part(i)-,  f . 

path,  via,  -ae,  f. ;  semita,  -ae,  f.  (a 
by-path,  lane). 

peace,  pdx,  st.  pdc-,  f. 

people,  populus,  -I,  m.  (a  nation, 
the  people  as  a  whole) ; 
plebs,  st.  pleb-,  f .  (the  common 
people) ;  homines,  -um,  m.  (men, 
mankind,  individual  peo- 
ple). 

perform,  perficere,  -id,  -feel,  -fec- 
tus  ;  facere,  -id,  feel,  factus  ;  prae- 
stdre,  -o,  -stitl,  -stitus,  (-stdturus) ; 
fungi,  -or,  functus,  and  perfungl 
(of  a  duty  or  function,  and  govern- 
ing the  abl.).  See  also  accom- 
plish. 

perhaps,  fortdsse ;  forsitan  (in 
Ciceronian  Latin  used  only  with 
subjunctive  clauses)  ;  forte  (in 
classical  Latin  used  only  in  clauses 
with  si,  nisi,  or  ne). 

Persian,  Persicus,  -a,  -um.  —  a 
Persian,  Persa,  -ae,  m. 

persistency,  constantia,  -ae,  f. ; 
perseverantia,  -ae,  f . ;  (in  a  good 
sense),  pertindcia,  -ae,  f.,pervicd- 
cia,  -ae,  f. ;  contumdcia,  -ae,  f. 
(more  commonly  in  the  sense  of 
obstinacy) ;  obstindtio,  st.  obsti- 
ndtion-,  f. 

persuade,  persuddere,  -eo,  -sudsl, 
-sudsum  ;  adducere,  -o,  -duxl,  -duc- 
tus  (lead  to  do  something,  in 
a  good  sense) ;  inducere  (lead  to 
do  something  wrong,  mis- 
lead). 


406 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


philosopher,  sapiens,  st  sapient-, 
m. ;  ^fo'/osopAus,  -i,  m. 

pity,  NOUN,  miser icordia,  -ae,  f.  — 
VERB,  miser eri,  -cor,  -itus  (with 
gen.) ;  miserdri,  -or,  -dtus  (with 
ace.);  especially  the  impersonal, 
miseret,  miseruit  (with  gen.) 

place,  NOUN,  locus,  -I,  m.  (pi.  /oca, 
-drum,  except  in  the  meanings 
passage  in  a  book,  topic). 

—  VERB,  ponere,  -o,  posui',  posi- 
tus ;  locdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus ;  conlo- 
cdre. 

plan,  consilium,  -I,  n.  See  also 
design. 

plant,  serere,  -o,  sevi,  satus  ;  conse- 
rere,  -o,  -sew,  -situs. 

play,  NOUN,  ludus,  -I,  m.  (game) ; 
fdbula,-ae,f.  (drama).  —  VERB, 
ludere,  -o,  lust,  lusus  (with  an  ab- 
lative of  means,  play  at,  or  an 
accusative  as  object)  ;  canere,  -o, 
cecirii,  cantus  (with  an  ablative 
of  the  instrument  played  upon)  ; 
agere,  -o,  egi,  dctus  (with  fdbulam, 
partes,  or  the  like,  as  object).  — 
play  tennis,  pilti  ludere,  -o,  lust, 
lusum. 

pleasant,  grdtus,  -a,  -urn;  accep- 
tus,  -a,  -urn;  iucundus,  -a,  -um; 
serenus,  -a,  -um  (of  the  weather) ; 
amoenus,  -a,  -um  (chiefly  of  land- 
scapes and  other  things  pleasant  to 
look  upon). 

please, placere,  -eo,  -ul,-itum  (with 
dat.,  and  especially  common  as  im- 
personal) ;  delect  are,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus 
(delight) ;  oblectdre  (especially 
common  as  a  reflexive,  me  oblecto, 
se  oblectat) .  —  be  pleased,  gau- 
dere,  -eo,  gdvisus  ;  laetdri,  -or,  -dtus. 

—  if  you  please,  si  vis  (sis)  or  si 
placet. 

pleasure,  voluptds,  st  voluptdt-,  f. 


plenty,  copia,  -ae,  f. 

Pliny,  Plinius,  -I,  m. 

plunder,  NOUN,  praeda,  -ae,  f . ; 
spolium,  -i,  n.  (most  common  in 
the  plural).  —  VERB,  praeddri,  -or, 
-dtus  ;  spolidre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus. 

Porsena,  Porsena  (Porsenna),  -ae, 
m. 

possession:  to  get  —  of , ^o^ri, 
-ior,  -itus  (governs  the  abl.  or 
sometimes  the  gen.). 

possible  :  as  — ,  quam,  with  the  su- 
perlative, quam  celerrime,  as 
quickly  as  possible. 

praise,  NOUN,  laus,  st.  laud-,  f. ;  glo- 
ria, -ae,  f .  —  VERB,  lauddre,  -o, 
-dvi,  -dtus. 

preface,  exordium,  -i,  n. ;  prooe- 
mium,  -i,  n. ;  principium,  -i,  n. 

prefer,  mdlle,  maid,  mdlui  (used 
with  an  in  fin.) ;  praeferre,  -fero, 
-tuli,  -I  at  us  ;  also,  anteferre  (both 
used  with  a  direct  object). 

prepare,  pardre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus; 
praepardre  (bringing  out  the 
"pre-"notion  more  prominently). 

presence,  praesentia,  -ae,  f.  —  in 
my  presence,  mepraesente. 

present,  (to  be),  adesse,  -sum, 
-fui  ;  interesse,  -sum,  -fui  (be  pres- 
ent and  take  part  in). 

preserve,  servdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtits; 
conservdre  (stronger)  ;  condire,  -id, 
-ivi,  -itus  (of  fruit  and  vegetables). 

prevent,  prohibere,  -eo,  -ui,  -itus. 

price,  pretium,  -i,  n. ;  merces,  st. 
merced-,  f.  (reAvard). 

prisoner,  captives  (-us),  -i,  m., 
captiva,  -ae,  f . ;  also,  captus,  -i,  m., 
capta,  -ae,  f .  (p.  p.  of  capere). 

probably  (in  the  sense  of  credi- 
bly), probdbiliter,  or  veri  si  mil  i- 
ter ;  in  the  sense  of  likely,  more 
likely  than  not,  haud  sdre  an 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


407 


or  hand  dubitdre  an,  with  a  sub- 
junctive clause,  as  this  is  prob- 
ably true,  hand  scio  an  hoc  ve- 
rum  sit.  —  Credere,  -o,  -didl,  -di- 
tum,  often  expresses  the  idea 
probably,  as  venientne  hodie  ? 
credo,  will  they  come  to- 
day ?  Probably. 

promise,  NOUN,  promissum,  -I,  n. 
—  VERB,  pollicerl,  -eor,  -itus;  pro- 
mittere,  -5,  -misi,  -missus. 

proper,  (to  be),  decet,  decuit. 

protect,  see  defend. 

protection,  praesidium,  -I,  n. 

prove  one's  self,  se  ostendere,  -o, 
-tendl,  -tentus ;  se  praestdre,  -o, 
-stitl,  -stitus,  (-stdturus) ;  se  prae- 
bere,  -eo,  -ul,  -itus. 

province,/jrovtncta,  -ae,  f. 

pursue,  persequl,  -or,  -secut us ;  pro- 
sequl. 

put  to  flight,  fugdre,  -o,  -dvl, 
-dtus  ;  pellere,  -o,  pepull,  pulsus. 

Pyrrhus,  Pyrrhus,  -z,  m. 

Q. 

quarter,  regio,  at.  region-,  f.  (re- 
gion, district) ;  vlcus,  -I,  m. 
(used  especially  of  the  part  of  a 
city  in  which  a  given  set  of  people 
live,  as  the  scythe-makers'  quar- 
ter, the  Latin  quarter) ;  qudrta 
pars  (a  fourth  part). 

quench,  exstinguere,  -o,  -stinxl, 
-stinctus. 

question,  NOUN,  quaestio,  st.  quae- 
stion-,  f . ;  controversia+=ae,  f .  (dis- 
cussion) ;  also,  disceptdtio,  st. 
disceptdtion-,  f.  (discussion, 
subject  of  discussion).  — 
the  question  is,  agitur  de  (with 
ablative).  —  VERB,  see  ask. 

quickly,  celeriter ;  velociter. 


quiet,  NOUN,  quies,  st.  quiet-,  f. ; 
otium,  -I,  n.  (leisure) ;  tranquilli- 
tds,  st.  tranquillitdt-,  L  (calm- 
ness) ;  pdx,  st.pdc-,  f.  (peace). 
—  ADJ.,  tranquillus,  -a,  -um;  quie- 
tus, -a,  -um.  —  VERB,  seddre,  -o, 
-dvl,  -dtus  ;pldcdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  ; 
tranquilldre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

R. 

rarely,  rdro. 

rashness,  temeritds,st.  temeritdt-,L 

reach,  adsequl,  -or,  -secutus,  and  con- 
sequl  (to  follow  after  and  reach, 
whether  of  living  things  or  de- 
sires) ;  advenlre,  -id,  -venl,  -ventum 
(come  to,  arrive).  See  also 
gain. 

read,  legere,  -o,  legl,  lectus ;  red- 
tare,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (read  aloud). 

really,  re  verd  ;  verd  (in  fact ;  es- 
pecially used  with  sed  to  intro- 
duce the  real  state  of  the  case 
after  the  discussion  or  statement 
of  a  possibility  which  is  not  the 
real  case). 

reason,  ratio,  st.  ration-,  f.  (the 
reason,  reasoning  power) ; 
causa, -ae,  f.  (a  reason,  cause). 

receive,  accipere,  -id,  -cepl,  -cep- 
tus  ;  recipere. 

recover,  recuperdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus, 
recipere,  -id,  -cepl,  -ceptus  (get  or 
take  again) ;  convalescere,  -o, 
-valul  (regain  one's  health). 

reduce,  redigere,  -o,  -egl,  -dctus 
(most  commonly  with  in,  but  also 
with  ad  or  sub,  and  that  to  which 
one  reduces) ;  minuere,  -o,  -ul, 
-utus  (make  smaller). 

regard,  spectdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus 
(have  regard  to);  ducere,  -o, 
duxl,  ductus,  or  habere,  -eo,  -ul, 


408 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


-itus,  or  putdre,  -d,  -aw,  -dtus  (re- 
gard a  person  or  thing  as 
so  and  so). 

regularly,  plerumque  (general- 
ly) ;  recte  (rightly,  properly). 

reign,  NOUN,  regnum,  -i,  n.  — 
VERB,  regndre,  -o,  -aw,  -dtus 
(have  royal  power) ;  regere, 
-d,  rexl,  rectus  (rule) ;  imperdre, 
-o,  -aw,  -dtum  (have  the  com- 
mand). 

reinforcement,  subsidium,  -i,  n. ; 
auxilium,  -i,  n. 

release,  liberate,  -d,  -aw,  -dtus. 

relying  on,  fretus,  -a,  -um  (used 
with  the  abl.). 

remain,  manere,  -ed,  mdnsl,  man- 
sum  ;  permanere  (stronger) ;  re- 
manere  (remain  behind);  re- 
store, -d,  -stitl.  See  also  last  and 
stay. 

remark,  NOUN,  vox,  st.  -woe,  f. ; 
dictum,  -I,  n.  —  VERB,  dicere,  -o, 
dixi,  d ictus. 

remember,  reminisci,  -or  (with 
gen.) ;  recordarl,  -or,  -dtus  (with 
ace.) ;  memorid  tenere. 

Remus,  Remus,  -I,  n. 

repair,  reficere,  -id,  -fed,  -fectus; 
also,  repardre,  -o,  -aw,  -dtus. 

repent,  paenitet,  paenituit  (with 
ace.  of  the  person  who  repents 
and  gen.  of  the  thing  repented 
of). 

reply,  NOUN,  respdnsum,  -I,  n.  — 
VERB,  respondere,  -co,  -spondl, 
-sponsus. 

report,  NOUN,  fdma,  -ae,  f . ;  ru- 
mor, st.  rumor-,  m.,  or  sermo,  st. 
sermon-,  m.  (the  talk  of  peo- 
ple).—  VERB,  nuntidre,  -o,  -aw, 
-dtus  (bring  word)  ;  renuntidre 
(report  officially) ;  referre, 
-fero,  -tuli,  -Idtus ;  deferre. 


republic,  res  publica,  rel  publicae, 
f. 

rest,  NOUN,  requies,  st.  requiet-,  f. 
(rest  after  toil  or  suffering), 
quies,  st.  quiet-,  f.  (rest  in  it- 
self) ;  see  also  quiet.  —  the 
rest,  reliqul,  -ae,  -a;  ceteri,  -ae, 
-d.  —  VERB,  requiescere,  -eo,  -quie- 
vi,  -quietum  ;  also  quiescere. 

retire,  recedere,  -o,  -cessl,  -cessum; 
also  cedere  and  decedere. 

return,  revertl,  -or,  (perf.  revertl, 
reversus  heing  used  only  as  a  par- 
ticiple) ;  revemre,  -id,  -vent,  -ven- 
tum. 

revrard,  praemium,  -z,  n. ;  merces, 
st.  merced-,  f . 

Rhone,  Bhodanus,  -I,  m. 

ride,  vehl,  -or,  vectus  (with  equo  or 

-    in  equo)  ;  equitdre,  -d,  -aw,  -dtum. 

right,  rectus,  -a,  -um;  probus,  -a, 
-um,  or  konestus,  -a,  -um  (as  op- 
posed to  wrong);  dexter,  -tra, 
-trum  (as  opposed  to  left). 

river,  flumen,  st.  flumin-,  n. ;  flu- 
vius,  -I,  m.  (less  common,  but 
classical)  ;  amnis,  st.  amni-,  m. 
(generally  applied  to  large,  deep 
rivers). 

road,  via,  -ae,  f. ;  iter,  st.  itiner-, 
n. 

rock,  riipes,  st.  rwp(t)-,  f.  (a  cliff 
or  crag) ;  saxum,  -i,  n.  (a  frag- 
ment of  rock). 

Roman,  Bdmdnus,  -a,  -um. 

Rome,  Roma,  -ae,  f. 

Romulus,  Romulus,  -I,  m. 

roof,  tectum,  -I,  n. 

root,  radix,  st.  rddic-,  f.  (mostly 
used  in  the  plural). 

rough,  asper,  -era,  -erum  ;  horridus, 
-a.  -um  (bristling) ;  durus,  -a, 
-um  (hard,  harsh,  severe). 

rouse,  excitdre,  -d,  -dvt,  -dtus. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


409 


rout,  see  put  to  flight. 

rule,  NOUN,  regula,  -ae,  f.  (a  car- 
penter's rule,  also  a  rule  to 
go  by) ;  ndrma,  -ae,  f.  (a  rule 
or  pattern) ;  formula,  -ae,  f.  (a 
formulated  principle) ;  re- 
gnum,  -I,  n.,  imperium,  -I,  n.,  dido, 
st.  dicidn-,  L,  domindtid,  st.  domi- 
nation-, f .,  potestds,  st.  potestdt-,  f . 
(sway,  power).  —  VERB,  re- 
gere,  -d,  rexl,  rectus  (used  with  di- 
rect object) ;  regndre,  -o,  -dm, 
-dtum,  and  domindrl,  -or,  -dtus 
(used  alone  or  with  a  phrase 
showing  place  where) ;  imperdre, 
-d,  -dvl,  -dtum  (used  with  dative). 
—  to  be  under  the  rule  of  a 
king,  sub  rege  or  sub  regis  impe- 
nd, dicidne,  etc.,  esse.  So  also 
with  a  proper  name,  as  sub  Cae- 
sare  or  sub  Caesaris  dicione. 

run,  currere,  -o,  cucurrl,  cursum  ;fu- 
gere,  -id,fugl  (flee). 

s. 

saddle,  ephippium,  -I,  n. 

safe,  salvos  (-us), -a,  -om  (-um);  in- 
columis,  -e. 

safety,  sal  us,  st.  salut-,  f. 

sagacity,  prudentia,  -ae,  f. ;  sagd- 
citds,  st.  sagdcitdt-,  f . 

sailor,  nauta,  -ae,  m. 

salute,  salutdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus. 

same,  idem,  eadem,  idem. 

Samnite,  Samnls,  st.  Samnlt(i)-, 
m. 

savage,  see  fierce. 

say,  dlcere,  -o,  dixl,  dictus  ;  inquam 
(defective  verb,  used  chiefly  in  the 
forms  inquam,  inquit,  inquiunt, 
with  a  direct  quotation,  as  "  this 
slave,"  said  he,  "is  worth- 
less," hie  servos,  inquit,  nequam 


est) ;  did  (also  defective  and  most 
common  in  the  expressions  ut  ait 
Ennius  or  Cicero,  for  instance,  and 
ut  diunt,  as  they  say).  —  they 
say,  dlcunt  orferunt. 

Scaevola,  Scaevola,  -ae,  m. 

school,  schola,  -ae,  f. ;  ludus,  -I,  m. 

Scipio,  Sc'ipio,  st.  Sclpion-,  m. 

scribe,  scrlba,  -ae,  m. 

sea,  mare,  st.  mart-,  n. 

second,  secundus,  '-a,  -um ;  alter, 
-era,  -erum. 

see,  videre,  -eo,  vldl,  visus;  perci- 
pere,  -id,  -cepl,  -ceptus  (per- 
ceive) ;  sentire,  -id,  sensi,  sensus 
(feel,  perceive) ;  intellegere,  -d, 
-lexl,  -lectus  (understand).  " 

seem,  viderl,  -eor,  visus. 

self,  ipse,  -a,  -um ;  when  in  an  ob- 
lique case  referring  to  the  sub- 
ject, it  is  expressed  by  met,  mihi, 
me,  tul,  tibi,  te,  sul,  sibi,  se,  accord- 
ing to  the  person,  the  enclitic  met 
being  sometimes  appended  for 
greater  emphasis. 

sell,  vendere,  -d,  -didi,  -ditus. 

senate,  sendtus,  -us,  m. 

send,    mittere,   -d,  mlsl,  missus. 
send    out,    emittere,    -d,    -mlsl, 
-missus. 

separate,  VERB,  dlvidere,  -d,  -vlsl, 
-visus ;  separdre,  -d,  -dvl,  -dtus ; 
disiungere,  -d,  -iunxl,  -iunctus.  — 
ADJ.,  separdtus,  -a,  -um ;  singull, 
-ae,  -a. 

set,  pdnere,  -d,  posul,  positus  (put) ; 
occidere,  -d,  -cidl,  -cdsum  (of  the 
sun).  —  set  out,  projiciscl,  -or, 
-fectus. 

several,  aliquot,  indeclinable ;  plu- 
res,  -ium  (rather  a  goodly 
number) ;  ndnnulll,  -ae,  -a  (more 
or  less). 

sharply,  dcriter. 


410 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


she,  ea;  haec  or  ilia  (more  em- 
phatic). 

shepherd,  pastor,  st.  pastor-,  m. 

shield,  dupeus,  -I,  m.  (large 
round  metal  shield) ;  scutum, 
-I,  n.  (curved  oblong  shield, 
made  of  leather-covered  wood). 

ship,  navis,  st.  ndvi-,  f. 

short,  brevis,  -e. 

shout,  NOUN,  ddmor,  st.  clamor-, 
m.  —  VERB,  ddmdre,  -5,  -dvl, 
-dtus ;  conddmdre  (used  of  several 
people  or  of  loud  or  violent  shout- 
ing)- 

show,  ostendere,  -d,  -tendi,  -tentus; 
monstrdre,  -d,  -dvl,  -dtus,  and, 
much  more  common,  de  monstrdre  ; 
deddrdre,  -d,  -dvl,  -dtus  (make 
clear) ;  docere,  -eo,  -ul,  doctus 
(teach).  —  show  one's  self  so 
and  so,  se  gerere,  ostendere,  or 
praebere. 

shut,  daudere,  -d,  dausl,  dausus. 

Sibylline,  Sibylllnus,  -a,  -urn. 

sick,  aeger,  -gra,  -grum ;  also  aegro- 
tus,  -a,  -urn. 

side,  latus,  st.  later-,  n. ;  pars,  st. 
part(i)-,  and  especially  in  the 
plural,  paries,  -ium,  f.  (party, 
faction).  —  on  this  side  of, 
citrd.  —  on  that  side  or  the 
other  side  of,  ultra.  —  on  one 
side  ...  on  the  other,  hinc 
.  .  .  hinc. 

silence,  silentium,  -I,  n. 

silver,  argentum,  -I,  n. 

since,  abhinc  (of  time,  as  abhinc 
trlgintd  diebus,  thirty  days 
since) ;  cum  with  subjunc.  or 
quoniam  with  indie,  (of  cause) ; 
often  also  expressed  by  an  abl. 
abs. 

sister,  sorer,  st.  soror-,  f. 

skill,  sollertia,  -ae,  f. 


skilled,  sollers,  st.  sollert(i)- ;  perl- 
tus,  -a,  -urn  (especially  used  with 
a  gen.  or  an  abl.  of  the  thing  one 
is  skilled  in). 

Bkiii,pdlis,  st.pdli-,  f .  (of  animals) ; 
cutis,  st.  cuti-,  f.  (of  men). 

sky,  cadum,  -I,  n. 

slave,  servos  (-us),  -I,  m. ;  serva, 
-ae,  f . 

slavery,  servitus,  st.  servitut-,  f . ; 
servitium,  -I,  n. 

slay,  see  kill. 

sleep,  NOUN,  somnus,  -I,  m.  —  VKRB, 
dormlre,  -id,  -Ivl,  -Itum. 

small,  parvos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-urn), 
comp.  minor,  -us,  superl.  jnini- 
mus,  -a,  -um. 

so,  ita,  and,  more  emphatic,  sic  (of 
manner  and  thus  mostly  used  with 
verbs) ;  tarn  (of  degree  and  thus 
chiefly  used  with  adjs.  or  ad  vs.).  — 
to  do  so,  think  so,  id  facere, 
putdre.  —  so  great,  tantus,  -a, 
-um.  —  so  many,  tot,  indeclina- 
ble. 

soldier,  miles,  st.  mllit-,  m. 

some,  aliquis  [aliqui],  aliquae, 
aliquid  [aliquod]  (some  or 
any) ;  quldam,  quaedam,  quiddam 
[quoddam]  (some  particular 
one) ;  quispiam,  quatpiam,  quip- 
piam  (between  the  others  in  defi- 
niteness) ;  nonnullus,  -a,  -um  (of 
number).  —  aliquot,  indeclinable 
(several). 

something,  aliquid  (sonjething 
or  other) ;  quidquam  (some 

-.  particular  thing) ;  quippiam 
(between  the  other  two  in  defi- 
niteness)  ;  aliquantum  (some 
quantity) ;  non  nihil. 

somewhat,  aliquantum  ;  aliquanto; 
non  nihil. 

son,filius,  -I,  m. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


411 


son-in-law,  gener,  -erl,  m. 

soon,  max.  —  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble, quam  celerrime. 

south,  merldies,  -el,  m. 

space,  spatium,  -I,  n. 

spare,  parcere,  -o,  peperci,  parsum. 

speak,  loqul,  -or,  locutus. 

spend  (of  time),  agere,  -o,  egl, 
dctus ;  degere,  -o,  degi. 

spirited,  aninwsus,  -a,  -urn,  ovfor- 
tis,  -e  (courageous) ;  deer,  -cm, 
-ere  (eager)  ;  alacer,  -cris,  -ere 
(quick,  brisk)  ;  impiger,  -gra, 
-grum  (not  sluggish). 

spring  up,  exorlrl,  -ior,  -ortus  (the 
pres.  and  imperf .  are  formed  after 
the  pattern  of  the  third  conjuga- 
tion, as  exoritur,  exoreretur) ;  ex- 
sillre,  -id,  -ul. 

stand,  stare,  -5,  stetl,  stdtwrus. 

star,  stella,  -ae,  f. 

start,  prqficiscl,  -or,  -fectus. 

state,  clvitds,  st.  clvitdt-,  f. ;  res 
publica,  rel  publicae,  f. 

station,  VERB,  locdre,  -o,  -dm,  -dtus ; 
conlocdre ;  ponere,  -o,  posul,  posi- 
tus ;  disponere  (assign  to  differ- 
ent stations). 

stay,  manere,  -o,  mdnsi,  mdnsum; 
mordrl,  -or,  -dtus  (tarry). 

steadfastly,  constanter ;  firme,  or 
firmiter. 

still,  tamen  (yet,  nevertheless) ; 
etiam  nunc  (of  time,  even  now  ; 
if  the  verh  is  past  etiam  turn  is 
used). 

stone,  lapis,  st.  lapid-,  m.;  saxum, 
-I,  n.  (piece  of  rock). 

story,  fdbula,  -ae,  f.  ;  ndrrdtio,  st. 
narration-,  f. ;  tabuldtum,  -I,  n.,  or 
contlgndtio,  st.  contlgndtion-,  f .  (of 
a  house). 

stream,  see  river. 

street,  via,  -ae,  f. ;  vlcus,  -I,  m. 


strike,  caedere,  -o,  cecldl,  caesus ; 
ferlre,  -id ;  icere,  -o,  ici,  Ictus  (es- 
pecially to  strike  a  treaty). 

strong,  robustus,  -a,  -um  ;  valens,  st. 
valent-;fortis,  -e  (chiefly  of  moral 
strength). 

subdue,  subigere,  -5,  -egi,  -dctus. 
See  also  conquer. 

successful,  secundus,  -a,  -um ;  pro- 
sperus,  -a,  -um.  —  the  attempt 
was  successful,  condtus  suc- 
cessit;  or  bene,fellciter,  or  prosper 'e 
evenit. 

such,  tdlis,  -e;  such  ...  as,  td- 
lis  .  .  .  qudlis ;  is  .  .  .  qul  (with 
the  subjunctive). 

Suevi,  Suevl,  -drum,  m. 

suffer,  patl,  -tor,  passus. 

sufficient,  see  enough. 

summon,  vocdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus ; 
also  evocdre;  convocdre  (call  to- 
gether) ;  excitdre,  -o,  -dvt,  -dtus 
(call  up  or  out  excitedly  or 
in  an  emergency). 

sun,  sol,  st.  sol-,  m. ;  sunrise,  so- 
lis  ortus,  -us,  m. ;  sunset,  sdlis 
occdsus,  -us,  m. 

superstitious,  superstitiosus,  -a, 
-um. 

sure,  certus,  -a,  -um.  —  to  be  sure, 
ADV.,profecto. 

surely,  profecto;  certe  ;  also,  but 
less  common,  cert  o  ;  vero. 

surrender,  dedere,  -o,  -didl,  -ditus 
(especially  in  war) ;  trddere,  -o, 
-didl,  -ditus. 

surround,  circumdare,  -o,  -dedl, 
-datus  (with  an  ace.  and  a  dative, 
put  something  round  a  per- 
son or  thing,  or  with  an  ace.  and 
an  abl.,  surround  a  person  or 
thing  with  something) ;  cir- 
cumire,  -eo,  -il,  -itus  (especially  in 
military  parlance). 


412 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


sway,  NOUN,  see  rule.  —  VERB, 
see  persuade,  move,  rule, 
lead. 

swear,  iurdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus. 

sword,  gladius,  -I,  m. ;  mucro,  st. 
mucron-,  m.  (properly  the  point 
of  the  sword,  but  used  also  for  the 
sword  itself). 

T. 

Tacitus,  Tacitus,  -i,  m. 

take,  capere,  -id,  cepi,  captus.  — 
take  across,  trdducere,  -o,  -duxi, 
-ductus  ;  trdicere,  -id,  -ieci,  -iectus ; 
trdnsmittere,  -o,  -mist,  -missus.* — 
take  away,  tollere,  -o,  sustidi, 
subldtus  ;  auferre,  -fero,  abstuli, 
abldtus  ;  adimere,  -6,  -emi,  -emptus ; 
eripere,  -id,  -ripul,  -reptus  (these 
three  taking  a  dat.  of  the  person,  or 
a  dat.  or  abl.  of  the  thing,  that 
anything  is  taken  from) ;  abri- 
pere  (this  and  eripere  are  stronger 
words  than  the  preceding  ones) ; 
abstrahere,  -o,  -trdxi,  -trdctus,  and 
abducere,  -o,  -duxi,  -ductus  (milder 
words).  —  take  off,  exuere,  -o, 
-ui,  -utus  (of  clothes,  arms,  etc.) ; 
also  often  equivalent  to  take 
away  (wh.  see). 

take  vengeance,  ulcisci,  -or,  ul- 
tus;  vindicdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus. 
Both  verbs  are  used  with  an  ace.  of 
the  thing  for  which  vengeance  is 
taken,  and  ulcisci  also  with  the 
ace.  of  the  person  upon  whom  ven- 
geance is  taken,  in  fact  more  com- 
monly than  in  the  other  meaning. 

talk,  NOUN,  conloquium,  -I,  n.  (con- 
ference) ;  sermo,  st.  sermon-,  m., 
fdma,  -ae,  f.,  or  rumor,  st.  rumor-, 
m.  (rumor,  gossip).  —  VERB, 
loqui,  -or,  locutus. 


talkative,  loqudx,  st.  loqudc- ;  gdr- 
rulus,  -a,  -U/H. 

Tarquin,  Tarquinius,  -i,  m.  —  L. 
Tarquinius  Priscus,  L.  (Lu- 
cius) Tarquinius  Priscus,  -i,  m. 

teacher,  praeceptor,  st.  praeceptor-, 
m. ;  magister,  -trl,  m. ;  doctor,  st. 
doctor-,  m. 

tear,  lacrima,  -ae,  f. 

tell,  dlcere,  -o,  dlxi,  dictus;  nun- 
tidre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus. 

temper,  indoles,  st.  indol(i)-,  f. ; 
ndtura,  -ae,  f . ;  ingenium,  -t,  n. 

temple,  templum,  -i,  n. ;  aedis 
(aedes),  st.  aed(i)-,  f. 

ten,  decem,  indeclinable. 

tender,  tener,  -era,  -erum. 

tennis  :  play  tennis,  pild  ludere, 
-o,  lusi,  lusum. 

terms,  condicio,  st.  condicion-,  f. ; 
lex,x5tT7eg-,  f.  Both  nouns  are 
used_  in  either  the  singular  or  plu- 
ral where  we  use  the  one  form 
terms. 

territory,  fines,  finium,  m. 
(bounds) ;  agri,  agrorum,  m. 
(fields) ;  territorium,  -i,  n. 

than,  quam  ;  often  expressed  by  an 
abl.  without  quam,  when  the  first 
term  of  comparison  is  a  nom.  or 
an  ace. ;  dc  (atque),  or  et  (after 
alius,  aUter,  contra,  etc.). 

thank,  grdtids  agere,  -o,  egi,  dctae.1 
—  thanks,  grdtiae,  -drum,  f . 

that,  DEMON.  PRON.,  ille,  ilia,  illud 
(referring  to  what  is  furthest  from 
the  speaker)  ;  iste,  ista,  istud  (re- 
ferring to  what  is  less  distant,  es- 
pecially to  what  is  near  or  con- 
cerns the  person  addressed) ;  ts, 
ea,  id  (unemphatic).  —  REL. 
PRON.,  qui,  quae,  quod.  —  CON- 
JUNCTION, ut  (with  subjunctive,  to 
1  Agreeing  with  gratiae. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


413 


denote  purpose).  —  Expressed  by 
an  infinitive  when  introducing  a 
quotation.  —  oh  that !  would 
that !  utinam ! 

the,  generally  unexpressed  in  Latin ; 
if  very  emphatic,  rendered  by  the 
demonstrative  pronoun  llle,  ilia, 
illud,  or  is,  ea,  id.  —  the  one 
who,  is  qul. 

their,  eorum,  edrum,  eorum,  or,  more 
emphatic,  horum,  hdrum,  horum, 
illorum,  -drum,  -drum,  istorum, 
-drum,  -drum;  when  referring  to 
the  subject,  suus,  -a,  -um. 

themselves,  se  (referring  to  the 
subject) ;  ipsi,  ipsae,  ipsa  (agree- 
ing with  a  noun  or  pronoun  ex- 
pressed or  implied,  and,  except  in 
the  nom.  case,  meaning  some  one 
or  something  other  than  the  sub- 
ject). 

then,  turn ;  delude.  Both  words 
may  be  used  either  of  time  or  of 
succession  in  a  series  (of  facts  or 
statements),  but  the  time  notion  is 
more  prominent  in  turn,  the  idea 
of  succession  in  delude. 

there,  ibi,  or  ed  (of  position  at  rest)  ; 
eo  or  llluc  (of  direction  towards, 
thither).  —  there  is,  est ;  there 
are,  sunt. 

therefore,  Itaque;  Igltur  (milder, 
and  standing  regularly  second  in 
its  clause) ;  qudre  ;  quam  ob  rem. 

these,  see  this. 

they,  generally  expressed  by  the 
personal  ending  of  the  verb  of 
which  it  is  the  subject ;  if  neces- 
sary for  clearness,  by  il,  eae,  ea ; 
for  emphasis,  by  llll,  lllae,  Ilia,  or 
hi,  hae,  haec. 

thing,  res,  rei,  f. 

think,  putdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus ;  cen- 
sere,  -eo,  censui,  census  /  existlmdre, 


-o,  -dvi,  -atus;  reri,  -eor,  ratus. 
These  words  all  mean  "  think  "  as 
the  result  of  reckoning,  valuing 
the  circumstances  and  so  on.  Ben 
and  the  more  common  putdre,  like 
our  "  suppose,"  imply  less  solid 
ground  for  the  opinion  held,  cen- 
sere  especially  applies  to  an  offi- 
cial opinion  such  as  is  expressed 
by  a  decree  or  the  vote  of  an  indi- 
vidual; sentlre,  -id,  sensi,  sensus 
(as  the  result  of  observation  or 
perception)  ;  arbitrdri,  -or,  -dtus 
(as  the  result  of  seeing  or  hear- 
ing and  deciding) ;  cogitdre,  -o, 
-dvi,  -dtus  (as  the  result  of  reflec- 
tion) ;  opindri,  -or,  -dtus  (as  the 
result  of  conjecture)  ;  credere,  -o, 
-didl,  -ditus  (as  the  result  of  be- 
lief) ;  meditdri,  -or,  -dtus  (think 
upon,  or,  without  expressed  ob- 
ject, meditate). 

third,  tertius,  -a,  -um.  —  a  third, 
tert la  pars. 

thirst,  sitis,  st.  siti-,  f. 

this,  hie,  haec,  hoc  (referring  to  what 
is  nearest  the  speaker) ;  iste,  ista, 
istud  (referring  to  what  is  further 
away,  and  especially  to  wjiat  is 
near  or  concerns  the  person  ad- 


those,  see  that. 

thou,  tu,  tui. 

though,  etsi,  etlam  si  (mood  regu- 
lated as  with  si,  if)  ;  quamquam 
(with  indicative) ;  quamvis,  licet, 
ut,  cum  (with  the  subjunctive)  ; 
tamen  or  autem  (parenthetical,  as 
in  the  expression,  "this  is  true, 
though"). 

thousand,  mille  (indeclinable,  and 
used  as  an  adj.),  pi.  milia,  -ium 
(used  as  a  noun). 

three,  tres,  tria. 


414 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


three-cornered,  triquetrus,  -a, 
-um  ;  triangulus,  -a,  -um. 

through,  per  (with  ace.),  as  per 
hiemem,  through  the  winter, 
per  silvds,  through  the  woods, 
per  Caesarem,  through  Caesar. 
See  also  by. 

thus,  see  so. 

till,  CONJ.,  dum ;  donee.  —  PREP., 
usque  ad  (with  ace.). 

time,  tempus,  st.  tempar-,  n. — at 
some  time,  aliquando.  See  also 
once. 

to,  ad  (with  ace.)  ;  expressed  by  the 
ace.  without  a  preposition,  when 
denoting  the  limit  of  motion  with 
the  name  of  a  town  or  small  island  ; 
by  the  dative,  when  denoting1  an 
indirect  object;  by  ut  (or  qui), 
with  the  subjunctive,  when  indi- 
cating a  purpose. 

to-day,  hodie. 

to-morrow,  eras. 

tongue,  lingua,  -ae,  f.  In  the 
meaning  language,  sermo,  st. 
sermon-,  m. ,  is  also  used. 

too,  quoque  (also,  emphasizing  the 
word  or  phrase  before  it) ;  etiam 
(a|£O,  emphasizing  what  comes 
after  it) ;  nimis  (over  much). 

towards,  ad  (with  ace.) ;  adver- 
sus  (with  ace.) ;  ergd  (with  ace., 
but  used  only  of  feelings  towards 
persons). 

town,  oppidum,  -I,  n. ;  arts,  st.  ur- 
b(i)-,  f. 

tradition,  fdma,  -ae,  f. ;  trdditio, 
st.  tradition-,  f .  —  according  to 
tradition  this  is  the  house, 
constat  or  memoriae  trdditum  est 
hanc  esse  domum  (the  tradition 
is  that). 

train,  NOUN,  comitdtus,  -us,  m.  (a 
retinue) ;  dgmen,  st.  dgmin-,  n. 


(of  a  marching  army).  —  VERB, 
exercere,  -eo,  -ul,  -itus  (of  physi- 
cal and  other  training)  ;  instituere, 
-o,  -ui,  -utus  (of  the  mind  and 
morals)  ;  educdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus 
(bring  up) ;  instruere,  -6,  -struxl, 
-structus  (teach). 

trea.Bon,prdditid,  st.  prodition-,  f. 

treat,  agere,  -o,  egl,  dctus  (with  de, 
treat  about  something) ; 
trdctdre,  -o,  -aw,  -afws  (as  friend 
or  foe;  also,  discuss  a  sub- 
ject) ;  in  numero  habere  (regard 
as). 

treaty,  foedus,  st.foeder-,  n. 

tribe,  gens,  st.  gent(i)-,  f.  (of  a  peo- 
ple or  nation,  as  in  the  expression, 
"a  Gallic  tribe");  tribus,  -us,  f . 
(one  of  the  political  divisions  of 
the  Roman  people). 

trick,  dolus,  -I,  m, 

troops,  copiae,  -drum,  f.  (forces) ; 
mllites,  -um,  m.  (soldiers). 

true,  vents,  -a,  -um. 

truth,  veritds,  st.  veritdt-,  f.  (as  an 
abstract  quality) ;  verum,  -I,  n.  (as 
a  concrete  thing,  fact). 

try,  cdndri,  -or,  -dtus. 

Tullia,  Tullia,  -ae,  f. 

twenty,  vigintl,  indeclinable. 

twin,  geminus,  -a,  -um. 

two,  duo,  -ae,  -o. 

u. 

under,  sub  (with  the  abl.  in  an  ex- 
pression of  rest,  with  the  ace.  if 
motion  is  implied). 

understand,  intellegere,  -o,  -lexi, 
-lectus ;  conprehendere,  -o,  -pre- 
hendl,  -prehensus  (also  written  con- 
prendere). 

unflinchingly^  sine  ulld  dubitd- 
tidne ;  fortissime. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


415 


unlawful,  nefds  (indeclinable). — 
is,  was  unlawful,  non  licet,  li- 
cuit. 

unpleasant,  ingrdtus,  -a,  -urn  ;  in- 
iucundus,  -a,  -um ;  incommodus, 
-a,  -um ;  molestus,  -a,  -um  (the 
strongest  word). 

until,  see  till. 

un warlike,  inbellis,  -e. 

unwilling :  be  unwilling,  nolle, 
nolo,  nolul. 

unworthily,  indigne. 

up  (the  river),  adverso  fiumine 
(against  the  current). 

upon,  see  on. 

urge,  hortdrl,  -or,  -dtus  (incite, 
exhort) ;  urgere,  -eo,  ursl  (im- 
portune ;  also,  press  hard). 

us,  see  we. 

use,  utl,  -or,  usus  (with  abl.) ;  usur- 
pdre,  -6,  -dvl,  -dtus  (with  ace.). 

useful,  utilis,  -e. 

useless,  inutilis,  -e. 

utterly,  funditus;  prorsus  ;  omnl- 
no ;  rddlcitus. 

V. 

valor,  virtus,  st.  virtut-,  f. ;  forti- 
tudo,  st.  fortitudin-,  f.  (especially 
power  of  endurance). 

vengeance,  see  take  venge- 
ance. 

very,  valde;  mdgnoopere;  of  ten  ex- 
pressed by  the  superlative  degree 
of  an  adj.  or  adv. 

victory,  victoria,  -ae,  f. 

virtue,  virtus,  st.  virtut-,  f. ;  hones- 
Ids,  st.  honestdt-,  f. 

visit,  vlsere,  -5,  vlsl,  vlsus. 

vote,  NOUN,  suffrdgium,  -I,  n.  — 
VERB,  suffrdgium  ferre,  fero,  tuli, 
Idtum  (cast  one's  vote) ;  cen- 
sere,  -eo,  censul,  censum  (by  ex- 


pressing one's  opinion,  as  in  the 
Senate). 

vouch  for,  praestdre,  -o,  -stitl, 
-status  (or  -stitus). 

w. 

•wage  (war),  gerere,  -o,  gessl,  gestum.1 

wait,  manere,  -eo,  mdnsl,  mdnsum 
(stay) ;  exspectdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus 
(more  common  with  an  object, 
wait  for). 

wall,  murus,  -i,  m. ;  moenia,  -ium, 
n.  (of  a  city) ;  paries,  st.  pariet-, 
m.  (partition  wall,  wall  of  a 
house). 

want,  egere,  -eo,  -ul,  or  indigere, 
-eo,  -ul  (need,  used  with  gen.  or 
abl.) ;  velle,  void,  volul,  with  a 
clause,  cupere,  -id,  -Ivl,  -Itus,  with 
an  ace.  (wish,  desire) ;  deslde- 
rdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtus  (long  for) ;  ca- 
rere,  -eo,  -ul,  -itum  (be  without, 
lack).  —  be  wanting  to,  deesse, 
desujn,  deful  (with  dat.) ;  deficere, 
-id,  -fed,  -fectus  (with  ace.). 

war,  bellum,  -I,  n. 

water,  aqua,  -ae,  f. 

way,  via,  -ae,  f. ;  iter,  st.  itiner-,  n. ; 
modus,  -I,  m.  (method,  way  of 
doing  something). 

we,  nos,  nostrum  or  nostrl  (nostrum 
being  used  chiefly  as  a  partitive 
genitive). 

weapon,  telum,  -I,  n.     See  arms. 

weep,  flere,  -eo,  -evl,  -etum ;  plo- 
rdre,  -o,  -dvl,  -dtum  (wail  aloud); 
deplordre ;  lacrimdre,  -o,  -dvl, 
-dtum  (shed  tears) ;  Idmentdrl, 
-or,  -dtus  (also  common  as  transi- 
tive, weep  for,  bewail). 

weight,  pondus,    st.  ponder-,  n. ; 
gravitds,  st.  gravitdt-,  f. 
1  Agreeing  with  bellum. 


416 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


well,  bene,  comp.  melius,  superl. 
opt i me. 

•well  disposed,  propitius,  -a,  -urn,- 
benevolus,  -a,  -um,  comp.  benevolen- 
tior,  -ius,  superl.  benevolentissimus, 
-a,  -um. 

west,  western,  occidens,  st.  acci- 
dent- (commonly  as  masc.  noun). 

what,  REL.  PRON.,  qui,  quae,  quod. 

—  LNTERROG.    PRON.,    quis   (qui), 
quae,  quid  (quod). 

when,  cum  ;  quandd  ;  ubi  or  ut  (after, 
as  soon  as);  often  expressed 
by  a  participle,  especially  in  the 
abl.  abs. ;  sometimes  by  a  noun  in 
apposition,  as,  Cicero  consul  dlxit, 
Cicero  when  consul  said. 

where,  ubi  or  qua  (denoting  posi- 
tion, rest  in  a  place)  ;  quo  (denot- 
ing direction  towards,  whither). 

whether,  utrum  (in  both  direct  and 
indirect  questions) ;  num  or  the 
enclitic  -ne  (in  indirect  questions)  ; 
sive  or  seu  (in  suppositions,  as  when 
we  say  "whether  he  learned  the 
language  at  home  or  abroad,  he  is 
a  fine  German  scholar"). 

"which,  REL.  PRON.,  qul,  quae,  quod. 

—  INTERR.  PRON.,  uter,  -tra,  -trum 
(of  two  only)  ;  quis   (qui),  quae, 
quid  (quod)  (of  more  than  two). 

•while,  dum;  also  sometimes  ex- 
pressed by  cum  (when),  or  by  the 
ablative  absolute. 

who,  REL.  PRON.,  qui,  quae.  —  IN- 

TERROG.      PRON.,      quis,     qUO€    (of 

several)  ;  uter,  -tra  (of  two  only). 

whole,  tdtus,  -a,  -um  (entire); 
cunctus,  -a,  -um  (combined  into 
a  whole) ;  integer,  -gra,  -grum 
(unbroken,  undiminished, 
sound). 

wholly,  penitus  ;funditus  ;  omnind ; 
prdrsus. 


•why,  cur;  qudre  ;  qudpropter  ;  quam 
ob  rein;  also  quod  (in  such  ex- 
pressions as  nihil  est  quod,  quid  est 
quod,  with  a  subjunctive,  there 
is  no  reason  why,  what 
reason  is  there  why). 

wicked, prdvos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um) ; 
improbus,  -a,  -um ;  scelerdtus,  -a, 
-um ;  cdnscelerdtus,  -a,  -um  ;  nefd- 
rius,  -a,  -um  (strong  word);  ma- 
lus,  -a,  -um;  impius,  -a,  -um. 

"wide,  Idtus,  -a,  -um. 

•wife,  uxor,  st.  uxdr-j  f. ;  cdniunx,  st. 
cdniug-,  f. 

will,  NOUN,  arbitrium,  -i,  n. ;  volun- 
tds,  si.  voluntdt-,  f .  (wish)  ;  testd- 
mentum,  -i,  n.  (a  legal  document). 

—  VERB,   velle,  void,  volui ;  often 
expressed  in   2d  and  3d  persons 
by  the  simple  future  of  a  verb.  — 
according  to  one's  will,  ex 
sententid,  or  animd,  alicuius. 

willingly,  lubenter  (later  libenter). 

•win,  vincere,  -6,  vici,  victus  (con- 
quer) ;  parere,  -id,  peperi,  partus, 
or  adipisci,  -or,  adeptus  (ac- 
quire). See  also  gain. 

•winter,  NOUN,  hiemps,  st.  hiem-,  f. 

—  VERB,  hiberndre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtum. 
wisdom,   sapientia,   -ae,  f. ;  pru- 

dentia,  -ae,  f.  (good  sense). 

wise,  sapiens,  st.  sapient-  ; prudens, 
st.  prudent-  (discreet,  sen- 
sible). 

wisely,  sapienter;  prudenter  (dis- 
creetly). 

wish,  NOUN,  voluntds,  st.  voluntdt-, 
f .  —  VERB,  velle,  void,  volui  (used 
with  an  infin.  or  a  subj.  clause) ; 
cupere,  -id,  -ivi,  -itus;  desiderdre, 
-d,  -dvi,  -dtus  (strong  word). 

•with,  cum  (with  abl.  denoting  ac- 
companiment) ;  expressed  by  an 
abl.  alone  when  it  denotes  means ; 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULAKY. 


417 


thus  cum  patre  veni,  I  came 
with  father,  lapide  occlsus  est, 
he  was  killed  with  a  stone. 

within,  intrd  (with  ace.). 

without,  sine  (with  abl.). 

woman,  femina,  -ae,  f. ;  mulier,  st. 
mulier-,  f. 

wonder,  NOUN,  admirdtio,  st.  ad- 
miration-, f .  (as  an  abstract  quality 
or  state  of  mind)  ;  mirdculum,  -i, 
n.  (a  wonder).  —  VERB,  mirdri, 
-or,  -dtus;  admirdri. 

wood,  lignum,  -I,  n. ;  silva,  -ae,  f. 
(forest). 

word,  verbum,  -i,  n. 

work,  NOUN,  opus,  st.  oper-,  n.  (ap- 
plied to  the  thing  done) ;  opera, 
-ae,  f.  (applied  to  the  effort  ex- 
pended in  doing  a  thing).  —  VERB, 
labordre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtum. 

world,  orbis  (st.  orbi-,  m.)  terra- 
rum  or  terrae  (the  circle  of  the 
earth);  mundus,  -i,  m.  (the 
*  whole  world,  universe). 

worry,  vexdre,  -o,  -dvi,  -dtus. 

worse,  peior,  -ius.     See  also  bad. 

worth,  NOUN,  dignitds,  st.  dignitdt-, 
L  (as  a  moral  or  social  quality)  ; 
pretium,  -i,  n.  (as  a  commercial 
term).  —  ADJ.,  dignus,  -a,  -urn. 

worth  while,  (to  be),  operaepre- 
tium  esse  (to  be  a  [fair]  price 
for  labor  expended). 

•worthy,  dignus,  -a,  -um. 

wound,  volnus,  st.  volner-,  n.  (later 
vulnus). 

wounded,  saucius,  -a,  -um;  vol- 
ner dtus,  -a,  -um  (later  miner  dtus). 

wretchedly,  misere  ;  pessime 
(very  badly). 

write,  scribere,  -o,  scripsi,  scriptus. 

writer,  scriptor,  st.  scriptor-,  m. 
(author) ;  scriba,  -ae,  m.  (clerk, 
scribe). 


writing,  scriptio,  st.  scription-,  f. 
(the  act  of  writing,  and  also 
the  thing  written) ;  scriptum, 
-i,  n.  (something  written,  es- 
pecially common  in  the  plural). 

wrong,  NOUN,  iniuria,  -ae,  L  (an 
injury) ;  f  acinus,  st.  facinor-,  n. 
(bad  deed) ;  nefds,  indeclinable. 
—  ADJ.,  malus,  -a,  -um  ;  improbus, 
-a,  -um ; prdvos  (-us),  -a,  -om  (-um). 

Y. 

ye,  see  you. 

year,  annus,  -i,  m. 

yes,  regularly  expressed  by  repeat- 
ing the  word  which  contains  the 
gist  of  a  question;  also  by  ita, 
etiam,  sane  ;  or  by  mdxime  (by  all 
means). 

yesterday,  heri. 

yet,  tamen  (nevertheless) ;  etiam 
nunc,  adhuc  (as  yet,  still) ;  iam 
(already).  —  not  yet,  non- 
dum. 

yield,  cedere,  -o,  cessi,  cessum ; 
also  concedere.  See  surrender. 

you,  vos,  vestrum  or  vestri  (vestrum 
being  confined  chiefly  to  the  par- 
titive use). 

young,  iuvenis,  -e;  adulescens,  st. 
adulescent-  (both  words  are  often 
used  as  nouns  to  mean  young 
man,  and  are  sometimes  applied 
to  the  same  person,  although  adu- 
lescens  properly  denotes  a  younger 
person  than  iuvenis).  —  younger, 
tumor,  -ius ;  minor,  -us,  ndtu.  — 
youngest,  minimus,  -a,  -um,  ndtu. 

your,  vester,  -tra,  -trum. 

z. 

zeal,  studium,  -i,  n. 


/ 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  A.SSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


DEC    1    1936 


SEP  £ 


95?" 


9Jun'59AJ 


REC'D  LD 


Y  2  6  i^S 


LD  21-K 


YB  00429 


[25m-9,'llJ 


7 


